Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutLyman Creek Water System Infrastructure Improvements Project Manual project Manual for Lyman Creek Water System Infrastructure Improvements for the City of Bozeman Bozeman, Montana MMI# 0417.055.01.100.0310 MAY, 2009 Nofe: Bid form shall not be removed from this bound copy. ^ Bid Form Signed ^ Addendums Acknowledged ^ 10% Bid Security Enclosed Name of Bidder Address Telephone No. Project No. Prepared by: ~ Mo~soN ®® MAIERLE, INC. An Employee-Owned Company Bozeman, Montana Set No. ~,~ N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Cover 1.doc Revised 5/29/09 ~ • ADDENDUM NO. 1 LYMAN CREEK WATER SYSTEM INFRASTRUCTURE ' IMPROVEMENTS - CITY OF BOZEMAN, MT MMI Project No.: 0417.055 ' Addendum Date: June 12, 2009 Bid Date: June 23, 2009 ' NOTICE TO ALL BIDDERS & PLANHOLDERS The Contract Documents and Construction Drawings are hereby modified and/or ' superseded as follows in this Addendum No. 1, and in submitting a bid, each bidder shall acknowledge receipt of all addenda according to the procedures outlined in the INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS. ' TO THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ' 1. Section 0300, BID FORM: a. Complete the attached revised Pages 5 and 6 of 14 -Addendum No. 1 (in ' lieu of the original pages) and attach the completed revised page to the original said page in the Section 300 Bid Form. b. In the Additive Alternate to Schedule 3 on page 8 of 14 of the Bid Form the description of Item 401 should read, "4 -Valve Nut Extension and Valve Boxes Cored to fit into top of Valve Vaults." i~ i~ L 2. Section 01010, SUMMARY OF WORK a. Add the following to paragraph 1.10. "C. The Contractor shall control dust on the access road to the Lyman Creek Water Treatment Plant from the end of the paved driveway to the plant site in accordance with Section 01560 Paragraph 3.07.A. In addition the Contractor shall post signs along this route from Story Mill Road to the Lyman Creek Water Treatment Plant to notify all traffic to drive slow and to use caution." 3. Section 01150, MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT a. Replace paragraph 1.05 B. 2. with the following: 2. Fittin s: Includes the following bid items: 106, 107 and 109. Addendum No.1 Page 1 of 3 i~ ,J Same as MPWSS 02660-4.3 b. Add the following paragraph to section 1.05 B.: 9. Valves: Includes the following bid item: 108. Same as MPWSS 02660-4.6 4 Section 13075, INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL: a. Add the following to paragraph 1.01. "D. The City of Bozeman will provide control programming to link the Lyman Creek facility to the City's SCADA system and update the Lyman Creek facility HMI through a separate contract. This contract includes all other local instrumentation and control work at the Lyman Creek facility. The Contractor will be required to perform all work to make all components operable, make component connections to the existing RTU, and calibrate components according to Section 13705, Table 13705-1 ." b. Delete paragraph 1.03 A. c. Modify Table 13705-1 as follows: "Tag No. YS-8-1 and YS-10-1 are future components." TO THE CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS 1 2 3 Plan Sheet C-2: a. Change Note 2. to read as follows: "2. As an Additive Alternate, the contractor shall install four (4) Valve Nut Extensions from Pipeline Products, Inc. or approved equal along with valve boxes to be cored and grouted into the valve vaults." Plan Sheet M-2: a. Change the note that is located near the right hand side of Section 2(M-3) that reads, "Existing 6" Sample Return, Install 6" Blind Flange" to "Existing 6" Sample Return, Reinstall Existing Flange." Plan Sheet W-1: 1 1 L C 0 J 1 1 Addendum No.1 Page 2 of 3 a. Sheet W-1 issued with the original plan set is void. Replace with the revised Sheet W-1 attached to the addendum. Sheet W-1 is provided in both 11" x 17" and 22" x 34" format. 4. Plan Sheet D-1: a. Sheet D-1 issued with the original plan set is void. Replace with the revised Sheet D-1 attached to the addendum. 5. Plan Sheets I-1, I-2, I-3, E-1, E-2 and E-3: a. These plan sheets are included in this addendum with higher print quality. No changes have been made to the sheets. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 1. The following items are attached for the bidders information: a. Pre-Bid Conference Agenda with Meeting Notes b. Pre-Bid Agenda -Attendees List c. Plan Holders List Issued by: MORRISON-MAIERLE, INC. James R. Nickelson, P.E. r2 a t Date ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDUM N0.1 The Bidder shall acknowledge receipt of Addendum No. 1 in the Bid Form and Shall Submit this Addendum No. 1 with Volume 1 of the Contract Documents at the Bid Opening. Received by: (Name) (Title) (Date) Addendum No.1 Page 3 of 3 t SCHEDULE ONE (1) (Addendum No. 1) LYMAN CREEK SPRING COLLECTION IMPROVEMENTS BID SHEET The Bid for the following items in Schedule One (1) shall be a unit price or lump sum bid for all construction work described in the Contract Documents. The bid price shall include all temporary or permanent equipment, materials, supplies, and labor necessary to construct the item in accordance with the Contract Documents. ITEM DESCRIPTION ESTIMATED UNIT UNIT TOTAL NO. QUANTITY PRICE PRICE 101 Mobilization-Demobilization (no more 1 LS than 3% of Bid Schedule 1 Total 102 Taxes, Bonds, and Insurance 1 LS 103 12-Inch Pipe, C900 PVC 308 LF 104 8-Inch Stainless Steel Continuous Slot, Wire Wound Well Screen, w/ 20 LF Threaded Connection End 105 36-Inch Corrugated Metal Pipe 32 LF CMP 106 12x8-Inch Reducer 1 EA 107 12-Inch Tee 1 EA 108 12-Inch Butterfly Valve 2 EA 109 16-Inch D.I .Solid Sleeve Cou ler 1 EA 110 Overflow Measurement Vault 1 LS 111 Overflow Outlet -Screen and Check Valve 1 EA 112 12-Inch Rip-Rap 3 CY 113 Soil/Sodium Bentonite Clay Cap, In 15 CY lace 114 1 '/Z -Inch Rounded Washed Rock 30 CY 115 Non-Woven Filter Fabric 100 SY 116 ALTERNATE- Exploration/Extra Work with Small 10 HR Crew and E ui ment Section 00300 Page 5 of 14 N:\0417\055\DOCS\SpecsWddendum 1\Bid Form Modified.docx i~ .~ ITEM DESCRIPTION ESTIMATED UNIT UNIT TOTAL NO. QUANTITY PRICE PRICE 117 Seeding 12,000 SF 118 Gravel Road Restoration g0 LF 119 Frost Free Yard Hydrant, including corporation stop, curb box, copper service and hydrant complete in 1 LS lace. SCHEDULE 1 -TOTAL BID PRICE Total Bid Price in Words Total Bid Price in Figures Section 00300 Page 6 of 14 N:\0417\055\DOCS\SpecsWddendum 1\Bid Form Modified.docx 7 i~ r 1 u 0 7 '~J 1 L i ,~ .. ~s ~m~ c m u a S ~~~ ~~ m F z T () > vQp, ~vmZy f~ o R fzm~ ~gom > ~" gfm ~_ O 2 C N ~ ~ 1 z ' g ° o ~ s Z O ° D Z ~ ~ O) N A W N mmv ~ v ~ A z v g vIL m ~ v_ ~ ~ s A~~m Q5 s °- o p N Oz~ m° ~ N ~1,N~m ~ nm y~~ ~ y °y D n~z~ °~ F ~ xm O° m ', Z~~~ ~f 0=Z TO7 Ri~ ~ Lk m D ; r ~~ D " r 'n .9m m Z O y y ZfAC n fD ~Df /IS ~y m p°N D O m?um ~ m1~n ~tmipz F ~~ ~ C Z v1n° ~ vm O X ? ~ ~~A O "v ~ ~ m ~ DZAO z c '~ °~O z O Z ~~°$ m r iG = z ~ ~ ~O3 ~ ~ ~mvpi ~ ~~ czi ° m o °~nz z som n~ m o ~ ~ yy m ~~° ~ --CINp A ° 1" Oz~ ~v~ ~ I•"~i N ~ m g ~ y ~! ~Z F ° 1 O r O J u+ N O I EG-5567.42 + 0 FG-5567.42 N R M A L ~ I = 5 7. 0 2 I I B \ 6 I 5 5 .1 EG-5571.44 FG-5571.44 z_ ~° J ~ ~ / O ~' A IJ EG-5569.53 ~ FG-5569.53 W `.p n N r o m C) i EG-5575.63 / FG-5575.63 ~ v i EG-5572.30 J FG-5572.30 I 1 I '. ~ I I ~ ~ t N fNl~ O U N Obi ON O N i N J O N V N U pN~ O U N tN1~ U O N mNm O pNN~ U U C ' EG-5572.30 FG-5572.30 \ ~gg a e a j ml Z ~ m ! p .' EG-5574.43 N ~ ~ ~ Z o i FG-5574.43 g pn ,y ~ v ~ O x I o ~ ' EG-5575.63 v i FG-5575.63 ~ O A 3 0 .1 T I O S AI 5 E L \ ' EG-5579.62 W L C E N i FG-5579 62 I 5 7 .0 N ~ . m ° mp - m ~ ' EG-5589.21 F ~ ' ~ I z I I L 2 tU U N N o N N T U N J O N N V 11i N `~' O ~ 111 N ~ C 3 D c V ~ n N O ? N _ ~ 2 ' r \ O D p N N 100 100 C C < 1 , C ~, O C~J f~//~~ l'J V s I"'I n x~ ~S N.. ;$ ~~ ~ O b m U 9 <p > z 4 s? ~ ~ 1 ~II& Iz c 0 m D Z N mpOp~ O O8N ~~ zA ~m~ z ~Zm O a co~ mzz mc~ I N ~~~ zz~ p °" 1 NO ~ ~ OZ n D m z N A iN jN .; ~m <_ m 1'1~~v O y A r Z x N A HOOP O.D.= 35.5' y ~ ~ Z ~ ~~ n O ~ 0 m ~ 00 n DO --~ ~ m Z A ~ ~ ~ Z ~ ~ m m Z D D O S ~ 2 O m Z y A n O ~ Z ~ ~ 1 ~ "; U~ F~ ~ m ~ A A A I I~ ! ~~ s m Z to A I I 1 N mO op''U ~~ ~ v_~OUi~ m~ aiv~ s 0 ~ ~ ~m>, p O x mom ~O ~y A o~ vA~ ~ ~ 1"~ ?O m x ~ x z~ Nx -i v ~I^z ~ r Fa x ~x < ° ? O~ ° o vm o'~ v v m-s z• v mm x 6'-0" 12" .r~~ ~ . OR AS SPECIFlED. l' y. ~ N no ~ roc ~ r m rp x. m° ~~. ~ t z o' ~O ~ ' c 3AA o a O 12 N Z ~ IA'1 ~ ~ O A X ~ ~c ~ x= m O ~ N N ~~ ~° ze m °~ ~vyim N7~C OVI iI m A + m D ~m x£ ~~- gOm ~1~iai I it O I F, 9 DVI l I pZ / I I c1 / I m °: I / ~ I /I I I I it I i 1 ` I !~ 1 I ~ T ~ 4~ m ~ I~ m I • ~I • ~ on N • p~ x 4 1 II I ~~.~ N o ~ f1 m I \ N~ II IIII~ ° c ~vm J ~ I \\l~ `cv °;~x I Nm m mF~ ~ ~\ ~z x II ~ I 11nn N I m yzy~ rz II ~~ I ~c O r ~O N~° I O N N V f s ~' rim ~m ?'s I • `S ~_ N ~ ~~ ~~- ~ xII ~~Il~~ ~i1 mfz °° IY I <~ DNND I 1 IN ~> rm~N // 11~ I OOJ ~DZrm \ ~/ '( o~u 9 ~~ ~~,~~ , ~~r~l ~' ~ ~/ ~+ ' CO /////\// / J/~ i$~//1 I / ~ _~ yF C/ /~/ O A 0 O O ~zmo °~ > ~ °°vx-ii ~~~~ N (~ N ~ ~ zp ooz xis 0 C ~p N ~ z y~=m mm~ 0 7~ ~OZ ~_"" ms~~ m ~ Z OC~m ~o~~ I D N 1 \~~ j m °NZO D ~f "Z7~~+O V pprry~ O yNZtb g OO N omp ~ m Z r o ~ N m ~ Z r NO m °~ i ZO I " I O A !11 .l~l\ yxl~ I I I ~A Xmo~ZZNm~ ~ II 'I ~I o~~m \I I I I II I III o° I _ oo I 1 ~~~00~~~ ~° I~ " I~ 1L~omm II ~ ~ ;1 Z I ° I~ y _ m p N f ry~ I I ~I ~~1 O~~~m~ \DO 'VS II 1 / ~ N~~ ~~ I2O I ~I / C D O ~{ 1~ ~i~~cziz~m~~ \ I ImJ I / ~ m Omx~~ I ~~ I II / I Z~pN.l~cf~y~ \ I 1v' r~ ~I l \ I I ~~~~o ~1~i I jl~ RmRm~pmg~ ° I\ 11 ~ I l ~ I v I ~ I ~~/ ~Y n S~~NC~o ~ ~ ~ ~'. y, ~ I ~ ~ /~/ "' / s mi~Fozo I I I` m _ _ I I ~ /~//},~_G '" O ( ~ .." ° y~ D~ O m N~ I ~ ~ 1 / µ II imm NOO~ !VG .'K" l~\ A -- mmmi~lo~" ~ F ° o I ' I I ws A N m m C L I !Z N N f . .. ... .. rnp II II II ~rn; ~ Gya NCCSnn LomA~o p rrA+t N O~'pNj~O $ ~ ~`J ~C I r F }I+ mp n• a~ ~ m ~ pp SDS$ Z v~OD ° l W ~O ~ '~a . . I 70< °g p ,1 O<; mZ• ° O I I ~ ~ ~ m fN~ I f NCZ I~ mpm °s~ I I°~I ONO I I Z f ~ I~ ~/ / /, I ~II ~ Nom, ~~ ~ I ~ I I I ~ ~~ - m- I Nz I I II ~ 6.. ~s ~mxo m~ ~ i~ ~I BI I Y Lod ~O I IO7~C tZ'1 m~ \ I\JI !I \r~VN 1 Z I I' a7~ 1N ~~u/c ~ I \ ~1 5~~ I m ~ ~ i ~ ~\. ~4ip I~ ~, c~ I I II n N\1 II ~ II ~~ ~ mczi' yl~\ Q~ II A b N o I I II I~\\ ~ /' 1 II \ \ ~~ ~ I I \I I ~ I h ~ ~ I I I I. I ~`\ i 3 ~_ ;A-i 3 ~yoi < ~ ~ m ^' FI ~~"op 7J 8 ~g^~'" ~ f-m~ D n~~m m 0 8 3 N_ O O o y 2 A ~ ~ ~ N z .~ D C r 0 m r3K ~ II O z ' JJ m D Cl~ iV ~~ ~~. I.~~~ l J j.~..~ Vi z Z n v m m m ~ H o ~ n N~ ~~ m °v u ~i ~ o v 5 m0 y ? 3 ~ s m m im w Z c ~ ~ a W m D Z r o~~ zm Orvl .ll f~ A m r TL ~ N n x~c A ~ C p~m D N N ~no~ gO °~ m°~ m EmA Z:-' ~ Nmo z D ~O~ cvx ~~m N~~ <y 2 O Om~ O ~~m x a fmm 0 m~0 O Z m N ~ N O O Z O Z n1 v_~ m~ w~ x m x O A ~ I ~ rymiJe m~ z ~ ~v S rn~ m n x o•+- ~~~~a I D zxvz m y t7 °Ifio o A z~ox O X N ~ ®v m z °: m O O ~"n A F-s Ln n I ~n~A~ z . ~~ F ymm m~ z c~~mz O ~ moo m Z ... O p r a m ~ ~f NN xm~o jrk V) ~r2~ mo I v n ~ vc m io v O,~N~1 AO m m0 0 2 2 ~ ' 7 C m N\ r ~ ~ zi o~ fJ ~ Z ~ O 7 V ~t O O() ." O Nn N m r jn 0 n (( n yn~~ C 7 m ~ (j Z m x ~ n . D p z m ~O t~;m r ~o m~cir ~i~ ii z~;r~~^ c>p c~> s v ~ ~~ v ~ zzm+i Ay; ~ m m -~ mvimo 11A (y~ m i ~mmAj S'"r O ~l ~1 ~ hh'' y r ~ 0 A O p0 O mn O c 0 Aovr mac mm y N 2 _N T n x ojL D A 2 m O 2 O ~ ° ~0 X 1 J r0 m0 r ~m -~1 W D ~ z mm ~ ~ 1 Z D ~ ~ ~ m ~ N n 111 111 D j ~ =a c ~ ~ ~ ' N ~ II I" ~ ~ 'a O ~ ~. s Z X ~ ~ 2 m Q ~ N ~ D ~ D 0 0 u ? m o 0 v z I z _ -mi `''c > cmi oz m m A m z m m ~ ~T 2 / ~ N A I ~ V1 .ZC) ~ m iA ~ ~~N ~O w r~ p m~ v n O m _ ° I Q p = Or .Z1 fn Z~~X N~ o cn0 vo m~3oxu m ~m®o ~N r ; O, go m O v o n r N; m~An O +~ps J y ~ Z I np ~ ~ m N ~ z`^ ~. ' F ' ''. ~~ ,1 `~ \\ ~ ~ ,~ __~ i V, 1 ' C7 N D C ~~ j z r.1 II O ~ A s ...LLL r G7 A I f/ 9 I- c~xo Z~ ~ ~ z~~iFa ni? m mI m mo# ZnA o ' mavg \ ~O mm; i OIR~ m OZN O Z.~..Vx 1 0 0 ~ m N y ~ ~ O X N vz zm~ m m cnA m Zzi ryym-Ov; Wm~l ~<N ~O O ~~~ ~~ mr 0 m O~~ m z i c i 11 ~ -i ' 1~'1 O V i, ,, 1 1 m II ~~ o i A ~ z t^ ~ O o Z I 1 `1 z n x v~ ~ ~; v~ Nm mz_ n" 0 N W m NmO~ ~;- Z OZT !7 ~ l ~m~m X D O r .'ONE ~mTiio o v a, n a ~c~mv ~ m Q c~ - m~ov o ~O ~ = o ~' II ~~~i ~: v~y ~DZD I ZZZo ' mm ODNDA~ f T D 2°00 Z~z~z o I+A~~ o O~~Z Z ~ N N ` ~,o~~ n J~rz "'~ D ~ v_ ~ r ~ SDI ~ ~ I o~~o y Z S ZZ mvx m~r~*~ ~E • X =~ ~ °v z z c i ~ i s ~~ O N N I 0 (( D ~ o / ~Q v_ mO0 NN A Acv ov o fzo~ m~ A m vD is N m 0 m `a'^ -Dim a, ~~ A ~ ^ 2N°a ~ ,. m X l I ~ -- ~ T1 ----1 , _ D Q o ~ w m Al o o I I _ I m ~ m< ~ fz ~O ~ J mN v ~ rn '.' r I I N I ~ ~ ~s ~ Dm ~ I I I? o I O Iz O Jm -_N - y v L ~ Ir m N I • v N I 11 I °. C ~- __ ._ 16 D.I.P. (OUT) . _ i _ . _ .. _ ~ ~ I g A < c~ v m O A N ~n~ N. A x m A n F ~ ?~n ~o F ~ m -I m~ ~ o '~ ~ z w <? m w I r °; 31-. m V O in r 5 ra r7 °z m ~ m o v~f*1" O D A „o N m~ mOo onm m~~ O~ rtyn0 Ozll II ~ myw ~ ~ ~ v ~ N 0 ox ~ O N O ~ O A S O Z n Anf~ m ' N~~mn D mzF - .~~ mX .., --L ~. - -- ---'- O ~ 0o c z xc~ ~ -~ xo fz ~ ~~ ~ rx [ / \l 1 m ~ X N ~ p 2 m ~ Z H N ~ ± ~ N m \ ' ~ ms ~ ~c ~ ~ \ -~ Fo m v \ OC \ ti \ C ` ` ( imyo N r Z ~ s X \ n v~~ \\ x \ ~ ~ m \ \ n ~ mF \ io v mN~ i ~~ ~v~ \ \oam f r ~ \ N, 1 A x z v 0 x / D ~< m N ~m m r ~iw N Ox_ ,D~ I 16=_D.I.P_ J I N I W ' (IN) -_ __ 1 m W a • N =~ (/N I A N I ~ Z L7 2 RI (n mo ~ x 5'-0" ~ s o m l7 l7 c~ N m o~ m mZ ~y N ~ ~o W O O '~m 1 r DSO cOr- O-+ D-i " ' ~. o~ ZOC zm ZC -iC yr '+r~ 0 c I r ~ v ~ Z'O .Z1 -1 ~ -i - Z= nmm 00 O_ 'rrO " a. " "~pZ Z DD o m ~ ~ ~ ~ Z ~ D - ~ - - - --- -- - --- - -- -- O z' ~~ n~'T i,. ~ ~ ~ D A L ~s~ ------------- --- ~g ~~ _ ~ ~' x ,~ ~, z __ v r /~~ ____' ~M : ~ ~ T ~ m ..._... ... __._.. -~ 22 ~ ~ ~' I ~ m n n .- .. ;.~~ 0 1 j r o_ o ~~ h5 ~ n '~~ l°< Ic L._- ~ '. i ~ m I L.~.L. ~ I n ~„ m ~ m m C ~o ~ ~ ' D ~ ~ ~r =,. i~ y ,{,'~ ~ ', c. '~ ~v o ~ n ~; > ~ ^ _a~ i I~ In C is -= _ -_ ~ j ~ `; ~ _~_ ,° N¢ n o~ ~~n R -,,,..(~ r O~~ ~y p ~~ ~~/ ~ b D I D . I ~ ~ r ~ T O ~ FmD t +1 f r A~ 5. Y - ~O~ ~~ o ____ ____________________.~ 1 > f ~ ~ t x Z .~ ! T I',z i'.s ',, i I ~ h 1 I €'~ ~ ~ ~ ~~ 2 ; ( ~~ ~ O iv Y ~ \y ~^ t P ~ ~ { .~ l7 m _ ~ ~_ ~ `.i Z Z b ~ ~ ~ ~_ cZi, m ~ :s~_ ~ ~ w -~ a ' ~ m D o / ~ ~ ' ~ Z m m ~ ~`~ ~ ~ -._ _ - - _ _ _ _ __. _. _ . _ _ -- - -- v O ~ Z I p ~ n a ~ m D 'S ' ~ I r S _ I ~~~g I w ~ //may ~ _ Imo' r~~~_ ___. __._.._ _. -.. ., _ ____ _. _ ~__.. _.~... ... __, ___~_____ __._~_. _ y _ _ _ ~A A Z ~ v ..~~, D ~ o o ~. i y .- ~ m c c ., '"' 5 ~ x, tJ - ~ "' "~~ _ z s ~ ~ ~; 1. 9 A A i r r i it T Ij _ i _ lm _.._. 3 y ~ t ~ r + ~/ \Y I. ~RF ~F ., ., t ti ~4' ~ ~ ~ ~ v ;m _ o~ `~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ U IN I I ~ r ~ i ~ `~ I ro i t` ._ i x ar ' ~ ~ ^ , 4 ! ~ :: ` ~r f <Ty" ~~ ~ s ~ ~'~ t di S ;' - n5 'D F ~ ~ Yo ~ ~~ g ~ I ~i~~ry ~ ~ R ~ i 6 (~~ ~ F~~ r~ Z .Z1 , " -t a Y ;' ~ % IN ' 4i ~ STp~ ~ 'b ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~n ~ x F~ I ~ aF I ~ ~ g~ R c P~*i Z ~ I V I ~ ~ n I ~ fp ~~ ~ '~ ~~ a G > .. ~ ~ ~i {~ i S D » t. ~ ~ ~N~~ ~ ~~+ V y I 2 ~ N v`~ y' i I~',-V~~` ~~ ~ , ~ r _ t2' iN U J ~ a ~~' !!! a1 ~ t ~~~~~~ F ~ Y8 ~ fc ~ ~ `' ~ Q ~ ~ ~ 3~ Q ~ 6 ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ 1 ~ I ~ E~~s ~< ~ ~~ '~ ~ ~ f { I i i i i i t i R ~ I I~F ~ ~ I _ ~ ~ ; ~ ~~ ; ~~.- ~ ~ T --.-- ~®00 ~mC ~ ~ ~ L ~ ~ 6 ~ ~ - ~ ~ ~ o R R o 3 _~ ~ ~ ~~ g - ~ -~ ~;, ~. ti ~~- - ~-~, ~ j ~ K ~ z x r ~-, ~ ~. c~.' - _ _ ~. ~. __ ~ ... i _ ~ ,~ : ~ ~ ~ ~ ~. ~ € ~~ J r l_l ~~-r~-yy ~ y $ ~ 3 - ~ R ~S T yy N ~ I ~?~ I z S ~ r I ~, ~ _ ~ ~ } ~~ l ~„l~ ~ I'II IITII'I~ /", ~r, I € e ~~ _ ~ , T-i ~~ .. - ~' ' = ' a ~ ~~ ~ - ,. _ t f a __ . ~ ^ ;; ~ L~ ~ ~ r J ~ } ~ ' - , ~ `; '~ ~ % r ~ ~ y r ~; ~ ~ ! ~ ~ ~ ~ _ y ' ' .a b'' k ~ < , ' I~ A - 2 QiS T ~~ ~ ~` ~ ~ I ~ i •- f I I ~ ` ~ ~ a; ¢ O ~ ~ i ~ € ; z ~ ~ i o to ~ ~ ~~ € as z ~p ~ s ~ ~~ `s ` D r .~ ~ ~.°z o r mE ~y , ~~~ I v C D z ~ c ~ ~= T';k ~, oo i~• Z n '^ ~ I `~ cn -i C n ~ { ~ '" x m ~ T _ __ ~ ~_ _ ~ - I ~ °~ -;,,, ~i ' ~ m~ a7 ~ ~ ~ r ~ i ~~ is i v z ~ D { Z ~_ " ;~ :~ ~+ ~- ; a x v: m m ~ m ~ ~ ~~ ~ ;:. ', y a g ~p c z - j r O _ ~' ~ a X I i ~ o : i ~ ~S'~a 2 <Rff~~ ~ ~' ~ ~ ~' n ~ ~A z ~ p~ r #A~-~ v ~a R~~ 4~~ 4~~ ~ Z ~ sZ ~' ~ i3t` ~'`e " ~ D ^ .~ - f - ~, T - F r_ _ ~` a ~ r ~ ~ ' s i I K I ~ x I L~ ii ~~ ~~ __..r.. .~ ~ __ in _ oo i 1 ; i ~~ x~ , A rte' ' d ~R 2' ~, A~ t~ !z I~ Z jj _~( ~_ ~_ i~ ~g~ ~~ P M~ ~ oK T ~= ~ -. ~-~,-- Z P ~ ° ~ ~ __ ~ ~ o ^ 5c~' t NF 7 r, t+ ~ s .R .w K:, '. ~ -' ~ ~~ x~ N ~ ~ g a I z S ~ ; O Z '~ ~~ ~~3 taR~ '~ ~ R $~ 3 ~ ~R g? ~~4 ~ ~~~ ~ ~~ ~ ate: ~~ ~~~ ~= ~~ ~ V~~ ~~ ~~ ~ ~ ~~~~rz~ R ~R ~R z"~ ~~ ~ ~v' Rz ~' ~ ~~~ -' ~ 9 L ~~. ~ .> ~ 3 ~ ~ ~~ ~3 ~~ ;~ ;s ~ ~~ ~~ ~~ ~; C= 4 ~;~ ~, A I~ i ~'~ 'n !z N 0 0 ~~ ~6 ~ m ~' ~~ ^o ~~~ ~~~ ~ ~ i ----- ----- -- __ ID _ _. ~~~~ ~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~ €~R~~~~~~ ~~~~ ~~'~ ~~o~ ~ ~~ ~ ~ ~ ~~ X ~ x s - 's ' i z - .: ~ ~~. ~i i i i i i i O C)O D D D ---~--'-- .- _, x ..- ~ _>Q:. ^ C = -- 2 7~~ [~ to ` 3OC 7 Z '~ _ ~ T< " ~ ~ G V D i` -'xt ^' x7 - xic0 V i',_". ~"cm">D OOZOO 9 n0 N n CC vCi00r xC01m0 ~W oD D =~~\tbyD S Z 0... S x) C N`"^On ~ I ,~ C .7i D C Z > ^ R i C r, ~ O D ~ cT . __.. _ ~I x £ F m x c ti R Z z _ iii iiiii ^'ir COMA Db x ZO rr-__zz c ZZ - ztT2_ ^C1 c~ ClDi~O ~- Z c')t,^ '.~+D yAZO ra-nC OC " :~ "^ .-'-~"n-: .,MMr T rC~OC OOr,2 N^m '- U' ~ :^n r:mmr Y^m 000_00 ~~Qmmfm-m0 acv FVF N~ 000'^ nrj~n~mf~~c_rC mA OrC7-'o7<qpi ~9~ZZ~nOnZ vm CC-+zOD Rmz of D m i0 ! - N ' ~ I nz T O AD ~n y D " S ~-. D= ZZ Nz D O C ^O S bOx ": p 2 - = ~ zT L r D ~S m2A apZ ~Zi ~z ACA ( p ~ D 007 -~0 pZm ~C -~am NZDD b G)= mpZy N ' j DC Z L Z- Z -~ In i Z Z'~, yV Z.N= .O OC Gj~f O-r O i C)O x Cn~ CO >-~ - . OO ~F ~ R r : < ttf rJ~O ~:.~ L:O D ~ Z , L7 "'(~t7 C-.n C) yZ O 2 M m y fO -' Dn Cxi ~C Z'n r- DN OH inU n~~ D _ ~ r On v ~ Z 2 ~' f . Z ,n r-• O y c, zC : =; inr 2 rr D n= c j _' ~ ~'~ vj xl .y n i > D D z 2 .~Tr Q Zty y C O ZA ~~ Z Zm ZN ~ ~ f C j y ~ C ~ : s ;Z : D ~ C A C .~. n Z O ~!~ O z > ' ^' ,Z.~i :' C) ? -i j C A ~ ~L~mD2 D~ m I ~ R ~ C 2 T C r" i '- ~ ~ x' D m 2 ~"G7 Cl I r j a h't C ` . Z _ y O D A Z 17 J ~ - ~ Z ~ =. R° '' D ^ ~ ~ a 7!~ n ~ A ~ OV ~ y ~ p I, 1 ~ T = - ^\ D x' z 7 ~ 2 T ~ L .1 A S s ~ o ` _ D -~ r o ~ ~I ~ . _. -~ ~ '~~... 0 ~ . i xx Fg fE <<c ~ - - =- ~_. _. ~>, ~ -C -\~~ <S:1 T ~ f P^.T Zr` zp ~ Z ~ ~ " ... ~~;n ,~NNV. N(OWln .n ,n, LO f~ f <Nt/~ VtTTTT Z~ D -~ Tv J ~ RxRRZa zUVTU'99v <<<<-'i^'\ <-fAAZ Sm x1Z J ~O < r ~ vzv 00 azZZZZ Om SO Op~C'~ iii~iii <~-~~~ZS N >' D I ~ I ~~''{{~~ I f l f T T ; ~ rp ~ , N F £ s I C _ _~ _ _ . .._ ' D ~ D . ~ A { ';~ ~ "' s .~ a s S 5 ~ t ~ <~G, ~<, ~ - - -•-' a ': `+ tiY Z Z Z D ~: i i -. ~ `^ D ~^NL1 ,n t7 n Ly ./`VI JI V)110N < -+ C z- ~ g ~O DD ZmMn~'^- S I72 A. n l_!10 C ~ ST.". xl Z' T aTC9?1 ~ ~J ^C^• 0000 SJD2 Z 00 C I 55 f'~Z A!~ ^ rTr"~Nm~C ~O~ 'I TT ^] 00 Z 222 Z Z '" O Z C opopDO C'~r ~ i%JZ--AC i Ste' AO ~ OD ~~^'~~ _~~ O iOD xjC ~~Z Z-' Cl OC;D ? K r Z ~ j O I Z a ~ c O ~ C b J r y < Z ~ J - ~ O T? `~ f 2 ,,, ~ L ,TS~x.•~r. n m5 I Z ~ C D ~ AD ~ ~ O ' ~ ~.• 'T _.LD (~ D t X10 'J~ V` r. D ~ ` ~ ~~j J~.NU1T p 'On,tD D L^ pr QCm J y C` ~ r~~ x7."0 Q M n O~ D f,, ~^T Kr `x1 .. l0 yn S DC D m f'! VI L_ L 2 n z y T .. . D i = L' T D T, z to n ^' z O ' ~ T z z y 'tn S^O .sue O VCl",. ;~2 DON <~ O~ C) in ~ ~ ~ J~ ,.T rD ~ m m ~ , 0 nZ O Tn 0 mOnO D zz O z mm m xr O ~ ~ I LLL [ i - J O D ~ DD ~ f ~ _, 2fn w z ~ { n ~ D C M M N x1D O Z O O nD Z ~~" ~ I z p~ ~ n i s Q 'z ~ g s~ F o ~ S ZS O z ~ O t ' O I '. ~ O I ' , ~ v i _ Cr1 ~ Z ~ >~..y _. ~ t!] I ,. O I '~ ! r ! ~ i 1 3 ~ .. ~ . _ _ _~ - ~~ ~ '~ ; is S T ~ .., C ~ r. -OO~' U ~ 2 O S a p ~ ~ ~ N O Z j ~ ~ ~ ~ V 9 I ~ ~ I ~ ~ o . ~ D - D ~ ~ T v i ~ 2 > r f, ~ ~ -t ~ n O p i R O ~ ~ ' - - z ~ ~ z ~ _ `-' ~ i ~ ~ > n O I n j ~ o = I ' ~ n O ~ z n o n 4i ~ g g m m i ~~, ~.. _ p f4 n n p ~ n ' ¢ ~ - . ', s Z ' r ~. N f I I . . n ~ g I I _ ~~ £ i 7 ; '" ---------_- ------ ------------ -------- L To nz -I _ i ~ ~ ~~ I ' ~ I a ~ ~~ I H D - ~ 2 C F t D A Z t 0b ^ -+ ~ n N n zS z ~ (11 A n n p n ¢ '~" ~ ~ D, C , , y ; y o ; ~ x i A i m r~` r c~ ~0 [ ~ 3 .;~ ;r _ ~-' I 'Q ~ r '~ a n < w a z n x ~ ~ i z° o m _ ''fG u~ I '. n ~ R O A r ~ Z A ~ ~ o ~ C r<< 2 b ~ m ° v Z D D A Z ~ m Z I xj n u f o Q pA r rn f ~ A ~. O m O ° C ~ D ~ V r i ~ = ~ r 1,1 (7 ~ I ~ ~ ~ '' ~ uC+ D z R O -. z 5 R 2 o -l 0 m c C. Z N z ~ e SQ'~'i ~ a N ~ -~i O A ~ ~ ~ ~ rr- i a ~ x _ ~~ ~ ~ g A I ~ I i /J _ ~f c~/ ~ ~ ,L~ ~In I ~ ~ l:l ~ ' l.' W ~ ~ ~ 9 'h M LA 64 49 ~ ® LJ '~/ ~ I I y Z'~i ~ ~ _ i . 1 ~ Ll 1 O `n _- ° R ~ ~n ~ N p o ~ ~ ° ~ A ~~~ a vf~ x o- ~rp Tg ~ m~ .n a~ ~ ~ p n fiz`zn ao~ _ ~ooo~ c r~x ~ o~ A p ~ r r ~ ` R ~ {' x oA~ g ~'" ~ _ a z ~ z ~ ~ D D D ~ i `~ r ~2 on j = m y x o ° "' ~ ~ u+r x o § m ~ r j i c 7 ic - s a- i g ~n ~~~ i ~g T l f m ~ R?> iA -. c,zD R ° ~ z ~ ~u + -a~ o ' i g c ~ / ~ f m D - b C >> z ('r O zl < .J 'a ~? C y ~ p n~ n ('1 Cl - C` ('~ m A b Q nm f^ 9 ~ ~ U1 a :a p [~ .~ j ~ y I p - Z C f j ~ m 2 p N +i OL 2 ~ n~ u > Z Z y C ~ ( Y (~ -~ z7 Z ~ n .-0 --I I .~ n'~ A ~ y ' ¢ b ,~ Z i D Oro ;' ~ ~ T. ~ c ° ~ A.-~ _• Z Z ~ S D a 0 A n (`. %7 G ~ C - £ d Ol n Cpp O ~ S ., m n A m A L~ fn n x r r~ om'f ~ A O VI n A X i z° m :in' Z'^ _' o /= _ o ~ Z , r ~ T. T D 0 `m ~L'c = n ~ n c ~ c f ^~ s _~.. $ C ~ A ~ ~ y ~ c 7R O ~ ~ oy~ r~s'F~~ ; ON ~ L O ~ F~ o y m m _ ~ .g ? O n ~ I ~ z ~ n v+ z ~° arryy I mT l ~ _> I i ~+ m ~ ~ ; __ - - -- I ~ ~ m ~ -- -- - - °-' n m m u. a c a ~ m rn m~ -T ~ ~ ; ~ A I ~~ - m Q~ - y - ~ ~ ~\ \ \ T ~ \ \ ~~ - .~ .- ~ i v to to ' i / ~' ~ ~ ! ~ , i i i~ I - r - . . ~ _ ~ z u "" ~ C ~' ~ _ zAZi= ~ r Az czcA~ C 2 °r ~ N _ n tQ~ n o = a ~ ~ "_' '_" ~ n t V D ~ ~ ~ 2 2 _ o ;~ DUI n ~ m np °O wm r ~ a ~~ O = O _~ I i n -' ~ z A C _ _ ~ A ~~ .. ~ ~ F ~ A D G n i 2 n ~ ', ~ - D n 2 Z r~ '- O O 7 I L C ; z n Z N :_ Z ! { f? T, _ ~ s Z D i y p p n ; b _- ~ O y ~ y T Z ° m R n g G7 ;, r O z° T / ~ 2 pC. z'Z~,r D Z ^ y ~~ x C O Z N ~ o R ~ nCi n N n I i 0 O 7 ~ C O D j b ". ,-~~ C J t i p C~ rO. =. D T n A ~ ~ ~ C m L m ?7 C n II T ° ~ _ D:a~m ? ~ :7 \ n x i N C~ 2 2 A ? _' © T '~' ~,I ' _ i 2 v ' - 5 A x Z ~ i ~ ~ A Z Z . y~ y G ^ ~ f , Q p , ~ ~, xNi p a Z I ~ -< s V cis 2 f ~ ~ y T ~ z ~ C /+ Z ; p Z D A-t { Z ~ - _ N -. ~ p N .~i m ~ Z A I I ~n J m' I I ' ~ A T 7~ ~ n z = i p x X A O ~.n n t. to n - r, .. ~ I i I ~. •• '^ s% ' !. , Ti I N P r P P O~ a O~ T ~I r _ ~ _r - _ L T ..... m. ' F , ____.-_-._._...__.._..--__.__---.-_...__ ____.- ti I ~ ~ a L N O O ~ O ~~ ' J . . . . . . . . . ~/ . . . . . ~^ ~^ . a. -- ~~ ~^ ,~oz n~ oz IT -~ _ =Gy zZ ~~ ~'. ~, z'^T oo cz' ... z <~ -~ z ~! \ D ~ s n' D ' ~. i- .. "'~ <N i i ...._....._..._. _._. ._______. _..~, x _ -.. _. . __ _._- _ O -~ ~~'. -, is \N i __--_____ ~. '- ., ~ ~ __. _.. _,._..._.. ..... __ ~m I~•, m cn 0 o~ ~,i 00 z~ c: ~~~ e i~ Z // s 1 ~ I, I z ,~ ~~ ~. ly I ~ Qp~ J _~ 4~am _ ... _ ~G z ~;-r mo ,~ - z2: ~ s 5 ~~~ LL _ D ..... .. _ .. 1.. Z -~ J _: Z / V (T T ~ ~ ~Gx Z~~ / ~~- o mT ~ \~ m~ I~L.L ~ ~; ''~, o m ,z Z L~. ~ :, ;~ -~~ DZ \\ ~-~ 0 ~z ~~ ~~-y+ l'~ ~~ r to ~~O N zx Z~ n `Z °Z ~~ m~, al $Z ~o ~ -' o O ° czi ~~ ~ ~' ~ J ~. Niro ~ a' ^,. r ~ m - ` - - n.~ ~- -_ ----- -..__ _._. --- -- ----- - `~ m~ ~~ - •_ _ w~ ~ ~ ., ..._...... ,.__- _.--.-..__._.~ Arln A.. .~~ / ~. ~~ ~7'~ v O=ff p ~~ L n ~' r u ~'1, IJ~J ~~ .rn .~ a +I ~. ~ ~ ~ a ti I~ I G ~ ~^ G x--" x~ ~o ~? a- ~~ x~a I j ~~ A Ga I i a 1 I \_ ~ ~' ~ ~ ~aV ~. mp~ ~: nT2 00Ni G ~ ~ F m~ C~V Z W vn_ cr.~ ~ y+ o`~z crux G Z ATn ~o` ~ y ! ~, C ~~ ooC z '~ m ~, one z / i ~ z. ~ -, ~-~, ,' C7 ° n ° s i --{ VACS ~C~ \ C O ~~ C"~ - ~ ~ "' z: v~ _z'~ - T•~_ ~ SN O ~ ~_ \ .._--_.~ ~ nCZI ~~ ~ -~ _-y-_.__--.____...-_.._. ~ ~ T _ ~, -- _ O m s m -- O ~ D N --- n mm I ' D ~~ I D l O ~ z '~ c ~ ' ~J U O `i ~i O ~ F -,v -.ao ~~ m -,c n~ ~7~ ~ ~~ c~ o~~, ox c~r'~n o~+ m P m ,v~ 'i0 n r r~pr" ZC L-~ C7 1 ' ~' ''gym f tiZ ~ A Z ~; n OCm ~ ~ oAm ~y c~ I ~z -+X O n o -+ O '----- ---- --- = z D n y n 0 Z A D Z y :f~ri D I^n -;azr~ AA ~ n °Z ~N r C>O r'tOr ~~ ~'~O t7~ ~ D~ A Z n ~; p i p p n r- r O O V A O In rn S cl C (~ r z ~z c~a~ x ~-+ ~c Or ~~D In0 yAA p~ -~ +i O O ~ 2 Om pT CO p zCf Ni =~ xY "m Z -~ZZ u= ' .. Nay Q,x A ri.~r0 ~ ~n O z°' n"~ ~ z~n m L7 -~ = Z ~ y p L~ r•... nv oO ci ;rzi - O c o z -a I 1 'l z -~ n a n ~ w i. ~ N .Z) LYMAN CREEK WATER SYSTEM INFRASTRUCTURE IMPROVEMENTS PRE-BID CONFERENCE (Agenda w/ meeting notes) June 9, 2009 1. Introduction and Attendees 2. Project Scope A. Owner: This is a Public Works project for the City of Bozeman. Compliance with State Laws in Instruction to Bidders. Funded by City of Bozeman - No funding agency requirements B. Project Description & Layout: Schedules I, II & III; 3. Instruction to Bidders A. Opening: Tuesday, June 23, 2009, 2:00 PM local time, at the office of the Clerk of Commission, 121 North Rouse Avenue, Bozeman, MT B. Instruction To Bidders (Section 00100) items: • MPWSS & COB Mods to MPW apply. • Bozeman Business License required prior to award. • Addenda anticipated 1. Valves at spring 2. Sourdough -valve extensions only on new valves (4) 3. Control work clarification -all wiring under this contract, programming is by City's consultant 4. Bid Form A. Critical issues • Acknowledge Addenda on bid form and submit signed copy of Addenda with bid. • Contractor MT Registration No. required. • Complete, Sign & submit 1. Non-Collusion Affidavit 2. Certification ofNon-Segregated Facilities 3. "Information Required of Bidders" must submit w/in 5 working days of Bid Opening. • Bid all Schedules and Alternate(s) -Single Contract Award only. • Additive Alternate(s) will be included in low bid determination if Owner awards the Alternate(s) • 10% Bid Bonds • Contract Time: 1. 60/30 calendar days -Substantial Completion; 2. 90/60 calendar days -Final Completion Page 1 of 3 • Liquidated Damages: 1. $500/ Substantial Completion 2. $200 /Final Completion 5. General Conditions & Supplementary Conditions (Sections 00700 & 00810) • Review thoroughly. Note: Insurance requirements (OCP coverage) 6. Labor Standards A. State Wage Rates apply • Weekly payrolls • Prime Contractor Responsible 7. Environmental and Quality Control (Section 01560) A. Several Pemits involved. Copies in Appendix. • Stormwater Discharge (not required if disturbance less than 1 acre) • 404 Permit • SPA 124 B. Equipment and Materials Storage 8. Plan Holders List -will be sent to attendees Page 2 of 3 Pre-bid Conference Notes: L~ The items on the agenda were presented and a brief overview of the project components was given The site tour included the Lyman Creek Water Treatment Plant site, the Lyman Creek Spring site and the Sourdough Valve site. A number of questions were asked during the tour A majority of the questions were eg nerally about what is included and the proiect and those questions were answered with descriptions of the project. The following_list of~uestions and responses are provided: 1 Are permits for the wetland and stream work in place? The permits have not vet been issued The contractor is expected to review the permit applications which are included in the Pr~ect Manual and base their bid on what is shown in the applications. 2 Can we yet more le ig ble plan sheets for the ones that did not print clearly? These sheets will be r~rinted and provided with the addendum. 3. Reservoir level transducer installation? The reservoir can be filled to a level of 28.5 feet it that is helpful in the installation of the level transducer. This level is approximately 6 8 feet (+/- 0.5 feet] below the bottom of the tee beams. The reservoir can only be at this level at the start of the project or after the water treatment plant is back in operation due to water quality concerns. 4 How deep are the Sourdough Valve Vaults? This question was incorrectly answered during discussions. The vaults are approximately 23 feet deep. 5 At the Sourdough site what is the proposed source of water for the temporarywater services The contractor can connect a service to the fire hydrant that is located on east side of Sourdough Road, south of Goldenstein Lane. 6 What material is needed for the cla~ap of the spring collector? Refer to Note 1 associated with the detail on Sheet D-1. 7 What staging areas are available? City owned property inside and outside of the fenced area can be utilized at the treatment plant The sta ing area at the spring includes the road and turnarounds up to the existing springy collection system refer to Sheet W-1 which shows the upper limit of the staging area. 8 Access to the Lyman Creek site is through private property See addendum re~ardin~ access concerns. Page 3 of 3 it n i~ i~ i~ ii iii a~ c Q m N i x U O M N N a c N g g U N Q U O O 0 v 0 Z r.+ C O Q. ''^^ V• ~ J ~ •^ 7 v+ ~ ~ W ~ = °N' "' 0 ~ m o J ~ G ~ ~ ~~ Z V1 ~ Q L ~-+ J ~ a. L U c c~ J ~ m v -~ Q 'a m ~ 'a ~ Q Q Q Q Q a a Q a Q Q `° a z z z z z z z z z z z _ O CO M ~ ~ ~ C ~ p c0 N ~ ~ ~ t~f') I~ ~ M ~ N ~ ~ R t~ j 00 00 N ti ~ ~ r L N ~ f') ~ ~ N N O) LL CO In I~ - ~"~ ^ . ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ M tf~ M M r- CO O 0~0 ~ N ~ ~ ~ ~ t!') N ~ d' O ~ 00 ~ I~ O d ' p ~ ap a0 ~ ~ ~' ~ 00 t c0 ~ ti ~ ~fi ~ r ~ a o 0 0 0 v 0 ~ 0 0 v 0 v ~ i v d. ~ v s i 0 U ~ - 1 •E ~ U ~? O O ~ ~ o ~ ~ o 0 ~ C O C Y ~ O U O m ~ u '~ ~ ~ ~ .r ~ ~ _ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ` n~ v x c ~ ~ ~ N c j x ~ ~ ~ ~ a ca ~ N ~ ~ ~ N ~ ~ `~ ~ ° W ~ ~ ~ Q 3 "d F" o f- j 0 ~ ~ rn ~ ~ F- ~ ~ ° ~ L > > ._ R o ~ o m ai c a~ ~- m ~ I- ~ 3= aoi m ~ m O m v • m ~ Q ~c~ >> = Qr. l--~ ~~ ~ Eao ~ Eao ~+ O C ~ - ~ y O~ pp NIA O >O ~~ lf~~ ~~ O'~~ M p0) 000 Nti 00 ~ O~ Lll Nti O O~ w NIA O Od7 d NCnm > ~>CO~ M~m~ NYtf) NC~min Nmll~ NC~tn M Q N V! ~ O ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ O ~ r ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ' ~ ' ~ ~ ~ ~ ti ti ~ ~ ~ O p 'p ~ t1 ) (n O ~ O ~ co 01 ~ ~ N rn ~ ,n ~ to ~ N~ ~ F- p~ ~~ ~~ ~H LLJ~ ~">~ O~ O~ OF- ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~ • N ~ Wit!') N ~ > O O ~ f,..0~ ~ ~ N~ ~~ N N N •~ ~ ~ . O C ~ F- N ~ d' ~ M ~ ~ = r ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ X ~ ~ m~ Q' O p >>~ O~ ~ ~ > O p p 7 m m y = O O~ O~ O~ O m 0 m 0 m N CO O O C o- ~ O CD f9 °~ o o~ O ~ _~ O a~0•~' M ~ c°~ cv O o O o O o O o _ NCB ~(nm Mm dC7 ~2 d~ NY ~m ~m ~m dm i i G i V 1 V O 'C N J a m J ti ~ 0 L Q. ~~//~~ V• ~ J ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~ W ~ G o 0 m ti O ~ °>, ° Z ~~ Q L J ~~ Y d L U c cv ~` J ~ d a d~ a :~ Q Q a ~ Q a i `° a z z z i z z } ~ .- ti N M h O M M ~ 0 ~ 00 ti d' O 00 N ( O M 0 0 O M M K O M N ~ O ~ O N CO N ti ~ M ~ ~ N d' ~f .~ d' .~ N `. V' .~ d' M ~ O to N O 0 00 00 CO ~ ~ r ~ M M y I~ ~ O M ti O 00 O O ~ ~ M 00 0 0 N M ~ ~ ~ M L t V M L f) ~ d ~ N ~ ~ ~ ~ N d' C C O O U j C ~10 = ~ E O ; C c C E 3 O U V O W ~, ~ ~ ~° ~ E ° v v +~+ ~~` C O U O p 'D ~ C ~ 'a U + ~' O O V U ~ _ N L (C6 U 1 ~~ V (0 ~ X N v_ E ~ E 0) Y ~ 'O C °U U O O Y }, "O VJ O d ~ ~ ~' ~ a ~ ~ ~~ ~+ W U N a ~~_ 0 ~' N V! L T 0 O T 0 O r 0 O ~ ~ `~ ~ N~ O m 00 t1~ 'a O O O N N O ~0 7~ (n0 N p NE a~ O ~ 0 ~ Q CNO .-rn ~ ~rn C O ~rn O 0 ~°~ 0 ~ O 03 ~ H - ~ F- O ~ _O M -°~ C ~ In ° f- lt7 C ~ 01 0~ OIn OIf~ QQ IS O ~ Q 000 7 L O C O F- ~ 0 0 ~ ~~ ~~ ~~ ~~ N~ (np ~~ U~ i° O N~ 0 N~ 0 N~ O CO~ O C mC - ~~ O_ L C ~ C ~ x O f6 x O (~ x ° fa I-C N x O N o° ~~ °° `' ~ x~ O m~ L O ~° Q E cCo C ~ m ~ m N m ~ WY ° m ~ a O m O m ~ ~L x O 0) 0) O a~ 0 a~ 0 a~ rn O a~ N o 0 o O ~ i M a ti o ~ o d2 d2 d2 vcn d2 ~nao ~m dm ~n~ r~m Nm ii C L Z L R s L V O N J °' ~a J THE CITY OF BOZEMAN 20 E. OLIVE • P.O. BOX 1230 BOZEMAN, MONTANA 5977 1-1 230 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT PHONE: (406) 582-2280 FAX: (406) 582-2263 MEMORANDUM September 14, 2009 To: Tim Cooper, Assistant City Attorney From: Bob Murray, Project Engineer r7~ Re: Lyman Creek Water System Infrastructure Improvements Executed Contract Documents Attached are five (5) original signature copies of the executed contract documents and a completed Construction Contract Documents Review Checklist for the above-referenced project for your review. The documents appear to be in order. Please review the documents at your earliest convenience and upon your concurrence I recommend the documents be presented to the City Manager for his signature. The Clerk of Commission should retain one copy of the fully executed documents and the remaining copies should be returned to this office immediately for filing and distribution to the Contractor. Let me know if you have any questions. ~~ cc: Chris Kukulski, City Manager Debra H. Arkell, DPS Stacy Ulmen, Clerk of Commission ERF Project File HOME OF MONTANA STATE UNIVERSITY GATEWAY TO YELLOWSTONE PARK CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT DOCUMENTS REVIEW CHECKLIST Project Name Lyman Creek Water System Infrastructure Improvements MMI. Proj . No. 0417.0~~.02 SRF No. N/A Reviewer James Nickelson Reviewer Date 9-14-09 CHECKLIST: QO Notice of Award: Q Issued within 60 days unless bid period extended in writing Bid Opening date: June 23, 2009 Bid Award date: July 27, 2009 ^D Acceptance of Award Signed? Not required on Award Form used. Bid Form: Q Copy of original executed Bid Form included, O new executed copy matches original bid Agreement: Q MPW Standard form Q All information is complete and accurate Q Contract amount matches bid amount -Note: All schedules and alternate awarded. QProperly signed . QAgreement undate-d -Needs to be dated by Owner upon si~nina- Payment Bond: Q EJCDC/MPW Form, or O Surrogate Form provided appears adequate Note: Modification language has been reviewed by City Attorney's Office. Q Correct amount (100% of bid amount) Q City named owner QForm un-date -Needs to be dated by Owner upon siQnina Performance Bond: QEJCDC/MPW Form, or D Surrogate Form provided appears adequate Q Correct amount (100% of bid amount) Q City named owner Q Form un-date -Needs to be dated by Owner upon si~nin,~ Power of Attorney: Q Form provided and executed Q Form un-dated -Needs to be dated by Owner upon si~nin~ Certificates of Insurance: Q Insurance Co. Authorized Rep. minimum coverages Certification Q Correct Amounts and coverage is per occurrence, Primary Coverage minimum met. Q Policy Numbers Completed Q OCP coverage provided in Owner's Name Q Owner Named as Certificate Holder and Additional Insured on D Liability ~ Property Q MMI & its Consultants Named as Certificate Holders & Additional Insured on Q Liability Q Property Q OCP. Q 45 day cancellation notice Q Expiration date is 9/01/10 on Liability and OCP, 3/4/10 on Builders Risk Other Special Submittals Required by Contract Documents (list): NONE N:\0417\O55\DOCS\Construction\Contract\Executed Contracts Checklist & Transmittal.doc i~ i~ i~ i~ 1 -~ L n 0 ADDENDUM NO. 2 LYMAN CREEK WATER SYSTEM INFRASTRUCTURE IMPROVEMENTS CITY OF BOZEMAN, MT MMI Project No.: 0417.055 Addendum Date: June 18, 2009 Bid Date: June 23, 2009 NOTICE TO ALL BIDDERS & PLANHOLDERS The Contract Documents and Construction Drawings are hereby modified and/or superseded as follows in this Addendum No. 1, and in submitting a bid, each bidder shall acknowledge receipt of all addenda according to the procedures outlined in the INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS. TO THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1. Section 15080, VALVES, METERS AND ACCESSORIES: a. Replace paragraph 2.07 with the following: 2.07 HYDRAULICALLY OPERATED CONTROL VALVES A. General 1. Globe pattern valves shall be hydraulically operated and installed horizontally. The main components of the valve assembly shall consist of a valve body with seat and stem bearing, cover with stem bearing, and diaphragm/disc assembly. The diaphragm/disc assembly shall be the only moving parts and shall form a sealed chamber in the upper portion of the valve, separating operating pressure form line pressure. Valves shall be operated by introducing or exhausting water from the upper chamber. Pilot piping shall be included with the valve, connecting the upper chamber to upstream and downstream ports in the valve body and shall include an upstream pilot piping strainer preventing passage of particles larger than .015". Packing glands and stuffing boxes shall not be part of the valve design. All parts subject to wear shall be serviceable by removing the valve cover and without removing the valve from the pipeline. Closure shall be drip tight. Open/close and modulation functions shall be controlled hydraulically. 2. The controller shall modulate the main valve position and serve as an interface between the valve and a remote computer. The controller shall accept differential pressure and position signals for control of the valve. Addendum No.2 Page 1 of 5 1 B C Maximum working pressure shall be 250 psi. Valves shall be flanged, ANSI Class 150. All wetted components shall be FDA approved for potable water service. The valve body and orifice plate assembly body shall have the manufacturer's standard fusion bonded epoxy coating. The Disc Guide, seat and cover bearing shall be stainless steel. All valves are globe pattern with an adjustment range of 20 to 200 psi. The valve manufacturer shall provide a computer assisted analysis that shows flow rate, differential pressure, percentage open, Cv, system velocity and incidence of cavitation damage for the Engineer's review. 3. The control valve shall comply with the following specifications. Bod Ductile Iron, ASTM A536 Bod Seat Stainless Steel Disc Seat Buna-N Rubber Disc Retainer Ductile Iron, ASTM A536 Stem Stainless Steel Stem Bushings, U er and Lower Stainless Steel Internal and External Fasteners and Hardware Stainless Steel S rin Stainless Steel Pilot Piping, Fittings, Needle Valve Stainless Steel Solenoid Valve NEMA 4X, Brass ASTM B283 V-1090: Pressure Reducing Valve The valve is to provide a reduction in line pressure feeding into the metering valve. The range of adjustment shall be 0 to 200 psi. Valves shall be manufactured by Cla-Val Co., Model 90-01 pressure reducing valve with X46 flow clean strainer; no like or "or equal" item or substitution is permitted. V-1133: Metering Valve 1. The Metering Valve Control System shall consist of a hydraulic control valve with two positioning solenoids that can be normally open or normally closed or any combination of the two. It shall be further equipped with a valve position transmitter and a pressure differential transmitter with 4-20 mA feedback signals. These signals will be processed in a model 131VC-3 electronic controller with optional NEMA 4 enclosure that will convert them into a flow rate with an accuracy of plus or minus 3%. If power failure occurs then the valve will hydraulically close. The time to hydraulically close the valve from fully open to fully closed shall not be less than 180 seconds. i i 0 0 i 7 0 Addendum No.2 Page 2 of 5 n 2. The 131VC-3 controller shall be equipped with remote set point and local t set-point control. Full manual control of control valve solenoids shall also be provided on the controller panel for local control. Optional digital inputs can be provided for individual specific flow rates. ' 3. The Electronic Controller shall rovide the interface between remote p telemetry and the control valve. It is equipped with remote set point and ' local set point control. When specified, optional digital inputs, actuated by external switches or other similar devices, will place the controller under the command of specific preprogrammed set points. Manual control of ' control valve solenoids is also provided on the controller panel for local control. ' 4. The controller shall compare the set point and the process variable flow signal and adjust the valve to achieve the set point by activating the ' appropriate opening or closing solenoid on the control valve utilizing a duplex algorithm and PID control. One relay energizes when the process variable is below the set point while the other energizes when it is above ' the set point. These outputs shall be wired direct or through intermediate relays to the opening and closing solenoids on the control valve. Separate solenoid output indicator lights, located in the front display, shall ' illuminate when either solenoid is activated. 5. The controller shall contain a discretionary adjustable ramp-to-set point ' function that will limit the rate of change of the set point. When the ramping function is activated, the controller will internally establish a series of time-based set points between the original set point and the new ' target set point. The ramp to set point is activated by one of three conditions: a. Upon power up, the set point will ramp from the process variable value to the set point value at the specified rate. ' b. Upon a transfer from manual to automatic control, the set point will ramp from the process variable value to the set point at the specified rate. ' c. Upon any set point change, the set point will ramp from the current set point to the new target set point. ' 6. When time proportional control is selected, the total cycle time between each pulse shall be programmable between 1 and 120 seconds. The ' duration of each pulse shall be directly proportional to the deviation from set point outside of an adjustable dead band. The time-proportioned outputs shall be independently adjustable when above and below the set ' point to properly tune valve response. The time proportional output bandwidth shall be independently programmable between 1 and 99.9 percent of full scale. When on/off control is selected, the solenoid will Addendum No.2 Page 3 of 5 remain on continuously until set point is achieved or is within an adjustable dead band zone. 7. The controller shall also have the capacity of causing the main valve to open, close or maintain position in the event of a loss of the process variable signal. 8. A vacuum fluorescent display of process variable and set point status in scalable engineering units shall be provided. The operator interface shall consist of two rows of alphanumeric characters to display numeric values and units. Color-coded alarm, status and mode indicators shall inform the operator of operating conditions. Security key codes shall protect against undesired changes to the controller. All programming shall be menu driven. 9. The controller shall be all solid-state construction with the internal chassis capable of being removed for inspection and adjustment. An internal lithium battery rated for 10-year life shall protect all program memory including set points and tuning parameters. 10. Remote communications shall be accepted through a 4-20 mA DC analog signal. When remote operation is selected, the controller shall monitor the remote set point signal. When local control is selected, the set point shall be changed at the controller keypad. Valves shall be manufactured by Cla-Val Co., Model 633-01 with X46 flow clean strainer and 131VC-3 Electronic Controller; no like or "or equal" item or substitution is permitted. TO THE CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS 1. Plan Sheets M-2, M-3: a. Change the Parts List and callout on the drawings for Item 5, 5A, 5B, 10, and 11 as follows: Item 5. Metering and Flow Control Valve, CLA-VAL 633-01. Item 5A. (Not needed) Item 5B. Electronic Control, CLA-VAL 131VC-3 Item 10. (Not needed) Item 11. 105" Long, 12" Dia. Spool, FL X PE, w/ Flange Adapter J 0 0 r ii L Addendum No.2 Page 4 of 5 ' 2. Plan Sheet I-2: a. Modify FE 4-3 from "Cla-Val Orifice Plate Flowmeter" to "Cla-Val Differential Pressure Monitor". Issued by: MORRISON-MAIERLE, INC. ~ ~-~ i `---- James R. Nickelson, P.E. ~~ ~ ~ Date ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDUM N0.1 The Bidder shall acknowledge receipt of Addendum No. 1 in the Bid Form and Shall Submit this Addendum No. 1 with Volume 1 of the Contract Documents at the Bid Opening. Received by: (Name) (Title) (Date) Addendum No.2 Page 5 of 5 PROJECT MANUAL FOR LYMAN CREEK WATER SYSTEM INFRASTRUCTURE IMPROVEMENTS FOR THE CITY OF BOZEMAN P.O. BOX 1230 BOZEMAN, MT 59771-1230 Prepared by: Morrison-Maierle, Inc. 2880 Technology Blvd. West PO Box 1113 Bozeman, MT 59771 Phone: (406) 587-0721 Fax: (406) 922-6702 May 2009 i ,~ --- ~~._...... ES R. ~~ O 9063 P.E. /i~ r.=- .: t~ltjiiill -iV`°`: 5 ~2 ~~4 ~ Written By: ELB/JAU Checked By: Approved by: Project Manager PROJECT NO: 0417.055.01.100.0310 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Cover 2.doc Revised 5/29/09 i~ 7 TABLE OF CONTENTS LYMAN CREEK WATER SYSTEM INFRASTRUCTURE IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT MANUAL SECTION TITLE DIVISION 0 -BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS AND DOCUMENTS 00100 INVITATION TO BID 00200 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS WHITE PAPER YELLOW PAPER 00300 BID FORM 00430 BID BOND FORM (EJCDC No. C-430, 2002 Edition) NONCOLLUSION AFFIDAVIT CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES INFORMATION REQUIRED OF BIDDERS WHITE PAPER 00500 AGREEMENT FORM 00610 PERFORMANCE BOND (EJCDC No. C-610, 2002 Edition) 00615 PAYMENT BOND (EJCDC No. C-615, 2002 Edition) BLUE PAPER 00700 STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT (MMI No. C-700, 2002 Edition; Issued 6/30/03) 00810 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO THE GENERAL CONDITIONS PINK PAPER PREVAILING WAGE RATES (MT. Dept. Of Labor & Industry) WHITE PAPER MISCELLANEOUS FORMS: NOTICE OF AWARD NOTICE TO PROCEED CHANGE ORDER FIELD ORDER WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE ORDER TO CONTRACTOR TO SUSPEND WORK ORDER TO CONTRACTOR TO RESUME WORK APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION CONTRACTORS CERTIFICATE AND RELEASE TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT'D) SECTION LYMAN CREEK WATER SYSTEM INFRASTRUCTURE IMPROVEMENTS TITLE PROJECT MANUAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS GREEN PAPER MONTANA PUBLIC WORKS STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS The Montana Public Works Standard Specifications (MPWSS), Fifth Edition, March 2003 and 2006 Addendum, shall apply on this project, subject to the modifications and additions .provided in the City of Bozeman Modifications to Montana Public Works Standard Specifications, Fifth Edition, dated March 2004 and Addendums 1,2 & 3. All of the above are incorporated herein by reference and shall be subject to the modifications and additions provided in the following Technical Specifications. DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01010 SECTION 01019 SECTION 01035 SECTION 01040 SECTION 01041 SECTION 01050 SECTION 01150 SECTION 01300 SECTION 01400 SECTION 01500 SECTION 01560 SECTION 01600 SECTION 01640 SECTION 01700 Summary of Work Contract Considerations Change Order Procedures Coordination and Site Conditions Project Coordination Field Engineering Concrete Pour Checklist Request for Staking Valve/Hydrant Operation Request Form Measurement and Payment Submittals Contractor Quality Control and Owner Quality Assurance Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls Environmental Control Materials and Equipment Manufacturers' Services Contract Closeout u ii 7 7 I~ r ~, i 0 0 Table of Contents -Page 2 of 5 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\toc.doc ' TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT'D) LYMAN CREEK WATER SYSTEM INFRASTRUCTURE IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT MANUAL SECTION TITLE DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK SECTION 02015 Move In and Site Preparation SECTION 02020 Demolition and Salvage SECTION 02110 Clearing and Grubbing SECTION 02221 Trench Excavation and Backfill for Pipelines and Appurtenant Structures SECTION 02222 SECTION 02475 SECTION 02480 SECTION 02660 SECTION 02730 SECTION 04810 Low Permeability Trench Backfill Plugs* Surface Restoration Finish Grading, Seeding and Landscaping Water Distribution Systems* Sanitary Sewer Collection System* DIVISION 4 -MASONRY Unit Masonry Assemblies DIVISION 5 -METALS SECTION 05500 Miscellaneous Metal Items DIVISION 7 -THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION SECTION 07920 Joint Sealants DIVISION 9 -FINISHES SECTION 09901 Painting -Building Components SECTION 09902 Painting -Process Components and Piping DIVISION 11 -EQUIPMENT SECTION 11080 Equipment and Specialties SECTION 11200 Chemical Feed DIVISION 13 -SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION SECTION 13705 Process Instrumentation and Controls Table of Contents -Page 3 of 5 N :\0417\055\DOCS\S pets\toc. dot TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT'D) ~Fr.-rinrv LYMAN CREEK WATER SYSTEM INFRASTRUCTURE IMPROVEMENTS TITLE PROJECT MANUAL SECTION 15001 SECTION 15001A SECTION 15001Q SECTION 15050 SECTION 15080 SECTION 15194 SECTION 15543 SECTION 15766 SECTION 15821 SECTION 16045 SECTION 16050 SECTION 16060 SECTION 16120 SECTION 16130 SECTION 16140 SECTION 16410 SECTION 16420 SECTION 16442 DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL Plant Piping General DPS Cement Lined Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings DPS High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe and Fittings Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods Valves, Meters and Accessories Fuel Gas Piping and Storage Fuel-fired Unit Heaters Electric Unit Heaters Ventilation Equipment DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL Basic Electrical Requirements Basic Electrical Materials and Methods Grounding and Bonding Conductors and Cables Raceways and Boxes Wiring Devices Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers Enclosed Controllers Panel Boards Lei r L L u 7 i * The asterisked Montana Public Works Standard Specifications (MPWSS), Fifth Edition, March 2003, have been included by reference. These MPWSS technical sections have been specifically identified in the Table of Contents for convenience, but are not bound in this Project Manual. ~I~ Table of Contents -Page 4 of 5 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\toc.doc ' TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT'D) LYMAN CREEK WATER SYSTEM INFRASTRUCTURE IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT MANUAL APPENDICES The following Appendices are bound in this Project Manual. APPENDIX A • PLAN SHEETS APPENDIX B • 404 PERMIT APPLICATION -FEDERAL CLEAN WATER ACT (PERMIT PENDING) APPENDIX C • SPA 124 APPLICATION -MONTANA STREAM PROTECTION PERMIT (PERMIT PENDING) END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS Table of Contents -Page 5 of 5 N:\04171055\DOCS\S pets\toc. d oc SECTION 00100 INVITATION TO BID Sealed bids for construction of the Lyman Creek Water System Infrastructure Improvements will be received by the City of Bozeman at the office of the City Clerk, 121 North Rouse, Bozeman, Montana until 2 :00 PM local time on June 23, 2009, and then publicly opened and read aloud. The project generally consists of, but is not necessarily limited to, the following major items: Schedule 1: Lyman Creek Spring Collection Improvements: Construction of a spring collection system which includes, installation of approximately 300 LF of 12" of HDPE or PVC pipe, an overflow measurement vault and an overflow pipe. Schedule 2: Lyman Creek Treatment and Storage Improvements: Construction of upgraded treatment and storage components including, installation of upsize piping, sodium hypochlorite disinfection, hydrofloursilic acid (flouride), and propane heat in the Inlet Control Building, and level monitoring in the storage reservoir. Upsized piping in the Inlet Control Building includes new 12" piping with fittings, a pressure reduction valve, a flow control valve with metering, combination air valves, and appurtenances. Chemical system improvements include new storage tanks, chemical feed pumps, piping, fittings, valves, and injection assemblies. Level monitoring improvements to the reservoir include a level tranducer, a festoon system, cable, junction boxes, and conduit. Electrical and controls will be provided for the new and upgraded components. Schedule 3: Sourdough Reservoir-Valve Replacement: Replace two, 24-inch gate valves, an 18-inch gate valve , a 24-inch butterfly valve, remove a 24x18-inch tee and replace with a 24x18-inch reducing bend and cap the existing 24-inch main line. The contract documents consisting of half size Drawings and Project Manual may be examined or obtained at the office of Morrison-Maierle, Inc. 2880 Technology Blvd. West, Bozeman, Montana. Required deposit is 100.00 per set, which is not refundable, by regular mail or United Parcel Service (UPS). Payment of an additional 20.00 is required for express mail. 00100 -Page 1 of 3 N:\0417\0551DOCS\Specs\Division 0\00100-inv to bid.DOC May 27, 2009 1 In addition, the Drawings and Project Manual may also be examined at the following locations • Bozeman City Engineers Office, AI Stiff Professional Building, 20 East Olive, Bozeman, Montana, • Builder's Exchanges located in Bozeman, Billings, Butte, Great Falls, Helena, Kalispell and Missoula. There will be a Pre-Bid Conference at the Oman Creek Water Treatment Plant at 2:00 PM local time on June 9, 2009. Interested CONTRACTORS are strongly encouraged to attend. A tour of the project site will be conducted after the meeting. CONTRACTORS and any of the CONTRACTOR'S subcontractors doing work on this project will be required to obtain registration with the Montana Department of Labor and Industry (DLI). Forms for registration are available from the Department of Labor and Industry, P.O. Box 8011, 1805 Prospect, Helena, Montana 59604-8011. Information on registration can be obtained by calling 1-800-556-6694. CONTRACTORS are required to have registered with the DLI prior to bidding on this project. All laborers and mechanics employed by CONTRACTOR(s) or subcontractors in performance of the construction work shall be paid wages at rates as may be required by the laws of the United States and the state of Montana in accordance with the schedule of Davis-Bacon prevailing wage rates established by the United States Department of Labor and /or the schedule of Montana Prevailing Wage Rates established by the Montana Department of Labor and Industry included in the Project Manual. The CONTRACTOR must ensure that employees and applicants for employment are not discriminated against because of their race, color, religion, sex or national origin. Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid security made payable to the City of Bozeman in an amount of ten percent (10%) of Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of cash, a cashier's check, certified check, bank money order, or bank draft, in any case drawn and issued by a national banking association located in Montana or by any banking corporation incorporated under the laws of Montana; or a Bid Bond on the form included in the contract documents issued by a surety authorized to do business in Montana meeting the requirements of paragraphs 5.01 and 5.02 of the General Conditions. Bid Bonds shall be countersigned by a Resident Montana Agent. Successful BIDDERS shall furnish an approved Construction Performance Bond and a Construction (Labor and Materials) Payment Bond, 00100 -Page 2 of 3 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 0\00100-inv to bid.DOC May 27, 2009 i C ~~ CIS i n 0 ii each in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the contract amount. Insurance as required shall be provided by the successful BIDDER(s) and a certificate(s) of that insurance shall be provided. No bid may be withdrawn afterthe scheduled time forthe public opening of the Bids specified above. The right is reserved to reject any or all Proposals received, to waive informalities, to postpone the award of the contract for a period of not to exceed sixty (60) days, and to accept the lowest responsive and responsible bid which is in the best interest of the City of Bozeman. The City of Bozeman, Montana, is an Equal Opportunity Employer. By: Stacy Ulmen City of Bozeman City Clerk 121 North Rouse Bozeman, Montana 59715 Publication Dates: May 31, 2009, June 14, 2009 00100 -Page 3 of 3 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 0\00100-inv to bid.DOC May 27, 2009 SECTION 00200 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS TABLE OF CONTENTS ARTICLE 1 -DEFINED TERMS ...................................................................................... 3 ARTICLE 2 -COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS ........................................................ 3 ARTICLE 3 -QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS .............................................................. 3 ARTICLE 4 -EXAMINATION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS, OTHER RELATED DATA, AND SITE .................................................................................................4 ARTICLE 5 -PRE-BID CONFERENCE ..........................................................................7 ARTICLE 6 -SITE AND OTHER AREAS ........................................................................7 ARTICLE 7 -INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA ...................................................... 7 ARTICLE 8 -BID SECURITY ..........................................................................................7 ARTICLE 9 -CONTRACT TIMES ................................................................................... 8 ARTICLE 10 -LIQUIDATED DAMAGES ......................................................................... 8 ARTICLE 11 -SUBSTITUTE AND "OR-EQUAL" ITEMS ................................................ 8 ARTICLE 12 -SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, AND OTHERS ............................... 8 ARTICLE 13 -PREPARATION OF BID .......................................................................... 9 ARTICLE 14 -BASIS OF BID; COMPARISON OF BIDS .......................................... 10 ARTICLE 15 -SUBMITTAL OF BID ..............................................................................11 ARTICLE 16 -MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BID ......................................12 ARTICLE 17 -OPENING OF BIDS ...............................................................................13 ARTICLE 18 -BIDS TO REMAIN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE .................................13 ARTICLE 19 -EVALUATION OF BIDS AND AWARD OF CONTRACT .......................13 ARTICLE 20 -CONTRACT SECURITY AND INSURANCE ......................................... 14 ARTICLE 21 -SIGNING OF AGREEMENT ..................................................................15 ARTICLE 22 -MONTANA STATE LAWS AND REGULATIONS ..................................15 Instructions to Bidders - 00200 -Page 1 of 18 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 0\00200insr_bid.doc May 29, 2009 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont'd.) ARTICLE 23 - MPW STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS ...................................................16 ARTICLE 24 -COMPLIANCE WITH LABOR STANDARDS AND WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS ...................................................................................16 ARTICLE 25 -DELETED ..............................................................................................17 ARTICLE 26 -DELETED ..............................................................................................17 ARTICLE 27 - RETAINAGE ..........................................................................................17 ARTICLE 28 -DELETED ..............................................................................................17 ARTICLE 29 - BOZEMAN BUSINESS LICENSE ..........................................................17 ARTICLE 30 -PAYMENTS AND BIDDER BREAKDOWN OF BIDS ............................17 ARTICLE 31 -NOTICE OF APPROVAL OF PAYMENT REQUEST PROVISION.......18 ARTICLE 32 -NOTICE OF EXTENDED PAYMENT PROVISION ...........................18 Instructions to Bidders - 00200 -Page 2 of 18 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 0\00200insr_bid.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 00200 INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS ARTICLE 1 -DEFINED TERMS 1.01 Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. Additional terms used in these Instructions to Bidders have the meanings indicated below which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof: A. Bidder--The individual or entity who submits a Bid directly to OWNER. B. Issuing Office--The office identified in the Invitation to Bid from which the Bidding Documents are to be issued and where the bidding procedures are to be administered. C. Successful Bidder--The lowest responsible Bidder submitting a responsive Bid to whom OWNER (on the basis of OWNER's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. ARTICLE 2 -COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 2.01 Complete sets of the Bidding Documents in the number and for the deposit sum, if any, stated in the Invitation to Bid may be obtained from the Issuing Office. The depositwill not be refunded. ' 2.02 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing Bids; neither OWNER nor ENGINEER assume any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. 2.03 OWNER and ENGINEER, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids for the Work and do not confer a license or grant for any other use. ARTICLE 3 -QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS 3.01 To demonstrate Bidder's qualifications to perform the Work, within five (5) days of OWNER's request, Bidder shall submit written evidence such as financial data, previous experience in performing comparable work, business and technical organization, present commitments, and such other data as may be called for below or in the Supplementary Conditions. A. Each Bid must contain evidence of Bidder's qualification to do business in the state where the Project is located or covenant to obtain such qualification prior to award of the contract. No Bidder will be acceptable if he is engaged in any other work which impairs his ability of meeting all requirements herein stipulated. Instructions to Bidders - 00200 -Page 3 of 18 N:\0417\055\DOCS1Specs\Division 0\00200insr_bid.doc May 29, 2009 u B. In determining the lowest responsible bid, the following elements will be ' considered; whether the Bidder involved: 1. maintains a permanent place of business; ' 2. has adequate plant and equipment to do the work properly and expeditiously; ' 3. has a suitable financial status to meet obligations incident to the work; and 4. has appropriate technical experience with at least 3 comparable projects. ' C. Each Bidder may be required to show that former work performed by him has ' been handled in such a manner that there are no just or proper claims pending against such work. No Bidder will be acceptable if he is engaged on any other work which impairs his ability to finance this contract. The Bidder shall demonstrate his ability by meeting all ' requirements herein stipulated, if asked for them. ARTICLE 4 -EXAMINATION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS, OTHER RELATED DATA, ' AND SITE 4.01 DELETED ' 4.02 Underground Facilities ' A. Information and data shown or indicated in the Bidding Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based upon information ' and data furnished to OWNER and ENGINEER by owners of such Underground Facilities, including OWNER, or others. OWNER and ENGINEER do not assume responsibility for ' the accuracy or completeness thereof unless expressly provided otherwise elsewhere. 4.03 DELETED ' 4.04 Responsibility for Adequacy of Data Furnished A. Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders with respect to subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities, and other physical conditions, and possible changes in the Bidding Documents due to differing or unanticipated conditions appear in paragraphs 4.02, 4.03, and 4.04 of the General Conditions. Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders with respect to a Hazardous Environmental Condition at the Site, if any, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to any Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in the Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work appear in paragraph 4.06 of the General Conditions. Instructions to Bidders - 00200 -Page 4 of 18 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 0\00200insr_bid.doc May 29, 2009 ~ i Il 4.05 Access to the Site A. On request, OWNER will provide Bidder access to the Site to conduct such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, and studies as Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill and compact all holes and clean up and restore the Site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations, investigations, tests, and studies. Bidder shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relative to excavations and utility locates. 4.06 Other Work at the Site A. Reference is made to Article 7 of the Supplementary Conditions or other sections of the Project Manual for the identification of the general nature of other work that is to be performed at the Site by OWNER or others (such as utilities and other prime contractors) that relates to the Work for which a Bid is to be submitted. On request, OWNER will provide to each Bidder for examination access to or copies of Contract Documents (other than portions thereof related to price) for such other work. 4.07 It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting a Bid to: A. Examine and carefully study the Bidding Documents, including any Addenda and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents; B. Visit the Site and become familiar with and satisfy Bidder as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work; including but not limited to those general and local conditions affecting transportation, disposal, handling and storage facilities, availability of labor, water, power, roads, climactic conditions and seasons, physical conditions at the work Sites and project area as a whole, job site topography and ground conditions, equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during work prosecution; C. Become familiar with and satisfy Bidder as to all Federal, State, and Local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, or performance of the Work; D. Carefully study all reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site (except Underground Facilities) which have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.02 of the General Conditions. E. Obtain and carefully study (or accept consequences of not doing so) all additional or supplementary examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data concerning conditions (surface, subsurface, and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the Site, which may affect cost, progress, or performance of the Work or which relate to any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Bidder, including applying any specific means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction expressly required by the Bidding Documents, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; Instructions to Bidders - 00200 -Page 5 of 18 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 0\00200insr_bid.doc May 29, 2009 1 F. Agree at the time of submitting its Bid that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the determination of its Bid for performance of the Work at the price(s) bid and within the times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents; G. Become aware of the general nature of the work to be performed by OWNER and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Bidding Documents; H. Correlate the information known to Bidder, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Bidding Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Bidding Documents; I. Promptly give ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Bidder discovers in the Bidding Documents and confirm that the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to Bidder; and J. Determine that the Bidding Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for the performance of the Work. 4.08 Representation Made by Submitting a Bid A. The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 4, that without exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Bidding Documents and applying any specific means, methods, techniques, sequences, and/or procedures of construction that may be shown or indicated or expressly required by the Bidding Documents, that Bidder has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, and discrepancies that Bidder has discovered in the Bidding Documents and the written resolutions thereof by ENGINEER are acceptable to Bidder, and that the Bidding Documents and any written resolutions are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performing and furnishing the Work. Instructions to Bidders - 00200 -Page 6 of 18 N:10417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 0\00200insr_bid.doc May 29, 2009 0 0 u ii i ARTICLE 5 -PRE-BID CONFERENCE 5.01 A pre-bid conference will be held at the time, date and place specified in the Invitation to Bid. Representatives of OWNER and ENGINEER will be present to discuss ' the Project. Bidders are encouraged to attend and participate in the conference. ENGINEER will transmit to all prospective Bidders of record such Addenda as ENGINEER considers necessary in response to questions arising at the conference. Oral statements may not be relied upon and will not be binding or legally effective. ARTICLE 6 -SITE AND OTHER AREAS 6.01 The Site is identified in the Bidding Documents. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities are to be obtained and paid for by OWNER unless otherwise provided in the Bidding Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities, construction equipment, or storage of materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work are to be obtained and ' paid for by CONTRACTOR. The work limits are shown on the project plans. ARTICLE 7 -INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA ' 7.01 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be submitted to ENGINEER in writing. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary ' by ENGINEER in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by ENGINEER as having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received less than ten (10) days prior to the date for opening of Bids may not be ' answered. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. ' 7.02 Addenda may be issued to clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by OWNER or ENGINEER. ' 7.03 Any addenda issued during the time of bidding, or forming a part of the Contract Documents loaned to the Bidder for the preparation of his proposal, shall be covered in the Bid and shall be made a part of the Agreement. Receipt of each addendum shall be acknowledged in the Bid and on the Bid Form. Any Bid in which all issued addenda are not acknowledged will be considered incomplete and will not be read. ARTICLE 8 -BID SECURITY ' 8.01 A Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to OWNER in an amount of ten percent (10%) of Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of a cashier's check, certified check, bank money order, or bank draft, In any case drawn and issued by a ' national banking association located in Montana or by any banking corporation incorporated under the laws of Montana; or a Bid Bond on the form attached issued by a surety authorized to do business in Montana meeting the requirements of paragraphs 5.01 ' and 5.02 of the General Conditions. Bid Bonds shall be countersigned by a Resident Montana Agent. i~ Instructions to Bidders - 00200 -Page 7 of 18 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 0\00200insr_bid.doc May 29, 2009 i~ 8.02 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Contract Documents, furnished the required contract security and met the other conditions of the Notice of Award, whereupon the Bid Security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Contract Documents and furnish the required contract security within fifteen (15) days after the Notice of Award, OWNER may annul the Notice of Award and the Bid security of that Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid Security of other Bidders whom OWNER believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by OWNER until the earlier of seven (7) days after the Effective Date of the Agreement or sixty-one (61) days after the Bid opening, whereupon Bid Security furnished by such Bidders will be returned. 8.03 Bid security of other Bidders whom OWNER believes do not have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be returned within seven days after the Bid opening. ARTICLE 9 -CONTRACT TIMES 9.01 The number of days within which, or the dates by which, the Work is to be (a) Substantially Completed and (b) also completed and ready forfinal payment are set forth in Section 00300 Bid Form and Section 00500 Agreement. ARTICLE 10 -LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 10.01 Provisions for liquidated damages, if any, are set forth in Section 00300 Bid Form and Section 00500 Agreement. ARTICLE 11 -SUBSTITUTE AND "OR-EQUAL" ITEMS 11.01 The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of materials and equipment specified or described in the Bidding Documents without consideration of possible substitute or "or- equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Bidding Documents that a substitute or "or- equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by CONTRACTOR if acceptable to ENGINEER, application for such acceptance will not be considered by ENGINEER until after the Effective Date of the Agreement. The procedure for submission of any such application by CONTRACTOR and consideration by ENGINEER is set forth in Paragraph 6.05 of the General Conditions and may be supplemented in the Supplementary Conditions or the General Requirements of the technical specifications. ARTICLE 12 -SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, AND OTHERS 12.01 If the Supplementary Conditions require or the OWNER requests the identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, individuals, or entities to be submitted to OWNER in advance of a specified date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement, the apparent Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, shall within five (5) days after Bid opening, submit to OWNER a list of all such Subcontractors, Suppliers, individuals, or entities proposed for those portions of the Work for which such identification is required. Such list shall be accompanied by an experience statement with pertinent information regarding similar projects and other evidence of qualifications for each such Subcontractor, Supplier, individual, or entity if requested by OWNER. If OWNER or ENGINEER, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, Supplier, individual, Instructions to Bidders - 00200 -Page 8 of 18 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 0\00200insr_bid.doc May 29, 2009 i 1 i 1 i~ C fl or entity, OWNER may, before the Notice of Award is given, request apparent Successful Bidder to submit a substitute, without an increase in the Bid. 12.02 If apparent Successful Bidder declines to make any such substitution, OWNER may ' determine such Bidder to be non-responsive and reject the Bid, and may award the Contract to the next lowest Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, individuals, or entities. Declining to make requested substitutions will not ' constitute grounds for forfeiture of the Bid Security of any Bidder. Any Subcontractor, Supplier, individual, or entity so listed and against which OWNER or ENGINEER makes no written objection prior to the giving of the Notice of Award will be deemed acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER subject to revocation of such acceptance afterthe Effective Date of the Agreement as provided in paragraph 6.06 of the General Conditions. 12.03 CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, individual, or entity against whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection. ARTICLE 13 -PREPARATION OF BID 13.01 The Bid Form is included with the Bidding Documents. Additional copies may be ' obtained from ENGINEER; however, the Bid must be made on the forms provided, and which shall remain-in, this bound copy of the Project Manual. Bids shall be strictly in accordance with the prescribed form. Any modifications thereof or deviations therefrom ' may be considered as sufficient cause for rejection. Bids carrying riders or qualifications to the Bid being submitted may be rejected as irregular. ' 13.02 All blanks on the Bid Form shall be completed by printing in ink or by typewriter and the Bid signed in ink. Erasures or alterations shall be initialed in ink by the person signing the Bid Form. A Bid price shall be indicated for each section, Bid item, alternative, adjustment unit price item, and unit price item listed therein, or the words "No Bid," No Change," or "Not Applicable" entered. ' 13.03 A Bid by a corporation must be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-president or other corporate officer who is authorized to bind the corporation, and the ' corporate seal shall be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The corporate address and state of incorporation must be shown below the signature. The Bid of a corporation which is signed by a person other than a corporate officer must be ' accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. 13.04 A Bid by a partnership shall be executed m the partnership name and signed by a ' partner, whose title must appear under the signature accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The official address of the partnership must be shown below the signature. -13.05 A Bid by a limited liability company shall be executed in the name of the firm by a member and accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The State of formation of the firm and the official address of the firm must be shown below the signature. ' 13.06 A Bid by an individual shall show the Bidder's name and official address. Instructions to Bidders - 00200 -Page 9 of 18 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 0\00200insr bid.doc May 29, 2009 13.07 A Bid by a Joint Venture shall be executed by each Joint Venturer in the manner indicated on the Bid Form. The official address of the Joint Venture must be shown below the signature. 13.08 All signatures are to be in ink and names must be typed or printed in ink below the signatures. The title of the person(s) executing the Bid shall be clearly indicated beneath the signature(s). 13.09 The Bid shall contain an acknowledgment of receipt of all Addenda, the numbers of which must be filled in on the Bid Form. A copy of all acknowledged Addenda shall be attached to the Bid Form. Bids in which all issued addenda are not acknowledged will be considered incomplete and will not be read. 13.10 The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid must be shown. 13.11 The Bid must contain evidence of Bidder's authority and qualification to do business in Montana. Bidder's current Montana state contractor registration number must be shown on the Bid Form. 13.12 The Bid will not be considered unless accompanied by proper Bid Security in accordance with Article 8 of these Instructions to Bidders. 13.13 DELETED 13.14 Alternate Bids will not be considered unless called for. 13.15 Bids by telephone, telegraph, fax or other telecommunication systems will not be considered. 13.16 No Bidder may submit more than one Bid. Two Bids under different names will not be received from one firm or association. ARTICLE 14 -BASIS OF BID; COMPARISON OF BIDS 14.01 Bids A. Bidders shall submit a Bid on a unit price and/or lump sum basis for each item of Work listed for all Bid Schedules as provided in the Bid Form and as described below. The Bid will not be considered unless the Bid Form contains prices for all unit price and/or lump sum items, and alternates, as shown on the Bid Form. Bids and totals shall be shown legibly in their proper locations. The Total Amount of the Bid shall be legibly written and numerically presented in the proper places and the Bid Form shall be manually signed. Instructions to Bidders - 00200 -Page 10 of 18 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 0\00200insr_bid.doc May 29, 2009 14.02 Unit Price A. Bidders shall submit a Bid on a unit price basis for each item of Work listed in the Bid Schedule. ~ B. The total of all estimated prices will be determined as the sum of the products of the estimated quantity of each item and the unit price Bid for the item. The final quantities ' and Contract Price will be determined in accordance with paragraph 11.03 of the General Conditions. C. Discrepancies between the multiplication of units of Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of the words. 14.03 The Bid price shall include such amounts as the Bidder deems proper for overhead ' and profit on account of cash allowances, if any, named in the Contract Documents as provided in paragraph 11.02 of the General Conditions. 14.05 The low Bidder will be determined on the basis of the sum of the lowest total Base Bid total of all bid schedules to be awarded without consideration of any additive or deductive alternate bids. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject the Bids, or portions of Bids denoted as separate schedules, and to exercise any or all additive or deductive alternatives in any combination after the lowest acceptable proposal has been determined. ARTICLE 15 -SUBMITTAL OF BID 15.01 Each prospective Bidder is furnished one bound copy of the Bidding Documents with one copy of the Bid Form bound therein. The bound copy of the Bid Form is to be completed and submitted with the Bid Security and the following data. None of the Instructions to Bidders, Bid Form, Bond forms, Agreement, contract stipulations, or other specifications shall be removed from the bound copy of THE Project Manual prior to submission of Bid. Data to be submitted with the Bid includes: A. Copies of acknowledged Addendums B. Other data required by the Instructions to Bidders, Bid Form, Supplementary Conditions or Bidding Documents. 15.02 A Bid shall be submitted no later than the date and time prescribed and at the place indicated in the Invitation to Bid and shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope plainly marked with the Project title (and, if applicable, the designated portion of the Project for which the Bid is submitted), the name and the address of Bidder, and shall be accompanied by the Bid Security and other required documents. If a Bid is Instructions to Bidders - 00200 -Page 11 of 18 N:\0417\0551DOCS\Specs\Division 0\00200insr_bid.doc May 29, 2009 sent by mail or other delivery system, the sealed enclosed in a separate envelope plainly marked ENCLOSED." A mailed Bid shall be addressed to City Clerk City of Bozeman, Montana 121 North Rouse Bozeman, Montana 59715 15.03 Other Bid submittal requirements: envelope containing the Bid shall be on the outside with the notation "BID A. The Bid will not be considered unless accompanied by proper Bid Security in accordance with Article 8 of these Instruction to Bidders. B. Alternative Bids will not be considered unless called for. C. Bids by telephone, telegraph, fax or other telecommunication systems will not be considered. 15.04 The following items shall be completed as part of the Bid submittal: Fill in all blanks on Project Manual Book cover. 2. Complete all required items in the Bid Form. 3. Provide a completed Bid Bond form. 4. Acknowledge and attach all Addendums. 15.05 Statement of Bidder's Qualifications and Other Information: The apparent low Bidder shall be required to submit certain information as requested in the section titled "Information Required of Bidders." This information shall be submitted within five working days afterthe bid opening by the apparent low Bidder. Failure to comply with this requirement may render the Bid unresponsive and may result in the rejection of the Bid. Furthermore, failure of the low Bidder to provide this information shall be reason for the OWNER to make a claim against the bid security. ARTICLE 16 -MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BID 16.01 A Bid may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed in the manner that a Bid must be executed and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted prior to the date and time for the opening of Bids, as called for in the Invitation to Bid. Requests for modification or withdrawal must be written and must be signed in the same manner and by the same person(s) who signed the Bid. 16.02 If, within twenty-four (24) hours after Bids are opened, any Bidderfiles a duly signed written notice with OWNER and promptly thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of OWNER that there was a material and substantial mistake in the preparation Instructions to Bidders - 00200 -Page 12 of 18 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 0\00200insr_bid.doc May 29, 2009 ~~ ~` I~ of its Bid, that Bidder may withdraw its Bid and the Bid security will be returned. Thereafter, if the Work is rebid or negotiated, that Bidderwill be disqualified from further bidding on the Work. ' 16.03 Bids and modifications or withdrawals thereof received at the office designated in the Invitation for Bid after the exact time set for opening of Bids will not be considered unless: They are received before award is made; and either (1) they are sent by registered mail, or ' by certified mail not later than the fifth calendar day before the date specified for the Bid for which an official dated post office stamp (postmark) on the original Receipt for Certified Mail has been obtained and it is determined by the OWNER that the late receipt was due solely ' to delay in the mail forwhich the BIDDER was not responsible; or (2) if submitted by mail, it is determined by the OWNER that the late receipt was due solely to mishandling by the OWNER after receipt at the OWNER's installation: PROVIDED, that timely receipt at such installation is established upon examination of an appropriate date or time stamp (if any) of such installation, or of other documentary evidence of receipt (if readily available) with the control of such installation or of the post office serving it; or (3) was sent by U.S. Postal ' Express Mail next day service not later than 5:00 P.M. at the place of mailing two working days prior to the date specified for receipt of Bids. ' 16.04 Bidders using certified mail are cautioned to obtain a Receipt for Certified Mail showing a legible, dated postmark and to retain such receipt against the chance that it will be required as evidence that a Bid was timely mailed. If the post mark on the original ' Receipt for Certified Mail does not show a date, the Bid shall not be considered. ARTICLE 17 -OPENING OF BIDS ~ 17.01 Bids will be opened at the time and place set for the opening as indicated in the Invitation to Bid and, unless obviously non-responsive, will be read aloud publicly. An ' abstract of the amounts of the base Bids and major alternates, if any, will be made available to Bidders after the opening of Bids. ' ARTICLE 18 -BIDS TO REMAIN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE 18.01 All Bids will remain subject to acceptance for sixty (60) after the day of the Bid ' opening, but OWNER may, in its sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid Security prior to the end of this period. ' ARTICLE 19 -EVALUATION OF BIDS AND AWARD OF CONTRACT 19.01 OWNER reserves the right to reject any and/or all Bids, including without limitation, nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced, or conditional Bids. OWNER further reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder whom it finds, after reasonable inquiry and ' evaluation, to be non-responsible. OWNER also reserves the right to waive all informalities not involving price, time, or changes in the Work and to negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder. OWNER also reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder if ' OWNER believes it would not be in the best interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder, whether because Bid is not responsive, or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability, or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by the OWNER. Instructions to Bidders - 00200 -Page 13 of 18 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 0\00200insr_bid.doc ' May 29, 2009 19.02 More than one Bid for the same Work from an individual or entity under the same or different names will not be considered. Reasonable grounds for believing that any Bidder has an interest in more than one Bid for the Work may be cause for disqualification of the Bidder and the rejection of all Bids in which that Bidder has an interest. 19.03 In evaluating Bids, OWNER will consider whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates, unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Award. 19.04 In evaluating Bidders, OWNER will consider the qualifications of Bidders and may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities proposed for those portions of the Work for which the identity of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities must be submitted as provided in the Instructions to Bidders and Supplementary Conditions. 19.05 OWNER may conduct such investigations as OWNER deems necessary to establish the responsibility, qualifications, and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers, individuals, or entities to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 19.06 If the Contract is to be awarded, OWNER will award the Contract to the responsible Bidder whose Bid is in the best interests of the Project. Consideration factors will include conformance with all material terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, Bid price, and other appropriate factors. 19.07 If the Contract is to be awarded, OWNER will give the Successful Bidder a Notice of Award within sixty (60) days after the day of the Bid opening. 19.08 The OWNER reserves the right to accept or reject the Bids, or portions of Bids denoted as separate schedules. The OWNER will award a single contract for the work. 19.09 The OWNER reserves the right to cancel the award of any Agreement at any time before the complete execution of said Agreement by all parties without any liability against the OWNER. 19.10 If, at the time this Contract is to be awarded, the total of the lowest acceptable Bid Proposal exceeds the funds then estimated by the Owner as available, the Owner may reject all Bid Proposals or take such other action as best serves the Owner's interests. ARTICLE 20 -CONTRACT SECURITY AND INSURANCE 20.01 Article 5 of the General Conditions, as may be modified by the Supplementary Conditions, sets forth OWNER's requirements as to Performance Bond, Payment Bond, and insurance. When the successful Bidder delivers the executed Agreement to OWNER, it must be accompanied by such Bonds and insurance certificates. Instructions to Bidders - 00200 -Page 14 of 18 N:\0417\0551DOCS\Specs\Division 0\00200insr_bid.doc May 29, 2009 ARTICLE 21 - SfGNING OF AGREEMENT 21.01 When OWNER gives a Notice of Award to the successful Bidder, it shall be ' accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement with the other Contract Documents which are identified in the Agreement as attached thereto. Within fifteen (15) days thereafter, successful Bidder shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement and attached documents to OWNER. Within fifteen (15) days thereafter, OWNER shall deliver two fully signed counterparts to successful Bidder, each with a complete set of the Drawings with appropriate identification. ARTICLE 22 -MONTANA STATE LAWS AND REGULATIONS ' 22.01 All applicable laws, ordinances and the rules and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction over construction of the project shall apply to the Contract throughout. State laws and ordinances which the CONTRACTOR must comply with, include but are not ' limited to, those involving workmen's compensation insurance, contractor registration, employment preference to Montana contractors and Montana residents, and gross receipts tax. 22.02 MONTANA CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION REQUIREMENT. Title 39, Chapter 9, Part 2, MCA for registration of CONTRACTORS with the Montana Department of Labor and ' Industry. No bids will be considered that do not carry the Bidder's Montana Contractor's Registration Number on the bid form and also on the envelope containing the Bid. Information pertaining to this requirement and registration forms may be obtained from the ' Montana Department of Labor and Industry, P.O. Box 8011, 1805 Prospect, Helena, Montana 59604-8011 or by calling 1-406-444-7734. 22.03 ADDITIONAL CONTRACTOR LICENSE FEE (MONTANA CONTRACTORS GROSS RECEIPTS TAX). In accordance with Title 15, Chapter 50, MCA, the OWNER shall withhold, in addition to other amounts withheld as provided by law or specified herein, ' 1 percent (1 %) of all payments due the CONTRACTOR and shall transmit such moneys to the Montana Department of Revenue. 22.04 BIDDER PREFERENCE. In accordance with the provisions of Title 18, Chapter 1, Part 1, MCA, a preference will be given to the lowest responsible Bidder who is a resident of the State of Montana over a nonresident Bidder from any state or country that enforces a preference in their state or country for their resident Bidders. The preference given to Montana resident Bidders will be equal to the preference given in the other state or country. This Bidder preference applies unless specifically prohibited by Federal laws or regulations. Products manufactured or produced in the State of Montana shall be preferred for use in all projects if such products are comparable in price and quality. Further, wherever possible, products manufactured and produced in the State, which are suitable substitutes for products manufactured or produced outside the State, and comparable in price, quality and performance, shall be preferred for use in this project. Preference regarding these products shall be in accordance with the laws of the State of Montana. Instructions to Bidders - 00200 -Page 15 of 18 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 0\00200insr_bid.doc May 29, 2009 22.05 LOCAL LABOR. CONTRACTOR shall give preference to the employment of Montana residents in accordance with applicable portions of Title 18, Chapter 2, Part 4, MCA. ARTICLE 23 -MPW STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 23.01 The Montana Public Works Standard Specifications, Fifth Edition, March 2003 including the 2006 addendum, are referred to elsewhere in this document as the MPW Standard Specifications. Copies of the MPW Standard Specifications and all addenda are available from: Associated General Contractors of America Montana Contractors Association 1717 11th Avenue Helena, MT 59601 Telephone: (406) 442-4162 Copies of the City of Bozeman Modifications are available from: City of Bozeman, Engineering Department 20 East Olive Bozeman, MT 59715 Telephone: (406) 582-2280 ARTICLE 24 -COMPLIANCE WITH LABOR STANDARDS AND WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS 24.01 For public works projects, pursuant to MCA 18-2-422, all laborer and mechanics employed by the CONTRACTOR(s) or subcontractors in performance of construction projects with a total cost of $25,000 or more, shall be paid, minimum wages in conformance with the prevailing State Wage Rates published by the Montana Department of Labor and Industry. The prevailing wage rate schedules are included herein. The OWNER does not guarantee that labor can be procured for the minimum wages shown on the referenced schedules. The rates of wages listed are minimum only, below which the CONTRACTOR cannot pay, and they do not constitute a representation that labor can be procured for the minimum listed. 24.02 The minimum wages included in the Project Manual are not controlling except as to the minimum for the purpose of Montana State Law or the Davis-Bacon Act; therefore, it is incumbent upon each employer to pay the standard prevailing rate of wages including fringe benefits for health and welfare and pension contributions, and travel allowance provisions in effect and applicable to the county or localit~in which the work is being performed. Should the prevailing rate of wages change during the life of the contract, the CONTRACTOR and/or each employer shall adjust the wages paid to conform to said change in the prevailing rate of wages as prescribed in Section 18-2-401 through 18-2-432 MCA. The CONTRACTOR and all subcontractors are directed to the Montana Commissioner of Labor for information on the standard prevailing rate of wages applicable to this contract within this project area. Instructions to Bidders - 00200 -Page 16 of 18 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 0\00200insr_bid.doc May 29, 2009 ~ ~ L ~ i ~ ii ~ ii ~ -,II _J 24.03 "Standard Prevailing Rate of Wages" is defined by Section 18-2-401 MCA, as including wages, fringe benefits for health and welfare and pension contributions and travel allowance which are paid in the county or locality by other contractors for work of a similar ' character performed in that county or locality by each craft, classification or type of worker needed to complete a contract. 24.04 Any infraction of the Laws of the State of Montana covering Labor, Title 39, Chapters 1 through 73, MCA will be forwarded to the State of Montana Department of Labor and Industry. 24.05 "Travel Allowance", in effect at the time of contract award, and according to latest information received by the State of Montana Department of Labor and Industry, Labor Standards Division, shall be adhered to where applicable. 24.06 Travel allowance if applicable, may or may not be all inclusive of "travel" and/or subsistence and travel time due employees. It is incumbent on the employer to determine the amounts due for each craft employed according to the method of computation outlined for each craft where applicable. ' 24.07 To comply with Montana Law Section 18-2-401 thru 18-2-432 MCA, the Contractor shall post in a prominent and accessible site on the project work area, not later than the first day of work, a legible statement of all wages to be paid to the employees employed on ' the project. ARTICLE 25 -DELETED ARTICLE 26 -DELETED ARTICLE 27 - RETAINAGE 27.01 Provisions concerning CONTRACTOR's rights to deposit securities in lieu of ' retainage are set forth in the Agreement. ARTICLE 28 -DELETED ARTICLE 29 - BOZEMAN BUSINESS LICENSE ' 29.01 CONTRACTOR and all subcontractors will be required to obtain a current City of Bozeman Business License prior to award of the Contract. The City Business License is not required for bidding. The license(s) may be obtained from the City of Bozeman. Information on requirements and cost of the license may be obtained by calling 406-582- 2300. Applications may be obtained at City Hall, 121 North Rouse. ARTICLE 30 -PAYMENTS AND BIDDER BREAKDOWN OF BIDS 30.01 Payment for all work performed under this Agreement will be made by the OWNER t within the time period specified in and in accordance with the procedures outlined in the General Conditions. Payments made after the time limit will be subject to interest at the rate specified in the Agreement. When the work extends beyond thirty (30) days, progress ' Instructions to Bidders - 00200 -Page 17 of 18 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 0\00200insr_bid.doc May 29, 2009 payments will be made monthly for any work accomplished during the preceding month, but subject to retainage as specified elsewhere. ARTICLE 31 -NOTICE OF APPROVAL OF PAYMENT REQUEST PROVISION 31.01 These Contract Documents and this Contract allows the OWNER to review and approve each CONTRACTOR's periodic payment request within 30 days after the request is received by the OWNER. ARTICLE 32 -NOTICE OF EXTENDED PAYMENT PROVISION 32.01 These Contract Documents and this Contract allow the OWNER to make periodic payments within 14 days after the OWNER's approval of each periodic payment request. END OF SECTION 00200 Instructions to Bidders - 00200 -Page 18 of 18 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 0\00200insr_bid.doc May 29, 2009 1 ii SECTION 00300 BID FORM ' PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: ' Lyman Creek Water System Infrastructure Improvements City of Bozeman Bozeman, Montana CONTRACT IDENTIFICATION AND NUMBER: MMI #0417.055.01 010 0310 THIS BID IS SUBMITTED TO: Honorable Mayor and City Commission Attn: City Clerk City of Bozeman, Montana 121 North Rouse Bozeman, Montana 59715 ARTICLE 1 -CONTRACT 1.01 The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement with OWNER in the form included in the Bidding Documents, to perform and furnish all Work as specified or indicated in the Bidding Documents for the prices and within the times indicated in this Bid and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents. Bidder will sign and submit the Agreement with the Bonds and other documents required by the Bidding Requirements within fifteen (15) days after the date of OWNER's Notice of Award. ARTICLE 2 -BID TO REMAIN OPEN 2.01 Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders, including without limitations those dealing with the disposition of Bid Security. The Bid will remain subject to acceptance for sixty (60) days after the Bid opening, or for such longer period of time that Bidder may agree to in writing upon request of OWNER. Section 00300 -Page 1 of 14 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 0\00300 Bid Form.doc 5/29/09 u ARTICLE 3 -SUBMITTING THE BID 3.Q1 In submitting this Bid, Bidder represents, as set forth in the Agreement, that: A. Bidder has examined and carefully studied the Bidding Documents, other related data identified in the Bidding Documents, and the following Addenda, receipt of all which is hereby acknowledged: Addendum No. Addendum Date B. Bidder has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. C. Bidder is familiar with and is satisfied as to all federal, state and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress and performance of the Work. D. Bidder has carefully studied all: (1) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site (except Underground Facilities), if any, which have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.02 of the General Conditions, and (2) reports and drawings of a Hazardous Environmental Condition, if any, which has been identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.06 of the General Conditions. E. Bidder has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for having done so) all additional or supplementary examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies and data concerning conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the Site which may affect cost, progress, or performance of the Work or which relate to any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Bidder, or expressly required by the Bidding Documents to be employed by Bidder, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. F. Bidder does not consider that any further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the determination of this Bid for performance of the Work at the price(s) bid and within the Section 00300 Page 2 of 14 N:10417\055\DOCS1Specs\Division 0100300 Bid Form.doc 5/29/09 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ii ' times and in accordance with the other terms. and conditions of the Bidding Documents. G. Bidder is aware of the general nature of work to be performed by OWNER and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Bidding ' Documents. H. Bidder has correlated the information known to Bidder, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Bidding Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Bidding ' Documents. I. Bidder has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors, ' ambiguities, or discrepancies that Bidder has discovered in the Bidding Documents, and the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to Bidder. J. The Bidding Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for the performance of the Work for which this Bid is submitted. 3.02 Bidder further represents that this Bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed individual or entity and is not submitted in conformity with any agreement or rules of any group, association, organization or corporation; Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to submit a false or sham Bid; Bidder has not solicited or induced any individual, firm, or entity to refrain from bidding; and Bidder has not sought by collusion to obtain for itself any advantage over any other Bidder or over OWNER. 3.03 The Bidder certifies that no official of the OWNER, ENGINEER or any member of such official's .immediate family, has direct or indirect interest in the pecuniary profits or Contracts of the Bidder. ARTICLE 4 -BID SHEET SCHEDULES 4.01 Bidder will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and the provisions below for the following price(s) as summarized in the Bid Sheet Schedule(s) hereinafter. A. The Bidder understands and acknowledges that estimated quantities are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparing Bids from the various Bidders and that final payment under the Contract for ail unit price bid items will be based on the actual quantities of work installed and measured in accordance with the Contract Documents. Bidder will complete the Work for the price set forth in the following unit price or lump sum schedules. Section 00300 Page 3 of 14 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 0\00300 Bid Form.doc 5/29/09 B. The Bidder agrees that all sales and use taxes are included in the stated bid prices for the work, unless provision is made herein for the Bidder to separately itemize the estimated amount of sales or use taxes. C. All specific cash allowances are included in the Lump Sum prices set forth below and have been computed in accordance with paragraph 11.02 of the General Conditions. D. Unit Prices have been computed in accordance with paragraph 11.03.6 of the General Conditions. The undersigned agrees that the unit prices shall govern in checking the Bid, and should a discrepancy exist in the Total Estimated Price and Total Amount of Unit Prices Bid as listed after extensions are checked and corrections made, if any, the Total Amount of Unit Prices Bid as corrected shall be used in awarding this Contract. E. The OWNER reserves the right to reject any or all bids and accept or reject the portions of Bids denoted as separate schedules. F. A single contract for the work shall be awarded. Bidders shall submit a Bid for all Bid Schedules on a .unit price and/or lump sum basis for each item of Work listed as provided and described below. Section 00300 Page 4 of 14 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 0\00300 Bid Form.doc 5/29/09 SCHEDULE ONE (1) (Addendum No. 1) LYMAN CREEK SPRING COLLECTION IMPROVEMENT BlD SHEET The Bid for the following items in Schedule C1ne (1) shall be a unit price or lump sum bid for all construction work described in the Contract Documents. The bid price shall include all temporary or permanent equipment, materials, supplies, and labor necessary to construct the item in accordance with the Contract Documents. ITEM DESCRIPTION ESTIMATED UNIT UNIT TOTAL Nth, QUANTITY PRICE PRICE 101 Mobilization-Demobilization (no more 1 LS than 3% of Bid Schedule 1 Tats! 17 *i~o (~ ~a0.^ 102 Taxes, Bonds, and lnsuranc:e 1 f_S (l oo,~ 1 t.+tou.~ 103 12-Inch Pipe, 0900 PVC 308 LF ~ ~. 4}?2, ` 104 $-Inch Stainless Steel Continuous Wire Wound Wellacreen, w( Slot 20 LF , Threaded Connection End ~ ~. 105 36-Inch Corrugated Metal Pipe 32 LF ! o ` ~' $(aD. CMP . 106 12x8-Inch Reducer 1 EA ~ / ~o . -` ~o . r 107 12-Inch Tee 1 EA D ~ - 370• 108 12-Inch Butterfly Valve 2 ~ `~~• ~• 109 16-Inch D.I .Solid Sleeve Cou ler 1 EA $Dp- ~ coon. 910 Overflow Measurement Vault - 9 t_S I "3J . "` 111 Overflow Outlet _ Screen and Check 1 ~ t ? ". ~'~ D Valve ~, 000 ~ . ( 112 12-Inch Rip-Rap 3 CY ''~` ~ '~ ,~ '-' 113 SoillSodium Bentonite Clay Cap, In 1g . GY 7± ~' '^ l 20a lace . 114 1 '/z -Inch Rounded Washed Rock 30 CY p~'{p, ^ '~gp, r 115 Non-Woven Filter Fabric 100 ~ SY '~-,~,D ~,~-0 116 ALTERNATE- ExplarationlExtra Wark with Small 10 HR ~~Q ~j~0~• `" Crew and >= ui ment ~~ 0~' .D~ ,O~j ,~ ,d5 l ,4S SeG~tlon 00300 Page 5 of 14 ~~ N:1041.i10661D©CSkSpecalAddandurn 11BId Form ModlflAd.docx ITEM DESCRIPTION ESTIMATED UNIT UNIT TOTAL NO. QUANTITY pWCE PRICE 117 Seeding 12,;1700 SF ~ ~p t,ZOb. 118 Gravel Road Restoration gp LF 119 Frest Free Yard Hydrant, including corporation stop, curb box, copper 1 LS ~'ba ~ 3 service and hydrant complete in • , 4o a . lace. SCHEDULE 'I - 70TAL BID PRICE Total Bid Price In 1 N ords '' oo ~ ~TNt Total Bid Price in Figures ~ (IDf~S77 °~ OLS ~n~~ Section 00300 Page 6 of 14 N:1Q4171p55100CS15pecsWddendum 1161d Form Mpolfled.doac y'. ~}y,4~ ` ,hy~''' i~lY.,~: yj 1~~~ 7JJ J~M~1'%, x;„ ~«~~; +~, .~ ~~~., i~ `Y~y~ t '~{i' , L~. X41,, ~,{ . ~,~... , 5~' ~;:?~,r. <, ,;,: , ~, ',,~ , , ~,,, ~~;,: ,~ . , '~.; ,, ,; , "~';,;I~ ~,~; ~~-' ,,^,,, "~'+,,-, .,,. '„~, , iii i~RI. ~,',~ °r~ ,,. ~d ~~, ~ ~,~,~' , ~.. . ~', ,~~; , iM ~' ~4a~ 4' SCHEDULE TWO (~) LYMAN CREEK TREATMENT AND STORAGE IMPROVEAAENTS B!D SHEET The Bid for the following items in Schedule Two (2) shall be a unit price or lump sum bid for all construction work described in the Contract pocuments. The bid . include all temporary or permanent e ui ment t i l price shall q p , ma er a s, supplies, and labor to construck the item in accordance with the Contract Doce~ments_ necessary REM DESCRIPTION ESTIMATED UNITS UNiT TOTAL NO. QUANTITY PRICE PRICE 20'1 Mobilization-pemobilization 1 LS (no more than 3% of Bid Schedule 2 Total Price) ~,~~a Qua ~ 202 Taxes, Bonds, and Insurance 1 LS ~ , ~ ~ . .. 203 {nlet Building Demolition and 1 LS ~ Salvage, Complete ~~ ~ oD . ` ~ Sa 204 Inlet Building Improvements, 1 LS o Complete 1 Dcj 7..00 ~ - 2p5 Outlet Building 9 LS ~ Improvements, Complete'"' tj'-~ 0 b r' g, 206 Reservoir Level 7randucer, 'I LS Complete *"' ~ fl ,~iDV . "' f ~,tj fi~ 207 Site Improvements, 1 LS Complete ~, ~{ Qty .'r J~~D~ SCHEDULE 2 ~ TOTAL BID PRICE T taI Bid Pric in orris a Total gi ~rica in Figures *' Owner wifl enter into separate car~tract for portions of the corrtrol system. See Section 13745. N,to41~1n55wocs~s Section 00300 Page 7 of 14 589/09 pecslDh~~ion 0100300 eld F°en.doC Ill. VV~/VVti SGHEDULE THREE (3) SOURDOUGH RESERVOIR -VALVE REPLACEMENT BID SWEET The Bid far t11e following items in Schedule Three (3) shall be a unit price or Pump sum bid for all construction work described in the Contract Documents. The bid price shall include all temporary/ ar permanent equipment, materials, supplies, and labor necessary to construct the item in arxordance with the Contract Documents. ITEM DESCRIPTION ESTIMATED UNITS UNIT TOTAL NO. QUANTITY PRICE PRICE 301 Mobilization-Demobilization (no 1 LS more than 3°k of Bid Schedule 2 Total Price) 302 Taxes, Bonds. and Insurance 1 LS ~~,- - 303 North Vault Improvemert#s 1 LS ~ ~ boo. ~ 3 ddb ~ ~. 304 South Vault Improvements 1 LS q p ~ ~ a ~ ~D . -- SCHEDULE 3 -TOTAL BID PRICE Total Bid rice in Words Total Bid Price in Figures $ ~Ci , (,e (O Q , Sv ApDiTlVE ALTERNATE TO SCHEDULE 3 ITEM DESCRIPTION ESTIMATED UNITS UNIT TOTAL NO. QUANTITY PRICE PRICE 401 a -Valve Nut 1=xtensions and 1 LS Valve Boxes Cared t0 fit into ~ 3 ~ ~. ~ ~ - - C 31`f~ty, '' to of Valve Vaults TOTAL ADDlTNE ALTERNATE B!p PRICE ~,~'~~,~~ ~ ~ ~ d P "ce in W Tp 1B i ~~ p `'~~"`~''"~'~~~' ~ ~ ' T+a#,af Bid Pr~ce~in Figures ~"~'`k'~' ~ $ 3 4 as ~ ~ I~i~•'I ~~G ~ ~ ' ~ ~~; ~, ~ "~~ 3~y ,^~~~~ ,~;',:; ~ ~' , ' ~' , ° ~ .. ~ ~ ~ ' Sec~on 00300 Page 8 of '14 ' + , ,•11t"1~17~5 ~'^ ~~"', ~"~~; ,~~~' ,~ ?;~+",; ~~~ s~'''~•;~,1.. 6t+C10C.~15pecsldN~ Bid F tlcsc Ian 0\DiD30Q o[nl- , , M~ r~ ~~ ~~ ~,, ,,, „' ,~~~~, •,,, ,,.„, ,~+~, r 1 ;~~, ,; ~, .51. ~{ ti ,~~1 ~'Ib hl. +~, •r „"'F ,,'.i~ ,.,a~~ ,'r++'~ . ~~ .. ~. ~ . , ~A~` ~;m ',~'ti ' ,,,~ { „ , ,I :~i~ ai~i ,, ,+, ,~, f ~ +. ~ ~` ~.?I. 1 ~ ~ ~_ Total Bid Schedule 1 ~; q', 4'; 4' ~,, ~. , ~' k,', Gf ~~ ,,, ,,~, f: ~, ,, ~~ ;, ~; k, /~~ i. 7o#al Bid Schedule 2 Tout Bid Schedule 3 Total Bid, Schedules 1+2+~ Total Bid Additive Alternate BID SUMMARY ~~ (FIGURES) $ li'Q,~ x'77 - 1 (FIGURES) $ i 7~ - (WQ RDS) (FIGURES) $ (WARDS) (FIGURES) 3 ~ Basis of awaR>a if the Contract is awarded, the Owner wilt award a single Conrtract in accordance with Article 19 of Sec4on Oq1 QQ. The award will be made by the Owner on the basis of that Bid from the lowest responsive, responsible Bidder which, in the Owner's sole and absolute judgment, will best serve the interest of the Owner. The iow bidder wiil be determined on the basis of the lowest Total Combined Bid amour-t. Section C}0300 Page 9 of 14 N:104T710551D~CSISP~~~+risfon 0100300 Bid Farm.daG 5!29!09 (FIGUF2ES) $ ~ ~Q J ARTICLE 5 -CONTRACT TIME 5.01 The time of completion of the work is a basic consideration of the Contract. It will be necessary that the Bidder satisfy the Owner of his ability to complete the work within the stipulated time. 5.02 Contract time for Schedules 1 & 2 shall run concurrently under one Notice to Proceed. Contract time for Schedule. 3 shall run separately under separate Notice to Proceed. Bidder agrees that the Work will be substantially completed and completed and ready for final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.07 of the General Conditions within the number of calendar days indicated below. CONTRACT SCHEDULE SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION FINAL COMPLETION Calendar Da s Calendar Da s) Schedules 1 & 2 (Concurrently) 60 Days 90 Days Schedule 3 30 Days 60 Days The time frame in which Schedules 1 & 2 must be completed is as follows: Start date -August 1, 2009 Completion date -October 1, 2009 Schedule 3 may not commence until Schedules 1 & 2 are complete and the Lyman Creek Water Supply System is providing water to the City. It is anticipated that this work can be completed in November 2009, however, it is possible that the notice to proceed on this schedule of the project may not be issued. When the notice to proceed for schedule 3 is issued the contractor shall coordinate with the City of Bozeman to operate any existing valves to allow schedule 3 work to be completed. The contractor will have twelve (12) hours to complete the replacement of the 24-inch gate valves in bid item 303. The tee removal, reducing bend and the 18- inch gate valve replacement of bid item 303 can be completed on the contractor's schedule. The contractor shall have seventy-two (72) hours to complete bid item 304. ARTICLE 6 -LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 6.01 In the event the Bidder is awarded the Contract and shall fail to meet the Substantial and Final Completion time limits provided by the Contract Documents, liquidated damages shall be paid to the OWNER by the Bidder at the rate stated in the Agreement plus engineering costs for all work awarded until all work shall be determined to meet the Substantial and Final Completion requirements of the Contract Documents. Section 00300 Page 10 of 14 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 0\00300 Bid Form.doc 5/29/09 ' 6.02 The Bidder agrees to pay these liquidated damages for failure to complete the work within the specified contract time both for compensation to the OWNER for non- ' use of the completed work and for compensation to the OWNER for expenses incurred by the OWNER for unscheduled employment of the Engineer and/or Resident Observer during the contract time overrun. ' 6.03 The Bidder further agrees to pay liquidated damages for the unscheduled employment of the Engineer, Resident Observer and/or supporting staff necessitated by the Bidder furnishing materials, workmanship, and/or equipment not in conformance with the Contract Documents resulting in additional construction administration/observation work and/or redesign work by the Engineer; or any ' reestablishment of survey lines or benchmarks destroyed by the Bidder's actions; or additional work required by the failure of the Contractor to maintain adequate record documents. ' 6.04 Construction observation time will be accrued at straight time up to 40 hours per week and 1.5 times over 40 hours per week or legal holidays. The Contractor shall ' provide a construction schedule per Section 01300, SUBMITTALS. If the Contractor intends to work double shifts, then two construction observers may be required. If two construction observers are on the job, then observation time will be accrued at straight time up to 40 hours per week per observer. 6.05 Liquidated damages for the unscheduled employment of the Engineer, Resident ' Observer, and supporting staff shall be determined based on the following hourly rates: Straight Time Overtime ' Engineer $114.00/Hour $114.00/Hour Resident Observer $95.00/Hour $95.00/Hour Surveyor $95.00/Hour $95.00/Hour Technician $92.00/Hour $92.00/Hour Clerical $54.00/Hour $81.00/Hour ' 6.06 Out of pocket expenses for materials, equipment, supplies, transportation and subsistence for each construction inspector shall be billed at cost plus 10 percent. '_ 6.07 Liquidated damages shall be deducted from monthly progress payments and the final payment as the damages are incurred." ARTICLE 7 -BID DOCUMENTS 7.01 The following documents are attached to and made a condition of this Bid: ' A. Re uir o q ed Bid security in the amount of 10 /o of the maximum Bid price including alternates, if any, and in the form of a Bid Bond (Section 00430), or other form of Bid Security as identified in the Instructions to Bidders. ' B. Information Required of Bidders (tabulation of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations required to be identified in this Bid). Section 00300 Page 11 of 14 ' N:\0417\055\DOCS\SpecslDivision 0\00300 Bid Form.doc 5/29/09 ARTICLE 8 -MEANING OF TERMS 8.01 The terms used in this Bid with initial capital letters have the meanings indicated in the Instructions to Bidders, the General Conditions, and the Supplementary Conditions. ARTICLE 9 -BID REJECTION 9.01 The OWNER reserves the right to reject any or all bids. ARTICLE 10 -BID SUBMISSION SUBMITTED on ~~~1~1,= ~ , 20 t~_. Montana Contractor Registration No. [Employer's Tax ID No. ,fie (~,"7 ~~(~ .] If Bidder is: A Corporation Cor oration Name: ., ~ '~' r~'•- ~, p ~~. S - ~C~~~~`"r~ ~,•~ s ; ~ 1~ i -c~ ~ ! ,~~ (SEAL) State of Incorporation: ,~ ,~;r1 ~ ~'~ Type (General Business, Professional, Service, Limited B.y: I~;~rrne (typed or printed): ~ ~\ .~^ Attest: (Signature of Secretary) (Corporate Seal) Business address: ~~ '~{~ ~,, ~ (~ ~; ~~; ~ ~ C~~t .-, `~ ~~" ~r ~' ~~ Phone No.: ~::; ~' `= Vii, ~~`~(~- FAX No.: ~~~5~~ ~~~ '.~~,~~(.~a Section 00300 Page 12 of 14 N:10417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 0\00300 Bid Form.doc 5/29/09 ~ ~ ~ ~ i (signature -- attach evidence of authority to sign if not a Corporate officer) Date of Qualification to do business [in Montana] is _~~/~~i~Q~p An Individual Name (typed or printed): By: 's signature) (SEAL) Doing business as: ~~ Business address: ~ f i~ ~~ /~~- Phone No.: ,v r`~ FAX No.: _~~~ ~- A Partnership Name (typed or printed): C ~ , By: i ~ ~ (SEAL) Individual's signature) Name (typed or printed): ~ f~ Business address: 1/1 r'f Phone No.: ~n ~ FAX No.: I'1 ~0~ A Joint Venture (Each Joint Venture must sign.) Joint Venturer Name: 0 ~ (SEAL) By: Name (typed or printed) of joint venture partner) ~Iil~ ' Title: ~ i1 Business address: Y~ Section ' N:10417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 0\00300 Bid Form.doc 5/29/09 Page 13 of 14 Phone No.: ~ ~ FAX No.: j~''~ ~ ~/ Joint Venturer Name: ~ ~~' (SEAL) By: ~ ~-~- (Signat re of joint venture partner) Name (typed or printed): 1 6°`~ Title: `~ Business address: ~'~. V~ Phone No.: I~ '~-- FAX No.: br1 Address of Joint Venture f~r eceipt of Official Communication: Address: ii~~l ~~ ., Phone No.: ~ FAX No.: ,~~ (Each joint venturer must sign. The manner of signing for each individual, partnership, and corporation that is a party to the joint venture should be in the manner indicated above.) END OF SECTION 00300 Section 00300 Page 14 of 14 N:10417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 0\00300 Bid Form.doc 5/29/09 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT ' (TO BE EXECUTED AND PROVIDED WITH BID FORM) STATE OF MONTANA ) SS COUNTY OF ~~ilt~~~~ ) ~r«~ ~Cls~i'dv/I ,being first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is ' I~P~~~r~ (sole owner, a partner, president, secretary, etc.) of the party making the foregoing bid; that such bid is not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that such bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that said Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any Bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, nor that anyone shall refrain from bidding; that said Bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of said Bidder or any other Bidder, nor to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of such bid price, nor of that of any other Bidder, nor to secure any advantage against the public body awarding the Contract or anyone interested in the proposed Contract; that all statements contained in such bid are true; and, further, that said Bidder has not directly or indirectly, submitted his bid price or any breakdown thereof, nor the contents thereof, nor divulged information or data relative thereto, nor paid and will not pay fee in connection therewith to any corporation, partnership, company, association, organization, bid depository, nor to any member or agent thereof, nor to any other individual except to such person or persons as have a p nership or other financial interest with said Bidder in his general business. Signed: Title: I ~ p ~, S jdL~, 6--- ,. ~~`~~'~~"""''`'~`~ Subscribed and sworn to before me this ~1- _ day ;~ ~~~ ~~ day of , 200 ,.~ ~ ~~ ' .,;, ; .,;; ~ y ~SEi4L) q,, - ~:_~~ ~ ~.~ . No ry ublic ~'~~l(;ill1l11llttil~~~~`: Noncollusion Affidavit -Page 1 of 1 ' N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 0\noncollusion.doc Revised 6/19/03 CERTIFICATION OF NON-SEGREGATED FACILITIES ' (TO BE EXECUTED AND PROVIDED WITH BID FORM ' Applicable to federally assisted construction contracts and related subcontracts exceeding $1,000 which are not exempt from the Equal Opportunity Clauses. ' The federally assisted construction contractor certifies that he does not maintain or provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any of his establishments, and that he does not permit his employees to perform their services at any location, under his ' control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The federally assisted construction contractor certifies further that he will not maintain or provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any of his establishments, and that he will not permit his employees ' to perform their services at any location, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The federally assisted construction contractor agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the Equal Opportunity clause in this contract. As used in this ' certification, the term "segregated facilities" means any waiting rooms, work areas, restrooms and washrooms, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated by race, creed, color, or national origin, because of habit, local custom or ' otherwise. The federally assisted construction contractor agrees that (except where he has obtained identical certification from proposed subcontractor for specific time periods) he will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors prior to the award of ' subcontracts exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity clause, and that he will retair) such certifications in his files. _~' ~~ ~ m ' Signature Date Name and Title of Signer (Please Type) NOTE: The penalty for making false statements in offers is prescribed in 13 U.S.C. 1001. Nonsegregated Facilities -Page 1 of 1 N:\0417\055\DOCS\SpecslDivision 0\nonsegregatedfacilities.doc Revised 6/19/03 11 INFORMATION REQUIRED OF BIDDERS ' The Bidder shall furnish the following information as specified in the Instructions To Bidders. Failure to do so may render the Bid unresponsive and may result in rejection of the Bid. Additional sheets as required may be attached. 1. Contractor's name and address: 2 3. Names and titles of major officers of Contractor firm: rl ~, ~ ~.c ~w~ :~r. ~. u1. ~~ . 4. Name of Contractor's CCr,~presentative who inspected the site: ~Lc- J'~ ~~~5~~ Date of Inspection: _ ti, ~, .~ ~~ ,~~%~~ fi 5 6. Attach a list of construction contracts completed by the Bidder during the last 10 years involving similar work and the amount of the Contract. The list shall include projects the Bidder is currently working on along with the names, addresses, and the telephone numbers of the project owner representative most familiar with the details of the project. State the approximate cost of each project along with the total amount of change orders as a percentage of the original bid price. 7. Bank reference. List the Bank name, Contact person, and telephone number: 8. Have you ever failed to complete any work awarded to you? ~~,~'~ If so, where and why?: 9. Have you ever defaulted on a contract? ~ a -> If so, where and why? Information Required of Bidders - 1 of 3 ' N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 0\informat_required.doc Revised 6/19/03 Contractor's telephone number:.~c'W ?S- ?~~ - ~~~(r Name, address and telephone number of surety company and agent who will provide required bonds on this contact: fl ,~ 1 Q. ~~. Have you ever had any ff so, where and why'? terminated by the Owner? Are you involved in any lawsuits or are any lawsuits pending at the present time? l~yes, give the details: ~f ~ ~ % iS~ ?~ 511 a has ~ d Sv~~ a~ tJ5'- 42. Will you, upon request, fill gut a detailed financial statement and furtjistl any other information that may be required by the Owner'? 13. Name of a ro~esed resident project Superintendent: Q.r Attach a resume of the proposed resident project superintendent inducting a list and description of all projects on which this individual has acted as project superintendent along with the name, address, and telephone number of each project owner representattve mast familiar with the details of the project and the capabilities of the proposed project superintendent 14. The Bidder shall list below the name, business address, and rontractor.S license number, if any, of each subcontractorwhowlll be worsting on this project along with the nature and value of work assigned to each subcontractor. No changes or substitutions will be allowed without written approval of the Owner. Name: ~ ~ e. + ~ Value +7 ZS a 7~f5~ Name: ~ 1 ~ lc r..LC Value: l a. CX~C~ a r~r S "~ L~ Name: Value: Name: Value: Information Required of Bidders - 2 of 3 N:iD41710551DOC•+`~pecali)iviaion 0linionnat neQuinetf.4oG Revlaed fil19Ib3 . r i ~ I ~,~ ;; . ~M~, 1i °~ ir' ;.~;. ~~ ;,~: ~' ,~~~ ~~ ~ . ~, ;. ~, ~~~ ~, . ;~ r1; , ~~ , j4 ^„ ~' Name: Name: Name: 15. The Bidder shall list below the name oft listed items of equipment or materials. substitutions will be allowed without the Owner. ft is the responsibility of the Con meeting the requirements afthe Specif- constitute nor imply approval of items pr deny approval of any equipment or Specifications, even though listed herei Value: Value: Value: manufacturer and model or type of the er the opening of bids, no changes or press approval of the Engineer and the aorta famish materials and equipment rns, and acceptance of the Bid does not used. The Owner reserves the right to terials that da not comply with the SPECIFICATION NUMBER ITEM MANUFACTURER MODEL u!t- (~ V µ- ~ QA+JS° t~rr~ ~.~ ZN uo,a.F'-4S ~i+ ~3 (~rr~ l~uv kl3--z~~r- CFI-LbQ.tNAT~ v~ t.4.~.~,~ The undersigned hereby authorizes and reque. any information requested by the Owner in statement of Bidder's qualifications and othe undersigned further agrees that they will not bra that is famished to Owner in good faith by said requests for information concerning Bidder's q Dated this day of any person, firm or corpora#ion to famish o-rification of the I recital comprising this information Required of Bidders. The (suit in a court o law for any information artier or persons responding to Owner's ilifications. 20 of By:`~s"noir` y ~~ Title ~G~rF_ r--' END OF INFORMATION RE UIRED OF BIDC~ERS Information Required of B""adders - 3 of 3 N:1D41710551DOC9~SpecclDiukion OW~ormat_requfred.doc j Revised 6119/03 ~er1 SECTION 00500 AGREEMENT FORM THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the 1~~ day of ~~~~.~, be. in the year 2009, by and between the City of Bozeman (hereinafter called OWNER) and Edstrom Construction, Inc. , (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR). OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: ARTICLE 1 -WORK 1.01 CONTRACTOR shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described in the Invitation to Bid and is described in detail in the Contract Documents and the technical construction drawings. ARTICLE 2 -THE PROJECT 2.01 The Project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is generally described as Lyman Creek Water System Infrastructure Improvements, City of Bozeman, Montana. ARTICLE 3 -ENGINEER 3.01 The Project has been designed by: Morrison-Maierle, Inc. 2880 Technology Blvd. West Bozeman, Montana 59718 who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who is to act as OWNER's representative, assume all duties and responsibilities, and have the rights and authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with the completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4 -CONTRACT TIMES 4.01 Time of the Essence A. All time limits for Milestones, if any, Substantial Completion, and completion and readiness for final payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. B. The CONTRACTOR agrees to complete the work within the time(s) specified herein. 4.02 Days to Achieve Substantial Completion and Final Payment A. Contract time for Schedules 1 & 2 shall run concurrently under one Notice to Proceed. Contract time for Schedule 3 shall run separately under a separate Notice to Proceed. Agreement Form - 00500 -Page 1 of 9 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Construction\Contract\edstrom agreement.doc 8/21 /09 t ' B. The Work will be substantially complete within the number of calendar days noted below after the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in paragraph 2.03 of the General Conditions, and will be complete and ready for final ' payment in accordance with paragraph 14.07 of the General Conditions within number of calendar days noted below after the date when the Contract Time commences to run. CONTRACT SCHEDULE SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION Calendar Da s FINAL COMPLETION Calendar Da s Schedules 1 & 2 (Concurrently) 60 Days 90 Days Schedule 3 30 Days 60 Days The time frame in which Schedules 1 & 2 must be completed is as follows: Start date -August 1, 2009 Completion date -October 1, 2009 Schedule 3 may not commence until Schedules 1 & 2 are complete and the Lyman Creek Water Supply System is providing water to the City. It is anticipated that this work can be completed in November 2009, however, it is possible that the notice to proceed on this schedule of the project may not be issued. When the notice to proceed for schedule 3 is issued the contractor shall coordinate with the City of Bozeman to operate any existing valves to allow schedule 3 work to be completed. The contractor will have twelve (12) hours to complete the replacement of the 24-inch gate valves in bid item 303. The tee removal, reducing bend and the 18- inch gate valve replacement of bid item 303 can be completed on the contractor's schedule. The contractor shall have seventy-two (72) hours to complete bid item 304. ARTICLE 6 -LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 4.03 Liquidated Damages A. CONTRACTOR and OWNER recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 4.02 above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions. The parties also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty), CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER $ 500 for each day that expires after the time specified in paragraph 4.02 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. After Substantial Completion, if CONTRACTOR shall neglect, refuse, or fail to complete the remaining Work within the Contract Time or any proper extension thereof granted by OWNER, CONTRACTOR Agreement Form - 00500 -Page 2 of 9 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Construction\Contract\edstrom agreement.doc si2lios shall pay OWNER $ 200 for each day that expires after the time specified in paragraph ' 4.02 for completion and readiness for final payment until the Work is completed and ready for final payment. ' B. Liquidated damages for unscheduled employment of the ENGINEER shall be paid by the CONTRACTOR to the OWNER as specified in the Bid Form. ARTICLE 5 -CONTRACT PRICE 5.01 OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in accordance with ' the Contract Documents an amount in current funds equal to the sum of three hundred forty six thousand, six hundred seventy seven dollars $ 346,677.00 ), based on the prices stipulated in the Bid Form and subject to adjustment as provided in the Contract Documents. ' A. As provided in paragraph 11.01 of the General Conditions, CONTRACTOR agrees that lump sum amount(s) constitute full payment for the work and that these lump sum amount(s) represent a true measure of the labor and materials required to perform the work, including all allowances for overhead, profit, taxes, bonds, insurance, and all other costs for each type and unit of work called for in these Contract Documents. B. As provided in paragraph 11.03 of the General Conditions, estimated unit price quantities used for bidding purposes are not guaranteed, and determinations of actual quantities and classifications are to be made by ENGINEER as provided in paragraph 9.07 of the General Conditions. Unit prices have been computed as provided in paragraph 11.03 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 6 -PAYMENT PROCEDURES 6.01 Submittal and Processing of Payments A. CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with ' Article 14 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions or other portions of the Contract Documents. 6.02 Progress Payments; Retainage ' A. OWNER shall make progress payments in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions on account of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Applications for Payment as recommended by the ENGINEER once each month during performance of the Work as provided in paragraphs 6.02.A.1 and 6.02.A.2 below. All such progress payments will be measured by the schedule of values established in paragraph 2.05.A of the General Conditions or in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units of each bid item completed times the bid unit price in the Unit Price Schedule of the Bid Form for each bid item, or, in the event there is no schedule of values, as provided in the General Conditions: ' A reement Form - 00500 - Pa e 3 of 9 9 9 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Construction\Contract\edstrom agreement.doc ' 8/21 /09 1. Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in ' an amount equal to the percentage of work completed but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER may determine or OWNER may withhold, including but not limited to liquidated ' damages, in accordance with paragraph 14.02 of the General Conditions: a. The OWNER shall retain 5% of the amount of each payment ' until final completion and acceptance of all work covered by the Contract Documents. ' b. Retainage will be 5% of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work (but delivered, suitably stored and accompanied by documentation satisfactory to OWNER as provided in paragraph 14.02 ' of the General Conditions). ' 2. Upon Substantial Completion and at the OWNER's discretion, the amount of retainage may be further reduced if requested by the CONTRACTOR. Reduction of retainage is at the sole discretion of the OWNER. OWNER is not ' obligated to reduce retainage. Amount of substantial completion payment will be reduced by such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine in accordance with paragraph 14.02.B.5 of the General Conditions and by 100% of ENGINEER's estimate of the value of Work to be completed or corrected as shown on the tentative list of items to be completed or corrected attached to the certificate of Substantial Completion. ' 6.03 Final Payment ' A. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph 14.07 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph 14.07. B. Lien releases shall be required in accordance with SC-14.07A for all project materials and equipment, from subcontractors and suppliers and any other ' related vendors and subcontractors before final payment is made to Contractor. ARTICLE 7 -INTEREST 7.01 All moneys not paid when due as provided in Article 14 of the General Conditions shall bear interest at the maximum rate allowed by law at the place of the Project. ' ARTICLE 8 -CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS 8.01 In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement, CONTRACTOR makes the following representations: ' A. CONTRACTOR has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents (including all Addenda listed in Article 9) and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents. Agreement Form - 00500 -Page 4 of 9 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Construction\Contract\edstrom agreement.doc ' 8/21 /09 B. CONTRACTOR has visited the Site and become familiar with and is ' satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance or furnishing of the Work. ' C. CONTRACTOR is familiar with and is satisfied as to all federal, state, and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, performance, and furnishing of the Work. D. CONTRACTOR has carefully studied all: (1) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site and all drawings of physical ' conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site (except Underground Facilities), if any, which have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.02 of the General Conditions and ' (2) reports and drawings of a Hazardous Environmental Condition, if any, at the Site which has been identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.06 of the General Conditions. CONTRACTOR acknowledges that such reports and ' drawings are not Contract Documents and may not be complete for CONTRACTOR's purposes. CONTRACTOR acknowledges that OWNER and ENGINEER do not assume ' responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site. ' E. CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for having done so) all additional or supplementary examinations, ' investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data concerning conditions (surface, subsurface, and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the Site which may affect cost, progress, performance, or furnishing of the Work or which relate to any aspect of ' the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by CONTRACTOR, including any specific means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction expressly required by the Contract ' Documents to be employed by the CONTRACTOR, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. ' F. CONTRACTOR does not consider that any further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance and furnishing of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. G. CONTRACTOR is aware of the general nature of work to be performed by ' OWNER and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. ' H. CONTRACTOR has correlated the information known to CONTRACTOR, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Contract Documents. I. CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, ' errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that CONTRACTOR has discovered in the Agreement Form - 00500 -Page 5 of 9 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Construction\Contract\edstrom agreement.doc ' 8/21 /09 Contract Documents, and the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to ' CONTRACTOR. J. The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. ' ARTICLE 9 -CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.01 Contents A. The Contract Documents consist of the following: ' 1. This Agreement (pages 1 to 9, inclusive); 2. Performance Bond (pages 1 to 2, inclusive); 3. Payment Bond (pages 1 to 2, inclusive); ' 4. General Conditions (pages 1 to 44, inclusive); 5. Supplementary Conditions (pages 1 to 15, inclusive); ' 6. Specifications as listed in the Table of Contents of the Project Manual; ' 7. Drawings consisting of a cover sheet and sheets numbered 2 through 20, inclusive, with each sheet bearing the following general ' title: City of Bozeman Lyman Creek Water System; 8. Addenda (numbers 1 to 2 ,inclusive); f 9. Exhibits to this Agreement (enumerated as ollows): a. Notice of Award (pages 1 to 1 ,inclusive); b. CONTRACTOR's Bid Form (pages 1 to 14, inclusive); ' c. Documentation submitted by CONTRACTOR prior to Notice of Award (pages 1 to 3, inclusive); 10. The following which may be delivered or issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and are not attached hereto: a. Notice to Proceed (pages 1 to 1 ,inclusive); ' b. Written Amendments; c. Work Change Directives; Agreement Form - 00500 -Page 6 of 9 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Construction\Contract\edstrom agreement.doc ' 8/21 /09 d. Change Orders. ' B. The documents listed in paragraph 9.01.A are attached to this Agreement (except as expressly noted otherwise above). ' C. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 9. ' D. The Contract Documents ma onl be amended, modified, or Y Y supplemented as provided in paragraph 3.04 of the General Conditions. ' ARTICLE 10 -MISCELLANEOUS ' 10.01 Terms ' A. Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article 1 of the General Conditions will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions. ' 10.02 Assignment of Contract ' A. No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically, but without limitation, moneys that may ' come due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no ' assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents. ' 10.03 Successors and Assigns A. OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, ' assigns, and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives in respect to all covenants, agreements, and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. 10.04 Severability ' A. Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be void or unenforceable under any Law or Regulation shall be deemed stricken, and all remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR, who agree that the Contract Documents shall be reformed to replace such stricken provision or part thereof with a valid and enforceable provision that comes as close as possible to expressing the intention of the stricken provision. 10.05 Other Provisions A reement Form - 00500 - Pa e 7 of 9 9 9 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Construction\Contract\edstrom agreement.doc ' 8/21 /09 A. The CONTRACTOR agrees to remedy all defects appearing in the work or developing in the materials furnished and the workmanship performed under this Agreement during the warranty period after the date of final acceptance of the work by the OWNER, and further agrees to indemnify and save the OWNER harmless from any costs encountered in remedying such defects. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OWNER and CONTRACTOR have signed five (5) copies of this Agreement. One (1) counterparts have been delivered to OWNER, two to CONTRACTOR, and one to ENGINEER. All portions of the Contract Documents have been signed or identified by OWNER and CONTRACTOR or by ENGINEER on their behalf. This Agreement will be effective on the date shown on page 1 (which is the Effective Date of the Agreement). OWNER: hris ukuls i Cit Mana er s ~ ~ r~.~ Signature) Attest (S natur Address for giving notices: City of Bozeman PO Box 1230 Bozeman, MT 59771-1230 Phone: 406 -582-2 Facsimile: 4~,6~~~-~~~~;,. ~~R#'Of~A~iE''A~ , L] ', ~~ . ~ * - •~, . Z = ~. ~.~~ . 183 . •~~~,- Owner s Designat~ElU~ep~s~ntative: Name: Robert Murray Jr., P.E. Title: Project Engineer CO RACTOR: By: (i atu ) Attest (Si nature) Address for giving notices: S• Phone: 2 Facsimile: ~~~ ~ ~ ~~P,3~. __~. ; [CORPORATE ~~~t=] Montana Contractors' Registraz.~on Iv1j ~~~fl" ~ - --. Contractor's Designated Representative: Name:~e llyl-1 u~STlDvVI Title: U-I'~~~~~Sl~f.41 Address: 20 East Olive. PO Box 1230 Bozeman. MT 59771-1230 Phone: 406-582-2280 Facsimile: 406-582-2263 Address: ~`~~ V~• . ~~ S Phone: ~~~> ~351v' 3577 Facsimile: C~~`) U?5~'~3/ Agreement Form - 00500 -Page 8 of 9 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Construction\Contract\edstrom agreement.doc S/21 /09 (If CONTRACTOR is a corporation or a partnership, attach evidence of authority to sign.) The foregoing Contract, including all Contract Documents which are a part thereof, is in due form according to the law, and is hereby approved. re) Attorney of the City of Bozeman, MT (Owner) END OF SECTION 00500 Agreement Form - 00500 -Page 9 of 9 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Construction\Contract\edstrom agreement.doc 8/21 /09 rER.k'o~A.NCE so~~a Any singular reference to Contractor, 5wety; Owner, or other party shall be considered plural there applicable. CONTRACTOR (Name and Address): SURETY (I~Tame and Address ofPrincipai Place of Eusutess}: Edstrom Construction, Inc. Western Surety Company 2880 tJest 3200 South, Rexburg, ID 83440 230 South 500 East, Suite 480 . OWNER (Name and Address): Sa 1 t Lake City , UT 84102 City of Bozeman P.O. Box 1230 Bozeman, MT 59771-1230 CONTRACT Date: $GO~Cwt~t• l7~ 2QO Q Amount: Three Hundred Forty-Six Thousand Three Hundred Seventy-Seven and 00/100 Dollars Description(2~tameandLocation): Lyman Creek t~Jater System Infrastructure ($346,377.00) Improvements, Bozeman, P~lontana BOND Bond Number: 58665355 Date (Not earlier than Contract Date): ~jGp ~'" h°-~ 17 zoo ~( A.tnounc: Three Hundred Forty-Six Thousand Three Hundred Seventy-Seven and 00/100 Dollars Modlfcations to this.l3ond Form: None ($346, 377.00) Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound. hereby, subject to the terms printed on the reverse side hereof, do each cause this Performance Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer, agent, or representative. CONTRACTORt AS PAINCZPAL company: trom Construction, Inc. Signature: - (Seal) Name az~d Ti e: =_ ~- __ .- ~ _ (Space is provided- below for signatures of additional parties, if required..) CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAIv Compazty: Signature: _ Name and Title: (Seal) SURETY Western Surety Company (S~ali °'J ~ _ Surety's Name and Corporate Seal _ ~J _ _ - 5ignatwe and Title ~radl ey K. Nielson (Attach Power of Attorney} Attorney-in-Fact Attest: _ Signature and Title e y D. Lowe Witness SURETY Surery's Name and Corporate Seal By: Si~Znatwe aztd Title (Attach Power of Attorney) Attest: _ 5ignatwe and Title: (Seal) ' EJCDC No. 0-610 (2002 Edition) Originally prepared through the joint efforts of the Surety Association of America, Engineers Jaint Contract Decoments Committee, the Associated General Contractors of AmerlCa, and the American IaStitute of Architects- Performance Bond - 00610 -Page 1 of 2 N:IOa;7~0551170CS1Specslt)ivision D100610 Pert Bond.doc Revised 6/19/D3 1 Contte.ctor and Surtty, jointly and severally, bind themstlvcs, [heir heirs, executors, administrators. successors, and assigns to Owner far the performance of the Contract, which is incorporated herein by refcrencc. Z. ]f Contreeter performs lbe Contract Surtty and Contractor have no obligation under this Bond, excspt topanicipate in Conferences as provided in Parag•aph 3.1. 3. If there is no Owner Default. Su[tty's obligation under this Bond shalt arise af3cr: 3.1. Owner hag notified Contractor and Surety, at the addresses described in Paragraph ]0 below, that Owner is wnsidcring declaring, a Contrector Default and has requested and attempted to arrange a coirfcrcncc t+i[h Contractor and Surtty to be held not later than 15 days. After receipt of such noticz to discuss methods of performing the Contract, JF Owner, Contractor and Surety agttx, Contractor shalt be allowed a roasonablc time tD perf~mt the Contract, but such an agreement Shall no[ waive Owners right, if arty. subsequently to declare a Contr~,~tor Default; and 3.2. Owner has declared a Contractor Dcfaulf and formally tcrminazcd Coutractor's right to complete the Contract. Such Contractor Defauh shall not be declared earlier than 2p days aPer Contractor and Surety have received notice as provided in Paragraph 3,); and 3.3. Owner has agreed tp pay the $alance of the Contract Price te: 1. Surety to accordance with the terms of the Contract; 3. Another contractor selected pursuant to Paragraph d,3 to pcrfortn [hc Contract 4. When Owner has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph 3. Surety shall promptly and at Surety's expense take onz of the following actions' 4.1. Arrange for Contractor, with consent of pwner, to perform end complete the Contract; or d.2. Undertake to perform and evmpleoe [he Contract itself, through its agents or through independent contractors; or 4.3. Obtain bids or negotiated prpposals from qualified eonuactors acceptable to Owner For a contract for performance and completion of the Corurect, estrange for a contract to be przpared for execution by Owner and Contractor selected with Owner's eoncurreoce, to be secured with pcrformancc end payment bands crecuted by a quelibed Surtty cquivalcnt to the bonds issued on the Contract; and pay to Owner the amount of damages as dcscritxxl in paragraph fi in exczss of [he Balance oC the Contract Price ineuttcd by Owner resulting from Contractor Default; or d,d, Wai~c its ri~t to perform and complete, arrange for completion, or obtain a new contractor and wide rcasonabic promptness under the ctrcumstanccs: 1. After investigation, determine the amount for which it may be liable to Urner and, as soon es practicable after the amount is dctcrnrincd, tender payment therefor to Owner; or 2. Deny liability in whole or in part and notify Owner citing reasons lhercfor. 5. If Surety dots not proeecd as provided in Paragraph 4 with reasoneblt promptness, Surzty shall be deemed to be in default on this Bald 15 days after receipt of an additional written notice from Outer to Surcry demanding that Surety perform its obligations under this $ond, and Chmer shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to Owner, If Surety proceeds as provided in Paragraph 4, 4, and pwner rttfuses thz payment tendered or Surtty has de~itd liability, in whole or in part, without further notice Owntr shall be entitled to enforce any remedy avaiiablc to Owner. 6. After Owner has terminated Contractor's right Its complete the Contract. and if Surety elects to act under Paragraph d,l, C,Q or 4.3 above, then [he responsibilities Of Surcry to Owner shell not be greater than those of Contractor under the Contract, and the responsibilities Of Owner t0 Surety shall not be greater than those of Owner under the Contract. To a limit of the amount of this Bond, but subject to commitrtitnt by Owner o1 the Batancc of the Contract Price to mitigation of costs and damages oo the Contract, Surety is obligated without duplication for: 6.1, The responsibilities of Connector for correction of defective Work and complclivn of the Contract; 6,2, f+dditional legal, design profossional_ anal delay costs resulting from Contractor's Default, and resulting from the actions or failure tq act of Surety under Paragraph 4; end 6,3, LiQutdatcd damages, or If nn liquidated damages arc specified in the Contract, actual damages caused by delayed performance Or non- ' performance of Contractor. 7. Sureh• shell. not be liable to Owner or others for obligations of Contractor that are unrelated to the Contract, end the $alance of the Contract Price shall not be reduced or set oFf on account of env Such unrelated obligations. No right of action shall accntc on this Bond to zny person or entity ocher than Owner or its heirs; executors, administrators, or successors. 8. Svrcty hereby waives notice of ahy change, including changes of time, to Contract or to related subcomracts, purchase orders, and other obligations. 9. Any proceeding, Icgel or equitable, under this Bond. may be instituted in any court of competrnt jurisdiction in the location in which the Work or part of the Work is lceatcd and shall be instituted within iwp years after Contractor Default or within hvo years af[tr Contractor ceased working or within. two years after Surety refuses Dr fails to perform its obligations under this Bond, whichevtr etcurs first. If the provisions of this paragraph arc void or prohibited by 1aµ', the minimum period of limitation available to sureties as a defense in thejutisdicti0n Of the suit shall be applicable, 10, Nonce to Surety, Owner, or Contractor shall be mailed or ddivercd to the address shown on the sigsrettuc pegs. 1 I . 'A'ben this Bond ha; bccn famished to comply with a statutory rcquirerneni in the location where the Contract was to be perFgtined, any provision in tYtis Band conflicting with said statutory requitement shall be deetncd deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to such statutory rrquircmcnt shalt be deettted incorporated benzin, The inttnt is that this Bond shall be construed A5 a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. 12, Definitions. 1Z.1 Balance of the. Convect Price: The total amount payable by Owner to Contractor under [hc Cont[act~ after el) proper adjustments have bccn made, including allowance to Contractor of any amounts received or to be rcccircd by Owner in settlement of Insurance or other Claims for damages to which Contractor is entitled, reduced by all valid and proper payments made to or on behalf ofControetor under the Corrtract. 12.2: ContraU: The agreement between Owner and Contractor identified on the SiEnaturc page, including all Contract Documents and changes [hereto. 12,3 Conractor befauit: Failure of Contractor, which has neither bccn remedied nor waived, to perform or otherwise to Comply with the terms of the Can[ract. 1Z.4 pwner Default: Failure of Owner, which has neither been remedied nor waived, to pay Contractor as required by the Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the other terms thereof. I~ORINFORMATION ONLY-Name, Address and Telephone HUB Int~rnati noel Mountain States Ltd. Surety Agency of Broker P.O. Box 1816, Idaho Falls, ID 83403-1816 Owner's Representative (engineer or other parry) 208-522-3800 PeROrmance Bond - 00610 -Page 2 of 2 N;10417\0551DOC515~ecslDivision 0100610 Pert Bond.doc Revised 6/19/03 ~.~,X~~ENT SONS Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety; O~~mer, or other party shall be considered plural. where applicable. CONTRACTOR (.'~~ame and Address}: SURETX (1'~rame, p+7d Address of Principal .l'Iace of Edstrom Construction, Inc. Business): Western Surety Company 2880 West 3200 South 230 South 500 East, Suite 480 Rexburg, ID 83440 Salt Lake city, UT 84102 OWNER (Name and Address): City of Bozeman- P.O. Box 1230, Bozeman, MT 59771-1230- CONTRA.CT Effective Date oI'Agreement: SGpk~ bR- /7 2 oa q Amount: Three Hundred Forty-Six Thousand Three Hundred Seventy-Seven and 00/100 Dollars Description (Name and Location): Lyman Creek Water System Infrastructure ($346,377.00) Improvements, Bozeman., Montana BOND Bond Number: 58665355 Date (Not earlier than Effective Date of Agreement): ,Sep ~~+ b~.- / ~~ 2 °' ° t Amount: Three Hundred Forty-Six Thousand Three Hundred Seventy-Seven and 00/100 Dollars Modifications to this Bond Porte: Paragraph 6 of this Bond i s deleted i n its (346, 377.00) -entirety and replaced with revised Paragraph 6 on page 3 Surety and-CcLnt?"actor, intending to be legally bound hereby; subject to the terrtts set forth be]ow, do each cause thi.~ JPay~z,~nt Bond to be du]y executed by an authorized offtcer, agent, or representative. COivTRA:-ETOa AS PRINCIPAL SURETY "- -. Edstrc ~ -Ca c n (seal) ~Jestern Surety Company t (Sea1~ =--' Contra~f - s-Name and Corporate Seal Surety's Nattaie and Corporate Seal _- - - By: By: ~ _- Si ature Signature ( ttach Power of Attorney) Print Name J r~ C .~, L ~~, (1`~~ Title ' Attest: Signature Title Bradley K. Nielson I'riztt Name Attorney-in-Fact Title ,attest: Signature Peggy owe Witness Title Note: Provide execution by additional pcu•ties, such as joint ve~zturers, if necessary. '. ~v~- EJCDC C-6tS(A,) Payment Bond t'rEpared by the engineers Joint Cor+tract Aoc~aments Committee. Yaffe ~ of 3 March 2008 _i 1. Contractor and Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns to O~-ner to pay for labor, materials; and equipment furnished by Claimants for use in the performance of the Contract, which is incorporated hezein by reference. 2. With respect to Owner, this obligation shall be null and void if Contractor: 2.1 Promptly makes payment, directly or indirectly, for sll Burns due Claimants, and 2.2 Defends, indemnifies, and holds harmless Owner from. all claims, demands, liens, or suits alleging non-payment by Contractor by any person or entity who furnished labor, materials, yr equipment for use in the performance of the Contract, provided Owner has promptly notified Contractor and Surety (at the addresses described in Paragraph 12j of any claims, demands, liens, or suits and tendered defense of such claims, demands; liens, or suits to Contractor and Surety, and provided there is no Owner TJefault. 3. With respect to Claimants, this obligation shall be null and void if Contractor promptly rraakes payment, directly or indirectly, for all sums due. 4. Surety shall have no obligation to Claimants under this Bond until: 4.1 Claimants who are employed by or have a direct contract with Contractor have given notice to Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 12) and sent a copy, or notice thereof, to Owner, stating that a claim is being made under this Pond and, with substantial accuracy, the amount of the claim- 4.2 Claimants who do not have a direct contract with Contractor: 1. Have furnished written notice- to Contractor and sent a copy, or notice thereoiy to Owner, within 90 days after haviurlg last performed labor or last furnished materials or equipment included in the claim stating, with substantial accuracy, the amount of the claim. and the name of the party to whom the materials yr equipment were furnished or supplied, or for whom the labor fvas done ox perfozlxled; and 2. Have either received a rejection in whole or in part from Contractor, or not received within 30 days of furnishing the above notice any communication. from Contractor by which Contractor had indicated the claim will be paid directly or indirectly; and 3. Not having been paid within the above 30 days, have sent a written notice to Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 12) and sent a copy, or notice thereof, 'to Owner, stating that a claim is being made under this Bond and enclosing a copy of the previous written notice furnished to Contractor. 5. If a notice by a Claimant required by Paragraph 4 is provided by Owner to Contractor or to Surety, that is sufficient compliance. 6. Reserved- 7. Surety's total obligation shall not exceed the amount of this $ond, and the amount of this Bond shall be credited. for any payments made in good faith by Surety. 8. Amounts owed by Owner to Contractor under the Contract shall be used for the performance of the Contract and to satisfy claims, if any, under any performance bond. By Contractor furnishing and Owner accepting this Bond, they agree that all funds earned by Contractor in the performance of the Contract are dedicated to satisfy obligations of Contractor and Surety under this Bond, subject to Owner's priority to use the funds for the completion of the Work. 9. Surety shall not be liable to Owner; Claimants, or others for obligations of Contractor that are unrelated to the Contract. Owner shall not be liable for payment of any costs or expenses of any Claimant under this Band, and shall have under this Bond no obligations to make payments to, give notices on behalf of, or otherwise have obligations to Claimants under this Bond. {Mli'DO150a;1j E.JCBC C-615{9j P>rymcnt Bond P2arch ZODB Prepared by the Engineers .loins Contract Documents Committee. Page 2 of 3 r lu. oUl~~y IjCil+V,r ~ra1VC'.S iivu~c V1 any cl-iall~e; including changes o~ time, to the t~ontract or to related ' subcontracts, purchase orders, and other obligations. 11. No suit or action shall be commenced by a Claimant under this Bond other than in a court of competent ' jurisdiction in the location in which the lrv'ork or part of the V4'ork is located or after the expiration of one year from the date (1) on which the Claimant gave the notice required. by Paragraph 4.1 or Paragraph 4.2.3, or (2) on which the last labor or service ~~~as performed by anyone or the last materials or equipment were ' fum-isbed by anyone under the Contract, whichever of (1) or (2) first occurs- l:f the provisions of this paragraph are void or prohibited by law, the minimum period of limitation available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable. 12- Notice to Surety, Owner; or Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the addresses shown on the signature page. Actual receipt of notice by Surety. Owner, or Contractor; however accomplished, shall be suffcient compliance as of the date received at the address shown on the signature page- 13. V~'hen this $ond has been furnished to compl}~ with a statutor}- requirement in the location where the Contract teas to be performed, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to such statutory requirement shall be deemed izlcorporated herein. The intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory Bond and not. as a common law bond. 14. Upon request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of this Bond, Contractor shall promptl}' funlish a copy of this Bolld or shall permit a cop}~ to be made. , 15. Definitions 15.1 Clairrlant: An individual or entit;~ having a direct contract with Contractor, or with. afirst-tier subcontractor of Contractor; to fu171ish labor, materials, or equipment for use in the performance of the Contract. The intent of this Bond shall be to include without limitation in the terms "labor, materials or equipment" that pant of water, gas, power, light, heat, ail, gasoline, teleptlone service, or rental equipment used in the Contract, architectural and engineering services required for performance of the Work of Contractor and Contractor's subcontractors, and all other items for which a mechanic's lien may be asserted in the .jurisdiction where the labor, materials, or equipment were furnished. 15.2 Contract: The agreement bet.~~ee^ Owner and Contractor identified on the signature page, including all Contract Documents and changes thereto. 15.3 Owner Default: I:ailure of Owner, ~L~hich has neither been remedied nor waived, to pay Contractor as required by the Contract, or to perform and complete or otherwise comply with the other terms thereof- FOIZ INFORMATION ONLY - (Name, Address, and Telephone) -~ Surety Agency or Broker: HUB International t•~1ountai n States Ltd. , P.O. Box 1816, Owner's Re resentative(,En ineerarother): Idaho Falls, ID 83403-1816. 208-522-3800 6. Within a reasonable time (1) after the Claimant has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph 4 and (2) after the Surety has reviewed all supporting documentation it requested to substantiate the amount of the claim, the Surety shall pay or arrange for payment of any undisputed amounts. Failure of the Surety to satisfy the above requirements shall not be deemed a forfeiture or waiver of the Surety's or the Seller's defenses under this Bond or their right to dispute such claim. However, in such event the Claimant may bring suit aga7nst the Surety as provided under this Bond. ' {MtY001504;1} EJCDC C-615(A) Payment Band Merch 2(108 Prepared Ny the Eae~~cers Joint Contract Documents Committee. Pale 3 013 Western Sure Com an ~ ~ p v , POWER OF ATTORNEY APPOINTING INDIVIDUAL ATTORNEY-IN-FACT ' Know All Men By These Presents, That WESTERN SURETY COMPANY, a South Dakota corporation, is a duly organized and existing corporation having its principal office in the City of Sioux Falls, and State of South Dakota, and that it does by virtue of the signature and seal herein affixed hereby make, constitute and appoint Bradley K Nielson, Peggy D Lowe, Marvin Jackman, Vickie .Nelson, Jessica L Baird, ' Individually ' of Idaho Falls, ID, its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign, seal and execute for and on its behalf bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of similar nature ' - In Unlimited Amounts - ' and to bind it thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such instruments were signed by a duly authorized officer of the corporation and all the acts of said Attorney, pursuant to the authority hereby given, are hereby ratified and confirmed. ' This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the By-Law printed on the reverse hereof, duly adopted, as indicated, by the shareholders of the corporation. ' In Witness Whereof, WESTERN SURETY COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its Senior Vice President and its corporate seal to be hereto. affixed on this l7th day of March, 2009. ~,r~`~aeryc WESTERN SURETY COMPANY ' _M~'4avoggj~°;s~ '~\Sf A~' is< ~~'T7lotu~~P ' Paul . Bruflat, Senior Vice President Stale of South Dakota 1 )t ss County of Minnehaha On this l7th day of March, 2009, before me personally came Paul T. Bruflat, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that he resides in the City of Sioux Falls, State of South Dakota; that he is the Senior Vice President of WESTERN SURETY COMPANY described in and which executed-the above instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed pursuant to authority given by the Board of Directors of said corporation and that he signed his name thereto pursuant to like authority, and acknowledges same to be the act and deed of said corporation. My commission expires +`'`'`''""""""'`'`"'`'`'ti`•`eSSti`+`~`++ r D. KRELL i November 30, 2012 a FS ~ NOTARY PUBLIC EA3 ~ i s SOUTH DAKOTA s +SSSayyStiaatis~,asses~,a~.titi + D. Krell, No ary Public CERTIFICATE I, L. Nelson, Assistant Secretary of WESTERN SURETY COMPANY do hereby certify that the Power of Attorney hereinabove set forth is still in force, and further certify that the By-Law of the corporation printed on the reverse hereof is still in force. In testimony whereof I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the seal of the said corporation this ~ day of sL~ ~GN ~~i 2 o O '~ ' Fonn F4280-09-06 ~~~-RETy+„ WESTERN SURETY COMPANY .~~pPPOgq~~;e =n:V l^}yi ~Wi ;_ yJ` ~.... ~1P~.• Yy~~~ppKp L. Nelson, Assistant Secretary Authorizing By-Law ' ADOPTED BY THE SHAREHOLDERS OF WESTERN SURETY COMPANY ' This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By-Law duly adopted by the shareholders of the Company. ' Section 7. All bonds, policies, undertakings, Powers of Attorney, or other obligations of the corporation shall be executed in the corporate name of the Company by the President, Secretary, and Assistant Secretary, Treasurer, or any Vice President, or by such other ' officers as the Board of Directors may authorize. The President, any Vice President, Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer may appoint Attorneys in Fact or agents who shall have authority to issue bonds, policies, or undertakings in the name of the Company. ' The corporate seal is not necessary for the validity of any bonds, policies, undertakings, Powers of Attorney or other obligations of the corporation. The signature of any such officer and the corporate seal may be printed by facsimile. r ii -~,. HART`1~VELL C©RPCtRATIC>N Bonds . 6enef+ts r Insurance .Risk Management September 14, 2009 Morrison Maierle, Inc. PQ Box 1.113 B~ozeznan, ]vIT 5977.1 Re: Edstrom Construction, Inc. Lyman Creek Water System Infrastructure Improvements Project 1 Airport Plaza 1084 Ri. Skyline Drive 83402 P. C}. Sax 51019 Idaho Falls. 'D 834fl5-1019 208-522-565E r-ax 208-524 ~ l'21 wwtiv.theha rtwel corp.corn We have reviewed the above referenced contract as it applies to the insurance requirements only. Edstrom Construction, .Inc. has obtained: insurance coverage to comply with the requirements. We rely on information received from our insurance companies and other risk management sources. Nothing in the review should be construed as promising insurance coverage for any specific claims or circumstances. Please refer to actual policies far specific terms, conditions, limitations, and exchisions that will govern in the event of a loss. Sincerely, DeRay ferry i~ ,, ACORD CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE OP ID sT DATE /MMIDDIVYYY) EDSTR 1 09/11/09 PRODUCER THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE The Hartwell Corporation HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR Po sox 51019 ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. Idaho Falls ID 83405-1019 Phone: 208-522-5656 Fax: 208-524-5721 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURED INSURER A: The Cincinnati In$ CO 10677 INSURER B: Edstrom COna trUCtlOn InC INSURER L: 2880 W 3200 $ INSURER D: Rexburg ID 83440 INSURER E: COVERAGES THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANV REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONORION OF ANV CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WTRi RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFlCATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTABI, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO qLL THE TERMS. EXCLUSIONS AND CONDItION3 OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAV HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR ODL POLICY EFFECTIVE POLICY E%PIRATON LTR NSRD TYPE OFINSURANCE POLICY NUMBER OATS IMMIDO/YY) DATE (MfWD/YV) LIMITS GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE S 1,DDO,000 A X X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CPP1066179 09/01/09 09/01/10 OgMAGE TO RENTED PREMISES (Ee occurellu) f 500,(]0 CLAIMS MADE ~ OCCUR MEO EXP (AM OM person) S 1D,OOD PERSONALSADV INJURY f 1,000,00 GENERAL AGGREGATE f 2,000,000 GEN'LAGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG S 2,000,ODO POLICY X JECT LOC AUTO MOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT S 1 , 000 , 000 A X X ANY AVTO CPA1066179 09/01/09 09/01/10 IE. ewdelX~ ALL OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY (hr person) S SCHEDULEDAUTOS X HIRED AUTOS BODILY INJURY X NON-OWNED AUTOS (Mrerxtlud) S PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per a¢MaM) S GARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY-EA ACCIDENT S ANY AUTO OTHER THAN EA ACC f AUTO ONLY: qGG f EXCESSNMBRELIA LIABILITY EgLH OCCURRENCE S 4 , 00 , 000 A X OCCUR ^ CUIMS MADE CPP1066179 09/01/09 09/01/10 AGGREGATE f 4,000,00(] S DEDUCTIBLE S RETENTION f S WC STAN- OTH- WORNERS COMPENSATION ANO TORY LIMBS ER EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY E.L. EACH ACCIDENT f ANV PROPRIETOR/PARTNERIE%ELUTNE OFFICER/MEMBER E%CLUDED? E.L. DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE f Ilysa, dseuiDe under SPECIAL PROVISIONS Bebw E.L. DISEASE- POLICY LIMIT S OTHER DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATN)NS /VEHICLES /EXCLUSIONS ADDED BV ENDORSEMENT I SPECIAL PROVISIONS Re: Lyman Creek Water System Infrastructure Improvements; City of Bozeman (owner), Morrison Maierle, Inc. (engineer and engineer's consultants), and the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents and consultants of each are included as Additional Insureds on a primary basis per attached GA2330207 6 AA1010306. CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION CITBO-4 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER HALL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 45 DAYS VA2ITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE i0 DO SO SHALL City of Bozeman IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY HIND UPON THE INSURER. ITS AGENTS OR PO Box 1230 Bozeman MT 59771-1230 REPRESENTATIVES. !/`/ er_nRn ~s ~~nnvns~ n ACORD CORPORATION 1988 IMPORTANT If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). DISCLAIMER The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon. i~ ACORD 25 (2001108) i ACORD CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE OP IDsT DATE (MMA)D/YYYY) EDSTR-1 09/14/09 PRODUCER THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE The xartwell Corporation HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR Po sox 51019 ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. Idaho Falls ID 83405-1019 Phone: 208-522-5656 Fax: 208-524-5721 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURED INSURER A: The Cincinnati Ins CO 10677 INSURER B'. Of Bozeman ('1t INSURER L: y PO BOX 1230 INSURER D: Bozeman MT 59771-1230 INSURER E: COVERAGES THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTVMTHSTANgNG ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDRION OF ANV CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT MATH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFIGTE MAV BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, E%CLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAV HAVE BEEN REDUCED BV PAID LlAIM3. INSR DD'L POLIOV EFFECTIVE POLICY EXPIRATON LTR NSRD TYPE OF INSURANCE PWCY NUMBER DATE (MMND/YY) DATE (MM'DDM') LIMTS GENERAL (.LABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE S 1, OOO Y OOO DAMAGE TO RENTED A COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILRY CAP5176368 09/01/09 09/01/10 PREMISES (EP PCCUrenee) f CLAIMS MADE ^ OLLUR MED EXP (AM INM PAnwn) S X Owner/Contractors PERSONALSADV INJURY f Protective GENERAL AGGREGATE S 2,000TOOO GEN'LAGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS-COMPIOP AGG f PR0. POLICY JECT LOC AUTO MOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE OMIT f ANV AUTO IE~ accM~nQ ALL OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY f SCHEDULED AUTOS (PPr peiAan) HIRED AUTOS BODILY INJURY S NON-OWWEO AUTOS (Por MCMW) PROPERTY DAMAGE (Por axMml) S GARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY-EA ACCIDENT S ANV AUTO FA ACC OTHER THAN f AUTO ONLY: qGG S E%CESSNMBRELLA LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE f OCCUR ^ CLAIMS MADE AGGREGATE f S DEDUCTIBLE f RETENTION f f WL STATU- OTH- WORNERSCOMPENSATIONAND TORY LIMRS ER EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY E.L. EACH ACCDENT f ANV PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFlCERIMEMBER E%CLUDEDT E.L. DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE f II Yes. Be~cnBe under SPECIAL PROVISIONS bebw E.L. DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT S OTHER DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS I VEHICLES /EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT( SPECIAL PROVISIONS Lyman Creek Water System Infrastructure Improvements Project CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION CITBO-4 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER HALL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 4 S DAYS NALITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT. BUT FAILURE TO DO 30 SHALL City of Bozeman IMPOSE NO OBLIGATON OR LIABILITY OF ANY HIND UPON THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR PO Box 1230 Bozeman MT 59771-1230 REPRESENTATIVES. AUTOO ~RgEP~RESE n ACORD 25 (2001/08) ©ACORD CORPORATION 1988 IMPORTANT If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). DISCLAIMER The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon. i~ ACORD 25 (2001/08) - OP ID ST DATE IMMIDDM') AcoRV CERTIFICATE OF PROPERTY INSURANCE EDSTR 1 09/14/09 PRODUCER THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ' ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE The Hartwell Corporation HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR PO Box 51019 ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. Idaho Falls ID 83405-1019 COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE DeRay Perry COMPANY Phone: 208-522-5656 Fax: 208-524-5721 A The Cincinnati Ins Co INSURED COMPANY B Edstrom Construction Inc Cit of Bozeman COMPANY y C Subcontractors of every tier 28BO W 3200 S Rexburg ID 83440 COMPANY D COVERAGES THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TOTHE INSURED NAMEDABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICTED, NOTWITMSTANOING ANV REQUIREMENT. TERM OR CONDITK)N OF ANY CONTRACT O(t OTHER DOCUMENT W1TN RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAV BE ISSUED OR MAV PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECTTO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDRIONS OF SUCH POLICES. LIMBS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CIAIMS. CO TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POKY EFFECTIVE POLICY E%PIRATION LTR DATE (MINDDI/Y) DATE (MM190/YY) COVERED PROPERTY LIMITS PROPERTY BVILDING j CAUSES OF LOSS PERSONAL PROPERTY S BASIC BUSINEBB INCOME S BROAD EXTRA EXPENSE S 3PECNL BUNKET BUILDING S EARTHQUAKE BUNKET PERS PROP S FLOOD BLANKET BLDG 8 PP j 5 5 A X INUNDMMINE CAP5176388 09/04/09 03/04/10 X Bu,lA~r.AL.k s 346,377 TYPE OF POLICY X Earthquake s Included s CAUS ES OF LOSB E NAMED PERILS 5 OTHER 5 CRIME S TYPE OF POLICY S S BOILER B MACHINERY S S OTHER LOCATION OF PREMISESIDESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY Lyman Creek Water System Infrastructure Improvements Project SPECIAL CONDITIONS/OTHER COVERAGES CERTIFICATE WOLDER CANCELLATION CITBO-4 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE E%PIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 4 S DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, City of Bozeman PO BOX 1230 BUT FAILURE TO MAIL SUCH NOTICE SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY Bozeman MT 59771-1230 OF ANY KIND UPON THE COMPANY.ITS AGENTB OR REPRESENTATIVES. AUTHO R EP RESE nn nn '' ~f.~L ACORD 24 (1195) ACORD CORPORATION 1995 ACORD CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE OPID ST DATE (MMIDDIYYYY) EDSTR-1 09/14/09 PRODUCER THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE The Hartwell Corporation HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR PO Box 51019 ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. Idaho Falls ID 83405-1019 Phone:208-522-5656 Fax:208-524-5721 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# INSURED INSURER A: The Cincinnati Ins Co 10677 INSURER 8: Clt~( Of BOZeman INSURERC PO tSOX 1230 Bozeman MT 59771-1230 INSURER D: INSURER E: COVERAGES THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT. TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY COMRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND COIJDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. LTR S TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER DATE (MMIDDIYI') DATE (MMIDD/Y1') LIMITS GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1, O O O, O O O A COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CAP5176368 09/01/09 O9/O1/lO PREMISES {Eaoccurence) $ CLAIMS MADE ^ OCCUR MED EXP (Any one Derson) $ X Owner/Contractors PERSONAL 8 ADV INJURY $ Protective GENERAL AGGREGATE $2,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER. PRODUCTS -COMP/OP AGG $ POLICY PRO LOC JECT ALR OMDBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ ANY AUTO IEa accident) ALL OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY $ SCHEDULED AUTOS (Per person) HIRED AUTOS BODILY INJURY $ NON-OWNED AUTOS (Per accident) PROPERN DAMAGE P $ ( er accident) GARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY - FA ACCIDENT $ ANY AUTO EA ACC OTHER THAN $ AUTO ONLY: AGG $ EXCESSAIMBRELLA LIABILRY EACH OCCURRENCE $ OCCUR ~ CLAIMS MODE AGGREGATE $ DEDUCTIBLE $ RETENTION $ $ WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LL4BILffY TORY LIMITS ER ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNERIEXECUTIVE E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ OFFICER/MEMBEREXCLUDED? If es tlescribe under E.L DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $ y . SPECIAL PROVISIONS below E.L. DISEASE- POLICY LIMIT $ OTHER DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS !LOCATIONS 1 VEHICLES I EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT 1 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Lyman Creek Water System Infrastructure Improvements Project; Morrison Maierle, Inc. is included as an Additional Insured per attached GA40871001. CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION MORBO-7 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 45 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL Morrison Maierle , IIIC . PO Sox 1113 IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILfTY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR BOZeman MT 59771 REPRESENTATIVES. AUTH ED.RE N IVE ACORD 25 (2001!08) ©ACORD CORPORATION 1988 IMPORTANT If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). DISCLAIMER The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon. ACORD 25 (2001!08) i!. 0 1 G [~ THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED - 1 ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, OR SURVEYORS u This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: OWNERS AND CONTRACTORS PROTECTNE LIABILITY COVERAGE PART A. SECTION II -WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to include as an insured any architect, engineer or sur- veyorengaged by you but only with respect to liability arising out of your premises or ongoing operations performed by you or on your behalf. B. With respect to such architects, engineers, or surveyors described in Paragraph A. above, the following exclusions are added to Paragraph 2. Excluslons in SECTION I -COVERAGES, BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY: This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of the: 1. Rendering of or failure to render any professional services by or for you, including: a. The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve, maps, shop drawings, opinions, re- ports, surveys, field orders, change orders or drawings and specifications; and b. Supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities; 2. Sole negligence or willful misconduct of, or for defects in design furnished by, the additional insured or its "employees". Includes copyrighted material of Insurance GA 4487 10 01 Services Office, Inc„ with its permission. ~,acoRV ' C~f~~"IFICATE OF PRU~'ERTYII~SURA~I~~~ST ~~ 09114; 9' ~ ~~' ~ PROOUCERs THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMIATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE The Hartwell Corporation HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AA~END, EXTEND OR PO Box 51019 ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. Idaho Falls ID 83405-1019 COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE DeRay Perry COMPANY Phone:208-522-5656 Fax:208-524-5721 A The Cincinnati Ins Co INSURED COMPANY B Ed strOm Construction IIIC City of Bozeman COMPANY Subcontractors of every tier C 2880 W 3200 S COMPANY Rexburg ID 83440 D ~O~%~RAGES ~; >. THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED 70 THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES GESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS , EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. CO LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFFECTNE DATE (MMfDDA'Y) POLICY EXPIRATION DATE (MMIDDlYY) COVERED PROPERTY LIMITS PROPERTY BUILDING $ CAUSES OF LOSS PERSONAL PROPERTY $ BASIC BUSINESS INCOME $ BROAD EXTRA EXPENSE $ SPECIAL BLANKET BUILDING $ EARTHQUAKE BLANKET PERS PROP $ FLOOD BLANKET BLDG & PP $ A X INLAND MARINE CAP5176388 09/04/09 03/04/10 X autlee=^ aiot $ 346,377 TYP E OF POLICY X Earthquake $ Included $ CAU SES OF LOSS NAMED PERILS OTHER CRIME $ TYPE OF POLICY $ BOILER & MACHINERY $ OTHER LOCATION OF PREMISESIDESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY Lyman Creek Water System Infrastructure Improvements Project SPECIAL CONDRIDNS/OTHER COVERAGES Morrison Maierle, Inc. is incuded as an Additional Insured per attached IA45D1187A and IA45011878. CEf2T6FJ4AT~1fi0LC~E•~ ,'I~ . CANC$LLA7`IO,TJ' .._.. .. . ,. ,. .. .. ....... .. . MORBO -7 . .. .. .. SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES 6E CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL Morrison Maierle , IIIC . 45 DAYS WRRTEN NOTICE TD THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, PO Sox 1113 BUT FAILURE TD MAIL SUCH NOTICE SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY BOZeman MT 59771 OF ANY KIND UPON THE COMPANY, rTS AGENTS OR REPRESENiAT1VES. RUTH E4 RE N IVE QCC G~\ ACORD; 2d (919:5)' .ALORD CAR#'c~RATIS3N'9995 ` THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED -BUILDERS' RISK FORM This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUII.DERS' RISK INLAND MARINE COVIItAGE PART DECLARATIONS SCHIDULE Name of Person or Organization (Additional Insured): Morrison Maierle Inc P O BOX 1113 Bozeman MT 59771 Designation of Premises: 1600 Story Mill Road Bozeman MT 597]5 The person(s) or organization(s) shown in the Schedule is an additional insured but only with respect to their interest in Covered Property at the premises shown in the Schedule. IA 45011 87 A THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED -BUILDERS' RISK FORM This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUII.DERS' RISK INLAND MARINE COVIItAGE PART DECLARATIONS SCHIDULE Name of Person or Organization (Additional Insured): Morrison Maierle Inc P O BOX 1113 Bozeman MT 59771 Designation of Premises: 4330 Sourdough Road Bozeman MT 597]5 The person(s) or organizations} shown in the Schedule is an additional insured but only with respect to their interest in Covered Property at the premises shown in the Schedule. IA 45011 87 B NOTE: THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN AMENDED FOR THIS PROJECT AND CONTROLLING LAW. This document has important legal consequences; consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its use or modification. This document should be adapted to the particular circumstances of the contemplated Project and the Controlling Law. STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Prepared by ENGINEERS JOINT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS COMMITTEE and Issued and Published Jointly By Neta>neJ Spcrety of Professtvnal EegFneers __ .._ __.______ ~~~~ American Society f Ci il E i t ~..~. ~.~~.,~ n~i. t'~v„~11 `~i, Lx~vl`~~IYS _ ( C j p~,..s~w pp.~,.~~~~ ~lQ••rf~t l~~~Q88ni V~~'fllOi6 !'"lRWJL`B o v ng neers PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS IN PRIVATE PRACTICE a practice division of the NATIONAL SOCIETY OF PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS AMERICAN COUNCIL OF ENGINEERING COMPANIES AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS This document has been approved and endorsed by ~~' The Associated General Contractors of America Knowledge for Creating ~j and Sustaining the Butt Elwiranmant Construction Specifications Institute Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 1 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 [~ NOTE: Deletions from the Standard EJCDC General Conditions are shown by see~t. , Additions to the Standard EJCDC General Conditions are Underlined. Adaptation of Standard General Conditions prepared by Morrison-Maierle, Inc. ' Initial Issue: 6/30/03 Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers 1420 King Street, Alexandria, VA 22314 American Council of Engineering Companies 1015 15th Street, N.W., Washington, DC 20005 American Society of Civil Engineers 1801 Alexander Bell Drive, Reston, VA 20191-4400 These General Conditions have been prepared for use with the Suggested Forms of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor Nos. C-520 or C-525 (2002 Editions). Their provisions aze interrelated and a change in one may necessitate a change in the other. Comments concerning their usage are contained in the EJCDC Construction Documents, General and Instructions (No. C-001) (2002 Edition). For guidance in the preparation of Supplementary Conditions, see Guide to the Preparation of Supplementary Conditions (No. C-800) (2002 Edition). MMI No. C-700 (2003 Edition) 6/30/03 r_ J i 0 i Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 2 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ARTICLE 1 -DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY ..............................................................................................................6 1.01 Defined Terms ............................................................................................................................................... ...............6 1.02 Terminology .................................................................................................................................................. ...............8 ARTICL E 2 -PRELIMINARY MATTERS ................................................................................................................ ...............9 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance .............................................................................................. ...............9 2.02 Copies of Documents .................................................................................................................................... ...............9 2.03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed ................................................................................ ...............9 2.04 Starting the Work .......................................................................................................................................... ...............9 2.05 Before Starting Construction ........................................................................................................................ ...............9 2.06 Preconstruction Conference ......................................................................................................................... .............10 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules .................................................................................................................... .............10 ARTICL E 3 -CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE ......................................................... .............10 3.01 Intent ............................................................................................................................................................. .............10 3.02 Reference Standards ..................................................................................................................................... .............10 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies ....................................................................................................... ............. ] l 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents ..................................................................................... ............. l l 3.05 Reuse of Documents ...................................................................................................................................... ............. l l 3.06 Electronic Data ............................................................................................................................................. ............. l l ARTICL E 4 -AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS ................................................................................... .............12 4.01 Availability of Lands ..................................................................................................................................... .............12 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions ............................................................................................................. .............12 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions ............................................................................................... .............12 4.04 Underground Facilities ................................................................................................................................. .............13 4.05 Reference Points ........................................................................................................................................... .............14 4.06 Ha.:ardous Environmental Condition at Site ................................................................................................ .............14 ARTICL E 5 -BONDS AND INSURANCE ................................................................................................................ .............15 5.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds ..................................................................................................... .............15 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers ..................................................................................................................... .............15 5.03 Certificates oflnsurance ............................................................................................................................... .............15 5.04 Contractor's Liability Insurance ................................................................................................................. ..............16 5.05 Owner's Liability Insurance ........................................................................................................................ ..............17 5.06 Property Insurance -Purchased by Contractor .......................................................................................... ..............17 5.07 Waiver of Rights ........................................................................................................................................... ..............18 5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds .......................................................................................... ..............18 5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace ............................................................................. ..............19 5.10 Partial Utilisation, Acknowledgment of Property Insurer ............................................................................ .............19 ARTICL E 6 -CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES ............................................................................................. .............19 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence ................................................................................................................ ..............19 6.02 Labor; Working Hours ................................................................................................................................. ..............19 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment ............................................................................................................ ..............19 6.04 Progress Schedule ......................................................................................................................................... .............20 6.05 Substitutes and "Or-Equals" ....................................................................................................................... ..............20 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others ..................................................................................... ..............21 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties ............................................................................................................................ ..............22 6.08 Permits ......................................................................................................................................................... ..............22 6.09 Lmvs and Regulations .................................................................................................................................. .....:........22 6.10 Taxes ............................................................................................................................................................ ..............23 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas ......................................................................................................................... ..............23 6.12 Record Documents ....................................................................................................................................... ..............23 6.13 Safety and Protection .................................................................................................................................... .............23 6. ] 4 Safety Representative ................................................................................................................................... .............. 24 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs ............................................................................................................... .............24 6.16 Emergencies ................................................................................................................................................. ..............25 6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples ....................................................................................................................... ..............25 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 3 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 6.18 Continuing the Work ................................................................................... ...............................................................26 6.19 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee ......................................... ...............................................................26 6.20 Indemnification ........................................................................................... ...............................................................26 6.21 Delegation of Professional Design Services ............................................... ...............................................................27 ARTICLE 7 -OTHER WORK AT THE SITE .......................................................... ...............................................................27 7.01 Related Work at Site ................................................................................... ...............................................................27 7.02 Coordination ....................................:.......................................................... ...............................................................28 7.03 Legal Relationships ..................................................................................... ...............................................................28 ARTICLE 8 -OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES ....................................................... ...............................................................28 8.01 Communications to Contractor ................................................................... ...............................................................28 8.02 Replacement of Engineer ............................................................................ ...............................................................28 8.03 Furnish Data ............................................................................................... ...............................................................28 8.04 Pay When Due ........................................................................................... ................................................................28 8.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests .................................................. ................................................................28 8.06 Insurance ................................................................................................... ................................................................28 8.07 Change Orders ........................................................................................... ................................................................28 8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals .............................................................. ................................................................28 8.09 Limitations on Owner's Responsibilities ...............................................:... ................................................................28 8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition .................:.................. ................................................................28 8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements ......................................................... ................................................................29 ARTICLE 9 -ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION ..................... ................................................................29 9.01 Owner's Representative ............................................................................. ................................................................29 9.02 Visits to Site ............................................................................................... ................................................................29 9.03 Project Representative ............................................................................... ................................................................29 9.04 Authori.-ed Variations in Work .................................................................. ................................................................29 9.05 Rejecting Defective Work ........................................................................... ................................................................29 9.06 Shop Drativings, Change Orders and Payments ......................................... ................................................................29 9.07 Determinations for Unit Price Work .......................................................... ................................................................30 9.08 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work .......................................................30 9.09 Limitations on Engineer's Authority and Responsibilities ......................... ................................................................30 ARTICLE 10 -CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS .......................................... .................................................................30 10.01 Authorised Changes in the Work .......................................................... .................................................................30 10.02 Unauthorised Changes in the Work ...................................................... .................................................................31 10.03 Execution of Change Orders ................................................................. .................................................................31 10.04 Notification to Surety ............................................................................ .................................................................31 10.05 Claims ................................................................................................... .................................................................31 ARTICL E 11 -COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK . .................................................................32 11.01 Cost of the Work ................................................................................... .................................................................32 11.02 Allo~vances ............................................................................................ .................................................................33 11.03 Unit Price Work .................................................................................... .................................................................33 ARTICLE 12 -CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES .....................................................34 12.01 Change of Contract Price ..................................................................... .................................................................34 12.02 Change of Contract Times .................................................................... .................................................................35 12.03 Delays ................................................................................................... .................................................................35 ARTICL E 13 -TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OFDEFECTIVE WORK . ..................................................................................................................... .................................................................35 13.01 Notice of Defects ................................................................................... .................................................................35 13.02 Access to Work ...................................................................................... .................................................................35 13.03 Tests and Inspections ............................................................................ .................................................................35 13.04 Uncovering Work ................................................................................. ..................................................................36 13.05 Oivner May Stop the Work ................................................................... ..................................................................36 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work ........................................... ..................................................................36 13.07 Correction Period ................................................................................ ..................................................................36 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work ............................................................. ..................................................................37 13.09 Orvner May Correct Defective Work .................................................... ..................................................................37 ARTICL E 14 -PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION ............ ....:.............................................................38 14.01 Schedule of Values ............................................................................... ..................................................................38 14.02 Progress Payments ..................:............................................................ ..................................................................38 14.03 Contractor's Warranty of Title ............................................................ ..................................................................40 14.04 Substantial Completion ........................................................................ ..................................................................40 14.05 Partial Utili~ation ................................................................................ ..................................................................40 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 4 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 14.06 Final Inspection ..................................................................... ................................................................................41 ' 14.07 14.08 Final Payment ........................................................................ Final Completion Delayed ..................................................... ................................................................................41 ................................................................................42 14.09 Waiver of Claims ................................................................... ARTICLE 15 -SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION ......... 15.01 Owner May Suspend Work ..................................................... ................................................................................42 ................................................................................42 ................................................................................42 15.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause ........................................... ................................................................................42 15.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience ............................... 15.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate .............................. ARTICLE 16 -DISPUTE RESOLUTION ................................................ 16.01 Methods and Procedures ....................................................... ................................................................................43 ................................................................................43 ................................................................................44 ................................................................................44 ARTICLE 17 -MISCELLANEOUS ......................................................... ................................................................................44 ' 17.01 17.02 Giving Notice ......................................................................... Computation of Times ............................................................ ................................................................................44 ................................................................................44 17.03 Cumulative Remedies ............................................................. ................................................................................44 17.04 Survival of Obligations .......................................................... ................................................................................44 17.05 Controlling Lcnv ..................................................................... ................................................................................44 ' 17.06 Headings ................................................................................ ................................................................................44 ITHE REST OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] I' Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 5 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 i~ GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE 1 -DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. Wherever used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents and printed with initial capital letters, the terms listed below will have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. In addition to terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1. Addenda--Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents. 2. Agreement--The written instrument which is evidence of the agreement between Owner and Contractor covering the Work. The definition of the word "Contract" is s~onymous with the word "Agreement" and is used interchangeably in the Contract Documents. 3. Application for Payment--The form acceptable to Engineer which is to be used by Contractor during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 4. Asbestos--Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. 5. Bid--The offer or proposal of a Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed.. 9. Change Order--A document recommended by Engineer which is signed by Contractor and Owner and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 10. Claim--A demand or assertion by Owner or Contractor seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. A demand for money or services by a third party is not a Claim. 11. Contract--The entire and integrated written agreement between the Owner and Contractor concerning the Work. The Contract supersedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, whether written or oral. 12. Contract Documents-- Those items so designated in the Agreement. Only printed or hard copies of the items listed in the Agreement are Contract Documents. Approved Shop Drawings, other Contractor's submittals, and the reports and drawings of subsurface and physical conditions are not Contract Documents. 13. Contract Price--The moneys payable by Owner to Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11.03 in the case of Unit Price Work). 14. Contract Times--The number of days or the dates stated in the Agreement to: (i) achieve Milestones, if any, (ii) achieve Substantial Completion; and (iii) complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced by Engineer's written recommendation of final payment. 15. Contractor--The individual or entity with whom Owner has entered into the Agreement. 16. Cost of the Work--See Paragraph 11.O1.A for definition. 6. Bidder--The individual or entity who submits a Bid directly to Owner. 7. Bidding Documents--The Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda). 8. Bidding Requirements--The Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, bid security of acceptable form, if any, and the Bid Form with any supplements. 17. Drawings--That part of the Contract Documents prepared or approved by Engineer which graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by Contractor. Shop Drawings and other Contractor submittals are not Drawings as so defined. 18. Effective Date of the Agreement--The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated, it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver. 19. Engineer--The individual or entity named as such in the Agreement. Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 6 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 ~~ .~ ,_ 20. Engineer's Consultant--An individual or entity having a contract with Engineer to furnish services as Eneineer's independent professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. 21. 30: Field Order--A written order issued by Engineer which requires minor changes in the Work but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 22. ~ General Requirements--Sections of Division 1 of the Specifications. The General Requirements pertain to all sections of the Specifications. 23. ~? Ha=ardous Environmental Condition-- The presence at the Site of Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste, or Radioactive Material in such quantities or circumstances that may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the Work. 24. ~ Hazardous Waste--The term Hazardous Waste shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903) as amended from time to time. 25. ~4-. Laws and Regulations; Lmvs or Regulations--Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction. 26. ~ Liens--Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Project funds, real property, or personal property. 27. ~ Milestone--A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 28. ~ Notice of Ativard---The written notice by Owner to the Successful Bidder stating that upon timely compliance by the Successful Bidder with the conditions precedent listed therein, Owner will sign and deliver the Agreement. 29. ~ Notice to Proceed--A written notice given by Owner to Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Times will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform the Work under the Contract Documents. 30. ~ Otivner--The individual or entity with whom Contractor has entered into the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be performed. 31. Partial Utilization--Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purposeZprior to Substantial Coi~letion of all the Work. 32.38: PCBs--Polychlorinated biphenyls. 33. ~ Petroleum--Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene, and oil mixed with other non-Hazardous Waste and crude oils. 34. ~: Progress Schedule--A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor's plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Times. 35. 33: Project--The total construction of which the Work to be performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole, or a part. 36.34. Project Manual--The bound documentary information prepared for bidding and constructing the Work. A listing of the contents of the Project Manual, which may be bound in one or more volumes, is contained in the table(s) of contents. 37. 3~ Radioactive Material--Source, special nucleaz, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from time to time. 38. 3~ Related Entity -- An officer, director, partner, employee, agent, consultant, or subcontractor. 39. 3~: Resident Project Representative--The authorized representative of Engineer who may be assigned to the Site or any part thereof. 40.3-8. Samples--Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standazds by which such portion of the Work will be judged. 41. ~ Schedule of Submittals--A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, of required submittals and the time requirements to support scheduled performance of related construction activities. 42.4& Schedule of Values--A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment. Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 7 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 43. 4~1- Shop Drawings--All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. 44. 4~ Site--Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights-of- way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for the use of Contractor. 45. 43: Specifications--That part of the Contract Documents consisting of written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable thereto. 46. 44- Subcontractor--An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the Site. 47. 45r. Substantial Completion--The time at which the Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, the Work (or a specified part thereof) is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or a specified part thereof) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. 48. 46: Successful Bidder--The Bidder submitting a responsive Bid to whom Owner makes an award. 49. 4~ Supplementary Conditions--That part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Conditions. 50. 4-i?r Supplier--A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by Contractor or any Subcontractor. 51.4 Underground Facilities--All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities, including those that convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 53. 3-)- Work--The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction, and furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and equipment into such construction, all as required by the Contract Documents. 54. ~? Work Change Directive--A written statement to Contractor issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by Owner and recommended by Engineer ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen subsurface or physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed or to emergencies. A Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times but is evidence that the parties expect that the change ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times. 1.02 Terminology A. The following words or terms are not defined but, when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the following meaning. B. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives 1. The Contract Documents include the terms "as allowed," "as approved," "as ordered", "as directed" or terms of like effect or import to authorize an exercise of professional judgment by Engineer. In addition, the adjectives "reasonable," "suitable," "acceptable," "proper," "satisfactory," or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an action or determination of Engineer as to the Work. It is intended that such exercise of professional judgment, action or determination will be solely to evaluate, in general, the Work for compliance with the requirements of and information in the Contract Documents and conformance with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of any such term or adjective is not intended to and shall not be effective to assign to Engineer any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of Paragraph 9.09 or any other provision of the Contract Documents. 1 52. ~ Unit Price Work--Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. C. Day 1. The word "day" means a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 8 of 44 ' H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 n D. Defective 1. The word "defective," when modifying the word "Work," refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it: a. does not conform to the Contract Documents, or b. does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or c. has been damaged prior to Engineer's - recommendation of final payment (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by Owner at Substantial Completion in accordance with Paragraph 14.04 or 14.05). E. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide 1. The word "furnish," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to supply and deliver said services, materials, or equipment to the Site (or some other specified location) ready for use or installation and in usable or operable condition. 2. The word "install," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to put into use or place in final position said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 3. The words "perform" or "provide," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to furnish and install said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 4. When "furnish," "install," "perform," or "provide" is not used in connection with services, materials, or equipment in a context clearly requiring an obligation of Contractor, "provide" is implied. F. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, words or phrases which have awell-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meaning. ARTICLE 2 -PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance A. When Contractor delivers the executed counterparts of the Agreement to Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to Owner such bonds as Contractor may be required to furnish. B. Evidence of Insurance: Before Owner will execute the Agreement, and before any Work at the Site is started, Contractor e~-9w~e~ shall eaelydeliver to Owner ~~, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance which either of them or any additional insured may reasonably request) which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with Article 5. 2.02 Copies of Documents A. Owner shall furnish to Contractor up to ten printed or hard copies of the Drawings and Project Manual. Additional copies will be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction. 2.03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed A. Following the execution of the Agreement by the Owner and the Contractor. written Notice to Proceed with the Work shall be given by the Owner to the Contractor. The Contract Times will commence to run on the « :r ° 1.r°~,.° '° n«°,.°°a : ~ '~-° day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within 30 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. n, ne eves wi-l~tl~e CentFac~ "f~~s 2.04 Starting the Work A. Contractor shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Times commence to run. No Work shall be done at the Site prior to the date on which the Contract Times commence to run. 2.05 Before Starting Construction A. Preliminary Schedules: Within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for timely review: 1. a preliminary Progress Schedule; indicating the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents; 2. a preliminary Schedule of Submittals; and Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 9 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 u 1 3. a preliminary Schedule of Values for all of the Work which includes quantities and prices of items which when added together equal the Contract Price and subdivides the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during performance of the Work. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work. 4. a preliminary list of construction equipment with hourly rates, owned or rented by the Contractor and all Subcontractors that will be used in the performance of the Work. The equipment list will include information necessary to confirm the hourly rates in accordance with ~ara~raph 11.O1A.5.c of these General Conditions including: make, model, and year of manufacture as well as the horse power, capacity or weight, and accessories. 2.06 Preconstruction Conference 2. Contractor's Schedule of Submittals will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required submittals. 3. Contractor's Schedule of Values will be acceptable to Engineer as to form and substance if it provides a reasonable allocation of the Contract Price to component parts of the Work. 4. Contractor's Schedule of Equipment will be accttable to Engineer as to form and substance if it provides the necessary information to reference the equipment and establish the hourly rates in accordance with paragrapph 11.O1.A.S.c of these General Conditions. ARTICLE 3 -CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE ~~ ii A. Before any Work at the Site is started, a conference attended by Owner, Contractor, Engineer, and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in Paragraph 2.OS.A, procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals, processing Applications for Payment, and maintaining required records. 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules A. Prior to the first application for payment all schedules and documents identified in paragraph 2.OS.A of these General Conditions shall be finalized and acceptable to the Engineer and Owner. No progress ~ayment shall be made to Contractor until acceptable schedules are submitted to Engineer and Owner as provided below. Acceptance of these schedules and documents by either Engineer or Owner will neither impose on Engineer or Owner responsibility for the sequencin , schedulingor progress of the Work and will not interfere with or relieve Contractor from Contractor's full responsibility therefore. 1. The Progress Schedule will be acceptable to Engineer and Owner if it provides an orderly progression of the Work to completion within the Contract Times. Such acceptance will not impose on Engineer and Owner responsibility for the Progress Schedule, for sequencing, scheduling, or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve Contractor from Contractor's full responsibility therefor. 3.01 Intent A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is required by one is as binding as if required by all. B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be provided whether or not specifically called for at no additional cost to Owner. C. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by Engineer as provided in Article 9. 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws, and Regulations 1. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the standard, specification, manual, code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 10 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 0 0 II u 2. No provision of any such standard, specification, manual or code, or any instruction of a Supplier shall be effective to change the duties or responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, or Engineer, or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents. No such provision or instruction shall be effective to assign to Owner, or Engineer, or any of, their Related Entities, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract Documents. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies 1. Contractor's Reviely of Contract Documents Before Starting Work: Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures therein and all applicable field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy which Contractor may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any Work affected thereby. 2. Contractor's Review of Contract Documents During Performance of Work: If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any standard, specification, manual or code, or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor shall promptly report it to Engineer in writing. Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A) until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in Pazagraph 3.04. 3. Contractor shall not be liable to Owner or Engineer for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless Contractor knew or reasonably should have known thereof. B. Resolving Discrepancies 1. Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and: a. the provisions of any standard, specification, ' manual, code, or instruction (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents); or b. the provisions of any Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation). 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof by either a Change Order or a Work Change Directive. B. The requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work may be authorized, by one or more of the following ways: 1. A Field Order; 2. Engineer's approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample; (Subject to the provisions of Pazagraph 6.17.D.3); or 3. Engineer's written interpretation or clarification. 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. Contractor and any Subcontractor or Supplier or other individual or entity performing or furnishing all of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor, shall not: 1. have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of Engineer or Engineer's consultants, including electronic media editions; or 2. reuse any of such Drawings, Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of Owner and Engineer and specific written verification or adaption by Engineer. B. The prohibition of this Paragraph 3.05 will survive final payment, or termination of the Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude Contractor from retaining copies of the Contract Documents for record purposes. 3.06 Electronic Data A. Copies of data furnished by Owner or Engineer to Contractor or Contractor to Owner or Engineer that may be relied upon are limited to the printed copies (also known as hazd copies). Files in electronic media format of text, data, graphics, or other types are furnished only for the convenience of the receiving party. Any conclusion or information obtained ' Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 11 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 or derived from such electronic files will be at the user's sole risk. If there is a discrepancy between the electronic files and the hard copies, the hard copies govern. B. Because data stored in electronic media format can deteriorate or be modified inadvertently or otherwise without authorization of the data's creator, the party receiving electronic files agrees that it will perform acceptance tests or procedures within 60 days, after which the receiving party shall be deemed to have accepted the data thus transferred. Any errors detected within the 60- day acceptance period will be corrected by the transferring party. C. When transferring documents in electronic media format, the transferring party makes no representations as to long term compatibility, usability, or readability of documents resulting from the use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware differing from those used by the data's creator. ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.01 Availability of Lands A. Owner shall furnish the Site. Owner shall notify Contractor of any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing the Work. Owner will obtain in a timely manner and pay for easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities. If Contractor and Owner are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of any delay in Owner's furnishing the Site or a part thereof, Contractor may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. B. Upon reasonable written request, Owner shall furnish Contractor with a current statement of record legal title and legal description of the lands upon which the Work is to be performed and Owner's interest therein as necessary for giving notice of or filing a mechanic's or construction lien against such lands in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Contractor shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. D. If it is necessary or desirable that the Contractor use land outside of the Owner's easement or rieht-of-way, the Contractor shall obtain written consent from the property owner and tenant of the land. The Contractor shall not enter for materials delivery or occupy for any other Rurnose with men, tools, equipment, construction materials, or with materials excavated from the site, an~private property outside the desi ng ated construction easement boundaries or right-of--way without written permission from the property owner and tenant. 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site that Engineer has used in preparing the Contract Documents; and 2. those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site (except Underground Facilities) that Engineer has used in preparing the Contract Documents. B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorised: Contractor may rely upon the general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical data," Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of their Related Entities with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A. Notice: If Contractor believes that any subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the Site that is uncovered or revealed either: 1. is of such a nature as to establish that any "technical data" on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 4.02 is materially inaccurate; or I~ 0 u n ~l C Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 12 of 44 ' H:\C O R PO RATE\RJ M\WO RDP\ejcdc\C-700. std.gen.cond .doc 2/17/2005 _i J J J 2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents; or 3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or 4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents; then Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A), notify Owner and Engineer in writing about such condition. Contractor shall not further disturb such condition or perform any Work in connection therewith (except as aforesaid) until receipt of written order to do so. Contractor shall notify the Owner and Engineer in writing about differing subsurface or phvsical conditions within 5 davs of discovery and before disturbing the subsurface as stated above. No claim for an adjustment in the contract Write or contract times (or Milestones) will be valid for differine subsurface or phvsical conditions if procedures of this paragraph 4.03 are not followed. b. the existence of such condition could reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a result of any examination, investigation, exploration, test, or study of the Site and contiguous areas required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents to be conducted by or for Contractor prior to Contractor's making such final commitment; or c. Contractor failed to give the written notice as required by Paragraph 4.03.A. 3. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. However, Owner and Engineer, and any of their Related Entities shall not be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. 4.04 Underground Facilities ~i~ J C C~ C B. Engineer's Review: After receipt of written notice as required by Paragraph 4.03.A, Engineer will promptly review the pertinent condition, determine the necessity of Owner's obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect thereto, and advise Owner in writing (with a copy to Contractor) of Engineer's findings and conclusions. C. Possible Price and Times Adjustments 1. The Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both, will be equitably adjusted to the extent that the existence of such differing subsurface or physical condition causes an increase or decrease in Contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of the Work; subject, however, to the following: a. such condition must meet any one or more of the categories described in Paragraph 4.03.A; and b. with respect to Work that is paid for on a Unit Price Basis, any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 9.07 and 11.03. 2. Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times if: a. Contractor knew of the existence of such conditions at the time Contractor made a final commitment to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times by the submission of a Bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract; or A. Shown or Indicated.• The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities, including Owner, or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and 2. the cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price, and Contractor shall have full responsibility for: a. reviewing and checking all such information and data, b. locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, c. coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities, including Owner, during construction, and d. the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. B. Not Shown or Indicated Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 13 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 i ] . If an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the Site which was not shown or indicated, or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A), identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give written notice to that owner and to Owner and Engineer. Engineer will promptly review the Underground Facility and determine the extent, if any, to which a change is required in the Contract Documents to reflect and document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility. During such time, Contractor shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility. 2. If Engineer concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Work Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued to reflect and document such consequences. An equitable adjustment shall be made in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, to the extent that they are attributable to the existence or location of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents and that Contractor did not know of and could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of or to have anticipated. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, Owner or Contractor may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 4.05 Reference Points A. Owner shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction which in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and property monuments, and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of Owner. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point or property monument is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points or property monuments by professionally qualified personnel. B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorised. Contractor may rely upon the general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical data," Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of their Related Entities with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, interpretations, opinions or information. C. Contractor shall not be responsible for any Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for a Hazardous Environmental Condition created with any materials brought to the Site by Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or anyone else for whom Contractor is responsible. D. If Contractor encounters a Hazardous Environmental Condition or if Contractor or anyone for whom Contractor is responsible creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, Contractor shall immediately: (i) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (ii) stop all Work in connection with such condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A); and (iii) notify Owner and Engineer (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing). Owner shall promptly consult with Engineer concerning the necessity for Owner to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if any. E. Contractor shall not be required to resume Work in connection with such condition or in any affected area until after Owner has obtained any required permits 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site related thereto and delivered to Contractor written notice: A. Reports and Drawings: Reference is made to (i) specifying that such condition and any affected area is the Supplementary. Conditions for the identification of or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work; or those reports and drawings relating to a Hazardous (ii) specifying any special conditions under which such Environmental Condition identified at the Site, if any, that Work may be resumed safely. If Owner and Contractor have been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or the Contract Documents. extent, if any, of any adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of such Work stoppage or such special conditions under which Work is Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 14 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 1 agreed to be resumed by Contractor, either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. F. If after receipt of such written notice Contractor does not agree to resume such Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions, then Owner may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by such condition to be deleted from the Work. If Owner and Contractor cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of deleting such portion of the Work, then either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. Owner may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by Owner's own forces or others in accordance with Article 7. ARTICLE 5 -BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds A. Contractor shall furnish performance and payment bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all of Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. These bonds shall remain in effect until one year after the date when final payment becomes due or until completion of the correction period specified in Paragraph 13.07, whichever is later, except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other bonds as are required by the Contract Documents. 1 G. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition, provided that such Hazardous Environmental Condition: (i) was not shown or indicated in the Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be included within the scope of the Work, and (ii) was not created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 4.06. G shall obligate Owner to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual's or entity's own negligence. H. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 4.06.H shall obligate Contractor to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual's or entity's own negligence. I. The provisions of Paragraphs 4.02, 4.03, and 4.04 do not apply to a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. B. All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. All bonds signed by an agent. must be accompanied by a certified copy of the agent's authority to act. All bonds si ned by an agent must have a Power of Attorney form attached to the Bond. C. If the surety on any bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of Paragraph S.O1.B, Contractor shall promptly notify Owner and Engineer and shall, within 20 days after the event giving rise to such notification, provide another bond and surety, both of which shall comply with the requirements of Paragraphs S.O1.B and 5.02. 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers A. All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by Owner or Contractor shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 5.03 Cert~cates oflnsurance A. Contractor shall deliver to Owner, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by Owner or any other additional insured) which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain. Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 15 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 B. An Authorized Representative of the insurance com~any for the Contractor shall review the specified insurance requirements of Article 5 and shall provide to each insured and to each additional insured a letter stating that the requirements of Article 5 have been reviewed and certifying that the Contractor has, as a minimum Rrovided the insurance covera ee as required by Article 5. 5. claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and 6. claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. 7. The Liability Poliopurchased by Contractor will provide that the definition of bodily injury will include claims for mental an ug ish. B. The policies of insurance required by this Paragraph 5.04 shall: C. All insurance required to be provided under Article 5 shall be written in such a manner as to afford primary insurance coverage (as opposed to excess or secondary covera~e2as to meet or exceed the insurance reauirements for all insureds and additional insureds and the respective directors officers, partners, employees, agents and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of all such additional insureds. 5.04 Contractor's Liability Insurance A. Contractor shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 1. claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts; 2. claims for damages against Contractor because of bodily injury, property damage, occupational sickness, accident or disease, or death of or to Contractor's employees; 3. claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness, e~ disease, Rroperty damage, or death of any person other than Contractor's employees; 4. claims for damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage which are sustained: a. by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor, or b. by any other person for any other reason; 1. with respect to insurance required by Paragraphs 5.04.A.3 through 5.04.A.6 inclusive, include as additional insured ~~••'~~°°"^ ° •°'^~~^~• °Y'°~ -,.,.°_a:^^ ~~,.r °°;„.,zi_s~°~.:':~.` Owner and Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insureds, and include coverage for the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of all such additional insureds, and the insurance afforded to these additional insureds shall provide primary coverage for all claims covered thereby; 2. include at least the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater; 3. include completed operations insurance; 4. include contractual liability insurance covering Contractor's indemnity obligations under Paragraphs 6.11 and 6.20; 5. contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least 38 fo -five 45 days prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the Contractor pursuant to Paragraph 5.03 will so provide); 6. remain in effect for a period of at least l one year followine final payment and at all times thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing, or replacing defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.07; and Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 16 of 44 H:\CO RP O RATE\RJ M\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700. std.gen.cond . doc 2/17/2005 7. with respect to completed operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims-made basis, remain in effect for at least ~e three years after final payment. a. Contractor shall furnish Owner and each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued, evidence satisfactory to Owner and any such additional insured of continuation of such insurance at final payment and eye for each year thereafter until this provision is satisfied. 5.05 Owner's Liability Insurance A. In addition to the insurance required to be provided by Contractor under Paragraph 5.04, Owner, at Owner's option, may purchase and maintain at Owner's expense Owner's own liability insurance as will protect Owner against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents. 5.06 Property Insurance -Purchased by Contractor A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, 9w~e~ Contractor shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the Work at the Site in the amount of the full replacement cost thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations). This insurance shall: 1. include the interests of Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, and Engineer, Engineer's Consultants, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured; 2. be written on a Builder's Risk "all-risk" or open peril or special causes of loss policy form that shall ~ include insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, includine machinery and testing of machinery (including electrical units), temporary buildings, false work, and materials and equipment in transit, and shall insure against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire, lightning, extended coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, earthquake, collapse, debris removal, demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations, water damage, (other than caused by flood) and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by the Supplementary Conditions; 3. include expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers and architects); 4. cover materials and equipment in transit for incorporation in the Work or stored at the Site or at another location prior to being incorporated in the Work, provided that such materials and equipment have been included in an Application for Payment recommended by Engineer; 5. be endorsed to allow occupancy and to allow for partial utilization of the Work by Owner; and specifically endorse the Builder's Risk policy to allow for such action• 6. include testing and startup; and 7. be maintained in effect until final payment is made unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Owner, Contractor, and Engineer with 39 45 days written notice to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued. B. Owner shall purchase and maintain such boiler and machinery insurance or additional property insurance as may be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws and Regulations which will include the interests of Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured. C. Contractor shall be responsible for any deductible or self-insured retention. D. E All the policies of insurance (and the certificates or other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and maintained by Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 5.06 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 38 45 days prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued and will contain waiver provisions in accordance with Paragraph 5.07. The qualifications of the insurance company shall comply with the requirements of paragraph 5.02 and the Supplementary Conditions. E. [~..«+..nn+.,« C«l. n..«+.n n+....n .~.+L. n..n :« +l.n lI l,...1. +,. +l.n e.,re«+ .,f'.,«„ .1 e.7,...+: L.ln n ~ «+.. +1...+ n :.7 n«+: F.n.7 :« +l,n .The risk of loss to the Work ...:+~.:« n nw :an«+:F:,.a a„a.,,.+:~.in n... «+ will be borne by Contractor, Subcontractors, or others suffering any such loss, and if any of them wishes property insurance coverage within the limits of such amounts, each may purchase and maintain it at the purchaser's own expense. Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 17 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 1 F. £. If Contractor requests in writing that other special insurance be included in the property insurance policies provided under Paragraph 5.06, Owner shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof will be charged to Contractor by appropriate Change Order. Prior to commencement of the Work at the Site, Owner shall in writing advise Contractor whether or not such other insurance has been procured by Owner. 2. loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other insured peril or cause of loss covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by Owner during partial utilization pursuant to Paragraph 14.05, after Substantial Completion pursuant to Paragraph 14.04, or after final payment pursuant to Paragraph 14.07. G. Qualifications of the property insurance company shall be as specified in the Supplementary Conditions. 5.07 Waiver of Rights A. Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Paragraph 5.06 will protect Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, a+~d Engineer, Engineer's Consultants. and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insureds or additional insureds thereunder. Owner, a~ Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds under such policies waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Subcontractors, ate Engineer, Engineer's Consultants, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance held by Owner as trustee or otherwise payable under any policy so issued. B. Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for: 1. loss due to business interruption, loss of use, or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to Owner's property or the Work caused by, aiising out of, or resulting from fire or other perils whether or not insured by Owner; and C. Any insurance policy maintained by Owner covering any loss, damage or consequential loss referred to in Paragraph 5.07.B shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any such loss, damage, or consequential loss, the insurers will have no rights of recovery against Contractor, Subcontractors, e~ Engineer, or Engineer's Consultants, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them. 5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds A. s Losses insured under the policies of insurance required by Paragraphs 5.06 and SC- 5.06 that include Owner as a named insured will be adjusted with Owner and made payable to Owner as r.,a.,°~°~~ ~ - *'-° ~ -°a~, first named insured, and others, as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of Paragraph 5.08.B. Owner shall deposit in a separate account any money so received and shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no other special agreement is reached, the damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the moneys so received applied on account thereof, and the Work and the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order. B. Owner as €t~sia~} first named insured shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within 15 days after the occurrence of loss to Owner's exercise of this power. If such objection be made, Owner shall make settlement with the insurers in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no such agreement among the parties in interest is reached, Owner as-si~ shall adjust and settle the loss with the insurers and, if required in writing by any party in interest, Owner a~-€~~ shall give bond for the proper performance of such duties. Arbitrators shall be chosen as provided in paza rg anh 5.08.C. Owner shall in that case make settlement with the insurers in accordance with the direction of such arbitrators. If distribution of the insurance proceeds by arbitration is required, the arbitrators will direct such arbitration. C. Arbitrators, if recLuired, shall be selected in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 18 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 i~ ii u i ~~ 5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace A. If either Owner or Contractor has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the bonds or insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the other party in accordance with Article 5 on the basis of non-conformance with the Contract Documents, the objecting party shall so notify the other party in writing within 10 days after receipt of the certificates (or other evidence requested) required by Paragraph 2.O1.B. Owner and Contractor shall each provide to the other such additional information in respect of insurance provided as the other may reasonably request. If either party does not purchase or maintain all of the bonds and insurance required of such party by the Contract Documents, such party shall notify the other party in writing of such failure to purchase prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. Without prejudice to any other right or remedy, the other party may elect to obtain equivalent bonds or insurance to protect such other party's interests at the expense of the party who was required to provide such coverage, and a Change Order shall be issued to adjust the Contract Price accordingly. 5.10 Partial Utilisation, Acknowledgment of Property Insurer A. If Owner finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work as provided in Paragraph 14.05, no such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurers providing the property insurance pursuant to Paragraphs 5.06 and SC-5.06 have acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected any changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers providing the property insurance shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies, but the property insurance shall not be canceled or permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy. B. At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor shall assign a competent resident superintendent who shall not be replaced without written notice to Owner and Engineer except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the Site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications given to or received from the superintendent shall be binding on Contractor. 6.02 Labor; Working Hours A. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the Site. Contractor shall be resRonsible to see that the completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be performed during regular working hours. Contractor will not permit the performance of Work on a Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without Owner's written consent ~...w:,.~.. ,:,, .,,.« we , o ............:«w~,e,a~ given after prior written notice to Engineer. Emereencp work may be done without prior permission. 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall provide and assume full responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start-up, and completion of the Work. C! ARTICLE 6 -CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence A. Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. Contractor shall not be responsible for the negligence of Owner or Engineer in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be as specified or, if not specified, shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All special warranties and guarantees required by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of Owner. If required by Engineer, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment. C. All materials and equipment shall be stored, applied, installed, connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents. Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 19 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 6.04 Progress Schedule a. in the exercise of reasonable judgment Engineer determines that: , A. Contractor shall adhere to the Progress Schedule established in accordance with Pazagraph 2.07 1) it is at least equal in materials of as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided construction, quality, durability, appearance, below. strength, and design characteristics; ' 1. Contractor shall submit to Engineer €e~ 2) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the results with each application for payment an updated progress imposed by the design concept of the completed , schedule reflectine the amount of work completed and Project as a functioning whole, proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will 3) it has a proven record of performance not result in changing the Contract Times. Such and availability of responsive service; and adjustments will comply with any provisions of the ' General Requirements applicable thereto. b. Contractor certifies that, if approved and 2. Until the updated schedules are submitted to incorporated into the Work: and acceptable to Engineer and Owner, Owner may 1) there will be no increase in cost to ' withhold an amount from a pro rQ ess payment that is the Owner or increase in Contract Times, and sufficient to pay the direct expenses that Owner may reasonably erect will be necessary to correct any 2) it will conform substantially to the problems based on Contractor's failure to submit detailed requirements of the item named in the ' acceptable updated schedules. Review and acceptance of Contract Documents. progress schedules by the Engineer will neither impose on Engineer responsibility for the sequencing, scheduling_or 2. Substitute Items progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve ' Contractor from Contractor's full re~onsibility therefore. a. If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor 3. ~ Proposed adjustments in the Progress does not qualify as an "or-equal" item under Schedule that will change the Contract Times shall be Paragraph 6.OS.A.1, it will be considered a ' submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article proposed substitute item. 12. Adjustments in Contract Times may only be made by a Change Order. b. Contractor shall submit sufficient information ' as provided below to allow Engineer to 6.05 Substitutes and "Or-Equals" determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is and an acceptable substitute therefore. Requests ' specified or described in the Contract Documents by for review of proposed substitute items of using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a material or equipment will not be accepted by particulaz Supplier, the specification or description is Engineer from anyone other than Contractor. intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless the specification or description c. The requirements for review by Engineer will contains or is followed by words reading that no like, be as set forth in Paragraph 6.OS.A.2.d, as equivalent, or "or-equal" item or no substitution is supplemented in the General Requirements and permitted, other items of material or equipment or ~ as Engineer may decide is appropriate under the ' material or equipment of other Suppliers may be circumstances. submitted to Engineer for review under the circumstances d. Contractor shall make written application to described below. Engineer for review of a proposed substitute item ' 1. "Or-Equal" Items: If in Engineer's sole of material or equipment that Contractor seeks to discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by furnish or use. The application: Contractor is functionally equal to that named and 1) shall certify that the proposed , sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will substitute item will: be required, it may be considered by Engineer as an "or-equal" item, in which case review and approval of the ~ a) perform adequately the functions and proposed item may, in Engineer's sole discretion, be achieve the results called for by the accomplished without compliance with some or all of the general design, requirements for approval of proposed substitute items. For the purposes of this Paragraph 6.OS.A.1, a proposed b) be similar in substance to that item of material or equipment will be considered specified, and functionally equal to an item so named if: c) be suited to the same use as that specified; Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 20 of 44 , H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 i~ 2) will state: i~ i~ I C a) the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item wit) prejudice Contractor's achievement of Substantial Completion on time; b) whether or not use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner for other work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute item; and c) whether or not incorporation or use ' of the proposed substitute item in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty; 1 u 1 ~I~ i u 3) will identify: a) all variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified, and b) available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services; D. Special Guarantee: Owner may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor's expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute. E. Engineer's Cost Reimbursement: Engineer will record Engineer's costs in evaluating a substitute proposed or submitted by Contractor pursuant to Paragraphs 6.OS.A.2 and 6.OS.B Whether or not Engineer approves a substitute item so proposed or submitted by Contractor, Contractor shall reimburse Owner for the charges of Engineer for evaluating each such proposed substitute. Contractor shall also reimburse Owner for the charges of Engineer for making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner) resulting from the acceptance of each proposed substitute. 1. Pavment for such evaluation and redesign shall be made at the hourly rates specified in the Bid Form and made by deduction from the monthly~roaress payments and the final Pavment as the evaluation and redesi n expenses aze incurred. F. Contractor's Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute or "or-equal" at Contractor's expense. 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others 4) and shall contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result A. Contractor shall not employ any directly or indirectly from use of such substitute Subcontractor, Supplier; or other individual or entity item, including costs of redesign and claims of (including those acceptable to Owner as indicated in other contractors affected by any resulting Paragraph 6.06.B), whether initially or as a replacement, change, against whom Owner may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any B. Substitute Construction Methods or Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity to Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique, furnish or perform any of the Work against whom sequence, or procedure of construction is expressly Contractor has reasonable objection. required by the Contract Documents, Contractor may B. If the Supplementary Conditions require the furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other sequence, or procedure of construction approved by individuals or entities to be submitted to Owner in Engineer. Contractor shall submit sufficient information advance for acceptance by Owner by a specified date to allow Engineer, in Engineer's sole discretion, to prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement, and if determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that Contractor has submitted a list thereof in accordance with expressly called for by the Contract Documents. The the Supplementary Conditions, Owner's acceptance requirements for review by Engineer will be similar to (either in writing or by failing to make written objection those provided in Paragraph 6.OS.A.2. thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in the Bidding Documents or the Contract Documents) of C. Engineer's Evaluation: Engineer will be any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each entity so identified may be revoked on the basis of proposal or submittal made pursuant to Pazagraphs 6.OS.A reasonable objection after due investigation. Contractor and 6.OS.B. Engineer may require Contractor to furnish shall submit an acceptable replacement for the rejected additional data about the proposed substitute item. Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, and Engineer will be the sole judge of acceptability. No "or the Contract Price will be adjusted by the difference in the equal" or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized ' cost occasioned by such replacement, and an appropriate until Engineer s review is complete, which will be Change Order will be issued. No acceptance by Owner of evidenced by either a Change Order for a substitute or an any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or approved Shop Drawing for an "or equal." Engineer will entity, whether initially or as a replacement, shall advise Contractor in writing of any negative constitute a waiver of any right of Owner or Engineer to determination. reject defective Work. Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 21 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 C. Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents: damages caused by, arising out of, relating to, or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work. If the insurers on any such policies require separate waiver forms to be signed by any Subcontractor or Supplier, Contractor will obtain the same. 1. shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other individual or entity, nor 2. shall anything in the Contract Documents create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. Owner or Engineer may furnish to anv such Subcontractor Supplier or other person or oreanization, to the extent practicable information about amounts paid to Contractor in accordance with Contractor's Applications for Payment on account of the particular Subcontractor's, Suppliers, or other person's or other oreanization's Work. D. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. E. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work to communicate with Engineer through Contractor. F. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. G. All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer. Whenever any such agreement is with a Subcontractor or Supplier who is listed as an additional insured on the property insurance provided in Paragraph 5.06, the agreement between the Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier will contain provisions whereby the Subcontractor or Supplier waives all rights against Owner, Contractor, a~ Engineer, Engineer's Consultants, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) for all losses and 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties A. Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product, or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner in the Contract Documents. B. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, a~ Engineer, Engineer's Consultants, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and chazges of engineers, azchitects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents. 6.08 Permits A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor • shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the Effective Date of the Agreement. Owner shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections for providing permanent service to the Work. 6.09 Laws and Regulations A. Contractor shall give all notices required by and shall comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Engineer shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 22 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJ M\WO R DP\ejcdc\C-700.std. gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 u ~ ~~ B. If Contractor performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work. However, it shall not be Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.03. costs) arising out of or relating to any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer, or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon Contractor's performance of the Work. B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work.• During the progress of the Work Contractor shall keep the Site and other areas free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations. ~J 1 C. Changes in Laws or Regulations not known at the time of opening of Bids (or, on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids) having an effect on the cost or time of performance of the Work shall may be the subject of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 6.10 Taxes A. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work. 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas 1. Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site and other areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof, or of any adjacent land or areas resulting from the performance of the Work. 2. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. 3. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, a~ Engineer, Engineer's Consultants, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution C. Cleaning: Prior to Substantial Completion of the Work Contractor shall clean the Site and the Work and make it ready for utilization by Owner. At the completion of the Work Contractor shall remove from the Site all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. D. Loading Structures: Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. 6.12 Record Documents A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders, and written interpretations and clarifications in good order and annotated to show changes made during construction. These record documents together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings will be available to Engineer for reference. Upon completion of the Work, these record documents, Samples, and Shop Drawings will be delivered to Engineer for Owner. B. The cost of any additional work required of the Engineer to complete the record documents due to failure of the Contractor to maintain adequate record documents shall be calculated at the hourly rates specified in the Bid Form for unscheduled employment of the Engineer. Payment for such work shall be made by deduction from the monthly~ro r~ ess payments and the final payment as the costs are incurred. 6.13 Safety and Protection A. Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 23 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 ~~ ~~ 1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work; by safety and other inspectors employed bathe Contractor. r 2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site; and 3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. B. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and other utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property. C. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in Paragraph 6.13.A.2 or 6.13.A.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of Owner or Engineer or Engineer's Consultants , or anyone employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of Contractor or any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them). D. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 14.07.B that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion). E. It is ex rp essl~understood by the parties to this Agreement that the Contractor is soleY responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising_safet~precautions and programs in connection with the Work. While Owner and Engineer may have the right to observe and report or otherwise review the work, progress and operations of Contractor and an~ subcontractors or suppliers, this observation, report or review shall not relieve Contractor from any of its covenants and obligations hereunder. Contractor shall incorporate all safety requirements into its construction progress and work schedules, including preconstruction and regularly scheduled safety meetings, posted safety rules, tailgate meetings, and site inspections F. The Contractor shall be responsible for and shall take necessaryprecautions and provide all material and equipment to protect, shore, brace, support and maintain all underground work and facilities. including pipes, conduits, drains, sewers, water mains, gas mains, cables, etc., and other underground construction work uncovered in the proximity, or otherwise affected b construction work performed by him. All pavement, surfacing, driveways, curbs, walks, buildings grass areas, trees, utilitypoles or guy wires dama eg d by the Contractor's operations in the performance of this work shall be repaired and/or replaced to the satisfaction of the Owner, Engineer, and affected property owner at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall also be responsible for all damage to streets, roads, highways, shoulders. ditches, embankments, culverts, brid eg s, or other public or private property or facility, re¢ardless of location or character, which may be caused by the work, including moving, hauling, or otherwise transporting equipment, materials, or men to and from the work or any part of the site thereof, whether by him or his subcontractors. The Contractor shall make satisfactory and acceptable arrangements with the owner of, or the a~ency or authority having jurisdiction over, the damaged property or facility concerning its repair or replacement or payment of costs incurred in connection with said damage. G. The Contractor shall conduct his work so as to interfere as little as possible with public travel, whether vehicular or pedestrian. Whenever it is necessary to cross, obstruct, or close roads. driveways, or walks, whether pubic or private, the Contractor shall obtain approval from the overning_parly and shall. at his own expense, provide and maintain suitable and safe bridges, detours, and other temporary expedients for the accommodation of public and private drives before interfering with them. Safety provisions must be entirelx adequate and meet with City or State and Federal regulations to protect the public on these streets and roads. The provisions for temporar~pedients will not be reaaired when the Contractor has obtained permission from the owner and tenant of the private property, or from the authori having_jurisdiction over public property involved, to obstruct traffic at the deli ng ated point. 6.14 Safety Representative A. Contractor shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs. 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs A. Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 24 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 u n 1 0 n II~J 6.16 Emergencies A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, Contractor is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby or are required as a result thereof. If Engineer determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued. 6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples A. Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings and Samples to Engineer for review and approval in accordance with the acceptable Schedule of Submittals (as required by Paragraph 2.07). Each submittal will be identified as Engineer may require. 1. Shop Drawings a. Submit number of copies specified in the General Requirements. b. Data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to show Engineer the services, materials; and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the information for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.17.D. 2. Samples: Contractor shall also submit Samples to Engineer for review and approval in accordance with the acceptable schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals. a. Submit number of Samples specified in the Specifications. b. Clearly identify each Sample as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, the use for which intended and other data as Engineer may require to enable Engineer to review the submittal for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.17.D. B. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of Submittals, any related Work performed prior to Engineer's review and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of Contractor. C. Submittal Procedures 1. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have determined and verified: a. all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information with respect thereto; b. the suitability of all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; c. all information relative to Contractor's responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; and d. shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. 2. Each submittal shall bear a stamp or specific written certification that Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor's review and approval of that submittal. 3. With each submittal, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of any variations, that the Shop Drawing or Sample may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents. This notice shall be both a written communication separate from the Shop Drawing's or Sample Submittal; and, in addition, by a specific notation made on each Shop Drawing or Sample submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. D. Engineer's Review 1. Engineer will provide timely review of Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with the Schedule of Submittals acceptable to Engineer. Engineer's review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Docu- ments. 2. Engineer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 25 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 3. Engineer's review and approval shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has complied with the requirements of Paragraph 6.17.C.3 and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample. Engineer's review and approval shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of Paragraph 6.17.C.1. 3. the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion by Engineer or any payment related thereto by Owner; E. Resubmittal Procedures 1. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit, as required, new Samples .for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals. 6.18 Continuing the Work A. Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule during all disputes or disagreements with Owner. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as permitted by Pazagraph 15.04 or as Owner and Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. 6.19 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Engineer and its Related Entities shall be entitled to rely on representation of Contractor's wazranty and guarantee. B. Contractor's warranty and guazantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom Contractor is responsible; or 2. normal wear and teaz under normal usage. C. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. observations by Engineer; 2. recommendation by Engineer or payment by Owner of any progress or final payment; 4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner; 5. any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of acceptability by Engineer; 6. any inspection, test, or approval by others; or 7. any correction of defective Work by Owner. ' 6.20 Indemnifrcation A. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, a~ Engineer, Engineer's Consultants, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, demands, liability. costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) caused bv, arising out of or relating to the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, demand, liability, cost, loss, or damage is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, mental anguish, or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property ~°*'-°~'''°~'"° "'°~'~ ~'°°'~', including the loss of use resulting therefrom but only to the extent caused, by any ~gli~gext act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable . B. While Owner and Engineer may have the right to observe or otherwise review the work, pro rg ess and operations of the Contractor, and any Subcontractors or Suppliers, it is expressly understood and agreed that this observation, report or review shall not relieve the Contractor from any of its covenants and obli ations hereunder. C. $. In any and all claims against Owner or Engineer or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors, partners, or employees by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under Paragraph 6.20.A shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts. Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 26 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 1 1 [7 i ~~ 0 ii ~I D. E The indemnification obligations of Contractor under Paragraph 6.20.A shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer's Consultants or to the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors arising out of: 1. the preparation or approval of, or the failure to prepare or approve, maps, Drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs, or Specifications; or 2. giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage. E. The exceptions to Contractor's indemnification obligations under paragraph 6.20.D shall not apply to anv claim or demand against Engineer and Engineer's Consultants or to the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents and other consultants and subcontractors of each and anv of them which is based on asserted liability for the reporting or failin tg o report of matters relatin tg o alleged health and safety violations in connection with the work of Contractor and any Subcontractor or Supplier. 6.21 Delegation of Professional Design Services A. Contractor will not be required to provide professional design services unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless such services are required to carry out Contractor's responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable law. B. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials or equipment are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings and other submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional's written approval when submitted to Engineer. C. Owner and Engineer shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the services, certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided Owner and Engineer have specified to Contractor all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 6.21, Engineer's review and approval of design calculations and design drawings will be only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with performance and design criteria given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and other submittals (except design calculations and design drawings) will be only for the purpose stated in Paragraph 6.17.D.1. E. Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria required by the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 7 -OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 7.01 Related Work at Site A. Owner may perform other work related to the Project at the Site with Owner's employees, or via other direct contracts therefor, or have other work performed by utility owners. If such other work is not noted in the Contract Documents, then: 1. written notice thereof will be given to Contractor prior to starting any such other work; and 2. if Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times that should be allowed as a result of such other work, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. B. Contractor shall afford each other contractor who is a patty to such a direct contract, each utility owner and Owner, if Owner is performing other work with Owner's employees, proper and safe access to the Site, a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work, and shall properly coordinate the Work with theirs. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and properly integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of Engineer and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of Contractor under this Paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of Contractor in said direct contracts between Owner and such utility owners and other contractors. C. If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor's Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to Engineer in writing any ' Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 27 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor's Work. Contractor's failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor's Work except for latent defects and deficiencies in such other work. 7.02 Coordination A. If Owner intends to contract with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the Site, the following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions: 1. the individual or entity who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various contractors will be identified; 2. the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and 3. the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility for such coordination. 7.03 Legal Relationships A. Paragraphs 7.O1.A and 7.02 are not applicable for utilities not under the control of Owner. B. Each other direct contract of Owner under Paragraph 7.O1.A shall provide that the other contractor is liable to Owner and Contractor for the reasonable direct delay and disruption costs incurred by Contractor as a result of the other contractor's actions or inactions. C. Contractor shall be liable to Owner and any other contractor for the reasonable direct delay and disruption costs incurred by such other contractor as a result of Contractor's action or inactions. ARTICLE 8 -OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.01 Communications to Contractor A. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, Owner shall issue all communications to Contractor through Engineer. 8.02 Replacement of Engineer A. In case of termination of the employment of Engineer, Owner shall appoint an engineer to whom Contractor makes no reasonable objection, whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former Engineer. 8.03 Furnish Data A. Owner shall promptly furnish the data required of Owner under the Contract Documents. 8.04 Pay When Due A. Owner shall make payments to Contractor when they are due as provided in Paragraphs 14.02.C and 14.07.C. 8.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests A. Owner's duties in respect of providing lands and easements and providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in Paragraphs 4.01 and 4.05. Paragraph 4.02 refers to Owner's identifying and making available to Contractor copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site that have been utilized by Engineer in preparing the Contract Documents. 8.06 Insurance A. Owner's responsibilities, if any, in respect to purchasing and maintaining liability and property insurance are set forth in Article 5. 8.07 Change Orders A. Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in Paragraph 10.03. 8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals A. Owner's responsibility in respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in Paragraph 13.03.B. 8.09 Limitations on Owner's Responsibilities A. The Owner shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Owner will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition A. Owner's responsibility in respect to an undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth in Paragraph 4.06. 1 1 [1 i7 i~ Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 28 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements A. If and to the extent Owner has agreed to furnish Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to satisfy Owner's obligations under the Contract Documents, Owner's responsibility in respect thereof will be as set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION Work. The authority and responsibilities of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions, and limitations on the responsibilities thereof will be as provided in Paragraph 9.09. If Owner designates another representative or agent to represent Owner at the Site who is not Engineer's consultant, agent or employee, the responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of such other individual or entity will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 9.04 Authorised Variations in Work 9.01 Owner's Representative A. Engineer will be Owner's representative during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Engineer as Owner's representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and will not be changed without written consent of Owner and Engineer. 9.02 Visits to Site A. Engineer will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as Engineer deems necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualified design professional the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of Contractor's executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, Engineer, for the benefit of Owner, will determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. Engineer will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. Engineer's efforts will be directed toward providing for Owner a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and observations, Engineer will keep Owner informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard Owner against defective Work. B. Engineer's visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on Engineer's authority and responsibility set forth in Paragraph 9.09. Particularly, but without limitation, during or as a result of Engjneer's visits or observations of Contractor's Work Engineer will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. 9.03 Project Representative A. If Owner and Engineer agree, Engineer will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist Engineer in providing more extensive observation of the A. Engineer may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on Owner and also on Contractor, who shall perform the Work involved promptly. If Owner or Contractor believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, and the parties are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. B. However, there will be no relaxine. substituting or qualifying anv portion of the Specifications, unless such change is approved in writing by the Engineer and Owner. 9.05 Rejecting Defective Work A. Engineer will have authority to reject Work which Engineer believes to be defective, or that Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. Engineer will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in Paragraph 13.04, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. 9.06 Shop Drativings, Change Orders and Payments A. In connection with Engineer's authority, and limitations thereof, as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see Paragraph 6.17. B. In connection with Engineer's authority, and limitations thereof, as to design calculations and design drawings submitted in response to a delegation of professional design services, if any, see Paragraph 6.21. C. In connection with Engineer's authority as to Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11, and 12. Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 29 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 D. In connection with Engineer's authority as to Applications for Payment, see Article 14. Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. 9.07 Determinations for Unit Price Work A. Engineer will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor. Engineer will review with Contractor the Engineer's preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application for Payment or otherwise). Engineer's written decision thereon will be final and binding (except as modified by Engineer to reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data) upon Owner and Contractor, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. 9.08 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. Engineer will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. All matters in question and other matters between Owner and Contractor arising prior to the date final payment is due relating to the acceptability of the Work, and the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance of the Work, will be referred initially to Engineer in writing within 30 days of the event giving rise to the question. B. Engineer will, with reasonable promptness, render a written decision on the issue referred. If Owner or Contractor believe that any such decision entitles them to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times or both, a Claim may be made under Paragraph 10.05. The date of Engineer's decision shall be the date of the event giving rise to the issues referenced for the purposes of Paragraph 10.05.B. C. Engineer's written decision on the issue referred will be final and binding on Owner and Contractor, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. D. When functioning as interpreter and judge under this Paragraph 9.08, Engineer will not show partiality to Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. 9.09 Limitations on Engineer's Authority and Responsibilities A. Neither Engineer's authority or responsibility under this Article 9 or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Engineer in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise, or performance of any authority or responsibility by Engineer shall create, impose, or give rise to any duty in contract, tort, or otherwise owed by Engineer to B. Engineer will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Engineer will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. C. Engineer will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other individual or entity performing any of the Work. D. Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates of inspection, tests and approvals, and other documentation required to be delivered by Paragraph 14.07.A will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of inspections, tests, and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. E. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this Paragraph 9.09 shall also apply to Engineer's Consultants, if anx, the Resident Project Representative, if any, and assistants, if any. ARTICLE 10 -CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS , 10.01 Authorised Changes in the Work A. Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work by a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided). B. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to, or on the amount or extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 30 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 1 10.02 Unauthorised Changes in the Work i~ i C i~ A. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Paragraph 3.04, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 6.16 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 13.04.B. 10.03 Execution of Change Orders A. Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders recommended by Engineer covering: 1. changes in the Work which are: (i) ordered by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 10.O1.A, (ii) required because of acceptance of defective Work under Paragraph 13.08.A or Owner's correction of defective Work under Paragraph 13.09, or (iii) agreed to by the parties; 2: changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties, including any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; and 3. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by Engineer pursuant to Paragraph 10.05; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule as provided in Paragraph 6.18.A. 10.04 Notification to Surety A. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Times) is required by the provisions of any bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility. The amount of each applicable bond will be adjusted to reflect the effect of any such change. 10.05 Claims A. Engineer's Decision Required: All Claims, except those waived pursuant to Paragraph 14.09, shall be referred to the Engineer for decision. A decision by Engineer shall be required as a condition precedent to any exercise by Owner or Contractor of any rights or remedies either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws and Regulations in respect of such Claims. B. Notice: Written notice stating the general nature of each Claim, shall be delivered by the claimant to Engineer and the other party to the Contract promptly (but in no event later than 30 days) after the start of the event giving rise thereto. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim shall rest with the party making the Claim. Notice of the amount or extent of the Claim, with supporting data shall be delivered to the Engineer and the other party to the Contract within 60 days after the start of such event (unless Engineer allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of such Claim). A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 12.O1.B. A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Time shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 12.02.B. Each Claim shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant believes it is entitled as a result of said event. The opposing party shall submit any response to Engineer and the claimant within 30 days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal (unless Engineer allows additional time). C. Engineer's Action: Engineer will review each Claim and, within 30 days after receipt of the last submittal of the claimant or the last submittal of the opposing party, if any, take one of the following actions in writing: 1. deny the Claim in whole or in part, 2. approve the Claim, or 3. notify the parties that the Engineer is unable to resolve the Claim if, in the Engineer's sole discretion, it would be inappropriate for the Engineer to do so. For purposes of further resolution of the Claim, such notice shall be deemed a denial. D. In the event that Engineer does not take action on a Claim within said 30 days, the Claim shall be deemed denied. E. Engineer's written action under Paragraph 10.O5.C or denial pursuant to Paragraphs 10.O5.C3 or 10.O5.D will be final and binding upon Owner and Contractor, unless Owner or Contractor invoke the dispute resolution procedure set forth in Article 16 within 30 days of such action or denial. F. No Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this Paragraph 10.05. Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 31 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 ARTICLE 11 - COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK and fee shall be determined in the same manner as Contractor's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 11.01. 11.01 Cost of the Work A. Costs Included.• The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs, except those excluded in Paragraph 11.O1.B, necessarily incurred and paid by Contractor in the proper performance of the Work. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, the costs to be reimbursed to Contractor will be only those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the Claim. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by Owner, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include only the following items, and shall not include any of the costs itemized in Paragraph 11.O1.B. 1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of Contractor in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by Owner and Contractor. Such employees shall include, without limitation, superintendents, foremen, and other personnel employed full time at the Site. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits, which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise, and payroll taxes, workers' compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. The expenses of performing Work outside of regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday, or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by Owner. 2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to Contractor unless Owner deposits funds with Contractor with which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to Owner. All trade discounts, rebates and refunds and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to Owner, and Contractor shall make provisions so that they may be obtained. 3. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If required by Owner, Contractor shall obtain competitive bids from subcontractors acceptable to Owner and Contractor and shall deliver such bids to Owner, who will then determine, with the advice of Engineer, which bids, if any, will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work 4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work. 5. Supplemental costs including the following: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. b. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site, and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost, less market value, of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of Contractor. c. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, and the parts thereof whether rented from Contractor or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner with the advice of Engineer, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. d. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and for which Contractor is liable, imposed by Laws and Regulations. e. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. f Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance established in accordance with Paragraph 5.06.D), provided such losses and damages have resulted from causes other than the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 32 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 ii 1 1 1 losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of Owner. No such losses, damages, and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining Contractor's fee. g. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site. h. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone service at the Site, expresses, and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. i. The costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance Contractor is required by the Contract _ Documents to purchase and maintain. B. Costs Excluded: The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor's officers, executives, principals (of partnerships and sole proprietorships), general managers, safety managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel employed by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor's principal or branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 11.O1.A.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 11.01.A.4, all of which are to be considered administrative costs covered by the Contractor's fee. 2. Expenses of Contractor's principal and branch offices other than Contractor's office at the Site. 3. Any part of Contractor's capital expenses, including interest on Contractor's capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to property. 5. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in Paragraphs 11.O1.A and 11.O1.B. C. Contractor's Fee: When all the Work is performed on the basis of cost-plus, Contractor's fee shall be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, Contractor's fee shall be determined as set forth in Paragraph 12.O1.C. D. Documentation: Whenever the Cost of the Work for any purpose is to be determined pursuant to Paragraphs 11.O1.A and 11.O1.B, Contractor will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in a form acceptable to Engineer an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data. 11.02 Allowances A. It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be performed for such sums and by such persons or entities as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. B. Cash Allowances 1. Contractor agrees that: a. the cash allowances include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and b. Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation ,overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances, and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. C. Contingency Allowance 1. Contractor agrees that a contingency allowance, if any, is for the sole use of Owner to cover unanticipated costs. D. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Engineer to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.03 Unit Price Work A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 33 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 Contractor will be made by Engineer subject to the provisions of Paragraph 9.07. mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with Paragraph 12.O1.C.2); or 1 C. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. D. Owner or Contractor may make a Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Paragraph 10.05 if: 1. 1. the quantity of a particular item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs by more than 25 percent from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement: and 2. the total cost of the particular individual item of Unit Price Work amounts to 10 Percent or more of the Contract Price which is the total sum of all schedules (if an • and 3. Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or Owner believes that Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. ARTICLE 12 -CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 12.01 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice submitted by the party making the Claim to the Engineer and the other party to the Contract in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. B. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: 1. where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement to a lump sum is not reached under Paragraph 12.O1.B.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in Paragraph 11.01) plus a Contractor's fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in Paragraph 12.O1.C). C. Contractor's Fee: The Contractor's fee for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: 1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. for costs incurred under Paragraphs 11.O1.A.1 and 11.O1.A.2, the Contractor's fee shall be 15 percent; b. for costs incurred under Pazagraph 11.O1.A.3, the Contractor's fee shall be five percent; c. where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of Paragraph 12.O1.C.2.a is that the Subcontractor who actually performs the Work, at whatever tier, will be paid a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred by such Subcontractor under Paragraphs 11.O1.A.1 and 11.O1.A.2 and that any higher tier Subcontractor and Contractor will each be paid a fee of five percent of the amount paid to the next lower tier Subcontractor; d. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraphs 11.O1.A.4, 11.O1.A.5, and 11.O1.B; e. the amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to Owner for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in Contractor's fee by an amount equal to five percent of such net decrease; and f. when both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the adjustment in Contractor's fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with Paragraphs 12.O1.C.2.a through 12.OI.C.2.e, inclusive. 11.03); or D. Lump sum quotations for modifications to the Work shall include substantiatine documentation with an 2. where the Work involved is not covered by itemized breakdown of direct Project related Contractor unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a and Subcontractor costs, including labor, materials, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 34 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 ~I I~ 1 1 1 i~ rentals, and approved services as summarized in Para ra hs 11.O1A.1 through 11.O1.A.4: and overhead and profit (fixed fee) as defined in paragraph 12.O1.C. arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. 1 i~ 12.02 Change of Contract Times A. The Contract Times may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times shall be based on written notice submitted by the party making the Claim to the Engineer and the other party to the Contract in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. B. Any adjustment of the Contract Times covered by a Change Order or any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times will be determined in accordance with the provisions of this Article 12. E. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delays within the control of Contractor. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor. F. Should the Contractor request a construction shutdown due to the reasons listed in paragraph 12.03.A and should a shutdown be approved by the Engineer and Owner all work on the project shall cease. The Engineer will not be available for work inspection Burin such shutdowns and anv work completed by the Contractor during such shutdown will not be accepted by the Engineer or Owner. 12.03 Delays A. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Times will be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a Claim is made therefor as provided in Paragraph 12.02.A. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts or neglect by Owner, acts or neglect of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, or acts of God. ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.01 Notice of Defects A. Prompt notice of all defective Work of which Owner or Engineer has actual knowledge will be given to Contractor. All defective Work may be rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in this Article 13. B. If Owner, Engineer, or other contractors or utility owners performing other work for Owner as contemplated by Article 7, or anyone for whom Owner is responsible, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the performance or progress of the Work, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times or both. Contractor's entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. C. If Contractor is delayed in the performance or progress of the Work by fire, flood, epidemic, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God, acts or failures to act of utility owners not under the control of Owner, or other causes not the fault of and beyond control of Owner and Contractor, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Times, if such adjustment is essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. Such an adjustment shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for the delays described in this Paragraph 12.03.C. D. Owner, Engineer and the Related Entities of each of them shall not be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of Engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or 13.02 Access to Work A. Owner, Engineer, their consultants and other representatives and personnel of Owner, independent testing laboratories, and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspecting, and testing. Contractor shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of Contractor's Site safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. 13.03 Tests and Inspections A. Contractor shall give Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. B. Owner shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents except: 1. for inspections, tests, or approvals covered by Paragraphs 13.03.C and 13.03.D below; 2. that costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections conducted pursuant to Paragraph 13.04.B Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 35 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 shall be paid as provided in said Paragraph 13.04.C; and 3. as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. replacement of work of others); and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. C. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof] specifically to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests, or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Engineer the required certificates of inspection or approval. D. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay al] costs in connection with any inspections, tests, or approvals required for Owner's and Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; or acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. Such inspections, tests, or approvals shall be performed by organizations acceptable to Owner and Engineer. E. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Engineer, it must, if requested by Engineer, be uncovered for observation. F. Uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 13.03.E shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Engineer has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 13.04 Uncovering Work A. If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Engineer, it must, if requested by Engineer, be uncovered for Engineer's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense. B. If Engineer considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Engineer or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Engineer's request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for observation, inspection, or testing as Engineer may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material, and equipment. C. If it is found that the uncovered Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or Standard General Conditions of the C. H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WO RDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 D. If, the uncovered Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement, and reconstruction. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 13.05 Owner May Stop the Work A. If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Owner may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of any of them. 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work A. Promptly after receipt of notice, Contractor shall correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). B. When correcting defective Work under the terms of this Paragraph 13.06 or Paragraph 13.07, Contractor shall take no action that would void or otherwise impair Owner's special warranty and guarantee, if any, on said Work. 13.07 Correction Period A. If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion (or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents) or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the land or areas made available for Contractor's use by Owner or permitted by Laws and Regulations as instruction Contract - 00700 -Page 36 of 44 irk i ~J contemplated in Paragraph 6.11.A is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to Owner and in accordance with Owner's written instructions: 1. repair such defective land or areas; or 2. correct such defective Work; or 3. if the defective Work has been rejected by Owner, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective, and 4. satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work of others or other land or areas resulting therefrom. B. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of Owner's written instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, Owner may have the defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work removed and replaced. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor. C. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications. D. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected or removed and replaced under this Pazagraph 13.07, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. E. Contractor's obligations under this Paragraph 13.07 are in addition to any other obligation or warranty. The provisions of this Paragraph 13.07 shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose. 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, Owner (and, prior to Engineer's recommendation of final payment, Engineer) prefers to accept it, Owner may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or Owner's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by Engineer as to reasonableness) and the diminished value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by Contractor pursuant to this sentence. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Engineer's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the diminished value of Work so accepted. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. If the acceptance occurs after such recommendation, an appropriate amount will be paid by Contractor to Owner. 13.09 Owner May Correct Defective Work A. If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Engineer to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Engineer in accordance with Paragraph 13.06.A, or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, Owner may, after seven days written notice to Contractor, correct or remedy any such deficiency. B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09, Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective or remedial action, Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, take possession of Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the Site, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's representatives, agents and employees, Owner's other contractors, and Engineer and Engineer's consultants access to the Site to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph. C. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09 will be charged against Contractor, and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of the adjustment, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair, or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) attributable to ' Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 37 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 D. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by Owner of Owner's rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09. ARTICLE 14 -PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 14.01 Schedule of Values A. The Schedule of Values established as provided in Paragraph 2.07.A will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment acceptable to Engineer. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 14.02 Progress Payments A. Applications for Payments 1. At least 20 days before the date established in the Agreement for each progress payment (but not more often than once a month), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance or other azrangements to protect Owner's interest therein, all of which must be satisfactory to Owner. Payments for materials in storage shall be based only upon the actual cost of the materials and equipment to Contractor and shall not include any overhead or profit. Bill of Sale, invoice or other document warranting clear title for materials in storage will be waived for the material in storage included in the first progress payment application. However, proof of payment and clear title must be submitted with Application No. 2 for all material included in Application No. 1. Without such documentation amounts paid for materials in storage will be deducted from subsequent payments. Beginning_with the second application, al] requests for payment for materials in storage shall be accompanied by Bill of Sale, invoice or other document warranting clear title as required above. 2. Each application for pro rg ess payment shall be accompanied by Contractor's updated schedule of operations. or pro reg ss report, with such shop drawines schedules, procurement schedules, value of materials on hand included in application, and other data specified herein or reasonably required by Owner or Engineer. The Owner reserves the right to require submission of monthly certified payrolls by the Contractor. After the first pro rg ess ~ayment which requests ~avment for materials in storage has been made bathe Contractor to the Owner, the Contractor must submit with the following month's payment request, evidence satisfactory to the Owner that such material has been paid for. Failure to provide this evidence with the first request and subsequent requests will result in withholding from subsequent progress payments the amount in dispute requested for materials in storage in accordance with Paragraph 14.02B. 3. The Owner may retain a portion of the amount otherwise due the Contractor. Except as state law otherwise provides. the amount retained by the Owner shall be as stipulated in the Agreement. In accordance with state law the Owner map accept deposited securities in lieu of cash retainage. Retainage may be used byY the Owner to offset costs for any of the losses enumerated in Paragraphs 14.02.B.S.a through 14.02.B.S.d inclusive, 14.02.D.1.a through 14.02.D.1.d inclusive, or 15.02.C. In addition, retainage may be used by the Owner to protect against loss from failure by the Contractor to complete necessary work and to offset anYliauidated damages due Owner. 4. Liquidated damages for unscheduled employment of the Engineer shall be calculated at the hourly rates indicated in the Bid Form. Liquidated damages shall be paid by deduction from monthly progress pay estimates and the final pay estimate, as the liquidated damages are incurred. 5. Each application for progress payment shall be accompanied by a statement of certification by the Contractor that no claim exists against the Owner or Engineer unless expressly stated otherwise: that the payment claimed represents the actual value of the work accomplished; that the work accomplished and materials supplied are in accordance with the Contract Documents; that the quantities claimed were properly determined; and that all labor provisions have been complied with in full. B. Revietiv of Applications 1. Engineer will, within 10 days after-receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a to Owner or return the Application to Contractor make the necessary corrections and resubmit the 2 $e~~~~ ~ ~o,,,,„,, „„„,;,,,,,;,,„ F ,. recommendation of payment and present the Application ' indicating in writing Engineer's reasons for refusing to ;,,,,,, „„ ,,,,,,,,,,„, ,.o +we ",,,,,L w.,,,e moo„ ,,,, ,:,,,,~ recommend payment. In the latter case, Contractor may Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 38 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 ii 1 1 Application. 2. Engineer's recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by Engineer to Owner, based on Engineer's observations on the Site of the executed Work as an experienced and qualified design professional and on Engineer's review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of Engineer's knowledge, information and belief: a. the Work has progressed to the point indicated; b. the quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, to a final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under Paragraph 9.07, and to any other qualifications stated in the recommendation); and c. the conditions precedent to Contractor's being entitled to such payment appear to have been fulfilled in so far as it is Engineer's responsibility to observe the Work. 3. By recommending any such payment Engineer will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: a. inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to Engineer in the Contract Documents; or d. to make any examination to ascertain how or for what purposes Contractor has used the moneys paid on account of the Contract Price, or e. to determine that title to any of the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to Owner free and cleaz of any Liens. 5. Engineer may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in Engineer's opinion, it would be incorrect to make the representations to Owner stated in Pazagraph 14.02.B.2. Engineer may also refuse to recommend any such payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, revise or revoke any such payment recommendation previously made, to such extent as may be necessary in Engineer's opinion to protect Owner from loss because: a. the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged, requiring correction or replacement; b. the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; c. Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.09; or d. Engineer has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in Paragraph 15.02.A. C. Payment Becomes Due 1. Ten days after presentation of the Application for Payment to Owner with Engineer's recommendation, the amount recommended will (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 14.02.D) become due, and when due will be paid by Owner to Contractor. b. that there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to be paid additionally by Owner or entitle Owner to withhold payment to Contractor. 4. Neither Engineer's review of Contractor's Work for the purposes of recommending payments nor Engineer's recommendation of any payment, including final payment, will impose responsibility on Engineer: a. to supervise, direct, or control the Work, or b. for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or c. for Contractor's failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor's performance of the Work, or D. Reduction in Payment 1. Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by Engineer because: a. claims have been made against Owner on account of Contractor's performance or furnishing of the Work; b. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens; c. there are other items entitling Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended, including liquidated damages: or Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 39 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 d. Owner has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in Paragraphs 14.02.B.S.a through 14.02.B.S.c or Paragraph 15.02.A. 2. If Owner refuses to make payment of the full amount recommended by Engineer, Owner will give Contractor immediate written notice (with a copy to Engineer) stating the reasons for such action and promptly pay Contractor any amount remaining after deduction of the amount so withheld. Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by Owner and Contractor, when Contractor corrects to Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action. 3. If it is subsequently determined that Owner's refusal of payment was not justified, the amount wrongfully withheld shall be treated as an amount due as determined by Paragraph 14.02.C.1. 14.03 Contractor's Warranty of Title C. If Engineer considers the Work substantially complete, Engineer will deliver to Owner a tentative certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. Owner shall have seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which to make written objection to Engineer as to any provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after considering such objections, Engineer concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, Engineer will within 14 days after submission of the tentative certificate to Owner notify Contractor in writing, stating the reasons therefor. If, after consideration of Owner's objections, Engineer considers the Work substantially complete, Engineer will within said 14 days execute and deliver to Owner and Contractor a definitive certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the tentative certificate as Engineer believes justified after consideration of any objections from Owner. u A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to Owner no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. B. Neither recommendation of any progress payment by Engineer, nor payment by the Owner to Contractor nor a~ use or occ~ancv of the Work or any part thereof will release the Contractor from complying with the Contract Documents. Specifically the Contractor shall maintain in accordance with Article 5, property insurance on all Work, materials, and equipment whether incorporated in the project or not and whether included in an application for nayment or not for the full insurable value thereof. Passing title to Owner for materials and ~uiyment included in an application for payment does not relieve the Contractor of the Contractor's obli atilt on to provide insurance (includine property insurancel, as required in Article 5 of these General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions. All insurance shall remain in effect as provided in Article 5. 14.04 Substantial Completion A. When Contractor considers the entire Work ready for its intended use Contractor shall notify Owner and Engineer in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except for items specifically listed by Contractor as incomplete) and request that Engineer issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. B. Promptly after Contractor's notification, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If Engineer does not consider the Work substantially complete, Engineer will notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. D. At the time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial Completion, Engineer will deliver to Owner and Contractor a written recommendation as to division of responsibilities pending final payment between Owner and Contractor with respect to security, operation, safety, and protection of the Work, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance, and warranties and guarantees. Unless Owner and Contractor agree otherwise in writing and so inform Engineer in writing prior to Engineer's issuing the definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, Engineer's aforesaid recommendation will be binding on Owner and Contractor until final payment. E. Owner shall have the right to exclude Contractor from the Site after the date of Substantial Completion subject to allowing Contractor reasonable access to complete or correct items on the tentative list. 14.05 Partial Utilisation A. Prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work, Owner may use or occupy any substantially completed part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which Owner, Engineer, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, subject to the following conditions. 1. Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit Owner to use or occupy any such part of the Work which Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If and when Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor will certify to Owner and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 40 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 ~I [1 n ~~ ~I I! U 1 n ~~ J C r n 0 u L complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. 2. Contractor at any time may notify Owner and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. 3. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of Paragraph 14.04 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 4. No use or occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of Paragraph 5.10 regarding property insurance. B. Owner has the right to take possession of or use any completed or substantially completed portions of the work at anytime, but such takine possession or use will not be deemed an acceptance of any work not completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Owner's use of any facilities so identified in the Contract Documents will not be erounds for extension of the contract time or chance in the contract price. Owner's use of any facilities not specifically identified in the Contract Documents will be in accordance with conditions agreed to prior to such use, and any extra costs or delays in completion incurred and properly claimed by Contractor will be equitably adjusted with a Chance Order. Facilities substantially completed in accordance with the Contract Documents which are occupied or used by Owner prior to substantial completion of the entire work will be done in accordance with Article 14.04. Guarantee periods for accepted or substantially com lp eted work includine mechanical and electrical equipment will commence upon the start of continuous use by Owner. All tests and instruction of Owner's personnel must be satisfactorily completed, and Owner shall assume responsibility for and operation of all facilities occupied or used except as may arise throueh portions of work not vet completed by Contractor. If the work has been substantially completed and the Eneineer certifies that full completion thereof is materially dela~d throueh no fault of the Contractor, the Owner shall, without terminatine the Agreement, make~ayment of the balance due for the portion of the work fully completed and accepted. 14.06 Finallnspection A. Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Engineer will promptly make a final inspection with Owner and Contractor and will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. B. After Contractor has remedied all deficiencies to the satisfaction of the Owner and Engineer and delivered all construction records, maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates of inspection, and other documents (all as required by the Contract Documents), Owner and Contractor shall be promptly notified in writing by Eneineer that the work is acceptable. 14.07 Final Payment A. Application for Payment 1. After Contractor has, in the opinion of Engineer, satisfactorily completed all corrections identified during the final inspection and has delivered, in accordance with the Contract Documents, all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance certificates of inspection, marked-up record documents (as provided in Paragraph 6.12), and other documents, Contractor may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. 2. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: a. all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by Paragraph 5.04.B.7; b. consent of the surety, if any, to final payment; c. a list of all Claims against Owner that Contractor believes are unsettled; and d. complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to Owner) of all Lien rights arising out of or Liens filed in connection with the Work. 3. In lieu of the releases or waivers of Liens specified in Paragraph 14.07.A.2 and as approved by Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material, and equipment for which a Lien could be filed; and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which Owner or Owner's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish a bond or other collateral Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 41 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 satisfactory to Owner to indemnify Owner against any Lien. B. Engineer's Review of Application and Acceptance 1. If, on the basis of Engineer's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, Engineer is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Engineer will, within ten days after receipt of the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing Engineer's recommendation of payment and present the Application for Payment to Owner for payment. At the same time Engineer will also give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of Paragraph 14.09. Otherwise, Engineer will return the Application for Payment to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment. C. Payment Becomes Due 1. Thirty days after the presentation to Owner of the Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, the amount recommended by Engineer, less any sum Owner is entitled to set off against Engineer's recommendation, including but not limited to liquidated damages, will become due and ,will be paid by Owner to Contractor. 14.08 Final Completion Delayed A. If, through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed, and if Engineer so confirms, Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for Payment (for Work fully completed and accepted) and recommendation of Engineer, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if bonds have been furnished as required in Paragraph 5.01, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Engineer with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Claims. 1. a waiver of all Claims by Owner against Contractor, except Claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection pursuant to Paragraph 14.06, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and 2. a waiver of all Claims by Contractor against Owner other than those previously made in accordance with the requirements herein and expressly acknowledged by Owner in writing as still unsettled. ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.01 Owner May Suspend Work A. At any time and without cause, Owner may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days by notice in writing to Contractor and Engineer which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be granted an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 15.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause A. If the Contractor fails to complete the work required by the Contract, Documents, or upon ~e occurrence of any one or more of the following events, the Owner may terminate the Agreement relatine to the whole Work or any op rtion thereof for cause: 1. Contractor's persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the Progress Schedule established under Paragraph 2.07 as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Paragraph 6.04); 2. Contractor's disregard of Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; 3. Contractor's disregard of the authority of Engineer; or 4. Contractor's violation in any substantial way of any provisions of the Contract Documents. 14.09 Waiver of Claims A. The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: B. If one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 15.02.A occur, Owner may, after giving Contractor (and surety) seven days written notice of its intent to terminate the services of Contractor: Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 42 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 J C 0 J i 1. exclude Contractor from the Site, and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment, and machinery at the Site, and use the same to the full extent they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion), 2. incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and 3. complete the Work as Owner may deem expedient. C. If Owner proceeds as provided in Paragraph 15.02.B, Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is completed. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Owner arising out of or relating to completing the Work, such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses, and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner. Such claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred by Owner will be reviewed by Engineer as to their reasonableness and, when so approved by Engineer, incorporated in a Change Order. When exercising any rights or remedies under this Paragraph Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. D. Notwithstanding Paragraphs 15.02.B and 15.02.C, Contractor's services will not be terminated if Contractor begins within seven days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate to correct its failure to perform and proceeds diligently to cure such failure within no more than 30 days of receipt of said notice. E. Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by Owner will not release Contractor from liability. F. If and to the extent that Contractor has provided a performance bond under the provisions of Paragraph S.O1.A, the termination procedures of that bond shall supersede the provisions of Paragraphs 15.02.B and 15.OZ.C. 15.03 Otivner May Terminate For Convenience A. Upon seven days written notice to Contractor and Engineer, Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of Owner, terminate the Contract. In such case, Contractor shall be paid for (without duplication of any items): 1. completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; 2. expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; 3. all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers, and others; and 4. reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. B. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. ] 5.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate A. If, through no act or fault of Contractor, (i) the Work is suspended for more than 90 consecutive days by Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or (ii) Engineer fails to act on any Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or (iii) Owner fails for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven days written notice to Owner and Engineer, and provided Owner or Engineer do not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Contract and recover from Owner payment on the same terms as provided in Paragraph 15.03. B. In lieu of terminating the Contract and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Engineer has failed to act on an Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or Owner has failed for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may, seven days after written notice to Owner and Engineer, stop the Work until payment is made of all such amounts due Contractor, including interest thereon. The provisions of this Paragraph 15.04 are not intended to preclude Contractor from making a Claim under Paragraph 10.05 for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping the Work as permitted by this Paragraph. Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 43 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 r ARTICLE 16 -DISPUTE RESOLUTION 16.01 Methods and Procedures A. Either Owner or Contractor may request mediation of any Claim submitted to Engineer for a decision under Paragraph 10.05 before such decision becomes final and binding. The mediation will be governed by the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association in effect as of the Effective Date of the Agreement. The request for mediation shall be submitted in writing to the American Arbitration Association and the other party to the Contract. Timely submission of the request shall stay the effect of Paragraph 10.O5.E. B. Owner and Contractor shall participate in the mediation process in good faith. The process shall be concluded within 60 days of filing of the request. The date of termination of the mediation shall be determined by application of the mediation rules referenced above. B. The business address for ivinl? notices of Contractor given in the Agreement is hereby deli ng ated as the place to which all notices letters and other communication to Contractor will be mailed or delivered. The address for ig vine notices to Owner given in the Agreement is hereby desienated as the place to which all notices, letters. and other communication to Owner shall be mailed or delivered. Either party may change its address at any time by an instrument in writing delivered to Engineer and to the other Harty. 17.02 Computation of Times A. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, ~` -°~" '~° °°~~~~*°`' *° .7 al.,. fi....s .7 1.. ,7,. sl, 1 • .1 C 1. ,.,7 c~crav~crrc-cir~s-ici:v-inciav~cne~ix~c aaj~vx uric,. j,~...,.... the time will commence to run on the day or date indicated in the Notice to Proceed or any other properly executed document. The time will be computed to include the first day or date indicated in the number of days. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation. C. If the Claim is not resolved by mediation, Engineer's action under Paragraph 10.O5.C or a denial pursuant to Paragraphs 10.O5.C.3 or IO.OS.D shall become final and binding 30 days after termination of the mediation unless, within that time period, Owner or Contractor: 1. elects in writing to invoke any dispute resolution process provided for in the Supplementary Conditions, or 2. agrees with the other party to submit the Claim to another dispute resolution process, or 3. gives written notice to the other party of their intent to submit the Claim to a court of competent jurisdiction. ARTICLE 17 -MISCELLANEOUS 17.01 Giving Notice A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if: 1. delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or 2. delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 17.03 Cumulative Remedies A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract Documents. The provisions of this Paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply. 17.04 Survival of Obligations A. All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or termination or completion of the Contract or termination of the services of Contractor. 17.05 Controlling Lativ A. This Contract is to be governed by the law of the state in which the Project is located. 17.06 Headings A. Article and paragraph headings are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute parts of these General Conditions. Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 44 of 44 ' H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 _ - ~ , _ ~.,..~_~-~..,...,~~d,.. ~..~ , , . ~.<~, SECTION 00810 ' SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO THE GENERAL CONDITIONS These Supplementary C onditions to the General Conditions amend or supplement the Standard General Condi tions of the Construction Contract [(No. C-700, 2002 Edition)] [and the Funding Agency Edition (No. 1910-8-FA, 1997 Edition)] and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions which are not so amended ' or supplemented remain in full force and effect. The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions which are defined in the General Conditions have the me anings indicated in the General Conditions. Additional terms ' used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings indicated below, which are applicable in both the sin gular and plural thereof. Index of Supplementary Conditions to the General Conditions ' Article or Paragraph No. Title or Subject Matter ' SC-1.01.A.20 Engineer s Consultants SC-2.01 Delivery of Bonds SC-2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules SC-3.03.B.1.c Resolving Discrepancies SC-4.04.A.3 Underground Facilities ' SC-4.05 Reference Points SC-4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site - "Technical Data" SC-5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers ' SC-5.03 Certificates of Insurance SC-5.04 Contractor's Liability Insurance SC-5.06 Property Insurance -Purchased by Contractor SC-6.02 Labor; Working Hours SC-6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment SC-6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others ' SC-6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples SC-7.01 Related Work at the Site ' SC-11.01.A.5.c SC-13.03 Equipment Rental Rates -Use of Blue Book Tests and Inspections SC-14.02.6 Progress Payments- Whole or Partial Payment Refused by ' SC-14.02.C Engineer Progress Payments -Payment Becomes Due SC-14.02.D Progress Payments - Fult Payment Refusal by Owner ' SC-14.07 A SC-14.07.6 Final Payment Application -Releases and Waivers Final Payment -Refusal by Engineer SC-14.07.C Flnal Payment -Payment Becomes Due ' SC-16.02 17 04 SC 6 Dispute Resolution -Mediation i S l f O li . . - urv va o b gation -Statutes of Limitation Supplementary Conditions - 00810 -Page 1 of 15 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 0\00810 Supplementary Cond.rtf May 29, 2009 SC-1.01.A.20 ENGINEER'S CONSULTANTS SC-1.01.A.20 Engineer's Consultants -The following persons, firms or corporations have provided or will provide professional services to the Engineer for the Project: Service Company Name None SC-2.01 DELIVERY OF BONDS Add a new paragraph immediately after paragraph 2.01.A of the General Conditions which is to read: B. Engineer shall furnish to Contractor five copies of the Agreement and other Contract Documents bound therewith. Contractor shall execute the. Agreement, insert executed copies of the required Bonds and Power of Attorney and Certificates of Insurance and submit all copies to Engineer who will forward them to the Owner. Owner shall execute all copies and return two copies to the Contractor who shall promptly deliver one copy to his Surety. Owner shall also furnish a counterpart or conformed copy to the Engineer and shall retain two copies. SC-2.07 INITIAL ACCEPTANCE OF SCHEDULES Delete the first paragraph of 2.07.A of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: A. Prior to the first application for payment all schedules and documents identified in paragraph 2.05.A of these General Conditions shall be finalized and submitted to the Engineer and Owner. Until acceptable schedules are submitted to Engineer and Owner as provided below, Owner may withhold an amount from a progress payment that is sufficient to pay the direct expenses that Owner may reasonably expect will be necessary to correct any problems based on Contractor's failure to submit acceptable schedules. The progress schedule shall be CPM form or other acceptable format that shows estimated time for each work item and starting and completion dates for each part of the Work. Acceptance of these schedules and documents by either Engineer or Owner will neither impose on Engineer or Owner responsibility for the sequencing, scheduling or progress of the Work, and will not interfere with or relieve Contractor from Contractor's full responsibility therefore. Supplementary Conditions - 00810 -Page 2 of 15 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 0\00810 Supplementary Cond.rtf May 29, 2009 SC-3.03.6 RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES Add a new paragraph immediately after paragraph 3.0.3.B.1.b of the General Conditions which is to read: c. In the event that any provision of the Contract Documents conflicts with another provision of the Contract Documents, the provision in the Contract Documents first listed below shall generally govern except as otherwise specifically stated: 1. Standard Form of Agreement 2. Performance and Payment Bond 3. Addenda to Contract Documents 4. Legal and Procedural Documents: a. Proposal b. Proposal Guaranty c. Instructions to Bidders d. Invitation to Bid 5. Special Provisions 6. Drawings 7. Detailed Specifications Requirements (Technical Specifications) 8. Supplementary Conditions 9. General Conditions ' SC-4.04 UNDERGROUND FACILITIES Add the following new paragraph immediately after paragraph 4.04.A.2 of the General ' Conditions: 3. At least 2 but not more than 10 business days before beginning any ' excavation, the Contractor shall, according to MCA 69-4-501, notify all owners of underground facilities and coordinate the Work with the owners of such underground facilities. The information shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to ' existing underground facilities is based on information and data obtained from the owners of the facilities without field exploration, and as such, Owner and Engineer are not responsible for the accuracy or completeness of such information or data. ' SC-4.05 REFERENCE POINTS Add the following paragraphs immediately after paragraph 4.05.A of the General Conditions which are to read: ' B. The baselines and benchmarks to be furnished by the Owner are designated on the Drawings. If lost or destroyed by the Contractor, the baselines and benchmarks well be re-established by the Engineer. The cost of re-establishing ' disturbed baselines or benchmarks shall be calculated at the hourly rates specified in the Bid Form for unscheduled employment of the Engineer. Payment for such work shall be made by deduction from the monthly progress payments and the final payment ' Supplementary Conditions - 00810 -Page 3 of 15 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 0\00810 Supplementary Cond.rtf May 29, 2009 1 as the costs are incurred. C. All other staking required by the Contractor to complete the work, including line and/or grade stakes, slope stakes, bluetops, etc., shall be provided by the Contractor. D. Construction surveys shall be done under the direction of a Registered Professional Engineer or Land Surveyor experienced in construction layout work. E. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of any discrepancies between plan locations and verified field locations or dimensions. All connections of new facilities to existing facilities (pavement, pipe and duct inverts, and other critical horizontal or vertical dimensions) shall be verified by the Contractor prior to starting construction. Any differences between the plans and field construction surveys will be resolved by the Engineer. F. When required, the Contractor shall provide a survey crew during normal ' working hours to assist the Engineer in checking lines and elevations in the Contractor's layout and for measuring quantities for payment purposes as the work proceeds. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Engineer so that the checking and measuring may ' be accomplished with the least interference to the Contractor's operations. Supplementary Conditions - 00810 -Page 4 of 15 ' N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 0\00810 Supplementary Cond.rtf May 29, 2009 SC-4.06 HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION AT SITE - "TECHNICAL DATA" Delete Paragraph 4.06.A and 4.06.6 in the General Conditions in their entirety and insert the following: A. No reports or drawings related to Hazardous Environmental Conditions are known to the Owner or Engineer." SC-5.02 LICENSED SURETIES AND INSURERS Add the following immediately after paragraph 5.02.A of the General Conditions: B. Without limiting any of the other obligations or liabilities of the Contractor, Contractor shall secure and maintain such insurance from an insurance company (or companies) authorized to write insurance in the state of the project location, with minimum "A.M. Best Rating" of A-, VI, as will protect the Contractor, the vicarious acts of subcontractors, the Owner, the Engineer, the Engineer's Consultants, and the respective directors, officers, partners, agents, employees and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of all such additional insureds from claims for bodily injury (including sickness, disease and mental anguish), death, and property damage which may arise from operations and completed operations under this Agreement. Contractor shall not commence work under this Agreement until such insurance has been obtained and certificates of insurance, with binders, or certified copies of the insurance policy shall have been filed with the Owner and the Engineer. SC-5.03 CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE Add the following paragraphs immediately after paragraph 5.03.6 of the General Conditions: C. Failure of Owner to demand such certificates or other evidence of full compliance with these insurance requirements or failure of Owner to identify a deficiency from evidence provided shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor's obligations to maintain such insurance. D. By requiring such insurance and insurance limits herein, Owner does not ' represent that coverage and limits will necessarily be adequate to protect Contractor, and such coverage and limits shall not be deemed as a limitation on Contractor's liability under the indemnities granted to Owner in the Contract Documents. SC-5.04 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE ' Add the following new paragraph immediately after paragraph 5.04.6 of the General Conditions: C. The limits of liability for the insurance required by paragraph 5.04 of the General Conditions shall provide coverages for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by Law or Regulations: Supplementary Conditions - 00810 -Page 5 of 15 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 0\00810 Supplementary Cond.rtf May 29, 2009 1. Workers' Compensation and Related Coverages under Paragraphs 5.04.A.1 and 5.04.A.2 of the General Conditions: ' a. State Statutory b. Applicable Federal (e.g. Longshoremens) Statutory ' c. Employer's Liability $1,000,000.00 ' 2. General Liability. Contractor's General Liability Insurance under paragraphs 5.04.A.3 through 5.04.A.6 of the General Conditions, which shall also include premises-operations; independent contractor's operations protection; contractual liability; personal injury; broad form property damage (including explosion, collapse, blasting and underground damage, where applicable); and completed operations and product liability coverages. The General Aggregate Limit shall apply separately to each of the Contractor's projects. a. GENERAL AGGREGATE PER PROJECT $5,000,000.00 b. Products -Completed Operations Aggregate $5,000,000.00 c. Personal and Advertising Injury (Each Occurrence) $5,000,000.00 d. Bodily Injury and Property Damage (Each Occurrence) $5,000,000.00 e. Contractor's Liability Insurance under 5.04.A.3 through 5.04.A.6 may be satisfied by primary insurance or a combination of primary and excess or umbrella insurance. Primary occurrence limit cannot be less than $1,000,000.00. The deductible, if any, may not exceed $5,000.00 per occurrence. f. In the event the General Aggregate Limit is diminished by an amount greater than $500,000, Contractor shall provide notice to Owner of this fact, and shall again provide such notice on each subsequent occasion on which the General Aggregate Limit is again diminished by an amount greater than $500,000. g. In addition to other requirement in the General Conditions, coverage will include the following at a minimum: Premises - Operations, Operations of Independent Contractor, Contractual Liability, Personal. Injury, Product and Completed Operations, Broad Form Property Damage (to include explosion, collapse, blasting, and underground where applicable), and Per Project Aggregate Endorsement. Supplementary Conditions - 00810 -Page 6 of 15 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 0\00810 Supplementary Cond.rtf May 29, 2009 ~~~ 3. Automobile Liability under paragraph 5.04.A.6 of the General Conditions: a. Combined Single Limit (bodily injury and property damage). Each Accident $ 5,000,000.00 b. Coverage to be written on a Symbol 1 (one) any auto basis, to include all owned, hired, and non-owned vehicles. c. Contractor's Automobile Liability Insurance under 5.04.A.6 may be satisfied by primary insurance or a combination of primary and excess or umbrella insurance. Primary occurrence limit cannot be less than $1,000,000.00. The deductible, if any, may not exceed $5,000.00 per accident. 4. The Contractual Liability Coverage required by Paragraph 5.04.8.4 of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts: a. General Aggregate Per Project $ 5,000,000.00 i~ i~ i~ i~ r b. Each Occurrence $ 5,000,000.00 (Bodily Injury and Property Damage) 5. OWNERS and CONTRACTORS Protective Policy -Purchased By CONTRACTOR: In addition to the insurance required to be provided by Contractor under paragraph 5.04.A.1 through 5.04.A.6 inclusive, Contractor shall purchase and maintain a separate Owners and Contractors Protective Policy (OCP) to protect Owner against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents, with limits of liability as specified below. This liability insurance shall include as additional insureds the Engineer and the Engineer's Consultants, and Gallatin County, and include coverage for the respective directors, officers, partners, employees, agents and other consultants and subcontractors of all such additional insureds. a. General Aggregate $2,000,000.00 b. Each Occurrence $1,000,000.00 (Bodily Injury and Property Damage) The insurance policy will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be cancelled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least forty-five (45) days prior written notice has been given to Owner and to each other additional insured (and the certificates of insurance furnished to Owner and each other additional insured will so provide). Supplementary Conditions - 00810 -Page 7 of 15 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 0\00810 Supplementary Cond.rtf May 29, 2009 r 6. Additionallnsureds: a. With respect to insurance required by paragraphs 5.04.A.3 through 5.04.A.6, inclusive, include the following as additional insureds. Use Additional Insured Endorsement CG 20 32, or equivalent acceptable to the Owner and Engineer. OWNER ENGINEER City of Bozeman Morrison-Maierle, Inc. b. With respect to the Owner's and Contractor's Protective Policy (OPC) insurance required by paragraph SC-5.0.4.C.5, include the following as additional insureds. Use Additional Insured Endorsement CG 20 32, or equivalent acceptable to the Owner or Engineer. ENGINEER Morrison-Maierle, Inc. SC-5.06 PROPERTY INSURANCE -PURCHASED BY CONTRACTOR A. With respect to the Contractor's property insurance coverage required by paragraph 5.06.A of the General Conditions, include the following as an insured or additional insured: OWNER: City of Bozeman SUBCONTRACTORS: (Contractor to list Subcontractors) ENGINEER: Morrison-Maierle, Inc. B. Deductible may not exceed $5,000 unless approved by appropriate Change Order. SC-6.02 LABOR; WORKING HOURS Add the following new paragraphs immediately after paragraph 6.02.6 of the General Conditions: C. Working hours for the Contractor shall be limited to the hours between 7:00 a.m. and 7:00 p.m. and shall not exceed 10 hours per day with authorized overtime. With Owner and Engineer approval the Contractor may work a four day, ten hour per day work week. The Contractor must notify the Owner and Engineer in writing three (3) days in advance of his intention to work during other periods to allow assignment of additional inspection personnel when they are reasonably available. Emergency work may be done without prior permission. D. If a resident project representative is reasonably available, the Engineer may authorize the Contractor to perform work during periods other than normal working hours and/or days. The cost of this inspection will be calculated at the hourly rate Supplementary Conditions - 00810 -Page 8 of 15 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 0\00810 Supplementary Cond.rtf May 29, 2009 1 specified in the Bid Form for unscheduled employment of the Engineer and will be deducted from the monthly progress payments and final payment as the costs are incurred. SC-6.03 SERVICES, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT Add the following paragraphs immediately after paragraph 6.03.C of the General Conditions which are to read as follows: D. To ensure standardization and uniformity in all parts of the work under this Contract, like items of equipment shall be the products of one manufacturer. Like items of certain materials shall be the products of one manufacturer. E. Uniformity in like equipment items is required in order to provide the Owner with interchangeability capabilities, simplified spare parts inventory, and standardized maintenance programs and manufacturer's services. F. Uniformity in certain like material items is required in order to provide the Owner with a simplified spare materials inventory, continuity in patterns, color, and texture; and a standardized procedure for maintenance care and manufacturer's services. ' G. Visible architectural items such as exterior finishes, floor and wall covering, ceiling materials, doors, windows, cabinetwork, paint, and miscellaneous appurtenances, when specified alike shall be standardized. i~ H. Generally, material items exempt from standardization include structural steel, reinforcing steel, building insulation, roofing materials, sheet metal, materials specified only by reference to a recognized standard, and items hidden from view where interchangeability, color, and texture is not a significant factor for standardization. ' I. The Contractor shall inform his suppliers and subcontractors of these requirements, and shall provide the necessary coordination to accomplish the standardization specified. SC-6.06 CONCERNING SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS ' The following provisions supplement paragraphs 6.06.A and 6.06.6 of the General Conditions and paragraph 12.01 of the Instructions to Bidders: ' A. The Contractor shall not sublet any part of the work embraced within this contract without the consent of the Owner, and the Owner reserves the right to withdraw at any time from any subcontractor whose work has proven unsatisfactory, the right to ' be engaged in or employed upon any part of the work. The amount of the work sublet on this project shall not exceed fifty (50) percent of the total contract amount. ' B. In accordance with Instruction to Bidders, paragraph 12.01, within five (5) days after bids are opened, the apparent low bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, shall submit a list of all Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other persons or ' Supplementary Conditions - 00810 -Page 9 of 15 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 0\00810 Supplementary Cond.rtf May 29, 2009 organizations (including those who are to furnish the principal items of materials and equipment) to Owner. An experience statement with pertinent information as to similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each named Subcontractor, Supplier and other persons or organizations shall be furnished. Acceptance and substitution of proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other persons or organization prior to Notice of Award is governed by Instructions to Bidders paragraph 12.01. The Contractor may not change Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other persons and organizations accepted by Owner prior to the Notice of Award without the written permission of the Owner. C. Revocation of Subcontractor, Supplier, or other persons or organizations acceptance after the Effective Date of the Agreement is governed by General Condition 6.06.B. SC-6.09 LAWS AND REGULATIONS Add the following after paragraph 6.09.C of the General Conditions: D. The Contractor shall give preference to Montana residents pursuant to Section 18-2-403 MCA, for that portion of the work performed in the State of Montana. The provisions of Section 18-2-409, MCA requires 50 percent of the workers on the project to be Montana residents. . SC-6.17 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES Add the following paragraphs following paragraph 6.17.E of the General Conditions: F. Contractor shall furnish required submittals with sufficient information and accuracy in order to obtain required approval of an item with no more than three submittals. Engineer will record Engineer's time for reviewing subsequent submittals of Shop Drawings, samples or other items requiring approval and Contractor shall reimburse Owner for Engineer's charges for such time. G. In the event that Contractor requests a substitution for a previously approved item, Contractor shall reimburse Owner for Engineer's charges for such time unless the need for such substitution is beyond the control of Contractor. SC-7.01 RELATED WORK AT THE SITE Work by others at the site and other coordination issues are defined in Section 01040, COORDINATION AND SITE CONDITIONS in these Contract Documents. SC-11.01.A.5.c. EQUIPMENT RENTAL RATES -USE OF BLUE BOOK Delete paragraph 11.01.A.5.c. of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 11.01.A.5.c The cost for the use of all construction equipment and machinery and parts thereof whether owned by the Contractor or rented by others shall be calculated as follows. Cost will include the costs of transportation, loading, Supplementary Conditions - 00810 -Page 10 of 15 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 0\00810 Supplementary Cond.rtf May 29, 2009 1 unloading, assembly, dismantling and removal thereof for equipment involved ' only in the changed portion of the work covered under the cost of the Work method. Transportation, loading, and assembly costs will not be included for equipment already on the site which is being used for other portions of the Work. ' The cost of any such equipment, machinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. Hourly equipment and machinery rates may be calculated from the Rental Rate Blue Book for Construction I , Equipment, and the Equipment List submitted according to GC-2.05.A.4 and GC- 2.07.A, and as follows: 1. For working equipment, the hourly rate shall be the monthly rental rate divided by 176 hours per month plus the hourly operating cost. 2. For equipment on standby, the hourly rate shall be 50 percent of the monthly rental rate divided by 176 hours per month, and the hourly operating cost shall not be applied. 3. For specialized equipment rented for a short duration used for change order work or additional work not part of the scope of work bid, the equipment rental rates will be negotiated prior to the work being performed. 4. Use of Blue Book rates, and review and approval of equipment rates associated with equipment lists submitted according to GC-2.05.A.4 and GC-2.07.A shall not extend to the settlement of any claim submitted under GC-10.05 and GC-12.01. In claim settlements, actual costs are recoverable, not blue book rates or rates approved with submittals of schedules of value or equipment lists. SC-13.03 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS Replace paragraph 13.03.6 of the General Conditions with the following: B. All quality control and compliance testing of work accomplished will be performed by the Contractor, or designated representative, where specified at no additional cost to the Owner. Where the specifications state that certain tests will be performed by the Owner, these tests will be done at no cost to the Contractor except all tests for work or materials that fail to meet specified requirements shall be borne by the Contractor and shall be deducted from his progress payments. Where the specifications require that certain materials are to be tested for suitability or in final position by the Contractor, the Contractor shall provide at his own expense by retaining the services of a certified independent testing laboratory. The Engineer will direct where and when tests are performed. SC-13.07 CORRECTION PERIOD Change the first sentence of Paragraph "A" to read: "A. If within two years after the date of Substantial Completion..." Supplementary Conditions - 00810 -Page 11 of 15 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 0\00810 Supplementary Cond.rtf May 29, 2009 Add Article SC-13.07.E to read as follows: "F. The correction period (i.e. Warranty) addressed under this Article SC-13.07 shall run through two (2) years after the date of Substantial Completion." SC-14.02.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS -WHOLE OR PARTIAL PAYMENT REFUSAL BY ENGINEER Add the following paragraph 14.02.6.6 to the General Conditions: 6. Engineer may also refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in Engineer's opinion, there exists: a. Unsatisfactory progress of the Work; b. Failure to remedy defective Work or materials; c. Disputed Work or materials; d. Failure to comply with material provisions of the Contract Documents; e. Failure of the Contractor to make timely payment upon request, including but not limited to payment for labor, equipment, materials, subcontracts, taxes, fees, professional services, rent, and royalties; f. Damage to the Owner; or g. The existence of reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Price. SC-14.02.C PROGRESS PAYMENTS -PAYMENT BECOMES DUE Delete paragraph 14.02.C.1 of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 1. The Owner will, upon presentation to him of the Contractor's Application for Payment with Engineer's recommendation, review and act upon said payment request once each month on or about the day of each month stipulated by the Owner at the preconstruction conference. Payment will become due 14 days after the Owner approves the application for payment and will be paid by Owner to Contractor within 30 days after of actual receipt of the Application for Payment by Engineer subject to the provisions of Paragraph 14.02.D.1. SC-14.02.D PROGRESS PAYMENTS -FULL PAYMENT REFUSAL BY OWNER Add the following paragraph 14.02.D.1.e to the General Conditions: e. there exists: Supplementary Conditions - 00810 -Page 12 of 15 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 0\00810 Supplementary Cond.rtf May 29, 2009 1 i i. Unsatisfactory progress of the Work; ii. Failure to remedy defective Work or materials; iii. Disputed Work or materials; iv. Failure to comply with material provisions of the Contract Documents: v. Failure of the Contractor to make timely payment upon request, including but not limited to payment for labor, equipment, materials, subcontracts, taxes, fees, professional services, rent, and royalties; vi. Damage to the Owner; or vii. The existence of reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Price. Delete Paragraph 14.02.D.2 of the General Conditions in its entirety and replace it with the following: 2. If Owner refuses to make payment of the full amount recommended by Engineer, Owner will give Contractor written notice (with a copy to Engineer) within 30 days of actual receipt of the Application for Payment by Engineer, stating the reasons for such action and promptly pay Contractor any amount remaining after deduction of the amount so withheld. Owner may only withhold an amount from a payment that is sufficient to pay the direct expenses that the Owner may reasonably expect will be necessary to correct any problems created by the items listed in Paragraph 14.02.D.1. Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by Owner and Contractor, when Contractor corrects to Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action. SC-14.07.A FINAL PAYMENT APPLICATION -RELEASES AND WAIVERS Delete Paragraphs 14.07.A.2.d and 14.07.A.3 of the General Conditions in their entirety and replace them with the following Paragraphs 14.07.A.2.d and 14.07.A.2.e: d. all releases and waivers in Contractor's possession for obligations for labor, equipment, materials, subcontracts, taxes, fee, professional services, rent and royalties arising out of or related to the Work. e. an affidavit of Contractor certifying and warranting to Owner that all obligations for labor, equipment, material, subcontracts, taxes, fees, professional services, rent and royalties arising out of or related to the Work will be fully paid and satisfied on receipt of final payment, and agreeing that the Contractor will indemnify, hold harmless and defend Owner against any and all claims, liabilities, demands, liens, damages and expenses for any obligation or asserted obligation for labor, equipment, material, subcontracts, taxes, fees, professional services, rent and royalties arising out of or related to the Work. Supplementary Conditions - 00810 -Page 13 of 15 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 0\00810 Supplementary Cond.rtf May 29, 2009 i SC-14.07.6 FINAL PAYMENT -REFUSAL BY ENGINEER Add the following sentence to the end of Paragraph 14.07.8.1 of the General Conditions: Engineer may refuse to recommend final payment if, in Engineer's opinion, there exists a. Unsatisfactory progress of the Work; b. Failure to remedy defective Work or materials; c. Disputed Work or materials; e. Failure of the Contractor to make timely payment upon request, including but not limited to payment for labor, equipment, materials, subcontracts, taxes, fees, professional services, rent, and royalties; f. Damage to the Owner; or g. The existence of reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Price. SC-14.07.C FINAL PAYMENT -PAYMENT BECOMES DUE Delete Paragraph 14.07.C.1 of the General Conditions in its entirety and replace it with the following: 1. Thirty (30) days after the Engineer actually receives the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, the amount recommended by Engineer (subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 14.02.D and 14.07.6 of these General Conditions), will become due, and when due will be paid by Owner to Contractor within fourteen (14) days. SC-16.02 DISPUTE RESOLUTION -MEDIATION Replace Section 16.01 of the General Conditions with the following: 16.01 Methods and Procedures A. Either Owner or Contractor may request mediation of any Claim submitted to Engineer for a decision under Paragraph 10.05 before such decision becomes final and binding. Notice of the demand for mediation will be filed in writing with the other party to the Agreement and a copy will be sent to Engineer for information. Once the other party receives the request for mediation they must notify the requestor if they desire to participate in mediation. If both parties agree to participate in mediation the parties shall establish mutually agreeable rules to abide by during the mediation process. Owner or Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute that is not agreed upon during mediation. B. Except as provided in paragraph SC-16.02.C. below, no mediation arising Supplementary Conditions - 00810 -Page 14 of 15 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 0\00810 Supplementary Cond.rtf May 29, 2009 out of or relating to the Contract Documents shall include by consolidation, joiner, or in any other manner any other person or entity (including Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and the officers, directors, agents, employees or consultants of any of them) who is not a party to this contract unless: ' 1. the inclusion of such other individual or entity is necessary if complete relief is to be afforded among those who are already parties to the mediation; and 2. such other individual or entity is substantially involved in a question of law or fact which is common to those who are already parties to the mediation, and which will arise in such proceedings; and ' 3. the written consent of the other individual or entity sought to be included and of Owner and Contractor has been obtained for such inclusion, which consent shall make specific reference to this 1 paragraph; but no such consent shall constitute consent to mediation of any dispute not specifically described in such consent or to mediation with any party not specifically identified in such ' consent. C. Notwithstanding paragraph SC-16.02.B, if a Claim or counterclaim, ' dispute or other matter in question between Owner and Contractor involves the Work of a Subcontractor, either Owner or Contractor may join such Subcontractor as a party to the mediation between Owner and Contractor hereunder. Contractor shall include in all ' subcontracts required by paragraph GC-6.06.G specific provision whereby the Subcontractor consents to being joined in mediation between Owner and Contractor involving the work of such Subcontractor. Nothing in this paragraph SC-16.02.C nor in t the provision of such subcontract consenting to jointer shall create any claim, right or cause of action in favor of Subcontractor and against Owner, Engineer or Engineer's Consultants that does not otherwise exist. ' SC-17.04 SURVIVAL OF OBLIGATIONS -STATUTES OF LIMITATIONS ' Add the following new paragraph immediately after 17.04.A of the General Conditions: B. Causes of action between the parties or the Engineer pertaining to acts or failures to act shall be deemed to have accrued and the applicable statutes of limitations shall commence to run m any and all events not later than the date of final payment to the Contractor. The Contractor shall include this provision in all contracts he enters into with subcontractors, consultants and suppliers who provide any work, products or services for this project. ' END OF SECTION 00810 i ' Supplementary Conditions - 00810 -Page 15 of 15 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 0\00810 Supplementary Cond.rtf May 29, 2009 I~ 7 u I~~ 1 i I~ MONTANA DEPARTMENT OF LABOR & INDUSTRY MINIMUM WAGE RATES TO BE USED ON THE CITY OF BOZEMAN LYMAN CREEK WATER SYSTEM INFRASTRUCTURE IMPROVEMENTS Section Includes: 1. Montana Prevailing Wage Rates for Heavy Construction effective date May 15, 2009. 1 i] i 7 i i i 7 ~~ f W W W ' 2 C 2 Z O G~ 1 t V Oa C6 N f6 ~ ~ O N N C ~'~-" _ N L ~ ' ".'~ U O N O _ ~f6 ~ O '~O '~ ~ ~ O . ~ ~ ~~ ~ C m ` C ~ N O "06 ~ O O ,~ G ~ . E a- ~ ~ ~ ~ QY O ~ O m ~ ~ ~ ~ • . ,~ ~ N ~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~ rn~ ¢ ~ ~ ~ ya d ~ c ~ ~ ago = ~ ~o c~ E~~ oT~ m J 7 O N aU~ "' -O C N f6 O N•-w 3 a~ d 0 ~.L~ m O f6 ~- ~ Q-O.-,~ °- c~ a~ O ~uioa O f6 ~~ ~ C J O O -, a m C m~ O C C f6 C O N N ~ C ~~ U ~6 ~ Q ~ N~ ~ ~ ~ 6J O~ O tt ~ t6 ~ U ~ In O f0 J~ ~ ~ O~ a y Um j fU6 07 ~ f~0 p N O d' ~' O m N m 0~ ~ 0 ~~ ~ y C N ~ N O L... o a -~ ~ a N ~ tq T~ V ~ .C O~ v' E~ m ~ o E a Q O ~ ~'~v ~ _ 0 ~'ca ~ ~ O-p Qap .~ o > _ ~ O U ~•~a a X 0 m ~o O~ U m~ ~ ~a c m~ Q p a ~ ~ a C N' ~ to ca ~~ ~ E ~ O~ m ~~ O .~ ?i 0 0 o-~ av~~o ~ c6 -a ~ m ~ m U-a ~ ~p c E.~ ago ~~° o• ~ poa v ~ ~ m m ~ 0 3 ~ °'~~ - ~ `o ~ ~ ~ oa ~~v' L c ~ ~ o V N a ~ ~ •~ 30 00 Q, ~ .~ ~ ~ ~ . ••- O f6 ~ 43 Ri ~ N ~ ~ ~ ~ ,Q ~ O c lL is U (n ~ Q ?s o N '~ ~~ c O ~ O ~ Q. ~ ~ ~ ~ a~~°:u, a~a'UCY 0 ~ v... - mE~aa~~ t6 O .C N F-3a~ ~ ~ (6 N I-n.O.n3 Q m ~ p =U~m~m .~ .~ c N o ~ Z ~~ ~ E ~ ` m ~ ~ ~ o c 3 u.V ~ ~m.. ~ .~ ~ ~~ W o~~~ ~ ~ ~ m vi~~ N a °' ~- ~Z ~ `~-- U aoca O W ~~_ V ~ ~ o a} ~~o ~Q ~°-E ~ ~ ~ ZC~ 3U0 ~ ~ ~ _ J . • o Q °~ ~ a ~ N ~ ` / } Q~ ~ O 2 ~ a W .~ ~ E = o Q ~ c 0 . ~ ~ ~ C 0~~~ O ~ ~ f- L W O O N °o ~ N L ~, y O m ~ i C ~ 0 ~ O G •H ob ~ ~w `° ~~ N O ~ •Q d .=y ~ Cj J V r w% ~''~ N w Y d y t W !_' .N m Y ~ cts ~ a C a C (6 O J ~ J O O C C J O C O W .~ o ~ Y N E _ '~ ~ o H ~ Q 'O-' W O N ~ YUOC~ a a C ~ 0 0 ~~ ~ .~ to ~ .~ M N O ~ O O ~ ~ O O OCOO a~i~°cNO~` ~ a~~~v ~ p ~ O ~ ~ O o mm ~ o°v °-=0 °~ o~ w~a=ate ~ ~ N H Z W w R' w Z W ~ ~ a U ~ ~ (9 ; ~ w O Z ~ d N : V1 a+ J Q ~o ~ ~ Oat . rn C Y 7 - uj d ~ :U ~ ~~~•a? C Q ~ C '~U~j d~d O Z _ O fU 9 N O~ _ '~'~ Z •~ o o~ c m o ~= c ~ i a N d c c~~ U Z~ as`.r C o.~.~~~ ~~co,~ CV :~ nd' O i ~ n ww C n °w~ ~~O dtiQd ~3 .C Q a`1U~LL1 u.U2_ d 01 2 2 m d 'a a•~~ ~ o w w °- 3 arm E ~ •~-° V L Q- ~~ 0 0 c o ~ O 'O C t._•- d d y ~3 H C ~ ~ ~ L O 'C = O caa ~.; 3 C ~ V ~a ~ C1 w N ~ .Q y d ~~-= m fl.:a - ~w aNi ni a ~ V ~ =o~y is r- c yy•=3 ~ c ~ ~°yw ~ ~ ~ ~ U J ~ ~ '~ G1 Cl w t 3 = ~ ~._a N C ~ ~ ° ,~ y _ ~ ~ --. ~ i ° ~ c ~ -o ~ n~ i •s a^~ ~ -~ o r s ~ O - ~ ~ -~ p v ~ ~ w p .~ ~ ~ ~ O m ~ W O V ~ ~ '' '~.. O ~, O S .ti 5 U U y~ .. f" ~ ~ O pa tl O O o ~ ~ m b ° a. c ~ .. c, ~, y r o -o ~ Q Q~ C~ 4=a ~' p "~ 00 vUi v U v r r O s O y .,O "' ~_' „p +"', ~ ¢~ G U ~ •~ 1 O u ~ 2 ~., .o ~ ~ y .r 3 ~ c ~ ~ ~ y 5 ~ ~ ~ i ti .c ~~ ~ ° `~ ~' ,^ ~ o ~ ~'y o g o 0 yo ~ w ~ v ~ `'~ ~ ~ ~~ y y y .ti .~ •° ~ ° ~ ~. v .° v i~ Z s ~^ ~ y ~ ~ ~ ~ y ° r ~ ~ ~ o h ~ P, b ~' .U d ~ ^• y '~ cOd O ~ ~. ''~ ° p ~ v; N ~ ~ ~ p ~ ? ~ ~ O ~ O ~; ~ ~ ~ p, ~ C y ~ '~ O ~' c~G C L". •C ~ '~O cC O ~ O v y C ~ ~Y O of ~ '' O -a '- ~ o" w y ~ o o ~ r v o ~ v v ~ ~ a¢i ~ y ~' a ao 'o ~ a, v °~' ~ ~ •o o ° "~ o ~' ~ '~~ ~ s °p ~ ~ o o• ;p a c ~ ,.. ° :_i y •= .s?.'~i oo ~ -n ~ v v d s c y y ~ ~ ~ ~? ~ ~ O ~"~ ~ O ~ .`n o f,,. c3 N C ~ ~ O .V ~ CA Q.'O '~'' ~ y N ^' ~ •~ v ~~.~. ~ ~, O c?, V ~ ~ •Y y Q ~ p ~ o°°o c ~ ~ o ~ y '~ ~ 'y a. v b -o ~ ~o o'o `~` '~ Q y ~ •~ C ` ~ ~ ~ ~ o ~ fi ice. ~v `~ v H_ d ~ p .~ L1 v yam, °~'~ N b o '~ ~~ •% o ~'~ ~ ~ ~ °' °' ~ ~ ~- ~ Q, ~ ~ o v cn ~ A ~ ~ r K p„ ~ v, v 4o C ~ C. ~ c Do .~ -~ ~ ,,~ ~ .~ O ~, `n N y h ~ ~ ~ %R. .~+ n ~ O ~ ~ O 3 C, `o .Q ..o ° p, ~ ~ v .~ ~ ~~ o y Cry y ~ J v "o'... 3 ~ . ~ ~ ~ r . •~ w~ v i S O '~ N~ "C3 ~ .N .~ d O Ct C p s O 3 •~ ~ o~yi C O ?~ N S N~ O =', ~ _ o ~ o ~ o ~"' ~ ~ i ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~, o o .fl ~ y 3 r ~ o 0 o w s .. s~ n ~' ,~ oVi ~• ~ w ^~ ~ ~' ~ .,_, ~ •O ti chi O '° .~0 '~ ai 'b ° v ~ v; ~ Oy r o ~ " " ~., R a, v 0. C .~ -~ p ~ ~ .~ .c ~ -o .",' r ~ o ° - c~ avi >~ a3i m 0. o a, "~ ~ ~ y o 0 -~ c4 ~ s ° o ,!. ~ ~ o ~ ~ ,; ~ .~ y ~ ~ o. ~ ,~, ~ env _~ r ~, ~ ~ x .oo ~ o m ~ v o; ~ _ v N ~ ~`'V. ~ .~ ~ ~i ~ •" f` d O ~ .y "~ 3 U -\ •~ Z p i N O .°~ ~ 'O ': Y ~ S- •~ ~ N U ~ •U O ~ •~ ~ ,~ ,~ ~ ~"~ p ,~ y .~ ~ ~ ,v` ~ •O, ~ ~•°-i '~7 _O aL+ G' .~ ~ r.; ~ ~ U ~ p ~ ` ".. i ~ v 'c :o r o ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ p ~ i ~' ~ •; " ~ v ^ ~ c`~i °° o ~ v ~ Q ~ " ~' s ~ o /-~ U O ~ ti ~ ~ "~ ;~; .p ~ . o .p v ~ ~ ° C ~ O ~ `- bU ~ .a ~ Z ~ N ~ S O .~`~, p, -• c 5 °i ea C~ ~^ o "~ r ~ 3 0 ~: ~ ~ ~ Zs '~ > L ~ ~ ~ .~ s w s ~ ~ o' i v o i ~ ° .~ ~ ~ ~ o '°b_n 0.'b ~ cci ~ ° ~ o ~ ~ "r ~ d U ~; v .~ ~ ,,. .~G y .~. y o ~ .~. ~ a .~ ~ v G1. •,°~ o v ~ t 2' > G ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ C ~ ~ ~ ~ o Y U •° ~. `v ~ p ~ o ~ o o F h ~ c o~ ~ ° c~a '° ° ° ~ U y `~ ~ ti ~. ~ ~o~` 5 p. c ~? `c r ti ~ no Qe`- o .o y ~ r ~ ao ~ ~ •~ o ~ •~ 'U v o ~ ° ~ o r o C ._ ~ s a a c, `+~ ~ •~ Ct. O U k .~ ti y N .~ ~ .y ~~ U~ ~ •V ~ V ~ ~C W O ~ y 5 O ~ y y N ° a •~ ~~', •~ o,~~'... ~ ~ ~~ ~~~ ~ s ~ ~ != v :~•=°° a ~ ~ ~`'~ `~ ~ ~, a..o~ yin v •~ U R ~ Q b y y o ~~ ~ m .. by ~ Op +., v ~ ° ~ `' :. ° pt' ~ .. O ~ ~ ~ O .~ `:. ~ cUC y ?, y -a ~ ~ y ~ ~ -C ~ ~ J ~ y "~ ~ cOa o0 d y „ ~ -•. ~ ~ ~ a, ~+ ~° o y ~ ~~ ~ o a g~ o ~ c y v c s o d a o ~ o i o d' W EAU ~ n, ~ ~:: o ~ y •~~ ~~ rii h ... 3 t..r~ cad U [--~U ~ y a, CS ~ ~-o v~-o o., 1 1 N ~ Z ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Q ~ Q ~. _ `~ ~ a z N a ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~a _ .... o ~ Q a~ ~ _ _ o W m o U ~ ~ > ~ c ~ c F- fn N ~ ~ .4: O Qj U O O N ~ Q W p CCl ~ ~ 'vi U1 O y ~ N ~ ~ N ~ ~ o a ~ ~ o H >- m U ~~ O Q m~ g w ~ _ °' C~ oQ~ ~~ °~ ' ~~ ~. ~ ~~ ~ ~ ~, ~ ~ '- ~ . cti .o ca o cd C o ~, y Z S ~ Q ~ R. ~ a a.. G v~ Rf ~' U ~q U 'D `~. O O 'r+ ~-. boo ~ y ~ y cA 'on = 3 '' ~ '~ J y ~ ~R ' a d ~ >' ~ ~ ~ C ~';~ Gy0 xy'. O. La. O C'~ ~ ~ c~ a~ J ~ y . U ~ y ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ C O ~ , O ~ i ~ ~ ~ C. ; Ti ~ y .~ 'Y ^ 'n y 0 6+ y ice' y ~ ~ O ~ ~ y . m ~ b 0 ~ 04:. O .~ ~ C~ p b ~ L C D ~ b~A ~~ ~ v cC ,_, n O~~ U O Y Y r y v co 3 ~ ~. _ y C y . ~ ~ ~ ccl C O y 'b ~ A. ~ y ~ ~ +s.., O '. y a.,ti ~ y ~ ' ~ .9 O i O ^ ':J bA r ~ ~ R cd ._. x •~ p 0 ~4 " a :+ • v Y ~ o i. U .~ y ~ ~ i, N ~ V ' r3 Q O "c7 p 4"' ~ p v v~ r y ~ ~ > >= ~ ~ -0 3 0; Sy ~ '" y ~ y U ~' o . y U U L + , ti O _~ ~ ' ..p ~_ ...) s . ~% O cC y W ~ O s.. L ~ ., ~. ~ .' r~ ,.. c3 O S] ~ O > a U O O v~ .y A ' d .U. N R. GL . aUi '" O ~ y ~ ,y ~ ~ W ~ O .~ ~ ' ~ , ~ 'C7 ., y U . ~ ~ ~ cG p ~ C~ ~ C r '~ CO ~ ~ ~ R O R .`~ y ,y^,y v: C w O y U y r. ~ w O _y~ ~ cd .".J. a ~ ~ U L a. ~+ p W C> Z ~+ ~' O C3 ~ L' M '~ O ~ Q U ~ ~i ^ .~ y ~ ~ y ~ ~ • ~ y % y > ~ p y ~ h + cC O r ~ .., . + O c3 O O C s•1. ~ O O ~ ~"" "CJ t~+. ..o ~ .',~, O ma ., ~ „ ~ y L 5U U t ~ " O ~ y N .y' O y U ~ U~~ ~ U "O O O ~ `7 V U U C rn '~ ~" r N d 7 U N O ~ y ~ U 'b : ~ , ~ . ~ y obi ~ ,F, . .. ~ .w eA -p ~ p v, ~ ~ ~ r C . c v: ~ ~,°-' 3 . bD . p j ~ v; U ~ ~ 00 °~ U o . U •O . h `ti'p ~ o ~ y ~= ti U a.+ `" °p •-' ~ d L y b ~' ~ o ~ Y ~ y ~ 3 n ~ = v `~ ~ y G3 y .~ S'S" C . ~ ? ~ ?~ '^' 'C G y ~ y s0, ~ 3 C _ . ~ O .V s , N ~ ~ O G O ~ ~ o ~ N ... c~j ,+„ C ~ U U n' ^. O ~ ~ bD OA >'^ ~ Q+ U U ~ .~ N U . a, '~ ~ ~ w x U ~ crw .5 c a U 5 a. ~ ~ 5". ~ v n. m .~ ~: .-~ ;~ cn a. ti ~ n. ~ Z ~ m ~ ~vi~WO~ w a 2 S Z ~ J U~~QO IyjZ JJ J W -'J= ~ w~~~v~w00 a OU ~~ ~Z JWaWF-W W !L QO-ZJtnZZ ~ UJ=O=0 O QJ Z QWUa,O~I- Jp ~ ~W~U ~wcn _ C~~ m z~~oH~ ~o~ ~ww ~ Q N v ~ 0 Q~ ~OJQ<nO N 49 Vi 49 ~d~ N 4O+A ~ N ~ N }9 ~_ O Q ++ + Z ~ Z ~ c ~ o ~O} Q~ U~ ~ C rnr LL20 C N O C N Cn C N Q W J~a~ W Q lL V~7 QQD LL ~ W LL V ~ LL K O Q} 1i J W ~ W w Z ~ Z Q ~ ~J~X N OMf~ ~ H~J N N W N N = N N ZZ~ Q ~ TAN ~ ~ w O aN+ OO W wll>~ m ~ (•~1NN O~Q R N ~ 10 N ~..) A N ~ cn O m J ~ W ~ d' 44 44 44 ~ W = ~ » FW- ~' eA ~ K 44 ui~(O')YwwQ~ wm~ Q ~ ~ 2 ~ ~ ^ Z~~Q~¢~z QYZ ~ ~ ~ ~WW~Wa~g ~~Q w ~ W mZUp~ u~Q Q~} C7 w ao ZQ~Z2~ W O UUW ~ D co o ~0C7Q~W~2 c oo ~°~-~ oo Otn oo to N O~~tnQ~m3 ~ N W (_n; N d'I- N Z C7Fww~a~w z a c o Q~Z o wj o Q c m~W JpQ%~J ~ m o c p~0 c OO c ~ DUQ-ywJ Q U nC7 ~ N U r Z ~~ QZW O O o Q c W~C~Q~~(nul ~ O m I o ~in~ z c W~ z Q a a 'p SQZm JQ'Q~ (n m d N ~ M mmQ U M Sm U M Z L O W ~Q22'p ~(n U N~ Q O ZF-~ ~ O W w ~ O Q ~ U ~=Jr W a' Q U c vx ~ U U U ~> U V J L O J Z W Q W J WSQ Oj zO2~ Z.-.W W I J QSO J J W J J J Q LL w mUU~~atnF- ~~~~ ~ w m-~a w ~ w min w w C7 u ~"' U W a Z _O U N~N 1.1. Z O U ~' Q N W 2 0 F z w 0 W Z O N t 'C ..+ ~ O) O ~ U ~ T J C W N EU ~ ~ L N Q Y 'O N a~ Q (n g ~E ~ w C~ ~ Y J w z ~~ 2 0 N ~ O ~ N W ~ _J D N (p 7 w Q N L O.~ N O 2 7 p, ~ U N N J N .O ,~ ~ O C J N :U ~ d C U Q ~ ~= ag N ~ a~-o w 2' O ~ ~ m O U y U C ~ ~ 4N9 O L ~ m 3 ~ m W ~ +n ~ 1- a N ~' F - ~} ~ m » ad uj W ~ fl.rN m~ T Nma O y L m Z~ m m N N N N c m~3 Q LLf ~J N N ~dm ~} zw ~,~~ N~ E~~ ~~ O ° ~°~ O C°~ o~. °~ Qin ~ cn0 S 0~ ~ w Z> a> a~~ ~ ~ ~ „ E a i o N zu i ~ N M Wo ~ -O (p O J~ J N N N G C C W W J r ~2 mJ NNN :~C7 n 0 0 N 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 a R' a U N c ~ °v IL 404 OM ~ O O LL' ~ 4N9 Y U ~~ N m O J N a iii °~ F 2 ~ ~ C7 zz~ aa~ J J_ U U ~ N c ~ ~ - ~~ LL 44 to N N ,~tl n co ~ ~~ ssoo 0000 °o rndv~a~ N c ao.an ° ° o bo O o o o ~ t0 ~i riv vi U 44 49 44 44 o ~ t o ~ ~ 00 ~ rw~w N Z w Q O O O N ' C O dOON a ~~ F o 0 0~ Q' wW a«~ („~ DD C]O~~ N 1 h Z O ' a V LL Q ' J U O W a O H 2 w a W W O a 1 1 1 ~ 0 O N ' o 0 M O O N M 0 v W J W > N O U N N> N L C _~ N ot$ m _ M N a N _ O N ,C a 2 L ~ a N C ~ U p C O N > N N O) O ~ O N O ~ ~ ~ ~= ot$ C ~ ~ N ~ O a a N nL C~ O~ O T T _ O ~ ~ N N U O U _ > C U C~ ~ N n N C Cn ~ W D) S U N _ U U U m C 2 O O C O O._ m n O ~ Q C p s C p ~ m a C p U- .__ U~ a~ p a ~ m~- _ r Q U O U~ a y U N L p ~ Z Q > m > m> ~U c 7 GUS ~ N~ OfN~ ` O ~ _~N mL ~ ~ ~ ~ .r aiQ c•- te a U o a >~tSa rn~ p om M n L z o m~ a~ = a~ f>O N C T CD U = ~ > ,~ O Z L O N V O)= N 7 J C a "' a ~ X~ N U N C T N~ m N m N > O- C p n a. a m N m C a N N C y C L O W p) C > N C O O O y ~ O N J C J N Q `) p p n Q .~ C C O 7 N N. L > ~ ~ _ t p 3 O O U N O O Y F- O N~ d C Q U O O _ EA ~ ~ t ~ C L C O C m 3 N~ O' y 01 L 2' N N ~O Q] N C -OO O ' C C a C ~ y y p) ~ OI c0 O N .. m~ m L C w 'C N ._ U m m 2 O N m m ~ C ui C V a U W t ~ ~ ~~ ~ ~Il 3L N ~ pUJL N U NU Q LL ~ IL ~ ~ m O O m m ~ a~ -nm O _ U_ N O S m O N - U.aa m U .. m C C uj N m C o c O N W O ~` N~ C U L C O N Z x y N D - ~ N L ~ L.L C ~ O O= Z o N ~ y ~ O~ N N Uw O0 U O~ OJ ~ _ ~ y d N ~y U` U ~ U 2'O Om Q m ~'O ND OaY~ ~.L> N.U..OLL 30 U .- n O) ~ D1 Ol +' C ~ Z M K ~ d' C~ W~ V~~= Q; a 0 ~~ ¢ m~ 0 Y m O m 7 7 O LL O~ ._ O E N x o n~ '~ N D cn ~ O W ~ N O" ~ L a C C N U O N U L y~ Q O n N U C U C N c 2 U Z _ m 3~ m p ... Opp WSW ~~ m ~ UWLm} O n ~ OY J O 3 p„ N f6 O O ` ~ O u N a y ~~ C U ~ O ~O Q ~ Q p ~ O O N N C U N ~ LL ~ - iq _ m ui m N N>- O~ C lf) N m N . d > y U N N E a d L N O O O ~ O i i ° N J N W O d~ EU~Z O m~ O "O a O U N U ~H UU `~ `~ ~ c m a~cq d L ~ m Q •. w~a a`> S C ?~ ~ y r y O) u; ~ I o ~ W ~ r o O o~ ~ E U m p mo ~C7C7~ ~~- ~ ~cU~~-c~a~ ~5 m= ~ o~ ~m o-TU m o m m a~ m a~~ ~ ~ o Q f o j O _inu . N ~ ~._ U -O >, .C ~ OL 'p N ¢ p Q m N W O) N N fnm Q n- U U U (n p (~ o ~ O U 2' ° U ~ a> 2 .. i= O i!i C ~- L O~ U j d C~ N >> m U C~ ~ C N n> ~ ~ C ~- M o m !n Q 7 `O < p W t0 N tr (C p ~ r D fn Q W W ' Y ~ I M Z 2 ~~ o ~ £ y ~ N 7~ m~ ~ ~ o p a l = U U c m o ~~ ~ 7 ` ~ V o 2 Z ~ ~ o Q z a OmUwE a~Lmam a t O>>U>>._t~ U •nriLm OT~UCC C Oy ' O O Ow ' 2 O •- ~ 2 O O O ~ ~ N > > C7 NFQa R' ._. f0 m N U ~ U O - m t7omF=mow ~ NatSd N~ d' 7 m O •2- C7 U~~d.G c Q (U ti ~ (9 ~ C7 c Q US ~ ~ O ILU W ~ ~ ~ ~ oQ J z Wg ~~ ~UZ ~ ~U ¢~a w ~w C7 X W~ Z p~m Q EU ¢ a i Z m ~ a ~ i. u. ~ a =~ ~ O W cn j ~ ~ N~ °' J ~ Q Q > O~ ".' a 0 Y ~ Y I Q S] Q y O ~ ~ o ~ T I~ ___ O l 0 0 V N ~ L~ O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Q N~ W C N J C p C N~~ r L W~ d G1 a 7 L W J C ~NOINOi OHO IL M fA t9 di fH to (A J Z d Q LL ~ O IL f9 N3 Vi Vi di l + ,,, ~ y~ O W 2 ~ M ~ N ~ ~ y O ~ Z U N .0.. W~ C ~ n~'~ OOOO N V OM O,O lO QJ W y a D I ~ y ~ W r t O~ r N N a O C ~ ~ N J NNMR ~~O <O N N N N NSF" Wcn~ A ~ N e» -j Q' ~ Z 2 K bM9f9H~ d nC U ~L m d W F ~ ~H 9b 9b94 9~ M I--JZ ~ Q p U O~Ew o W Q w ^- ~ Q w c~~ oo ~ O ~ ~ ~ ~ Z Z J W r0 ~? N U C ~ M i[j fA fy N ~~W ~ O O ~ m3 ~ O W ++ T T ~ ~w~vi ? Z a ~ °'-O ~ man. ~ Z w ~ Q ao o O I c ~ ` 0-' a d d ' O m ~ a~ a~ m o0 C i~ jZ N U z o p Z o O~a~ LL ~ m m m m r a U m Q Z~ W O ~ J N Q ~ Z N N L m fn p N C Z Q y O O ~ U m} O ~„~ ui ~ W O ~ ~ Z m~ 3 O o ~ w ~ °_' ~ ~ 'E E ~ z W ~~~z o Q o rf Y Q U y F=2~~ ° N o00 o ~ ~ Q J o J o J ~ c E °' 2~> U m MOO o a Z j W O Q ap D (n Q a0 Q (~/J C E ~~ E LL L yL.• Q ~ ~ o> O G 2'Z ~ ?j U ' <O r Q W W- U ' t0 ti 4 LtluJ Z m CW ~ W N N'.- G C= O ~ C~ OMO O a W S Q L O O U U ~ V ('~ F U C~ C d Z N N i Z O ~ ~NM o W aaanann J J O ~? O O J W F J O J W J Q J W JC.~J F- Z^^^^ a p p O L m 0 ~ J J- N N N O O O ~ Z ~ J 3 0 3 7 J 3 O Q 0 0 0 0 0 0 ~ W p] (~ ~ } W , J W LL U W , W L L. .~ ~- ~ ~ ~ N F ~ 2 CO ~ N N N W D_ (7 (~ C7 (7 C7 C7 U ' Q1 N O O N r O 0 N 0 0 O m N O Z Q a O 0 N O h O 0 0 00 rn 0 O 00 Q J y ~i a ~ ui w ° wzw ^ ~" ~^ p w~ 'o w Q Q Z Q E= Z J 2~ U ~ ^ m a Q^ .c ;aQ ~~K 3 Z ~_ ^_Q oLJ W cpF m O F^a~m > ~-~J x Z~ ~ ~ O J x Z w Z Q J ~W ~ ~o~nw m ~ ¢xgm~ > w ~ L O y ^ Q> j ~ J ~ j J f n W d E ~n ~ Q O 3 O J O O= y N w ~ W ~m~ m o cn ~ xQ~~~ y ~n ~n ~° Z ~ C Z C W eD Z W J W C N N `~ O y ii („) ~ ~ O ~i ~ ~ Q ~i a~DS ~ p W d ; J W » .n J W ~.~ 0.' W~~ ~ W UJpW~~ c WLL^?~ o ~ rev (n O ~° ~ L .~+ N W F' W ~ N Op "') ~ /~ oo N Q ~ x O W ~ In 3~ E ~ fn U~~W ~ .n rn d ~ is N» ~ W ^ 0: N»N» 'O ~ W fn ^ (n a>Zw ZJ~} J O ~LL^Qw ~~ c~ ° mQWZ a°i ~ i QQ~x~ ~Z ~ ~~~Q ^ W ppd'(.~LLI ~ LJ aL+ U WQ~ ~ Ll. Z0=2~J~ N O ~ ~ w I Ox O pC..) ~ ~ Z~dm W X ~ i C mC7pwOLL1 ~ Z? °o O OO ~ c ~ LLI ~ ~ O Q~W~Hf- c W ,L~,fn N xQW~ 3 N W Q c ~ ULL~~Z^ ~ ^ ^ O d ~Y yw O ~Z~~ ~ vi ° ~ O N ~ W Z W aOFO ~ Q J~Z t0 m~2~= N C O W J N O ZOO Q%~w C7 ~~,«so o QgoW ~~ o a W o~~ a gam>~o 3 _ O F W (n N N , 4 m w O ^ ° y0 ~ WC~~~ ~mayi r ~ O ¢Q`Q j p ~~~~ p. QyO~ N 2 QI- ...arn i •• ~ M ZZ}~Q Q'~I x° cp w O >OYCn w~a ~ N a Q w i ~ ~>O>~>^>~~ ~Ea Q a C Z Z Z Q J ~' Q Z 3~ Q W W ~ 7 O> m> J J 3 J O Q Q Q W Q Q~ Q v a J G' 0_' W J Q O H W G o v W o ~cn a a mWU.C~ a..=_a ~ a Q Q U ~ a m^~dtn} aUs c y 0 ~' ~ °_' ~ p•~ o w ci~~~o~c ~ c~ `°oc w.w_~`° Z N N E y 3 0 ° ~ E L 7 L.L U~ 0 ~ mx u~ m m~ ~~°x o v C~~J oQU FL~O°~m m._a~d ~°2 oY~2Z ~Uu.a V>_~ c ~ o ° dingy j~~JUQ y Q J J a~YQQ~m xy~~ o~Y ~wUW~Q >. E a ° ~ OF 3~ aN h mm 3 iii ~ ~~ W ~Za ~x L a>> Eco '° viQQ y~j C V~ O~~ O n°~ N - J~ m o00o a> ~ ~-v_ ~ ._ m ~F- I-'-N Q N W ^ rn en ~ rnmmrn v ._c m p•m ca •_ o~~U ^~JZ O} c + u~ vi vi vi 7 ~.' O~ C~ Y f6 ^ N '.C'.. N ,ry Z O y W LL ii ~,~,~,~, m~~,° o Ea~a~3 u°' x a~ J L y s 'O N N E O O O C y Q N (n E J f6 N y~~ mL "O L_a U O d W fOQ fn=Q ~rn^u~ m-o ~ m m 7U m m y -U~ F- W m~-,~~ y ro .Nm, rn m ~mpJ ~Q ° UYa~ Doty ^ o~x JU W « uir~ao c ~- c o 0 0 ~ O F cJ ~ ~ in i» in e» ._ ~ 3 'oo ~ O F- ~ ~ ~. ~ N N ~ U ~ ^ a L OO K en m°~aci°Lm Qcmo yam= ~ -~ H Y~ T~ Y W E E O O.~ O y^ ~ I Q c Z~ O Z tAoU~~:`cai paEid~ ayimdQ QmOW~O N C NF-(nx N` f0 y UQ N p~O W O L`O cL=~ iii- 0 0 ma Q ~~ m Q~ W ~LI- ~_ ~ ._c m mZ a •-3 U WF- o~ Q J O~ N O~~ L N° C N O Y 'O i N O LL W 7 Z F- 2' m Y d U ~ ~ o d' O W 4. o Q U ~a=~ m N ~ C N 3 (n E~ N~~ N ... t6 ~ Q F- J W y W .-. Q rn C~~U €'o d c cad °-' a~ ~--° c ^ZxC~~x c -! N - C N O CL... ~ O L C Q' y >N Q Q - Q fn ° V ~ Q m~ctiF ocn U °_'° QL~> o O~ o~w°~M- ^~ N E `o •-c ~ ~ x~ o orn~-= o ~p ~~ yJ ui ~ ;. ~~ w ~ m> iVi ~ ~ a x ~ ~~ I o m s m W w ~ a av °? a~ E °:p a ~ °' n a •-c~^ i N uiw nZ ~w ~ 0~~~3 m O O~~E3~Y O~~aoi O morn Z QQa~cO z moooo Q ~ ~°ooo°no ~c o-L ~ °a `6 l Q JJ °LO G 5c~c~c~c~ J c~ C7~Uwa ~v> 3 t~ mw~ c~~ m~ ~ a mc~`o~ ~ n. N ~ L w ~ -~ Z Q ~ ~ .~ J Q LU ~ U ~ Q ~ ca ~ ~ W c Q ~ ~ ~ _ ~ ap N '~ ~ Z ~ o~ c ~ = ~ ~ W (~ ~ ~a ~ :_~ ~ ~ N cts Qrn ~~ ~ ~ ~ o ~ ~ W m o N N ~ ~ ~ c ~ H c F- ~ ~ ~ ~ ,~ O cG N ~ h Z ~ m ~ ~ ~ Q w ro O °~ '`~ ~> N C Q ~ ~ ~ ~ O O U U O ~ ~~ ~ (~ a~i = U O T n y ~~ E > Z cn ~~ m .o ,~ U m G 3 U ~ ~ ~ y O d'O O ~p~Jd D N ._ UwC7 y" 'D W f- W Z Q U -_ C N 'O ~ U Q~ 3 LL W ~ O C E J U - i ~ w J Q ~~ d T U ~ H LL O E_ °' o ~ ~ L o ZQ Q a i f6N`~m a=i m~ y O 3 $ Q ~ y O U Y U O E f0 ~ O ~o g ~_~;~o~U~ m = O N p, ~' ~ a N 'Y 3 ~ N Q W ~ d N _ d ~ O d OI N N ~ L.L y n~ F~ ~ ~ w h QJ D1 C J J J p~ C 1~ ~ ~ Dl C r C rn 01 y X- ~~ E C _ Q (n IL f9 J LL M LL NM ~ N Y ~ Q +~.. N '6 C~ N f W~ ~ °~ ~oaUo{ ~ ~ U W O ~ a i U~ 7~~ N Qll a i n Q~ n N ~ p W ~ Z ~ N p j ~ O ' ~ ~ ~ V eD ' O n~ j Y m V °~ UU p CC ~ f0 U J . ~ Y ~ Z R 2 MM y Jm >>> '~ O N N Q N O w¢ ~ Z O N ~[ m m a> ~'m 2 = f6cn ~ y ~ ~~- Z H ~ v~~O1~H a~ ~~ I a ~ Z FU J w Q U .~.. ~ U' N N E ~' nW m'O v U m 0 ~ 3 ~ o Y Q o LL y H c c o o cq o N y~ n O N Q Q Q N J ~ N ~ N Q ~ C N N O a ~?~ Ll. N o OY o w o o U ~ EU~~mwm O m~ O U O N ~ U U N D N m U~ 1] U o 0 ~ Q U o J U ~ o cn w W > ~ n. - E N~ E E o E Q n ~ m~ n ° I m ~ W O(n W ~ N ~ ~ .. . E~- c ~ U 7D N- 7 L-p ~ N O 2 Q IJJ ~ w ~ W 2' a' w G ~ 0 Y r D. N ~ D1 0~ W •3 C ~- C~ L [0 ~ 0 W C ~ 4- ~>~>z ~ o rL W F~ ~ O ~ N U an U O , O U~7 O N v v ~ OJi J W ~>jJ O ~ J ¢ Q ~ W ~~° R' ~' Q' ~ U p C '~ ~~ C W< ~ a mJU a a wcn a ~ ~c~c~ ~ C7 C7H ~Wooi-r- ~ a s Z O U W J w z w LL 0 2 w M ~--i O a C N O O N a N C °~ D7 Y i N O E (6 ~ U~ a> o ac6i~ o N C N K E lL U N NF ~ U o~ wn3 3. c u~in ccia~~V ~ ~° y= D U n °' ~~ ~ o ~ ~ 3 ~ o . ~ " - ._ ° c ,_~ °~ T~ ~ > 025 f0 7 n a C n N N O m ~ N f6 U ° a U `° ~ a~~ °1 U d aci ma i~tr N °~ c ~ y F m m a° ~ ~ v m ~ ~ o E d o nm ~ t N ~ f 0 a ~ _ ~ L m N S- a ~~ Q C ~ rn .. _~ N v t o ~ m 2~ m N m M m rn aNi ~ rn ~~~~ U a a~ c °~ a c c m w a~ d ~-E ._ .~ m m inu> m o~ U ~ ~c ~ c ~ c rrrr ~~~~mv~ c>~• ~a c iriui c L L N uj NIL b9 LL ~ lL ~ ~ ~ ~ m ~ N N p U E f6 3 a (n ~ ~ ( Q LL u> t o I ~ N C O R N~~ N~ L a` 'pO a ~ Q N ~ O N y N Nm N r N m ~ m .r O m C N J O~ rn UF' O f6 `` O7 n U EO~ E ~ O a~ C7 c N ~~ « o;~ ~ ~ .m+ -° m m N a ~~ ~ A K A ~ ~ es inN»N» ~i~o c .` 3 m 2 ~'~ v Ern mrp~ ° ~ >> m ~ «9 in m K Y f0 f0 7~ O N H W C E Y '~ N O U ~ C ~ ~ C m O S -O C f0 A _ C mE N n~ O E ° L C N• U ~ ~ ~ ~ N p U J a~~ N .L.. p C N a Ol C o- a f9 = U (n o fA O N C_2' N ` -E o N ' C J C C _ ~ _ -_ oa L C U !n N .0.. f0 ° ~- f0 N° U U ''~- _ ~ N O J V C J IN ~ C C m C- t E L N T O d a ~ c ~ J Y l6 J Y ~ LL ~ N ~ CO d ~ IN _ E ~ ~ Z O.~ ~ ~ C a> a a 1° J ui a~ rn N c~ D~ c m~ o d U~'~ m ~a ° ' ., y m am Z O m 3 N J . g oc N ~ c~NN -- N N N Q O S U " 0 L ~ i ~ ~ C N to d C~ O N `-° m Y U y E o 3 a> 0 r~ n O m LL U ~ tYU m C ~ W tY W .. a~ 3 0 ~ > ~ N U N W W ri _rnmm C (n ~ °~ ~ N O ai Z c c ~ a Q iii a io a i ~~ r 'c ~m tr~NMV Oo aaa ~ O a a~-~•-~-c~ ~ O~oa~Y > >Y a=:°._ ~~ a> 4.°E =DY Om Un E c ~ ~ ~ Z O~ ~ _ Qooo'o Q O OR' ~°o~aciUn ° Kcprn ~U2 Z~o. o a a a ~~ ~ JC7(7U~'U~' J . c~ c9~Uw~32n~ c7_,z~ c~«s~ ~W C') , ~ ~ ~, ~ , ° a ~ °' o a Dpi - -,ai o ~ U ~ c ~6 a ~ y H (~ H z `° ~ O a 3 aci `° ° °° o W O ~ In JJ O II X w~ a F- W ~ d Q Y ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ d a N D3 N ~ N ? m - a 0 W E c . Z ~ ° = a> W E ° J o y ° ~ L ~ a ~ OL- ~ _ o 0 0 0 ~~ ~ 0 o N~ ~ DS ~ U w O a E N ~ ~ w ri M of M ri ri ~ -° F- ~ > Z d aw W p rn m ~mv~vv ~ LL- C7 O ~ - ~ l6 O L d' ~ Q ) ~n ~n o a ao eo e ~ OC OD N lL fA fA lL f9 e m r v ~n v~ of NAM MMM IL fA b9 19 di f9 (9 c O ` w C N vi y 7 O ~ O U 2' N° O ~ ~ N 3 '- N~ w ~ -° ~ L OD ~ N ~ '"') 3 ~ a y / y LL m Q ~+ C_. ~ f0 ~ J Q ~ N r r ~ M ~ N ~ ~ O) O D ~ r R ODON G O OOD 0 1 ~ - ~ N .-r C L i'~A V! J ~ r ~ N U O LL ~ g i i R' ~~ K ~ K vt N»iA»N»» N Z , 'c f6 :? ~ 7 N cu ~ Z W f6 E ° Q~ ° ° I ~ O U ° ° a i ~ _ - V ~ a ° ~W ~ m _ ~ ° U W~ ~ m» m~ U J Ua a~ V ~. Q Z p~ N N no3 ~' ~F, N T mv,m y >. mmm Q ~ W D N °~ C - °~ N p a c° ~O nro m o m U yma m m mma m m ~ w a p ~~ m moU 2 to U O L 01 `~c Z~ LL y N LL y N ~ W ~ (~ ~ to U N d C ~ (7 Z~ ~ ° 3 QW ~J mmm m. u,mm m- ~ o Z ~ a y s N~ ca c m U ~ _ OUP a~~-° N~ Eon Eoa~ ~_ O rn ~ =oo ~?~~ o ~- Qvi m>° N OZ m MoE ~ ~`°'N° tra Q Q Q ami °_>aU ~ .m Q fns TO w ~ O ° c . W~ ° h ~ F W= I U V m m N c m a d c d W ~~ Z Q ~,~ 3= 0 (nO U' !- o ~co .. Foc in Z .. ZHU' F W Z~ Z _ ~ ~ .. ui ~ y t o N y w ty N 0 Z O W p„' ~W L E N a ZCn -~ W W W dWW W aaZi w ~~~ ~ ()~NMV W mmmm ~n tD V mm W a c W ° a y 3 W'n ~ a 0 >` WU ~ N W d N ° r m o > J W ZZZ 0 0 0 ~ZZZ 0 0 0 0 Q Q ~ W J~~~~ ~~ J ~ o ~° N ~° m C « U O l- E 2 m J N N N U N N N i U U~ ~ U W Q Q Q Q Q Q W a U a~ ~- G ~ a d C ro ~ LL ~ ~ ~ ~~ ~ a0 M ~ ~ ~ K W F Z Q a W D YEN U as ~ o 'o F C7 (~ m U O a a O C7 ~ Y U U O ` ._ H ~ C N L ° E E U ~ N n m ~ - U 7 m ~'~ ~Y m o°-oa~2 X~oaa~ _o ~ ~~~3~ .~Q3No (`6 O y 7a U "o F G ._ ~ N ~ O N ~ X m N ? U W ~ ~~ O C N m N X_ ' N y L =O 'C ~ N L °mH~~ ~ N y >m U y O U C U ~ ~ p ` 3 F a O C UF-LL m -o n.-o ~E~~'o U ~ U d m ` cd- mU F O `` C C E TY m o no ~ E E-°~N .c=orm ~OJ a~a p N ~ LL C >_ ~, m UO.~jN N `oUF- ~ 7 ~ L U O O E Z U' UJ(n~ fA O) N 3 3 0 0 .~ a~ O D1 N a U O m a U N n a~ m a~ U N M W :a 0 C J N w 3 .__ Z O fn U w O qJ Z W LL O Z w "° N O C ~ Q OO C '° m E ~ ~ . N ~ ~ E 01 L am ~ C r 7 Lo v ..0.. N `7 O` O ' C U Q' m i n E m a._ 'C ~ U L (n ma ~? ~ ~ f6 mU p O~ V .fn e- r LL ._ 7~ E N U E C [p L N C C U N LL ._ 'O N C ~° ... O 'OC ^ c .O. map ~ ~ N a ~ o! ~ N ~ ~ m mm~° mo~~ C7~mo~~0 ~c m o"4• rn moV~a~ ~r°,3 rn~a'o ._>.a~ ~ .... c -o ._ ~ ' a m ya o~ E N o Y _ N m ~p <6 N N ~ C m L m O J N U y~ _ O d O) T 'p N C fn -~ C C m m C C Cn T Ln 0 7 0 - 7 U > N O C E O N C~ U 'G "O p N U C Q~ ~ m C U O C y olS LL N U rp Q "O N ~- ~~ V N m C U ~ p C E• ` N N~ m N O to E d~ N p ~C O U a ~- ~ `y N O~ > ~ ~ Y ~ m Q ~ o_ to LL j C N ° ~ C U c °_ °' a' ' o w ~ ° ~' c ° n U ` 0 O o o 0. =° w e O 7 N Y ~ of o00000o Z C 0000000 O o ~ o UL~ Q N _U •- ~ a p~ ~_ E N W S °_ N c N L -O N~ y L L ~ • - ~ Nt ~ N C m N U>~ N c m Q U N iii N C O y°Dy ~ C Qm 1i »~»~»~~ Q O R-O N ~ US NLL2L~ W m ~'OJ O N f NL O ~ O O '? O 0 U LL y U~ ~ N ~ O N 7 (6 N C 3 a~ ` m a U ~~~ N '~ V R ~ N N J ° o 1 C Y C~ m y N~~O V th C7 ~n~nv v~cy N p . ~- `o ( L ~LL N cnm 5~ ~ a~ ~ ~ c N'O U~ N >,~ ~ C j,L m °~ rn Ol c ~ N m=ob N d O V U ~ y Mvuico~m N A N N N N N N N J ~ ' 9 f9 fA fA 1A fA M . Em Q O LL C O ii to a xr d N m N N ~~ N C? ~ m o a_ c o V c c ~ j U~ N O 3,~ cam . E V U ~ ~~ ~_ `~ ~ X ~ m ~0°~ mW Q~ m M m O ELL ncgd«° (0 od ~ ~ ~ c '° f0 ~ N N O cn~ f/1 0_' ~ Q N y O UO U N C•- m O ONO) WCOp OU`yL ~ y m O p O U Q,L..Cy~ m O N C ~ -p m ~U m C y m E N .° N E O O ~ ~ C ALL m C E m E F L U ~ ~ U 3 O T f6 O O m._ L C O d~~ N U O N N 7 } O U C N O n O~ m m O O O N C N -C > E U d' R~ ~ v E~ E y~ >` N m U O W y~ O ~ m N U p° ~ ~ Vl N N C O N m O C~ ~ C C w W U~ m 3 ~ _ m m> O d~ O O L~ ~ L N~ -O °- LL~ LL O O _ ~~ ° N E°- p - y N U > O O ~ H ~ C N L~= m O U O W C ~~ O O m L -° N L N m C L O L C 7 O O LL U O = O ~ ~ ~ O ~ ~ ~ N ° ( O L C 30_x, Z Z w w ~~ m 0 LL ~ U O.U. N C> C~ o~~mam' c~c ~ r .+ p LL T mo~> 0 -~' m m~ N N ~ a~ m N p °. oNu m~ o O m Y TU ~ ~ a_ a_ m ._~ ~-~a~o p m °m~ o ~ ma. ~_ aca~= of o.m c aim w>r`~ n°- NO ~ m W U m c~a~ o U S m~ O m~ 7 ~ Q O O Q d U f6 (6 >, U~ c E J Q V~ V N~ Q~ d U o O- m m .O m C U C ~ (~ W W •• m~ > r o m m L p N._ H w U N N 7 ~ ~' X 2 N M W T W ~ p L d' ~ O J ~ t0 f~ m D1 E~ Q ~ m W A N r~ v ~n co r W ~ ~ m= m j °~ ~ d O a Y` m~ a . 7 r 3 ~ m `o O U > > 7 ~ a~ oam~N= - ~>>~'>>'~~ ~ O u1-~ ~ > O>ncm~0oo~ ` O ~~c~c Oa U W O O ~ ~ 00~ ~ L > ~ ° m m a m c ' p o 0 0 0 0 0 o O ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I m o= 0 C9~ m ~ m ~' o m OIL C9aoUSJScnC9U ~ m m~ a> 3 c9mUU~F ~ c c7 ° d N O G7 C7 °~ c a ate a ac c c c c c c . N DD '-, C C fl 0 u ii 0 1 ' protect: Lyman Creek Notice of Award Dated ~ 2 d R City of Bozeman contract: Lyman Creek Water System Infrastructure Improvements engineer'spro;ectNo.:0417.055 Bidder: Edstrom Construction, Inc. Bidders Address: (send Certified Mail, Retum Receipt Requested) You are notified that your Bid dated June 23. 2009 for the above Contract has been considered. You are the Successful Bidder and are awarded a Contract for $346.377.00 including Schedules I. II and III and the Additive Alternate. The Contract Price of your Contract is_three hundred forty six thousand. three hundred seventy seven Dollars ($346.377.0. 5 copies of each of the proposed Contract Documents accompany this Notice of Award for execution. 2 additional copies of the proposed Contract Documents will be delivered separately or otherwise made available to you immediately. You must comply with the following conditions precedent within fifteen days of the date you receive this Notice of Award. 1. Deliver to the Owner L] fully executed counterparts of the Contract Documents. 2. Deliver with the executed Contract Documents the Contract security [Bonds] as specified in the Instructions to Bidders (Article 20), [and] General Conditions (Paragraph 2.01 and 5.01) [and Supplementary Conditions (Paragraph SC-2.01).] 3. Other conditions precedent: Execute Change Order No 1 5 copies enclosed addressing~ayment of Bid Items 101 and 102 Failure to comply with these conditions within the time specified will entitle Owner to consider you in default, annul this Notice of Award and declare your Bid security forfeited. Within fifteen days after you comply with the above conditions, Owner will return to you two fully executed counterparts of the Contract Documents ~I Copy to Engineer Title contras No.: n/a Notice of Award -Page 1 of 1 C:\Documents and Settings\bmurray\Local Settings\Temporary Internet Files\Content.0utlook\VH9SZU51MNotice of Award.doc 7/22/09 1 i r fl Notice to Proceed Dated Project: Owner: Owner's Contract No.: Contract: Engineer's Project No.: Contractor: Contractor's Address: [send Certified Mail, Return Receipt Requested] You are notified that the Contract Times under the above contract will commence to run on . On or befiore that date, you are to start performing your obligations under the Contract Documents. In accordance with Article 4 of the Agreement, the date of Substantial Completion is_ and the date of readiness for final payment is [(or) the number of days to achieve Substantial Completion is ,and the number of days to achieve readiness for final payment is 1. Before you may start any Work at the Site, Paragraph 2.01.8 of the General Conditions provides that you and Owner must each deliver to the other (with copies to Engineer and other identified additional insureds) certificates of insurance which each is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with the Contract Documents. Also, before you may start any Work at the Site, you must [add other requirements]: (Contractor) Received b~ (Title) (Date) Copy to Engineer Owner Given by: Authorized Signature Title Date Notice to Proceed -Page 1 of 1 N:\0417\055\DOCS\SpecsUNisc Forms\Notice to Proceed.doc 2/20/09 0 0 ~~ !J 0 CHANGE ORDER No. DATE OF ISSUANCE EFFECTNE DATE ^ OWNER CONTRACTOR Contract: Project: OWNER's Contract No. ENGINEER ENGINEER'S Contract No. You are directed to make the following changes in the Contract Documents: Description: Reason for Change Order: Attachments: (List documents supporting change) CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE: Original Contract Price Net Increase (Decrease) from previous Change Orders No. to Contract Price prior to this Change Order: Net increase (decrease) of this Change Order: Contract Price with all approved Change Orders: CHANGE IN CONTRACT TIMES: Original Contract Times: Substantial Completion: Ready for final payment: (da s or dates Net change from previous Change Orders No. _ to No. _• Substantial Completion: Ready for final payment: da s Contract Times prior to this Change Order: Substantial Completion: Ready for final payment: da s or dates Net increase (decrease) this Change Order: Substantial Completion: Ready for final payment: (days) Contract Times with all approved Change Orders: Substantial Completion: Ready for final payment: (days or dates) Contractor certifies and agrees that there are no additional costs or claims for extra work, additional time, delays or ' omitted items, of any nature whatsoever, associated with the subject change order items, except as identified and set forth herein and unless expressly stated otherwise in the Change Order. And further, that the price agreed-upon herein represents the full cost and value for the subject work performed and the materials supplied under the terms of the contract and that the work quantities and value were properly determined and are correct. CONTRACTOR (Authorized Signature) Date ' RECOMMENDED BY: APPROVED BY: (ENGINEER -Signature) Date OWNER (Authorized Signature) Date EJCDC 1910-8-B (1996 Edition Prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee and endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America and the Construction Specifications Institute. Page 1 of 2 N:\0417\055\DOCS\SpecsUVlisc Forms\COB Change Order Form.doc CHANGE ORDER INSTRUCTIONS A. GENERAL INFORMATION This document was developed to provide a uniform format for handling contract changes that affect Contract Price or Contract Times. Changes that have been initiated by a Work Change Directive must be incorporated into a subsequent Change Order if they affect Price or Times. Changes that affect Contract Price or Contract Times should be promptly covered by a Change Order. The practice of accumulating Change Orders to reduce the administrative burden may lead to unnecessary disputes. If Milestones have been listed in the Agreement, any effect of a Change Order thereon should be addressed. For supplemental instructions and minor changes not involving a change in the Contract Price or Contract Times, a Field Order should be used. B. COMPLETING THE CHANGE ORDER FORM Engineer normally initiates the form, including a description of the changes involved and attachments based upon documents and proposals submitted by Contractor, or requests from Owner, or both. Once Engineer has completed and signed the form, all copies should be sent to Owner or Contractor for approval, depending on whether the Change Order is a true order to the Contractor or the formalization of a negotiated agreement for a previously performed change. After approval by one contracting party, all copies should be sent to the other party for approval. Engineer should make distribution of executed copies after approval by both parties. If a change only applies to price or to times, cross out the part of the tabulation that does not apply. Page 2 of 2 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Misc Forms\COB Change Order Form.doc J 0 I~ Field Order No. Date of Issuance: Effective Date: Project: Owner: Owners Contract No.: Contract: Date of Contract: Contractor: Engineers Project No.: Attention: You are hereby directed to promptly execute this Field Order issued in accordance with General Conditions Paragraph 9.05A., for minor changes in the Work without changes in Contract Price or Contract Times. If you consider that a change in Contract Price or Contract Times is required, please notify the Engineer immediately and before proceeding with this Work. Reference: (Specification Section(s)) (Drawing(s) /Detail(s)) Attachments: Engineer: Receipt Acknowledged by (Contractor): Date: Copy to Owner Field Order -Page 1 of 1 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Misc Forms\Field Order.doc Revised 6/26/03 0 I~~ CI! ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Work Change Directive No. Date of Issuance: Effective Date: Project: Owner: Owners Contract No.: Contract: Date of Contract: Contractor: Engineers Project No.: You are directed to proceed promptly with the following change(s): Item No. Description Attachments (list documents supporting change): Purpose for Work Change Directive: Authorization for Work described herein to proceed on the basis of Cost of the Work due to: Nonagreement on pricing of proposed change. Necessity to expedite Work described herein prior to agreeing to changes on Contract Price and Contract Time. Estimated change in Contract Price and Contract Times: Contract Price $ (increase/decrease) Contract Time (increase/decrease) days If the change involves an increase, the estimated amounts are not to be exceeded without further authorization. Recommended for Approval by Engineer: Date Authorized for Owner by: I Date Date Approves oy running Agency (ir appiicaoie): Date: Work Change Directive -Page 1 of 1 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Misc Forms\Work Change Directive.doc 2/20/09 ORDER TO CONTRACTOR TO SUSPEND WORK Federal/State Project Number Suspend Work Order No. Morrison-Maierle, Inc. Project Number TO: PROJECT AND LOCATION OWNER: By reason of which renders it impracticable for you to secure specified results on the work required by your contract, you are hereby directed to suspend work (minor operations excepted), at the close of work on You will resume major operations only when authorized to do so in writing by a Resume Work Order. Under the terms of your contract for the above subject project, Contract Time will (will not) continue to be charged during the period work is suspended. (See General Conditions, Articles 12 and 15 and applicable Supplementary Conditions). calendar days are allowed to complete this project and calendar days have been allowed for approved extra and/or additional work. At the close of work on the date specified above, of the calendardayshavebeen used and there remain calendar days in which to complete the contract. Please sign all five copies in the space provided and return them to this office. One approved copy will be returned for your files. CONTRACTOR OWNER Receipt Acknowledged, Date: BY: BY: TITLE: TITLE: Address for Correspondence cc: Morrison-Maierle, Inc. DATE: Order to Contractor to Suspend Work -Page 1 of 1 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Misc Forms\Suspend Work.doc 2/20/09 n u 0 ~ ~ u n ~ u ORDER TO CONTRACTOR TO RESUME WORK Federal/State Project Number Morrison-Maierle, Inc. Project Number TO: Resume Work Order No. DATE: PROJECT AND LOCATION OWNER: ' The Suspend Work Order, dated ,directed you to suspend work on your contract, for the reasons and conditions described therein. Conditions are now favorable to the continuation of the work, you are hereby directed to resume major operations on this project effective t Under the terms of your contract for this project, Contract Time was (was notj charged during the period work was suspended. ' At the close of work on the date specified in the last Suspend Work Order, of the calendar days Contract Time had been used. calendar days were charged during the period work was suspended, therefore, on the date this resume work order is effective, calendar days of Contract Time remain. The (revised) contract completion date is 20 Please sign all five copies in the space provided and return them to this office. One approved copy will be returned for ' your file. ' CONTRACTOR OWNER Receipt Acknowledged, Date: BY: ' BY: TITLE: TITLE: Address for Correspondence: cc: Morrison-Maierle, Inc. ' Order to Contractor to Resume Work -Page 1 of 1 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Misc Forms\Resume Work.doc 2/20/09 fl ii ii APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT (Periodic Cost Estimate) Page 1 of 2 pages 1. Owner's Name and Address 5. (Insert Fed Proj #) 2. Official Name and Location of Project: 6. Application No. 3. Contractor's Name and Address: 7. Period Ending: 8. Date Prepared: 9. Percent Complete: 10. M-M No. 4. Description of Work 11. Orig. Contract Amount 12. Contract Time: 13. Dates 14. No. Days Contractor is A. Work to Start: B. Work Started C. Completion Due: D. Est. or Act. Comp: Ahead: In Arrears: 15. Breakdown of Application for Payment ITEM NO DESCRIPTION OF WORK Original Proposal Revised Work Performed to Date . ONTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT ONTY AMOUNT ONTY AMOUNT 16. CONTRACTOR'S Certification: The undersigned CONTRACTOR certifies that: (1) all previous progress payments received from OWNER on account of Work done under the Contract referred to above have been applied to discharge in full all obligations of CONTRACTOR incurred in connection with Work covered by prior Applications for Payment number 1 through _ inclusive; (2) title to all Work, materials and equipment incorporated in said Work or otherwise listed in or covered by this Application for Payment will pass to OWNER at time of payment free and clear of all liens, claims, security interest and encumbrances (except such as are covered by Bond acceptable to OWNER indemnifying OWNER against any such lien, claim, security interests or encumbrance) (3) all Work covered by this Application for Payment is in accordance with the Contract Documents and not defective as that term is defined in the Contract Documents; and (4) there are no claims for extra work, delays, omitted items or of any nature against the OWNER or ENGINEER not set forth herein unless expressly stated otherwise in this Application for Payment. DATE: CONTRACTOR: TITLE: SIGNATURE: 17. Payment of Amount Due CONTRACTOR (Page _) is recommended. DATE: ENGINEER: Morrison-Maierle, Inc. TITLE: SIGNATURE: Application for Payment C-620 -Page 1 of 3 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Misc Forms\Appl for Payment.doc Revised 6/27/03 Application for Payment C-620 -Page 2 of 3 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Misc FormsWppl for Payment.doc Revised 6/27/03 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS A. GENERAL INFORMATION The sample form of Schedule of Values in intended as a guide only. Many projects 1 require a more extensive form with space for numerous items, descriptions of Change Orders, identification of variable quantity adjustments, summary of materials and equipment stored at the site and other information. It is expected that a separate form will be developed by Engineer and Contractor at the time Contractor's Schedule of Values is finalized. Note also that the format for retainage must be changed if the Contract permits (or the law provides), and Contractor elects to deposit securities in lieu ' of retainage. Refer to Article 14 of the General Conditions for provisions concerning payment to Contractor. B. COMPLETING THE FORM The Schedule of Values, submitted and approved as provided in paragraphs 2.05.A.3 and 2.07.A.3 of the General Conditions should be reproduced as appropriate in the space indicated on the Application for Payment form. Note that the cost of materials and equipment is often listed separately from the cost of installation. Also, note that each Unit Price is deemed to include Contractor's overhead and profit. All Change Orders affecting the Contract Price should be identified and included in the Schedule of Values as required for progress payments. The form is suitable for use in the Final Application for Payment as well as for Progress Payments; however, the required accompanying documentation is usually .more extensive for final payment. All accompanying documentation should be identified in the space provided on the form. C. LEGAL REVIEW All accompanying documentation of a legal nature, such as Lien waivers, should be reviewed by an attorney, and Engineer should so advise Owner. Application for Payment Instructions -Page 3 of 3 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Misc Forms\Appl for Payment pg3.doc Revised 6/27/03 Certificate of Substantial Completion Project: Owner: Owner's Contract No.: Contract: Date of Contract: Contractor: Engineers Project No.: This [tentative] [definitive] Certificate of Substantial Completion applies to: ^ All Work under the Contract Documents: ^ The following specified portions Date of Substantial Completion The Work to which this Certificate applies has been inspected by authorized representatives of Owner, Contractor and Engineer, and found to be substantially complete. The Date of Substantial Completion of the Project or portion thereof designated above is hereby declared and is also the date of commencement of applicable warranties required by the Contract Documents, except as stated below. A [tentative] [revised tentative] [definitive] list of items to be completed or corrected, is attached hereto. This list may not be all- inclusive, and the failure to include any items on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The responsibilities between OWNER and CONTRACTOR for security, operation, safety, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance and warranties shall be as provided in the Contract Documents except as amended as follows: ^ Amended Responsibilities ^ Not Amended Owner's Amended Responsibilities: Contractor's Amended Responsibilities: The following documents are attached to and made part of this Certificate: This Certificate does not constitute an acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents nor is it a release of Contractor's obligation to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Executed by Engineer Accepted by Contractor Accepted by Owner Date Date Date Certificate of Substantial Completion -Page 1 of 1 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Misc Forms\cert of substantial completion.doc Revised 6/26/03 CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATE AND RELEASE FROM: (Name of Contractor) TO: [Insert Owner's Name and Address] REFERENCE CONTRACT NUMBER 20 ,between the [Owner's Name] and entered into the day of , (Name of Contractor) of (City) (State) for the purpose of (Type of Operation) within the [limits of the City of (Project Location)]. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: 1. The undersigned hereby certifies that there is due from and payable by the [Insert Owner's Name] to the Contractor under the Contract and duly approved Change Orders and modifications the balance of 2. The undersigned further certifies that in addition to the amount set forth in Paragraph I, there are outstanding and unsettled the following items which he claims are just and due owing by the [Insert Owner' Name]: (a) (b) (c) (d) (Itemize claims and amounts due. If none, so state) Contractor's Certificate and Release -Page 1 of 3 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Misc Forms\Cert & Release.doc Revised 6/26/03 3. The undersigned further certifies that all work required under this Contract including work required under Change Orders numbered: ,and ,has been performed in accordance with the terms thereof, and that there are no unpaid claims for materials, supplies or equipment and no claims of laborers or mechanics for unpaid wages arising out of the performance of this Contract, and that the wage rates paid by the Contractor and all Subcontractors were in conformity with the Contract provisions relating to said wage rates. 4. Except for the amounts stated under Paragraphs I and II hereof, the undersigned has received from the [Insert Owner's Name] all sums of money payable to the undersigned under or pursuant to the above-mentioned Contract or any modification or change thereof. 5. That in consideration of the payment of the amount stated in Paragraph I hereof the undersigned does hereby release the [Insert Owner's Name] from any and all claims arising under or by virtue of this Contract, except the amount listed in Paragraph II hereof, provided, however, that if for any reason the [Insert Owner's Name] does not pay in full the amount stated in Paragraph I hereof, said deduction shall be automatically included under Paragraph II as an amount which the Contractor has not released but will release the [Insert Owner's Name] from any and all claims of any nature whatsoever arising out of said Contract or modification thereof, and will execute such further releases or assurances as the [Insert Owner's Name] may request. Further, in consideration of the payment of the amount stated in Paragraph I hereof, the undersigned agrees to hold the [Insert Owner's Name] harmless from any and all costs, liability or expense of any kind in any way arising out of the contract referenced herein, or any subcontracts awarded pursuant thereto. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has signed and sealed this instrument this day of 20 (Contractor) (Signature) (Title) says, first, that he is the (Title) of the (Name of Company) Contractor's Certificate and Release -Page 2 of 3 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Misc Forms\Cert & Release.doc Revised 6/26/03 being first duly sworn on oath, deposes and 0 ii n r C i u ~ i ~ second, that he has read the foregoing certificate by him subscribed as (Title) of the (Name of Company) Affiant further states that the matters and things stated therein are, to the best of his knowledge and belief, true. (Signature) Subscribed and sworn to before me this ,day of , 20 My commission expires (Notary) Contractor's Certificate and Release -Page 3 of 3 N:\0417\0551DOCS\Specs\Misc Forms\Cert & Release.doc Revised 6/26/03 SECTION 01010 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY OF WORK PARTI GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. This section provides a general summary of the project and the work to be performed under this Contract. Detailed requirements and extent of work are shown on the Drawings and are stated in this and other sections of the Project Manual B. SECTION INCLUDES: 1. Organization And Interpretation Of Contract Documents 2. Standard Specifications And Technical Provisions ' 3. Other Specifications 4. Description Of Project 5. Location And Inspection Of Site ' 6. Time For Completion And Liquidated Damages 7. Engineering Services 8. Boundaries Of Work ' 9. Protection Of Site 10. Salvageable And Non-Salvageable Items 11.OSHA Regulations 12. Underground/Aboveground Facilities 13. Field Office Facilities ' 14. Temporary Facilities 15. Site Access 1.02 ORGANIZATION AND INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Specifications and Drawings included in these Contract Documents establish the performance, quality requirements, location and general arrangement of materials and equipment, and establish the minimum standards for quality of workmanship and appearance. B. Specification sections have not been divided into groups for work of subcontractors or various trades. Should there be questions concerning the applicability or interpretation of a particular section or part of a section or Drawing, direct questions to the Engineer. C. Piping and electrical conduit work shown on the Drawings is intended to be depictive and may not be an exact and complete representation of the actual finished work. Include fittings, joints, supports, nuts, bolts, and other accessories required to provide complete and satisfactory piping and conduit systems, as specified, even though some items may not be specifically shown on the Drawings. 01010 -Page 1 of 11 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01010.doc May 29, 2009 1 SECTION 01010 ' DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY OF WORK D. Apart of the work that is necessary or required to make each installation ' satisfactory and operable for its intended purpose, even though it is not specifically included in the Specifications or on the Drawings, shall be ' performed as incidental work as if it were described in the Specifications and shown on the Drawings. 1.03 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND TECHNICAL PROVISIONS A. The Montana Public Works Standard Specifications (MPWSS), Fifth Edition, ' March 2003 and 2006 Addendum, shall apply on this project, subject to the modifications and additions provided in the City of Bozeman Modifications to Montana Public Works Standard Specifications, Fifth Edition, dated March, ' 2004 and Addendums 1, 2 & 3. All of the above are incorporated herein by reference and shall be subject to the modifications and additions provided in the following Technical Specifications. t Copies of the MPWSS are available from: Associated General Contractors of America ' Montana Contractors Association 1717 11th Avenue Helena, Montana .59601 Copies of the City of Bozeman Modifications to Montana Public Works ' Standard Specifications are available from: City of Bozeman, Engineering Department ' 20 East Olive Bozeman, MT 59715 Telephone: (406) 582-2280 ' B. Technical Provisions: The Technical Provisions are defined as all of the technical specifications (Divisions 1 through 16) incorporated into this Project ' Manual, and are hereby made a part of this contract. C. All work, unless otherwise specified in this Project Manual, shall be ' completed in accordance with the Standard Specifications as amended by the Technical Provisions. In performance of the work, the Technical ' Provisions shall take precedence over the Standard Specifications. D. If, during the performance of the work, the Contractor finds a conflict, error or ' discrepancy between the Standard Specifications and the Technical Provisions or between any portions thereof, the conflict, error, or discrepancy shall be reported to the Engineer before proceeding with the affected work. 01010 -Page 2 of 11 f. '~0~ 17\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01010.doc , A~ay ~~9, 2009 SECTION 01010 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY OF WORK The Contractor may proceed with the affected work upon receiving a clarification from the Engineer. E. Any subsequent addenda issued after the publication date of these Technical Provisions shall take precedence over the Technical Provisions and the Standard Specifications. 1.04 OTHER SPECIFICATIONS: A. Other published specifications, regulations or test methods referred to in the Project Manual, the Standard Specifications or on the Drawings shall be made a part of the Contract Documents by such reference: 1.05 DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT A. Work Covered by Contract. The work under this Contract generally consists of: Schedule 1 -Lyman Creek Spring Collection Improvements, Schedule 2 -Lyman Creek Treatment and Storage Improvements and Schedule 3 -Sourdough Reservoir -Valve Replacement. The primary objective of this project is to increase the capacity and reliability of the Lyman Creek water supply, provide upgraded disinfection and flouride treatment systems, and monitor the storage reservoir level. Also replace several failing valves at the Sourdough reservoir. These improvements are intended to enhance the abilities of the water treatment plant operators to provide water supply to the City of Bozeman. The work is presented in three schedules as follows: Lvman Creek Spring Collection Improvements: Construction of a spring collection system which includes, installation of approximately 308 LF of 12" of HDPE or PVC pipe, 32 LF of 36" CMP, and, a overflow measurement vault. 2. Lvman Creek Treatment and Storage Improvements: Construction of upgraded treatment and storage components including, installation of upsized piping, sodium hypochlorite disinfection, hydrofloursilic acid (flouride), and propane heat in the Inlet Control Building, and level monitoring in the storage reservoir. Upsized piping in the Inlet Control Building ,includes new 12"piping with fittings, a pressure reduction valve, a flow control valve with metering, combination air valves, and appurtenances. Chemical system improvements include new storage tanks, chemical feed pumps, piping, fittings, valves, and injection 01010 -Page 3 of 11 (' N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01010.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01010 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY OF WORK assemblies. Level monitoring improvements to the reservoir include a level tranducer, a festoon system, cable, junction boxes, and conduit. Electrical and controls will be provided for the new and upgraded components. 3. Sourdough Reservoir-Valve Replacement: Replace two, 24-inch gate valves, an 18-inch gate valve , a 24-inch butterfly valve, remove a 24x18- inch tee and replace with a 24x18-inch reducing bend and cap the existing 24-inch main line. A bid alternate is included to add valve stem extensions to valves at this location. B. Nature of Work. 1. In working around and making connections to existing piping, it is not uncommon to experience leaks, leaking valves or other problems with the existing piping system. The Contractor shall anticipate the need to conduct his work in a "wet" condition and shall bid his work accordingly. 2. If emergency pipe repairs are needed to keep the existing system in operation, immediately notify the Owner to coordinate the repair work. The Owner may direct the Contractor to make the required repairs. Payment for such Contractor's repair work shall be made in accordance with the Section 00700, STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS of the Construction Contract. Repair work shall be completed in a timely manner, and in all cases before the completion of each daily shift. No payment for standby time for the Contractor's crew or equipment shall be made while making repairs. Repairs of damage or leaks caused by the Contractor shall be made by the Contractor with no increase in Contract Time and at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Groundwater Consideration The Contractor is advised that groundwater may be present in the project site. The Contractor is responsible for providing dewatering equipment and methods for this project. Groundwater shall be removed from the open trench area to satisfactorily prevent the rising of water into the new or existing piping that may be exposed during the work. Groundwater must be lowered and kept below the excavation during all operations of excavation, placement of piping, backfilling and compaction, during daytime and nighttime hours. A temporary plug shall be installed in all piping between sets and at the end of each shift. This plug shall be gasketed and watertight. 2. The Contractor shall obtain all necessary permits for the discharge of groundwater. At a minimum, this will require that the Contractor obtain the following permits from the MDEQ office in Helena. 01010-Page4of11 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01010.doc nn~„ ~a ~nno I! 0 0 C ~~ ii C ~I I!~ n u SECTION 01010 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY OF WORK a. Construction Dewatering -General Discharge Permit. This permit shall be required if the Contractor chooses to discharge groundwater directly from the trench or work area to area surface waters. The Contractor shall provide settling ponds, filters, or other means necessary to meet the permit requirements. In all cases, the dewatering must be "local" and "short term" to prevent a change in the conditions of the groundwater of the project area. A copy of the Contractor's discharge permit(s) shall be provided to the Engineer before work begins. 3. The requirements of this item forthe activities of construction dewatering are to be distinguished as being separate from the requirements necessary when there is an encounter of chemical or hydrocarbon contaminants in the groundwater. Refer to other Sections for the requirements of this condition. 4. All costs of dewatering, including the procurement of the permits required, measures to handle the discharge, testing, and all related work of cleanup, restoration, etc. shall be incidental to the work. The Contractor shall be responsible for contacting the MDEQ to verify the discharge limitations and other costs associated with the permit, for bidding purposes. 5. Refer to Section 01560, ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY CONTROL for additional Contractor's responsibilities. D. Soil Considerations The Contractor shall be responsible for stabilizing all excavated areas before backfilling and compaction. Any excavated material which is unsuitable for backfill due to moisture content (either excessively wet or dry) shall be conditioned in a manner acceptable to the Engineer to render it suitable for backfill at no additional cost to the Owner. If the Contractor chooses not to condition the unsuitable materials, then this material shall be wasted at a site meeting all Owner, County, State, and Federal Regulations and replaced with acceptable material of proper moisture content at no additional cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall be responsible for securing a proper disposal site. 2. Refer to Section 01560, ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY CONTROL for additional Contractor's responsibilities for storm water discharge associated with construction activity. 01010 -Page 5 of 11 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01010.doc nn~„ oo ~nno SECTION 01010 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY OF WORK ' 1.06 LOCATION AND INSPECTION OF SITE , A. The site of work extends from the City of Bozeman Lyman Creek Water Treatment Plant (WTP) north of Bozeman on Story Mill Road, to and ' including the Lyman Creek spring collection located north of the WTP on the west face of the Bridger Mountains. B. The site for the valve replacement in located at the Sourdough Reservoir which is just east of the intersection of Sourdough and Goldenstein. ' C. Prospective bidders may inspect the site on the day of the pre-bid conference. Contractors are encouraged to visit the site and become familiar with existing conditions. However, additional access to the project site for ' inspection should be coordinated with the Owner through the Engineer up to the time of the bid opening. ' D. Inquiries concerning these specifications and drawings may be made to Morrison-Maierle, Inc., 2880 Technology Boulevard West, Bozeman, Montana 59718. Telephone (406) 587-0721. ' 1.07 TIME FOR COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES A. Time for com letion shall be as s ecified in the Bid Form and the ' p p Agreement. ' B. Liquidated damages shall be as specified in the Bid Form and the Agreement Form. 1.08 ENGINEERING SERVICES A. The Engineer has established benchmarks for horizontal and vertical control. ' Exiting facilities and work under this contract are located with respect to this control. Using the benchmarks, the Contractor shall establish all stakes, ' marks, and templates required for the performance of the work. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the benchmarks. B. The benchmark points have been established at the point at the project site. ' The cost of replacing survey stakes, markers, etc. damaged or destroyed after the initial staking will be done by the Contractor at his own expense. ' C. The Owner or Engineer may perform independent and separate compaction density tests, concrete sampling and testing, bacteriological testing, or other ' testing as he (they) may see decide. 01010 -Page 6 of 11 ' N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01010.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01010 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY OF WORK 1.09 BOUNDARIES OF WORK A. The Owner shall provide rights-of-way for the work specified in this Contract and make suitable provisions for ingress and egress, and the Owner shall not cause the Contractor to enter or occupy with workers, tools, equipment or material, any ground outside the rights-of-way of the Owner without the written consent of the owner of such ground. The approximate location of the boundaries of work is shown on the Drawings. The final location and extent of the areas to be used shall be staked by the Engineer. Other contractors and employees or agents of the Owner may for all necessary purposes enter upon the premise provided for the Contractor, providing the operations of other contractors do not interfere with the actual scheduled operations. The Contractor shall conduct his work so as not to unduly impede any work being done by others on or adjacent to the site. B. It shall be understood that the responsibility for protection and safekeeping of equipment and materials on or near the site will be entirely that of the Contractor and that no claim shall be made against the Owner or the Engineer by reason of any act of an employee or trespasser. C. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any additional work area, storage sites, access to the site, or temporary right-of-way, which may be required for proper completion of the work. D. The work is located on public and private property on public right-of-way, easements and temporary construction permits obtained by the Owner. The limits and conditions of use are dictated by the permits and easements. The physical limits of construction for the project work are summarized in the plans. E. The Contractor shall review the permits and shall abide by the terms and provisions of the permits. The Contractor shall confine all construction operations to within said public right-of-way, easements or permit limits or, at his own expense, make special written arrangements with property owners or the appropriate public agency for his use of additional area. The Contractor shall furnish Owner with copies of said written special arrangements prior to expanding his operations beyond the limits forwhich the Owner has obtained easements or permits. 1.10 PROTECTION OF SITE A. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Contractor shall take all necessary precautions and provide all material and equipment to protect, shore, brace, 01010-Page7of11 N:\0417\055\DOCS\SpecslDivision 1\01010.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01010 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY OF WORK support and maintain all public and private property in the proximity or otherwise affected by the construction work performed by him. The Contractor shall remove from the site all unused materials. B. Also see Section 01040, COORDINATION AND SITE CONDITIONS. 1.11 SALVAGEABLE AND NON-SALVAGEABLE ITEMS A. Any items determined to be salvageable during the progress of the work shall be removed by the Contractor from the existing system under the work of this Contract. These items shall remain the property of the Owner and shall be delivered by the Contractor to a site of the Owner's choosing within the property limits of said Owner. Should the Owner choose not to accept any salvageable items, the Contractor shall dispose of those items at an approved site or landfill. B. Any non-salvageable items exposed during the work shall be removed from the trench and disposed of at an approved site or landfill. All old piping and materials removed from the trench as a result of the work shall be removed from the site and disposed of at an approved landfill. All waste asphalt materials, concrete materials, and other products shall be disposed of at disposal sites that are in compliance with all current Owner, County, State and Federal Regulations. C. Any Contractor's costs associated with any of the above work shall be considered incidental to the work. ' 1.12 OSHA REGULATIONS A. General: The Contractor will be required to comply with the Amendment to the Occupational Safety and Health Administration Construction Standards for Excavations, 29 CFR Part 1926, Subpart P. Any conflicting information between the OSHA document and these Contract Documents shall be revised so that the OSHA document requirements supersede and take precedence over all other conflicting information. The Contractor shall be required to obtain copies of the OSHA document and to complete his review of the same to avoid misinterpretation of their regulations. B. Hazardous Atmospheres: The Contractor shall prevent employee exposure to potentially harmful levels of atmospheric contaminants and assure acceptable atmospheric conditions by complying with the requirements of 29 CFR, Part 1926, Subpart P. Monitoring equipment shall be supplied as a requirement of this project. 01010-Page8of11 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01010.doc May 29, 2009 7 u SECTION 01010 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY OF WORK 1.13 UNDERGROUND AND ABOVEGROUND FACILITIES A. All references and terminology in this Project Manual or Contract Documents to Buried or Underground Utilities shall be interpreted to be synonymous with and include all Underground Facilities. B. Any expense incurred by the Contractor as a result of conflict with aboveground facilities shall be reflected in the Contractor's bid as incidental work. C. Any expense incurred by the Contractor as a result of conflict with underground facilities shall be reflected in the Contractor's bid as incidental work. D. Section 01040, COORDINATION AND SITE CONDITIONS, and Section 02221, TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR PIPELINES AND APPURTENANT STRUCTURES contain additional requirements on underground and aboveground facilities. E. Section 02114, MPWSS, 5th Edition: ' 1. Articles 3.1A & B and 4.2A shall be amended to include existing utility electrical transformer and distribution boxes, and telephone and cable television boxes. 2._ Part 4: Deleted the Measurement & Payment section. This work shall be incidental to the pipe installation. No separate measurement or payment shall be made. F. Utility Locates: The Contractor shall contact the Montana-One Call System and secure facility-locate information prior to initiating any ground disturbance work. The Contractor is cautioned that not all utilities or underground private facilities are represented on the One Call system. The Contractor shall also contact all other utilities and private facilities owners to secure locates for their facilities. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for any damage done to underground facilities due to failure to locate them or to properly protect them when their location is known. It shall be solely the responsibility of the Contractor to fully coordinate his work with the companies and to keep them informed of his construction activities so that these vital facilities are fully protected and remain operational at all times. 01010 -Page 9 of 11 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01010.doc May 29, 2009 0 SECTION 01010 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY OF WORK G. The following list of representatives to contact for information regarding facilities is provided to assist the Contractor. The list may not represent all utilities and facilities, which may be present which the Contractor needs to contact. 1. Montana One Call System Dispatcher 800-424-5555 2. Northwestern Energy (Electrical) 888-467-2353 3. Northwestern Energy (Natural Gas) 888-467-2427 4. Qwest Communications 800-573-1311 5. City of Bozeman 406-582-2300 6. Water Treatment Plant 406-586-7158 7. Water Department 406-582-3200 1.14 FIELD OFFICE FACILITIES A. The Contractor shall supply the Engineer with a copy of any temporary land use agreement between the Contractor and Property Owner for his field office location(s). B. The Contractor does not need to provide a temporary field office for the Engineer. 1.15 TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. The Contractor shall be responsible for supplying his own office, toilet and storage facilities at the site. The Contractor shall also be responsible for providing potable water and water needed for construction purposes. All expenses for connection of electrical service, telephone or other temporary services shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall remove all traces of these facilities prior to completion of the project. B. Also see Section 01500, CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTOLS. 1.16 SITE ACCESS C. The Contractor shall be responsible for determining the adequacy of all roads and bridges used in moving equipment and materials to the construction site. The Contractor shall provide alternative methods of access, such as temporary crossings, for any equipment that exceeds the capacity of existing access facilities. 01010 -Page 10 of 11 J i N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01010.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01010 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY OF WORK PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION 01010 01010 -Page 11 of 11 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01010.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01019 ' DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS CONTRACT CONSIDERATIONS ' PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Cash Allowances B. Work Sequence Schedule Restrictions/Time/Liquidated Damages C. Adverse Weather Shutdown 1.02 CASH ALLOWANCES A. None. 1.03 WORK SEQUENCE SCHEDULE RESTRICTIONSlTIME/LIQUIDATED DAMAGES A. General: The Contractor shall complete his work within the time stated in the AGREEMENT afterthe Notice to Proceed is issued. Scheduling restrictions are identified in SECTION 01040 -Coordination and Site Conditions. All references to "Days" shall be clarified to be Calendar Days. B. Work Sequence and Schedule Restrictions: Refer to Section 01040 COORDINATION AND SITE CONDITIONS for details of specific requirements of work sequence and scheduling restrictions. C. Time: The contract time provided for the construction completion of this project is based on the Contractor working 5 days a week, 8 hours per day (40 hours per week maximum). Should the Contractor or his subcontractor desire to work more than 8 hours per day, or on the designated off days, then pre-approval to do so must be requested from the Engineer and the Owner. Neither the Engineer or the Owner shall be under any obligation of approval of the requested extra work, and both parties must approve the request before the extended work hours beyond 8 hours per day or 40 hours per week will be permitted. For work weeks that are less than 5 days as a result of Holidays or weather delays, or should Contractor desire to work on a schedule other than five 8 hour days, an adjustment may be allowed, if requested by the Contractor and approved by Owner and Engineer, to work up to 10 hours per day maximum for up to a 40 hour week. All work shift times of the Prime Contractor and his subcontractors shall coincide with each other to prevent extending the total hours of work in a ' single day. ' N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01019.doc May 29, 2009 01019 -Page 1 of 3 I~ SECTION 01019 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS CONTRACT CONSIDERATIONS , To recognize noise level concerns in these project areas, the shift shall begin ' no earlier than 7:00 a.m. nor end no later than 7:00 p.m., unless emergency conditions exist. ' The designated non-work days shall be all weekends and the following national holidays: ' ' New Years Day Columbus Day Martin Luther. King Day Veterans' Day Presidents' Day Thanksgiving Day ' Memorial Day Christmas Eve Independence Day Christmas Day Labor Day ' D. Liquidated Damages: 40 Hour Work Week. The provisions of this contract provide 40 hours per ' week for Contractor and his subcontractors to complete theirwork. Any work in excess of 40 hours is a violation of these contract documents, unless ' written approval is provided by both the Owner and Engineer allowing such overtime work. The basis for approval of overtime work will be 1) the impact such overtime work will have on the public community, 2) the impact such overtime work will have on the project schedule, and 3) the extra costs to the Owner that result from such overtime work. Costs to the Owner that will be considered are direct ex enses overtime p labor costs incurred by the Owner for maintaining staff onsite (if necessary), ' and expenses incurred by the Owner for additional manpower by the Engineer. Work in excess of 40 hours per week, without the approval of both the Owner ' and Engineer, will result in a liquidated damage costs charged to the Contractor. The extra engineering cost associated with this work shall be in ' accordance with the rates provided in Section 00300 -Bid Form. These costs shall be limited to the actual additional engineering costs incurred by the Owner. Should the Contractor complete the work in a period of time ' such that no additional engineering costs are incurred by the Owner for the overall project, the Contractor will not be assessed for the overtime hours worked. ' [] 01019-Page2of3 ' N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01019.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01019 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS CONTRACT CONSIDERATIONS 1.04 ADVERSE WEATHER SHUTDOWN The Contractor is advised that should he request an adverse weather shut down and should such a shut down be approved by the Engineer, all work on the project shall cease. The Engineer will not be available for work inspection during such shut downs and any work completed by the Contractor during such a shut down will not be accepted by the Engineer. In no case will an adverse weather shut down be approved by the Engineer when construction work is only partially completed, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Where the Engineer decides it is necessary, the Contractor shall restore all utility services to users in the construction area, and open up traffic access in the construction area. The Contractor shall also provide periodic road maintenance during this shut ' down period. Materials for this maintenance shall be consistent with the conditions of the roadway. Paved streets shall be maintained with temporary cold mix, and gravel streets shall be maintained with gravel, each of ' thicknesses satisfactory to carry the traffic without development of surface irregularities. Any costs related to the road maintenance of the above will be the responsibility of the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. The Owner shall reserve the right to order a seasonal shutdown if the work cannot be performed in a manner to comply with the specifications, as a result of seasonal weather, or if there are reasonable expectations that public services will be adversely affected if a shutdown is not ordered. Atypical seasonal shutdown would occur from November 1 thru April 1 on projects involving water mains and large volume paving. This condition is considered typical for construction projects of this region, and no claim for project delays shall be made by the Contractor in the event of a seasonal shutdown. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used PART 3 .EXECUTION Not used END OF SECTION 01019 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01019.doc May 29, 2009 01019-Page3of3 ii SECTION 01035 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Submittals B. Documentation Necessary for Change in Contract Price and Contract Time C. Change in Work Procedures D. Work Directive Change E. Correlation of Contractor Submittals 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit name of the individual authorized to receive change documents, and be responsible for informing others in Contractor's employment or Subcontractors of changes to the Work. B. Change Order Form: Engineer Supplied Change Order Form 1.03 DOCUMENTATION NECESSARY FOR CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE AND CONTRACT TIME A. Maintain detailed records of work done on a time and material basis. Provide full information required for evaluation of proposed changes, and to substantiate costs of changes in the Work. B. Document each quotation for a change in cost or time with sufficient data to allow evaluation of the quotation. C. On request, provide additional data to support computations: 1. Quantities of products, labor, and equipment 2. Taxes, insurance and bonds 3. Overhead and profit 4. Justification for any change in Contract Time 5. Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented 01035 -Page 1 of 3 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01035.doc May 29, 2009 . SECTION 01035 ' DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES D. Support each claim for additional costs, and for work done on a time and material basis, with additional information: Origin and date of claim 2. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom 3. Time records and wage rates paid 4. Invoices and receipts for products, equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented 1.04 CHANGE IN WORK PROCEDURES A. The Engineer will advise of minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time as authorized by Section 00700 STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS, Paragraph 9.04, by issuing supplemental instructions on a field memorandum. B. The Engineer may issue a Proposal Request or a Work Change Directive that includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised drawings and specifications, and a change in Contract Time for executing the change with a stipulation on any overtime work required. Contractor will prepare and submit a cost quotation for the work within 5 work days. C. The Contractor may propose a change by submitting a request for change to the Engineer, describing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work, with a statement describing the reason for the change, and the effect on the Contract Price and Contract Time with full documentation. Document any requested substitutions in accordance with Section 01600. D. Contractor will not proceed with change order work, except work authorized by a Work Change Directive (see paragraph 1.05 below) until such time as Owner has approved the change order. 1.05 WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE A. When the Engineer issues a Work Change Directive, signed by the Owner, it shall instruct the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. B. The document will describe changes in the Work, estimated cost, and will designate method of determining any change in Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time. 7 7 0 n r i i I] J 7 01035 -Page 2 of 3 ' N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01035.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01035 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES C. Contractor shall promptly execute the change in Work. 1.06 CORRELATION OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, revise sub-schedules to adjust time for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit. B. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents. PART2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 01035 01035 -Page 3 of 3 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01035.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01040 COORDINATION AND DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SITE CONDITIONS ' PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Jobsite Coordination B. Submittals C. Site Conditions D. Sequence Of Work E. Modifications And Connections To Existing Facilities F. Time of Work 1.02 JOBSITE COORDINATION A. Coordination with Other Work: The project shall be coordinated with the Operation of: 1. Existing Bozeman Water Treatment facilities, contact Water Treatment Plant Superintendent, Rick Moroney, 586-7158. B. Owner may perform additional work related to this project himself, or he may let other direct contracts therefore, which shall contain General Conditions and General Requirements similar to these. Contractor shall afford the other contractors who are parties to such direct contracts, (or Owner, if Owner is performing additional work), reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and execution of work, and shall properly connect and coordinate his work with theirs. C. If any part of Contractor's work depends on proper execution or results from the work of any such other contractor (or Owner), Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to Owner and Engineer in writing any defects or deficiencies in such work that renders it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. His failure to so report shall constitute an acceptance of the other work as fit and proper for the relationship of his work except as to defects and deficiencies, which may appear in the other work after the execution of his work. D. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of his work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and fit it to receive or be received by such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering their work and will only 01040 -Page 1 of 13 N:\0417\055\DOCS\SpecslDivision 1\01040.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01040 COORDINATION AND DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SITE CONDITIONS cut or alter their work with the written consent of the Engineer and of the other contractors whose work will be affected. E. If the performance of additional work by other contractors or Owner is not noted in the Contract Documents prior to the execution of the Contract, written notice thereof shall be given to Contractor prior to starting any such additional work. If Contractor believes that the performance of such additional work by Owner or others involves him in additional expense or entitles him to an extension of the contract time, he may make a claim therefore. F. Contractor shall be responsible for all areas of the site used by him and all Subcontractors in performance of the work. He shall exert full control over the actions of all employees and other persons with respect to the use and preservation of property and existing facilities, except such controls as may be specifically reserved to Owner or others. G. Contractor and all Subcontractors shall cooperate in the coordination of their separate activities in a manner that will provide the least interference with the Owner's operations and utility companies working in the area, and in the interfacing and connection of the separate elements of the overall project work. If any difficulty or dispute should arise in the accomplishment of the above, the problem shall be brought immediately to the attention of the Owner and Engineer. All Contractors working on this site are subject to this requirement for cooperation, and all shall abide by the Engineer's decision in resolving project coordination problems without additional cost to the Owner. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor shall submit the following information as applicable to coordination activities: Subsurface Information and Utilities: a. Records or logs of borings or test holes made by Contractor, if any. b. Results of exploratory excavations made to verify locations and nature, shape, dimensions, etc., of existing utilities and facilities; where possible, indicate this information on clean copy of Contract Drawings. 2. Field Relocation: Clearly show proposed relocations of new or existing facilities, or related work affected by the relocation, on clean copy of the Contract Drawings and submitted prior to performing the relocation. 01040 -Page 2 of 13 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01040.doc May 29, 2009 1 u i ~II i 0 ii SECTION 01040 COORDINATION AND DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SITE CONDITIONS 3. Easements: Copy of any easements and other agreements the Contractor has obtained from utilities and property owners for carrying out his work, including materials disposal, alternate access; facilities, equipment and material storage; additional construction limits or other purposes associated with the project. 4. Connecting Work: Proposed methods of connecting new work to existing facilities, where not shown or specified. 5. Cutting and Patching: a. Written notice requesting consent to perform cutting which may affect structural safety or normal functioning of existing facilities. b. Recommendations indicating changed conditions, alternative materials or methods, time when uncovered work may be observed, and other information necessary to evaluate substitutions when work conditions necessitate change of materials or methods. 6. Detailed Construction Sequencing and Bypass Plan meeting the requirements of this section and Section 01300, SUBMITTALS. Schedule shall clearly identify all interfacing work, work sequence and dates that existing facilities must be modified, connected to, and/or taken out of service. 1.04 SITE CONDITIONS A. Information on Site Conditions: ' 1. General: Information obtained by the Owner regarding site conditions, topography, subsurface information, groundwater elevations, existing construction of site facilities as applicable, and similar data is included in the Contract Documents or will be available for inspections at the office of the Engineer or Owner upon request. Such information is offered as supplementary information only. Neither the Engineer nor the Owner assumes any responsibility for its accuracy or completeness or for the Contractor's interpretation of such information. ' 2. Subsurface Information: Subsurface investigations at the site have been performed. However, it shall be the responsibility of the ' Contractor to verify subsurface conditions prior to bidding on the work. This information is not part of this Contract and is offered as supplementary information only. Neither the Engineer nor the Owner 01040 -Page 3 of 13 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01040.doc ' May 29, 2009 SECTION 01040 COORDINATION AND DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SITE CONDITIONS assumes any responsibility for its accuracy or completeness or for the Contractor's interpretation of such information. 3. Topographic elevations are included in the Drawings. 4. Control Points: Contractor shall check existing and establish new (if desired) vertical and horizontal survey control points on structures and improvements located in the vicinity of the work prior to beginning work. Contractor shall check the points for movements when directed by the Engineer. Furnish Engineer with copies of survey notes for each survey and a copy of the layout of survey control points. B. Existing Utilities: Location: a. The alignment of the existing 16" DIP Lyman Creek transmission main and spring collection location shown on the plans has been established using as-built drawings. The Contractor shall perform all related exploratory excavation to locate the existing 16" DIP pipe at the location of the new 6' diameter manhole (Sta 0+00) and determine the depth to bedrock in the new spring collection area. The exploratory excavations will be conducted as directed by the Engineer. Notify Engineer at least 48 hours in advance for exact locations and scheduling of the exploratory excavation crew. The exploratory excavation shall occur at least two weeks prior to scheduled work in the subject areas to provide engineer adequate time to evaluate the need for any design revisions. Contractor shall be solely responsible for marking and recording the located existing main for the purposes of his construction work, and shall immediately notify Engineer of areas where the existing pipe line and new pipe line alignments conflict. A bid item and measurement and payment item have been included for this work. b. Known underground utilities and facilities adjacent to or within the work area are shown on the Drawings. The locations shown are taken from existing records and the best information available from existing utility plans. It is expected that there may be some discrepancies and omissions in the locations and quantities shown. Contractor compensation for crossing underground facilities will be incidental to the project. 01040 -Page 4 of 13 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01040.doc May 29, 2009 ~~ i 0 ii u 0 SECTION 01040 COORDINATION AND DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SITE CONDITIONS c. Contractor compensation for all above ground facilities shall be incidental to the project work. Refer to Section 01010, Article 1.13 for further clarification regarding above ground facilities. d. Contractor shall exercise reasonable care to verify locations of utilities and facilities shown on the Drawings and to determine the presence of those not shown. Immediate and adjacent areas where excavations are to be made shall be thoroughly checked by visual examination for indications of underground facilities and also checked with electronic metal and pipe detection equipment. Contractor shall make necessary exploratory investigations of any facility where there is reasonable cause to verify the presence or absence of an underground facility, orwhere information on buried facilities is required to verify their nature, shape, configuration, dimensions, materials, or other properties, prior to proceeding with major excavation in the area. The cost of said work shall be incidental to the associated work item. e. The Contractor is advised that there is a One Call utility locate number in use for utility location requests within the State of Montana for buried gas and electrical lines and buried telecommunication lines. The one call number is 1-800-424- 5555. MCA 69-4-501 through 69-4-506 requires the use of the One Call System prior to any excavation work in Montana. 2. Contractor's Responsibilities: a. Where Contractor's operations could cause damage or inconvenience telephone, television, power, oil, gas, water, sewer, storm sewer or irrigation systems, the Contractor shall make arrangements necessary for the protection of these utilities and services. Replace existing utilities removed or damaged during construction with equal or better materials, unless otherwise provided for in these Contract Documents. b. Notify utility offices that are affected by construction operations at least 48 hours in advance. Under no circumstances expose any utility without first obtaining permission from the appropriate agency. Once permission has been granted, locate, expose, and provide temporary support for the utilities. Refer to Section 1010, SUMMARY OF WORK for additional requirements with utilities. ^ 01040 -Page 5 of 13 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01040.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01040 COORDINATION AND DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SITE CONDITIONS c. Protect all utility poles from damage. If interfering utility poles will be encountered, notify the utility company at least 48 hours in advance of construction operations to permit necessary arrangements with the utility company for protection of the interfering poles, at no additional cost to the Owner. d. Contractor shall be solely and directly responsible to owner and operator of such properties for damage, injury, expense, loss, inconvenience, delay, suits, actions, or claims of any character brought because of injuries or damage which may result from construction operations under this Contract. e. Neither Owner nor its officers or agents shall be responsible to Contractor for damages as a result of Contractor's failure to protect utilities encountered in the work. In event of interruption to domestic water, sewer, storm drain, or other utility services as a result of accidental damage due to construction operations, promptly notify the Owner and/or proper authority. Cooperate with Owner and said authority in restoration as promptly as possible and pay for repair. Prevent interruption of utility service unless granted permission by the utility owner. g. Known drainage culverts, shown on the contract drawings, which may be impacted by installation of the work shall be maintained and protected or removed by the Contractor and replaced in kind, at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Interfering Structures: Take necessary precautions to prevent damage to existing structures whether on the surface, above ground, or underground. An attempt has been made to show major structures on the Drawings. While the information has been compiled from the best available sources, its completeness and accuracy cannot be guaranteed. 2. Protect existing structures from damage, whether or not they lie within limits of easements obtained by the Owner. Where existing fences, gates, sheds, buildings, or other structures must be removed to properly carry out work, or are damaged during work, restore them to original condition and to the satisfaction of property owner. r u ~I J 3. Contractor may remove and replace in equal or better than original ' condition, small structures such as fences, mailboxes, and signposts 01040 -Page 6 of 13 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01040.doc May 29, 2009 u SECTION 01040 COORDINATION AND DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SITE CONDITIONS that interfere with Contractor's operations. Temporary facilities must be provided until the original facilities are replaced. D. Field Relocation: During construction, it is expected that minor relocations of proposed facilities will be necessary. Make such relocations only by direction of the Owner or Engineer. If existing structures are encountered that prevent construction as shown, notify the Engineer before continuing with work so Engineer may make necessary field revisions. 2. Where necessary, shown or as directed by and acceptable to the Engineer and Owner, relocate existing facilities to including piping, utilities, equipment, structures, electrical conduit wiring, electrical duct bank, and other miscellaneous items. Use only new materials for relocation of existing facilities. Match materials of existing facilities unless otherwise shown or specified.. Perform relocations to minimize downtime of existing facilities. Install new portions of existing facilities in their relocated position prior to removing existing facilities, unless otherwise accepted by Engineer. E. Monuments and Markers: Preserve and protect survey monuments and markers throughout construction. If damage occurs or removal becomes necessary, immediately notify Engineer and restore monument or marker to original condition. 2. Preserve private and public monuments that are found. If monument must be removed, replace at original locations using registered land surveyor. Notify Engineer when monuments are encountered. If government monuments are encountered, reference the monument for later replacement and provide 10-day advance notification to Engineer who will notify the proper authority. F. Easements: Construction access will be located on public and private property; easements are in place as shown on the construction documents. Construction operations shall be limited to within easement limits and the public property. Special arrangements with adjacent property owners shall be made for additional area required. 2. Before final payment will be authorized, Contractor shall furnish the Owner written releases from property owners where side agreements 01040 -Page 7 of 13 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01040.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01040 COORDINATION AND DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SITE CONDITIONS or special easements have been made, or where Contractor's operations have not been kept within the Owner's property. 3. In the event Contractor is unable to secure written releases, inform the Owner of the reasons: a. Owner or its representatives will examine the site, and Owner will direct Contractor to complete work that may be necessary to satisfy terms of the easements. b. Should Contractor refuse to do this work, Owner reserves the right to have it done by separate contract and deduct the cost of same from the Contract amount, or require the Contractorto furnish a satisfactory bond in a sum to cover legal claims for damages. c. When Owner is satisfied that work has been completed in agreement with the Contract Documents and terms of easements, the right is reserved to waive the requirement for written release if Contractor's failure to obtain such statement is due to the grantor's refusal to sign, and this refusal is not based upon any legitimate claims that Contractor has failed to fulfill the terms of the easement or Contractor is unable to contact or has had undue hardship in contacting the grantor. G. Erosion and Dust Control On-Site: 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for reducing soil erosion and dust due to wind or water to a level meeting federal, state, and local regulations at the construction site. Control measures that may be required include, but may not be necessarily limited to, the following: a. Suspending excavation during high winds or rain. b. Minimizing land exposure in area and time. c. Covering erodible areas as quickly as possible with gravel landscaping or by compaction. d. Retaining existing vegetation where possible. e. Prohibiting clearing or grubbing until a firm construction schedule is known. f. Stabilizing construction site soils. g. Controlling dust during construction by use of water spray. 2. Also see Section 01560, ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY CONTROL. 01040 -Page 8 of 13 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01040.doc May 29, 2009 G~ ii 0 ' SECTION 01040 COORDINATION AND DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SITE CONDITIONS ' 1.05 SEQUENCE OF WORK ' A. Operation and Shutdown of Existing Facilities: The spring water supply flowing to the Owner's water treatment plant shall be completely shut down and confirmed by the Owner and Engineer prior to the start of any construction. Construction for treatment facilities and the spring shall be from August 1, 2009 to October 1, 2009. The Contractor will be responsible for selecting the appropriate means and methods of construction to accomplish the work within the constraints specified herein. 2. Provide at least 14 days advance notice to the Owner of need to shut down a process, pipeline, or facility, unless otherwise specified. Do not proceed with work affecting a facility's operation without obtaining each Owner's advance approval of the need for, and duration of, such work. B. Construction Sequencing and Bypass Plan: The Contractor shall prepare a detailed Construction Sequencing Plan addressing the constraints and requirements specified herein. The plan shall be submitted to the Engineer at least 21 days prior to beginning construction, in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS. The Sequencing Plan shall include the following: a. All work items; ' b. Starting point(s) and progression of construction; c. Critical path items and work sequences; d. Proposed methods. C. Protection of Existing Treatment Process: The Contractor shall be responsible for selecting the appropriate means and methods of construction to accomplish the work while meeting allowable WTP shut down dates as set by the Owner. 1.06 MODIFICATIONS AND CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING FACILITIES A. Electrical Connections: All electrical, instrumentation, and control connections must be scheduled and coordinated with the Owner at least 14 days in advance and made within the minimum time possible. This work must be completed prior to placing the new/modified facilities into service. 01040 -Page 9 of 13 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01040.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01040 ' COORDINATION AND DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SITE CONDITIONS , Service continuity must be maintained except for brief outages for power and control modifications and connections to existing systems. ' B. Miscellaneous Piping Connections: All piping connection work shall be planned and coordinated with the Owner and Engineer as specified herein and shall be performed during a time of the day when water demand is ' expected to be at a minimum. This may occur during the late night and early morning hours. In general, the Contractor shall work continuously to make these connections and construct all necessary thrust blocks in the minimum ' time. Temporary thrust restraints shall be provided by the Contractor and high early strength concrete shall be used for all connections required by the Owner to be placed back in service immediately. The temporary thrust ' restraints shall be left in place until the thrust block concrete has reached its design strength. ' C. Modify and/or connect existing facilities as shown on the Drawings and as necessary to accomplish the work. Obtain Owner's and Engineer's review and acceptance of submittals for temporary shutdown, demolition, ' modification, connections between new and existing work, and other related work. Conform to other sections as applicable. ' D. Connections to existing services or utilities, or other work that requires the short-term and temporary shutdown of any existing operations of utilities shall ' be planned in detail with appropriate scheduling of the work and coordinated with the Owner and Engineer. The schedule for shutdown or restart shall be given by written advance notice in order that the Owner or Engineer may , witness the shutdown, tie-in, and startup. 1. Unless otherwise specified or indicated, Contractor shall make all ' necessary connections to existing facilities including structures, pipelines, and utilities such as water, telephone, gas, and electric. In each case, Contractor shall obtain permission from the Owner or the ' owning utility priorto undertaking connections. Contractorshall protect facilities against deleterious substances and damage. ' 2. Connections to existing facilities that are in service shall be thoroughly planned in advance, and all required equipment, materials, and labor shall be on hand at the time of undertaking the connections. All ' equipment, materials, and labor that the Contractor plans to have available shall be coordinated with the Owner and Engineer in order to ensure the work is done in the minimum amount of time. ' 3. Prior to initiating connection work, determine location, elevation , nature, materials, dimensions, and configurations of existing facilities ' where necessary for connecting new work. , 01040 -Page 10 of 13 N:\0417\0551DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01040.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01040 COORDINATION AND DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SITE CONDITIONS 4. Inspect existing record drawings and shop drawings, conduct exploratory excavations and field inspections, and conduct similar activities as needed. 5. Operation of valves or other appurtenances on existing facilities, when required, shall only be performed by or under the direct supervision of the Owner. E. All materials and equipment (including emergency equipment) necessary to expedite the tie-in shall be on hand prior to the shutdown of existing services or utilities. F. Existing valves or gates used to isolate certain structures may not be watertight and some leakage may occur. The Contractor shall provide the necessary temporary plugs and/or pumping facilities to handle any leakage. 1.07 TIME OF WORK A. No work shall be done between 7:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m., nor on Saturdays, Sundays or legal holidays, without the written permission of the Owner. However, maintenance or emergency work during these hours may be done without prior permission. B. Overtime Notice: If Contractor for convenience should desire to carry on work at night or outside regular working hours between 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., submit written notice to the Owner and Engineer and allow ample time for satisfactory arrangements to be made for observing work in progress as specified in the Supplementary Conditions. Said Contractor shall pay the Engineer's expenses and salary to the Engineer at a rate as specified in the Bid Form per person for onsite observation required when the Contractor's onsite operations exceed 40 hours per week. The Engineer will be the sole judge of whether onsite observation is required. C. Onsite observation will be required when pipe or other items of work are being buried or otherwise concealed. The Contractor's payment to the Owner for observation services exceeding 40 hours per week will be for a maximum of two resident observers. The overtime rate for each observer required will be at the overtime rates specified in the Bid Form. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.01 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. General: ' 01040 -Page 11 of 13 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01040.doc ' May 29, 2009 SECTION 01040 COORDINATION AND DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SITE CONDITIONS 1. Execute cutting (including excavating), fitting, or patching of work, required to: a. Make the several parts fit properly. b. Uncover work to provide for installation of specified work. c. Remove and replace defective work or work not conforming to requirements of Contract Documents. d. ~ Install specified work in existing construction. 2. Perform the following upon written instruction of Engineer: a. Uncover work to provide for Engineer's observation of covered work. b. Remove work to provide for alteration of existing work. 3. Contractor shall not, without written consent of Owner or Engineer: a. Cut or alter work of another contractor. b. Cut structural or reinforcing steel. c. Endanger existing or new structures or facilities. d. Shut down or disrupt existing operations. 4. Materials for replacement of work removed shall comply with applicable sections of these Specifications for corresponding type of work to be done. 5. Provide all tools and equipment required to accomplish cutting and patching. B. Inspection and Preparation: 1. Inspect existing conditions of work, including elements subject to movement or damage during cutting, patching, excavating, and backfilling. 2. After uncovering work, inspect conditions affecting installation of new products. 3. Prior to cutting, provide safety protection. 01040 -Page 12 of 13 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01040.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01040 COORDINATION AND DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ~ SITE CONDITIONS C. Procedures: 1. Execute fitting and adjustment of products to provide finished installation to comply with specified tolerances and finishes. 2. Execute excavating and backfilling as specified in Section 02221, TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR PIPELINES AND APPURTENANT STRUCTURES and Section 02220, EARTHWORK FOR STRUCTURES. 3. Restore work, which has been cut or removed; install new products and provide completed work in accordance with specified requirements. 4. Restore structures and surfaces damaged that are to remain in the completed work including concrete-embedded piping, conduit, and other utilities. 5. Make restorations with new materials and appropriate methods as ' specified for new work of similar nature; if not specified, use best recommended practice of manufacturer or appropriate trade association. 6. Restore damaged work so there is a secure and intimate bond or fastening between new and old work. Finish restored surfaces to such planes, shapes, and textures that no transition between new and old work is evident in finished surfaces. END OF SECTION 01040 01040 -Page 13 of 13 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01040.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01041 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PROJECT COORDINATION ' PART1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: This section describes requirements for coordinating and ' sequencing the work under the Contract, requirements regarding existing site conditions, and requirements for cutting and patching of new and existing work. 1.02 PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. After the contract has been awarded, but before the start of construction, a Preconstruction Conference will be held for the purpose of discussing requirements on such matters as project supervision, construction staking, submittals, on-site inspections, progress schedules and reports, payrolls, payments to Contractors, contract Change Orders, insurance, safety, and other items pertinent to the project. The Contractor shall arrange to have all supervisory personnel connected with the project on hand to meet with representatives of the Owner and the Engineer. B. At the Preconstruction Conference, the Contractor shall submit a complete construction schedule showing the weekly schedule of work. The format shall be such that the schedule can be used to show actual progress of the work so that schedule adjustments, if required, can be easily made. The Contractor shall schedule all work under this contract to be completed within the contract time specified in these documents. C. The Contractor's construction schedule will be reviewed in detail at the Preconstruction Conference by representatives of the Owner, Engineer and Contractor. The Contractor shall make final adjustments, if any, to the construction schedule following the conference and submit the revised construction schedule within seven (7) days to the Engineer for final approval. 1.03 PROJECT MEETINGS OR REPORTS A. Preconstruction Conference: A preconstruction conference will be scheduled after the Notice of Award. B. Progress Meetings: The Owner may schedule regular progress meetings approximately every one to two weeks to review work progress, schedules, and other matters needing discussion and resolution. At a minimum, each meeting must be attended by the Contractor's project manager or field superintendent. B. Progress Reports: A monthly progress report shall be provided with an updated schedule by the Contractor prior to the submission of the application for progress payment. No progress payments shall be made to the 01041 -Page 1 of 3 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01041.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01041 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PROJECT COORDINATION Contractor without prior submittal and subsequent review of the associated progress report and updated schedule. If the work falls behind schedule, Contractor shall submit progress reports at such intervals as the Owner or Engineer may request. Each progress report shall include sufficient narrative to describe current and anticipated delaying factors, their effect on the construction schedule, and proposed corrective actions to meet the agreed-upon schedule. Any work reported complete, but which is not readily apparent to the Engineer must be substantiated with satisfactory evidence. 1.04 PROTECTION AND FIELD RELOCATION A. During construction, it is expected that minor revisions to proposed facility locations will be necessary. Make such relocations only as directed by the Engineer. If existing structures are encountered that prevent construction as shown, or if a conflict between proposed structure locations is encountered, notify the Engineer before continuing with work so Engineer may investigate and make a decision regarding the necessary field revisions. B. Monuments And Markers: Preserve and protect survey monuments and markers throughout construction. If damage occurs or removal becomes necessary, immediately notify Engineer and restore monument or markerto original condition. u J u u 0 r C. Contractor shall protect existing structures or facilities, including supporting ' soils, from damage at all times during performance of the work. D. Connecting To Existing Facilities: Unless otherwise shown or specified, ' determine methods of connecting new work to existing facilities, and to facilities to be constructed under separate contract. Obtain Engineer's review and acceptance of proposed connections before performing the work. ' 1.05 SEQUENCE OF WORK A. Operation And Shutdown Of Existinc,LFacilities: Schedule and conduct ' activities to enable existing services and facilities to operate continuously, unless otherwise specified. If interruption of existing services and/orfacilities ' is necessary, conduct work to minimize such interruptions outside normal working hours. Avoid undesirable conditions within limits specified in the Supplementary Conditions. B. Modifications To Existing Facilities: Where existing facilities are to be modified during the course of work, obtain Owner, and Engineer's reviews ' and acceptances of submittals for temporary shutdown, demolition, modification, connections between new and existing work, and other related work. Conform to other sections as applicable. ' 01041 -Page 2 of 3 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01041.doc ' May 29, 2009 SECTION 01041 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PROJECT COORDINATION Connections to existing facilities or utilities, or otherwork that requires the temporary shutdown of any existing operations of utilities shall be planned in detail with appropriate scheduling of the work and coordinated with Owner and Engineer. The schedule for shutdown or restart shall be given by written advance notice in order that the Owner or Engineer may witness the shutdown, tie-in, and startup. 2. The City of Bozeman Water Department personnel shall operate all existing water valves. At no time is the Contractor to operate any existing facility valves. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for operation and maintenance of the temporary bypass piping and adjusting flows as requested by the City. 3. Connections to existing facilities, which are in service, shall be thoroughly planned in advance and all required equipment (including emergency equipment), materials, and labor shall be on hand at the time of undertaking the connections. Work shall proceed continuously, around the clock if necessary, to complete connections in the minimum time. I ~ PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) I' PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) PART 4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01041 01041 -Page 3 of 3 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01041.doc May 29, 2009 i~ SECTION 01050 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FIELD ENGINEERING/SURVEY (' PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Quality Control B. Submittals C. Examination D. Survey Reference Points E. Engineer -Surveys/Staking F. Contractor -Surveys/Staking G. Engineering Forms Concrete Pour Checklist Form Request for Staking Form H. Project Record Documents 1.02 QUALITY CONTROL A. Employ a Land Surveyor registered in the State of Montana, an experienced party chief or an engineering technician versed in construction layout and construction staking. Person employed must be suitable for the work proposed. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. If requested by Owner or Engineer, provide 1 copy of survey notes to the Engineer within 24 hours of staking. Submit in accordance with Section 01300. 1.04 EXAMINATION A. Verify locations of survey control points prior to starting work. B. Promptly notify Engineer of any discrepancies discovered. 1.05 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS ~ A. Contractor to locate and protect survey control and reference points. ' B. Protect survey control points prior to starting site work; preserve permanent reference points during construction. C. Promptly report to Engineer the loss or destruction of any reference point or relocation required because of changes in grades or other reasons. Section 01050 Page 1 of 3 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01050.doc 5/29/09 I~ SECTION 01050 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FIELD ENGINEERING/SURVEY ' D. Replace dislocated survey control points based on original survey control. ' Make no changes without prior written notice to Engineer. 1.06 ENGINEER SURVEYS/STAKING ' The Engineer will provide the .construction control stakes and bench marks for the Contractor as follows: ' 1. Bench marks and construction control stakes as shown on the plan drawings. ' 2. Control line alignment stakes at a minimum interval of 100 feet. ' 3. Location stakes for all valves and structures. ' 1.07 CONTRACTOR SURVEYS/STAKING The Contractor shall provide all other project surveying needs not identified above. , 1. The Contractor must give and advance request of the staking needs, in writing, by completing and submitting the "Request for Staking" , form that is included m this Project Manual. Absolutely no "second time" or "restaking" work will be done by the Engineer unless separate compensation for the Engineer's costs .are paid directly by the ' Contractor. The Engineer shall submit notification of "restaking work" and cost estimates for the Contractor's review and agreement prior to " starting the "restaking work . ' 2. Protecting and using the grade stakes that have been set by the Engineer, and the making of all construction shots for the installation ' of the work. 3. The Contractor shall make all other surveys necessary for ' construction that is not. identified elsewhere in this Project Manual. 1.10 ENGINEERING FORMS ' The following forms can be found at the end of this Section. ' Request for Staking Concrete Pour Checklist Form Valve/Hydrant Operation Request Form ' Section 01050 Page 2 of 3 ' N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01050.doc 5/29/09 SECTION 01050 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FIELD ENGINEERING/SURVEY The Contractor shall complete and submit the appropriate forms to the Engineer during the course of the work. 1.11 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Contractor to maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses. B. Contractor to submit Record Documents under provisions of Section 01700. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 01050 Section 01050 Page 3 of 3 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01050.doc 5/29/09 SECTION 01150 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART1 GENERAL ' 1.01 SCOPE A. This section describes the method of measurement and basis of payment for all work covered by the Contract Documents. B. For the purposes of this Contract, this Measurement and Payment Section shall govern and take precedence over all other references to measurement and payment (with exception to the Supplementary Provisions and any addenda) referenced in these specifications or the MPWSS. 1.02 BID PRICES A. The bid price for each item of the Contract in the Bid Form shall cover all work shown on the Drawings and required by the specifications and other Contract Documents. All costs in connection with the work, including furnishing all materials, equipment, supplies and appurtenances; providing all required construction support plants, equipment, and tools; constructing and maintaining dewatering systems; performing all necessary labor and supervision to fully complete the work; and all sales and use and contractor taxes, license and permit costs and fees, shall be included in the unit and/or lump sum prices bid in the Bid Sheet Schedules. The amounts shown on the Bid Sheet Schedules shall be the contract price. B. No item that is required by the Contract Documents for the proper and successful completion of the work will be paid for outside of, or in addition to, the prices submitted in the bid. All work not specifically set forth as a pay item in the Bid Form shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor and all costs in connection therewith shall be included in the prices bid. 1.03 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES A. All estimated quantities stipulated in the Bid Sheet Schedules or other Contract Documents are approximate and are to be used; (1) only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the work and (2) for the purpose of comparing the bids submitted for the work. 1.04 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT A. No measurements of Lump Sum bid items contained in this Contract will be made. Progress of completion on the Lump Sum bid items, or the approved schedule of values as applicable, shall serve as the basis of measurement. 01150 -Page 1 of 3 N:\04171055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1101150.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01150 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT B. Measurement of specified units, fully completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, including testing, shall be made for each Unit Priced bid item and shall serve as the basis of progress completion for Unit Priced bid items. 1.05 BASIS OF PAYMENT A. Lump Sum Items: The bid for portions of the work in the Contract is based on lump sum priced bid items for construction activities and materials required to complete the work described in the Contract Documents. The lump sum bid price is broken down for the purpose of progress payments and for the information of the Owner. Payment shall be at the lump sum price bid for each item. Payment for the items shall include all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required to complete the item. B. Unit Price Items: The bid price for portions of the work in this Contract is based on unit priced bid items for construction activities and materials required to complete the work described in the Contract Documents. The unit priced bid is broken down for the purpose of progress payments and for the information of the Owner. Payment shall be at the unit price bid for each item. Payment for the items shall include all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required to complete the item. The work included in each item is generally described below. 1. Water Main: Includes the following bid items: 103, 104 and 105. Same as Section 02660-4.2, and shall include all trench excavation, backfill, bedding, and related work. Additionally, this unit price shall include all site dewatering, restraining, thrust blocks, flushing, temporary fittings (plugs, etc.), any temporary bypassing systems and related work, special gaskets, and all site cleanup. 2. Fittings: Includes the following bid items: 106 and 107. Same as MPWSS 02660-4.3. 3. Imported Material: Includes the following bid items: 110 and 112. Same as MPWSS Section 02221-4.5A. C~ ~I 0 01150 -Page 2 of 3 , N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01150.doc May 29, 2009 L SECTION 01150 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4. Soil/Sodium Bentonite Clay Cap: Bid item 111. Shall be paid for at the unit price established in the bid schedule per cubic yard, with measurement verified in the field. The said unit price shall include, but is not limited to, all labor, materials, equipment, watering, mixing, compaction, dewatering and testing necessary for complete installation. of the clay cap. 5. Non-Woven Filter Fabric: Bid Item 113. Same as MPWSS Section 02110-4.1. 6. ALTERNATE -Exploration/Extra Work, Small Crew: Bid Item: 114. Same as MPWSS Section 02221-4.6, except the bid item will also provide compensation for and be applicable to any and all miscellaneous extra work encountered during the project which of a nature consistent with the typical conditions found to be a part of underground utility work and which can reasonably be expected to be encountered during construction of an underground utility project. 7. Seeding: Bid Item: 115. Same as MPWSS Section 02910-4.1. 8. Gravel Road Restoration: Bid Item: 116 Same as MPWSS Section 02235-4.3. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01150 ' N:10417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01150.doc May 29, 2009 01150-Page3of3 i~ SECTION 01300 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUBMITTALS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Submittal procedures. B. Construction progress schedules. C. Proposed products list. D. Shop drawings. E. Samples and Test Specimens F. Quality Control Submittals J. Manufacturers' instructions. K. Manufacturers' certificates. L. Record Drawings 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01040, COORDINATION AND SITE CONDITIONS regarding submittal of a Construction Sequencing and Bypass Plan. B. Section 01400, QUALITY CONTROLAND OWNER QUALITYASSURANCE regarding Manufacturers' field services and reports. C. Section 01600, MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT regarding substitutions. D. Section 01700, CONTRACT CLOSEOUT regarding contract closeout submittals. 1.03 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Submittal Register: The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a register indicating the required submittal data and his proposed submittal dates for all equipment and materials for which a submittal is required. The register shall be submitted to the Engineer by the Contractor within fifteen (15) working days after the date of the Notice of Award. 01300 -Page 1 of 13 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01300.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01300 , DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUBMITTALS B. General Procedures: ' 1. Procedures and requirements for submittals are specified herein. Owner reserves the right to modify the procedures and requirements for submittals, as necessary to accomplish the specific purpose of each submittal. Direct inquiries to Engineer regarding the procedure, , purpose, or extent of any submittal. 2. Review, acceptance, or approval of substitutions, schedules, shop ' drawings, lists of materials, and procedures submitted or requested by Contractor shall not add to the Contract amount, and additional costs which may result therefrom shall be solely the obligation of ' Contractor. 3. Owner is not precluded, by virtue of review, acceptance, or approval, ' from obtaining a credit for construction savings resulting from allowed concessions in the work or materials therefore. 4. Owner is not responsible to provide engineering or other services to protect Contractor from additional costs accruing from submittals. 5. Submittals processed by Engineer do not become Contract , Documents and are not Change Orders; the purpose of submittal review is to establish a reporting procedure .and is intended for ' Contractor's convenience in organizing the work and to permit Engineer to monitor Contractor's progress and understanding of the design. ' 6. Submittals will be acted on by the Engineer as promptly as possible and returned to the Contractor not later than the time allowed for ' review in Paragraph SPECIFIC SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. Delays caused by the need for resubmittal shall not constitute basis for claim or for an extension of contract time. ' 7. After checking and verifying all field measurements make submittals , to Engineer, in accordance with the submittal register for review. ' a. Contractor Approval: All drawings, equipment, materials, and other submitted data shall be carefully reviewed by an authorized representative of the Contractor prior to submission to the Engineer. Each submittal shall be dated, signed, and certified by the Contractor, as being correct and in strict ' conformance with the Contract Documents. No consideration for review by the Engineer of any Contractor submittals will be made for any items which have not been so certified by the ' Contractor. All non-certified submittals will be returned to the Contractor without action .taken by the Engineer, and any 01300 -Page 2 of 13 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01300.doc May 29, 2009 ' ' SECTION 01300 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ___ SUBMITTALS delays caused thereby shall be the total responsibility of the Contractor. b. Data shown shall be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and redesign criteria, materials, and similar data to enable Engineer to review the information. ' c. Submitted data shall be fully sufficient in detail for determination of compliance with the Contract Documents. 8. Before submission of each submittal, determine and verify quantities, ' dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar data with respect thereto; ' review and coordinate each submittal with other submittals, requirements of the work, and Contract Documents. ' 9. At the time of each submission, give Engineer specific written notice of each variation that the submittal may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents; in addition, make specific notation on each I' shop drawing submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. 10. Engineer's review will be only for conformance with the design concept of the project and for compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents, not extending to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction (except where a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is indicated in or required by the Contract Documents) nor to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review of a separate item as such will not indicate review of the assembly in which the item functions. 11. Engineer's review of submittals shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has in writing called Engineer's attention to each such variation at the time of submission, and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by a specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the shop drawing or sample approval; nor will any approval by Engineer relieve Contractor from responsibility for errors or omissions in the shop drawings or from responsibility for having complied with the provisions therein. 12. Where a shop drawing or sample is required by the Specifications, related work performed prior to Engineer's review and approval of the 01300 -Page 3 of 13 ' N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01300.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01300 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUBMITTALS pertinent submission shall be the sole expense and responsibility of Contractor. 13. Should the Contractor propose any item on his shop drawings, or incorporate an item into the work, and that item should subsequently prove to be defective or otherwise unsatisfactory, (regardless of the Engineer's preliminary review), the Contractor shall, at his own expense, replace the item with another item that will perform satisfactorily. 14. Review of first submittal and one resubmittal will be performed by the Engineer at no cost to the Contractor. Subsequent submittals will be reviewed by the Engineer; however, the Engineer will document the work-hours and other expenses required for such review(s) and the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the charges of the Engineer with a deduction from the Contractor's monthly pay estimate. C. SPECIFIC SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1. Submit the number of copies the Contractor requires, including all product data sheets, plus four (4) additional complete sets to be retained by the Engineer. 2. Combine submittals specified in each Specification section into a single package. .Partial packages will not be reviewed until all submittals required for the section have been received. These shop drawings shall be accurate, distinct, and complete, and shall contain all required information, including satisfactory identification of items, units, and assemblies in relation to the Contract Drawings and Specifications. 3. Transmit each submittal with an Engineer accepted form. 4. Sequentially number the transmittal forms. Resubmittals to have original number with an alphabetic suffix. 5. Identify project, Contractor, subcontractor or supplier; pertinent Drawing sheet and detail number(s), and Specification section number, as appropriate. 6. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, verification of products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction work, and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the work and Contract Documents. Imo, u 0 0 n u 01300 -Page 4 of 13 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01300.doc ' May 29, 2009 SECTION 01300 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUBMITTALS 7. Schedule submittals to expedite the project, and deliver to Morrison- Maierle, Inc. 2880 Technology Blvd. West, P.O. Box 1113, Bozeman, Montana, 59771. Coordinate submission of related items. 8. Identify variations from Contract Documents and product or system limitations which may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed work. 9. Provide space for Contractor and Engineer review stamps. 10. Revise and resubmit submittals as required, identify all changes made since previous submittal 11. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals to concerned parties. Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with provisions. 12. Submittals will be acted upon by Engineer and transmitted to Contractor not later than 20 regular working days after receipt by Engineer. Shop drawings shall be submitted insufficient time to allow the Engineer not less than 20 regular working days for examining the shop drawings. 13. It is intended that the Engineer will, upon review, mark the shop drawings as appropriate. When shop drawings have been reviewed by the Engineer, copies will be returned to the Contractor appropriately annotated. a. If major changes or corrections are necessary, the shop drawings may be rejected with such changes or corrections indicated. The Engineer will retain two copies and the remaining copies will be returned to the Contractor. Correct and resubmit the shop drawings in the same manner and quantity as specified for the original submittal, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. If changes are made by the Contractor (in addition to those requested by the Engineer) on the resubmitted shop drawings, such changes shall be clearly explained in a transmittal letter accompanying the resubmitted shop drawings. b. Upon approval, or approval with required corrections noted, one annotated copy will be retained for the Owner and one copy will be kept by the Engineer. The remaining annotated copies provided will be given to the Contractor. 01300 -Page 5 of 13 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01300.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01300 ' DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUBMITTALS 1.04 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES ' A. Submit initial progress schedule in duplicate within 15 days after date of , Owner's Notice of Award for the Engineer's review. B. Submit revised schedules with each Application for Payment, identifying ' changes since previous version. C. Submit a chart with separate line for each major section of work or operation, identifying first work day of each week. D. Show complete sequence of construction by activity, identifying work of ' separate stages and other logically grouped activities. Indicate the early and late start, early and fate finish, float dates, and duration. E. Indicate estimated percentage of completion for each item of work at each ' submission. F. Indicate submittal dates required for shop drawings, product data, samples, and product delivery dates. 1.05 PROPOSED PRODUCTS LIST ' A. Within 15 days after date of Owners Notice of Award, submit complete list of ' major products proposed for use, with name of manufacturer, trade name, and model number of each product. B. For products specified only by reference standards, give manufacturer, trade ' name, model or catalog designation, and reference standards. C. Should the Contractor elect to substitute a proposed equivalent material to , an "or approved equal" specification, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer adequate documentation allowing the Engineer to determine the equivalency of the material. 1.06 SHOP DRAWINGS , A. General: 1. The Contractor shall submit sho drawin s, a ui ment and materials ' p 9 q p data as required in the Technical Provisions of these specifications concerning the specific item as soon as practical. The Contractor , may proceed, only at his own risk, with manufacture or installation of any equipment or work covered by said drawings, etc. until they are approved, and no claim, by the Contractor, for extension of the , contract time will be granted by reason of his failure in this respect. 01300 -Page 6 of 13 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01300.doc ' May 29, 2009 SECTION 01300 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUBMITTALS 2. Shop drawings, as defined herein, consist of all drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data which are specifically prepared by or for Contractor to illustrate some portion of the work; and all illustrations, brochures, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams, and other information prepared by a manufacturer and submitted by Contractor to illustrate material or equipment for distinct portions of the work. 3. Submittal of incomplete or unchecked shop drawings will not be acceptable. Shop drawing submittals which do not clearly show Contractor's review stamp or specific written indication of Contractor review will be returned to Contractor for resubmission. 4. Submittal of shop drawings not required under these Contract Documents and not shown on the Submittal Register will be returned to the Contractor unreviewed and unstamped by the Engineer. B. Shop Drawing Contents: 1. Shop drawings referred to herein shall include shop drawings and other submittals for both shop and field-fabricated items. In addition, the Contractor shall submit, as applicable, the following for all prefabricated or manufactured structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, process systems, and equipment: a. Shop drawings or equipment drawings, including dimensions, size and location of connections to other work, and weight of equipment. b. Catalog information and cuts. c. Installation or placing drawings for equipment, drives, and bases. d. Supporting calculations for equipment and associated supports specified to be designed by equipment manufacturers or suppliers. e. Wiring and control diagrams of systems and equipment. f. Complete- manufacturer's specifications, including materials description and paint system. g. List of special motor features being provided (i.e. space heater, altitude corrections, thermal protectors, etc.). h. Performance data and pump or mixer performance curves. 01300 -Page 7 of 13 ' N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01300.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01300 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUBMITTALS i. Complete motor rating for all motors 15 horse-power and larger, including motor no-load, starting, and full-load current at ' rated voltage; full-load speed and current at 110 percent voltage; motor efficiency and power factor at 1/2, 3/4, and full- load at rated voltage. , j. Suggested spare parts list with current price information. k. List of special tools required for checking, testing, parts r replacement, and maintenance (special tools are those which have been specially designed or adapted for use on parts of ' the equipment, and which are not customarily and routinely carried by maintenance mechanics). I. List of special tools furnished with the equipment. ' m. .List of materials and supplies required for the equipment prior ' to, and during startup. n. List of materials and supplies furnished with the equipment. , o. Samples of finish colors for selection. p. Special handling instructions. q. Requirements for storage and protection prior to installation. ' r. Requirements for routine maintenance required prior to startup. s. List of all requested exceptions to the Contract Documents. ' C. Seismic• Design: Machinery, equipment, and components such as tanks, piping, and electrical panels, including their supports and anchorages, designed by manufacturers or suppliers, shall be designed in accordance ' with the provisions of the latest edition of the Uniform Building Code to withstand seismic loads in addition to other loads. Design shall be performed by an appropriately licensed professional engineer familiar with ' seismic design. Submittals shall be certified, by the Design Engineer, that designs are in conformance with Uniform Building Code Requirements. ' D. Interfacing Work: Where called for in the Specifications, and as determined necessary by Engineer to provide proper correlation with other work, complete interface information shall be submitted. This interface information , shall be accurate and contain all information necessary to allow for manufacturing and construction of the interfacing or connection work. 01300 -Page 8 of 13 N:\0417\0551DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01300.doc May 29, 2009 ' SECTION 01300 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUBMITTALS 1.07 SAMPLES AND TEST SPECIMENS A. Where required in the Specifications, and as determined necessary by Engineer, submit test specimens or samples of materials, appliances, and fittings to be used or offered for use in connection with the work. Include information as to their sources, prepay cartage charges, and submit such quantities and sizes for proper examination and tests to establish the quality or equality thereof, as applicable. B. Submit samples and test specimens in ample time to enable Engineer to make tests or examinations necessary, without delay to the work. C. Submit additional samples as required by Engineer to ensure equality with the original approved sample and/or for determination of Specification compliance. D. Laboratory tests and examinations that Owner elects to make in its own laboratory will be made at Owner's cost except that if a sample of any material or equipment proposed for use by Contractor fails to meet the Specifications, Contractor shall bear cost of testing subsequent samples. E. Test required by the specifications to be performed by an independent laboratory shall be made by a laboratory licensed or certified in accordance with state statutes. 1. See Section 01400, QUALITY CONTROL AND OWNER QUALITY ASSURANCE for requirements. 2. Submit certified test results of specified tests in duplicate to Engineer. F. Samples and laboratory services shall be at the expense of Contractor and included in the .prices bid for the associated work. G. Approved sample items (fixtures, hardware, etc) may be incorporated into the work upon approval and when no longer needed by Engineer for reference. 1.08 QUALITY CONTROL SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturers' Certification of Proper Installation: Where manufacturer's certification is required in the Specifications, the manufacturer shall provide certification stating the following: 1. The product or system has been installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 01300 -Page 9 of 13 ' N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01300.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01300 , DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUBMITTALS 2. The product or system has been inspected by a manufacturer's authorized representative. 3. Applicable safety equipment has been properly installed. 4. Proper electrical and mechanical connections have been made. 5. The product or system has been serviced with the proper lubricants. 6. Proper adjustments have been made and the product or system is ready for functional testing, startup, and operation. B. Certification of Compliance: 1. Where specified, furnish certification of compliance for products specified to a recognized standard or code prior to the use of such products in the work. a. Engineer may permit use of certain materials or assemblies prior to sampling and testing if accompanied by a certification of compliance. b. Certifications shall be signed by the manufacturer of the product; state that the components involved comply in all respects with the requirements of the Specifications. i I'~ c. Furnish certification of compliance with each lot delivered to ' the jobsite and clearly identify the lot so certified. 2. Products used on the basis of a certification of compliance may be ' sampled and tested at any time. The fact that a product is used on the basis of a certification of compliance shall not relieve Contractor of responsibility for incorporating products in the work which conforms to ' requirements of the Contract Documents. Products not conforming to such requirements will be subject to rejection whether in-place or not. 3. Engineer reserves the right to refuse permission for use of products on the basis of a lack of a certification of compliance. ' C. Functional Test Certification: Where a certification of functional testing is specified for certain facilities or equipment, Contractor (as applicable to the facilities or equipment furnished) shall state in writing that: ' 1. Necessary hydraulic structures, piping systems, valves, and similar facilities have been successfull tested y . n 01300 -Page 10 of 13 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01300.doc ' May 29, 2009 SECTION 01300 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUBMITTALS 2. Necessary equipment systems and subsystems have been checked for proper installation, started, and successfully tested to indicate they are operational. 3. Adjustments and calibrations have been made. 4. The systems and subsystems are capable of performing their intended functions. 5. The facilities are ready for performance testing, or for startup and intended operation, as applicable. 6. The manufacturer has reviewed and acknowledged this certification. Where several manufacturers have furnished equipment in a system, obtain each manufacturer's review and acknowledgment of its respective equipment as part of a functional test for the overall system. D. Performance Test Reports: Prepare and submit performance test reports where specified for equipment and systems. 1.09 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. When specified in individual specification Sections, submit manufacturers' printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, adjusting, and finishing, in quantities specified for product data. B. Identify conflicts between manufacturers' instructions and Contract Documents. ' 1.10 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES ' A. When specified in individual specification Sections, submit manufacturers' certificate to the Engineer for review. ' B. Indicate that the material or product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. ' C. Certificates ma be recent or revious test results on the material or roduct, but Y p p must be acceptable to Engineer. ' 1.11 RECORD DRAWINGS ' A. Maintain on site, one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the Work: i 01300 -Page 11 of 13 ' N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01300.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01300 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUBMITTALS 1. Contract Drawings. 2. Specifications 3. Addenda. 4. Change Orders and Other Modifications to the Contract. 5. Reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. i B. A "Record Set of Drawings" shall show all field changes, as built elevations, service locations (size and type), crossing details of all existing utility lines, unusual conditions encountered during construction, the manufacturer and manufacturer's catalog number of equipment supplied, and all such other data as required to provide the Owner with an accurate "as constructed" set of Record Drawings.- C. Record Documents and Shop drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction including: 1. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and ' appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. 2. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the Work. 3. Field changes of dimension and detail. D E F 4. Details not on original Contract Drawings. Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each Product section description of actual Products installed, including the following: ' 1. Manufacturer's name and product model and number. 2. Product substitutions or alternates utilized. 3. Changes made by Addenda and Modifications. Contractor to furnish the "Record Set" to the Engineer at the completion of the project. Delete Engineer title block from all documents. G. Contractor's final payment estimate and final payment will not be processed until such time as the "Record Set" of drawings has been received and approved by the Engineer. I~ 7 01300 -Page 12 of 13 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01300.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01300 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUBMITTALS PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01300 01300 -Page 13 of 13 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01300.doc May 29, 2009 ' SECTION 01400 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL ' DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND OWNER QUALITY ASSURANCE ' PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Related Sections B. Quality Assurance/Control of Installation C. Substitutions D. Inspections and Testing Laboratory Services E. Engineering Services, Materials and Control Testing 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 1300, SUBMITTALS, Submission of Manufacturers' Instructions and Certificates 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Should specified reference standards conflict with the Contract Documents, request clarification from the Engineer before proceeding. B. The contractual relationship of the parties to the Contract shall not be altered from the Contract Documents by mention or inference in any reference document. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE/CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce work of specified quality. B. Comply with all specified standards and requirements in this Project Manual as a minimum quality for the work. C. Obtain copy of and comply fully with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in installation or construction sequence. Should the manufacturers' instructions conflict with the Contract Documents, request a clarification from the Engineer before proceeding. D. Perform work using persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01400.doc May 29, 2009 01400 -Page 1 of 7 SECTION 01400 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND OWNER QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.04 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Where the phrase "...or equal," "...or Engineer-approved equal," or similar wording is encountered in the Contract Documents, do not assume that the materials, equipment or methods will be accepted as equal unless the item has been specifically so approved for this work by the Engineer. B. Substitute or alternate manufacturers, fabricators, installers, materials and methods proposed by the Contractor shall in all ways equal or exceed the requirements of the Contract Documents, as determined by the Engineer. C. If unforeseen circumstances occur that cause the Contractor to change suppliers, materials or methods after the bid is submitted, the Engineer will record all time and materials used by the Engineer and the Engineer's consultants in evaluating the proposed substitutions. D. If the Contractor can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Engineer that a specified material or method was ordered in a timely manner and will not be available in time to meet specified completion dates, the Contractor shall submit the required information on the proposed substitution to the Engineer for approval. However, the Contractor is ultimately responsible for meeting the specified completion dates, and is fully responsible for any delays caused by late deliveries of the required equipment, .materials or personnel. 1.05 INSPECTION AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES A. The Owner shall appoint, employ, and pay for services of an Engineer to perform inspection and testing as specified hereafter. The Engineer will perform inspections, tests, and other services as specified in the Contract Documents. B. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring services. C. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Engineer by furnishing the design mix and samples of materials, and by providing equipment, tools, storage and assistance as requested. D. The Contractor shall make arrangements with an independent firm and pay for additional samples and tests required for Contractor's use. E. Re-testing required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be performed by the Engineer. Payment for re-testing 7 n ii 0 ii 0 0 ii 0 0 01400 -Page 2 of 7 ' N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01400.doc May 29, 2009 0 SECTION 01400 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND OWNER QUALITY ASSURANCE will be charged to the Contractor by deducting the inspection or testing charges from his Progress Payment. 1.06 ENGINEERING SERVICES, MATERIALS AND CONTROL TESTING A. The following documentation is required on all projects, as applicable, to be approved by the City of Bozeman Engineering Division: 1. Dates of acceptable tests for water mains, which shall include hydrostatic and leakage testing and bacteriological testing. These tests shall be conducted by the Contractor in the presence of the Engineer. The written test results shall be provided to the Engineer prior to acceptance of the water main. 2. Elevations shall also be recorded and provided for the top of water main at 50' intervals. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Engineer to document these elevations, including providing the equipment necessary to document and establish the elevations. The Engineer will have a representative on-site to record the data as the pipe is being installed. The Contractor shall provide safe access to the Engineer for these inspections and cooperate with the Engineer to ensure that adequate documentation is obtained. 3. Verification that all thrust blocking is installed in accordance with the approved plans and specifications. The Contractor shall provide safe access to the Engineer for these inspections and cooperate with the Engineer to ensure adequate documentation is obtained. 4. Theoretical maximum density, optimum moisture content, and sieve analysis for the sub-base course, crushed base course, pit run, and native backfill and subgrade material within the right-of way. The Contractor shall provide safe access to the Engineer to obtain samples of these materials and cooperate with the Engineer to ensure that adequate documentation is obtained. 5. Documentation of in-place field density test for trench backfill and embankments in roadways at intervals of 50 feet. Tests for roadways shall be provided for subgrade, sub-base course and/or pit run, and crushed base course materials. The Engineer shall provide personnel and equipment for the testing. The Contractor shall provide safe access and cooperate with the Engineer to ensure adequate documentation is obtained. 6. The Engineer shall furnish Portland cement concrete tests for all structural concrete to be incorporated into the improvements. One test 01400 -Page 3 of 7 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01400.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01400 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND OWNER QUALITY ASSURANCE shall be required for every 50 cubic yards of concrete placed with a minimum of one set of tests per days placement for each type and use of concrete. The Contractor shall provide safe access for the Engineer to obtain the samples and cooperate with the Engineer to ensure adequate documentation is obtained. B. The following materials and control tests may be made by the Engineer to determine the Contractor's compliance with the specifications: 1. Gradation, liquid limit and plasticity index tests of subbase, base and surfacing aggregates. Tests of subbase and base course materials shall be made from material in-place. Tests of plant mix aggregates shall be made from samples obtained from the hot bins of the hot plant. Tests of concrete aggregates shall be made from samples obtained at the mixer site. 2. Moisture/density tests for native soil backfill, imported soil backfill, imported bedding, and aggregate base and sub-base courses and in-place density tests of subgrade, backfill, subbase, base and asphalt paving courses. 3. Stripping tests, volume swell tests, fracture tests, wear tests and soundness tests shall be made prior to or during the Contractor's crushing operations. 4. Gradation and fracture tests for bedding, cobbles, and riprap. 5. Concrete cylinder and beam test. 6. Marshall Field Stability tests and graded extractions of the hot plant mix asphalt concrete paving courses. 7. Periodic tests of the Contractor's production operations of aggregate may be made for the purpose of verifying the Contractor's control and testing of his aggregate production. Such testing does not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to produce material that will meet specification requirements, and he -will be required to make such additional tests at his expense as required to produce aggregate meeting the specification requirements. 8. Laboratory analysis of asphalt materials. The periodic tests made by the Engineer of the Contractor's production may serve as the basis for rejecting a stockpile as unacceptable. 01400 -Page 4 of 7 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01400.doc May 29, 2009 C I1~ u i J 0 n 0 ' SECTION 01400 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL ' DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND OWNER QUALITY ASSURANCE C. The following tests shall be made and paid for by the Contactor to ' determine the Contractor's compliance with the specifications: 1. Any tests the Contractor requires to control his crushing, screening or ' other construction operations. 2. Additional material moisture-density curves, sieve analyses and I' plasticity index required if Contractor's supplied materials, sources or suppliers change. 3. Asphalt cement pavement and Portland Cement concrete mix designs. Recent (within 1 year) asphalt and concrete mix designs from representative sites that the Contractor has on file will be acceptable. 4. Pressure and leakage tests of pipelines and wastewater sewers including cleaning, flushing and T.V. inspection where required in the Contract Documents. 5. Equipment performance and/or functional tests. 6. Concrete water holding structure leakage tests. 7. Test failures. D. Acceptance and rejection of materials will generally be determined from tests made of the various courses complete and in-place in the field. While the Engineer may, during the course of construction, make tests at the source or point of production, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to conduct, control, and test his production operations in such a manner that the material produced will meet the specification requirements. E. For all testing conducted by the Engineer or his assigns, the Contractor shall provide necessary trench safety protection measures, where applicable. Any Contractor's costs associated with any of this work shall be considered incidental to the work PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) 01400 -Page 5 of 7 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01400.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01400 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND OWNER QUALITY ASSURANCE PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 MINIMUM TESTING REQUIREMENTS A. Minimum quality control testing requirements for this project are summarized below: 1. Pipeline Leakage/Pressure Testing: All new pipes. 2. Television Inspection: None. 3. Sluice and Canal Gates: Leakage testing according to Section 11080, EQUIPMENT AND SPECIALTIES. 4. Subgrade Soil Compaction: At least one field density test for each 1000 square feet of subgrade prior to placing fill. 5. In-Place Soil Backfill Density Tests: At least one field test per each compacted backfill layer per 1,500 square feet of area. 6. Concrete Strength Cylinder Tests: As specified in Section 03300, CONCRETE. 7. One moisture-density curve for each type material used, as indicated by sieve analysis and plasticity index. 8. Field density and moisture test may be determined by current ASTM nuclear methods. 3.02 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION A. During execution of work, clean site and public properties and dispose of waste materials, debris, and rubbish to assure that buildings, grounds, roads, and public properties are maintained free from accumulations of waste materials. B. Wet-down dry materials and rubbish to prevent blowing dust. C. Provide approved containers for collection and disposal of waste material, debris, and rubbish. D. Remove grease, dust, dirt, stains, labels, fingerprints, and other foreign materials from exposed and partially exposed surfaces. 01400 -Page 6 of 7 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01400.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01400 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND OWNER QUALITY ASSURANCE E. Repair, patch, and touch up marred surfaces to specified finish and to match adjacent surfaces. F. Vacuum clean interior building areas when ready to receive finish painting, and continue vacuum cleaning as needed until building is ready for substantial completion or occupancy. G. Vacuum clean all interior spaces, including inside cabinets. Broom clean paved surfaces and rake clean other surfaces of grounds. H. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible; do not drop or throw materials from heights. I. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. J. Use only cleaning materials recommended by manufacturer of surfaces to be cleaned. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer. PART 4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01400 01400 -Page 7 of 7 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01400.doc May 29, 2009 ' SECTION 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES ' DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS PART1 GENERAL ' 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Temporary utilities required during construction. B. Temporary construction facilities, including access roads, field offices, and storage facilities. C. Requirements for security and protection of facilities and property. D. Requirements for traffic regulation and access to the work. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS A. See Section 01560, ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY CONTROL for temporary controls for protection of the environment during construction. B. See Section 01570, CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC CONTROL for any temporary traffic control needed. 1.03 MOBILIZATION A. Use area designated for Contractor's temporary facilities as shown as the staging area on Drawings. Arrange and pay for additional area if needed for construction operations, as acceptable to Owner, Engineer, and adjacent property owners. B. Notify Owner of obstructions not shown or not readily apparent by visual inspection of the staging area. If such obstructions adversely affect Contractor's operations, proper adjustment to Contract will be considered. Do not remove obstructions without Owner's prior consent. 1.04 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Costs After Substantial Completion: Upon acceptance of the work or a portion of the work defined and certified as substantially complete by Engineer, and Owner commences full-time successful operation of the facility or portion thereof, the Owner will bear the cost for utilities used for Owner's operation. B. Electric Power: 1. Electric power for the Contractor's use may not be initially available at or near the project site or staging area. Determine the type and amount available and make arrangements for obtaining temporary 01500 -Page 1 of 9 ' N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01500.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS electric power service, metering equipment, and pay all costs for the electric power used during the Contract period, except as specifically provided for utilities used by the Owner on portions of the work designated in writing by the Engineer as substantially complete. 2. Temporary electric power installations shall meet construction safety requirements of OSHA, state, and other governing agencies. 3. Cost of electric power used in performance and acceptance testing shall be borne by Contractor. C. Heat: 1. Definitions: a. Heating required after enclosure of building is classified as "temporary heat." Building shall be considered as enclosed when it is roofed and is protected at doorways, windows, and other~openings to provide reasonable heat retention. b. Heating required before buildings are enclosed is classified as "cold weather protection." 2. Use warm air heat from oil or gas-fired portable unit heaters suitably vented to outside as required for protection of health and property. If approved by Engineer, heaters emitting products of combustion within the heated space may be used. Open salamander type heaters will not be permitted. 3. Parts- of buildings or products that become damaged because of insufficient or excessive heat shall be repaired or replaced to original condition at no additional cost to the Owner. 4. Except as otherwise specified, maintain temperatures in all parts of new buildings above 50 degrees F and no higher than 75 degrees F during the heating season. 5. Upon acceptance or occupancy of building by Owner, Contractor's responsibility for temporary heating shall terminate for that building. 6. If permanent system is used for temporary ventilation, provide temporary throwaway filters. 7. If permanent natural gas piping is used for temporary heating units, do not modify or reroute gas piping without approval of gas company 1 I~ u h U L~I~' 01500 -Page 2 of 9 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01500.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS and Engineer. Provide separate gas metering as required by gas company. D. Water: The Contractor shall provide an adequate supply of water of a quality suitable for all domestic and construction purposes, except that the Owner's raw water system, adequately screened, may be used for supplying water for pipelines and water holding structure's leakage tests. For these tests, all coordination with the Owner, temporary connections, temporary pipelines, and other similar items shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 2. All drinking water on the site during construction shall be furnished by the Contractor and shall be bottled water or water furnished in approved metal or plastic dispensers. Notices shall be posted conspicuously throughout the site warning the Contractor's, Owner's, Engineer's, and other personnel that piped water may be contaminated. 3. The Contractor shall not make connection to, or draw water from any fire hydrant or pipeline without first obtaining permission of the authority having jurisdiction over the use of said fire hydrant or pipeline and from the agency owning the affected water system. For each such connection made, the Contractor shall first attach to the fire hydrant or pipeline a valve, a backflow preventer, and a meter, if required by the said authority, of a size and type acceptable to said authority and agency. 4. The Contractor is alerted that a water use permit system is in effect in Montana for temporary water uses for construction purposes. The Montana Water Use Act is codified in Chapters 2 and 15 of Title 85, MCA. The regulations pursuant to the Act are found in Chapters 12 and 14 of Title 36, ARM. A Permit to Appropriate Water must be applied for and received before construction of diversion work begins or water is diverted from any surface water source. Developments of ground water with an anticipated use of more than 35 gallons per minute or 10 acre-feet require a Permit to Appropriate Water before any development begins or water is used. In the case of construction projects, a TEMPORARY PERMIT may be requested if the use of water is intended for only a limited period of time. An application for a Temporary Permit is processed according to the same procedures as for a provisional permit. The Temporary Permit has an expiration date based on the period requested and will automatically expire on that date. No Certificate of Water Right is issued on a Temporary Permit. 01500 -Page 3 of 9 N:10417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01500.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01500 ' CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS , 5. The site shall be graded to drain. Excavations shall be maintained free of water. Provide, maintain, and operate groundwater pumping equipment. Contractor shall make provisions for disposal of ' groundwater compatible with adjacent property owners and federal, state, and local agencies. ' 6. Before final acceptance of the work on the project, all temporary connections and piping installed by the Contractor shall be entirely removed and all affected improvements shall be restored to their original condition, or better, to the satisfaction of the Engineer and to the agency owning the affected utility. 7. Fire Protection: The construction plant and all other parts of the work shall be connected with the Contractor's water supply system and shall be adequately protected against damage by fire. Hose , connections and hose, water casks, chemical equipment, or other sufficient means shall be provided for fighting fires in the temporary ' structures and other portions of the work, and responsible persons shall be designated and instructed in the operation of such fire apparatus so as to prevent or minimize the hazard of fire. The Contractor's fire protection program shall conform to the requirements of Subpart F of the OSHA Standards for Construction. E. Sewage: 1. Provide and maintain sanitary facilities for Contractor's employees ' and subcontractors' employees that comply with regulations of local and state health departments. Provide chemical toilets of suitable types and maintain them in a sanitary condition at all times, , conforming to code requirements and acceptable to the health authorities. They shall be watertight construction so that no contamination of the area can result from their use. Make ' arrangements for frequent emptying of toilets. Upon completion of the work, remove toilets and restore area to original condition. F. Telephone: 1. Arrange for onsite telephone service for Contractor's use during ' construction. Costs of installation and monthly bills for Contractor's telephone services shall be borne by the Contractor. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used ' 01500-Pa e4of9 9 .N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01500.doc May 29, 2009 ' SECTION 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES ' DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS PART 3 EXECUTION I' 3.01 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION A. Access Roads and Parking: 1. Construct temporary construction access roads and detours as necessary to execute the work and as approved by the Owner and Engineer. Maintain in good condition until no longer needed, then remove the temporary roads, revegetate the disturbance or otherwise leave the disturbed area in a preconstruction condition satisfactoryto the Owner and Engineer. 2. Use area designated as staging area on Drawings or other area as designated by the Owner for parking of Contractor's employees vehicles. B. Storage Yards and Buildings: 1. Construct temporary storage yards for the storage of products that are not subject to damage by weather conditions. Materials such as pipe, and reinforcing and structural steel shall be stored on pallets or racks, off the ground, and in a manner to allow ready access for inspection and inventory. Temporary gravel surfacing of storage yards must be approved by the Owner and Engineer. 2. Erect or provide temporary storage buildings of various sizes needed to protect mechanical and electrical equipment and other materials, as recommended by manufacturers of such equipment and materials: a. Provide environmental control systems that meet recommendations of manufacturers of equipment and materials stored in the buildings. b. Buildings shall be of sufficient size. c. Arrange or partition buildings to provide security for their contents and ready access for inspection and inventory. d. At or near completion of the work, temporary storage buildings shall be dismantled, removed from the site, and remain the property of the Contractor. 3. Store combustible materials (paints, solvents, fuels, etc.) in a well- ventilated building remote from other buildings. 01500 -Page 5 of 9 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01500.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS C. Security Fence: a. If desired by the Contractor, erect a temporary (or permanent, if applicable) security fence with gates and locks around the construction and/or staging area site, located and as approved by Owner and Engineer. Fencing and Barricades: ~~' u ~, b. Where existing or new permanent fencing is used for security fence, restore to original or specified condition at completion of , the work. D. 2. Barricades: Provide barricades as necessary to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas, both inside and outside of fenced area. Also provide barricades .to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from potential damage. Locate barriers to enable access by facility operators and property owners. Engineer's Field Office: 2. Records in triplicate of all observations shall be prepared by the Contractor and each copy of every document shall be signed by the authorized representative of the Owner and of the Contractor. 3. Photographs, as requested by the Owner, shall be made by the Contractor and signed in the manner specified above. One signed copy of every document and .photograph will be kept on file in the office of the Engineer. The Contractor is not required to provide an Engineer's field office for this project. 3.02 SAFETY AND PROTECTION A. Examination of Existing Facilities: After the Contract is awarded, before the commencement of work, at the Contractor's request, Contractor and Engineer shall make a thorough examination of all existing buildings, structures, and other improvements in the vicinity of the work and for which permission for entry has been granted, as applicable, which might be damaged by construction operations. ~'. ~~ 4. These records and photographs are intended for use as indisputable evidence in ascertaining whether and to what extent damage occurred 01500 -Page 6 of 9 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01500.doc , May 29, 2009 1 SECTION 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILIT{ES DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS as a result of the Contractor's operations, and are for the protection of the adjacent property owners, the Contractor, and the Owner. B. Safety Requirements: 1. Contractor shall do whatever work is necessary for safety and be solely and completely responsible for conditions of the jobsite, including safety of all persons (including employees) and property during the Contract period. This requirement shall apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours. 2. Safety provisions shall conform to Federal and State Departments of Labor Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA), and other applicable federal state, county, and local laws, ordinances, codes, requirements set forth herein, and regulations that may be specified in other parts of these Contract Documents. Where these are in conflict, the more stringent requirement shall be followed. Contractor shall become thoroughly familiar with governing safety provisions and shall comply with the obligations set forth therein. 3. Contractor shall develop and maintain forthe duration of the Contract, a safety program that will effectively incorporate and implement required safety provisions. Contractor shall appoint a qualified employee who is authorized to enforce compliance with the safety program. 4. Engineer's duty to conduct construction review of the Contractor's performance is not intended to include a review or approval of the adequacy of Contractor's safety supervisor, safety program, or safety measures. 5. Contractor shall do all work necessary to protect the general public from hazards, including, but not limited to, surface irregularities or unramped grade changes in pedestrian sidewalk or walkway, and trenches or excavations in roadway. 6. Barricades, lanterns, and proper signs shall be furnished in sufficient amount to safeguard the public and the work. 7. As part of safety program, Contractor shall maintain at its office or other well-known place at the jobsite, safety equipment applicable to the work as prescribed by the governing safety authorities, and articles necessary for giving first-aid to the injured. Establish procedures for the immediate removal to a hospital or a doctor's care of person who may be injured on the jobsite. 01500 -Page 7 of 9 ' N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1 \01500.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 8. Construct and maintain satisfactory and substantial temporary chain link fencing, solid fencing, railing, barricades or steelplates, as applicable, at all openings, obstructions, or other hazards in highways, roads, streets, sidewalks, floors, roofs, and walkways. Such barriers shall have adequate warning lights as necessary or required for safety. 9. If death or serious injuries or damages are caused, the accident shall be reported immediately by telephone or messenger to the Engineer and Owner. In addition, Contractor shall promptly report in writing all accidents whatsoever arising out of, or in connection with, the performance of the work whether on or adjacent to the site, giving full details and statements of witnesses. 10. If claim is made by anyone against Contractor or any subcontractor on account of accident, Contractor shall promptly report the facts in writing, giving full details of the claim. C. Fire Prevention: Perform all work in a fire safe manner. Furnish and maintain on the site adequate fire fighting equipment capable of extinguishing incipient fire. Comply with applicable federal, local, and state fire prevention regulations. Where these regulations do not apply, follow applicable parts of the National Fire Prevention Standard of Safeguarding Building Construction Operations (NFPA No. 241). D. Use of Explosives: No blasting or use of explosives will be allowed on the jobsite. E. Protection of Work and Property: General: a. Contractor shall employ such means and methods necessary to adequately protect public property and property of the Owner against damage. In the event of damage to such property, immediately restore the property to a condition equal to its original condition and to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the owner of said property, and bear all costs therefore. b. Protect stored materials, cultivated trees and crops, and other items located adjacent to the proposed work. Notify Owner and property owners affected by the construction at least 48 hours in advance of beginning of construction in different areas. I~ J ii 1 u 0 1 1 01500 -Page 8 of 9 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01500.doc ' May 29, 2009 SECTION 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 2. Finished Construction: a. Contractor shall assume the responsibility for protection of finished construction and shall repair and restore any and all damage to finished work to its original or better condition. b. Prevent wheeling of loads over finished floors, either with or without plank protection, except in rubber-tired wheelbarrows, buggies, or dollies. Protect finished floors and concrete floors exposed as well as those covered with composition the or other applied surfacing. c. At such time temporary facilities and utilities are no longer required for the work, notify Engineer of intent and schedule for their removal. Remove temporary facilities and utilities from the site as Contractor's property and leave the site in such condition as specified, as shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Owner or Engineer. d. In unfinished areas, leave the site evenly graded, seeded, or planted as necessary, in a condition that will restore original drainage, and with an appearance equal to or better than original e. Site Cleanup: Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall remove all traces of temporary facilities, including office and storage facilities, stockpiles, equipment, construction debris, unused materials and scrap materials. The site shall be restored by re-grading and re-vegetating disturbed areas to resemble their original condition. If an agreement is reached with the Owner, surplus/leftover materials may be left on site for the Owner's future use. Site cleanup shall be performed as an incidental to the performance of the work and the Unit Prices on the Bid Sheet. END OF SECTION 01500 01500 -Page 9 of 9 ' N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01500.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01560 ENVIRONMENTAL DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS QUALITY CONTROL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. General Provisions B. Erosion and Sediment Control Measures and Works C. Water Pollution Control D. Storm Water Discharge Permit E. Chemical Pollution F. Dust Abatement G. Noise Pollution H. Preservation of Historical and Archeological Data I. Waste Material Disposal J. Maintenance, Removal and restoration 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01010, SUMMARY OF WORK: Groundwater Consideration and Soil Considerations. 1.03 WORK INCLUDED A. The work shall consist of installing measures or performing work to control and protect the environmental quality of the project site and to minimize the pollution of the water and air during the construction operations in accordance with these specifications. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. The Contractor in executing the work shall maintain affected areas within and outside project boundaries free from environmental pollution that would be in violation of federal, state, or local regulations. B. Do not impair operation of existing systems. Prevent construction material, pavement, concrete, earth, volatile and corrosive wastes, and other debris from entering sewers, pump stations, or other structures. Maintain original site drainage wherever possible. 01560 -Page 1 of 8 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01560.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01560 ENVIRONMENTAL DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS QUALITY CONTROL 3.02 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MEASURES AND WORKS A. The Contractor shall conduct his work in accordance with the requirements of the Montana Department of Environmental Quality (MDEQ), Storm Water Program requirements discussed in Article 3.04 herein. B. Control of Earthwork Activities: The excavation and moving of soil materials shall be scheduled so that the smallest possible areas will be unprotected from erosion for the shortest time practical. 2. Excavated materials or other construction materials shall not be stockpiled or deposited near or on stream banks, lake shorelines, or other watercourse perimeters where they can be washed away by high water or storm runoff or can in any way encroach upon the actual watercourse itself. 3. All areas disturbed or newly created by the construction activity, shall be seeded with vegetation both in kind and in quantity (this will include both herbaceous and woody species) that are indigenous to the area for protection against subsequent erosion and to minimize adverse impacts to fish and wildlife resources. This may require maintenance such as reseeding, watering, implementation of grazing restrictions, fencing, etc., to ensure the survival of the replacement vegetation. C. Seeding: Seeding to protect disturbed areas shall be used as specified in the Contract Documents and/or in Section 02480, FINISH GRADING, SEEDING AND LANDSCAPING. u i I~ D. Mulching: Mulching shall be used to provide temporary protection to soil surfaces from erosion. , E. Vegetation Conservation: Except where clearing is required for the permanent works, approved construction roads, or excavation operations, all trees, native shrubbery, grass lawn, and vegetation shall be preserved and shall be protected from damage by the construction operations and equipment. The Contractor shall move equipment on access routes within the right-of-way in a manner which will prevent damage to lawns, crops, range land, or property. F. Diversions: Diversions shall be used to divert water away from work areas and/or to collect runoff from work areas for water quality treatment and safe discharge. ~' 01560 -Page 2 of 8 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01560.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01560 ENVIRONMENTAL ' DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS QUALITY CONTROL 2. Diversions or channel changes required by the Contractor to complete ' the work shall be completed in a manner to minimize erosion and to leave the stream course essentially unchanged. ' 3. The Contractor shall remove all diversions, culverts, bridges and other temporary work following completion of the work and shall restore the area disturbed to essentially the same configuration as it was prior to ' construction or to the final lines and grades as shown on the Contract Documents. ' G. Sediment Basins: Sediment basins shall be used to settle and filter out sediment from eroding areas, and to protect properties and streams below the construction areas. 3.03 WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ' A. The Contractor's construction activities shall be performed by methods that will prevent the entrance, or accidental spillage, of solid matter, contaminants, debris, and other objectionable pollutants and wastes into streams, flowing or dry watercourses, lakes, and underground water sources. Such pollutants and wastes shall include, but are not restricted to, refuse, garbage, cement concrete, sanitary waste, industrial waste, radioactive substances, oil and other petroleum products, aggregate processing tailings, mineral salts, and thermal pollution. B. Compliance with Applicable Laws and Regulations: 1. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable Federal, State and ' local laws, orders, and regulations concerning the control and abatement of water pollution. ' 2. Prior to the discharge of any wastewater or other pollutants, or any dredged or fill materials into Waters of the U.S., the Contractor shall obtain the proper permits (in addition to the existing Section 404 permit) and provide a copy of each to the Engineer. ' C. Other Provisions: 1. All construction debris shall be disposed of on land in such a manner ' that it cannot enter a waterway or wetland. 2. Equipment for handling and conveying materials during construction shall be operated to prevent dumping or spilling the materials into the water except as approved herein. 01560 -Page 3 of 8 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01560.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01560 ENVIRONMENTAL DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS QUALITY CONTROL 3. During construction and subsequent operation of this facility, no petroleum products, chemicals, or other deleterious materials shall be allowed to enter or be disposed of in such a manner so that they could enter the water and precautions shall be taken to prevent entry of these materials into the water. D. Dewatering Procedures: The Contractor shall construct, maintain, and operate cofferdams, channels, flume drains, sumps, pumps, or other temporary diversion and protection works. Furnish materials required, install, maintain, and operate necessary pumping and other equipment for the environmentally-safe removal and disposal of water from the various parts of the work. Maintain the foundations and parts of the work free from water. 2. Where an excavation extends below the water table, dewater in a manner that will prevent loss of fines from the foundation. Maintain stability of slopes and bottom of the excavations, and perform construction operations in the dry. Use screened wells or equivalent methods for dewatering.. Control seepage along the bottom of excavations, which may require ditches and pipe drains leading to sumps from which the water shall be pumped and properly discharged. J L L 3. Refer to Section 01010, SUMMARY OF WORK: Groundwater , Consideration for additional information and requirements. E. Construction Dewatering Permit: The Contractor shall be responsible for all construction dewatering. The method of dewatering selected by the Contractor will determine the necessity for a construction dewatering permit. If the Contractor elects to discharge the water in to an existing storm sewer system or into a stream, drainage, creek, or any State Waters, the Contractor shall be required to first obtain, as necessary, the following permits from the Montana Department of Environmental Quality (MDEQ) office in Helena. a. Short Term Water Quality Standard for Turbidity Related to Construction Activity (318 Permit). b. Montana Pollution Discharge Elimination System Permit (Short Form C) for construction dewatering discharge. 01560 -Page 4 of 8 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01560.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01560 ENVIRONMENTAL DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS QUALITY CONTROL 2. Dewatering flows discharged to the irrigation ditch, for which the Contractor would need to secure written permission from the ditch owner, may not require the above-mentioned MDEQ permits. 3. The requirements of this item for the activities of construction dewatering are to be distinguished as being separate from the requirements necessary when there is an encounter of chemical or hydrocarbon contaminants in the groundwater. 4. A copy of the Contractor's discharge permits or ditch owner's written permission to discharge to their irrigation ditch, as applicable, shall be provided to the Engineer before work begins. 5. All costs of dewatering, including the procurement of the permits required, measures to handle the discharge, testing, and all related work of cleanup, restoration, etc. shall be included in the cost for pipe installation. The Contractor shall be responsible for contacting the MDEQ to verify the discharge limitations and other costs associated with the permit, for bidding purposes. 3.04 STORM WATER DISCHARGE PERMIT A. If the area of disturbance (excavation, stockpiling, etc.) exceeds one acre, the Contractor shall apply to MDEQ for a storm water discharge permit. The Contractor shall utilize erosion and sediment control best management practices whether or not a permit is required. Contractor shall refer to the permit applications for 404 and 124A permits in the appendix regarding expectations regarding erosion and sediment control. The Contractor shall complete the NOI form and SWPPP as Operator 1 (the sole permittee), and shall be fully responsible for paying all fees and meeting all applicable requirements of the NOI, the SWPPP, and the General Permit. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with copies of the completed application and the Receipt Confirmation Letterfrom MDEQ, priorto initiating any ground disturbance or earthmoving activities. The cost associated with this work shall be incidental to the other project work. 3.05 CHEMICAL POLLUTION A. The Contractor shall provide tanks or barrels to be used to dispose of chemical pollutants produced as a by-product of the project work such as drained lubricating or transmission oils, greases, soaps, asphalt, etc. At the completion of the construction work, storage tanks or barrels shall be removed from the site and properly disposed of. B. Sanitary facilities such as chemical toilets or septic tanks shall not be placed 01560 -Page 5 of 8 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01560.doc May 29, 2009 DIVISION 1 - GENER SECTION AL REQUIREMENTS ENVIRONMENTAL adjacent to live streams QUALITY CONTROL distance of 200 feet or as reells, or springs. The water course. quired to prevent contam natlion of ant W at a Y ell or ' C~ The term pesticide herbicides, insecticidessfungicdides, and rode find it necessa pecifications shall include all ' shall submit his plan fo psuch Iuse ~n the areas oIf work uncerltcise Contractor Contractor shall not proceed to the Engineer for written a contract, he D. Pestic' pnor to approval by the Enginee pProval. The ' Protection Age ~ y inacle my be those registered wi Control Act of 1972 mpliance with the Federal Env ronmentvironmental ' the De and other Federal pesticide acts. p al Pesticide partment of the Interior's "Prohibited List" shall not esticides names on 3.06 AIR POLLUTION be used. ' A. The Contractor shall com I regulations concerning the p rev ith aAAl~cable Federal, Sta burning of brush, slash or other ention and control of air te, and local project site or on an materials. Burning is notpollution and the ' such as tires y City prOAertY~ In no case shall una permitted at the plastics, rubber products pproved materials, that create heav ~ asphalt products, or other materials will not be y black smoke or nuisance odors permitted and smoke of an ~ be burned. Trash burning y kind shall be minimized. B. Fire prevention measures shall be taken to prevent the start or the s of fires resulting from the project work. ' preading C~ In the conduct of construction activitie Contractor shall utilize such s and o ' reasonably available to control, preventable Aeration of equipment, the emissions or dischar es of methods and devices and otherwise minimize atmos s are g air contaminates. pheric D. Equipment and vehicles that show ex shall not be operated until corrective re essive emissions of exhaust 3.07 DUST ABATEMENT pairs or adjustments are made ases ' A. All public access or , be sprinkled with w ter as re s used durin shall prevent dust which has on i g construction of the project shall quired to fully suppress dust. lawns, crops, cultivated fields, ran Hated from The Contractor or causin geland, trees ~ b ~sinesses f a m damaging resultin 9 om uisance. The Contractor shall be held liable fo g dust originating from his o ' nd dwellings, Documents. Aerations under these Cont act ' N:1041710551DOCSISpecslDivision 1101560.doc 1560 - November 19, 2003 Page 6 of 8 1 SECTION 01560 ENVIRONMENTAL DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS QUALITY CONTROL 3.08 NOISE POLLUTION A. The Contractor shall comply with applicable Federal, State, and local laws, orders, and regulations concerning the prevention, control, and abatement of excessive noise. B. The use of jackhammers, pile driving, or combustion engine driven dewatering pumps or generators, or otheroperationsprnducing high-intensity noise may not be performed at night unless the Contractor receives prior approval of the Owner and nearby property owners. 3.09 PRESERVATION OF HISTORICAL AND ARCHEOLOGICAL DATA A. Federal legislation provides for the protection, preservation, and collection of scientific, prehistorical, historical, paleontological, and archeological data (including relics and specimens) which might otherwise be lost due to alteration of the terrain as a result of any Federal construction project. B. The Contractor agrees that, should he or any of his employees in the performance of this contract discover evidence of possible scientific, prehistorical, historical, paleontological, or archeological data, he will cease work and notify the Owner or Engineer immediately giving the location and nature of the finding. Written confirmation shall be forwarded immediately. The Contractor shall exercise care so as not to damage artifacts or fossils uncovered during excavation operations and shall provide the cooperation and assistance necessary to preserve the findings for removal. C. Where appropriate by reason of a discovery, the Engineer may order delays in the time of performance, or changes in the work, or both. If such delays, or changes, or both, are ordered, the time of performance and contract price shall be adjusted in accordance with the applicable clauses in the General Conditions. D. The Contractor agrees to insert this paragraph in all subcontracts which involve the performance of work on the project site. 3.10 WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL A. Excess excavated material not required or suitable for backfill, and other waste material, must be disposed of in licensed landfills or at other sites for which local, county, or state approval is obtained. B. Unacceptable disposal sites include, but are not limited to, sites within a Waters of the U.S. (i.e., wetlands and waterways) or critical habitat and sites ~ 01560 -Page 7 of 8 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01560.doc ' November 19, 2003 SECTION 01560 ENVIRONMENTAL DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS QUALITY CONTROL where disposal will have a detrimental effect on surface water or groundwater quality. ' C. Contractor may make his own arrangements for disposal subject to submission of proof that the owner(s) of the proposed site(s) has a valid fill , permit issued by the appropriate governmental agency. D. Maintain areas covered by the Contract and affected public properties free ' from accumulations of waste, debris, and rubbish caused by construction operations. Remove excavated materials from the site, or stockpile where shown or directed by Owner or Engineer. E. Cleaning and disposal shall comply with local ordinances and pollution control laws. Do not burn or bury rubbish or waste materials on the project ' site. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil, chemicals, or paint thinner on-site or in storm or sanitary drains. Disposal of wastes into streams or waterways is prohibited. Provide acceptable containers for , collection and disposal of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. 3.11 MAINTENANCE, REMOVAL AND RESTORATION ' A. The Contractor shall, at all times, keep the construction area, including storage areas used by him, free from accumulations of waste materials and rubbish. B. Waste materials including, but not restricted to, refuse garbage, sanitary ' wastes, industrial wastes, and oil and other petroleum products, shall be disposed of by the Contractor. Materials must be disposed of by acceptable means such as an approved solid waste facility. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to make any necessary arrangements pertinent to the locations and regulations of such disposal. Any fees or charges required to ' be paid for disposal of materials shall be paid by the Contractor. C. Disposal of construction debris shall meet the requirements of the Montana ' Solid Waste Management Act (MCA-75-10-201 et seq.). The regulations pursuant to the Act are in ARM 16.14.501 et seq. and are referred to as the Montana Refuse Disposal Regulations. The statute and regulations are ' administered and enforced by the Montana Department of Environmental Quality. END OF SECTION 01560 01560 -Page 8 of 8 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01560.doc November 19, 2003 SECTION 01600 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT C. Provide off-site storage and protection when site does not permit on-site storage or protection. D. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to avoid condensation. E. Store loose granular materials on solid flat surfaces in awell-drained area Prevent mixing with foreign matter. F. Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. G. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to assure products are undamaged and are maintained under specified conditions. 1.05 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Any product meeting those standards or description. B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Products of manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions allowed. C. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named. 1.06 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Engineer will consider requests for Substitutions only within 15 days after date of Owner-Contractor Agreement and in accordance with Section 00700, Articles 6.05 and 6.17, and Section 01300, SUBMITTALS of the Contract Documents. B. Substitutions may be considered when a product becomes unavailable through no fault of the Contractor. C. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed Substitution with Contract Documents. D. A request constitutes a representation that the Contractor: C I J '~ n fl ii 01600 -Page 2 of 3 , N:\0417\055\DOCS\SPECS\DIVISION 1\01600.DOC June 21, 2004 SECTION 01600 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 ~ GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Products B. Transportation and Handling C. Storage and Protection D. Product Options E. Substitutions 1.02 PRODUCTS A. Products: Means new material, machinery, components, equipment, fixtures, and systems forming the Work. Does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components required for reuse. B. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing premises, except as specifically permitted by the Contract Documents. 1.03 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. C. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. 1.04 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. Store sensitive products in weather-tight, climate controlled enclosures. B. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports, above ground. 01600 -Page 1 of 3 N:\0417\055\DOCS\SPECS\DIVISION 1\01600.DOC June 21, 2004 [~~ SECTION 01600 ' DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product. 2. Will provide the same warranty for the Substitution as for the specified product. 3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner. 4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may subsequently become apparent. 5. Will reimburse Owner for review or redesign services associated with re-approval by authorities. F. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals, without separate written request, or when acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents. G. Substitution Submittal Procedure: 1. Submit three copies of request for Substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one proposed Substitution. 2. Submit shop drawings, product data, and certified test results attesting to the proposed product equivalence. 3. The Engineer will notify Contractor, in writing, of decision to acceptor reject request. PART2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION Not used END OF SECTION ' 01600 -Page 3 of 3 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01600.doc June 21, 2004 SECTION 01640 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MANUFACTURERS' SERVICES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Definitions B. Fulfillment of Specified Minimum Services C. Functional Testing D. Performance Testing E. Training of Owner's Personnel F. Training Aids G. "Hands On" Demonstrations H. Permission to Video Tape I. Other Services During Construction 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. For purposes of furnishing manufacturer's services, the following definitions shall apply: 1. Manufacturer's Representative: Employee of manufacturer who is factory trained and knowledgeable in technical aspects of their products and systems. 2. Construction Period: The time period from the Contractor's purchase order date to the date of certification by the manufacturer that the material or equipment is properly installed and that functional and performance tests, as applicable to the equipment specified, have been successfully demonstrated. 3. Person-day or Man-day: One person for 8 hours straight time, exclusive of Saturdays, Sundays, or holidays. 1.03 FULFILLMENT OF SPECIFIED MINIMUM SERVICES A. Contractor's requirements to provide services of the manufacturers' representatives, and special coordinating services required of the Contractor, that apply during construction, facilities testing and startup, and training of the Owner's personnel for facilities operation are detailed herein. The 01640 -Page 1 of 8 N:10417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01640.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01640 ' DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MANUFACTURERS' SERVICES requirements for these services are specified in the applicable technical ' sections of this document. B. Where manufacturers' services are specified, Contractor shall furnish a ' qualified representative of the manufacturer to provide these services. Where time is necessary in excess of that stated in the Specifications for , manufacturers' services, additional time required to perform the specified services shall be ~ considered incidental work. Where repeat visits are required at no fault of the Owner, they shall be provided at no additional cost , to the Owner. C. Only those manufacturers' services, including trips to the jobsite or training ' classroom, receiving prior written acceptance by the Owner and Engineer shall act to fulfill the specified services. Submit requests for prior acceptance: ' 1. In writing. 2. Ten calendar days prior to providing the services. ' 3. Stating the service to be provided. 4. Stating the reason(s) why the timing of the service is appropriate. D. Requests made less than 10 calendar days prior to the providing of , manufacturers' services may not receive written response prior to the times the services are provided. ' E. If manufacturer's representative is found deficient in training or experience by the Owner or Engineer, furnish other acceptable representatives after ' acceptance of resumes and other documentation of proposed representatives. 1.04 FUNCTIONAL TESTING ' A. Where functional (or run) testing is required in the Specifications, furnish ' manufacturer's representative to assist with the test. This shall include checking for proper rotation, alignment, speed, excessive vibration, and quiet operation. Perform initial equipment and system adjustment and calibrations ' in the presence and with the assistance of the manufacturer's representative. B. Obtain manufacturer's review and acceptance of Contractor's certification of ' functional testing, where such certification is specified. 1.05 PERFORMANCE TESTING ' A. Where performance testing is specified, furnish manufacturer's representative to assist or conduct the test as specified for the particular equipment, and to correct malfunction of equipment. Follow specified test procedures. ' 01640 -Page 2 of 8 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01640.doc ' May 29, 2009 SECTION 01640 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MANUFACTURERS' SERVICES B. These services shall continue until equipment or systems have been successfully tested for performance, have been accepted by the Owner for startup, and the performance test has been reviewed and accepted by the manufacturer. C. Unless otherwise specified, performance testing shall use plant fluid or material that the equipment or system is designed to handle during normal service conditions. D. Prior to actual startup on water, sludge, or similar liquids, performance testing shall use municipal water or plant water to simulate actual operating conditions for the following operations: 1. All water holding structure and pipeline leak tests. 2. All pumping equipment functional and performance tests as specified in the detail equipment specifications. 3. All other equipment functional and performance tests as specified in the detail equipment specifications. 1.06 STARTUP A. Prior to start-up of the facilities, the manufacturer shall have prepared and pre-tested all equipment insofar as possible to check its ability for sustained operation, including inspections and adjustments by manufacturer's servicemen. B. After the facilities are sufficiently complete to permit start-up, the Contractor shall furnish competent personnel to start up the facilities as required. The Contractor will be responsible for start-up of all facilities constructed under the construction contract. During the initial start-up period for equipment and controls, the manufacturer shall .check and provide for satisfactory mechanical operation of the facilities. Insofar as possible, the manufacturer's representatives shall be present during this period to instruct the plant operators in the care, operation, and maintenance of the equipment. Process considerations will be given secondary consideration during this period, but any process information or assistance required will be furnished by the Engineer or the Owner. C. Contractor shall conduct, with assistance of manufacturer's representative, startup and field test on equipment, systems, and subsystems, as specified in other sections. ' 1. Contractor shall designate and provide personnel to be responsible for coordinating and expediting the startup of equipment and systems. The person(s) shall be present during pre-startup meetings and shall 01640 -Page 3 of 8 ' N:\0417\0551DOCS\Specs\Division 1101640.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01640 ' DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MANUFACTURERS' SERVICES be available to Owner's personnel and Engineer during the startup ' period. 2. Where startup services are required in the Specifications, furnish and ' coordinate the specified manufacturer's services for the startup period. When startup has commenced, schedule remaining work to not interfere with or delay completion of the project. 3. Startup staff shall include, but not be limited to, major equipment and ' system manufacturers' representatives, subcontractors, electricians, instrumentation personnel, millwrights, pipefitters, and plumbers in addition to Contractor's startup coordinator(s). ' 1.07 TRAINING OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL A. Contractor's Personnel: Designate and provide Contractor's personnel to be responsible for coordinating and expediting training duties. B. Manufacturer's Representative: Where training of Owner's personnel is , required in the Specifications, furnish manufacturer's representative to provide detailed instructions to Owner's personnel for operation and maintenance of the specified equipment. , 1. Training services include pre-startup classroom instruction, post- startup classroom instruction, and onsite equipment instruction, as stated in the Specifications. ' 2. Manufacturer's representative shall be familiar with O&M requirements as well as with the specified equipment. ' C. Installation Completion Scheduler Required for scheduling the training of ' Owner's operating personnel by equipment manufacturers. 1. List estimated completion dates for the equipment and systems ' requiring services of manufacturers' representatives. 2. Submit the installation completion schedule for each equipment item ' or system not less than 21 calendar days prior to the time that associated equipment is installed and in a suitable condition for training the Owner's personnel. ' 3. Revise the schedule to facilitate training of appropriate personnel, as deemed necessary by Owner, and to ensure full participation by , manufacturers' representatives. D. Pre-Startup Training: Coordinate pre-startup training periods with Owner's ' operating personnel and manufacturers' representatives, and with submittal of O&M Manuals. 01640 -Page 4 of 8 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01640.doc ' May 29, 2009 SECTION 01640 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MANUFACTURERS' SERVICES E. Post-Startup Training: Where post-startup training is required in the Specifications, furnish and coordinate the specified manufacturers' services and Contractor's personnel for post-startup training of Owner's operating personnel. F. Instruction Lesson Plan: 1. Manufacturer's proposed Lesson Plan shall include the elements presented in the Outline of Instruction Lesson Plan. Specific components and procedures shall be identified in the proposed Lesson Plan. 2. Manufacturer's proposed Lesson Plan shall detail specific instruction topics. Training aids to be utilized in the instructions shall be referenced and attached where applicable to the proposed Lesson Plan. "Hand-on" demonstrations planned for the instruction shall be described in the Lesson Plan. 3. The manufacturer shall indicate the estimated duration of each segment of the training Lesson Plan. 4. Outline of Instruction Lesson Plan: a. Equipment Operation: (1) Describe equipment's operating (process) function. (2) Describe equipment's fundamental operating principals and dynamics. (3) Identify equipment's mechanical, electrical and electronic components and features. (4) Identify all support equipment associated with the operation of subject equipment (i.e., air intake filters, valve accuators, motors). b. Detailed Component Descriptions: (1) Identify and describe in detail each component's function. (2) Where applicable, group related components into subsystems. Describe subsystem functions and their interaction with other subsystems. 01640 -Page 5 of 8 N:10417\0551DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01640.doc May 29, 2009 1- e "D41710551DG ;ISpecslpivision 1101640.doc '' Zoos "~'`u~KtMENTS MANUFACTURERS TION 01640 (3) Identi 'SERVICES fY and describe in detail equipment safeties an control interlocks. d c~ Equipment Preventive Maintenance (PM): (~) Describe PM inspection inspection of the a ui procedures to pertorm an troubles q pment in operation, spot potential Ymptoms (anticipate breakdowns), and forecast maintenance requirements (predictive maintenanc (2) Define e)' the recommended PM intervals for each component. (3) Provide lubricant recommendations and limitations replacement part (4) Describe recommended ntervials. cleaning practices and d. Equipment Troubleshooting: (~) Define recommended systematic tr procedures. oubleshooting (2) Provide component specific troubleshooti (3) Describe a n9 checklists. pplicable equipment testing and diagnostic procedures to facilitate troubleshooting. Equipment Corrective Maintenance; (~) Describe recommended requirements. equipment preparation (2) Identify and describe the use of an required for maintenance of the e ui y special tools q pment. . (3) Describe component removal/installati assembly/assembly procedures. °n and dis- (4) Pertorm at least three " common corrective Hands-on" demonstrations of maintenance repairs. (5) Describe recommended procedures measuring instruments and ali nment ~ and Pr°vide instruction on interpreting g measurements, as appropriate. ~_ 01640 -Page 6 of 8 ~ SECTION 01640 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MANUFACTURERS' SERVICES (6) Define recommended torquing, mounting, calibration and/or alignment procedures and settings, as appropriate. (7) Describe recommended procedures to check/test equipment following a corrective repair. 1.08 TRAINING AIDS A. The manufacturer's instructor shall incorporate training aids as appropriate to assist in the instruction. At a minimum, the training aids shall include test and figure handouts. Other appropriate training aids are: 1. Audio-visual aids such as films, slides, videotapes, overhead transparencies, posters, blueprints, diagrams, and catalogue sheets. 2. Equipment cutaways and samples such as spare parts, damaged equipment, etc. 3. Tools such as repair tools, customized tools, measuring and calibrating instruments. B. The manufacturer's instructor shall use descriptive class handouts during the instruction. Photocopied class handouts shall be good quality reproductions. Class handouts should accompany the instruction with frequent reference made to them. Customized handouts developed especially forthe instruction are encouraged. Handouts planned for the instruction shall be attached with the manufacturer's proposed Lesson Plan. 1.09 "HANDS ON" DEMONSTRATIONS A. The manufacturer's instructor shall present at least two "hands-on" demonstrations of common corrective maintenance repairs so that all operation and maintenance personnel have the opportunity to witness the demonstration. The manufacturer shall provide the tools and equipment to conduct the demonstrations. Requests for supplemental assistance and facilities should be submitted with the manufacturer's proposed Lesson Plan. The proposed "hands-on" demonstrations should be described in the manufacturer's proposed Lesson Plan. B. In any "hands-on"training situation where Owner's operation or maintenance personnel participate in disassembly or assembly of equipment components, the manufacturer shall be responsible for such disassembly or assembly and shall provide written certification of proper equipment operation to the Engineer. 01640 -Page 7 of 8 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01640.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01640 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MANUFACTURERS' SERVICES 1.10 PERMISSION TO VIDEO TAPE TRAINING A. The suppliers, manufacturers and contractors shall provide any necessary releases to permit the Owner to video tape any or all training sessions for exclusive use by the Owner for continuing training efforts. 1.11 OTHER SERVICES DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Furnish Manufacturers' representatives of products and systems for other services, when required. Representatives shall resolve assembly or installation problems attributable to, or associated with, their products and systems, whether or not specifically required in the Specifications. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01640 01640 -Page 8 of 8 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01640.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01700 ' DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS CONTRACT CLOSEOUT B. The Contractor shall execute final cleaning prior to the final inspection according to the following provisions: 1. Clean, sweep, wash, and polish work and equipment provided under ' the Contract, including finishes. Leave the structure and site in a complete and finished condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer ' and Owner. 2. Remove debris including dirt, sand, and gravel from sewers, pipelines, ' and structures. 3. Should Contractor not remove rubbish or debris or not clean the ' facilities and site as specified above, the Owner reserves the right to have final cleaning done at the sole expense of the Contractor. C. The Contractor shall also provide for the following: ~ 1. Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final ' cleaning. 2. Conduct final inspection of exposed interior and exterior surfaces and ' of concealed spaces in preparation for substantial completion or occupancy. 3. Remove grease, dust, dirt, stains, labels, fingerprints, and other ' foreign materials from exposed interior and exteriorfinishedsurtaces. 4. Repair, patch, and touch up marred surfaces to specified finish, and ' match adjacent surfaces. 5. Broom clean paved surfaces; rake clean other surfaces. , 6. Remove from the Owner's property temporary structures and ' materials, equipment, and appurtenances not required as part of, or appurtenant to, the completed work. See Section 01500, CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS. , 7. Leave water courses, gutters, and ditches open and in condition satisfactory to Engineer and Owner. , D. Owner will assume responsibility for cleaning as of the date of substantial ' completion. 1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS ' A. The Contractor shall maintain on site, one set of the following record documents to record actual revisions to the work: ' 01700- Page 2 of 8 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01700.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01700 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Damage to Existing Structures. B. Closeout Procedures. C. Final Cleaning. D. Project Record Documents. E. Operation and Maintenance Data. F. Warranties, Bonds and Affidavits. G. Finallnspection. H. Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials. 1.02 DAMAGE TO EXISTING STRUCTURES A. Prior to final acceptance by the Owner, the Contractor shall repair or otherwise return to original condition any parts of the existing or newly constructed facilities which have been damaged during construction. 1.03 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. The Contractor shall submit written certification that the Contract Documents ' have been reviewed, the work has been inspected, and that the work is complete in accordance with the Contract Documents and is ready for the Engineer's final inspection. B. The Contractor shall provide any submittals to the Engineer and/or the Owner that are required by governing or other authorities. C. The Contractor shall submit the final Application for Payment identifying the total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and the sum remaining due. 1.04 FINAL CLEANING A. The Contractor shall keep the premises free of the accumulation of surplus materials and rubbish resulting from his construction operations and the operations of his subcontractors. The Contractor shall remove all waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the site. 01700- Page 1 of 8 N:10417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01700.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01700 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 1. Contract Drawings, Specifications, and Addenda. 2. Change Orders and other Contract Modifications. 3. Reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples. B. The Contractor shall store Record Documents separate from the documents used for construction. C. The Contractor shall record information concurrent with the construction progress. D. The Contractor shall legibly mark and record in the Construction Documents at each product section, the description of actual products installed, including the following: 1. Manufacturer's name and product model and number. 2. Product substitutions or alternates utilized. 3. Changes made by Addenda and Modifications. E. The Contractor shall legibly record all Documents and Shop Drawings to record actual construction characteristics including: 1. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of any underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. 2. Measured depths of foundations in relation to project datum. 3. Field changes of dimension and detail. 4. Details not on the original Contract Drawings. 5. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the work. F. The Contractor shall submit the required documents to Engineer with claim for Final Application for Payment. 1.06 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. The Contractor shall prepare binder covers with the printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA", the title of project, and all subject matter contained in the binder when multiple binders are required. i~ N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01700.doc May 29, 2009 01700- Page 3 of 8 SECTION 01700 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS CONTRACT CLOSEOUT B. Procedures: ' 1. Unless specified otherwise, furnish four copies of complete instruction ' manual for installation, operation, maintenance, and lubrication requirements for each unit or common units of mechanical and electrical equipment or system. Contractor shall assemble the O & M ' Manuals into one set for the entire project. 2. Furnish manufacturer's data and installation instructions prior to ' installation of the respective equipment. Furnish initial manual a minimum of 45 days prior to field test or equipment startup of the respective equipment. In all cases, the manuals shall be furnished at least 60 calendar days prior to the scheduled completion of the work. In no case shall submission of the manuals be delayed beyond 75 percent completion of the work. Submission of the manuals shall ' precede any payment to the Contractor for work completed in excess of the 75 percent completion level. Correct deficiencies found in the submitted manual within 30 calendar days following notification of the ' deficiencies. 3. Manuals shall be customized to describe the equipment actually ' furnished, and shall not include extraneous data for models, options, or sizes not furnished. a. Where more than one model, o tion, or size of an a ui ment ' p q p type is furnished, clearly indicate the information pertaining to each model, option, or size furnished. ' b. Manufacturer's preprinted literature may be accepted provided ' it has been customized to clearly indicate the models, options, and sizes actually furrnshed, and that equipment models not furnished have been clearly crossed out or deleted. ' 4. Assemble each copy of the manual in one or more three-ring, hardback type binders. ' a. Clearly label each binder to designate the system or equipment , for which it is intended with reference to the building and ' equipment number, and the Specification section where the equipment is specified. b. Provide each binder with title page, typed table of contents with ' page numbers, and heavy section dividers with numbered plastic index tabs. ' c. Divide each manual into sections paralleling the equipment Specifications. 01700- Page 4 of 8 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01700.doc May 29, 2009 ' SECTION 01700 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS CONTRACT CLOSEOUT d. Where more than one binder is required, they shall be labeled "Vol. 1 ", "Vol. 2", and so on. Place the table of contents for the entire set, identified by volume number, in each binder. e. Submit manual organization and format to Engineer for approval prior to manual preparation. Punch all data for binding and composition; arrange printing so that punching holes do not obliterate data. 5. Material in manuals shall be suitable for photographic reproduction. Where copies of identical material are included, clarity and, quality of copies shall equal the original. C. Contents: Each manual shall be complete in all respects for equipment, controls, accessories, and associated appurtenances, and shall include the following: 1. Diagrams and illustrations. 2. Detailed description of the function of each principal component of the system. 3. Performance and nameplate data. 4. Installation instructions. 5. Procedure for starting. 6. Proper adjustment. 7. Test procedures and results of factory tests where required. 8. Procedure for operating. 9. Shutdown instructions for both short and extended durations. 10. Emergency operating instructions and trouble-shooting guide. 11. Safety precautions. 12. Maintenance and overhaul instructions, illustrated with detailed assembly drawings showing each part with part numbers and sequentially numbered parts list. Include instructions for ordering spare parts, and complete preventive maintenance and overhaul instructions required to ensure satisfactory performance and longevity of the equipment. 13. Lubrication instructions and diagrams showing points to be greased or oiled; recommend type, grade, and temperature range of lubricants and frequency of lubrication; see paragraph MAINTENANCE SUMMARY FORMS. 14. List of electrical relay settings and control and alarm contact settings. 15. Electrical interconnection wiring diagram for equipment furnished, including all control and lighting systems. 16. Results of field functional and performance tests as required under Article CONTRACT CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS. 17. Results of any factory tests. 01700- Page 5 of 8 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01700.doc ' May 29, 2009 SECTION 01700 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 18. See Section 01640, MANUFACTURERS SERVICES; Section 11080, EQUIPMENT AND SPECIALTIES; Section 13705, PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS; and Division 16, ELECTRICAL, for additional specific O & M Manual requirements. D. Maintenance Summary Forms: 1. In addition to the O & M Manuals, provide Maintenance Summaries in a format of the form approved by the Owner; submit at same time as prescribed above for the OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (O & M) MANUALS. 2. Compile individual Maintenance Summary Form for each equipment item following the outline approved by the Owner; submit four copies for review by Owner. 3. The term "Maintenance Operation" as used in the TYPICAL MAINTENANCE SUMMARY FORM is defined to mean any routine operation required to ensure the satisfactory performance and longevity of the equipment. Examples of typical Maintenance Operations are lubrication, belt tensioning, adjustment of pump packing glands, and routine adjustments. 4. The Maintenance Summary may take as many pages as required; however, the order and format approved by the Owner must be adhered to. Use only 8-1/2-inch by 11-inch paper. E. The Contractor shall provide documents and certificates, including the following. 1. Shop Drawings and product data. 2. Certificates. 3. Photocopies of warranties and bonds. F. The Contractor shall submit one copy of the completed volumes in final form with his request for final inspections. This copy will be returned after final inspection, with the Engineer comments. The Contractor shall revise the content of the documents as required and, within ten days, submit four (4) final sets bound in 8 '/2 x 11-inch pages in binders with durable plastic covers. 1.07 WARRANTIES, BONDS AND AFFIDAVITS A. The Contractor shall submit all written warranties, bonds, and affidavits, along with notarized copies, as required to the Owner prior to final payment. 01700- Page 6 of 8 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01700.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 01700 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS CONTRACT CLOSEOUT B. Warranties shall extend for the full period of the required guarantee period after: 1. Replacement of work found defective during guarantee period. 2. Repair of inoperative items or adjustments to properworking condition of items not operating properly at time of final inspection. C. The Contractor shall execute and assemble documents from all subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers. D. The Contractor shall submit four (4) sets prior to the application for final payment, bound in 8 '/2 x 11-inch pages, in binders with durable plastic covers. The binder shall be provided with a printed title "WARRANTIES, BONDS AND AFFIDAVITS" and the project title. E. For Items of Work delayed beyond the date of Substantial Completion, the Contractor shall provide an updated submittal within ten days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the start of warranty period. 1.08 FINAL INSPECTION A. The Contractor shall request a final inspection in writing prior to the anticipated date of completion. B. Work will not be considered ready for final inspection until it has been completed and the Contractor has certified that all items are properly operating and in strict compliance with the Contract Documents. C. The Contractor or his project supervisor shall be at the job-site during the final inspection. D. The Engineer will present to the Contractor, after the final inspection, a list of any items not meeting contract requirements. This list will be confirmed in writing by the Engineer and all items on it must be made acceptable before final payment will be made. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCESSORIES A. Furnish to Owner, upon acceptance of equipment, all accessories required to place each item of equipment in full operation including, but not limited to, hydrant wrenches, valve keys, special tools, adequate oil and grease as required for first lubrication of equipFnent (after field testing), light bulbs, fuses, handwheels, cha+n-cperators, and other items as required for initial operation. .---' - 01700- Page 7 of 8 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 1\01700.doc May 29, 2009 B- Extra Materials: SECTION 01700 ' ~ ~ Furnish, to g, and box for shipment and storage the s special tools, and other extra Specification sections. materials s Pare parts, pecified in the individual 2. Deliver all extra materials prior t project site. ° 90 percent project completion to the 3. Notify Engineer u pon arrival of extra materials. 2.02 SPARE PARTS qND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. D. E PART 3 B C Provide products, specified in individ a ase parts° and maintenance construction of pecifications sections, in additioen'to thatqusedtf s Work. Coordinate with Owner, deliver to Owne receipt prior to final payment. or rand obtain Parts and materials shall be furnished in manu boxes, crates or other protective covering suits facturer's unopened cartons, deterioration for the ble for preventing corrosion or anticipated. The maximum length of stora e piece of e Y shall be clearly marked and identifhe for eachein ormally quipment on which the part will be used. dividual Parts and materials shall be delivered to the p work or when the Owner assumes delive then caner upon completion of the place them in permanent storage Or oms ors ament. Contractor shall Owner. eas approved by the Provide a letter of transmittal including the foll owing: ~ • Date of letter and transfer of 2• Contract title and number. Parts and materials. 3• Contractor's name and address. 4. A complete invento specification section for each arts and material, listing the a 5~ A place for the Owner to sin Pplicable materials. g and signify receipt of the parts and Contractor shall be full materials until the y responsible for loss or dams a to y are transmitted to the Owner. g Parts and EXECUTION (Not Used) -.._ _. __ END OF SECTI0~170p..-. __. 1041710551D~CS1S e ~ '9, 2009 P cslDwision 1101700.doc X1700- page g of 8 ii 0 L ~J i 0 0 f ' SECTION 02015 MOVE IN AND ' DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK SITE PREPARATION PART 1 GENERAL ' 1.01 WORK INCLUDED ' A. This section .covers the coordination and work necessary to move in personnel and equipment, set up all temporary offices, buildings, facilities, utilities, and prepare the site for construction, complete. ' 1.02 GENERAL ' A. The limits of the site are shown on the Drawings. The Contractor shall coordinate the location of their temporary facilities with the Engineer and the Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. The Contractor shall provide all temporary facilities as required for ' pertorming the work. Also see Section 01500, CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS. ' PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 COORDINATION ' A. The project site is located within property owned by the City of Bozeman. Before move in and site preparation, the Contractor shall notify and coordinate ' with: a. Mr. Rick Moroney, Bozeman Water Treatment Plant Superintendent, ' 7022 Sourdough Canyon Road, Bozeman, Montana, telephone (406) 586-7158. 3.02 CLEARING THE SITE i~ r i~ A. Perform work as specified in Section 02110, CLEARING AND GRUBBING. ' N:10417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 2\02015.doc May 29, 2009 02015 -Page 1 of 2 I~ SECTION 02015 MOVE IN AND DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK SITE PREPARATION ' 3.03 LAYOUT A. Setup construction facilities in a neat and orderly manner within designated , area at location of choice. Accomplish all required work in accordance with applicable portions of these Specifications. Confine operations to work area ' shown. 3.04 OBSTRUCTIONS i A. Some obstructions may not be shown. Bidders are advised to carefully inspect the existing site before preparing their proposals. The removal and ' replacement of minor obstructions such as fences, culverts, small piping, and similar items shall be anticipated and accomplished, even though not shown or specifically mentioned. , B. Major obstructions encountered that are not shown on the Drawings, or could not have been foreseen by visual inspection of the site prior to ' bidding, should immediately be brought to the attention of the Engineer. The Engineer will make a determination for proceeding with the work. If the Engineer finds that the obstruction adversely affects the Contractor's costs ' or schedule of completion, a proper adjustment to the Contract will be made in accordance with the General Conditions. _ END OF SECTION 02015 J 02015 -Page 2 of 2 , N:\0417\055\DOCS1Specs\Division 2\02015.doc May 29, 2009 ' SECTION 02020 DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK DEMOLITION AND SALVAGE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. This section covers the labor and materials necessary for the work associated with the demolition of (or in) buildings, structures, and other facilities as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.02 GENERAL A. See the GENERAL CONDITIONS and Division 1, GENERAL REQUIRE- MENTS, which contain information and the requirements that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory for this project. In addition, all demolition work must be scheduled with the Owner. 1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. The following sections describe some of the work closely related to this section. All demolition and salvage work performed by the Contractor shall ' be in accordance with these related Specifications: 1. Section 01040, COORDINATION AND SITE CONDITIONS. ' PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. The Contractor shall provide all materials and equipment in suitable and adequate quantity as required to accomplish the work shown, specified herein, and as required to complete the project. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. All work shall be done in conformance with the rules and regulations pertaining to safety established by federal, state, and local authorities, and as specified elsewhere in these Specifications. 3.02 UTILITIES A. The Contractor shall be responsible for having the appropriate utility or Owner turn off all services before demolition is started. B. Where electrical, natural gas, telephone, or any other private utility lines are exposed by demolition excavation, Contractor shall be solely responsible for N:\0417\055\DOCS1Specs\Division 2\02020.doc May 29, 2009 02020 -Page 1 of 4 SECTION 02020 DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK DEMOLITION AND SALVAGE notifying the owner(s) of these private utilities that their service line has been exposed and allow sufficient time for the utility to plug and abandon their service line. Private utility companies shall be notified a minimum of 14 days in advance of work. B. Force mains, pipelines, and sewerlines to be abandoned shall be plugged with concrete to prevent groundwater infiltrating the sewer or other systems, as shown on the Drawings. 3.03 SUMMARY OF DEMOLITION AND SALVAGE WORK Perform demolition of all existing structures and improvements as shown on the Drawings. A. All other piping and similar items not shown or specified to be salvaged or to remain in place shall be removed and disposed of off-site by the Contractor. B. Items shown to remain in place shall be protected by the Contractor from damage during the demolition and salvage work. C. Where required, existing improvements and appurtenances shall be removed temporarily, and hazardous areas shall be clearly marked to protect both Owner's personnel and construction personnel. All such appurtenances removed shall be reinstalled in as good or better condition than original. D. All work shall be performed in accordance with the constraints specified in Section 01040, COORDINATION AND SITE CONDITIONS, Division 3, CONCRETE, Division 5, METALS. E. Miscellaneous Buried Piping: 7 ii i 1. Miscellaneous buried piping must be relocated, modified, or abandoned as shown on the Drawings. ' 2. If not in the construction area for the new facilities, all abandoned piping, fittings, and similar items may be left in place or removed at the Contractor's option. All abandoned pipe left in place shall be plugged at each end with concrete. 3. All work shall be performed in accordance with the constraints specified in Section 01040, COORDINATION AND SITE CONDI- TIONS, Section 02221, TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL, and Section 15001, PLANT PIPING -GENERAL. G. Fencing: Fencing may be removed by the Contractor at his option as an aid for construction access. 02020 -Page 2 of 4 , N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 2\02020.doc May 29, 2009. SECTION 02020 DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK DEMOLITION AND SALVAGE 1. Where such fencing is removed, erect temporary animal control fencing as needed or required and remove after it is replaced. All fence materials must be replaced in their original condition and location after construction is complete. Any fencing materials damaged by the Contractor's removal or other construction activities must be replaced with new materials matching the existing materials at no extra cost to the Owner. 3.04 DEMOLITION A. The Drawings are based on the best available information, but the structures may differ. The Contractor shall be responsible for determining the work required by inspecting the site as specified in Section 01040, COORDINATION AND SITE CONDITIONS. B. All equipment, materials, and piping, except as specified hereinbefore to be salvaged or shown to remain in place, within the limits of the demolition shall become the property of the Contractor. Piping shall be removed from any area to be backfilled. The Contractor may remove additional pipe, fittings, etc. adjacent to those to be removed if these materials have salvage value to the Contractor and in turn would lower the cost of work. 3.05 SALVAGE A. All equipment to be salvaged, as specified hereinbefore or shown on the Drawings, will become the property of the Owner. This equipment must be delivered to the Owner's designated storage area by the Contractor. B. No equipment shall be removed without the approval and consent of the Owner and such removal shall be scheduled as specified in Section 01040, COORDINATION AND SITE CONDITIONS. The Contractor shall agree to maintain all equipment in the same condition as when it was removed until it is properly stored. The condition of the equipment shall be determined prior to removal. by the Owner and/or the Engineer. The Contractor assumes the responsibility of assuring that the equipment is properly stored in the Owner's designated storage area. Equipment and accessories to be stored is summarized hereinbefore. 3.06 ASPHALT PAVEMENT A. Asphalt pavement to be removed is shown on the Drawings or is at locations where new piping is to be installed. Remove the pavement and material below the pavement to a depth sufficient to allow replacement of pavement, base and surface course materials to the depth and finish grade shown on the Drawings. Neatly cut edges of paving that meet with pavement that is to remain in a straight line with a pavement breaker, cutting wheel or other approved means. Asphalt pavement removed at the site shall be disposed of offsite by the Contractor. 02020 -Page 3 of 4 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 2\02020.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 02020 DIVISION Z - SITEWORK DEMOLITION AND SALVAGE 3.07 OFFSITE REMOVAL A. All material and items not specified hereinbefore to be salvaged shall be removed and disposed of offsite by the Contractor as specified in Section 01040, CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS. The Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements for this disposal and shall bear any costs or retain any profit incidental to this disposal. PART 4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Cost for all Demolition and Salvage identified in the contract documents shall be incidental to the project work. No separate measurement and payment will be made. END OF SECTION 02020 02020 -Page 4 of 4 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 2\02020.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 02110 DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK CLEARING AND GRUBBING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. General B. Regulatory Requirements 1.02 GENERAL A. The work of this section consists of the clearing, removal and disposal of existing vegetation, including stumps and roots; abandoned structures; fences and debris that will interfere with the construction of this project. B. Special construction requirement for Wetlands Vegetation are discussed herein and in Section 02221, TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR PIPELINES AND APPURTENANT STRUCTURES, and Section 02480, FINISH GRADING, SEEDING AND LANDSCAPING. 1.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor shall confirm an acceptable method of disposal with the Owner and state and local agencies before proceeding. No burning of debris is allowed on site. Also see Section 01560, ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY CONTROL. B. Wetland Reauirements: The Contractor shall conduct his work in Waters of the U.S. (i.e., wetlands and waterways) in compliance with the provisions herein and in accordance with the requirements of the following: 1) SPA 124 Permit -Montana Stream Preservation Act. 2) 318 Permit (if required) -Short-Term Exemption From Montana Surface Water Quality Standards. 3) MPDES Permit -Construction Dewatering. 4) MPDES Permit (if required)- Storm Water Discharge Permit: Notice of Intent, under the General Permit for Storm Water Associated with Construction Activity. 5) 404 Permit -Federal Clean Water Act. 02110 -Page 1 of 4 N:\0417\0551DOCS1Specs\Division 2\02110.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 02110 , DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK CLEARING AND GRUBBING PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Provide all materials and equipment, suitable and in adequate quantity, required to accomplish the work as specified herein. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CLEARING A. Definition: Clearing shall consist of cutting, removing, and disposing of trees, snags, stumps, shrubs, brush, limbs, and other vegetative growth, and shall be performed in such a manner as to remove all evidence of their presence from the surface and shall be inclusive of sticks and branches greater than 2 inches in diameter or thickness. Clearing shall also include the removal and disposal of trash piles, rubbish, and fencing; the preservation of trees, shrubs, and vegetative growth which are not designated for removal; and careful removal and handling of wetland vegetation. B. Clearing for the construction of structures, areas of grading, or earthwork shall not extend beyond the construction limits as shown on the Drawings without prior approval by the Owner and Engineer and written approval of the property owner. Clearing for the construction of electrical conduit or pipelines shall not exceed 10 feet on each side of pipe centerline as staked for construction, except as otherwise shown on the Drawings. Remove trees, brush, and vegetation within the described limits; and if encountered, remove structures, walls, slabs, foundations, fences, posts, or debris. 3.02 GRUBBING A. Definition: Grubbing shall consist of the removal and disposal of concrete rubble, wood, and tree trunks and root matter below the ground surface remaining after clearing. In areas of grading, excavation or embankment remove topsoil, stumps, roots, structures or foundations a minimum of 12 inches below finish grade. B. Topsoil shall be stockpiled for use in seeding and sodding as required by Section 02480, FINISH GRADING, SEEDING AND LANDSCAPING. Backfill all grubbing holes with approved material and compact to approximately the same density as existing surrounding soil. 02110 -Page 2 of 4 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 2\02110.doc May 29, 2009 fl C i ii C U SECTION 02110 DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK CLEARING AND GRUBBING 3.03 PRESERVATION OF TREES, SHRUBS, AND OTHER VEGETATION A. Protect trees, shrubbery, and other vegetation not designated for removal from damage resulting from the work. Cut and remove tree branches only where, in the opinion of the Owner and Engineer, such cutting is necessary to affect construction operation. Remove branches otherthan those required to affect the work to provide a balanced appearance of any tree, as approved prior to removal. Scars resulting from the removal of branches shall be treated with an approved tree sealant. 3.04 SALVAGE AND PROTECTION A. Merchantable timber, sod, or debris shall become the property of the Contractor foi-his disposal; unless such material is acceptable and required for backfill, or landscaping as specified in later sections of these Contract Documents. B. The Contractor shall protect plant growth and features remaining as final landscaping. C. The Contractor shall protect benchmarks and existing work from damage or displacement. D. The Contractor shall maintain a designated site access for vehicle traffic. E. The Contractor shall salvage and protect existing fence wire, wood posts, metal posts and any other structures not to be removed from the project site. 3.05 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIAL A. Wood and other combustible materials shall be burned at offsite locations approved by the State and local agencies or otherwise disposed of by the Contractor as approved by State and local agencies. No burning will be allowed at the project site. Any burning or disposal operations offsite shall be subject to all laws governing such operations. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to life and/or property caused by fire resulting from any phase of construction. A copy of the Contractor's burning permit shall be sent to the Engineer. Noncombustible material shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site of work. 1 B. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to select an acceptable method of disposal off the project site for vegetation or debris not salvageable. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining the necessary authorization from State and local agencies for disposal if required; and any accidental loss or damage as a result of the chosen disposal method shall be the Contractor's responsibility and shall in noway involve the Owner or Engineer. 02110 -Page 3 of 4 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 2\02110.doc May 29, 2009 _i SECTION 02110 DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK CLEARING AND GRUBBING C. Also see Section 01560, ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY CONTROL. PART 4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Cost of Clearing and Grubbing shall be incidental to the project work. No separate measurement and payment will be made. END OF SECTION 02110 02110 -Page 4 of 4 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 2\02110.doc May 29, 2009 J r SECTION 02221 TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR PIPELINES DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK AND APPURTENANT STRUCTURES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 STANDARD SPECIFICATION A. All applicable portions of this specification section in the MPWSS, 5t" Edition shall apply with the following additions, deletions, and/or modifications. Modifications listed below are numbered to correspond to the MPWSS. 1.3 STANDARD DRAWINGS i 0 n r n J Notes on the MPW Standard Specifications Standard Drawings with respect to pipe bedding shall be modified as specified herein. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1.1 TYPE 1 PIPE BEDDING Change the first sentence to read: Type 1 Pipe Bedding includes the material placed from 4 inches below the bottom of the pipe to 6 inches above the pipe. Add the following Section under PART 2: PRODUCTS. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PROTECTION OF EXISTING PROPERTIES. Amend Article B.1. "Privately Owned Utilities" to read as follows: If any existing private facility or utility is found to conflict with the work in either alignment or grade and preclude installation of the work; the utility or facility will be moved by the appropriate facility owner, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents. Crossing of underground utilities and facilities shall be separately compensated. For all existing aboveground facilities, the Contractor shall include the cost of avoidance, restrictive work conditions, crossings, parallel facili- ties installation, clearance, and protection of the existing utilities and facilities as incidental to other associated bid item prices. No separate measurement or additional payment shall be made. If underground facilities are found to be in conflict with the new facilities and require installation of additional fittings or other design changes and additional work to abate N:10417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 2\02221.doc May 29, 2009 02221 -Page 1 of 3 SECTION 02221 TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR PIPELINES DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK AND APPURTENANT STRUCTURES said conflict, a contract change may be negotiated in ' accordance with the General Conditions. Amend Article E. "Exploratory Excavation" to read as follows: ' COORDINATION AND SITE CONDITIONS. 2. Where the vertical elevation or location of the existing buried ' utilities or facilities is noted as being estimated or unknown, it shall be understood that probable extra care shall be needed to locate and avoid them. The costs for such work shall be ' taken into account by the Bidder and shall be considered incidental to the associated work Bid Item. Said work shall not be considered exploratory excavation work and no separate ' measurement or additional payment shall be made. 3.3 TRENCH EXCAVATION ' Add the following to B. "Trench Dimensions": 1. Maximum trench width shall be 7 feet. It is the res onsibilit of ' p Y the Contractor to comply with current OSHA regulations. , Subsurface conditions should be observed during excavation in order to make adjustments to construction procedures that will ensure worker safety. « ~~ Revise D. Blasting to read as follows: C. BLASTING. ' Where existing buried facilities and utilities are identified on the plans, the Contractor shall include the cost of locating and ' avoiding them as incidental to other bid items. This work shall not be considered exploratory excavation work and no separate measurement or additional payment shall be made. ' Where Exploratory Excavation is specifically required in the Contract Documents. separate measurement and pavment has been provided. Also refer to Article 1.04, Section 01040, ' No blasting will be allowed on this project. ' 02221 -Page 2 of 3 ' N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 2\02221.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 02221 TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR PIPELINES DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK AND APPURTENANT STRUCTURES 3.6 TRENCH FILLING AND BACKFILLING Revise 3.6.8.1 to read: 1. Type 1 Pipe Bedding. The select bedding material from the springline to 6-inches over the pipe shall consist of sand, sandy gravel, or fine gravel having a maximum size of 3/4 inches and having a maximum plasticity index of 6 as determined by AASHTO Methods T89 and T90. Select bedding material below the springline shall be as specified in the MPW Standard Specifications. PART 4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 02221 02221 -Page 3 of 3 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 2\02221.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 02475 DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK SURFACE RESTORATION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. This section covers the work necessary to replace all existing asphalt, concrete, curbs, sidewalks, drainage facilities, piping, fencing, and other features damaged directly or indirectly by the operations incidental to the construction of the project. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ASPHALT CONCRETE FOR REPLACEMENT AND/OR REPAIR A. Asphalt concrete mix and tack coat shall be as specified in Sections 02502, ASPHALT PRIME AND /OR TACK COAT and 02510, ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT. 2.02 CONCRETE A. Concrete for curbs, sidewalks, pavement and miscellaneous construction shall be as specified in Section 03300, CONCRETE. 2.03 PIPE FOR MISCELLANEOUS FACILITIES REPLACEMENT A. All pipe which is damaged incidental to the construction shall be replaced by the Contractor at no extra cost to the Owner with a new length of pipe which is identical to the damaged pipe, or as approved by the Engineer. 2.04 GRAVEL BASE AND TOP SURFACING COURSES ' A. Gravel for existing gravel and asphalt pavement roads replacement and/or repair shall be as specified in Section 02234, SUB BASE COURSE and Section 02235, CRUSHED BASE COURSE. 2.05 EXISTING FENCING A. It is allowable for the Contractor to remove existing fencing where generally shown on the Drawings to aid construction access. It is intended that this ' fencing be protected from damage and be re-installed in it's original condition and location by the Contractor after construction is complete. B. Any fencing materials, which are damaged incidental to the construction, shall be replaced by the Contractor at no extra cost to the Owner with new materials (chain link fencing, posts, etc.) identical to the original materials, as ' approved by the Owner or Engineer. Restoration shall be completed within 30 days of completing backfilling. ' 02475 -Page 1 of 4 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 2\02475.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 02475 DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK SURFACE RESTORATION 2.06 LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION SYSTEM A. Any existing landscape irrigation system piping, sprinkler heads, valve boxes, ' etc. damaged by construction activities shall be replaced with new components of equal quality to the existing facilities by the Contractor at no ' additional cost to the Owner. This work shall be completed within 30 days of completing backfilling. PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.01 GRAVEL AREAS AND ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT REPLACEMENT ' A. Bring the area to a smooth, even grade at the correct distance below the top of the pavement surface so as to provide adequate space for the sub-base ' course and surface leveling course and pavement. Trim existing pavement to a straight line to remove any pavement that has been damaged or which is broken and unsound to provide a smooth, sound edge for joining the new 1 pavement. B. Compact the subgrade as specified in Section 02230, STREET ' EXCAVATION, BACKFILL AND COMPACTION with mechanical vibratory or impact tampers. Determine the amount and method of compaction necessary to prevent subsequent settlement. Any subsequent settlement of the finished surfacing during the warranty period shall be promptly repaired by the Contractor at the Contractor's sole cost. C. Place sufficient sub-base course and surface levelin course material to ' 9 obtain a thickness of at least 12 inches after compaction, and for proper matching with the adjacent existing pavement. Place the sub-base course ' and surface leveling course for the full width of the area where pavement was disturbed, including bituminous surfaced shoulders. D. Com act the sub-base course and surface levelin course ass ecified in ' p 9 p Section 02230, STREET EXCAVATION, BACKFILL AND COMPACTION with mechanical vibratory or impact tampers. Determine the amount and ' method of compaction necessary to prevent subsequent settlement. Any subsequent settlement of the finished surfacing during the warranty period ' shall be promptly repaired at the Contractor's sole cost. E. Place the asphalt concrete on the prepared subgrade over the area to a depth of not less than 3 inches or the depth of the adjacent pavement, whichever is greater, but not more than 5 inches. Spread and level the asphalt concrete with hand tools or by use of a mechanical spreader, depending upon the area to be paved. Bring the asphalt concrete to the ' proper grade and compact by rolling or the use of hand tampers where rolling is impossible or impractical. 02475 -Page 2 of 4 ' N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 2\02475.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 02475 DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK SURFACE RESTORATION F. A tack coat of emulsified asphalt shall be applied to all match lines when joining new asphalt concrete to old asphalt concrete. G. Roll with power rollers capable of providing compression of 200 to 300 pounds per linear inch. Begin the rolling from the outside edge of the replacement progressing toward the existing surfacing, lapping the existing surface at least'/2 the width of the roller. If existing surfacing bounds both edges of the replacement, begin rolling at the edges of the replacement, lapping the existing surface at least'/2 the width of the roller, and progress toward the center of the replacement area. Overlap each preceding track by at least'/2 the width of the roller and make sufficient passes over the entire area to remove all roller marks and to produce the desired result, as determined by the Engineer. H. The finished surface of the new compacted gravel or pavement shall be flush with the existing surface and shall conform to the grade and crown of the adjacent gravel or pavement. Restoration shall be completed within 30 days of completing backfilling. J. Refer to Section 1150, MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT, for information regarding compensation gravel restoration. 3.02 SIDEWALKS, CURBS, DRIVE APPROACHES AND MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION A. Replace concrete improvements to the same section width, depth, line and grade as that removed or damaged. Cut ends of existing improvements to a vertical plane. Properly backfill and compact the trench to prevent subsequent settlement, prior to replacing the sections. Improvements damaged or removed during construction shall be replaced with improvements equal to the original at no expense to the Owner. B. Cut ends of existing curbs to a vertical plane. Construct forms to match existing. Place concrete and finish exposed surfaces similar to adjacent curb. C. Replace concrete sidewalks between scored joints and make replacement in a manner that will avoid a patched appearance. Provide a minimum 6-inch thick compacted leveling course of clean 3/4-inch minus crushed rock or gravel of quality hereinbefore specified. Finish concrete surface similar to the adjacent sidewalks. Score joints and finish edges with a steel edging tool. D. Refer to Section 1150, MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT, for information regarding compensation for concrete restoration. 02475 -Page 3 of 4 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 2\02475.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 02475 ' DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK SURFACE RESTORATION 3.03 STORM SEWERS, CULVERTS, AND MISCELLANEOUS PIPING A. All storm sewers, catch basins, piping, or culverts that are removed because of interference with the new construction shall be removed and replaced so as to do the least possible damage to the pipe or basin. Pipe damaged shall be replaced with pipe equal to the original at no additional expense to the Owner, within 30 days of completing backfilling. The cost of said work shall not be separately measured and paid, and shall be incidental to the pipe work. 3.04 WETLAND RESTORATION A. Timing. of wetland vegetation clearing and restoration is critical to its survival. The Contractor must restore wetland areas as specified in Section 02110, CLEARING AND GRUBBING. B. Bed pipe and backfill trench as "Type C Trench Backfill" in accordance with Section 02221, TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR PIPELINES AND APPURTENANT STRUCTURES. Backfill shall consist of native material removed from the same location. Backfill to an elevation below surrounding finished grade, to allow for subsequent placement of salvaged wetland materials to match pre-construction elevations. C. Replace stockpiled and segregated wetland "Hydric Soils" to their original soil horizon, as specified and as directed by the Engineer. D. Replace stored wetlands "A Horizon" vegetation/soil material to its original location and finish grade, as specified and as directed by the Engineer. E. Reseed as directed by Engineer in accordance with Section 2480, FINISH GRADING, SEEDING AND LANSCAPING. END OF SECTION 02475 02475 -Page 4 of 4 N:\0417\055\DOCS\SpecslDivision 2\02475.doc May 29, 2009 ii 0 ii f I~ ii SECTION 02480 FINISH GRADING, DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK SEEDING AND LANDSCAPING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. The work included in this section consists of finish grading and reseeding all native grass areas disturbed during construction. B. All areas disturbed by construction shall be seeded with native field grasses, or provided with other landscaping features matching the original features. C. Topsoil unnecessarily removed, disturbed or impacted by construction staging and traffic shall be replaced, re-graded and re-seeded at the Contractor's expense. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals during construction shall be made in accordance with Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TOPSOIL ^ A. Topsoil may be available from onsite stockpiles by the Contractor as specified in Section 02110, CLEARING AND GRUBBING. Topsoil shall be ' considered to be natural surface soil capable of producing satisfactory agricultural crops and shall be free of matter that may be harmful to plant growth or a hindrance to grading, seeding, and maintenance. If more topsoil ' is needed than has been stockpiled, supply imported topsoil at Contractor's sole expense. ' B. Topsoil imported shall be sandy loam, from a source reviewed by the Engineer, which possesses friability and a high degree of fertility, free of clods, roots, gravel, inert material, and noxious vegetation or seed. Should ' regenerative material be present in the soil, remove all such growth, both surface and root, which may appear in the imported material within 1 year following acceptance of the work. C. Topsoil, both stockpiled and imported, shall meet, or shall be improved to meet, the following mechanical requirements by adding sand and/or peat or ' manure and incorporating into the topsoil: Component Maximum Percentacte ' Sand 65 percent Silt 50 percent ' 02480 -Page 1 of 9 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 2\0248D.doc May 29, 2009 ^ SECTION 02480 FINISH GRADING, DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK SEEDING AND LANDSCAPING Clay 25 percent 2.02 TEXTURAL SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Peat: A natural residue formed by decomposition of reeds, sedges, or mosses from fresh-water site, free from lumps, roots, and stones, absorbing at least four times its dry weight of water, organic matter not less than 90 percent on a dry weight basis. The maximum moisture content at time of delivery shall be 65 percent by weight. B. Manure: Well rotted, unleached stable or cattle manure, reasonably free from weed seed and refuse, containing no chemicals or materials harmful to plant life; not less than 4 months nor more than 2 years old. Sawdust or shavings shall not exceed 50 percent content. C. Sand: Clean, coarse, well-graded material meeting all of the requirements of ASTM C 33 for fine aggregate. ' 2.03 FERTILIZER A. Fertilizer shall be 18-46-0 dry standard commercial product conforming to ' Montana Fertilizer Law. Each brand and grade must be registered with the State Department of Agriculture. Each bag shall clearly show the net weight ' of contents, name and address of manufacturer, the brand, grade, and the guaranteed analysis of the contents showing the minimum percentages of total nitrogen available, phosphoric acid and water soluble potash, in that ' order. 2.04 SEED AND LAWN SOD , A. General: Seed shall be labeled in accordance with U.S.D.A. Rules and Regulations under the Federal Seed Actin effect on date of seed purchase. ' Seed which has become wet, moldy or otherwise damaged in transit or in storage will not be acceptable. Seed shall contain not less than eighty-five percent pure live seed and not more than 0.5 percent weed seed. ' B. Seed Testing: All seed shall be tested within twelve months prior to the ' planting date. All testing shall be performed by a State Seed Lab, Commercial Seed Testing Lab, or a registered member of the Society of Commercial Seed Analysts (Registered Seed technologist). The Contractor ' shall furnish the Engineer a certified test report prior to the start of seed operations. Seed not planted within the 12-month period shall be retested for dormant seed, hard seed and germination and a new certified test report ' furnished to the Engineer. Testing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 02480 -Page 2 of 9 ' N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 2\02480.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 02480 FINISH GRADING, DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK SEEDING AND LANDSCAPING C. Labeling: Before seeding begins, the Engineer shall verify that each bag of seed delivered to the project bears a tag which shows the following information: 1. Name and address of supplier. 2. County and project number for which seed is to be used. 3. Supplier's lot number for each kind of seed. 4. Origin (where grown) for each kind of seed. 5. Purity and germination for each kind of seed. 6. Pounds of bulk seed of each kind of seed in bag. 7. Pounds of pure live seed (PLS) in each bag. 8. Dormant Seed and Hard Seed. D. Uoland -Native Mix Common Name Variety Lbs. of Pure Live Seed (PLS) per Acre Slender Wheat rass P or 1.0 Bluebunch Wheat rass Goldar 2.0 Thicks ike Wheat rass Critana 2.0 Perennial R Brass - - - - - 1.0 Bi Blue rass Sherman 1.8 Basin Wild a Trailhead 1.0 Yarrow - - - - - 0.3 Total Mix 9.1 2.05 BIODEGRADABLE FABRIC A. As shown in the Drawings, topsoil placed in conjunction with the bank restoration and stabilization measures at the Lyman Creek Spring shall be seeded and covered with a biodegradable fabric. B. The biodegradable fabric shall be an erosion control blanket with a biodegradable mat consisting of 70% agricultural straw and a 30% coconut fiber blend matrix. C. The blanket shall be covered on the top and bottom sides with 100% biodegradable woven natural organic fiber netting woven into a 1/2-inch by 1.0-inch mesh. D. The blanket shall be sewn together with biodegradable thread on 1.5-inch 02480 -Page 3 of 9 N:10417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 2102480.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 02480 FINISH GRADING, DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK SEEDING AND LANDSCAPING centers. E. The biodegradable fabric shall meet the following criteria based on minimum average roll values (MARV): Biodegradable Pro a fabric Thickness ASTM D5199 ,min. 0.24 in Mass per Unit Area (ASTM D5261), 9.94 oz/yd min. Machine Direction .Tensile Strength 208 Ibs/ft ASTM D5035 ,min. Transverse Direction Tensile Strength 159 Ibs/ft ASTM D5035 ,min. Permissible Shear Stress, min. 1.80 Ibs/ft F The biodegradable fabric shall be as manufactured by North American Green SC150BN or approved equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All areas where vegetation has been disturbed by construction activities shall be re-vegetated by the Contractor with specified .seed mix, unless other arrangements are made by the Owner and the Engineer. Specific areas for each type of re-vegetation will be determined by the Engineer, but will generally be as follows: Upland -Native Mix: Seeding of undeveloped, non-wetland areas. ~I ii 0 ii 0 3.02 SITE GRADING AND PREPARATION WORK A. Preparation of Subgrade: After rough grading is completed and before topsoil is spread, thoroughly scarify ground to a minimum depth of 8 inches with a toothed ripping machine by running in two directions at right angles overthe entire surface to be planted. B. Topsoil for all areas with native grasses shall be stockpiled during site stripping. The Contractor, at his option and at no additional expense to the Owner, may use imported topsoil to provide the specified minimum topsoil depth. 02480 -Page 4 of 9 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 2\02480.doc May 29, 2009 u I~ SECTION 02480 FINISH GRADING, DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK SEEDING AND LANDSCAPING C. Spreading of Topsoil: Spread topsoil and textural soil amendments over the prepared rough grade using arubber-tied tractor with grader blade or equivalent not weighing more than 3-1/2 tons. Spread topsoil to a minimum compacted depth of 6 inches. D. Fertilizing: Apply commercial fertilizer at a maximum rate of 10 to 20 pounds per 1,000 square feet distributing uniformly with a mechanical spreader, or at rate as recommended by local nurseries, or at a rate determined from soil test. E. Finish Grading: Use mechanical equipment designed and intended for landscape rock removal (i.e., Rock Hound Landscape Rakes or equal) in preparing final grade prior to seeding. 2. Rake the topsoiled area to a uniform grade so that all areas drain, as indicated on the grading plan. ' 3. Right-of-way and private easements on or adjacent to residential property Remove all trash and stones exceeding 1 inch in diameterto a depth of 2 inches prior to planting lawn grass seed or sod. 4. Right-or-way not adjacent to residential property: Remove all trash and stones exceeding 3 inches in diameter from area to a depth of 2 inches prior to planting grass seed or field seed mix. 5. Agricultural property: Remove all trash. Remove all rocks to match the surrounding field conditions prior to construction. 6. Lightly compact with a cultipacker before planting grass. 02480 -Page 5 of 9 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 2\02480.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 02480 FINISH GRADING, DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK SEEDING AND LANDSCAPING 3.03 SEEDING AND SODDING A. Soil Preparation: All areas disturbed by construction that do not have a grass lawn shall be re-seeded with Field Grass Seed Mix or Wetlands Seed Mix. All established grass lawn areas disturbed by construction shall be repaired with new lawn grass sod. The Contractor shall also provide weed control on all disturbed areas until completion of all work. B. Method of Seeding: Method of seeding may be varied at discretion of Contractor on his own responsibility to establish smooth, uniformly grassed areas. C. Inoculating Seed: Inoculant shall be stored as recommended by manufacturer and shall not be used later than the date indicated on the container or as otherwise specified. Inoculation of legumes shall be done within 48 hours before seeding. D. Applications: The seed shall be drilled by mechanical seeding equipment approved by the Owner or Engineer. Areas that are too steep to drill shall be broadcast seeded with a mechanical seeder or hydro seeded. Wetland seed shall be hand broadcast or hydroseeded as directed by the Engineer at the rate prescribed herein. Field grass seed application rates shall be as prescribed herein when drill seeding methods are utilized, and shall be doubled the prescribed rate for hand broadcast methods. Lawn seed shall be applied at the seed suppliers recommended rates. Method of seeding may be varied at the discretion of the Contractor on his own responsibility to establish a smooth, uniformly grassed area. '!J i J E. Seed Cover: After application, the seed shall be covered with 1 /2 to 3/4-inch ' of soil. The seed may be covered by dragging or by other appropriate mechanical means. F. Seeding and sodding shall be done at times of the year when climatic conditions including temperature and soil moisture are conducive to growth. These periods occur in the spring of the year after the frost leaves the ground and until May 31st; and in the period of approximately September 1 through October 15. These periods vary depending on the climatic conditions and are subject to final approval by the Owner or Engineer. G. Maintenance: Begin maintenance immediately after each area has been restored. During an 8 week maintenance period, keep seeded areas on or adjoining residential property and all sodded areas moist until seed has germinated and sod has re-established its root system. Prevent weeds and ~~ i 02480 -Page 6 of 9 , N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 2\02480.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 02480 FINISH GRADING, DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK SEEDING AND LANDSCAPING other undesirable vegetation from establishing in the seeded areas. Replace any seed or sod which fail to germinate, die, or are damaged by construction activities. H. Lawn Protection: Protect new seeded or sodded area from pedestrian and vehicular traffic by erecting a fence of 2-inch by 2-inch posts 4 feet high spaced 10 feet on center and strung with a single strand of No. 12 gauge wire marked with cloth strips at 3 foot intervals between posts. Re-planting Wetlands Vegetation: Timing of wetland vegetation clearing and restoration is critical to its survival. Referto Section 02110, CLEARING AND GRUBBING, for requirements. Replace stockpiled wetland vegetation and soils to their original location and layout within the wetland area, in accordance with Section 02475, SURFACE RESTORATION. Hand seed or hydroseed and as directed by the Engineer. Finish grading, as specified herein, shall not be required. In order to meet the requirements of the 404 Permit, the Contractor shall ensure that ground cover comprising wetland vegetation is established over a minimum of 75 percent of the wetland areas. 3.04 FERTILIZING A. Fertilizer shall be applied not more than 48 hours prior to seeding. Fertilizer shall be applied by one of the following methods: With a fertilizer attachment on the drill, which will place the fertilizer in a band on or near the drill row behind the openers during the drilling operations (preferred method). 2. By drilling in with an approved drill prior to seeding. 3. By spreading the fertilizer uniformly over the areas to be seeded prior to or during seedbed preparation (before final pass). This method will not be acceptable when seedbed preparation is not required. ' B. Where the seed is sown by a hydraulic seeder, the required amount of fertilizer may be placed in the tank, mixed together with the water and the seed and applied in the seeding operation. 3.05 MULCHING ' A. Placing: The grass hay or straw mulch shall be placed within 48 hours after the seeding has been completed. Mulching operations shall not be performed during periods of high winds which preclude the proper placing of ' the mulch. The placing of mulch shall begin on the windward side of the areas to be covered. The mulch shall be machine blown to uniformly ' 02480 -Page 7 of 9 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 2\02480.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 02480 FINISH GRADING, DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK SEEDING AND LANDSCAPING distribute mulch over the seeded areas. The machine shall blow or eject mulch, by a constant air stream, that controls the amount of mulch. The machine shall cause a minimum of cutting or breakage of the mulch. Mulch containing excessive moisture which prevents uniform feeding through the machine shall not be used. Mulch shall be placed uniformly over the seeded areas at the specified rates. Approximately 10 percent of the soil surface shall be visible through the mulch blanket prior to mulch tiller (punching) operation. Excessive cover which will smother seedlings shall be avoided. B. Punching: Immediately following application, the mulch shall be punched into the soil by a mulch tiller consisting of a series of dull, flat disks with notched or cut-out edges. The disks shall be approximately 20 inches in diameter, 1/4 inch thick, spaced approximately 8 inches apart and fitted with scrapers. Working width of the tiller shall not exceed six feet per member, but may be operated in gangs of not over three members. The tiller shall be operated on contour, except that on slopes 3:1 or steeper diagonal operation will be permitted. Tiller members shall be ballasted, to push mulch into the soil approximately three inches with ends exposed above the soil surface. The mulch tiller shall follow as closely as possible behind the mulcher. Mulch shall not be blown when wind velocity causes appreciable displacement before it can be anchored by the mulch tiller. More than one pass of the mulch tiller may be required to assure adequate anchoring. 3.06 GUARANTEE A. At the end of an 8-week maintenance period restored areas will be inspected to determine if a satisfactory stand of lawn, grass and/or wetland vegetation have been produced. If results are unsatisfactory, the Contractor shall immediately renovate and reseed or re-sod the restored area or unsatisfactory portions thereof. If the end of the 8-week period occurs after September 15, the additional restoration work shall be performed immediately during the next planting season. If a satisfactory stand of lawn or grass develops by July 1 of the following year, it will be accepted. If it is not accepted, a complete replanting will be required during the planting season meeting all of the requirements specified hereinbefore. 7 J n i i B. A satisfactory stand is defined as a lawn or grass or section of lawn or grass that has: ' 1. No bare spots larger than 1 square feet. 2. Not more than 10 percent of total area with bare spots larger than 1 square foot. 02480 -Page 8 of 9 ' N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 2\02480.doc May 29, 2009 f SECTION 02480 FINISH GRADING, DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK SEEDING AND LANDSCAPING 3. Not more than 15 percent of total area with bare spots larger than 6 inches square. C. Inspection for Acceptance: Eight weeks after the start of maintenance on the last section of completed lawn or seeding and on written notice from the Contractor, the Engineer will, within 15 days of such written notice, make an inspection to determine if a satisfactory stand has been produced. If a satisfactory stand has not been established, another inspection will be made after written notice from the Contractor that the lawn or grass is ready for inspection following the next growing season. END OF SECTION 02480 02480 -Page 9 of 9 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 2\02480.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 04810 DIVISION 4 -MASONRY UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes unit masonry assemblies consisting of the following: 1. Concrete Masonry Units. 2. Mortar and grout. 3. Reinforcing steel. 4. Masonry joint reinforcement. 5. Ties and anchors. 6. Adjustable anchors for connecting to steel frame. 7. Rigid anchors. 8. Miscellaneous anchors. 9. Masonry cell insulation. 10. Embedded flashing. 11. Miscellaneous masonry accessories. 12. Masonry cleaners. 13. Mortar and grout mixes. 14. Source quality control 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations for Masonry Units: Obtain exposed masonry units of a uniform texture and color, or a uniform blend within the ranges accepted for these characteristics, through one source from a single manufacturer for each product required. B. The Contractor shall comply with all of the requirements of the following codes and standards, except as modified herein: 1. ACI 315 "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcing." C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency, acceptable to the Engineer and authorities having jurisdiction, qualified 04810 -Page 1 of 15 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 4 & 5\04810_BZN.WS.DOC May 21, 2004 i~ SECTION 04810 DIVISION 4 -MASONRY UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES according to ASTM C 1093 to conduct the testing indicated to be performed by the Contractor, as documented according to ASTM E 548. D. Source Limitations for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of a uniform quality, including color for exposed masonry, from one manufacturer for each cementitious component and from one source or producer for each aggregate. E. Preconstruction Testing: The Owner will retain the Engineer to perform the following tests to establish compliance of proposed materials with specified requirements: 1. Concrete Masonry Unit Test: Units conform to ASTM C55 or ASTM C90 for each different concrete masonry unit indicated, test units for strength, absorption, and moisture content per ASTM C 140. 2. Prism Test: For each type of wall construction indicated, test masonry prisms per IBC 2000 section 2105.2.2.2 and ACI 530-02 section 1.4 3. Test mortar properties per test methods of ASTM C 270, and shall conform to the proportion specifications of Table 2103.7(1) or the property specification Table 2103.7(2) of the IBC 2000. 4. Evaluate mortar composition and properties per ASTM C 780. 5. Test grout compressive strength per ASTM C 1019 and conforms to .ASTM C 476 or Table 2103..10 in the IBC 2000. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Reinforced Masonry: Masonry containing reinforcing steel in grouted cells. 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS r 1 r~ I'~ 7 i n n A. Provide unit masonry that develops the following net-area compressive ' strengths (fm) at 28 days. 1. For Concrete Unit Masonry: fm = 1500 psi. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each different masonry unit, accessory, and other manufactured product specified. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for the following: 04810 -Page 2 of 15 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 4 & 5\04810_BZN.WS.DOC May 21, 2004 u 0 i SECTION 04810 DIVISION 4 -MASONRY UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 1. Reinforcing Steel: Detail bending and placement of unit masonry reinforcing bars. Comply with ACI 315, "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement." Show elevations of reinforced walls. C. Samples: 1. Masonry units showing full range of colors and textures available. 2. Colored mortar samples showing full range of colors available. D. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article. E. Material Test Reports: The Contractor shall provide, from a qualified testing agency, indicating and interpreting test results of the following for compliance with requirements indicated: 1. Each type of masonry unit required. a. Include size-variation data for masonry unit, verifying that actual range of sizes falls within specified tolerances. b. Include test results, measurements, and calculations establishing net-area compressive strength of masonry units. 2. Mortar complying with property requirements of the drawings and IBC 2000 Table 2103.7(1) and 2103.7(2) and ASTM C270. 3. Grout mixes complying with compressive strength requirements of the drawings and IBCV 2000 Table 2103.10 and ASTM C476. Include description of type and proportions of grout ingredients. F. Material Certificates: Signed by manufacturers certifying that each of the following items complies with requirements: 1. Each type of masonry unit required. a. Include size-variation data for masonry unit, verifying that actual range of sizes falls within specified tolerances. G. Cold-Weather Procedures: Detailed description of methods, materials, ' and equipment to be used to comply with cold-weather requirements. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store masonry units on elevated platforms in a dry location. If units are not stored in an enclosed location, cover tops and sides of stacks with 04810 -Page 3 of 15 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 4 & 5104810_BZN.WS.DOC May 21, 2004 SECTION 04810 DIVISION 4 -MASONRY UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES waterproof sheeting, securely tied. If units become wet, do not install until ' they are dry. 1. Protect Type I concrete masonry units from moisture absorption so , that, at the time of installation, the moisture content is not more than the maximum allowed at the time of delivery. ' B. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. Do not use cementitious materials that have become damp. ' C. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided. ' D. Deliver preblended, dry mortar mix in moisture-resistant containers designed for lifting and emptying into dispensing silo. Store preblended, , dry mortar mix in delivery containers on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location or in a metal dispensing silo with weatherproof cover. ' E. Store masonry accessories, including metal items, to prevent corrosion and accumulation of dirt and oil. ' 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Protection of Masonry: During construction, cover tops of walls, ' projections, and sills with waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed masonry when construction is not in progress. 1. Extend cover a minimum of 24 inches down both sides and hold cover securely in place. 2. Where one wythe of multiwythe masonry walls is completed in advance of other wythes, secure cover a minimum of 24 inches down face next to unconstructed wythe and hold cover in place. t B. Do not apply uniform floor or roof loads for at least 12 hours and concentrated loads for at least 3 days after building masonry walls or ' columns. C. Stain Prevention: Prevent grout, mortar, and soil from staining the face of ' masonry to be left exposed or painted. Immediately remove grout, mortar, and soil that come in contact with such masonry. 1. Protect base of walls from rain-splashed mud and from mortar ' splatter by coverings spread on ground and over wall surface. 2. Protect sills, ledges, and projections from mortar droppings. ' 04810 -Page 4 of 15 ' N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 4 & 5\04810_BZN.WS.DOC May 21, 2004 SECTION 04810 DIVISION 4 -MASONRY UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 3. Protect surfaces of window .and door frames, as well as similar products with painted and integral finishes, from mortar droppings. 4. Turn scaffold boards near the wall on edge at the end of each day to prevent rain from splashing mortar and dirt onto completed masonry. D. Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. Do not build on frozen substrates. Remove and replace unit masonry damaged by frost or by freezing conditions. Comply with cold-weather construction requirements contained in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602. 1. Cold-Weather Cleaning: Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature is 40 deg F and above and will remain so until masonry has dried, but not less than 7 days after completing cleaning. . E. Hot-Weather Requirements: Protect unit masonry work when temperature and humidity conditions produce excessive evaporation of water from mortar and grout. Provide artificial shade and wind breaks and use cooled materials as required. 1. When ambient temperature exceeds 100 deg F, or 90 deg F with a wind velocity greater than 8 mph, do not spread mortar beds more than 48 inches ahead of masonry. Set masonry units within one minute of spreading mortar. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. General: Provide shapes indicated and as follows: 1. Provide special shapes for lintels, corners, jambs, sash, control joints, headers, bonding, and other special conditions. 2. Provide bullnose units for outside corners, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Provide .square-edged units for outside corners, unless indicated as bullnose. B. Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C 90 and as follows: 04810 -Page 5 of 15 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 4 8~ 5\04810_BZN.WS.DOC May 21, 2004 SECTION 04810 DIVISION 4 -MASONRY UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 1. Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units with average net-area ' compressive strength of 1900 psi (13.2 MPa). 2. Weight Classification: Normal weight. , 3. Provide Type I Moisture Controlled Units. ' 4. Size (Height). Manufactured to the following dimensions: a. 4-inches (102 mm) nominal; 3-5/8 inches (92 mm) actual. ' b. 8-inches (203 mm) nominal; 7-5/8 inches (194 mm) actual. ** Note: All masonry units shall be 8-inches (203 mm) nominal; 7- , 5/8 inches (194 mm) in width. 5. Exposed Faces: Manufacturer's standard color and texture to ' match the following color selections: a. Split Faced Block. As manufactured by "Clayton Concrete ' Block Sand" standard color "Walnut" - or pre-approved equal. b. Ground Faced Block. As manufactured by "Clayton Concrete Block Sand" standard color "Walnut" - or pre-approved equal. 2.02 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS ' A. Portland Cement-Lime Mix: Packaged blend of portland cement ' complying with ASTM C 150, Type I or Type III, and hydrated lime complying with ASTM C 207. B. Mortar Cement: ASTM C 1329. ' C. Masonry Cement: ASTM C 91. ' D. Aggregate for Mortar. ASTM C 144; except for joints less than 1/4 inch (6.5 mm) thick, use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing the No. 16 ' (1.18-mm) sieve. E. Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C 404. F. Mortar Pigments: Natural and synthetic iron oxides and chromium oxides ' compounded for use in mortar mixes. Use only pigments with a record of satisfactory performance in masonry mortar. ' G. Cold-Weather Admixture: Nonchloride, noncorrosive, accelerating admixture complying with ASTM C 494, Type C, and recommended by the ' manufacturer for use in masonry mortar of composition indicated. 04810 -Page 6 of 15 , N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 4 & 5\04810_BZN.WS.DOC May 21, 2004 SECTION 04810 DIVISION 4 -MASONRY UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES H. Water-Repellent Admixture: Liquid water-repellent mortar admixture intended for use with concrete masonry units, containing integral water repellent by same manufacturer. I. Water: Potable. 2.03 MASONRY JOINT REINFORCEMENT A. General: ASTM A 951 and as follows: 1. Hot-dip galvanized, carbon-steel wire for both interior and exterior walls. 2. Wire Size for Side Rods: W1.7 or 0.148-inch diameter. 3. Wire Size for Cross Rods: W1.7 or 0.148-inch diameter. 4. Provide in lengths of not less than 10 feet with prefabricated corner and tee units where indicated. B. For single-wythe masonry, provide either ladder or truss type with single pair of side rods and cross rods spaced not more than 16 inches (407 mm) o.c. 2.04 TIES AND ANCHORS, GENERAL A. General: Provide ties and anchors, specified in subsequent articles, made from materials that comply with this Article, unless otherwise indicated. B. Hot-Dip Galvanized Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82; with ASTM A 153, Class B-2 coating. 2.05 ADJUSTABLE ANCHORS FOR CONNECTING TO STEEL FRAME A. General: Provide two-piece assemblies that allow vertical or horizontal adjustment but resist tension and compression forces perpendicular to plane of wall. 2.06 RIGID ANCHORS A. General: Fabricate from steel bars as follows: 1. 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) wide by 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) thick by 24 inches (600 mm) long, with ends turned up 2 inches (50 mm) or with cross pins. 04810 -Page 7 of 15 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 4 & 5\04810_BZN.WS.DOC May 21, 2004 i~ SECTION 04810 DIVISION 4 -MASONRY UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 2.07 MISCELLANEOUS ANCHORS 2.08 2.09 2.10 A. Anchor Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568, Property Class 4.6); with ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers; hot-dip galvanized to comply with ASTM A 153, Class C; of diameter and length. B. Postinstalled Anchors: Anchors as described below, with capability to sustain, without failure, load imposed within factors of safety indicated, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. MASONRY-CELL INSULATION A. Molded-Polystyrene Insulation Units: Rigid, cellular thermal insulation formed by the expansion of polystyrene-resin beads or granules in a closed mold to comply with ASTM C 578, Type I. Provide specially shaped units designed for installing in cores of masonry units. EMBEDDED FLASHING MATERIALS u n B. Solder and Sealants for Sheet Metal Flashings: As specified in Division 7, ' Section 07620, SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM. A. Metal Flashing: Fabricate from the following metal complying with requirements specified in Division 7, Section 07620, SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM. MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES B. Preformed Control-Joint Gaskets: Material as indicated below, designed to fit standard sash block and to maintain lateral stability in masonry wall; size and configuration as indicated. A. Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Grade 2A1; compressible up to 35 percent; of width and thickness indicated; formulated from neoprene. C. Bond-Breaker Strips: Asphalt-saturated, organic roofing felt complying with ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt). D. Round Plastic Weep/Vent Tubing: Medium-density polyethylene, 3/8-inch (9-mm) OD by 4 inches (100 mm) long. 2.11 MASONRY CLEANERS 04810 -Page 8 of 15 N:\0417\055\DOCS\SpecslDivision 4 & 5\04810_BZN.WS.DOC May 21, 2004 u 0 L C L~~ C~ n i SECTION 04810 DIVISION 4 -MASONRY UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES A. Job-Mixed Detergent Solution: Solution of 1/2-cup (0.14-L) dry measure tetrasodium polyphosphate and 1/2-cup (0.14-L) dry measure laundry detergent dissolved in 1 gal. (4 L) of water. B. Proprietary Acidic Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard-strength cleaner designed for removing mortar/grout stains, efflorescence; and other new construction stains from new masonry without discoloring or damaging masonry surfaces. Use product expressly approved for intended use by cleaner manufacturer and manufacturer of masonry units being cleaned. 2.12 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES ' A. General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air-entraining agents, accelerators, retarders, water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures, unless otherwise indicated. ' 1. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout. 2. Add cold-weather admixture (if used) at the same rate for all mortar, ' regardless of weather conditions, to ensure that mortar color is consistent. ' B. Preblended, Dry Mortar Mix: Furnish dry mortar ingredients in the form of a preblended mix. Measure quantities by weight to ensure accurate proportions, and thoroughly blend ingredients before delivering to Project site. ' C. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with IBC 2000 Table 2103.7(1) and 2103.7(2) and ASTM C270, Proportion Specification. 1. Extended-Life Mortar for Unit Masonry: Mortar complying with ' ASTM C 1142 may be used instead of mortar specified above, at Contractor's option. ' 2. Limit cementitious materials in mortar for exterior and reinforced masonry to portland cement, mortar cement, and lime. ' 3. For reinforced masonry and where indicated, use Type S. D. Pigmented Mortar: Select and proportion pigments with other ingredients ' to produce color required. ' E. Colored-Aggregate Mortar: Produce required mortar color by using ates combined with selected cementitious materials colored a re . gg g F. Grout for Unit Masonry: Comply with IBC 2000 Table 2103.10 and ASTM ' C476. ' 04810 -Page 9 of 15 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 4 & 5\04810_BZN.WS.DOC May 21, 2004 u SECTION 04810 ' DIVISION 4 -MASONRY UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 1. Use grout of type indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, of type ' (fine or coarse) that will comply with ACI 350.1-02 Table 7 for dimensions of grout spaces and pour height. ' 2. Provide grout with a slump of 8 to 10 inches as measured according to ASTM C 143. ' 2.13 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Contractor will engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform ' source quality-control testing indicated below: 1. Payment for these services will be made by Contractor. , 2. Retesting of materials failing to meet specified requirements shall be done at Contractor's expense. ' B. Concrete Masonry Unit Tests: For each type of concrete masonry unit indicated, units will be tested according to ASTM C 140. ' PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION, GENERAL , A. Thickness: Build single-wythe walls to the actual widths of masonry units, ' using units of widths indicated. B. Build chases and recesses to accommodate items specified in this Section ' and in other Sections of the Specifications. C. Cut masonry units with motor-driven saws to provide clean, sharp, ' unchipped edges. Cut units as required to provide a continuous pattern and to fit adjoining construction. Where possible, use full-size units without cutting. Allow units cut with water-cooled saws to dry before ' placing, unless wetting of units is specified. Install cut units with cut surfaces and, where possible, cut edges concealed. D. Select and arrange units for exposed unit masonry to produce a uniform blend of colors and textures. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES ' A. Comply with tolerances in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602. ' 3.03 LAYING MASONRY WALLS A. Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns , with uniform joint thicknesses and for accurate location of openings, 04810 -Page 10 of 15 ' N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 4 & 5\04810_BZN.WS.DOC May 21, 2004 ' SECTION 04810 DIVISION 4 -MASONRY UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES movement-type joints, returns, and offsets. Avoid using less-than-half- size units, particularly at corners, jambs, and, where possible, at other locations. B. Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Lay exposed masonry in the following bond pattern; do not use units with less than nominal 4-inch ' horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs. 1. One-half running bond with vertical joint in each course centered on ' units in courses above and below. C. Stopping and Resuming Work: In each course, rack back one-half-unit ' length for one-half running bond or one-third-unit length for one-third running bond; do not tooth. Clean exposed surfaces of set masonry, wet clay masonry units lightly if required, and remove loose masonry units and ' mortar before laying fresh masonry. ' D. Built-in Work: As construction progresses, build in items specified under this and other Sections of the Specifications. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items. E. Fill space between hollow-metal frames and masonry solidly with mortar, unless otherwise indicated. F. Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units, place a layer of metal lath in the joint below and rod mortar or grout into core. G. Fill cores in hollow concrete masonry units with grout 24 inches under bearing plates, beams, lintels, posts, and similar items, unless otherwise indicated. 3.04 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING A. Lay hollow masonry units as follows: 1. With full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face shells. 2. Bed webs in mortar in starting course on footings and in all courses of piers, columns, and pilasters, and where adjacent to cells or cavities to be filled with grout. 3. For starting course on footings where cells are not grouted, spread out full mortar bed, including areas under cells. B. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a jointer larger than the joint thickness, unless otherwise indicated. 04810 -Page 11 of 15 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 4 & 5104810_BZN.WS.DOC May 21, 2004 SECTION 04810 ' DIVISION 4 -MASONRY UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 3.05 MASONRY JOINT REINFORCEMENT , A. General: Provide continuous masonry joint reinforcement as indicated. Install entire length of longitudinal side rods in mortar with a minimum ' cover of 5/8 inch (16 mm) on exterior side of walls, 1/2 inch (13 mm) elsewhere. Lap reinforcement a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm). ' 1. Space reinforcement not more than 16 inches o.c. 2. Space reinforcement not more than 8 inches o.c. in foundation ' walls and parapet walls. 3. Provide reinforcement not more than 8 inches above and below wall openings and extending 12 inches beyond openings. ' a. Reinforcement above is in addition to continuous reinforcement. ' B. Cut or interrupt joint reinforcement at control and expansion joints, unless otherwise indicated. ' C. Provide continuity at corners and wall intersections by using prefabricated "L" and "T" sections. Cut and bend reinforcing units as directed by ' manufacturer for continuity at returns, offsets, column fireproofing, pipe enclosures, and other special conditions. ' 3.06 ANCHORING MASONRY TO STRUCTURAL MEMBERS A. Anchor masonry to structural members where masonry abuts or faces , structural members to comply with the following: 1. Provide an open space not less than 1 inch (25 mm) in width between t masonry and structural member, unless otherwise indicated. Keep open space free of mortar or other rigid materials. 2. Anchor masonry to structural members with flexible anchors , embedded in masonry joints and attached to structure. 3. Space anchors as indicated. , 3.07 CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS ' A. General: Install control and expansion joints in unit masonry where indicated. Build-in related items as masonry progresses. Do not forma ' continuous span through movement joints unless provisions are made to prevent in-plane restraint of wall or partition movement. 3.08 LINTELS 04810 -Page 12 of 15 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 4 & 5\04810_BZN.WS.DOC May 21, 2004 i~ i~ r n `I r u n u u SECTION 04810 DIVISION 4 -MASONRY UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES A. Provide masonry lintels where shown and where openings of more than 24 inches for block-size units are shown without structural steel or other supporting lintels. 1. Provide built-in-place masonry lintels. Use specially formed bond beam units with reinforcing bars placed as indicated and filled with coarse grout. Temporarily support built-in-place lintels until cured. 3.09 FLASHING, WEEP HOLES, AND VENTS A. General: Install embedded flashing and weep holes in masonry at shelf angles, lintels, ledges, other obstructions to downward flow of water in wall, and where indicated. 3.10 REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY INSTALLATION A. Temporary Formwork and Shores: Construct formwork and shores to support reinforced masonry elements during construction. 1. Construct formwork to conform to shape, line, and dimensions shown. Make it sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar and grout. Brace, tie, and support forms to maintain position and shape during construction and curing of reinforced masonry. 2. Do not remove forms and shores until reinforced masonry members have hardened sufficiently to carry their own weight and other temporary loads that may be placed on them during construction. B. Placing Reinforcement: Comply with requirements of ACI 350.1-02 Section 3.4. C. Grouting: Do not place grout until entire height of masonry to be grouted has attained sufficient strength to resist grout pressure. 1. Comply with requirements of ACI 350.1-02 Table 7 for cleanouts and for grout placement, including minimum grout space and maximum pour height. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The Owner will retain the Engineer to perform field quality-control testing indicated in Part 4, TESTING AND INSPECTION. 1. Payment for these services will be made by the Contractor. 2. Retesting of materials failing to meet specified requirements shall be done at Contractor's expense. ' 04810 -Page 13 of 15 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 4 & 5104810_BZN.WS.DOC May 21, 2004 SECTION 04810 DIVISION 4 -MASONRY UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 3.12 REPAIRING, POINTING, AND CLEANING ' A. Remove and replace masonry units that are loose, chipped, broken, stained, or otherwise damaged or that do not match adjoining units. Install ' new units to match adjoining units; install in fresh mortar, pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement. ' B. Pointin Durin the toolin of 'oints enlar a voids and hol 9 9 g 1 ~ g es, except weep holes, and completely fill with mortar. Point up joints, including corners, openings, and adjacent construction, to provide a neat, uniform ' appearance. Prepare joints for sealant application. C. In-Progress Cleaning: Clean unit masonry as work progresses by dry , brushing to remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints. D. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed ' masonry. 3.13 MASONRY WASTE DISPOSAL ' A. Recycling: Unless otherwise indicated, excess masonry materials are ' Contractor s property. At completion of unit masonry work, remove from ' Project site. PART 4 -TESTING AND INSPECTION A. The Owner will retain the Engineer to perform Special Inspection and Testing in accordance with Section 1704 and 1708 of the IBC 2000. ' 1. Masonry construction shall be inspected and evaluated in accordance with Section 1704.5 of the IBC 2000. ' 2. The following tests shall be performed during construction for each ' 5000 sq. ft. of wall area or portion thereof: a. Mortar Testing: ASTM C 270 or evaluated in accordance with ' ASTM C780. b. Mortar Composition and Properties: Conform to ASTM C270 and shall conform to the proportion specifications of Table 2103.7(1) or the property specifications of Table 2103.7(2) in the IBC 2000. c. Grout: Conforms to ASTM C 476 and tested in accordance with ASTM C 1019. 04810 -Page 14 of 15 ' N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 4 & 5\04810_BZN.WS.DOC May 21, 2004 SECTION 04810 DIVISION 4 -MASONRY UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES d. Prism-Test Method: For each type of wall construction indicated, masonry prisms will be tested per IBC 2000 section 2105.2.2.2 and ACI 530-02 section 1.4. e. Concrete Masonry Units: Conform to ASTM C 55 or ASTM C 90 and are tested in accordance with ASTM C 140. END OF SECTION 04810 ' 04810 -Page 15 of 15 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 4 & 5104810_BZN.WS.DOC May 21, 2004 ' SECTION 05500 DIVISION 5 -METALS MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS ' PART1 GENERAL 1.01 .WORK INCLUDED ' A. This section includes the work necessa to furnish and install com lete ry ~ p ' fabricated metalwork and castings as shown or as required to secure various parts together and provide a complete installation. ' 1.02 GENERAL A. Like items of materials provided hereunder shall be the end products of ' one manufacturer in order to achieve standardization for appearance, maintenance, and replacement. ' 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with Division 1, GENERAL ' REQUIREMENTS. In addition, the following specific information shall be provided. ' 1. Shop drawings, including calculations where required, showing the details of fabrication and installation for miscellaneous metalwork. ' 2. Product data for wedge, expansion, and epoxy anchors. 1.04 STANDARDS t A. "Code for Welding in Building Construction," American Welding Society. B. "Fastener Standards," Industrial Fastener Institute. C. "Code and Specifications" of the American Institute of Steel Construction. ' D. "Codes and Standards" of the Aluminum Association current Construction Manual series. ' 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING ' A. Preparation for Shipment: 1. Insofar as practical, factory assemble items specified herein. ' 2. Package and clearly tag parts and assemblies that are of necessity shipped unassembled, in a manner that will protect materials from ' damage, and facilitate identification and field assembly. 1.06 GENERAL FABRICATION ' 05500 - Pa e 1 of 13 9 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 4 & 5\05500.doc ' May 29, 2009 SECTION 05500 DIVISION 5 -METALS MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS A. Fabrication shall be coordinated with connecting work. B. The fabrication shall be done in units as large as practicable for finishing, handling and installation. C. All welding shall conform to the requirements of the American Welding Society. D. Connections: 1. Shop connections shall be welded after removing all scale, and ground smooth. 2. Field connections shall be bolted, unless otherwise specified or detailed. 3. Punch or drill holes shall not be cut with a torch. 4. Joints exposed to weather shall be formed so as not to trap water. 5. Butt joints shall use the mill square end and be smoothed. 6. Corners shall use a cope and weld technique. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Like Items of Materials: End products of one manufacturer in order to achieve standardization for appearance, maintenance, and replacement. B. Where applicable, the structure and appurtenant facilities have been designed around the first named manufacturer's equipment. Metalwork furnished by all qualified interested manufacturers will be considered, provided that necessary structural, electrical, and mechanical changes required are submitted in conformance with the requirements of the GENERAL CONDITIONS and Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. The Contractor shall bear all costs for necessary changes for a complete and satisfactory installation. C. Furnish miscellaneous items: 1. Miscellaneous metalwork and castings as shown, or as required to secure various parts together and provide a complete installation. 2. Items specified herein are not intended to be all inclusive. Provide 05500 -Page 2 of 13 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 4 & 5\05500.doc May 29, 2009 ~I SECTION 05500 DIVISION 5 -METALS MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS metalwork and castings shown, specified, or which can reasonably be inferred as necessary to complete the project. D. Unless otherwise indicated, materials shall meet the latest issue of ASTM Specifications as follows: Item Steel Shapes & Plates Steel Pipe Columns: Structural Steel Tubing Stainless Steel: Bars & Shapes: Steelplate, Sheet & Strip Bolts: Nuts: Aluminum, Structural Shapes and Plates: Connection Bolts for Steel ' Members; Use Compressible Washer Type Direct Tension Indicators at All Connections; I t Use Hardened Washers also Under Head and Nut: Anchor Bolts & Nuts: Carbon Steel: Stainless: ASTM Specification A36 A501 or A53, Type EDRS, Grade B A500, Grade B A276, Type 316 A167, Type 316 A193, Type 316, B8MN, B81VI2 or B8M3 A194, Type 316, B8MN, B8M2 or B8M3 Alloy 6061, meeting referenced specifications and ASTM sections found in Aluminum Association current Construction Manual Series A325-F, F959-85 F436 (Washers) A307 or A36 A193, Type 316 Galvanized Steel Bolts and Nuts: A153, Zinc Coating for A307 or A36 Flat Washers (Unhardened): F844, Use A153 for Zinc Coating Threaded Bars: A36 Connection Bolts for Wood Members: 05500 -Page 3 of 13 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 4 & 5\05500.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 05500 DIVISION 5 -METALS MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS Dry Environment: Wet Use or Exterior Use: A307 Uncoated A307 w/A153 Galvanizing Connection Bolts for Aluminum 2.02 ANCHOR BOLTS A2024-T4, or use appropriate Stainless Steel A. Anchor bolts for equipment and machinery, where permanently anchored into concrete (nonsubmerged use), shall be galvanized steel, unless otherwise shown. The diameter, length, and any bend dimensions shall be as required by the equipment or machinery manufacturer. Unless otherwise required, use 3/4-inch minimum diameter and other geometry shown on the Drawings. Furnish a minimum of two nuts and a washer of the same material for each bolt. Provide sleeves as required or as shown for location adjustment. B. Anchor bolts for equipment, as hereinafter defined, machinery or other connections that are to be for submerged use shall be as specified for nonsubmerged use except that the bolts shall be Type 316 stainless steel, with bolts coated per (fusion bonded coating) in Section 09902, PAINTING - PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING. Coating of anchor bolt threads is not required. C. Submerged use is defined as any connection to concrete from a point 1 foot 6-inches above the maximum water surface and any connections below that point. D. Anchor bolts for other uses to anchor fabricated metal work or structural building columns, or other components where the connections will be protected or dry, .shall be galvanized steel. Minimum size shall be 3/4-inch diameter by 12-inches long, unless otherwise shown. Furnish two nuts and one washer per bolt of the same material as the bolt, unless otherwise shown. E. Anchor bolts for other uses to anchor fabricated metal work or structural building components, or structural frame components in areas of wet use, washdown areas, or areas outside heated buildings, shall be stainless steel. Minimum size shall be 3/4-inch diameter by 12-inches long, unless otherwise shown. Furnish two nuts and one washer per bolt of the same material as the bolt, unless otherwise shown. 2.03 STAINLESS STEEL FASTENERS LUBRICANT (ANTI-SEIZING) A. Where stainless steel nuts and machined bolts, anchor bolts, concrete anchors, and all other threaded fasteners are used, Contractor shall apply an anti-seizing lubricant to the threads prior to making up the connections. 05500 -Page 4 of 13 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 4 & 5\05500.doc , May 29, 2009 SECTION 05500 DIVISION 5 -METALS MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS The lubricant shall contain substantial amounts of molybdenum disulfide, graphite, mica, talic, or copper, as manufactured by Loc Tite Co., Permatex, or approved equal. 2.04 ANCHORING SYSTEMS FOR CONCRETE A. Wedge Anchors: 1. Wedge anchors shall be 100 percent 316 stainless steel and shall not be used below a point of 1-foot 6-inches above the peak (maximum) water surface. See epoxy adhesive anchors or coated anchor bolts specified elsewhere in this Specification. 2. Wedge anchors shall be 316 stainless steel, manufactured by ITT Philips Drill Division, Michigan City, IN; Hilti Kwik-Bolt II, stud type, manufactured by Hilti, Inc., Tulsa, OK; or equal. Furnish sizes shown on Drawings. Provide ICBO (International Conference of Building Officials) or other similar building code organization recommendations regarding safe allowable design loads. B. Expansion Anchors: 1. Expansion anchors shall not be used except in dry areas where future corrosion is not a problem. In wet or damp areas, provide wedge anchors as specified, or in submerged conditions, epoxy adhesive anchors as specified. 2. Self-drilling anchors, snap-off type or flush type. Provide anchors for use with hot-dipped galvanized bolts. Nondrilling anchors shall be flush type for use with a bolt or stud type with projecting threaded stud. Provide ICBO or other similar code organizations' recommendation regarding safe allowable design toads. ITT Phillips Drill Division, Michigan City, IN; Hilti HDI Drop-In anchors, Hilti, Inc., Tulsa, OK; or approved equal. C. Epoxy Adhesive Anchors and Epoxied Reinforcing Steel: 1. Provide for anchoring metal components and concrete reinforcing at or below a point 1-foot 6-inches above maximum water surface elevation in water holding structures or buried in earth conditions. 2. Anchor rod shall be 316 stainless steel threaded rod free of grease, oil, or other deleterious material with a 45-degree chisel point. Where indicated, use typical reinforcing where attaching to existing concrete. 3. Epoxy Adhesive: 05500 -Page 5 of 13 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 4 & 5\05500.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 05500 DIVISION 5 -METALS MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS a. Meet ASTM C881, Type 1, Grade 3, Class A, B, or C. b. Two-component, 100 percent solids, nonsag, paste, insensitive to moisture, designed to be used in adverse freeze/thaw environments and gray in color. c. Cure Temperature, Pot Life, and Workability: Compatible for intended use and environmental conditions. 4. Mixed Epoxy Adhesive: a. Nonsag paste consistency with ability to remain in a 1-inch diameter overhead drilled hole without runout, holding the following properties: 1) Slant Shear Strength, ASTM C881/882, No Failure In Bond Line, Dry/Moist Conditions: 5,000 psi. 2) Compressive Strength, ASTM D695: 14,000 psi minimum. 3) Tensile Strength, ASTM D695: 4,500 psi. 4) Heat Deflection Temperature, ASTM D648: 135 degrees F, minimum. 5. Epoxy Adhesive Packaging: a. Disposable, self-contained cartridge system capable of dispensing both epoxy components in the proper mixing ratio, and fit into a manually or pneumatically operated caulking gun. b. Dispense components through a mixing nozzle that thoroughly mixes components and places epoxy at base of predrilled hole. c. Mixing Nozzles: Disposable, manufactured in several sizes to accommodate sizes of anchor rods. 6. Manufacturers: a. Hilti Corporation, P.O. Box 21148, Tulsa, OK, 74121, HIT HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System. b. ITW Ramset/Red Head, P.O. Box 90, Paris, KY 40361, 05500 -Page 6 of 13 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 4 & 5\05500.doc May 29, 2009 . SECTION 05500 DIVISION 5 -METALS MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS ' Epcon Ceramic 6 Epoxy Anchor System. I , c. Simpson Strong Tie Anchor Systems, 1-800-000-5099, Set Epoxy-Tie. d. Or approved equivalent. 2.05 MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL STEEL SUPPORTS AND PIPING ' SUPPORTS A. Provide all structural steel supports and miscellaneous piping system ' supports of the sizes and weights shown. All connections shall be welded, unless otherwise shown. All steel shall be painted. B. Provide series 300 stainless steel where indicated on the Drawings. 2.06 BOLTS AND FASTENERS A. Bolts and fasteners not permanently embedded in concrete, but located outdoors in areas subject to the weather, equipment rooms subject to drainage and leakage, chemical handling areas, and in galleries and trenches, shall be Type 316 stainless steel as hereinbefore specified. B. Bolts and fasteners not permanently embedded in concrete, not used for structural steel or piping, but located indoors where leakage and drainage are not likely to occur may be ASTM A 307 or A 36 with ASTM A 153 galvanized steel. C. Bolts for flanges of piping, valves, and other similar connections shall be as specified in other sections or as shown on the Drawings. 2.07 PIPE SLEEVES A. Provide hot-dip galvanized, Schedule 40 steel pipe sleeves where shown for piping passing through concrete or masonry, unless shown otherwise on the Drawings. If stainless steel sleeves are specified, use A276, Type 316. Holes drilled with a rotary drill may be provided in lieu of sleeves in existing walls. Also see Section 15001, PLANT PIPING - GENERAL. B. Support pipe sleeves by formwork to prevent contact with reinforcing steel. Do not weld reinforcing to pipe sleeves. C. Provide a center flange for water stoppage on sleeves in exterior or water- bearing walls. 05500 -Page 7 of 13 ' N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 4 & 5\05500.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 05500 ' DIVISION 5 -METALS MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS D. Provide a rubber caulking sealant or a modular mechanical unit as shown , on the Drawings to form a watertight seal in the annular space between pipes and sleeves. ' 2.08 ALUMINUM ITEMS A. General: Aluminum 6063 alloy extruded bar, rod, shapes, type and wire shall conform to Federal Specification QQ-A-200. Aluminum 6061 alloy seamless drawn tubing shall conform to Federal Specification WW-T-700. ' B. Bolts, Nuts and Washers: Aluminum connection bolts, nuts and washers shall conform to the applicable requirements of Section 5 of the Aluminum ' Association Specifications for Aluminum Structures. Where aluminum items are attached to concrete, use Type 316 stainless steel bolts as specified hereinbefore. ' 2.09 CAST IN PLACE MANHOLE OR WETWELL STEPS ' A. Steps shall be non-corrosive ste s, 12-inches in width, consistin of 1/2- p 9 inch steel rod encased with polypropylene. Steps shall withstand vertical loads of 400 pounds and pull-out resistance of 1,000 pounds. Steps shall ' be as manufactured by MA. Industries, Inc., Type PSI-PF, or equal. 2.10 TRANSMITTER OR OTHER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT/PANEL STANCHION MOUNTS A. Fabricate of steel shapes as shown. ' B. Hot-dip galvanize after fabrication. 2.11 LIGHT STANDARDS A. Fabricate posts for light standards from Schedule 80 galvanized steel pipe ' meeting ASTM A120, as shown. 2.12 WIRE MESH SCREENS ' A. Fabricate wire mesh screens and frames of materials and sizes shown, in accordance with details on the Drawings. Mesh shall be woven of ' aluminum, galvanized steel, stainless steel or copper as shown, and welded or stretched taut over frame before bolts are tightened down. ' 2.13 BRACKET SUPPORT FOR SMALL EQUIPMENT A. Fabricate as shown. ' B. Weld connections and grind exposed welds smooth. 05500 -Page 8 of 13 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 4 & 5\05500.doc , May 29, 2009 ' SECTION 05500 DIVISION 5 -METALS MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS C. Hot-dip galvanize after fabrication. 2.14 MISCELLANEOUS FABRICATED METALS A. The following additional items are listed as a guide. Some items on the list may not be required, and list may not be all-inclusive. Submittal data for materials and products must be approved before they are incorporated in the work. 1. Pipe Supports and Sway Braces. 2. Steel Bases and Anchors. 3. Guard posts (pipe bollards), fabricated from Schedule 40 steel pipe and prime painted after fabrication. 4. Float Switch and Level Element Mounting Hardware. 5. Pipe hangers. 6. Vents with screens. 7. Lifting eyes. 2.15 SHOP PAINTING A. Clean ferrous metal items not galvanized and apply shop coat of metal primer per Section 09901, PAINTING -BUILDING COMPONENTS, or 09902, PAINTING - PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING as applicable to material need in the project. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Workmanship and finish of atl exposed metalwork specified under this section shall meet the requirements for "Architecturally Exposed Steel" as defined by the American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC). Exposed surfaces shall have smooth finish and sharp, well-defined lines. Provide all necessary rabbets, lugs, and brackets so that the work can be assembled in a neat, substantial manner. Conceal fastenings where practical. Drill metalwork and countersink holes as required for attaching hardware or other materials. Fabricate materials as specified. Weld connections, except where bolting is directed. Items requiring special fabrication methods are mentioned herein. Fabrication of all other items shall be of equal quality. Methods of fabrication not otherwise specified or shown shall be adequate for the stresses and as directed by the Engineer. 05500 -Page 9 of 13 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 4 & 5\05500.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 05500 , DIVISION 5 -METALS MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS B. Grind all exposed edges of welds smooth. All sharp metal edges shall be ' rounded to a 1/8-inch minimum radius; all burrs, jagged edges, and surface defects shall be ground smooth. ' C. Welds and adjacent areas shall be prepared such that there is (1) no undercutting or reverse ridges on the weld bead, (2) no weld spatter on or ' adjacent to the weld or any other area to be painted, and (3) no sharp peaks or ridges along the weld bead. All embedded pieces of electrode or wire shall be ground flush with the adjacent surface of the weld bead. ' D. Aluminum: Fabricate aluminum as shown, and in accordance with the Aluminum Association Standards and the manufacturer's ' recommendations as approved. Grind smooth sheared edges exposed in the finished work. 3.02 WELDING ' A. The technique of welding employed, appearance, quality of welds made, , and the methods of correcting defective work shall conform to codes for Arc and Gas Welding in Building Construction of the AWS and AISC. Surfaces to be welded shall be free from loose scale, rust, grease, paint, ' and other foreign material, except that mill scale which will withstand vigorous wire brushing may remain. A light film of linseed oil may likewise be disregarded. No welding shall be done when the temperature of the ' base metal is lower than zero degrees F. Finished members shall be true to line and free from twists. ' B. Prepare welds and adjacent areas such that there is no undercutting or reverse ridges on the weld bead, no weld spatter on or adjacent to the weld or any other area to be painted, and no sharp peaks or ridges along ' the weld bead. Grind embedded pieces of electrode or wire flush with adjacent surface of weld bead. , C. Aluminum: Aluminum shall be welded with Gas Metal Arc (MIG) or Gas Tungsten Arc (TIG) processes in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations as approved, and in accordance with the ' recommendations of the American Welding Society contained in the Welding Handbook, as last revised. Grind smooth all exposed aluminum welds. ' 3.03 INSTALLATION OF FABRICATED METALWORK ' A. Install in accordance with the shop drawings, the Drawings and these Specifications. Perform field welding and erection work by skilled , mechanics. Install fabricated metalwork plumb or level as applicable. The completed installations shall, in all cases, be rigid, substantial, and neat in appearance. Erect structural steel in accordance with the applicable , 05500 -Page 10 of 13 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 4 & 5\05500.doc , May 29, 2009 SECTION 05500 DIVISION 5 -METALS MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS portions of AISC Code of Standard Practice, except as modified. Install commercially manufactured products in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations as approved. B. Aluminum: Erection of aluminum shall be in accordance with the Aluminum Association. Mill markings shall not be removed from concealed surfaces. Exposed surfaces not otherwise coated shall have the inked or painted identification marks removed after the material has been inspected and approved by the Engineer. 3.04 ANCHOR BOLTS A. All anchor bolts shall be accurately located and held in place with templates at the time the concrete is poured. 3.05 CONCRETE ANCHORS A. Installation shall not begin until the concrete or masonry receiving the anchors has attained its design strength. Anchor shall not be installed closer than six times its diameter to either an edge of the concrete or masonry, or to another anchor, unless specifically detailed otherwise on the Drawings. Install in strict conformance with manufacturers written instructions. Use manufacturer's recommended drills and equipment. B. Do not install epoxy anchors when temperature of concrete is below 35 degrees F or above 110 degrees F. 3.06 STAINLESS STEEL FASTENERS LUBRICANT (ANTISEIZING) A. Apply specified antiseizing lubricant to threads prior to making up connections. 3.07 GALVANIZING AND REPAIR A. Galvanizing of steel plates, shapes, bars (and products fabricated from these items), and strip 1/8-inch thick or thicker, shall conform to ASTM A 123. Pipe, welded or seamless steel, shall conform to ASTM A 120. Material thinner than 1/8-inch shall either be galvanized before fabrication in conformance with the requirements of ASTM A 525, Coating Designation G 210; or after fabrication, in conformance with the requirements of ASTM A 123, except that the weight of zinc coating shall average not less than 1.2 ounces per square foot of actual surface area with no individual specimen having a weight of less than 1.0 ounce. Unless otherwise provided, galvanizing shall be done before or after fabrication, for material which is thinner than 1/8-inch, at the option of the Contractor. Galvanizing will not be required for stainless steel, monel metal, and similar corrosion-resistant parts. i~ 05500 -Page 11 of 13 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 4 & 5105500.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 05500 DIVISION 5 -METALS MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS B. All welded areas shalt be thoroughly cleaned prior to galvanizing to remove all slag or other material that would interfere with the adherence of ' the zinc. When it is necessary to straighten any sections after galvanizing, such work shall be performed without damage to the zinc coating. C. Galvanizing of chain link fence fabric, when specified or shown on the Drawings, shall conform to ASTM A 117. In like manner, galvanizing of iron and steel hardware, and nuts and bolts, shall conform to ASTM A 153. Galvanizing shall be performed after fabrication. Galvanizing of ' tapped holes will not be required. ' D. Fabrication shall include all operations such as shearing, cutting, punching, forming, drilling, milling, bending, welding, and riveting. E C ' . omponents of bolted assemblies shall be galvanized separately before assembly. , F. The minimum pitch diameter of the threaded portion of all bolts, anchor bars, or studs shall conform to ANSI B1.1, having a Class 2A tolerance before galvanizing. After galvanizing, the pitch diameter of the nuts or ' other internally threaded parts may be tapped over ANSI B1.1, Class 2B tolerance, by the following maximum amounts: ' 3/8-inch through 9/16-inch 0.016-inch oversize 5/8-inch through 1-inch 0.023-inch oversize 1-1/8-inch and larger 0.033-inch oversize ' G. Galvanized surfaces which are specifically to be painted shall be prepared in the field approximately 48 to 72 hours before painting in accordance , with System No. 10, Section 09902, PAINTING - PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING. - H. All ed es of ti htl contactin surfaces where alvanized is re uired shall ' 9 g Y g 9 q , be completely sealed by welding before galvanizing. - I. Galvanized surfaces that are abraded or dama ed at an tim r g y e afte the application of the zinc coating shall be repaired by solvent cleaning the damaged area (Steel Structures Painting Council SP 1) and hand or power tool (Steel Structures Painting Council SP 2 or SP 3) the damaged areas removing all loose and cracked coating; after which the cleaned areas shall be painted with one of the following coatings: 1. One coat of Inorganic Zinc Silicate (MPL-P-23236, Class 3). 2. Two coats of Galvanizing Repair Paint (MIL-P-21035). 05500 -Page 12 of 13 N:10417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 4 & 5\05500.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 05500 DIVISION 5 -METALS MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS 3. Two coats of Zinc Dust Paint (MIL-E-15145, Formula 102). J. Paint should be applied to a cleaned surface. Abrasive blasting is required for inorganic zinc silicate. 3.08 ELECTROLYTIC PROTECTION A. Where aluminum is in contact with dissimilar metals, or to be embedded in masonry or concrete, protect surfaces in accordance with System No. 27 of Section 09902, PAINTING -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING. Allow paint to dry before installation of the material. Protect painted surfaces during installation; should coating become marred, prepare and touch up surface per paint manufacturer's instructions. 3.09 PAINTING A. Thoroughly clean all ferrous metal items not galvanized and give a shop coat of metal primer. Preparation of surfaces and application of primer shall be in accordance with the paint manufacturer's printed directions and recommendations as approved; and in accordance with Section 09902, PAINTING - PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING, utilizing the appropriate painting system. END OF SECTION 05500 05500 -Page 13 of 13 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 4 & 5\05500.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 07920 DIVISION 7 -THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes sealants for the following applications, including those specified by reference to this Section: 1. Exterior joints in the following vertical surfaces and nontraffic horizontal surfaces: a. Control and expansion joints in unit masonry. b. Perimeter joints between materials listed above and frames of doors and windows. c. Other joints as indicated. 2. Exterior joints in the following horizontal traffic surfaces: a. Control, expansion, and isolation joints in cast-in-place concrete slabs. b. Joints between different materials listed above. c. Other joints as indicated. 3. Interior joints in the following vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces: a. Perimeter joints of exterior openings where indicated. b. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors, windows, and elevator entrances. c. Joints between plumbing fixtures and adjoining walls, floors, and counters. d. Other joints as indicated. 07920 -Page 1 of 8 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 6 & 7\07920_BZN.WS.DOC May 29, 2009 i~ SECTION 07920 , DIVISION 7 -THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION JOINT SEALANTS 1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS ' A. Provide elastomeric joint sealants that establish and maintain watertight and airtight continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. B. Provide joint sealants for interior applications that establish and maintain airtight and water-resistant continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. 1.04 SUBMITTALS , A. Product Data: For each joint-sealant product indicated. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of joint sealant through one source ' from a single manufacturer. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels indicating manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration date, pot life, curing time, and mixing instructions for ' multicomponent materials. B. Store and handle materials in compliance with manufacturer's written instructions to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, high or low temperatures, contaminants, or other causes. ' 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not proceed with installation of joint ' sealants under the following conditions: 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits ' permitted by joint sealant manufacturer. 2. When joint substrates are wet. , B. Joint-Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint sealant ' manufacturer for applications indicated. 07920 -Page 2 of 8 ' N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 6 & 7\07920_BZN.WS.DOC May 29, 2009 I ~ SECTION 07920 DIVISION 7 - THERMAL ~ MOISTURE PROTECTION JOINT SEALANTS C. Joint-Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants until contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion are removed from joint substrates. PART 2 -PRODUCTS ' 2.01 PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified in the sealant schedules at the end of Part 3. 2.02 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. ' B. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range for this characteristic. 2.03 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS A. Elastomeric Sealant Standard: Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated for each liquid-applied chemically curing sealant in the Elastomeric Joint-Sealant Schedule at the end of Part 3, including those referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for type, grade, class, and uses. ' B. Stain-Test-Response Characteristics: Where elastomeric sealants are specified in the Elastomeric Joint-Sealant Schedule to be nonstaining to porous substrates, provide products that have undergone testing ' according to ASTM C 1248 and have not stained porous joint substrates indicated for Project. 2.04 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS A. Latex Sealant Standard: Comply with ASTM C 834 for each product of this description indicated in the Latex Joint-Sealant Schedule at the end of ' Part 3. 2.05 JOINT-SEALANT BACKING ' A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, .sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. ' 07920 -Page 3 of 8 N:10417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 6 & 7\07920_BZN.WS.DOC May 29, 2009 SECTION 07920 DIVISION 7 -THERMAL 8~ MOISTURE PROTECTION JOINT SEALANTS B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, of type indicated below and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance: 1. Type C: Closed-cell material with a surface skin. C. Elastomeric Tubing Sealant Backings: Neoprene, butyl, EPDM, or silicone tubing complying with ASTM D 1056, nonabsorbent to water and gas, and capable of remaining resilient at temperatures down to minus 26 deg F (minus 32 deg C). Provide products with low compression set and of size and shape to provide a secondary seal, to control sealant depth, and otherwise contribute to optimum sealant performance. D. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide self- adhesive tape where applicable. 2.06 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: Material recommended by joint sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests. B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any. way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants with joint substrates. r i C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for ' compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint-sealant performance. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 07920 -Page 4 of 8 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 6 & 7\07920_BZN.WS.DOC May 29, 2009 1 ' SECTION 07920 DIVISION 7 -THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION JOINT SEALANTS 1 3.02 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements: 1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. 2. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete. ' 3. Clean nonporous surfaces, including the following, with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. a. Metal b. Glass ~ B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended in writing by joint sealant manufacturer, based on preconstruction joint-sealant- substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of I' joint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. ' C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to ' remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. ' 3.03 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written installation 1 instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply. B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. ' C. Install sealant backings of type indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and ' 07920 -Page 5 of 8 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 6 & 7\07920_BZN.WS.DOC May 29, 2009 SECTION 07920 DIVISION 7 -THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION JOINT SEALANTS depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials. D. Install sealants by proven techniques to comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed: 1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses provided for each joint configuration. 3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. E. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. 1. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 3. Provide concave joint configuration per Figure 5A in ASTM C 1193, unless otherwise indicated. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or 07920 -Page 6 of 8 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 6 & 7\07920_BZN.WS.DOC May 29, 2009 1 r u L SECTION 07920 DIVISION 7 -THERMAL 8~ MOISTURE PROTECTION JOINT SEALANTS deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from the original work. 3.06 ELASTOMERIC JOINT-SEALANT SCHEDULE A. Single-Component Nonsag Polysulfide Sealant: Where joint sealants of this type are required, provide products complying with the following: 1. Products: Available products include the following: a. Dow Corning b. Sonneborn. 2. Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag). 3. Class: 25. 4. Use Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic). 5. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. B. Low-Modulus Nonacid-Curing Silicone Sealant: Where joint sealants of this type are required, provide products complying with the following: 1. Products: Available products include the following: a. 790; Dow Corning. b. Silpruf; GE Silicones. c. UltraPruf SCS2300; GE Silicones. d. Omniseal; Sonneborn Building Products Div., ChemRex Inc. 2. Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag). 3. Class: 25. 4. Additional Movement Capability: 50 percent movement in extension and 50 percent movement in compression for a total of 100 percent movement. 5. Use Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic). 6. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. 07920 -Page 7 of 8 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 6 & 7\07920_BZN.WS.DOC May 29, 2009 i~ SECTION 07920 DIVISION 7 -THERMAL 8~ MOISTURE PROTECTION JOINT SEALANTS 7. Stain-Test-Response Characteristics: Nonstaining to porous substrates per ASTM C 1248. C. Mildew-Resistant Silicone Sealant: Where joint sealants of this type are ' required, provide products formulated with fungicide that are intended for sealing interior ceramic the joints and other nonporous substrates that are , subject to in-service exposures of high humidity and temperature extremes, and that comply with the following: 1. Products: Available products include the following: ' a. 786 Mildew Resistant; Dow Corning. b. Sanitary 1700; GE Silicones. c. NuFlex 302; NUCO Industries, Inc. , d. 898 Silicone Sanitary Sealant; Pecora Corporation. 2. Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag). ' 3. Class: 25. ' 4. Use Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic). 5. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. D. Single-Component Nonsag Urethane Sealant: Where joint sealants of this type are required, provide products complying with the following: 1. Products Available products include the following: a. Sikaflex - 1 a; Sika Corporation. b. NP 1; Sonneborn Building Products Div., ChemRex Inc. 2. Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag). 3. Use Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic)]. 4. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. END OF SECTION 07920 07920 -Page 8 of 8 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 6 & 7\07920_BZN.WS.DOC May 29, 2009 1 SECTION 09901 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -BUILDING COMPONENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and ' Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. ' 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes surface preparation and field painting of the all building components in DIVISIONS 6, 7, 8 and 9 including the following: 1. Exposed exterior items and surfaces including wood, gypsum. board, ' masonry, concrete, and metal. 2. Exposed interior items and surfaces including wood, gypsum board, 1 masonry, concrete, and metal. 3. Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified in this Section 1 are in addition to shop priming and surface treatment specified in other Sections. ' B. Paint exposed surfaces, except where the paint schedules indicate that a surface or material is not to be painted or is to remain natural. If the paint schedules do not specifically mention an item or a surface, paint the item or surface the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces whether or not schedules indicate colors. If the schedules do not indicate color or finish, the Architect will select from standard colors and finishes available. C. Do not paint prefinished items, concealed surfaces, finished metal surfaces, operating parts, and labels. ' 1. Prefinished items include the following factory-finished components: ' a. Finished mechanical and electrical equipment. b. Light fixtures. c. Distribution cabinets. 2. Concealed surfaces include walls or ceilings in the following generally inaccessible spaces: a. Ceiling plenums. 3. Finished metal surfaces include the following. 09901 -Page 1 of 13 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09901.DOC May 29, 2009 SECTION 09901 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -BUILDING COMPONENTS a. Anodized aluminum. b. Stainless steel. c. Chromium plate. d. Copper. e. Bronze and brass. 4. Operating parts include moving parts of operating equipment and the following: a. Valve and damper operators. b. Linkages. c. Sensing devices. d. Motor and fan shafts. 5. Labels: Do not paint over Underwriters Laboratories (UL), Factory Mutual (FM), or other code-required labels or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. General: Standard coating terms defined in ASTM D 16 apply to this Section. 1. Flat refers to a lusterless or matte finish with a gloss range below 15 when measured at an 85-degree meter. 2. Eggshell refers to low-sheen finish with a gloss range between 5 and 20 when measured at a 60-degree meter. 3. Satin refers to low-sheen finish with a gloss range between 15 and 35 when measured at a 60-degree meter. 4. Semigloss refers to medium-sheen finish with a gloss range.. between 30 and 65 when measured at a 60-degree meter. 5. Full gloss refers to high-sheen finish with a gloss range more than 65 when measured at a 60-degree meter. 09901 -Page 2 of 13 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09901.DOC May 29, 2009 SECTION 09901 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -BUILDING COMPONENTS 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each paint system specified. Include block fillers and primers. 1. Material List: Provide an inclusive list of required coating materials. Indicate each material and cross-reference specific coating, finish system, and application. Identify each material by manufacturer's catalog number and general classification. 2. Manufacturer's Information: Provide manufacturer's technical information, including label analysis and instructions for handling, storing, and applying each coating material proposed for use. 3. Certification by the manufacturer that products supplied comply with local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs). B. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts showing the full range of colors available for each type of finish-coat material indicated. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain block fillers, primers, and undercoat materials for each coating system from the same manufacturer as the finish coats. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to the Project Site in manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label; and the following information: 1. Product name or title of material. 2. Product description (generic classification or binder type). 3. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture. 4. Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents. 5. Thinning instructions. 6. Application instructions. 7. Color name and number. 8. VOC content. 09901 -Page 3 of 13 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09901.DOC May 29, 2009 SECTION 09901 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -BUILDING COMPONENTS B. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in swell-ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F (7 deg C). Maintain containers used in storage in a clean condition, free of foreign materials ' and residue. 1. Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove 1 oily rags and waste daily. Take necessary measures to ensure that workers and work areas are protected from fire and health hazards resulting from handling, mixing, and application. ' 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Apply water-based paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 50 and 90 deg F (10 and 32 deg C). 1 B. Apply solvent-thinned paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 45 and 95 deg F (7.2 and 35 deg C). C. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist; or when the relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or at temperatures less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. 1. Painting may continue during inclement weather if surfaces and areas , to be painted are enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by manufacturer during application and drying periods. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS ' A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, ' products listed in the paint schedules. , 1. Columbia Paints(Columbia). , 2. Benjamin Moore & Co. (Moore). ' 3. PPG Industries, Inc. (PPG). 4. Pratt & Lambert, Inc. (P & L). ' 5. Sherwin-Williams Co. (S-W). ' 2.02 PAINT MATERIALS, GENERAL 09901 -Page 4 of 13 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09901.DOC ' May 29, 2009 n i SECTION 09901 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -BUILDING COMPONENTS A. Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, undercoats, and finish-coat materials that are compatible with one another and the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best-quality paint material of the various coating types specified. Paint-material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable. 7 i~ II II r II 1. Proprietary Names: Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to designate colors or materials is not intended to imply that products named are required to be used to the exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers. Furnish manufacturer's material data and certificates of performance for proposed substitutions. C. Colors: Provide color selections made by the Architect. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with the Applicator present, under which painting will be performed for compliance with paint application requirements. 1. Do not begin to apply paint until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces receiving paint are thoroughly dry. 2. Start of painting will be construed as the Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions within a particular area. B. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure. compatibility of the total system for various substrates. On request, furnish information on characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers. 1. Notify the Architect about anticipated problems using the materials specified over substrates primed by others. 3.02 PREPARATION A. General: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, fighting fixtures, and similar items already installed that are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of the size or weight of the item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 09901 -Page 5 of 13 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09901.DOC May 29, 2009 SECTION 09901 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -BUILDING COMPONENTS 1. After completing painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items removed using workers skilled in the trades involved. B. Cleaning: Before applying paint or other surface treatments, clean the substrates of substances that could impair the bond of the various coatings. Remove oil and grease before cleaning. 1. Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. C. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. 1. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime. 2. Cementitious Materials: Prepare concrete, concrete masonry block, cement plaster, and mineral-fiber-reinforced cement panel surfaces to be painted. Remove efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and release agents. Roughen as required to remove glaze. If hardeners or sealers have been used to improve curing, use mechanical methods of surface preparation. a. Use abrasive blast-cleaning methods if recommended by paint manufacturer. b. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces by performing appropriate tests. If surfaces are sufficiently alkaline to cause the finish paint to blister and burn, correct this condition before application. Do not paint surfaces where moisture content exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. c. Clean concrete floors to be painted with a 5 percent solution of muriatic acid or other etching cleaner. Flush the floor with clean water to remove acid, neutralize with ammonia, rinse, allow to dry, and vacuum before painting. 3. Wood: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, and other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral spirits, and sandpaper, as required. Sand surfaces exposed to view smooth and dust off. a. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots, and apply a thin coat of white shellac or other recommended knot sealer before applying primer. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried. 09901 -Page 6 of 13 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09901.DOC May 29, 2009 i~ i i C C r u u ii 0 fl n Cl SECTION 09901 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -BUILDING COMPONENTS b. Prime, stain, or seal wood to be painted immediately on delivery. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of wood, including cabinets, counters, cases, and paneling. 4. Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous-metal surfaces that have not been shop coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with the Steel Structures Painting Council's (SSPC) recommendations. a. Blast steel surfaces clean as recommended by paint system manufacturer and according to requirements of SSPC-SP 10. b. Treat bare and sandblasted or pickled clean metal with a metal treatment wash coat before priming. c. Touch up bare areas and shop-applied prime coats that have been damaged. Wire-brush, clean with solvents recommended by paint manufacturer, and touch up with the same primer as the shop coat. 5. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with nonpetroleum- based solvents so surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods. D. Materials Preparation: Mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density. Stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. If necessary, remove surface film and strain material before using. 3. Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer and only within recommended limits. E. Tinting: Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to simplify identification of each coat when multiple coats of the same material are applied. Tint undercoats to match the color of the finish coat, but provide sufficient differences in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. 09901 -Page 7 of 13 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9109901.DOC May 29, 2009 SECTION 09901 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -BUILDING COMPONENTS 3.03 APPLICATION A. General: Apply paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. 1. Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes are indicated in the schedules. 2. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film. 3. Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used. 4. The term "exposed surfaces" includes areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures, convector covers, covers for finned-tube radiation, grilles, and similar components are in place. Extend coatings in these areas, as required, to maintain the system integrity and provide desired protection. 5. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. Before the final installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 6. Paint interior surfaces of ducts with a flat, nonspecular black paint where visible through registers or grilles. 7. Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces. 8. Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges the same as exterior faces. 9. Finish interior of wall and base cabinets and similar field-finished casework to match exterior. 10. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat. B. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surtace deterioration. 1. The number of coats and the film thickness required are the same regardless of application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until the previous coat has cured as recommended by the manufacturer. If sanding is required to produce a smooth, even surface according to manufacturer's written instructions, sand between applications. 09901 -Page 8 of 13 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09901.DOC May 29, 2009 SECTION 09901 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -BUILDING COMPONENTS 2. Omit primer on metal surfaces that have been shop primed and touchup painted. 3. If undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint, apply additional coats until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Give special attention to ensure edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. 4. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not recoat surfaces until paint has dried to where it feels firm, does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and where application of another coat of paint does not cause the undercoat to lift or lose adhesion. C. Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Brushes: Use brushes best suited for the type of material applied. Use brush of appropriate size for the surface or item being painted. ' 2. Rollers: Use rollers of carpet, velvet back, or high-pile sheep's wool as recommended by the manufacturer for the material and texture required. 3. Spray Equipment: Use airless spray equipment with orifice size as ' recommended by the manufacturer for the material and texture required. D. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply paint materials no thinner than t manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. Provide the total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by the manufacturer. I~ E. Electrical Work: Painting of under electrical work is limited to items exposed in equipment rooms and in occupied spaces. Electrical items to be painted include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Conduit and fittings. 2. Panelboards. F. Mechanical Work: Paint exposed mechanical water piping, fitting, accessories and process equipment in accordance with Section 09902, PAINTING -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING. Such mechanical work items include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Piping, pipe hangers, and supports. 09901 -Page 9 of 13 ' N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9109901.DOC May 29, 2009 SECTION 09901 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -BUILDING COMPONENTS 2. Heat exchangers. 3. Tanks. 4. Motors and mechanical equipment. 5. Equipment and Accessory items. G. Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat of material, as recommended by the manufacturer, to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been prime coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no burn through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. H. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover surfaces as necessary to provide a smooth, opaque surface of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. Stipple Enamel Finish: Roll and redistribute paint to an even and fine texture.. Leave no evidence of rolling, such as laps, irregularity in texture, skid marks, or other surface imperfections. J. Completed Work: Match approve coverage. Remove, refinish, or requirements. 3.04 CLEANING ii A. Cleanup: At the end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, ' and other discarded paint materials from the site. 1. After completing painting, clean glass and paint-spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by washing and scraping. Be careful not to scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage by painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as approved by Architect. B. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work after completing painting operations. C ~_ i 09901 -Page 10 of 13 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09901.DOC May 29, 2009 d samples for color, texture, and ' repaint work not complying with SECTION 09901 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -BUILDING COMPONENTS 1. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P1. 3.06 EXTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. Ferrous Metal: Provide the following finish systems over exterior ferrous metal. Primer is not required on shop-primed items. 1. Semigloss, Acrylic-Enamel Finish: 2 finish coats over arust-inhibitive primer. a. Primer: Rust-inhibitive metal primer applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 1.3 mils (0.033 mm). 1) Columbia Red Oxide Metal Primer Zinc Phosphate #04-022- PP. b. First and Second Coats: Semigloss, exterior, Oil Alkyd enamel applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 3.1 mils (0.066 mm). 1) Columbia Alkyd Interior/Exterior Semi-Gloss Enamel #03-241 Series. B. Zinc-Coated Metal: Provide the following finish systems over exterior zinc-coated (galvanized) metal surfaces: 1. Semigloss, Acrylic-Enamel Finish: 2 finish coats over a galvanized metal primer. a. Primer: Galvanized metal primer applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 1.2 mils (0.031 mm). 1) Columbia Galva-Prime #05-255-PP. b. First and Second Coats: Semigloss, exterior, acrylic-latex enamel applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 3.5 mils (0.066 mm). 1) Columbia Masterpiece Interior/Exterior Semi-Gloss #02-042 Series. i~ 09901 -Page 11 of 13 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 8~ 9\09901.DOC May 29, 2009 SECTION 09901 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -BUILDING COMPONENTS C. Smooth Wood: Provide the following finish systems over smooth wood siding and other smooth, exterior wood surfaces: 1. Semigloss, Acrylic-Enamel Finish: 2 finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Exterior, alkyd or latex, wood primer, as recommended by the manufacturer for this substrate, applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils. 1) Columbia #05-200-PP. b. First and Second Coats: Semigloss, exterior, acrylic-latex enamel applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 3.5 mils (0.066 mm). 1) Columbia Acry-Shield Semi-Gloss Enamel #01-262 Series. 3.07 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. Gypsum Board: Provide the following finish systems over interior gypsum board surfaces: 1. Low-Luster, Acrylic-Enamel Finish: 2 finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Latex-based, interior primer applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 1.2 mils (0.031 mm). 1) Columbia Interior Latex Enamel Undercoater#02-735-PP. b. First and Second Coats: Low-luster (eggshell or satin), acrylic- latex, interior enamel applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 4.0 mils (0.071 mm). 1) Columbia Masterpiece Interior/Exterior Eggshell #02-040 Series. B. Woodwork and Hardboard: Provide the following paint finish systems over new and existing, interior wood surfaces with opaque finish: 1. Semigloss, Acrylic-Enamel Finish: 2 finish coats over a wood undercoater. a. Undercoat: Prime existing painted woodwork only when deemed necessary to adequately cover the existing color or any surface 09901 -Page 12 of 13 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09901.DOC May 29, 2009 SECTION 09901 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -BUILDING COMPONENTS blemishes. Alkyd- or acrylic-latex-based, interior wood undercoater, as recommended by the manufacturer for this substrate, applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 1.2 mils (0.031 mm). 1) Columbia Interior Latex Enamel Undercoater #02-735-PP. b. First and Second Coats: Semigloss, acrylic-latex, interior enamel applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 4.0 mils (0.066 mm). 1) Columbia Acry-Shield Semi-Gloss Enamel #01-262 Series. C. Ferrous Metal: Provide the following finish systems over ferrous metal: 1. Semigloss, Acrylic-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Quick-drying, rust-inhibitive, alkyd-based or epoxy-metal primer, as recommended by the manufacturer for this substrate, applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils (0.038 mm). 1) Columbia Red Oxide Metal Primer Zinc Phosphate #04-022 Series. b. First and Second Finish Coats: Semigloss, Alkyd, interior enamel applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 4.0 mils (0.033 mm). 1) Columbia Alkyd Interior/Exterior Semi-Gloss #03-241 Series. END OF SECTION 09901 09901 -Page 13 of 13 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09901.DOC May 29, 2009 SECTION 09902 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. General: This section covers surface preparation, furnishing, and application of paint and special protective coatings of all process and mechanical components of the project, complete, not included for painting under Section 09901, PAINTING -BUILDING COMPONENTS. These Specifications do not pertain to the architectural buildings components for interior and exterior wood, gypsum board, masonry, concrete, and metal scheduled for painting. B. Prepare manufactured items and materials that are "factory" galvanized and coat as specified hereinafter for the exposure condition of the item and for architectural purposes, unless otherwise specified herein. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Related Sections: See Section 13900, CORROSION PROTECTION for additional requirements for buried, submerged, or immersed ferrous metal pipe and fittings. B. General: The latest revision of the following standards shall apply, at a ' minimum, to the coating and lining materials, testing, and installation except where more stringent standards are applicable. Incase of conflict, the most stringent requirements shall apply. C. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. 359-A-85, Standard Colors for Color Identification and Coding. 2. A13.1-81, Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems. 3. ANSI/NSF Standard 60 Drinking Water Treatment Chemicals -Health Effects. 4. ANSI/NSF Standard 61 Drinking Water System Components -Health Effects. D. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 1. AWWA C203, Coal-Tar Protective Coatings and Linings for Steel Water Pipelines-Enamel and Tape-Hot-Applied. 2. AWWA C209, Cold-Applied Tape Coatings for the Exterior of Special Sections, Connections, and Fittings for Steel Water Pipelines. ~ 09902 -Page 1 of 38 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09902.doc ' May 29, 2009 SECTION 09902 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING 3. AWWA C210, Liquid Epoxy Coating System for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines. 4. AWWA C213, Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines. 5. AWWA C214, Tape Coating Systems for the Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines. E. National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE): Manual for Painter Safety. F. Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA). G. Steel Structure Painting Council (SSPC). 1. Surface Preparation Standards. 2. Guide No. 3, PA, Guide to Safety in Paint Applications. 3. Qualified Contractor No. 1 or No. 2. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Terms used in this section: 1. ANSI: American National Standards Institute. 2. AWWA: American Water Works Association. 3. Coverage: Total minimum dry film thickness in mils, or square feet per gallon. 4. FRP: Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic. 5. Hcl: Hydrochloric Acid. 6. MDFT: Minimum Dry Film Thickness. 7. MDFTPC: Minimum Dry Film Thickness Per Coat. 8. Mil: Thousandth of an inch. 9. MIL-P: Military Specification-Paint. 10. NACE: National Association of Corrosion Engineers -International. 09902 -Page 2 of 38 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09902.doc May 29, 2009 ~~ SECTION 09902 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING 11. NIST: National Institute of Standards and Technology, formerly the National Bureau of Standards (NBS). 12. NSF: National Sanitation Foundation. 13. OSHA: Occupational Safety and Health Act. 14. PSDS: Paint System Data Sheet. 15. SFPG: Square Feet Per Gallon. 16. SFPGPC: Square Feet Per Gallon Per Coat. 17. SP: Surface Preparation. 18. SSPC: Steel Structures Painting Council. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Provide catalog cuts and other information for all products proposed for use, that show compliance of those materials with these Specifications. Contractor submittals shall be made in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS of these Specifications. In addition the following specific information shall be provided: 1. Data Sheets: a. Submit manufacturer's recommended paint system suitable for intended use per the Application Schedule included herein. For each paint system, furnish a Paint System Data Sheet (PSDS), the manufacturer's Technical Data Sheets, and paint colors available (where applicable) for each product used in the paint system. The PSDS form is appended to the end of this section. b. Submit required information on a coating system-by-system basis. c. Furnish copies of paint system submittals to the coating applicator. d. Indiscriminate submittal of manufacturer's literature only is not acceptable. B. Quality Control Submittals: 1. Applicator's Experience: List of references substantiating experience. 2. Factory Applied Coatings: Manufacturer's certification stating factory applied coating system meets or exceeds requirements specified. i~ 09902 -Page 3 of 38 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09902.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 09902 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING C 1.05 A. B 3. If the manufacturer of finish coating differs from that of shop primer, provide both manufacturers' written confirmation that materials are compatible. 4. Manufacturer's written instructions and special details for applying each type of paint. 5. Manufacturers' Certificate of Proper Installation. Contract Closeout Submittals: Special guarantee as specified hereinafter. QUALITY ASSURANCE Qualifications: 1. Applicator's Experience: Minimum 5 years' experience in application ' of specified products. 2. Continuity of Coating Contractor: The coating contractor shall provide at all times a thoroughly experienced and competent field superintendent or foreman, who will be present at construction site. Coating contractor's site supervisor or foreman shall be coordinated with the Engineer. Any replacement of the supervisor or foreman on site will require notification of Engineer 72 hours in advance, and will be subject to approval by the Engineer. Field Test Instruments: 1. Provide a magnetic type dry film thickness gauge to test coating thickness specified in mils, Mikrotest as manufactured by Nordson Corp., Anaheim, CA; Positest as manufactured by Defelsko Corporation, Ogdensburg, NY; or approved equal. 2. Provide NIST (National Bureau of Standards, NBS) Certified Coating Thickness Calibration Standards, Model PF (0 to 38 mil range). 3. Provide an electrical holiday detector, low voltage, wet sponge type to test thin film coatings, (except zinc primer, high-build elastomeric coatings, and galvanizing), for holidays and discontinuities, Model M-1 as manufactured by Tinker and Rasor, San Gabriel, CA; or approved equal. 4. Provide a high voltage holiday detector for thick film coatings in excess of 25 mils dry film thickness. Unit and voltage to be as recommended by the coating manufacturer. ~I ~~I I~~~ 09902 -Page 4 of 38 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09902.doc ' May 29, 2009 SECTION 09902 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING C. Manufacturer's Services: 1. Provide manufacturer's representative at site in accordance with Section 01640, MANUFACTURERS' SERVICES, for installation assistance, inspection, and certification of installation. 2. The coating and lining manufacturer's representative shall visit the factory and field application locations at the start of coating procedures. Additional visits shall be made at sufficient intervals during surface preparation and coating or lining as may be required for product application quality assurance, and to determine compliance with manufacturer's instructions and these specifications, and as may be necessary to resolve field problems attributable to , or associated with, manufacturer's products furnished for this project. 1.06 REGULATORY COMPLIANCE A. Meet federal, state, and local requirements limiting the emission of volatile organic compounds and worker exposure. B. Perform surface preparation and painting in accordance with recommendations of the following: 1. Paint manufacturer's instructions. 2. NACE -Manual for Painter Safety. 3. SSPC-PA Guide No. 3, Guide to Safety in Paint Applications. 4. Federal, state, and local agencies having jurisdiction. C. Protect workers and comply with applicable federal, state, and local air pollution and environmental control regulations for surface preparation, blast cleaning, disposition of spent aggregate and debris, and coating application. Observe applicable regulations for dust prevention. D. Provide and operate equipment that meets explosion proof requirements. E. Comply with applicable federal, state, and local regulations for confined space entry. F. Contractor will be solely and completely responsible. for condition of the project site, including safety of all persons (including employees) and property during performance of the work. This requirement will apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours. Safety provisions will conform to U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health i~ N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09902.doc May 29, 2009 09902 -Page 5 of 38 SECTION 09902 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING Act, any equivalent state law, and all other applicable federal, state, county, and local laws, ordinances, and codes. G. Contractor will comply with all safety training requirements promulgated or required for this project. 1.07 SPECIAL GUARANTEE A. The Contractor, coating applicator, and coating manufacturer shall jointly and severally warrant to the Owner and guarantee the work under this section against defective workmanship and materials for a period of two (2) year commencing on the date of final acceptance of the work. B. A warranty inspection of the paint systems shall be made within the warranty period. Any defects in the coating system discovered at this time shall immediately be repaired by the Contractor in accordance with the written coating manufacturer's instructions as reviewed and approved by the Engineer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Provide new materials intended for this type of service in accordance with this specification and the referenced standards. Whenever the requirements of the Specifications or Drawings exceed those of the codes or manufacturer's instructions, the requirements of the Specifications or Drawings shall prevail. Where a higher quality or better grade of material or a higher standard of workmanship is required, the most stringent requirement shall apply. B. Suppliers listed below can usually supply the types of materials specified in this section. Alternate suppliers will be considered, subject to approval of the Engineer. Address given is that of the general office; contact these offices for information regarding the location of their representative nearest the project site. C. Coatings Manufacturers Code A (Able to supply most heavy-duty industrial coatings and architectural paints): 1. Ameron Protective Coatings, Brea, CA. 2. Carboline Coatings Co., St. Louis, MO. 3. Porter-International, Louisville, KY. 4. Tnemec Coatings, Kansas City, MO. 5. Valspar Corp., Azusa, CA. 09902 -Page 6 of 38 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09902.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 09902 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING D. Elastomeric Coating Manufacturers Code D: 1. Gaco Western, Seattle, WA. 2. 3M Co., St. Paul, MN. 3. Plas-Chem Coatings, St. Louis, MO. 4. Polibrid Coatings, Brownsville, TX. 5. Polymer Development Laboratories, Inc., Orange, CA. 6. Thane-Coat, Houston, TX. E. Fusion Bonded Coating Applicators Code E: 1. Lynn Industrial Coatings, Boise, ID. 2. Northwest Industrial Coatings, White City, OR. 3. Western Coatings, Ogden, UT. F. Specia l Coating Suppliers, Supplier Code S 1. Dudick Inc, Streetsboro, Oh 2. Ceilcote, Master Builders Technologies, Cleveland, Oh 3. Sentry Polymers, Inc., Freeport, Tx 2.02 MATERIALS A. General: 1. Material Quality: Manufacturer's highest quality products for specific application and suitable for intended service. 2. Materials Including Primer and Finish. Coats: Produced by same manufacturer. 3. Thinners, Cleaners, Driers, and OtherAdditives: As recommended by manufacturer of the particular coating. 09902 -Page 7 of 38 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09902.doc May 29, 2009 i~ SECTION 09902 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING B. Products are listed below according to their approximate order of appearance in the systems. The letter designating the manufacturer code refers to Article MANUFACTURERS. Product Definition Manufacturer Code Tar Stop Coating designed to prevent A bleeding of black asphaltic varnish through finish paint; Shellac is a suitable alternate; not applicable for white and astel colors Polyamide Epoxy Potable grade polyamide epoxy A coatings approved for potable water contact and conforming to NSF Standards 60 and 61 Epoxy Primer Polyamide, anticorrosive, A converted epoxy primer containing rust-inhibitive i ments Coal-Tar Epoxy Amine or phenolic epoxy type; A 70 percent volume solids minimum, suitable for immersion service Organic Zinc Rich Converted epoxy, epoxy/phenolic A Primer or urethane type, minimum 10 pounds metallic zinc content er allon Rust-Inhibitive Single-package steel primers A Primer with anti-corrosive pigment loadin Alkyd Enamel Optimum quality, gloss finish, A medium Ion oil Wash Primer Vin I but ral acid A Inorganic Zinc Solvent or water based, A Primer 14 pounds metallic zinc content per gallon minimum; follow manufacturer's recommendation for to coatin 09902 -Page 8 of 38 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09902.doc May 29, 2009 C u i C C i r i SECTION 09902 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING Product Definition Manufacturer Code Elastomeric 100 percent solids, plural p Polyurethane component, spray applied, high build, elastomeric polyurethane coating, suitable for the intended service. Polyamide High Capability of 4 to 8 MDFT per A Build Epoxy coat Acrylic/Latex High-gloss, single-component A Finish Bituminous Paint Single-component, coal-tar pitch A based Block Filler Primer-sealer designed for rough A masonry surfaces, 100 percent acrylic emulsion Alkyd Wood Flat alkyd A Primer Alkyd (Semigloss) Semigloss alkyd A Acrylic Latex (Flat) Flat latex A Water Base Epoxy Atwo-component, polyamide A e ox emulsion Sanding Sealer Co-polymer oil, clear, dull luster A Stain, Wood Satin luster, linseed oil A Stain, Concrete Acrylic, water repellant, A enetratin stain Acrylic Sealer Clear acrylic A Varnish Nonpigmented vehicle based on A a variety of resins (alkyd, phenolic, urethane) available in gloss, semigloss, and flat finishes Fusion Bonded 100 percent solids, E Coating thermosetting, fusion bonded, dry powder epoxy or polyurethane resin, suitable for the intended service N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09902.doc May 29, 2009 09902 -Page 9 of 38 SECTION 09902 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING Product Definition Manufacturer Code Fusion Bonded, Tetrafluoroethylene, liquid E TFE Lube or coating No. 62-4621-4830-5 as Grease Lube manufactured by 3M Co. St. Paul, MN; or open gear grease as supplied by McMaster-Carr Co., Elmhurst, IL; RL 736 manufactured by Amrep, Marietta, GA. Vinyl Ester Coating Thermosetting, Vinyl Ester Resin S with System, fortified with glass flake Reinforcement fibers or other fillers, as suitable for the intended exposures, or equal. 2.03 PAINT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver new coating materials to project site in unopened containers and cartons that plainly show, at time of use, designated name, date of manufacture, color, and manufacturer. B. Coating material provided shall be within manufacturer's product stated shelf life. Coating shall be fresh with smooth consistency and easy application properties. C. Store products in a protected area that is heated or cooled to maintain temperatures within the range recommended by paint manufacturer. D. Keep paint materials sealed when not in use. E. Shipping: 1. Where precoated items are to be shipped to the site, protect coating from damage. Batten coated items to prevent abrasion. 2. Use nonmetallic or padded slings and straps in handling. 3. Items may be rejected for excessive damage as determined by Engineer. 09902 -Page 10 of 38 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09902.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 09902 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING 2.04 COLORS A. General 1. Colors to be used are to be selected by Owner from color samples to be supplied by the coating manufacturer. 2. Proprietary identification of colors is for identification only. Selected authorized manufacturer may supply matches. 3. Formulate paints with colorants free of lead, lead compounds, or other materials that might be affected by presence of hydrogen sulfide or other type of gases or chemicals likely to be present at the site. B. Pipe Identification Painting: 1. Color code nonsubmerged metal piping. Paint fittings and valves the same color as pipe, except equipment isolation valves. 2. Piping Color Coding: In accordance with Pipe System and Color Schedule as shown below. 3. On exposed stainless steel piping, apply color 24 inches in length along pipe axis at connections to equipment, valves, or branch fittings, at wall boundaries, and at intervals along piping not greater than 9 feet on center. 4. Pipe Supports: Mild steel, painted No. 70 light gray as specified in ANSI 359-A-85, as manufactured by Tnemec Co., No. BJ45 or approved equal. 5. Fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) pipe and polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe located outside of buildings and enclosed structures will not require painting, except as noted or scheduled. C. Equipment Colors: 1. Equipment includes the machinery or vessel itself plus the structural supports and fasteners and attached electrical conduits. 2. Paint equipment and piping one color as selected. 3. Paint nonsubmerged portions of equipment the same color as the piping it serves, except as itemized below: ' 09902 -Page 11 of 38 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09902.doc May 29, 2009 II SECTION 09902 PAINTING , DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING a. Dangerous Parts of Equipment and Machinery: OSHA Orange. ' b. Fire Protection Equipment and Apparatus: OSHA Red. c. Radiation Hazards: OSHA Purple. ' d. Physical hazards in normal operating area and energy lockout ' •devices, including, but not limited to, electrical disconnects for equipment and equipment isolation valves in air and liquid lines under pressure: OSHA Yellow. ' 4. Fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) equipment with an integral colored gel coat does not require painting, provided the color is as selected. D. Pipe Identification Labels: ' 1. Identification labels shall bear full Flow Stream Identifier name as shown on the Pipe System and Color Schedule included below. 2. Install separate flow directional arrows with each label. ' 3. Include black lettering on OSHA safety yellow self-adhesive vinyl or vinyl cloth. , 4. Lettering Height: Meet ANSI A13.1. ' 5. Label and Adhesive: Long lasting, resistant to moisture, oils, solvents, and weathering, meeting OSHA requirements. ' 6. Locate Labels at connections to equipment, valves, branch fittings, at wall boundaries, and at intervals along piping not greater than 18 feet on , center, with at least one label applied to each exposed run of pipe. 7. Manufactured by W.H. Brady, Co., Milwaukee, WI; Seton Nameplate ' Corp., New Haven, CT; or approved equal. E. Pipe System Color Schedule: ' Natural Gas Pipe Red Raw Water Piping Olive Green ' Compressed Air Dark Green Other Lines Light Grey 09902 -Page 12 of 38 ' N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09902.doc May 29, 2009 ' i~ u n II II II II~ ~i SECTION 09902 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 WORKMANSHIP A. All work shall be in accordance with these Specifications and the printed directions and recommendations of paint manufacturer whose product is to be applied. The more stringent requirements shall apply. B. All work shall be supervised by qualified persons who have read and understood the minimum requirements of these specifications. 3.02 OBSERVATION OF WORK A. Provide access to the project or shop site for Owner, Engineer, and coating manufacturer at all times during surface preparation, coating application, and to inspect finished work. B. Provide Engineer minimum 14 days' advance notice to start of shop or field surface preparation work and coating application work. C. Schedule inspection in advance and obtain approval of Engineerforcleaned surfaces and for each coat prior to application of subsequent coats. D. Perform surface preparation and coating work only in presence of Engineer, unless Engineer grants prior approval to perform such work in Engineer's absence. E. Observation by the Engineer or the waiver of observation of any particular portion of the work shall not be construed to relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to perform the work in accordance with these specifications. F. All materials shall be subject to observation for suitability as the Engineer may elect, prior to or during incorporation into the work. G. The Engineer reserves the right to reject all work that does not meet the minimum requirement of this specification. This may be done either during or after completion of the surface preparation or coating work. H. The Contractor shall remedy any defective work in a timely manner to the satisfaction of the Engineer at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.03 SURFACES NOT REQUIRING PAINTING A. Unless otherwise stated or shown, the following areas or items will not require painting or coating: N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09902.doc May 29, 2009 09902 -Page 13 of 38 SECTION 09902 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING 1. Exterior concrete slabs. (Floor slabs will be painted). 2. Reinforcing steel. ~,I~ 0 3. Nonferrous and corrosion-resistant ferrous alloys such as copper, bronze, monel, aluminum, chromium plate, atmospherically exposed ' weathering steel, and stainless steel, except where: a. Required for electrical insulation between dissimilar metals. b. Aluminum and stainless steel are embedded in concrete or masonry, or aluminum is in contact with concrete or masonry. c. Color coding of equipment and piping is required. 4. Nonmetallic materials such as glass, PVC, wood, porcelain, and plastic (FRP) except as required for architectural painting or color coding. 5. Prefinished electrical and architectural items such as motor control centers, switchboards, switchgear, panelboards, transformers, dis- connect switches (if prefinished in OSHA yellow), acoustical tile, cabinets, elevators, building louvers, and wall panels, except as otherwise required under Section 09901, PAINT - BUILDING COMPONENTS; color coding of equipment is required. 6. Nonsubmerged electrical conduits attached to unpainted concrete surfaces, except as otherwise required under Section 09901, PAINT - BUILDING COMPONENTS. 7. Cathodic protection anodes. 8. Items specified to be galvanized after fabrication, unless specified elsewhere or subject to immersion. 9. Insulated piping and insulated piping with jacket will not require exterior coating, except as required for architectural painting or color coding. The piping underneath insulation shall receive both primer and finish coats as specified hereinafter for the designed pipe exposure. The designated exposure and coating system shall be the same as if the piping was not insulated, unless otherwise stated herein. 10. Exposed electrical conduit shall be painted, as required under Section 09901, PAINT -BUILDING COMPONENTS. 09902 -Page 14 of 38 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09902.doc May 29, 2009 ii u i C~~ SECTION 09902 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING 3.04 PROTECTION OF ITEMS NOT TO BE PAINTED A. Unless otherwise stated or shown, protect the areas or items that will not require painting or coating in the following manner: 1. Remove, mask, or otherwise protect hardware, lighting fixtures, switchplates, aluminum surfaces, machined surfaces, couplings, shafts, bearings, nameplates on machinery, and other surfaces not intended to be painted. 2. Provide drop cloths to prevent paint materials from falling on or marring adjacent surfaces. 3. Protect working parts of mechanical and electrical equipment from damage during surface preparation and painting process. 4. Mask openings in motors to prevent paint and other materials from entering the motors. 5. Cap or seal all open piping, including drain lines, prior to beginning any surface preparation or coating work. 6. Protect nearby structures, equipment, vehicles, buildings, etc.; from surface preparation and coating operations. 3.05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not apply paint in temperatures outside of manufacturer's recommended maximum or minimum allowable, or in dust, smoke-laden atmosphere, damp or humid weather. B. Do not perform abrasive blast cleaning whenever relative humidity exceeds 85 percent, or whenever surface temperature is less than 5 degrees F above dew point of ambient air. 3.06 PREPARATION A. Shop Blast Cleaning: 1. Notify Engineer at least 14 days prior to start of shop blast cleaning to allow for inspection of the work during surface preparation and shop application of paints. 09902 -Page 15 of 38 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09902.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 09902 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING 2. Structural steel, metal doors and frames, metal louvers, and similar items, as reviewed by Engineer, may be shop prepared and primed. Blast clean and prime work in accordance with this specification. 3. Centrifugal wheel blast cleaning is an acceptable alternate to shop blast cleaning. 4. Finish Painting at Jobsite: As specified herein. B. Field Abrasive Blasting: Perform blasting for items and equipment where specified and as required to restore damaged surfaces previously shop or field blasted and primed. 3.07 PREPARATION OF SURFACES A. Metal Surfaces: 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1. Do not perform a surface preparation blast prior to submission and approval of samples. ' 2. Provide materials, equipment, procedures, and safety equipment for personnel in accordance with current Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) specifications as follow: a. Solvent Cleaning: SP 1. b. Hand Tool Cleaning: SP 2. c. Power Tool Cleaning: SP 3. d. White Metal Blast Cleaning: SP 5. e. Commercial Blast Cleaning: SP 6. f. Brush-Off Blast Cleaning: SP 7. g. Pickling: SP 8. h. Near-White Blast Cleaning: SP 10. i. Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal: SP 11. 3. The words "solvent cleaning", "hand tool cleaning", "wire brushing", and "blast cleaning", or similar words of equal intent in these Specifications or in paint manufacturer's specifications refer to the applicable SSPC Specifications. 4. Where OSHA or EPA regulations preclude standard abrasive blast cleaning, wet or vacu-blast methods may be required. Coating manufacturers' recommendations for wet blast additives and first coat application shall apply. 5. Hand tool clean areas that cannot be cleaned by power tool cleaning 09902 -Page 16 of 38 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09902.doc May 29, 2009 ~l u SECTION 09902 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING 6. Round or chamfer sharp edges and grind smooth burrs, jagged edges, and surface defects. 7. Welds and Adjacent Areas: a. Prepare such that there is: i No undercutting or reverse ridges on weld bead. ii No weld spatter on or adjacent to weld or any other area to be painted. iii No sharp peaks or ridges along weld bead. b. Grind embedded pieces of electrode or wire flush with adjacent surface of weld bead. 8. Preblast Cleaning Requirements: a. Remove oil, grease, welding fluxes, and other surface contaminants prior to blast cleaning. b. Cleaning Methods: Steam, open flame, hot water, or cold water with appropriate detergent additives followed with clean water rinsing. c. Clean small isolated areas as above or solvent clean with suitable solvents and clean cloths. 9. Blast Cleaning Requirements: a. Type of Equipment and Speed of Travel: Design to obtain specified degree of cleanliness. Minimum surface preparation is as specified herein and takes precedence over coating manufacturer's recommendations. b. Select type and size of abrasive to produce a surface profile that meets coating manufacturer's recommendations for particular primer to be used. c. Use only dry blast cleaning methods. i Do not reuse abrasive, except for designed recyclable systems. 09902 -Page 17 of 38 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09902.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 09902 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING ii Meet applicable federal, state, and local air pollution and environmental control regulations for blast cleaning and disposition of spent aggregate and debris. 10. Post-Blast Cleaning and Other Cleaning Requirements: a. Clean surfaces of dust and residual particles from cleaning operations by dry (no oil or water vapor) air blast cleaning or other method prior to painting. Vacuum clean enclosed areas and other areas where dust settling is a problem and wipe with a tack cloth. b. Paint surfaces the same day they are blasted. Reblast surfaces that have started to rust before they are painted. ' B. Cast and Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings: 1. Surface preparation will depend on pipe orfitting manufacturing process. 2. Surface profile of cast or ductile iron is different than steel surfaces; consult pipe and coating manufacturer for recommended surface preparation, and primer and coating type, and thicknesses. 3. Use SSPC SP grades as surface preparation guide only. Avoid overblasting, high nozzle velocities, and excessive blast times. 4. Ductile iron pipe manufactured by the Delavaud Process (dual spray) requires careful surface preparation for application of coatings. Coordinate with .Cast or Ductile Iron Pipe or Fitting Manufacturer to correctly provide the pipe orfitting for the specified surface preparation and coating application. 5. For Topcoating with High Performance Coatings. a. Provide bare ductile or cast iron pipe and fittings with NO standard asphaltic coating, if to be topcoated with high performance coatings. b. For high performance coatings (epoxy), follow surface preparation recommendations of pipe and coating manufacturers. , 09902 -Page 18 of 38 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09902.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 09902 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING 6. For Topcoating with Conventional Coatings. a. For conventional coatings (alkyd), clean asphalt varnish supplied on pipe in accordance with Existing Surfaces to be Painted Section included herein. b. Follow surface preparation recommendations of pipe and coating manufacturers. C. Concrete Surfaces: 1. Do not begin until 30 days after concrete has been placed. 2. Remove grease, oil, dirt, salts or other chemicals, loose materials, or other foreign matter by solvent, detergent, or other suitable cleaning methods. 3. Brushoff blast clean to remove loose concrete and provide a tooth for binding. Upon approval by Engineer, surface may be cleaned by acid etching method. Approval subject to producing desired profile. 4. Secure coating manufacturer's recommendations for additional preparation if required for excessive bug holes exposed after blasting. 5. Unless otherwise required for proper adhesion, ensure surfaces are dry prior to painting. D. Plastic Surfaces: 1. Hand sand plastic surfaces to be coated with a medium grit sandpaper to provide tooth for the coating system. 2. Large areas may be power sanded or brushoff blasted, provided sufficient controls are employed so surface is roughened without removing excess material. E. Masonry Surfaces: 1. In accordance with Section 09901, PAINT- BUILDING COMPONENTS. F. Wood Surfaces: 1. In accordance with Section 09901, PAINT- BUILDING COMPONENTS. i~ 09902 -Page 19 of 38 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09902.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 09902 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING G. Gypsum Board: 1. In accordance with Section 09901, PAINT- BUILDING COMPONENTS. H. Existing Surfaces to be Painted: 1. Detergent wash and freshwater rinse. 2. Clean loose, abraded, or damaged coatings to substrate by Hand or Power Tool, SP 2 or SP 3. 3. Feather surrounding intact coating. 4. Apply one spot coat of the specified primer to bare areas, overlapping prepared existing coating. 5. Apply one full finish coat of the specified primer or finish coat(s) overall 6. If an aged, plural-component material is to be topcoated, contact coating manufacturer concerned for additional surface preparation requirements. 7. For ductile iron pipe with asphaltic varnish finish, apply a coat of tar stop seal coat prior to application of two complete finish coats of the color coats specified. 8. Application of Cosmetic Coat: a. It is assumed that existing coatings have oxidized sufficiently to prevent lifting or peeling when overcoated with paints specified. b. Check compatibility by application to a small area prior to starting painting. c. If lifting or other problems occur, request disposition from Engineer. 9. Perform blasting as required to restore damaged surfaces. Materials, equipment, procedures shall meet requirements of Steel Structures Painting Council. 3.08 SURFACE CLEANING METHODS A. Brushoff Blast Cleaning: 1. Equipment, procedure, and degree of cleaning shall meet requirements of SSPC-SP 7, Brushoff Blast Cleaning. 09902 -Page 20 of 38 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09902.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 09902 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING 2. Abrasive: Either wet or dry blasting sand, grit, or nut shell. 3. Select various surface preparation parameters. such as size and hardness of abrasive, nozzle size, air pressure, and nozzle distance from surface such that surface is cleaned without pitting, chipping, or other damage. 4. Verify parameter selection by blast cleaning a trial area that will not be exposed to view. 5. Engineer will approve acceptable trial blast cleaned area and will use area as a representative sample of surface preparation. 6. Repair or replace surfaces damaged by blast cleaning. B. Acid Etching: 1. After precleaning, spread the following solution by brush or plastic sprinkling can: 1 part commercial muriatic acid reduced by 2 parts water by-volume. Adding acid to water in these proportions gives an approximate 10 percent solution of Hcl. 2. Application: a. Application Rate: Approximately 2 gallons per 100 square feet. b. Work acid solution into surface byhard-bristled brushes or brooms until complete wetting and coverage is obtained. c. Acid will react vigorously for a few minutes, during which time brushing is continued. d. After bubbling subsides (10 minutes), hose down the remaining slurry with high pressure clean water. e. Rinse immediately to avoid formation on the surface of salts that are difficult to remove. f. Thoroughly rinse to remove any residual acid surface condition which can impair adhesion. 3. Ensure surface is completely dry before application of coating. 4. Apply acid etching, to obtain a grainy to the touch "grit sandpaper" surface profile. If not, repeat treatment. 09902 -Page 21 of 38 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09902.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 09902 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING C. Solvent Cleaning: 1. Consists of removal of foreign matter such as oil, grease, soil, drawing and cutting compounds, and any other surface contaminants by using solvents, emulsions, cleaning compounds, steam cleaning, or similar materials and methods which involve a solvent or cleaning action. 2. Meets requirements of SSPC-SP 1. 3.09 PAINT MIXING A. Multiple-Component Coatings: 1. Prepare using the contents of the container for each component as packaged by paint manufacturer. 2. No partial batches will be permitted. 3. Do not use multiple-component coatings that have been mixed beyond their pot life. 4. Furnish small quantity kits for touchup painting and for painting other small areas. 5. Mix only components specified and furnished by paint manufacturer. 6. Do not intermix additional components for reasons of color or otherwise, even within the same generic type of coating. 3.10 PAINT APPLICATION A. General: 1. Apply coatings in accordance with these Specifications and the paint manufacturers' printed recommendations and special details. The more stringent requirements shall apply. 2. Ensure surfaces are clean and dry prior to painting. 3. Paint surfaces the same day they are sandblasted before they start to rust. Reblast surfaces that have started to rust. 4. Allow sufficient time between coats to assure thorough drying of previously applied paint. 09902 -Page 22 of 38 N:10417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09902.doc May 29, 2009 ~ SECTION 09902 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING 5. For noncementatious coatings subject to immersion, obtain full cure for completed system. Consult coatings manufacturer's written instructions for these requirements. Do not immerse noncementatious coating for any purpose until completion of curing cycle. 6. Sand wood and metal lightly between coats to achieve required surface profile. 7. Vacuum clean surfaces free of loose particles. Use tack cloth just prior to applying next coat. 8. Fusion Bonded Coatings Method Application: Electrostatic, fluidized bed, or flocking. 9. Coat units or surfaces to be bolted together or joined closely to structures or to one another prior to assembly or installation. 10. Water-Resistant Gypsum Wallboard: Use only solvent type paints and coatings. 11. On pipelines, terminate coatings along pipe runs to 1 inch inside pipe penetrations. 12. Keep paint materials sealed when not in use. 13. Where more than one coat of a material is applied within a given system, alternate color to provide a visual reference that the required number of coats have been applied. 14. Apply each coat of paint slightly darker than preceding coat unless otherwise specified. 15. Some paint systems require specific application details that are included in other sections of the Contract Documents. These specific detail requirements shall be considered as part of the work. B. Film Thickness: 1. Coverage is listed as either total minimum dry film thickness in mils (MDFT) or the spreading rate in square feet per gallon (SFPG). Per coat determinations are listed as MDFTPC or SFPGPC. 09902 -Page 23 of 38 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09902.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 09902 PAINTING ' DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING 2. Number of Coats: Minimum required without regard to coating ' thickness. Additional coats may be required to obtain minimum required paint thickness, depending on method of application, differences in manufacturers' products, and atmospheric conditions. , 3. Maximum film build per coat shall not exceed coating manufacturer's recommendations. ' 4. Give particular attention to edges, angles, flanges, and other similar areas, where insufficient film thicknesses are likely to be present, and ' ensure proper millage in these areas. C. Sh op Primed and Factory Finished Surfaces: 1. Schedule inspection with Engineer before shop priming or topcoating factory finished items delivered to site. ' 2. Hand or power sand areas of chipped, peeled, or abraded coating, feathering the edges. Follow with a spot primer using specified primer. ' 3. For two-package or converted coatings, consult coatings manufacturer for specific procedures as relates to manufacturer's products ' . 4. Prior to application of finish coats, clean shop primed surfaces free of dirt, oil, and grease and apply mist coat of specified primer, 1-mil dryfilm ' thickness. Verify that primers are compatible. 5. After welding, prepare and prime holdback areas as required for paint ' system. Apply primer in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Manufacturer Applied Paint Systems: , 1. Repair abraded areas on factory finished items as recommended by coating manufacturer. , 2. Carefully blend repaired areas into original finish. ' E. Cast and Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings: 1 F hi h f , . or g per ormance (epoxy) coatings, follow recommendations ofpipe and coating manufacturers. 2 . For conventional (alkyd) coatings, clean asphalt varnish supplied on pipe and apply one full coat of a tar stop before two full coats of the color coats specified. ' 09902 -Page 24 of 38 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09902.doc May 29, 2009 ' SECTION 09902 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING F. Porous Surfaces, Such As Concrete, Masonry: 1. Filler/Surfacer: Use coating manufacturer's recommended product to fill air holes, bug holes, and other surface defects. 2. Prime Coat: May be thinned to provide maximum penetration and adhesion. a. Type and Amount of Thinning: Determined by paint manufacturer and dependent on surface density and type of coating. 3. Surfaces Specified to Receive Water Base Coating: Damp, but free of running water, just prior to application of coating. 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. General: 1. All surface preparation work and individual coats are subject to inspection by Engineer, Owner, and coating manufacturer's representative. 2. Provide staging, ventilation, safety, confined space, and lighting equipment and any assistance as necessary to the Engineer for inspection. 3. Leave staging and lighting up until Engineer has inspected surface preparation or coating. Staging or equipment removed prior to surface preparation or coating inspection and approval shall be replaced. Provide additional staging, equipment, or lighting as requested and required by Engineer to perform adequate quality of inspection. B. Film Thickness Measurements and Electrical Holiday Inspection of Coated Surfaces: 1. Visually inspect, conduct wet and dry film thickness measurements, and perform electrical holiday inspection of painted surfaces to ensure proper and complete coverage has been obtained. 2. Perform with properly calibrated instruments. 3. Measure coating thickness specified in mils with a magnetic type dry film thickness gauge. 09902 -Page 25 of 38 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09902.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 09902 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING 4. Check each coat for correct millage. Do not make dry film measurements before a minimum of 8 hours after application of coating. 5. Test thin film finish coats, except zinc primer, galvanizing, and elastomeric coatings less than 25 mils dry, for holidays and discontinuities with a low voltage type electrical holiday detector. 6. Test thick film finish coatings, in excess of 25 mils dry, with a high voltage type electrical holiday detector as recommended by the coating manufacturer. 7. Conduct electrical holiday testing only after coating has cured for a sufficient time period as recommended by the coating manufacturer. 8. Recoat and repair as necessary for compliance with the Specifications per FIELD REPAIR below. 9. After repaired and recoated areas have dried sufficiently, final tests will be conducted by the Engineer. C. Conduct wet film measurements during application and visually inspect concrete, nonferrous metal, plastic, and wood surfaces to ensure proper and complete coverage has been attained. 3.13 FIELD REPAIR A. Unsatisfactory Application: 1. If item has an improper finish color, or insufficient film thickness, clean surface and topcoat with specified paint material to obtain specified color and coverage. Obtain specific surface preparation information from coating manufacturer. 2. Hand or power sand visible areas of chipped, peeled, or abraded paint, and feather the edges. Follow with primer and finish coat. Depending on extent of repair and appearance, a finish sanding and topcoat may be required. 3. Evidence of runs, bridges, shiners, laps, or other imperfections is cause for rejection. 4. Repair defects in accordance with written recommendations of coating manufacturer as reviewed and approved by Engineer. 09902 -Page 26 of 38 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09902.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 09902 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING B. Damaged Coatings, Pinholes, and Holidays: 1. Feather edges and repair in accordance with recommendations of paint manufacturer as reviewed by Engineer. 2. Repair damaged fusion-bonded coatings as recommended by the original applicator. Provide liquid repair kits for this purpose from the original applicator, as recommended by the coating manufacturer. 3. Apply finish coats, including touchup and damage-repair coats in a manner which will present a uniform texture and color-matched appearance. C. Spot Repair of Damaged Existing Coatings, Pinholes, and Holidays: 1. Prepare the surface as specified for Spot Repair of Existing Coated Surfaces. 2. Apply one spot coat of the specified primer to bare areas overlapping the prepared existing coating. 3. Apply one spot coat of the specified finish coat(s). 4. Application of a Cosmetic Coat: a. The exact nature of the existing coatings is not known in all cases; however, the specifications assume they have oxidized sufficiently to prevent lifting or peeling when overcoated with paints specified. b. Check compatibility by application to a small area prior to starting the painting. c. If lifting or other problems occur, request disposition from the Engineer. 5. Apply finish coats, including touchup and damage-repair coats in a manner which will. present a uniform texture and color-matched appearance. 3.14 PRESERVATION, RESTORATION, AND CLEANUP A. Confine operations to construction easements, work areas described, or as approved by the Engineer. Protect existing structures, equipment, vehicles, and utilities and keep work area neat and orderly at all times. Keep the work site, free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish. 09902 -Page 27 of 38 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09902.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 09902 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING B. Prevent contamination of the project area. Do not dump coating materials, ' spent abrasive, paint debris, waste oil, rubbish, or other similar materials on the ground or in any water way. Use caution to prevent soil, stream, or ground-water contamination. Contractor shall be liable for containment and ' cleanup or any contamination of any aquifer, stream, or soil at his sole expense. C. Clean up work site of all excess equipment, materials, and debris and place ' in designated areas at the end of each day. Place cloths and waste that might constitute a fire hazard inclosed metal containers or destroy in a legal ' manner at the end of each day. D. Upon completion of the work, remove all materials, scraps, and debris from ' project area and from interior of all devices and equipment. Remove staging, scaffolding, and containers from the site or destroy in a legal manner. Leave work site free of rubbish or excess materials of any kind. ' E. Completely remove paint spots, oil, or stains upon adjacent surfaces and floors and leave entire job clean. Touch up coating scratches, scrapes, or ' chips in interior and exterior surfaces. F. Any damage to structures, equipment, utilities, vehicles, nearby facilities, or ' to the project site resulting from Contractor related work activities shall be promptly corrected in an Engineer-approved method by the Contractor. ' Repair shall be completed in a timely manner to restore item to preconstruction condition to the Engineer's satisfaction by the Contractor at his sole expense. ' 1 09902 -Page 28 of 38 ' N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09902.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 09902 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING 3.15 PROTECTIVE COATINGS SYSTEMS A. System No. 1 Submerged Metal -Potable Water: System No. 1 Surface Pre . paint Material Min. Coats, Cover Abrasive Blast, or Polyamide Epoxy 1 prime coat, 4 MDFTPC Centrifugal Wheel Blast (SP Potable grade 5 White Metal) approved for potable 1 stripe-coat, 3 MDFTPC water contact and as specified conforming to NSF Standards 60 and 61 Polyamide Epoxy 2 coats, 4 MDFTPC Potable grade Total System Thickness approved for potable of 12 to 15 MDFT. Total water contact and System Thickness at conforming to NSF Stripe Coat of 15 to 18 Standards 60 and 61 MDFT. B. System No. 2 Submerged Metal -Domestic Sewage: Surface Prep. Paint Material Min. Coats, Cover Abrasive Blast, or Centrifugal Prime in accordance Wheel Blast (SP 5) with manufacturer's recommendations Coal-Tar Epoxy 2 coats, 16 MDFT C. System No. 3 Concrete Encased Metal: Surface Prep. Paint Material Min. Coats, Cover Abrasive Blast, or Prime in accordance Centrifugal Wheel Blast with manufacturer's SP 6 recommendations Coal-Tar Epoxy 2 coats, 16 MDFT 09902 -Page 29 of 38 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09902.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 09902 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING D. System No. 5 Exposed Metal-Mildly Corrosive: Surface Prep. Paint Material Min. Coats, Cover Abrasive Blast, or Polyamide, 1 coat, 2.5 to 3.5 Centrifugal Wheel Blast Anticorrosive Epoxy MDFT SP 10 Primer Polyurethane Enamel 2 coats, 3 to 4 MDFT E. System No. 6 Exposed Metal-Atmospheric: Surface Prep. Paint Material Min. Coats, Cover Abrasive Blast, or Rust-Inhibitive Primer 1 coat, 2 MDFT Centrifugal Wheel Blast SP 6 Alkyd Enamel 2 coats, 4 MDFT F. System No. 8 Buried Metal-General: Surface Prep. Paint Material Min. Coats, Cover Abrasive Blast or Standard AWWA C203 Centrifugal Wheel Blast Hot Coal-Tar Enamel (SP 10) -OR- Tape Coat System -OR- AWWA C214 Coal Tar Epoxy AWWA C210 G. System No. 10 Galvanized Metal Conditioning: Surface Prep. Paint Material Min. Coats, Cover Solvent Clean (SP 1) Wash Primer or 1 coat, 0.4 MDFT Followed by Hand Tool Coating Manufacturer's (SP 2) or Power Tool Recommendation (SP 3) As required by Finish As required by Finish Coat System No.5 or 6 Coat System No. 5 or 6 09902 -Page 30 of 38 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09902.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 09902 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING H. System No. 11 Galvanized Metal Repair: Surface Prep. Paint Material Min. Coats, Cover Solvent Clean (SP 1) Organic Zinc Rich 1 coat, 3 MDFT Followed by Hand Tool Primer (SP 2), Power Tool (SP 3), Galvanizing Repair 2 coats or Paint Zinc Dust Paint 2 coats Brushoff Blast (SP 7) I. System No. 15 Heat-Resistant - 425 Degrees F Maximum: Surface Prep. Paint Material Min. Coats, Cover Abrasive Blast, or Inorganic Zinc 1 coat, 2.5 MDFT Centrifugal Wheel Primer Blast (SP 6) Silicone Acrylic 2 coats, 2 MDFT J. System No. 17 Concrete Exterior Coating: Surface Prep. Paint Material Min. Coats, Cover Concrete Acrylic Latex (Flat) 2 coats, 240 SFPGPC or 2 coats, 5 MDFT K. System No. 21 Skid-Resistant -Concrete: Surface Prep. Paint Material Min. Coats, Cover Concrete Epoxy Nonskid A re ated 1 coat, 160 SFPG L. System No. 23 Chemical-Resistant Wall -Concrete Masonry: Surface Prep. Paint Material Min. Coats, Cover Concrete Masonry Block Filler 1 coat, As Reqd. to Fill Voids Polyamide Epoxy 1 coat, 160 SFPG High Build, Gloss 09902 -Page 31 of 38 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09902.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 09902 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING M. System No. 24 Exposed Fiberglass, PVC: Surface Prep. Paint Material Min. Coats, Cover Plastic Polyurethane Enamel 1 coat, 320 SFPGPC N. System No. 25 Interior FRP, PVC: Surface Prep. Paint Material Min. Coats, Cover Plastic 1 Acrylic Latex 2 coats, 320 SFPGPC O. System No. 26 Canvas Jacketed Pipe: Surface Prep. Paint Material Min. Coats, Cover Remove All Oil and Grease Canvas Seater 1 coat, 200 SFPG Acrylic Latex 2 coats, 240 SFPGPC P. System No. 27 Aluminum and Dissimilar Metal Insulation: Surface Prep. Paint Material Min. Coats, Cover Solvent Clean SP 1 Wash Primer 1 coat, 0.4 MDFT Bituminous Paint 1 coat, 10 MDFT Q. System No. 29 Fusion Bonded Coating: Surface Prep. Paint Material Min. Coats, Cover Abrasive Blast, or Fusion Bonded 1 or 2 coats, 7 MDFT Centrifugal Wheel Blast 100 percent Solids (SP 10) or Acid Pickling Epoxy or (SP 8) Polyurethane 09902 -Page 32 of 38 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09902.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 09902 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING R. System No. 29A Fusion Bonded, Steel Dowel Coating: Surface Prep. Paint Material Min. Coats, Cover Abrasive Blast, or Fusion Bonded 100 1 or 2 coats, Centrifugal Wheel Blast (SP percent Solids Epoxy 7 MDFT 10 or Acid Picklin SP 8 TFE Lube, Shop Applied; TFE Lube or Grease 1 coat, 2 MDFT Grease Lube Alternative, Lube Field Applied Just Prior to Installation 3.16 PROTECTIVE COATING SYSTEMS APPLICATION SCHEDULE Unless otherwise shown or specified, paint surfaces in accordance with the following application schedule. In the event of discrepancies or omissions in the following, request clarification from Engineer before starting work in question. The below schedule is not intended to be all inclusive. A. System No. 1 Submerged Metal -Potable Water: Use on the following items or areas: 1. Metal surfaces new and existing below a plane 1 foot above the maximum liquid surface; metal surfaces above the maximum liquid surface that are a part of the immersed equipment; surfaces of metallic items, such as wall pipes, pipes, pipe sleeves, access manholes, gate guides and thimbles; and structural steel items (except reinforcing steel) that are embedded in concrete; and the following specific surfaces: a. Exterior surfaces of steel piping noted in Division 15, MECHANICAL. b. All metal located in this project, unless factory finished with a suitable coating. c. Other areas where specified or noted on the Drawings. B. System No. 2 Submerged Metal -Domestic Sewage: Use on the following items or areas: i~ 09902 -Page 33 of 38 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09902.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 09902 PAINTING DIVISION 9 - FINISiiES -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING 1. Metal surfaces new and existing below a plane 1 foot above the maximum liquid surface; metal surfaces above the maximum liquid surface that are a part of the immersed equipment; surfaces of metallic items, such as wall pipes, pipes, pipe sleeves, access manholes, gate guides and thimbles; and structural steel items (except reinforcing steel) that are embedded in concrete; and the following specific surfaces: a. Interior or exterior surfaces of steel piping noted in Division 15, MECHANICAL. b. All metal located inside in this project, unless factory finished with a suitable coating. c. Other areas where specified or noted on the Drawings. C. System No. 3 Concrete Encased Metal-Other: Use on the following items or areas: 1. Metal surfaces encased in concrete, such as wall pipe, pipes, pipe sleeves, access manholes, gate guides and thimbles, and structural steel excluding reinforcing steel. 2. Other areas where specified or noted on the Drawings. D. System No. 5 Exposed Metal-Mildly Corrosive: Use on the following items or areas: 1. Exposed metal surfaces, located inside or outside of structures and exposed to a highly humid atmosphere, such as pipe galleries, vaults, and similar areas. Including metal doors and frames, vents, louvers, exterior metal ductwork, flashings, sheet metalwork and miscellaneous architectural metal trim, and the following specific surfaces: a. All exposed, interior steel and ductile iron piping, valves, fittings, and appurtenances(except hot temperature piping). b. Instrumentation and control systems exposed enclosures for process use in pump stations, humid buildings, or vaults. c. Exterior dry surfaces of pump assemblies. d. Exterior surfaces of pump motor assemblies. e. Other areas where specified or noted on the Drawings. 09902 -Page 34 of 38 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09902.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 09902 t PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING E. System No. 6 Exposed Metal-Atmospheric: Use on the following items or areas: ' 1. Exposed metal surfaces, located inside in dry areas or outside of structures or exposed to weather, including metal doors and frames, vents, louvers, exterior metal ductwork, flashings, sheet metalwork and miscellaneous architectural metal trim, and the following specific surfaces: a. Instrumentation and control systems exposed enclosures for process located outside. b. Building steel roof decks, doors, and similar items. 3. Other areas where specified or noted on the Drawings. 2. Apply surface preparation and primer to surfaces prior to installation. Finish coats need only be applied to surfaces exposed after completion of construction. F. System No. 8 Buried Metal-General: Use on the following items or areas: 1. Buried, below grade portions of steel and ductile iron items, except buried stainless steel, including flexible couplings, transition couplings, flanged coupling adapters, valves, and fittings unless specifically specified to be coated with another system elsewhere in the specifications. G. System No. 10 Galvanized Metal Conditioning: Use on the following items or areas: 1. Galvanized surfaces requiring painting. H. System No. 11 Galvanized Metal Repair: Use on the following items or areas: 1. Galvanized surfaces that are abraded, chipped, or otherwise damaged. I. System No. 15 Heat Resistant: Use on exposed high temperature ALP discharge piping, blowers, and accessories. J. System No. 17 Concrete Exterior Coating: Use on the following items or areas: 1. Exterior concrete walls where shown on the Drawings. 09902 -Page 35 of 38 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09902.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 09902 PAINTING DIVISION 9 -FINISHES -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING K. System No. 21 Skid Resistant -Concrete and System No. 23 Chemical Resistant Wall -Concrete Masonry: Use on the following items or areas: 1. New buildings interior floors and walls. L. System No. 24 Exposed Fiberglass, PVC: Use on the following items or areas: 1. Exposed fiberglass or PVC ducts or equipment. 2. Other fiberglass or PVC items required to be color coded or otherwise specified or shown to be painted. M. System No. 25 Interior FRP, PVC: Use on the following items or areas: 1. Exposed fiberglass or PVC items required to be color coded or otherwise specified or shown to be painted. N. System No. 27 Aluminum and Dissimilar Metal Insulation: Use on concrete embedded aluminum surfaces, and the following items or areas: 1. Aluminum surfaces, fastened to steel or concrete or masonry. 2. Aluminum access hatch frames. O. System No. 29 Fusion Bonded Coating: Use on the following items: 1. Buried steel fittings, valves, appurtenances, bolts, nuts, and washers and as specified or noted on the Drawings. P. System No. 29A Fusion Bonded, Steel Dowel Coating: Use on steel expansion joint dowels specified in Section 03251, EXPANSION AND CONSTRUCTION JOINTS. 3.17 ARCHITECTURAL PAINT SYSTEMS AND SCHEDULE 1. In accordance with Section 09901, PAINT- BUILDING COMPONENTS. 3.18 PAINT SYSTEM DATA SHEET A. Utilize Paint System Data Sheet (PSDS) Form attached for submittals. END OF SECTION 09902 09902 -Page 36 of 38 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09902.doc May 29, 2009 ',' PAINT SYSTEM DATA SHEET (Conventional Coating Materials) Complete and attach manufacturer's Technical Data Sheet to this PSDS for EACH coating sVStem Paint System Number (from Specification): System No. Paint System Title (from Specification): Coating Manufacturer: Phone No.: Technical Representative Name: Phone No.: Supplier Name: Phone No.: Sales Representative Name: Phone No.: Minimum Surface Preparation (from Specification): SSPC SP- Minimum/Maximum Surface Profile Requirements (Mils) : Paint Material (Generic) Product Name/Number (Proprietary) Min. Coats, Coverage, and Color Scheme Application Recommendations Assuming 77° F. and 50% Relative Humidity For Each Specific Coating System Product Name/Number Min/Max Material Storage Temp. Maximum Shelf Life Min/Max Ambient Temperature Min/Max Surface Temperature Min. Mixing & Induction (Sweat) Time Max. Concrete Moisture Min. Concrete pH Maximum Permissible Thinning Pot Life Min/Max Number of Coats Min/Max Wet Film Thickness/Coat Min/Max Dry Film Thickness/Coat Minimum Recoat Time Maximum Recoat Time Min. Adhesion PSI Flat Stock Min. Adhesion PSI Field Application Cure Time for Service Cure Time to Immersion Attach additional sheets detailing manufacturer's recommended adhesion testing and holiday testing procedures. ©2000 by RUSTNOT ~ 09902 -Page 37 of 38 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09902.doc ' May 29, 2009 PAINT SYSTEM DATA SHEET (100 Percent Solids Coating Materials) Complete and attach manufarturPr's Technical nata Shaat to thic PCr1C fnr Feru rn~+inn evetom Paint System Number (from Specification): System No. Paint System Title (from Specification): Coating Manufacturer: Phone No.: Technical Representative Name: Phone No.: Supplier Name: Phone No.: Sales Representative Name: Phone No.: Minimum Surface Preparation (from Specification): SSPC SP- Minimum/Maximum Surface Profile (Mils): Paint Material (Generic) Product Name/Number Pro rieta Min. Coats, Coverage, and Color Scheme Application Recommendations Assuming 77° F. and 50% Relative Humidity For Each Specific Coating System Product Name/Number Min/Max Material Storage Temp. Maximum Shelf Life Min/Max Ambient Temperature Min/Max Surface Temperature Max. Concrete Moisture Min. Concrete pH Minimum Time Premixing Mixing Ration (Part A to Part B) Material Application Min/Max Temp Min/Max Pressure Range at Gun Min/Max Number of Coats Min/Max Wet Film Thickness/Coat Min/Max Dry Film Thickness/Coat Minimum Recoat Time Maximum Recoat Time Minimum Adhesion PSI Flat Stock Min. Adhesion PSI Field Application Elongation (E-638) Cure Time for Service Cure Time to Immersion Hitacn aaamona~ sneers aeianmg manutacturer~s recommended adhesion testing and holiday testing procedures. ©2000 by RUSTNOT. 09902 -Page 38 of 38 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 8 & 9\09902.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 11080 DIVISION 11 -EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT AND SPECIALTIES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. General B. Submittals C. Access Hatches D. Staff Gage E. Spring Screen 1.02 GENERAL A. Like items of equipment provided hereunder shall be the end products of one manufacturer in order to achieve standardization for appearance, operation, maintenance, spare parts, and manufacturer's services. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS. B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals and Maintenance Summary Sheets, for the equipment specified herein shall be furnished as specified in Section 01700, CONTRACT CLOSEOUT. 1.04 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICES A. Refer to Section 01640, MANUFACTURERS' SERVICES for general requirements. B. On-site services and training are not required for the work in this section. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. The use of a manufacturer's name and model or catalog number is for the purpose. of establishing the standard of quality and general configuration desired only. Products of other manufacturers will be considered in accordance with the General Conditions. B. The structure and appurtenant facilities have been designed around the first named manufacturer's equipment. Equipment furnished by all qualified interested manufacturers will be considered, provided that 11080 -Page 1 of 4 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 10-14\11080.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 11080 DIVISION 11 -EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT AND SPECIALTIES ' necessary structural, electrical, and mechanical changes required are submitted in conformance with the requirements of the contract. ' 2.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product specifications, dimensions, materials, and features to the ' Engineer at least 14 days prior to ordering the materials. 2.03 ACCESS HATCHES ' A. Cover: The cover shall be of tamper-proof design, with a '/4-inch ' aluminum diamond plate surface. The cover shall include a continuous neoprene cushion/gasket to provide awater-tight seal. B. Angle Frame: '/4-inch aluminum raised curb-style frame with a continuous , anchor flange. C. Hardware: Hinges and all fastening hardware shall be made of stainless steel. Hinges shall be spring-assisted and tamper-proof. Doors shall open to 90 degrees and automatically lock in the open position, with the locking mechanism being a "hold-open" arm with an aluminum release handle. Locking lugs suitable for use with owner-supplied padlock shall be welded to the frame and cover. D. Load Rating: The load rating shall be a minimum of 300 psf, with a maximum allowable deflection of 1/150th of the span. E. Guarantee: Lifetime guarantee against defects in materials and/or workmanship. F. Acceptable Product: Series F1 R Access Door as manufactured by Halliday Products, Inc., or Engineer-approved equal. 2.04 STAFF GAGE A. The staff gage shall be located in the overflow measurement vault as shown on the Drawings. B. The staff gage shall be made of an iron frame coated with baked enamel to resist corrosion and discoloration, and shall include grommeted holes for fastening to the vertical concrete wall. C. The face of the staff gage shall have a minimum width of 2'/2 inches. The face shall be graduated to hundredths of a foot and marked at every even foot and tenth of a foot. 11080 -Page 2 of 4 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 10-14\11080.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 11080 DIVISION 11 -EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT AND SPECIALTIES D. Galvanized or stainless steel bolts and anchors shall be used to fasten the staff gage to the side of the vault. E. Acceptable Product: Style C as manufactured by Ben Meadows Company, or Engineer-approved equal. 2.05 WELL SCREEN A. The screen shall be fabricated from corrosion-resistant Type 304 stainless steel, of the continuous slot, "V" wire-wound design. The screen shall be manufactured by Johnson screens, or Engineer-approved equal. The screen and attached end fittings shall include eight inch NPT thread for connection. The screen shall have an eight inch pipe size diameter, furnished in a 20 foot length with screen openings of 0.250 inch. 2.06 FLEXIBLE CHECK VALVE A. Description: One-piece, reinforced rubber matrix with flat bottom, flared top, and curved bill for tight seal and low opening head requirements. Use Series TF-1, as manufactured by Tideflex Technologies, or Engineer- approved equal. B. Connection: Use 304 stainless steel compression clamps. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. The equipment specified herein shall be located as shown on the Drawings and installed in conformance with the manufacturer's written instructions, as accepted by the Engineer. B. Prior to startup, all equipment shall be inspected for proper alignment, quiet operation, proper connection, and satisfactory performance. 3.02 WEIRS A. Stora e: Weirs shall be stored and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. B. Gates shall be installed as specified and as shown on the Drawings, and as necessary to make a complete and operable installation. C. Wall thimble or anchor bolts shall be used to connect the weir to concrete or steel weir plate. If wall thimbles are used, firmly brace the thimble before pouring the concrete to prevent sagging or warping of the thimble. 11080 -Page 3 of 4 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 10-14\11080.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 11080 DIVISION 11 -EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT AND SPECIALTIES If anchor bolts are used, install drilled epoxy adhesive anchors as recommended by the weir manufacturer, and as approved by the Engineer. 3.03 FIELD TESTS A. Prior to facility startup and use, all equipment shall be leak tested, and inspected for proper alignment, proper operation and satisfactory performance. 3.04 ACCESS HATCHES A. Access hatches and risers shall be installed to insure awater-tight seal to the vault. END OF SECTION 11080 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 10-14\11080.doc May 29, 2009 11080 -Page 4 of 4 SECTION 11200 DIVISION 11 -EQUIPMENT CHEMICAL FEED PART1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED This section covers the work necessary to furnish and install, complete, the chemical feed systems located within the Inlet Control Buidling. Chemical feed systems include sodium hypochlorite disinfection and addition of hydrofloursilic acid (flouride) to the water supply. The work includes all manufacturer supplied components and their mounting requirements, tubing, and chemical injection appurtenances. 1.02 GENERAL A. Like items of materials specified hereunder shall be the end products of one manufacturer. and/or supplier in order to achieve standardization for maintenance and replacement. B. The chemical feed systems shall be furnished and erected at the location shown in .the Drawings, complete with all hardware and accessories. 1.03 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICES A. A factory representative shall inspect the installation after completion of the installation, and shall recommend in writing to the Contractor all necessary adjustments to the equipment for satisfactory operation. B. A manufacturer's representative for the equipment specified shall be present at the jobsite for a minimum of 1 day for installation assistance, functional testing, jobsite training, and certification of the installation. C. Manufacturer's representative shall perform the following services: 1. Check the completed installation and provide written certification to the Engineer that the unit is properly installed and ready for operation. 2. Provide training of Owner's operating and maintenance personnel in equipment operation, maintenance, and troubleshooting. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. The equipment furnished shall be the product of a manufacturer capable of demonstrating previous successful operating installation of similar size, design, and application. 11200 - 1 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 10-14\11200.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 11200 DIVISION 11 -EQUIPMENT CHEMICAL FEED B. The use of a manufacturer's name and model is for the purpose of establishing the standard of quality and general configuration desired only. Products of other manufacturers will be considered in accordance with the GENERAL CONDITIONS. C. The chemical feed pumps shall be a complete, self-contained package with field assembly limited to chemical inlet and outlet hook-ups, and power and control connections. D. The structure and appurtenant facilities have been designed around the first named manufacturer's equipment. Equipment furnished by all qualified interested manufacturers will be considered, provided the necessary structural, electrical, and mechanical changes required are submitted in conformance with requirements of the GENERAL CONDITIONS. The Contractor shall bear all costs for necessary changes for a complete and satisfactory installation. 2.02 EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS A. Masterflex US B. "Or equal" 2.03 SERVICE. CONDITIONS AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Service conditions under which the sodium hypochlorite system will operate for the Inlet Control Building feed are as follows: 1. The sodium hypochlorite pump shall provide 12.5% solution to treated water at a minimum of 2 mg/L within a range of 18.17 mUmin to 160.99 mUmin.. 2. Chemical feed pump shall have two independent adjustment mechanisms which are pump rpm and tubing size. B. Service conditions under which the sodium hypochlorite system will operate for the Outlet Control Building feed are as follows: 1. The sodium hypochlorite pump shall provide 12.5% solution to treated water at a minimum of 1 mg/L within a range of 7.57 mUmin to 72.44 mL/min. 2. Chemical feed pump shall have two independent adjustment mechanisms which are pump rpm and tubing size. 11200 - 2 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 10-14\11200.doc May 29, 2009 ' SECTION 11200 DIVISION 11 -EQUIPMENT CHEMICAL FEED C. Service conditions under which the flouride system will operate for the Outlet Control Building feed are as follows: 1. The flouride pump shall provide hydrofloursilic acid to treated water at a minimum of 1 mg/L within a range of 8.60 mL/min to 45.74 mL/min. 2. Chemical feed pump shall have two independent adjustment mechanisms which are pump rpm and tubing size. 2.04 PUMPS A. The sodium hypochlorite disinfection pump for the Inlet Control Building feed shall be a Masterflex Model 77200-62 positive displacement peristaltic type pump with L/S 24 tubing and a 100 rpm drive. The sodium hypochlorite disinfection pump for the Outlet Control Building feed shall be a Masterflex Model 77201-62 positive displacement peristaltic type pump with L/S 15 tubing and a 100 rpm drive. The flouride pump for the Inlet Control Building feed shall be a Masterflex Model 77200-60 positive displacement peristaltic type pump with L/S 16 Tubing and a 100 rpm drive. Each pump shall be complete with spring-loaded pumphead, self- contained variable speed drive, and flexible extruded tube as specified, or Engineer approved equal. B. Peristaltic pumping action is created by the compression of the flexible tube between the pumphead rollers and track, induced forward fluid displacement within the tube by the rotation of the pump rotor, and subsequent vacuum-creating restitution of the tube. C. Pumps shall be dry self-priming, capable of being run dry without ' damaging effects to pump or tube, and shall have a maximum suction lift capability of up to 20' vertical water column. Maximum discharge pressure rating: 40 psi. D. Pump shall not require the use of check valves or diaphragms and shall not require dynamic seals in contact with the pumped fluid. Process fluid shall be contained within pump tubing and shall not directly contact any rotary or metallic components. E. Flow shall be in the direction of the rotor rotation, which can be reversed and shall be proportional to rotor speed. F. For quality assurance, all pump elements must be manufactured by the pump manufacturer in accordance with their specifications. Elements not manufactured by the pump manufacturer will not be acceptable. 11200 - 3 N:\0417\055\DOCS\SpecslDivision 10-14\11200.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 11200 DIVISION 11 -EQUIPMENT CHEMICAL FEED Drive and pump heads shall be 24 hr continuous duty rated and have a (5) five-year manufacturer's warranty from date of shipment. Pumps to be manufacturer's standard product. Manufacturer of tubing pumps must have at least 20 operating installations in domestic water or wastewater treatment plants located in the United States over a period of at least seven years pumping the same fluid as specified. Pumps must be manufactured under ISO 9001-2000. Pumps shall be meet all applicable CE and C ETL US standards per UL610101A G. Submit the following: 1. Certified shop drawings. 2. Characteristic performance curve showing flow rate as a function of RPM and pressure. 3. Dimensional drawings. 4. Operating, maintenance, programming, and wiring instructions P/10 ratio calculation. H. Shipping 1. Ship pump and drive assembled complete. Ship tubing separately for field installation and process line connection by contractor. 2. Pack all additional spare parts in containers bearing labels clearly designating contents and pieces of equipment for which intended. 3. Deliver spare parts at the same time as pertaining equipment. Receiving 1. Contractor to inspect and inventory items upon delivery to site. 2. Contractor to store and safeguard equipment, material, instructions, and spare parts in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Pump Construction A. Pumphead shall consist of a fixed track, a hinged guard door, and d roller rotor assembly. Pump tubing shall be in contact with the inside diameter of the track through an angle of 180 degrees. At all times, one roller shall be fully engaged with the tubing providing complete compression and preventing back flow or siphoning. Tube occlusion and spring tension shall be factory set to accommodate tubing and shall not require adjustment. Pumphead guard shall be clear for viewing of rotation direction. When closed, the pumphead guard shall seal against the pump 11200 - 4 ' N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 10-14\11200.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 11200 DIVISION 11 -EQUIPMENT CHEMICAL FEED track for leak containment and controlled waste through the pumphead waste port in the event of a tube failure. For operator and environmental safety, pumps in which the direction of rotation cannot be visually verified and/or do not have a controlled waste port are not acceptable. a. Pumphead Assembly 1) Pump Track Geometry must have a minimum 96.6mm swept diameter through a minimum track angle of 180 degrees 2) Provide high corrosion/impact materials as specified a) Track Construction: polyphenylene sulfide (PPS) b) Guard Construction: hinged impact-resistant polycarbonate breakaway guard, tool un-lockable for operator safety. c) Rotor Construction: polyphenylene sulfide (PPS) b. Rotor Assembly 1) Provide rotor assembly that ensures gradual tube occlusion and compensates for tube tolerance: a) Twin spring-loaded roller arms located 180 degrees apart, each fitted with stainless steel helical springs and compressing roller for occlusion of the tube twice per rotor revolution 2) Compressing Rollers: 316SS with low friction stainless steel bearings and PTFE seals, minimum diameter of 18mm a) Provide non-compressing guide rollers constructed of corrosion resistant Nylatron 3) Clutch: Equip rotor with a central handgrip hub and manually activated clutch to disengage the rotor from the drive for manual rotor rotation during tube loading. Clutch shall automatically reengage rotor to gearbox upon one complete revolution. 4) Mounting: To prevent slip, the rotor assembly shall be axially secured to the dogged output shaft of the gearmotor via a slotted collet and central retaining screw. 5) Pumpheads requiring disassembly or special tools for tube changing are not acceptable. H. Tubing 1. Pump shall be supplied with a tubing elements with molded fittings, which shall be self-locating when fitted into the pumphead. Tube element shall be in contact with the inside diameter of the track (housing) through an angle of 180 degrees and be held in place on the suction and discharge by the element fittings. The tubing shall be replaceable without the use of tools and with no disassembly of the N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 10-14\11200.doc May 29, 2009 11200-5 i~ SECTION 11200 ' DIVISION 11 -EQUIPMENT CHEMICAL FEED pumphead. To achieve maximum service life, pump heads with a track angle of less then 180 degrees and/or without tube elements are not acceptable. 2. Tubing element shall be constructed with either Marprene or Sta-Pure tubing with male PVDF Quick Release Connectors. 3. Supply Four (4) tube elements of the specified size per pump. 4. Supply One (1) meter of reinforced transparent PVC flexible hose for connection of pump to suction and discharge process lines. Flexible hose shall have a PVDF female Quick Release fitting for connection to the Loadsure Element and male Quick Release fitting for connection to barbed adaptor with built in shut off valve for ease of maintenance and connection to process lines. Drive 1. DriveRating: Continuous 24 hour operation, 40o C ambient. Supply: 110-120V 50/60 Fiz and 220-240V 50/60 Hz, 1-Phase field switchable. Supply nine-foot length mains power cord with standard 115V three-prong plug. Max drive power consumption: 135VA. Enclosure: NEMA 4X Housing: Pressure cast aluminum with Alocrom pre-treatment and exterior grade corrosion resistant polyester powder coat. By nature of the environmental conditions, unpainted housings, including 316SS, are not acceptable. Pumps must meet the following minimum requirements for operator interface functionality. Pumps not meeting this minimum functionality will not be accepted. 2. Backlit graphical LCD to display pump speed, running status, flow rate, and programming instructions 3. Keypad for start, stop, speed increment, speed decrement, forward/reverse direction, rapid prime, and programming. 4. Menu driven on screen programming of manual or auto control, flow and remote signal calibration, and general programming. 5. Programmable "Auto Restart" feature to resume pump status in the event of power outage interruption. 6. Programmable "Keypad Lock" to allow operator lockout of all keys except emergency start/stop. 7. Programmable "Maximum Speed" to allow operator to set the maximum speed of the pump. J. Controls 1 1 11200 - 6 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 10-14\11200.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 11200 DIVISION 11 -EQUIPMENT CHEMICAL FEED Supply auto control features to meet the following minimum functionality requirements for use with the SCADA system. All control signal features must be located internally to the pump. Pumps not meeting this minimum functionality or that require additional external control boxes are not acceptable. a. Remote Control Inputs 1. Speed Control: a) Primary Analog 4-20mA or 0-10VDC speed input, with input signal trimmable and speed scaleable over any part of the drive speed range. 1. Start/Stop Control: via 5V TTL, 24V industrial logic or dry contact- Configurable command sense allowing open to equal run or open to equal stopped. 2. Forward/Reverse Control: via 5V TTL, 24V industrial logic or dry contact 3. Auto/Man Mode Control: via 5V TTL, 24V industrial logic or dry contact 4. Leak Detector Run/Stop Control: b. Status Outputs 1. Four relay contacts rated fora 30 VDC with a maximum load of 30W, NO or NC software configurable to indicate the following: a) Running/Stopped status b) Forward/Reverse status c) Auto/Manual status d) General Alarm status e) Leak Detected status 2. Speed output -Analog 4-20mA or 0-10 VDC c. Accepts RS485 data protocol d. Termination: supply screw down terminals suitable for up to18 AWG field wire and accessible through four glanded cable entry points on the pump Drive motor- brushless DC motor with integral gearbox and tachometer feedback. a. Speed Control Range of 2200:1 from 0.1 to 100 rpm +/- 0.1 rpm throughout the range. b. Closed loop microprocessor controlled drive with pulse width modulation at speeds above 35 rpm and synchronous mode with magnetic field rotation control below 35 rpm c. Circuitry complete with temperature and load compensation and protection. Mounting: Drive shall be self-supporting and shall not require anchoring. Leak Detection- Pump manufacturer shall supply float-type leak sensor mounted to the drain port of the pump head for leak detection and pump shut down in the event of a tubing failure N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 10-14\11200.doc May 29, 2009 11200 - 7 SECTION 11200 DIVISION 11 -EQUIPMENT CHEMICAL FEED Spares 1. Supply four spare tube elements of the specified size per pump. 2. Supply one spare pumphead assembly and rotor. K. Polyethylene tubing, as shown on the Drawings, shall be provided per pump complete with compression connections. Afoot valve with integral one piece strainer shall be provided for the suction line, and an injection check/back pressure valve with 3/4" NPT male connection for the injection point. L. A Saf-T-Flo Model EB-191-B-CP-6-B-ABBY 1-1/4" NPT-CPVC nozzle and brass corporation stop assembly shall be provided. Drill and tap the pipe as shown on the Drawings. Apply pipe thread sealant and tighten corporation stop and fitting to 20 foot-pounds. No leaks will be allowed. M. Sodium hypochlorite shall be stored in (2) 500-gallon Snyder DCT1000800 Double Wall Tanks. Hydrofloursilic acid shall be stored in (1) 500-gallon Snyder DCT1000800 Double Wall Tank. All tanks shall be constructed of HDLPE resin in natural white color. Tanks shall comply with NSF 61 standard. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. The equipment specified herein shall be located as shown and installed in conformance with the manufacturer's suggested method as approved, and further specified hereunder B. Pumps shall be mounted on equipment support shelves as shown on the Drawings. Pumps, tubing, valves, and all appurtenances shall be mounted in an orderly and neat manner running parallel to walls and floors and properly secured. C. Ensure all manufacturer fastened fittings, valves and unions are tightened ' to their recommended specification. D. All work shall be completed in accordance with the applicable portions of the Uniform Building Code, Uniform Plumbing Code and the National Electrical Code. 3.02 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATE A. Provide manufacturer's certificate ensuring review and acceptance of Contractor's certification of functional testing. N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 10-14\11200.doc May 29, 2009 11200 - 8 SECTION 11200 DIVISION 11 -EQUIPMENT CHEMICAL FEED PART 4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 11200 11200 - 9 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 10-14\11200.doc May 29, 2009 i~ n r SECTION 13705 DIVISION 13 INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROLS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This section covers all materials and work necessary for furnishing, installing, calibrating, adjusting, testing, documenting, and starting up the Process Instrumentation and Control System. B. Major constituents of this system include, but are not limited to, all materials, equipment, and work required to implement a complete and operating system of instrumentation and controls. The system shall include primary elements for process variable measurements, analog display and control elements, discrete display and control elements, programmable logic controllers, and other facilities as specified. C. Division 16 Sections describe the requirements for installation of 120 volt power to those items identified on the Drawings. Division 13 Sections outline provision and installation of all signal and control wiring. Division 13 is responsible to make all arrangements to install any required 120 volt signal and control wiring to provide a complete and functional control system. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. All the work executed under this section shall meet the requirements of Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS sections of this specification as if fully stated herein. B. Other Division 16 Sections containing information and requirements that apply to the work specified in this section. 1.03 DEFINITION OF TERMS A. The City of Bozeman shall enter into a separate contract to provide ' for the supply, installation certification, adjustment, and startup, of a complete, coordinated control system which shall reliably perform the specified functions. ' B. The Contractor shall make all final power and signal connections, both pneumatic and electric, to all elements provided under this ' section. For all elements provided under this section, and all elements interfaced by the instrumentation and control system, the Contractor shall verify and certify by written notice to the Engineer, correctness of ' final signal connections and correctness of adjustment. 13705 -1 OF 28 PAGES SECTION 13705 DIVISION 13 INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROLS C. Required information on those primary elements, valves, valve actuators, other control equipment or devices that are required to be interfaced with, but that are not provided under, this section shall be obtained from the installer of the primary element. D. Work under this section shall be coordinated with the Division 16 electrical work to ensure that: 1. All instruments, wiring, and other components to be provided under this section are properly installed and interfaced with other system components. 2. The proper type, size, and number of control wires with their conduits are provided and installed. 3. Proper electric power circuits are provided for all components and systems. 4. All conduits are provided and installed in accordance with applicable Division 16 Sections, with the exception of low voltage control cables. Low voltage control cables shall be provided and installed for all devices per Division 13 requirements. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 01300, SUBMITTALS in Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, and other Division 16 Sections containing information and requirements that apply to the work specified in this section. B. Specifically, the following submittals shall be made: 1. Catalog information, descriptive literature, wiring diagrams, and shop drawings on all controllers, recorders, indicators, transmitters, primary elements, flow measuring equipment and appurtenances, pressure regulating valves, gauges, and all other components of the system. 2. Individual data (or specification) sheets shall be provided for all components provided under this section. The purpose of these data sheets is to supplement the generalized catalog information provided by citing all specific features for each specific component (e.g.: scale range, materials of construction, special options included, etc.). Each component 13705 - 2 OF 28 PAGES ' SECTION 13705 DIVISION 13 INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROLS ' data sheet shall bear the component name and instrument tag number designation shown in the Drawings and Specifications. 3. Catalog information on all electrical devices furnished under this section. ' 4. Shop drawings and catalog material for all new control panels and enclosures. ' 5. Panel elementary diagrams of pre-wired panels. Diagrams shall be similar to those diagrams shown on the Drawings, but with the addition of all switched analog signals and all auxiliary ' devices such as relays, alarms, fuses, lights, fans, heaters, etc. 6. Interconnecting point-to-point wiring diagrams, showing all component and panel terminal board identification numbers and external wire numbers. This diagram shall include all intermediate terminations between field elements and panels (e.g., terminal junction boxes, motor control centers, etc.), and 120 VAC power supply circuits. 7. Input/output instrumentation loop diagrams of the PLC's, which shall consist of wiring diagrams for each discrete and analog loop, showing all terminal numbers, the location of the DC power supply, the location of any booster or logic transfer relays or common dropping resistors, etc. The diagrams shall be divided into three areas for identification of element locations: PLC terminals, control panel, and field, respectively. PLC and control panel window areas shall show the transmitters, digital panel meter, power supplies, and all other components required to operate a single field instrument's loop(s). Field window areas shall depict the field sensor, a diagrammatic representation of where the sensor is located in relation to other equipment, and the wiring connections to the sensor. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to ensure that the loop diagrams and actual equipment being furnished, and associated wiring, agree with the wiring and schematic diagrams. 8. Power requirement summary for all control panels. Power requirements shall state required voltages, currents, and phases(s). 13705 - 3 OF 28 PAGES SECTION 13705 DIVISION 13 INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROLS C. Engineer will approve loop diagrams only to the extent of instrumentation equipment being furnished and location, terminal block layouts, cabling information, and drawing formats. D. Spares and Expendables: 1. Provide a list of recommended spares and expendable items in sufficient quantities to sustain the Process Instrumentation and Control system for a period of 3 years after acceptance. A total purchase cost for the recommended list shall be provided in addition to the unit cost for each item. 2. In addition to the Spares and Expendables List, provide a Component Part List. The Component Part List shall be a complete parts list for the entire Process Instrumentation and Control System, and shall have the following features: a. All components shall be grouped by component type, with the component types identified in a similar manner to the component identification code used in these Specifications. b. All components shall be listed with their exact and complete manufacturer's part number, including all options or accessories. c. All components shall be identified with their complete tag number as shown in these Specifications, or as modified or assigned and accepted by the Engineer. d. All components without tag numbers shall be grouped within component types by manufacturer's part number. Exact quantities shall be listed for each part number. 1.05 DOCUMENTATION A. This documentation shall include Operating and Maintenance manuals and Record Drawings as described in Section 01700, CONTRACT CLOSEOUT. 1. Record Drawings -Provide one set of as-built drawings in electronic format, stored on disk in AutoCAD format, of the following: 13705 - 4 OF 28 PAGES 1 1 I_~ SECTION 13705 DIVISION 13 INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROLS a. Process and Instrumentation Diagrams. These P&ID's shall be in the same format and style as those provided in these Contract Documents. b. Interconnecting Wiring Diagrams. Diagrams shall show all equipment (panels, field elements, etc.) and all terminations provided .under this section. Wiring diagrams shall clearly show all terminal block number designations and wire numbers. Diagrams, device designations, and symbols shall be in accordance with NEMA ICS 1-101. c. Hard copies of all PLC programs. 2. Provide one set of reproducible record drawings for the following submittal documents: a. Panel Elementary Diagrams b. Interconnecting Wiring Diagrams c. Loop Diagrams B. Testing Related Submittals: 1. Test Procedures: Submit the procedures proposed to be followed during the test. Procedures shall include test descriptions, forms, and checklists to be used to control and document the required tests. 1.06 TESTS A. As a minimum, the testing shall include the following: 1. Unwitnessed factory test 2. Operational Readiness test 3. Functional Acceptance tests B. Unwitnessed Factory Test: ' 1. The instrumentation and control elements shall be inspected and tested at the factory to ensure that it is fully operational and ready for demonstration testing. ' 2. All panels, consoles and assemblies of the instrumentation and control systems shall be inspected and tested to verify that ' they are in conformance with related submittals and these Specifications. 13705 - 5 OF 28 PAGES SECTION 13705 DIVISION 13 INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROLS 3. The entire system, except for primary elements shall be interconnected and tested to ensure that it is fully operational. Outputs to and inputs from the excluded primary elements shall be simulated. 4. All tests shall be itemized and the results documented. Documentation shall be submitted to the Engineer for review. C. Operational Readiness Tests: 1. Prior to startup, the entire installed system shall be certified (inspected, tested and documented) that it is ready for operation. These inspections and tests shall include Loop/Component inspections and tests and a repeat of portions of the factory tests. 2. The entire system shall be checked for proper installation, calibrated and adjusted on a loop by loop and component by component basis to ensure that it is in conformance with related submittals and these Specifications. 3. The Loop/Component inspections and tests shall be implemented using Engineer approved forms and checklists. D. Functional Acceptance Test: 1. Witnessed, Functional Acceptance Test shall be performed on the complete system of Instrumentation and Controls. 2. Each function shall be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Engineer on a loop-by-loop and component by component basis. 3. The testing program shall be conducted in accordance with prior approved procedures, and shall be witnessed and signed off by both the Contractor and the Engineer upon satisfactory completion. E. All special testing materials and equipment shall be provided. Where it is not practical to test with real process variables, provide suitable means of simulation. These simulation techniques shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. F. Coordinate all testing with other associated subcontractors. 13705 - 6 OF 28 PAGES ' SECTION 13705 DIVISION 13 INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROLS G. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 2 weeks prior to the date of the FUNCTIONAL ACCEPTANCE TEST. 1.07 TRAINING A. Provide, at the jobsite, one 8 hour day of training for two of the Owner's personnel in the operation and maintenance of the Process Instrumentation and Control System. 1.08 DEFINITION OF ACCEPTANCE A. System acceptance shall be defined as that point in time when the following requirements of the construction project have been fulfilled: 1. All submittals and documentation have been submitted, reviewed and approved. 2. The complete system of instrumentation and controls has successfully completed all testing requirements cited herein. 3. Owner's staff personnel training has been completed. 1.09 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All materials and equipment shall be new and of best quality, of the type best suited for the purpose intended, and be made by nationally recognized and substantially established manufacturers. Related items of equipment shall be the end products of one manufacturer in order to achieve standardization of appearance, operation, maintenance, spare parts, and manufacturer's service. B. Where such listing is provided, all electrical materials used in this work shall be listed by the Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL), or another Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL), and shall bear their label. C. Control panels shall be constructed in compliance with UL Industrial Control Panels listing and follow-up service. Control panels shall be built in a UL or NRTL listed manufacturing facility and labeled to that effect. D. Where the notation of "ISA" is indicated, the equipment or notation shall conform to standards of the Instrumentation Systems and Automation Society. 13705 - 7 OF 28 PAGES SECTION 13705 DIVISION 13 INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROLS E. The supplier shall provide full-time manufacturing, engineering, service, and support personnel necessary to provide and support the complete system. On-site service shall be available within 12 hours of being notified of a failure. 1.09 WARRANTY A. Materials, equipment, and workmanship shall be guaranteed for one year in accordance with provisions of these Contract Documents. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED A. The Process Instrumentation and Control System is based on specific items of equipment specified hereinafter: For equipment listed under COMPONENT SPECIFICATIONS, -the design is based on the first named manufacturer where there is a difference. B. Should the Contractor select other equipment that requires different installation requirements, wiring and conduit, enclosures, intrinsically safe barriers, accessories, etc., the Contractor shall obtain approval from the Engineer for such changes to the design and shall make all approved changes at no additional cost to the Owner or Engineer. 2.02 SIGNAL CHARACTERISTICS A. Analog signals shall be 4 to 20 mADC and shall conform to the compatibility requirements of ISA Standard S50.1. Unless otherwise noted, circuits shall be two wire. Transmitters shall have a load resistance capability conforming to Class L Transmitters and receivers shall be fully isolated. B. Discrete signals are two-state logic signals of two types. Control signals shall utilize 120 VAC or 24 VDC sources. Alarm signals that interface directly with an annunciator shall utilize DC sources of less than 30 Volts. Any alarm signals external to control panel shall be normally open, close to alarm. Where required, provide isolated contacts rated for 5 amperes at 120 VAC and 2 amperes at 30 VDC as a minimum contact rating. 2.03 CONTROL PANELS A. New panels shall be completely fabricated, instruments and electrical components installed, and wired in the manufacturer's factory. Wiring 13705 - 8 OF 28 PAGES 1 SECTION 13705 DIVISION 13 INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROLS shall be completed and tested prior to shipment. All external connections shall be by way of numbered terminal blocks. B. Connections for future functions shall be wired to numbered terminal blocks, grouped separate from the terminal blocks in use. Terminal blocks shall also be grouped to keep 480 VAC, 120 VAC and 24 VDC separated. C. Sufficient terminal blocks shall be provided to terminate all spare annunciator points and spare conductors. In addition, 15 percent unused spare terminals shall be provided for future functions. D. Panel Construction: New control panels shall be NEMA 4 steel enclosure mounted inside, at least 36"H x 20"W x 12"D. 2. Panel shall have hinged inner and outer doors. Outer door shall include lockable lever handle for opening and closing. Inner door shall provide mounting for control switches, meters, and other normal user interfaces. 3. Wherever practical, smaller panels shall be standard products as manufactured by Hoffman, Wiegand, or equal. 4. Instrument and electrical component arrangement shall be as shown, with modifications as required by the particular equipment furnished. Modifications shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. 5. Panels shall be designed to permit continuous operation of all components mounted therein with panel ambient temperatures of up to 115° F. Panel shall be provided with louvers and/or forced ventilation as required to prevent temperature buildup due to electrical devices mounted in or on the panel. Louvers shall be on the sides. Forced ventilation fans, where used, shall be provided with washable or replaceable filters. Fan motors shall operate on 120-volt, 60 Hz power. 6. Panels shall be provided with 120 VAC electric heaters to ensure equipment operation down to -40°F for panels installed in un-heated buildings or outdoors. 13705 - 9 OF 28 PAGES SECTION 13705 DIVISION 13 INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROLS 2.04 WIRING A. All electrical wiring shall be in accordance with applicable requirements of Division 16. Wires shall be 600 Volt class, PVC insulated, stranded copper and shall be of the sizes required for the current to be carried, but not below 16 AWG. Wire shall be enclosed in either a sheet metal raceway, or plastic wiring duct. Wiring for .signal circuits shall be twisted shielded pairs not smaller than No. 19 AWG, and shall be separated at least 8 inches from any power wiring. B. All interconnecting wires between panel mounted equipment and external equipment shall be terminated at numbered terminal blocks. All wires shall be identified per applicable requirements of Division 16. 2.05 TERMINAL BLOCKS A. Terminal blocks shall be NEMA rated 300 volt for termination of all control circuits leaving or entering equipment, panels, or boxes. Terminal blocks shall be sectional, 300 or 600 volt, 30 ampere barrier, box clamp type. Provide General Electric Type CR151 C; Allen Bradley Bulletin 1492, or equal. B. Terminals shall have permanent, legible identification, clearly visible with the protective cover removed. 2.06 RELAYS A. Control circuit switching shall be accomplished with relays. B. Relays for interfacing and control applications shall be the compact, general purpose plug-in type. Contact arrangements shall be as noted or shown and shall be rated for not less than 10 amperes at 120VAC. Coil voltage shall be 24 VDC. C. Relays shall have plain plastic dust covers and mounting sockets with screw terminals and holddown springs. Relays shall be UL recognized. D. Relays shall be Potter and Brumfield KUP or KUL series; IDEC RH Series; or equal. E. All relays shall have a screw terminal interface with the wiring. Terminals shall have a permanent, legible identification. Relays shall be mounted such that the terminal identifications are clearly visible and the terminals are readily accessible. 13705 -10 OF 28 PAGES SECTION 13705 DIVISION 13 INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROLS 2.07 POWER SUPPLIES A. Provide DC power supplies as required to power instruments requiring external DC power. B. Power supplies shall convert 120V AC, 60 Hz power to DC power of the appropriate voltage(s) with sufficient voltage regulation and ripple control to assure that the instruments being supplied can operate within their required tolerances. C. Output overcurrent protective devices shall be provided with the power supply to protect the instruments from damage due to power supply failure. Provide NEMA enclosure for all power supplies outside the control panel. D. Power supplies shalt be mounted so that dissipated heat does not adversely affect other components. 2.08 NAMEPLATES, NAME TAGS, AND SERVICE LEGENDS A. All components provided under this section, both field and panel mounted, shall be provided with permanently mounted name tags bearing the entire instrument tag number of the component. Panel mounted tags shall be plastic; field mounted tags shall be stamped stainless steel. ' B. Service legends and nameplates shall be engraved, rigid, laminated plastic type with adhesive back. Unless otherwise noted, color shall be black with white letters, and letter height shall be 3/16 inch. ' Service legends shall also, where possible, be .engraved on illuminated lenses. ' 2.09 ELECTRIC POWER AND SIGNAL WIRING A. Control and signal wiring external to the control panels and all power ' wiring shall conform with applicable requirements of Division 16. B. Control and signal wiring in control panels shall be restrained by ' plastic ties or ducts. Hinge wiring shall be secured at each end so that any bending or twisting will be around the longitudinal axis of the wire and the bend area shall be protected with a sleeve. C. A metal barrier shall be constructed between 480V AC power wiring and other voltages within a panel. 13705 - 11 OF 28 PAGES SECTION 13705 DIVISION 13 INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROLS 2.10 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS A. The System shall provide all of the functions described hereinafter for each loop. Major equipment items are specified for each loop, however, all items of equipment, whether indicated or not, that are necessary to effect the required loop performance, shall be provided. B. Display and control loops are shown on the Drawings in Process and Instrumentation Diagram (P&ID) form in accordance with the Instrument Society of America (ISA), standard S5.1. 2.11 FORMAT A. Each Loop Specification is written with subheadings: FUNCTIONS and COMPONENTS. B. The FUNCTIONS subheading specifies the functional performance of the loop and includes a description of the functions of interlocks and control schemes to be provided by the PICS Subcontractor. Provide PLC, programming software, relay logic, and hardware as necessary to implement the required functions. C. The major Components to be provided for each loop are fisted under the COMPONENTS subheading. Expanded information for these Components, as well as panel schedule and calibration information are listed in the COMPONENT DESCRIPTION, OPTIONS AND CALIBRATION DATA TABLE included in this Specification. D. Tag Numbers: A short-hand notation has been used throughout the following Loop Specifications. Consider the following example: a. AIT-2 (pH] Notation AIT 2 [pH] Explanation ISA designation: analytical indicator transmitter Loop number Notation shown at the 2 o'clock position on the ISA circle symbol describing analytical measurement E. Component Options: A particular nomenclature has been used to define the action of discrete devices about their set point. When "closing" is 13705 -12 OF 28 PAGES 1 1 ~I '~j ~I SECTION 13705 DIVISION 13 INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROLS specified with a set point, it means that the contacts are closed for all process variable values above that point. Conversely when "opening" is specified, the contacts are closed for all values of the process variable below that point. 2. Definitions: The RTU is located within the Lyman Creek Inlet Building. The CTU is located at the Sourdough Water Treatment Plant. 3. Operator-Adjustable Settings: Table 13705-1 identifies operator-adjustable settings for the various components at the Inlet Building. Actual values will be set by the operator at either the RTU or the CTU. Changes to any settings will be communicated between the RTU and the CTU. 4. Monitoring/Trending: Table 13705-1 identifies data to be monitored at both the RTU and the CTU. The CTU will collect continuously, and store permanently, all data collected at the Inlet Building. Data stored at the CTU will be trended in a format to be determined by the City. 5. Alarms: a) Alarms shall consist of both audible and visible (on-screen "pop-up") signals at the RTU and at the CTU. To clear an alarm, it must be acknowledged (silenced) at either location. b) If an alarm condition corrects itself, the alarms shall clear automatically. c) The type, date, time and duration of each alarm event, including self-corrected, automatically cleared alarms, shall be monitored and trended by the RTU and the CTU. d) To minimize nuisance alarms, each alarm shall include a time delay between the trigger event and alarm activation, operator-settable from 0 to 30 minutes. 2.12 LOOP SPECIFICATIONS A. Loop: 1-1, 1-2 13705 -13 OF 28 PAGES SECTION 13705 DIVISION 13 INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROLS Function: Receive line pressure at Inlet Building from pressure sensor (PE/PT-1-1) located on inlet piping priorto PRV. Local RTU shall monitor pressure and record information. A pressure switch (YS-1-2) will provide a water present signal to the RTU. RTU shall communicate information collected with the CTU. See calibration table attached at the end of this specification for further information. Components: PE/PT-1-1 P1 PRESSURE TRANSDUCER PIR-1-1-1 SOFTWARE PRESSURE INDICATE AND RECORD YS-1-2 Y1 PRESSURE SWITCH YS-1-2-1 SOFTWARE WATER PRESENT B. Loop: 2-1, 2-2, 2-3, 2-4 Function: Control inlet flow paced chlorination pump (CL-1) located on inlet piping. An On/Off/Auto Switch (HS-2-2- 1) is supplied on the RTU control panel. In Auto mode, the pump is controlled by the local RTU based on the dose rate chosen by the operator and the measured flow rate of water to be treated. In ON mode, Pump CL- 1 is controlled by the local manual pump keypad and display. In OFF mode, Pump CL-1 is unresponsive to manual momentary switch or local RTU control. Local RTU will record the run time of the pump CL-1. See calibration table attached at the end of this specification for further information Components: SC-2-1-1 PUMP CL-1 SPEED CONTROL HS-2-2-1 ON/OFF/AUTOMATIC SELECTOR SWITCH HS-2-2-1 SOFTWARE ON/OFF/AUTOMATIC SELECTOR SWITCH SI-2-3-1 PUMP CL-1 SPEED INDICATE KIR-2-4-1 SOFTWARE RUN TIME INDICATE AND RECORD C. Loop: 3-1, 3-2, 3-3, 3-4 Function: Control inlet flow paced fluoride pump (FL-1) located on inlet piping. An On/Off/Auto Switch (HS-3-2-1) is supplied on the RTU control panel. In Auto mode, the pump is controlled by the local RTU based on the dose 13705 -14 OF 28 PAGES 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 13705 DIVISION 13 INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROLS rate chosen by the operator and the measured flow rate of water to be treated. In ON mode, Pump FL-1 is controlled by the local manual pump keypad and display. In OFF mode, Pump FL-1 is unresponsive to manual momentary switch or local RTU control. Local RTU will record the run time of the pump FL-1. See calibration table attached at the end of this specification for further information Components: HS-3-1-1 PUMP FL-1 SPEED CONTROL HS-3-2-1 ON/OFF/AUTOMATIC SELECTOR SWITCH HS-3-2-1 SOFTWARE ON/OFF/AUTOMATIC SELECTOR SWITCH SI-3-3-1 PUMP FL-1 SPEED INDICATE KIR-3-4-1 SOFTWARE RUN TIME INDICATE AND RECORD D. Loop: 4-1, 4-2, 4-3, 4-4 Function: Control Cla-Val solenoid valve (V-1) located on inlet piping and monitor flow rate (FE-4-3). An Auto-Manual Switch 4-2-1 is supplied on the RTU control panel. In Auto mode, the Valve V-1 is controlled by a set point on the local RTU based on the measured flow rate of water through the inlet building piping. In Manual mode, Valve V-1 is controlled by the local Cla-Val Electronic Control System. The Cla-Val orifice plate flowmeter (FE-4-3) will provide an input to the Cla-Val Electronic Control System (FIT-4-3) which will transmit information to the local RTU. Monitor and record flow at both the RTU and the CTU. Provide alarm at local RTU and CTU upon failure of Cla-Val Electronic Control System. See calibration table attached at the end of this specification for further information. Components: FCV-4-1-1 OPEN/CLOSE FLOW CONTROL VALVE HS-4-2-1 V-1 AUTO-MANUAL SELECTOR SWITCH HS-4-2-1 SOFTWARE AUTO-MANUAL SELECTOR SWITCH FE/FIT-4-3 V-1 FLOWMETER FIR-4-3-1 SOFTWARE FLOW RATE INDICATE AND RECORD YS-4-4 V-1 VALVE/METER/ELECTRONICS FAILURE E. Loop: 5-1, 5-2 13705 -15 OF 28 PAGES SECTION 13705 DIVISION 13 INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROLS Function: Monitor inlet residual chlorine analyzer (AE/AIT-5-1) and failure (YS-5-2). Components: AE/AIT-5-1 INLET RESIDUAL CHLORINE ANALYZER AIR-5-1-1 SOFTWARE RESIDUAL INDICATE AND RECORD YS-5-2 ANALYZER FAILURE F. Loop: 6-1, 6-2 Function: Monitor inlet turbidity (AE/AIT-6-1) and failure (YS-6-2). Components: AE/AIT-6-1 TURBIDITY ANALYZER AIR-6-1-1 SOFTWARE RESIDUAL INDICATE AND RECORD YS-6-2 ANALYZER FAILURE G. Loop: 7-1, 7-2 Function: Monitor outlet residual chlorine analyzer (AE/AIT-7-1) and failure (YS-7-2). Components: AE/AIT-7-1 OUTLET RESIDUAL CHLORINE ANALYZER AIR-7-1-1 SOFTWARE RESIDUAL INDICATE AND RECORD YS-7-2 ANALYZER FAILURE H. Loop:8-1 Function: Monitor inlet control building security conditions locally (YS-8-1). Provide alarm at local RTU and CTU. Components: YS-8-1 DOOR ENTRY ALARM I. Loop:9-1 Function: Monitor reservoir levels from level sensor (LE-9-1) located within the Lyman Creek Water Storage Reservoir. Local RTU shall monitor reservoir level, 13705 -16 OF 28 PAGES SECTION 13705 DIVISION 13 INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROLS indicate, and record information. Provide software High (LAH-9-2-1) and Low (LAL-9-3-1) level alarms at operator-specified elevations. RTU shall communicate information collected with the CTU. See calibration table attached at the end of this specification for further information. Components: LE/LIT-9-1 L1 LEVEL SENSOR/TRANSMIT LIR-9-1-1 SOFTWARE RESERVOIR LEVEL INDICATE AND RECORD LAH-9-2-1 SOFTWARE HIGH WATER ALARM LAL-9-3-1 SOFTWARE LOW WATER ALARM J. Loop: 10-1 Function: Monitor Lyman Creek water storage reservoir security conditions locally (YS-10-1). Provide alarm at local RTU and CTU. Components: YS-10-1 DOOR ENTRY ALARM K. Loop: 11-1, 11-2, 11-3 Function: Receive line pressure at Outlet Building from pressure sensor (PE/PT-11-1) located on outlet piping. Local RTU shall monitor pressure and record information. A pressure switch (YS-11-2) will provide a water present signal to the RTU. Monitor outlet pH (AE/AIT-11-3). RTU shall communicate information collected with the CTU. See calibration table attached at the end of this specification for further information. Components: PE/PT-11-1 P1 PRESSURE TRANSDUCER PIR-11-1-1 SOFTWARE PRESSURE INDICATE AND RECORD YS-11-2 Y1 PRESSURE SWITCH YS-11-2-1 SOFTWARE WATER PRESENT AE/AIT-11-3 OUTLET PH ANALYZER AIR-11-3-1 SOFTWARE RESIDUAL INDICATE AND RECORD 13705 - 17 OF 28 PAGES SECTION 13705 DIVISION 13 INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROLS L. Loop: 12-1, 12-2, 12-3, 12-4 Function: Control outlet flow paced chlorination pump (CL-2) located on inlet piping. An On/Off/Auto Switch (HS-12- 2-1) is supplied on the RTU control panel. In Auto mode, the pump is controlled by the local RTU based on the dose rate chosen by the operator and the measured flow rate of waterto be treated. In ON mode, Pump CL-2 is controlled by the local manual pump keypad and display. In OFF mode, Pump CL-2 is unresponsive to manual momentary switch or local RTU control. Local RTU will record the run time of the pump CL-2. See calibration table attached at the end of this specification for further information Components: HS-12-1-1 PUMP CL-2 SPEED CONTROL HS-12-2-1 ON/OFF/AUTOMATIC SELECTOR SWITCH HS-12-2-1 SOFTWARE ON/OFF/AUTOMATIC SELECTOR SWITCH HS-12-3-1 PUMP CL-2 SPEED INDICATE KIR-12-4-1 SOFTWARE RUN TIME INDICATE AND RECORD M. Loop: 13-1, 13-2 Function: Monitor ultrasonic "clamp-on" flow meter located on outlet piping (FE-13-1 ). The flowmeter (FE-13-1) will provide an input to the local RTU (FT-13-1) which will transmit information to the local RTU. Monitor and record flow at both the RTU and the CTU. Provide alarm at local RTU and CTU upon failure of the flowmeter. See calibration table attached at the end of this specification for further information. Components: FE/FT-13-1 FLOWMETER FIR-13-1-1 SOFTWARE FLOW RATE INDICATE AND RECORD YS-13-2 METER FAILURE N. Loop: 14-1, 14-2 Function: Control electric solenoid valve (V-2) located on outlet building piping. Monitor valve position (ZS-14-2-1) at both the RTU and the CTU. 13705 -18 OF 28 PAGES ~~ SECTION 13705 DIVISION 13 INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROLS Components: FCV-14-1-1 OPEN/CLOSE ELECTRIC SOLENOID VALVE ZS-14-2-1 OPEN/CLOSE POSITION SWITCH O. Loop: 15-1 Function: Monitor Lyman Creek outlet building security conditions locally (YS-15-1). Provide alarm at local RTU and CTU. Components: YS-15-1 DOOR ENTRY ALARM P. Loop: 16-1, 16-2, 16-3 Function: Monitor Automatic Transfer Switch (ATS) normal (YS- 16-1), emergency (YS-16-2), and generator running (YS-16-3) conditions. Provide ATS status at local RTU and CTU. Components: YS-16-1 ATS UTILITY POWER AVAILABLE YS-16-2 ATS UTILITY POWER CONNECTED YS-16-3 ATS GENERATOR POWER CONNECTED Q. Loop: 17-1 Function: Monitor backup power generator failure (YS-17-1). Provide generator failure status at local RTU and CTU. Components: YS-17-1 GENERATOR FAILURE R. Loop: 18-1, 18-2 Function: Monitor Radon Fan running (YS-18-1) and failure (YS- 18-2) conditions. Provide Radon Fan status at local RTU and CTU. Components: YS-18-1 RADON FAN RUNNING YS-18-2 RADON FAN FAIL 13705 -19 OF 28 PAGES SECTION 13705 DIVISION 13 INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROLS 2.13 COMPONENT SPECIFICATIONS The following are detailed but generalized component/assembly specifications referenced by the Loop Specifications herein before. Where components are proposed that are otherthan those specified. The Engineer reserves the right to decide on their equality. A. P1 ELECTRONIC PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS 1. Tags: PE-1-1, PT-1-1, PE-11-1, PT-11-1 2. Pressure Element a. NEMA Rating: NEMA 4 (IP65 minimum) b. Nominal Diameter: 1.5" c. Housing type: '/4" NPT, Welded Stainless Steel d. Accuracy: 0.25% e. Wetted Parts: 17-4 PH and 300 Series Stainless Steel f. Manufacturer's original power and signal cables supplied with flow element. Required length 3' g. Output: 4-20 mA, Pressure Range: 0-100 psi 3. Acceptable Type and Manufacturer: Omega Engineering, Inc. or approved equal. 4. Display inlet and outlet pressures on HMI. B. Y1 PRESSURE SWITCHES 1. Tags: YS-1-2, YS-11-2 2. Use existing pressure switches from Inlet Building piping and Outlet Building piping 3. Display water present status on HMI. C. V-1 ELECTRONIC FLOW CONTROL VALVE AND FLOWMETER 1. Tags: FCV-4-1, FE/FIT-4-3 2. Electronic Control System 13705 - 20 OF 28 PAGES SECTION 13705 DIVISION 13 INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROLS a. Power Supply: 120VAC b. Enclosure NEMA Rating: NEMA 4X c. Nominal Dimensions as per Drawings d. Manufacturer's original power and signal cables supplied with flow element. Required length by Drawings 3. Flow Transmitter a. Analog Output: 4-20mA DC b. NEMA Rating: NEMA 4X 4. Acceptable Type and Manufacturer: Cla-Val or approved equal. 5. Inlet flowrate setpoint, flowmeter reading, and inlet flow control valve status will not change on the HMI. The existing flowmeter will be replaced by an integral Cla-Val flow control and metering system. D. INLET RESIDUAL CHLORINE ANALYZER 1. Tags: AE-5-1, AIT-5-1. 2. Use existing Hach CL-17 analyzer in Inlet Building and relocate as shown on plans 3. Inlet Chlorine Analyzer monitoring will not change on the HMI. E. INLET TURBIDITY ANALYZER 1. Tags: AE-6-1, AIT-6-1. 2. Use existing Hach Aquatrend/SOM, 1720D, and PS1201 analyzer components in Inlet Building and relocate as shown on plans 3. Inlet Turbidity Analyzer monitoring will not change on the HMI. F. OUTLET RESIDUAL CHLORINE ANALYZER 1. Tags: AE-7-1, AIT-7-1. 2. Use existing Hach CL-17 analyzer in Inlet Building. 13705 - 21 OF 28 PAGES SECTION 13705 DIVISION 13 INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROLS 3. Outlet Residual Chlorine Analyzer monitoring will not change on the HMI. G. L1 ELECTRONIC LEVEL TRANSDUCER 1. Tags: LE/LIT 9-1 2. Control Panel a. Power Supply: 120VAC b. Enclosure NEMA Rating: NEMA 4X (IP65 minimum) c. Nominal Dimensions: 7.40 x 6.29 x 4.21 inch (wall mount) d. Accuracy: 0.25% of measured range or 6 mm (whichever is greater) e. Analog Output: 4-20 mA DC 3. Tranducer a. Enclosure NEMA Rating: NEMA 6P (waterproof) b. Nominal Dimensions: 3.38" diameter with 1" NPT top mounting thread c. Accuracy: 0.25% of range or 0.24", integral temperature compensation d. Measurement range: 1.6-50 feet 4. Acceptable Type and Manufacturer: Pulsar, Inc. or approved equal. 5. Display reservoir level on HMI using electronic level transducer input. H. RESIDUAL PH ANALYZER 1. Tags: AE-11-3, AT-11-3 2. Acceptable Type and Manufacturer: Sensor not provided for this project. 13705 - 22 OF 28 PAGES ~',' SECTION 13705 DIVISION 13 INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROLS 3. Provide wiring between Inlet and Outlet Building, PLC I/O, and '' '' ^ 1. ELECTRONIC FLOWMETER 1. Tags: FE-13-1, FT-13-2 2. Use existing Controlotron "Clamp-on" flowmeter from Inlet Control Building and relocate to Outlet Control Building. Connect existing flowmeter output wire in Outlet Control Building to Controlotron flowmeter. 3. Outlet Building flowrate monitoring display on the HMI will not change. J. ELECTRIC VALVE 1. Tags: FCV-14-1 2. Use existing electric actuated butterfly valve located in the Outlet Building. No change required to existing wiring or controls. C. PLC PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER 1. Provide programmable logic controller for interlock and time delay functions described in the sequence of operations, with the minimum number or I/O points indicated in the tables located at the end of this section. Provide all necessary hardware and programming software for a functional unit. 2. Master disks of programming software to be registered to City of Bozeman and be delivered to them at completion of the project, complete with all manuals and licenses. 3. New programming shall be incorporated into existing system without adverse effect on existing operation. Revise display screens to show new systems. 4. PICS contractor shall provide his own programming tool. Software delivered to the Owner shall be Windows compatible for installation by them on their own computers. 2.14 COMPONENT CALIBRATION DATA TABLE mounting provisions. 13705 - 23 OF 28 PAGES SECTION 13705 DIVISION 13 INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROLS A. See Table 13705-1 at end of this section for instrumentation component options, calibration information, scale ranges, and set points. 2.15 INPUT/OUTPUT TABLE A. See Tables 13705-2 at the end of this section for control system 24 VDC discrete inputs and outputs, and 4-20mA analog inputs and outputs. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Install materials and equipment in a workmanlike manner utilizing persons skilled in the trade. Provide work which has a neat and finished appearance. B. Coordinate I&C work with the Owner, the Contractor, and work of other trades to avoid conflicts, errors, delays, and unnecessary interference with operation of the plant during construction. 3.02 PROTECTION DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Throughout this Contract, the Contractor shall provide protection for materials and equipment against loss or damage and the effects of weather. Prior to installation, store items in indoor, dry locations. Provide heating in storage areas for items subject to corrosion under damp conditions. Specific storage requirements shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.. 3.03 CORROSION PROTECTION A. All control panels, enclosures, and other equipment containing electrical or instrumentation and control devices, including spare parts, shall be protected from corrosion through the use of corrosion inhibiting vapor capsules. Prior to shipment, the capsules shall be provided within the shipping containers and equipment as recommended by the capsule manufacturer. 3.04 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. Follow manufacturers' installation instructions explicitly, unless otherwise indicated. Wherever any conflict arises between manufacturers' instructions, and these Contract Documents, follow 13705 - 24 OF 28 PAGES i 1 f 1 ' ~ SECTION 13705 DIVISION 13 INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROLS I' Engineer's decision, at no additional cost to Owner. Keep copy of manufacturers' installation instructions on the jobsite available for review at all times. 3.07 INSPECTIONS A. All materials, equipment, and workmanship shall be subject to inspection at any time by the Engineer or Owner. Correct any work, materials, or equipment not in accordance with these Contract Documents or found to be deficient or defective at no additional cost to the Owner. TABLE 13705-1 COMPONENT CALIBRATION TABLE INSTRUMENT COMPONENT OPTIONS, TAG NO. FUNCTION CODE DESCRIPTION CALIBRATION INFORMATION, SCALE RANGE, SET POINTS PE/PT-1-1 Inlet Pressure Inlet Pressure New, pressure (0-100 Transducer psi) YS-1-2 Water Present Inlet Pressure Existing, re-plumb Switch SC-2-1 Inlet CL-1 Metering Rate Recalibrate, Pump Chlorination Calculated From speed (6.0-60.0 rpm) Pump Rate Inlet Flowrate HS-2-2 Inlet CL-1 Hand/Off/Auto Existing Chlorination Switch Pump Control SI-2-3 Inlet CL-1 Actual Pump Recalibrate, Pump Chlorination Metering Rate speed (6.0-60.0 rpm) Pump Actual SC-3-1 Inlet Fluoride FL-1 Metering Rate Recalibrate, Pump Pump Rate Calculated From speed (7.0-70.0 rpm) Inlet Flowrate HS-3-2 Inlet Fluoride FL-1 Hand/Off/Auto Existing Pump Control Switch and Speed Control SI-3-3 Inlet Fluoride FL-1 Actual Pump Recalibrate, Pump Pump Actual Metering Rate speed (7.0-70.0 rpm) FCV-4-1 Open-Close V-1 Flow Control New, Flow rate (300- Valve 2,658 gpm) HS-4-2 Auto-Manual V-1 Flow Control New, Open-Close Control Valve commands FE/FIT-4-3 Inlet Flow Orifice Plate New, flow range Meter Flowmeter (300-3,000 gpm) YS-4-4 Fail Alarm Event Switch New 13705 - 25 OF 28 PAGES SECTION 13705 DIVISION 13 INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROLS AE/AIT-5-1 Inlet Chlorine Chlorine Analyzer Existing, relocate Residual YS-5-2 Fail Alarm Event Switch Existing, relocate AE/AIT-6-1 Inlet Turbidity Turbidity Existing, relocate Analyzer components YS-6-2 Fail Alarm Event Switch Existing, relocate components AE/AIT-7-1 Outlet Chlorine Chlorine Analyzer Existing Residual YS-7-2 Fail Alarm Event Switch Existing YS-8-1 Entry Alarm Door Switch New, Open-Close contact LE-9-1 Reservoir Level Transducer New, level range (0- Level 50 ft) YS-10-1 Entry Alarm Door Switch New, Open-Close contact PE/PT-11-1 Outlet Outlet Pressure New, pressure (0-100 Pressure Transducer psi) YS-11-2 Water Present Outlet Pressure Existing Switch AE/AT-11-3 Outlet pH pH Probe Future, range (0-14) SC-12-1 Outlet CL-2 Metering Rate Recalibrate, Pump Chlorination Calculated From speed (4.3-43.0 rpm) Pump Rate Outlet Flowrate HS-12-2 Outlet CL-2 Hand/Off/Auto Existing, recalibrate Chlorination Switch and for pump head or Pump Control Speed Control tubing changes SI-12-3 Outlet CL-2 Actual Pump Recalibrate, Pump Chlorination Metering Rate speed (4.3-43.0 rpm) Pump Actual FE/FT-13-1 Outlet Flowrate Ultrasonic Existing, relocate, Flowmeter flow range (300- 5,500 gpm) YS-13-2 Fail Alarm Event Switch Existing, relocate FCV-14-1-1 Outlet Valve V-2 Electric Actuator Existing Open-Close Butterfly Valve ZS-14-2-1 Status Open- V-2 Position Switch Existing Close YS-16-1 Utility Power Event Switch Existing ATS Available YS-16-2 Utility Power Event Switch Existing ATS Connected YS-16-3 Gen-set Power Event Switch Existing ATS Connected YS-17-1 Generator Fail Event Switch Existing YS-18-1 Radon Fan Event Switch Existing Running YS-18-2 Radon Fan Fail Event Switch Existing 13705 - 26 OF 28 PAGES i SECTION 13705 DIVISION 13 INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROLS No tes: 1 Si nal Provided b Owner 8 Hi h Alarm 2 Status ON/OFF 9 Low Alarm 3 Alarm 10 HAND/AUTO 4 Totalize Pulse 11 Pum Failure Alarm 5 Start/Sto Control 12 Ad~ustable Pum Seed 6 4-20mA Current Loo 13 Low Batte Alarm 7 Status -OPEN/CLOSE 13705 - 27 OF 28 PAGES SECTION 13705 DIVISION 13 INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROLS Table 13705-2 Flow Metering ITEM DISCRETE INPUT DI DISCRETE OUTPUT DO ANALOG INPUT AI ANALOG OUTPUT AO NOTES PE/PT-1-1 1 6 YS-1-2 1 2, 3 SC-2-1 1 12 HS-2-2 2 10 SI-2-3 1 6 SC-3-1 1 12 HS-3-2 2 10 SI-3-3 1 6 FCV-4-1 2 HS-4-2 1 2 FE/FIT-4-3 1 6 YS-4-4 1 3 AE/AIT-5-1 1 6 YS-5-2 1 3 AE/AIT-6-1 1 6 YS-6-2 1 3 AE/AIT-7-1 1 6 YS-7-2 1 3 YS-8-1 1 7 LE/LIT-9-1 1 6 YS-10-1 1 7 PE/PT-11-1 1 6 YS-11-2 1 2 AE/AT-11-3 1 6 SC-12-1 1 12 HS-12-2 2 10 SI-12-3 1 6 FE/FT-13-1 1 6 YL-13-2 1 3 FCV-14-1-1 2 ZS-14-2-1 2 7 YS-15-1 1 2 YS-16-1 1 2 YS-16-2 1 2 YS-16-3 1 2 YS-17-1 1 3 YS-18-1 1 2 YS-18-2 1 3 SPARE 7 4 4 5 • TOTAL 32 8 16 8 END OF SECTION 13705 13705 - 28 OF 28 PAGES 1 1 SECTION 15001 DIVISION -15 MECHANICAL PLANT PIPING-GENERAL PART1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED SECTIONS A. DETAILED PIPING SPECIFICTIONS are found in: 1. Sections 15001A,'CEMENT LINED DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS. 2. Section 15001 Q, HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) PIPE AND FITTINGS. 3. Section 02730, SANITARY SEWER COLLECTION SYSTEM (MPWSS, Fifth Edition). B. See Section 15080, VALVES, METERS AND ACCESSORIES for valves, operators, valve boxes, and accessories for buried and exposed pipes. C. See Section 15194, FUEL GAS PIPING for propane gas piping. D. See Section 09902, PAINTING -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING. 1.02 SUMMARY A. The work of this Section, and of the Detail Piping Specifications hereinafter, covers the material specification for most pipe, pipe fittings, and pipe accessories to be utilized, including methods of pipe jointing and general installation guidelines. 1.03 GENERAL A. Like items of material provided hereunder shall be the end products of one manufacturer. All piping and accessories shall be new products. B. See the GENERAL CONDITIONS and Division 1, GENERAL REQUIRE- MENTS, which contains information and requirements that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory for this project. 15001 -Page 1 of 28 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15001.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 15001 DIVISION -15 MECHANICAL PLANT PIPING-GENERAL 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. In addition to the requirements of Section 01300, SUBMITTALS in Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, the following information shall be provided: 1. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a certification by the manufacturer that all pipe and pipe fittings comply with ANSI, AWWA, or other applicable national standards and the applicable portions of this specification. 2. Certified copies of all pipe hydrostatic tests. 3. Welding procedures and qualifications of welders for steel pipe. 4. Metal Framing Support Systems: Detailed installation drawings, catalog information, and complete component specifications. 5. Ductile Iron or Steel Wall Pipes: Manufacturers data, including thrust collar type and the test report substantiating the pressure rating and safety factor for fabricated thrust collars. 6 7 8 9 Expansion Joints and Expansion Compensators: Manufacturers data on materials, construction and ratings.- Support Systems: a. Drawings of each piping system locating each support, hangar, guide and anchor, including seismic bracing. b. Identify support, hanger, guide, and anchor type by catalog number and shop drawing detail number. a. Detailed pipe sections, special fittings and bends, showing ' dimensions, coatings and other pertinent information. Shop Fabricated Piping: Pipe design calculations and detailed shop t drawings including: b. Laying drawing showing location of each pipe section and each special length; number or otherwise designate laying sequence on each piece. Hydraulic Thrust Restraint: Details including materials, sizes, and assembly ratings, and pipe attachment methods for each pipe material. 1 15001 -Page 2 of 28 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15001.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 15001 DIVISION -15 MECHANICAL PLANT PIPING-GENERAL 10. Thrust blocks including concrete quantity, area of bearing on pipe, and fitting joint locations. 11. Submit a detailed Hydrostatic Testing plan for filling and testing pipeline .sections at least 30 days in advance of testing. Identify testing procedures to be used, locations for necessary equipment and materials, and date and duration of tests. 12. Joint types and drawings for dissimilar buried pipes. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Pipe: 1. Protect, support, and handle in a manner to prevent damage to the products, especially linings and coatings. a. When necessary, provide shelter to store pipe and apply water to prevent excessive drying. b. During cold weather, store pipe on supports to prevent damage to coating. c. Do not store pipe on rock or other hard surface. d. Repair tape wrap tears immediately upon discovery of the tear. 2. Use implements, tools, facilities, and equipment suitable for proper and safe protection and handling of piping; do not drop or dump pipe into trenches. a. Use heavy canvas or nylon slings, not chains or cables, to lift pipe and fittings. 3. Cement-Mortar or Polyethylene Lined Pipe: Tightly close ends with polyethylene plastic wrap to protect cement-mortar or polyethylene lining during shipment; leave plastic wrap on pipe until installation. 4. Remove pipe that is damaged beyond repair, in the opinion of the Engineer. B. Rubber Gaskets: 1. Store in a cool, well-ventilated area. 2. Do not expose to the direct rays of the sun. 15001 -Page 3 of 28 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15001.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 15001 DIVISION -15 MECHANICAL PLANT PIPING-GENERAL 3. Do not allow contact with oils, fuels, or petroleum solvents. 1.06 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Slab, Floor, Wall, and Roof Penetrations: 1. Order wall pipes and sleeves. sufficiently early to ensure they are available for placement in concrete forms. _ 2. Verify size and location of building and structure penetrations before forming and placing concrete. 1.07 SYSTEM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. General: 1. The Specifications and Drawings are not all inclusive with explicit piping details. Provide piping in accordance with laws and regulations and. intended use, including: a. Power Piping: ANSI/ASME B31.1 Code. b. Building Service Piping: ANSI/ASME B31.9 Code. c. Sanitary Building Drainage and Vent Systems: d. ICBO/IAPMO Uniform Plumbing Code. 2. Pressure Ratings and Materials Specified: Represent minimum acceptable standards for piping systems. 3. Piping Systems: Suitable for the services specified and intended. B. Buried Piping: Provide piping suitable for design conditions as follows: 1. H2O-S16 traffic load (AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges) with 1.5 impact factor. 2. Piping both with and without internal pressure. 3. Saturated clay backfill loads. C. Thrust Restraint, Thrust Blocks and Ties are generally not shown on Drawings of the individual pipelines. Their absence shall not relieve Contractor of the responsibility for providing them as required to provide complete systems for the use pressures and thrust intended. Provide thrust 15001 -Page 4 of 28 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15001.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 15001 DIVISION - 15 MECHANICAL PLANT PIPING-GENERAL restraint at all bends and fittings using thrust blocks for buried piping where specific lengths of restraint are not noted. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. The materials to be used for the piping systems are shown on the Drawings. Specific material requirements are specified in the Detail Piping Specifications hereinafter, or in the MPW Standard Specifications. 2.02 PIPE JOINTS FOR EXPOSED PIPING A. Flanges shall be used for above-ground pipe joints as depicted on the Drawings. B. Flanged joint pipe shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C115 and shall use ductile iron flanges. 2.03 PIPE ENDS FOR BURIED PIPING A. Push-on joint pipe ends shall be used for 4-inch and larger PVC pipe buried below ground surfaces unless shown or detailed otherwise on the Drawings. All fittings shall be push-on joint restrained with concrete thrust blocking. B. Push-on joint pipe ends shall be used for ductile iron pipe buried below ground surfaces unless shown or detailed otherwise on the Drawings. All fittings for standard pressure services shall be push-on joint restrained with concrete thrust blocking, mechanical joint restrained with concrete thrust blocking, or push-on joint or mechanical joint with alternate means of thrust restraint as specified hereinafter. C. Thrust restraint shall be provided by concrete thrust blocks and/or thrust ties. Thrust blocks and other types of thrust restraint are not typically shown on the Drawings, but shall be provided on all buried pressure lines. Thrust tie- rod attachments relying on clamp friction with the barrel of the pipe to restrain thrust are acceptable as an alternate means of thrust restraint as specified hereinafter. Anchoring of retainer glands or thrust ties with setscrews is also acceptable as an alternate means of thrust restraint as specified hereinafter. Allowable soil bearing stress for sizing of concrete thrust blocks shall be 4000 psf maximum. D. Hex bolts, fasteners, thrust ties, and miscellaneous metals used for buried piping systems shall be series 300 stainless steel. E. Within the limitations noted above, all pipe materials and joints do not necessarily have to be the same for all lines in a specific service, except that the materials and joints for any particular building, or between any two 15001 -Page 5 of 28 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15001.doc May 29, 2009 ^ SECTION 15001 DIVISION -15 MECHANICAL PLANT PIPING-GENERAL ' buildings, or for any particular buried line, shall be the same. An exception to this is where ends must be changed from push-on to flanged to ' accommodate valves or fittings. F. No change in material or joint selection will be permitted after submittal of ' shop drawings and their final review by the Engineer. 2.04 JOINTS FOR DISSIMILAR PIPES _ ' A. Joints between dissimilar buried pipe (steel and ductile iron, PVC and ductile iron, etc.) shall all be made with flexible transition couplings as specified ' hereinafter, or as otherwise shown on the Drawings. 2.05 POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT ' A. Polyethylene encasement for buried ductile iron piping and fittings, and cast iron piping and fittings, shall be 8 mils minimum thickness, with material in ' accordance with the latest edition ofANSI A21.5/AW1NA C105. Provide one layer of linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE) film. Polyethylene shall be provided in tube form. Polyethylene encasement shall be installed in ' accordance with ANSI/AWWA C105 method A or B and the pipe manufacturer's directions. Backfill material shall be rounded and free of materials that could damage polyethylene encasement. t 2.06 PIPE PAINTING AND LABELING A. All exposed water, gas, compressed air, and other piping shall be painted for ' color coding and labeled as specified in Section 09902, PAINTING - PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING. ' B. All buried, submerged or immersed piping shall be painted and protected from corrosion as specified in Section 13900, CORROSION PROTECTION, ~' and Section 09902, PAINTING -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING. 2.07 BUILDING AND EQUIPMENT PIPING EXPANSION PROVISIONS A. Pipe anchors shall be placed where required by Code or shown on the Drawings. Flexible couplings or expansion joints shall be provided for piping systems and at connections to equipment where shown. The Contractor may install additional pipe anchors and flexible couplings to facilitate piping installation, provided that he submits complete details describing location, pipe supports, and hydraulic thrust protection. Acceptable types of flexible couplings and expansion joints shall be as specified hereinafter under Paragraph PIPE COUPLINGS. 15001 -Page 6 of 28 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15001.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 15001 DIVISION -15 MECHANICAL PLANT PIPING-GENERAL ' 2.08 PIPING SUPPORT SYSTEMS ' A. Piping shall be supported, in general, as described hereinafter and as shown by the pipe support details on the Drawings. Manufacturers' catalog figure numbers are typical of the types and quality of standard pipe supports and ' ~ hangars to be employed. Special support and hanger details are shown to cover typical locations where standard catalog supports are inapplicable. ' B. - No attempt has been made to show all required pipe supports in all locations, either on the Drawings or in the details. The absence of pipe supports and details on any Drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility ' for providing them throughout. C. ~ All submerged piping supports, guides, and fasteners and those installed ' below channel, basin, and wet well wall tops and cover slabs shall be Type 316 stainless steel. Concrete anchors and anchor bolts shall be as specified in Section 05500, MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS. All submerged metal ' piping shall be electrically isolated from the supports with a wrap of 1/4-inch by 3-inch neoprene rubber between the pipe and oversize clamps. ' D. All support anchoring devices, including anchor bolts, inserts, and other devices used to anchor the support onto a concrete base, roof, wall or structural steel works, shall be of the proper size, strength and spacing to ' withstand the shear and pullout loads imposed by loading and spacing on each particular support. ' E. Detailed shop drawings of all supports, including support anchoring devices, shall be supplied with the submittals specified hereinbefore. ' F. Where piping connects to equipment it shall be supported by a pipe support and not by the equipment. A pipe support or hanger shall be installed adjacent to each pipe fitting or in-line device such as a valve or meter for all ' piping larger than 4-inch. G. Pipe support system components shall withstand the dead loads imposed by ' the weight of the pipes filled with water. Commercial pipe supports and hangers shall have a minimum safety factor of 5. ' H. All exposed hangers, rods, clamps, protective shields, and metal framing support components and accessories shall be galvanized unless noted otherwise on the Drawings. ' I. Pedestal i e supports shall be adjustable, with stanchion, saddle, and pp anchoring flange as shown, Grinnell Figure 264 or 259; B-Line Figure B3092 ' or B3093; or equal.. Provide neoprene waffle isolation pad under anchoring flanges, adjacent to equipment or where otherwise required to provide vibration isolation. Pads shall be Mason Industries, Inc. Type W; KorFund ' f 28 15001 -Page 7 0 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15001.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 15001 DIVISION -15 MECHANICAL PLANT PIPING-GENERAL ' Korpad 40; orequal J. All piping shall be supported in a mannerwhich will prevent undue strain on ' any valve, fitting, or piece of equipment. In addition, pipe supports shall be provided at changes in direction or elevation, adjacent to flexible couplings, ' and where otherwise shown. K. Brace all piping 22-inches inside diameter and larger for seismic zone 4 forces in accordance with Section 2312(g) of the Uniform Building Code as ' published by ICBO, current edition. L. Horizontal piping shall be supported with adjustable swivel-ring, split-ring, or ' Clevis type hangers as shown, Grinnell, Figure 104, 108, or 260; B-Line, Figure B3198H or B3100; or equal. ' M. Pipe hangers for copper and plastic piping shall be coated with a plastic or neoprene protective cover, Grinnell, Figure 97C; Elcen, No. 91; orequal. No or brace shall contact pipe directly ortion of a han er su ort metal ' . g , pp , p N. Stacked horizontal runs of small piping along walls shall be supported by a metal framing system as shown, Unistrut, Kin-line, orequal. No pipe shall be , supported from the pipe above it. O. Horizontal piping hanger support rods shall be supported by the roof trusses; ' by attachment to steel beams with concentric loading I-beam clamps; or by attachment to concrete with inserts, brackets, or flanges fastened with concrete anchors; as shown on the Drawings. ' P. Vertical piping hangers and supports shall be channel and pipe straps manufactured by Unistrut, Kin-Line, or equal. ' Q. Unless noted otherwise on the Drawings, horizontal pipe support or hanger spacing and hanger rod sizing for steel and ductile iron pipe shall be as ' follows: 1 15001 -Page 8 of 28 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15001.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 15001 DIVISION -15 MECHANICAL PLANT PIPING-GENERAL Maximum Support and Hanaer Span ' Pipe Size 1-inch & Smaller 1-1/4-inch thru 2-1/2-inch ' 3-inch & 4-inch 6-inch 8-inch ' - 10-inch & 12-inch 14-inch 16-inch and 18-inch 6 feet 8 feet 10 feet 12 feet 12 feet 14 feet 16 feet 16 feet Minimum Rod Size Sinale Rod Hanaers 1/4-inch 1 /4-inch 3/8-inch 3/8-inch 1 /2-inch 5/8-inch 3/4-inch 7/8-inch R. The load rating for universal concrete inserts or other attachment devices shall not be less than that of the hanger rods they support. S. When supporting cast iron and ductile iron pipe, locate hanger rods near all joints and at each change of direction. T. Hanger rod sizing for copper pipe shall be same as for steel pipe. Hanger or support spacing shall be 2 feet less per size than for steel pipe, with 1-inch and smaller supported every 5 feet. U. Hanger rod sizing for plastic pipe shall be same as for steel pipe. Spacing of hangers or supports shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for the flow temperature in the pipe. ' V. Vertical sway bracing shall be provided where shown, or on 10-foot maximum centers. W. See the Detail Pipe Specifications for stainless steel piping supports and hanger requirements. 2.09 SLAB, FLOOR, WALL, AND ROOF PENETRATIONS AND CLOSURES A. All piping penetrations of slabs, floors, walls, and roofs shall be as shown on the Drawings. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to verify the size and location of all building and structure penetrations prior to pouring concrete. B. Ductile Iron Wall Pipes: 1. Provide ductile iron wall pipes where ductile iron piping passes through concrete walls, floors, slabs, and roofs which are to be watertight and where shown on the Drawings. Wall pipe end connections shall be as shown on the Drawings and as specified in the applicable Detail Piping Specification. Wall. pipes shall be of a thickness equal to or greater than the remainder of the piping in the N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15001.doc May 29, 2009 15001 -Page 9 of 28 SECTION 15001 DIVISION -15 MECHANICAL PLANT PIPING-GENERAL line and shall comply with the requirements for fittings in the applicable Detail Piping Specification. Flanges set flush with the face of concrete shall be tapped for stud bolts. 2. All wall pipes shall be provided with standard integrally cast ductile iron seep rings (thrust collars) wherever possible. If standard castings with integrally cast seep rings are not available to meet special conditions shown on the Drawings, special castings with a steel seep ring shall be made that will provide a watertight installation as shown on the details in the Drawings. Rubber-gasketed compression collars are not acceptable. The welding or brazing of seep rings to ductile iron wall pipes is also not acceptable. The Contractor shalt place early orders for wall pipes so they are available in sufficient time for placement in concrete forms. 3. Thrust collars shall be rated for the thrust load developed at 250 psi and shall have a minimum safety factor of 2. Wall pipes shall be as manufactured by American Cast Iron Pipe Company, or equal. 4. Coat wall pipes with System No. 2 or 3 as specified in Section 09902, PAINTING -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING. Support wall pipes by formwork to prevent contact with reinforcing steel. C. Steel and Stainless Steel Wall Pipes: Thickness of steel and stainless steel wall pipes shall match corresponding piping to which attached. 2. Coat wall pipes with System No. 2 or 3 as specified in Section 09902, PAINTING -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING. Support wall pipes by formwork to prevent contact with reinforcing steel. D. Pipe Sleeves: Piping passing through concrete or masonry shall be installed through hot-dip galvanized, Schedule 40 steel pipe sleeves orA276, Type 316 stainless steel, as shown on the Drawings. Holes drilled with a suitable rotary drill will be considered in lieu of sleeves in existing walls. Plastic sleeves may be considered in some locations as specified hereinafter. 2. All sleeves in exterior or water-bearing walls shall have a center flange for water stoppage unless shown otherwise. The annular space between pipes and sleeves shall be watertight. The joint shall be caulked with rubber sealant, or sealed by a modular mechanical unit consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill the annular space between the pipe and sleeve. The 15001 -Page 10 of 28 N:\0417\0551DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15001.doc ' May 29, 2009 t SECTION 15001 DIVISION -15 MECHANICAL PLANT PIPING-GENERAL interconnected rubber links shall be assembled with stainless steel bolts and nuts and stainless steel pressure plates under each bolt head and nut to prevent the nut from turning when the bolt is tightened. Tightening of the bolts shall cause the rubber sealing links to expand, resulting in a watertight seal between the pipe and wall sleeve opening. The installed closure shall provide electrical isolation of the pipe from the wall sleeve. Closures shall be sized according to manufacturer's instructions for the size of pipes shown on the Drawings, and shall withstand a hydrostatic head of 40 feet of water. Annular mechanical seals shall be Link Seal by Thunderline Corporation, or equal. 3. Wall or floor sleeves shall be coated with the appropriate system for the intended location as specified in Section 09902, PAINTING - t PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING. When placing sleeves in concrete forms, support them by formwork to prevent contact with the reinforcing steel. 4. Galvanized steel pipe sleeves as specified above shall be used for all sleeves in exposed walls, in exposed floors, or in sizes greater than ' 12-inches inside diameter. Plastic sleeves may be used as an alternate in buried applications for sleeves less than 12-inches inside diameter. Plastic sleeves shall be made of HDPE thermoplastic with ' molded-in waterstop and reinforcing ribs, as manufactured by Link- Seal, Model CS, or equal. ' 2.10 CORROSION PROTECTION ' A. Corrosion protection shall be provided for all pipe and pipe fittings as specified for specific pipe materials in PART 3 EXECUTION of this section, and in the following related section: ' 1. Section 09902, PAINTING -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING. ' 2.11 PIPE COUPLINGS ' A. General: Flexible couplings, flanged coupling adapters, restrained couplings, and transition couplings shall be provided where shown on the Drawings. Size shall be compatible with the outside diameter of pipe(s) on which the coupling is installed. Flexible couplings, transition couplings, and flanged coupling adapters shall be provided with thrust ties where required, including those shown on the Drawings. Thrust ties shall be attached to steel pipe with ' fabricated lugs, and to ductile iron pipe with cast-in-place lugs or flange lugs or socket clamps thrust tied across pipe couplings or flanges. Thrust protection shall be adequate to sustain the force developed by the pipe test 15001 -Page 11 of 28 N:\0417\055\DOCS1Specs\Division 15\15001.doc May 29, 2D09 SECTION 15001 DIVISION - 15 MECHANICAL PLANT PIPING-GENERAL ' pressures specified. Buried pipe coupling's coating system shall be fusion bonded epoxy and all bolts and nuts shall be Series 300 stainless steel. ' B. Flexible Couplings: Flexible couplings for use with exposed PVC pipe shall be Smith-Blair Omni 441, or equal. Minimum working pressure shall be 150 psi. Flexible couplings for steel pipe shall be Dresser Style 38 or Smith-Blair Style 411, or equal. Flexible couplings for use with ductile iron pipe shall be Dresser, Style 53 or 153; Smith-Blair, Style 411 or 441; or equal. Flexible couplings for steel and ductile iron pipe shall be rated for 150 psi minimum , working pressure, unless noted otherwise or used for high pressure service. C. Buried PVC Flexible Couplings: In buried applications with PVC pipe, PVC flexible couplings shall be used. PVC flexible couplings are not allowable in exposed or concrete encased applications, or for pipes larger than 12 inches. ' PVC flexible couplings shall be High Deflection type couplings as manufactured by Certainteed, or equal. Couplings shall be rated for 150 psi .working pressure and meet the requirements of AWWA C900 for municipal water pipe. Each coupling shall be complete with suitable gaskets to fit each particular application. D. Transition Couplings: Transition couplings used to connect pipes with small , differences in outside diameter shall be Smith-Blair Omni Style 411 or 441, or Style 413 or 433; Dresser Style 162; or equal. Minimum working pressure , shall be 150 psi, unless noted otherwise or used for high pressure service. E. Flanged Coupling Adapters: Flanged coupling adapters shall be Series 912 , for ductile iron piping and Series 913 for steel piping, as manufactured by Smith-Blair; or Style 127 for ductile iron piping and Style 128 for steel piping, as manufactured by Dresser Industries, Inc.; or equal. Minimum working , pressure shall be 150 psi, unless noted otherwise or used for high pressure service. 2.12 SERVICE SADDLES FOR FERROUS METAL PIPING , A. Pipe service saddles for all ferrous metal piping except stainless steel shall ' be Smith-Blair, Series 313 or 366; Dresser, Style 91 or 291; or equal. Service saddles shall be capable of withstanding 200 psi internal pressure without leakage or overstressing. The run diameter shall be compatible with ' the outside diameter of the pipe on which the saddle is installed. Taps shall have iron pipe threads. Saddles shall have malleable or ductile iron bodies and galvanized or stainless steel straps, steel hex nuts with washers, and neoprene seals. Service saddles shall be of double-strap or triple-strap design. Service saddle bodies shall be vinyl coated with stainless steel or coated bolts and straps. All buried saddles must have stainless steel straps ' and stainless steel bolts. 15001 -Page 12 of 28 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15001.doc , May 29, 2009 SECTION 15001 DIVISION -15 MECHANICAL PLANT PIPING-GENERAL 2.13 DETECTABLE PIPE LOCATING TAPE FOR NONMETALLIC PIPE A. Material: 1. Solid aluminum foil encased in a protective high visibility, insert polyethylene plastic jacket. . 2. Special tin or nickel-coated clips to join ends of tape rolls. B. Foil: Visible on unprinted side. - C. Thickness: Minimum 4.0 mils. D. Width: 6 inches. E. Color: APWA Uniform Color Code for Temporary Marking of Underground Utility Locations. F. Identifying Lettering: Minimum 1-inch high, permanent black lettering imprinted continuously over entire. length. G. Manufacturer and Product: 1. Reef Industries, Terra "D". 2. Allen, Detectatape. 3. Or equal. 2.14 WARNING TAPE A. Non-traceable pipe warning tape shall be provided for buried metal as specified in 13900, PIPELINE CORROSION PROTECTION. 2.15 CONCRETE ' A. Thrust Blocks and Encasement: Provide of minimum 3,000 psi at 28 days in accordance with Section 03300, CONCRETE. 2.16 ALTERNATE BURIED PIPING THRUST RESTRAINT SYSTEMS ' A. Alternate thrust restraint systems (instead of concrete thrust blocks) may be used for buried ductile iron piping at the Contractor's option. Alternate systems shall be rated for a minimum pressure of 350 psi for 3-inch to 16- I ~ inch piping and 250 psi for piping larger than 16-inch, with a minimum 2:1 safety factor. Alternate systems may be: ' 1. For ductile iron pipe with mechanical joint fittings, alternate thrust restraint system shall be Series 1100 Megalug as manufactured by EBAA Iron, Inc., or equal. Gland body and restraint components shall 15001 -Page 13 of 28 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15001.doc ' May 29, 2009 SECTION 15001 DIVISION -15 MECHANICAL PLANT PIPING-GENERAL be made from minimum ASTM A536, 60-42-10 ductile iron and ductile iron wedges shall be heat treated to a range of 370 to 470 BHN. Field coat all components with System No. 2 or System No. 8 per Section ' 09902, PAINTING -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING. 2. For ductile iron pipe with push-on joint fittings, alternate thrust restraint a ' system shall be Series 1700 Megalug Harness as manufactured by EBAA Iron, Inc., or equal. Restraint ring and wedging components _' shall be made from minimum ASTM A536, 60-42-10 ductile iron. Connecting tie rods shall be made of low alloy steel conforming to ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11. Entire thrust restraint assembly shall be , field corrosion protected with System No. 8 per Section 09902, PAINTING -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING. PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.01 GENERAL A. Install all piping, fixtures, equipment, and accessories in strict accordance with the plumbing laws, rules, and regulations of the state or county, and of the City, whichever represents the higher standard. All work shall be ' approved by the state, county, and/or City plumbing inspector. B. Drawings do not attempt ~o show exact details of all piping, and no extra ' payment will be allowed for obstruction by work of other trades or local obstructions to the work under this Contract that require offsets. Where diagrams have been made to show piping connections, the Contractor is ' cautioned that these diagrams must not be used for obtaining material quantities. Changes in location of equipment or piping, advisable in the opinion of the Contractor, shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval ' before proceeding with the work. All measurements and dimensions shall be verified at the site. ' C. In piping that is not flanged, install unions in piping system wherever they will expedite removal of equipment and valves. , D. All air release valves, water-lubricated bearings, and other appurtenances having water effluent shall be piped to nearest drain with copper tubing pipe, ' unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 3.02 DRAIN AND VENT PIPING ' A. Set waste and vent piping occurring above the floor slab true and plumb. Set exposed risers as close to walls as possible. Where vent stacks pass ' through the roof slab, fit with flashing sleeve to secure the roofing. Flashing and roof connection shall be watertight. Extend vents at least 1 foot above roof. Provide cleanouts where shown and where required by code. ' 15001 -Page 14 of 28 N:\0417\055\DOCS\SpecslDivision 15\15001.doc ' May 29, 2009 SECTION 15001 DIVISION -15 MECHANICAL PLANT PIPING-GENERAL 3.03 PIPE PREPARATION AND HANDLING ' A. Each pipe and fitting shall be carefully inspected before the exposed pipe or fitting is installed or the pipe or fitting is lowered into the trench. Interior and ' exterior protective coatings shall be inspected, and all damaged areas patched in the field with material similar to the original. Clean ends of pipe thoroughly. Remove foreign matter and dirt from inside of pipe and keep ' clean during and after laying. A maximum of 500 feet of pipe shall be distributed along the pipe route, on the ground surface, ahead of the trenching and excavation operation. ' B. Use proper implements, tools, and facilities forthe safe and proper protection of the pipe. Carefully handle pipe in such a manner as to avoid any physical damage to the pipe. Do not drop or dump pipe into trenches under any circumstances. C. Pipe Cutting: Cutting for closure or other reasons shall be done neatly by methods which will not damage pipe. Plastic pipe shall be cut with fine tooth saw, cutter, or knife designed for use with plastic pipe. Burrs shall be ' removed by smoothing edges with a knife, file or sandpaper. Spigot end shall be beveled. ' . 3.04 INSTALLATION OF BURIED PIPING A. General ' 1. Buried piping locations are shown on the Drawings. In general, unless specifically shown otherwise in the Drawings, piping. elevations ' and grades are not shown for all buried piping. Where pipe system invert elevations are shown on the Drawings, piping shall be installed in a straight line between adjacent elevations. Where buried piping is ' shown on the Drawings without elevations and grades, the Contractor shall run buried piping along the lines indicated at the minimum depth of bury specified herein or as required to provide an acceptable installation, in which case the depth of bury shall not be less than that specified. The Contractor shall verify the location of existing piping prior to the submittal of pipe laying and fabrication drawings for review ' by the Engineer. Where interferences are encountered, the Contractor shall make necessary modifications to the piping indicated in the Drawings. Modifications shall be provided to the Engineer for ' review as part of the requirements of the piping submittals during construction. ' 2. Locating Piping Interferences: The Contractor shall perform all necessary work required to determine the location and depth of bury of existing piping where possible interferences with proposed 15001 -Page 15 of 28 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15001.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 15001 DIVISION -15 MECHANICAL PLANT PIPIN1G-GENERAL ' locations of new piping may exist, including pot-holing to expose the piping surface. Contractor shall inform the Engineer of his intent to do , such work a minimum of 24 hours prior to the commencement of such work. - 3. Pipe Cover: Minimum pipe cover shall be 6.5 feet unless otherwise , indicated. B. Preparation of Trench: Trench excavation, backfill and stabilization shall be in ' accordance with Section 02221, TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR PIPELINES AND APPURTENANT STRUCTURES and as specified ' below: 1. Provide pipe base material for supporting the pipe for the full width of ' the trench. Minimum depth of pipe base below the pipe barrel shall be 6 inches. Depth of pipe base under the pipe bell shall not be less than 4 inches. ' 2. Hand-grade pipe base to proper grade ahead of pipe laying operation. Pipe base shall provide a firm, unyielding support along the entire ' pipe length. 3. If the trench has been excavated below the required depth for pipe ' base placement without direction from the Engineer, fill the excess depth, at the Contractor's own expense, with the pipe base specified herein or foundation stabilization material as specified in Section ' 02221, TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR PIPELINES AND APPURTENANT STRUCTURES to the proper subgrade. Place the pipe base or foundation stabilization material for the full width of ' the trench in layers not exceeding 6 inches deep and compact each layer, until the material does not yield or move, to the grade established for the pipe bedding. ' C. Laying Buried Pipe: 1. General: ' a. All buried pipe shall be prepared as hereinbefore specified and ' shall be laid on the prepared granular base as specified in Section 02221, TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL and bedded to ensure uniform bearing. No pipe shall be laid in ' waterorwhen, in the opinion of the Engineer, trench conditions are unsuitable. Joints shall be made as herein specified forthe respective types. Take all precautions necessary to prevent ' uplift and floating of the pipe prior to backfilling. b. Do not deviate more than 1-inch from line or 1/4-inch from ' 15001 -Page 16 of 28 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15001.doc ' May 29, 2009 u 7 J SECTION 15001 DIVISION -15 MECHANICAL PLANT PIPING-GENERAL grade. Measure for grade at the pipe invert, not at the top of the pipe, because of permissible variation in pipe wall thickness. c. Grade the bottom of the trench by hand to the line and grade to which the pipe is to be laid, with proper allowance for pipe thickness and for pipe base when specified or indicated. Remove hard spots that would prevent a uniform bearing. Before laying_each section of the pipe, check the grade with a straightedge and correct any irregularities found. The trench bottom shall form a continuous and uniform bearing and support for the pipe at every point between bell holes, except that the grade may be disturbed for the removal of lifting tackle. d. At the location of each joint, dig bell (joint) holes of ample dimensions in the bottom of the trench and at the sides where necessary to permit easy visual inspection of the entire joint. e. Provide and maintain ample means and devices at all times to remove and dispose of all water entering the trench during the process of pipe laying. The trench shall be kept dry until the pipe laying and jointing are completed. Removal of water shall be in conformance with specifications in Section 02221, TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR PIPELINES AND APPURTENANT STRUCTURES and Section 02220, EARTHWORK FOR STRUCTURES: When the pipe laying is not in progress, including the noon hours, the open ends of pipe shall be closed, and no trench water, animals, or foreign material shall be permitted to enter the pipe. g. Where the pipe is connected to concrete structures, the connection shall be made as shown. If the connection is not shown, make connection such that a standard pipe joint is located no more than 24 inches from the structure. h. All buried PVC pipe shall be installed in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. Buried plastic pipe with rigid joints shall be laid by snaking the pipe from one side of the trench to the other. Offset shall be as recommended by the manufacturerforthe maximum temperature variation between time of solvent welding and during operation. 2. Installation of Concrete Embedded Piping: a. Concrete embedded piping shall be installed as shown on the 15001 -Page 17 of 28 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15001.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 15001 DIVISION -15 MECHANICAL PLANT PIPING-GENERAL Drawings and as specified in Section 03300, CONCRETE. Maximum allowable distortion for concrete embedded steel pipe is 3 percent of the pipe inside diameter. The Contractor shall perform all necessary work required to insure pipe distortion is minimized including bracing pipe inside diameter, reinforcing pipe circumferentially, increasing pipe wall thickness, and controlling concrete placement where required. b. All concrete embedded metallic piping shall be supported as required to prevent contact with reinforcing to prevent contact with reinforcing steel during concrete installation. c. Wall Pipes and Pipe Sleeves: Wall pipes and pipe sleeves embedded in concrete walls, floors, and slabs shall be embedded as specified in Section 03300, CONCRETE and as shown. Support all pipes embedded in concrete walls, floors, and slabs with formwork to prevent contact with the reinforcing steel: 3. Laying Concrete, Ductile Iron, and Polyvinyl Chloride (Gravity) Pipe: a. Join reinforced concrete, ductile iron, and polyvinyl chloride gravity pipe in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Provide all special tools and devices, such as special jacks, chokers, and similar items required for proper installation. Lubricant for the pipe gaskets shall be furnished by the pipe manufacturer, and no substitutions will be permitted under any circumstances. b. Pipe laying shall proceed upgrade with spigot ends pointing in direction of flow. After a section of pipe has been lowered into the prepared trench, clean the end of the pipe to be joined, the inside of the joint, .and the rubber ring immediately before joining the pipe. Make assembly of the joint in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer of the type of joint used. Provide all special tools and appliances required for the jointing assembly. D. Thrust Blocking and Alternate Thrust Restraint Systems: 2. Provide thrust blocking at all buried bends, tees, and other similar locations even though not typically shown on the Drawings. Place thrust block concrete against undisturbed earth. Construct suitable forms to obtain shapes that will provide full bearing surfaces against undisturbed earth, as indicated. Cure thrust blocks before conducting hydrostatic tests. Take care not to over excavate in the areas where thrust blocks are to be placed. The blocking shall be so placed, L ii C 15001 -Page 18 of 28 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15115001.doc ' May 29, 2009 SECTION 15001 DIVISION -15 MECHANICAL PLANT PIPING-GENERAL ' unless specifically shown otherwise, so that pipe and fitting joints will be accessible for repairs. Thrust blocks shall be sized for hydrostatic ' test pressure and an allowable soil bearing stress of 4000 psf maximum. ` 3. Alternate thrust restraint system may be used for buried ductile iron piping systems as specified hereinbefore. Install alternate thrust restraint systems per the manufacturer's installation instructions and - AWWA C600. Coat alternate systems as specified hereinbefore. 4. No references to thrust protection details for buried and embedded piping have been shown on the Drawings unless special details are required. The absence of details on any Drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for providing them throughout. ' E. Connecting Dissimilar Pipe Materials: Connect dissimilar pipe materials by means of a flexible coupling specified above. Install couplings in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS, FLANGED COUPLINGADAPTERS, ' TRANSITION COUPLINGS, RESTRAINED COUPLINGS, AND SERVICE SADDLES ' A. Prior to installation, thoroughly clean oil, and dirt from the pipe to provide a clean seat for the gasket. Care shall be taken that the gaskets are wiped clean before they are installed. Flexible couplings, flanged coupling adapters, and transition coupling gaskets shall be lubricated with manufacturer standard lubricant before installation on the pipe ends. Install in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Bolts shall be ' tightened progressively, drawing up bolts on opposite sides until all bolts have a uniform tightness. Workmen tightening bolts shall use torque-limiting wrenches. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF EXPOSED PIPING ' A. All pipe flanges shall be set level, plumb, and aligned. All flanged fittings shall be true and perpendicular to the axis of the pipes. All boltholes in flanges shall straddle vertical centerline of pipes.. ' B. Piping shall be installed without springing or forcing the pipe in a manner which would set up stresses in the pipe, valves, or connected equipment. ' C. Unless shown otherwise, piping shall be parallel to building lines. Hangers on adjacent piping shall be aligned where possible on common size ranges. D. On screwed or welded pipe, unions shall be installed where required for piping or equipment installation, even though they are not shown on the 15001 -Page 19 of 28 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15001.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 15001 DIVISION -15 MECHANICAL PLANT PIPING-GENERAL Drawings. E. Plastic flanges shall be bolted up using a filler gasket at any joint with a raised face. The filler gasket shall bear the bolt load uniformly and remove the flange moment from that part of the flange protruding beyond the outer edge of the raised face. F. Pipe taps to the pipe barrel are unacceptable. Pipe tap connection to ductile iron piping shall only be made at a tapping boss of a fitting, valve body, or equipment casting. Pipe tap connections to steel piping shall be made only with a welded threadolet connection. G. Required straight.runs of piping upstream and downstream of flow measuring devices shall be smooth. H. Where valve handwheels are shown, valve orientation shall be as shown. Where valve handwheels are not shown, valves shall be oriented to permit easy access to the handwheels, and to avoid interferences. Unions, strainers, and all other similar in-line devices shall be installed in piping in a manner which allows adequate clearances for maintenance of the device. 3.07 PIPING CORROSION PROTECTION A. B. General: All pipe and accessories shall be protected from corrosion and adverse environmental conditions. Protection shall include lining and coatings of pipe, material selection, and/or coatings of supports, tie rods, expansion joints, and all other piping accessories and appurtenances. 2. Not all corrosion protection details are included, either on the Drawings or in the Specifications. The absence of specific details on corrosion and environmental protection measures shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of providing them, all as part of the Contract price. I~~~~ 7 0 u n 3. Also see Section 09902, PAINTING -PROCESS COMPONENTS ' AND PIPING and the Division 15 DETAIL PIPING SPECIFICATIONS. Exposed Pipe and Piping Accessories: All exposed Ductile Iron piping, valves, combination air valves, all black and hot-dip galvanized steel, brass, copper and bronze piping components including, but not limited to, pipe supports, expansion joints, pipe guides, flexible couplings, vent and drain valves and 15001 -Page 20 of 28 N:\0417\055\DOCS\SpecslDivision 15\15001.doc May 29, 2009 n J 0 SECTION 15001 DIVISION -15 MECHANICAL PLANT PIPING-GENERAL fasteners, couplings, thrust ties, pipe supports, hardware (plain and galvanized, but excluding stainless steel), concrete encased wall pipes, and all additional exposed ferrous metal shall be painted. 2. Stainless steel items, not concrete .encased, do not require painting. 3. Cement Linings: All piping that is to be cement-lined shall be lined and seal coated with Type II or Type III cement in accordance with ANSI A21.4/ AW1NA C104. All ductile iron pipe shall be cement-lined and seal coated. C. Exterior Protection for Buried, Submerged, or Embedded Pipe and Accessories: 1. All buried, submerged or embedded ductile iron or cast iron soil pipe and fittings shall be manufacturer-coated with a System 8 coal-tar epoxy as specified in 09902, PAINTING -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING. 2. All buried pipe appurtenances made of steel shall have corrosion protection. Flange bolts, nuts, tie rods, and similar items shall be stainless steel or fusion bonded coated. Flexible couplings, grooved couplings, and similar items shall be fusion bonded epoxy coated. 3. All abraded areas of coal-tar epoxy c~'atings on ductile iron or cast iron soil pipe and fusion bonded coating on steel fittings, to be submerged or embedded shall be cleaned and repaired to provide a protective covering equal to the original and acceptable to the Engineer. 4. Exterior Protection for Buried Pipe: Buried ductile iron and cast iron soil piping shall be wrapped with linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE) tube bagging, 8 mils minimum thickness; material and installation shall be in accordance with ANSI A21.5/A1NWA C105 Method A or B, and the manufacturer's recommendations. Backfill material shall be rounded and free of materials that could damage polyethylene encasement. Overlap and secure polyethylene encasement so as to provide a snug fit with minimum space between encasement and pipe. Do not allow foreign materials into space between pipe and encasement. Overlap and secure in place with polyethylene tape. Inspect pipe prior to pipe installation and during installation and compaction of backfill. Repair all cuts, tears, holes, punctures or damage with a minimum of three layers of polyethylene adhesive tape. 5. Buried valves and similar elements on wrapped pipelines shall be 15001 -Page 21 of 28 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15001.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 15001 DIVISION -15 MECHANICAL PLANT PIPING-GENERAL ' fusion bonded epoxy coated. On ductile iron or nonmetallic pipelines they shall have exposed nuts and bolts bituminous paint coated and ' the entire valve and valve box wrapped in polyethylene as specified for ductile iron pipe. 3:08 PROTECTION FOR NONMETALLIC PIPE - _ A. For all nonmetallic pipe, duct, and other accessories exposed and outside of buildings, ultraviolet protection shall be provided by coating pipe as specified ' in Section 09902, PAINTING -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING. B. Interior exposed PVC pipe shall be color coded with as specified in Section ' 09902, PAINTING -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND PIPING. 3.09 PIPE COLOR SCHEDULE , A. Painting, identification, and color coding of piping systems shall be as specified in Section 09902, PAINTING -PROCESS COMPONENTS AND ' PIPING. 3 10 WATER MAIN DISINFECTION . A. Pipe disinfection is required in accordancewith MPWSS, Fifth Edition, March ' 2003, Section 02260 Water Distribution and AWWA C651 "Disinfecting Water Mains". ' 3.11 TESTING A. General: Conduct pressure and leakage tests concurrently on all newly ' installed pipelines. Furnish all necessary equipment and material and make all taps in the pipe, as required. The Engineer will monitor the tests. Test pressures shall be as specified below. New pipelines which are to be connected to existing pipelines shall be tested by isolating the new pipe with blind flanges, plugs, end caps or other fittings as appropriate for the pipe type. Testing shall be as follows: ' PIPE TYPE * TEST PRESSURE & TYPE 12" HDPE -Sta. 0+00 to Sta. 3+08 S rin Collection to 12" BF Valve 20 PSI -Hydrostatic 12" DIP -Inlet Control Building Interior DIP includin a urtenances 100 PSI -Hydrostatic Ex osed 24" PVC - 6' Dia. MH to 4' Dia. MH Overflow Pi e to L man Creek Pneumatic per Section 02730 Propane Gas Pipe Per Uniform Plumbing Code '` Includes all appurtenant valves, fittings, corporation stops, etc. 15001 -Page 22 of 28 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15001.doc ' May 29, 2009 1 7 0 u ii 0 n SECTION 15001 DIVISION -15 MECHANICAL PLANT PIPING-GENERAL B. Preparation and Execution: Conduct hydrostatic and leakage tests on buried piping after the trench has been adequately backfilled. The Contractor may, if field conditions permit, as determined by the Engineer, partially backfill the trench and leave the joints open for inspection and conduct an initial service leak test. The acceptance test shall not, however, be conducted until all backfilling has been completed. Conduct the tests on exposed piping after' the piping has been completely installed, including all supports and anchors. Exposed piping shall have no visible leakage. C. Hydrostatic Leak Test: Water: Water for testing shall be clean and will be provided by the Contractor. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to pipe, valve, pump, and otherwise transport water from the source to the new pipe. Test water shall be clean and shall be of such quality as to minimize corrosion in the piping system. 2. Procedure: Slowly fill the test section with water to expel air from the pipeline. Temporary vent outlets with valves shall be installed as required for complete venting of the pipeline during filling. Venting during the filling of the system also may be provided by the loosening of flanges having a minimum four bolts or by the use of equipment vents. All parts of the piping system shall be subjected to the test pressure 'specified in paragraph A. above. The hydrostatic test pressure shall be continuously maintained for a minimum time of 60 minutes and for each additional time as may be necessary to conduct examinations for leakage. Examination for leakage shall be made at all joints and connections. The piping system, exclusive of possible localized instances at pump or valve packing, shall show no visual evidence of weeping or leaking. Any visible leakage shall be corrected at the Contractor's sole expense. 3. Testing Equipment: The Contractor shall provide all necessary piping connections together with test pumping equipment, water meters, pressure gauges, hose and suction pipe, and other materials, equipment, facilities, and labor required for the tests. Water meters and pressure gauges shall be accurately calibrated and shall be subject to inspection by the Engineer. Test pressures shall be applied by means of a force of such design and capacity that the required pressure can be applied and maintained without interruption for the duration of each test. 4. Test pressures and limitations shall be as follows if not specified in this Section: 15001 -Page 23 of 28 ' N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15001.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 15001 DIVISION -15 MECHANICAL PLANT PIPING-GENERAL a. Sections shall be tested at 1.5 times the working pressure at the point of testing. b. Test pressure shall be greater than 1.25 times the normal working pressure at the highest point along the test section. c. Test pressures shall not exceed pipe, fitting, valves, or thrust block design pressures. d. Pressures shall not vary by more than 5 psi. 5. Buried Pressure Lines: a. A minimal amount of leakage is permissible from buried pressure lines. Consequently, the hydrostatic testing of these pipelines must be conducted in a different manner, as follows. b. Where any section of pipe is provided with concrete thrust blocking, do not make the pressure test until at least 5 days have elapsed after the thrust blocking is installed. If high-early cement is used for thrust blocking, the time may be reduced to 2 days. When testing cement mortar lined piping, slowly fill the section of pipe to be tested with water and allow to stand for 24 hours under slight pressure to allow the cement-mortar lining to absorb water. c. Expel all air from the piping system prior to testing and apply and maintain the specified test pressure by means of the hydraulic force pump. Valve off the piping system when the test pressure is reached and conduct the pressure test for 2 hours, reopening the isolation valve only as necessary to restore the test pressure. The pump suction shall be in a barrel or similar device, or metered so that the amount of water required to maintain the test pressure may be measured accurately. This measurement represents the leakage, which is defined as the quantity of water necessary to maintain the specified test pressure for the duration of the test period. No pipe installation will be accepted if the leakage is greater than the number of gallons per hour as determined by the following formula: L = SD (P)~~2 133,200 where L =Allowable leakage in gallons per hour S =Length of pipe tested in feet 15001 -Page 24 of 28 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15001.doc May 29, 2009 0 ii 0 0 i SECTION 15001 DIVISION -15 MECHANICAL PLANT PIPING-GENERAL D =Nominal pipe diameter in inches P =Average test pressure in psi 6. Leakage Repair: The Contractor shall repair any leakage at his own expense and retest the pipeline until allowable leakage is achieved. D. Pneumatic Leak Tests: Equipment: Furnish the following equipment for the pneumatic tests: a. One pneumatic compressor separator-dryer system capable of providing oil-free dry air and equipped with one or more full capacity safety relief valves set at a pressure of not more than 105 percent of the required primary test pressure. b. One calibrated test gauge. 2. Procedure: a. Pneumatic testing shall be performed using accurately calibrated instruments and oil-free, dry air. Test shall be performed only after the piping has been completely installed, including all supports, hangers and anchors, and inspected for proper installation. All parts of the piping system shall be subjected to the specified test pressure. The Contractor shall recognize the hazards associated with airtesting and shall take all necessary precautions to protect test personnel and Owner's operating personnel. All piping to be tested shall be secured to prevent damage to adjacent piping and equipment in the event of a joint failure. Any appurtenant instruments or devices that could be damaged by the test shall be removed from the piping or suitably isolated prior to applying the test. Prior to starting the test, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer. b. A preliminary pneumatic test not to exceed 25 psig shall be applied to the piping system prior to final leak testing, as a means of locating major leaks. Examination for leakage, detected by soap bubbles, shall be made at all joints and connections. After all visible leaks have been corrected, the pressure in the system shall gradually be increased to not more than'/Z of the test pressure, after which the pressure shall be increased in steps of approximately 1/10 of the test pressure until the required test pressure has been reached. The pneumatic test pressure shall be continuously maintained for a minimum time of 10 minutes and for such additional time as may be necessary to conduct a soap bubble examination for 15001 -Page 25 of 28 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15001.doc ' May 29, 2009 SECTION 15001 DIVISION -15 MECHANICAL PLANT PIPING-GENERAL ' leakage. The piping system, exclusive of possible localized instances at pump or valve packing, shall show no evidence of leakage. Any visible leakage or pressure loss shall be ' corrected at the Contractor's sole expense. c. Following pneumatic testing, lines which are to carry flammable =' gases shall be thoroughly purged with nitrogen to assure that no explosive mixtures will be present in the system during the _' filling process. E. Initial Service Leak Tests: ' 1. Equipment: Equipment used for initial service leak testing may bethe - same as that specified under HYDROSTATIC AND PNEUMATIC ' LEAK TESTS hereinbefore, or the pump or compressor connected to the piping system. 2. Procedure: The initial service leak test shall be performed by ' gradually bringing the piping system up to normal operating pressure and holding it there continuously for a minimum time of 10 minutes. ' Examination for leakage shall be made at all joints and connections. Soap bubbles shall be used to detect leaks in pneumatically-tested systems. The piping system, exclusive of possible localized instances ' at pump or valve packing, shall show no visual evidence of weeping or leaking. Any visible leakage or pressure loss shall be corrected at the Contractor's sole expense. , F. Test Records: Records shall be made of each piping system installation during the test. These records shall include: - ' 1. Date of test. 2. Description and identification of piping tested. , 3. Test fluid. 4. Test pressure. ' 5. Remarks, to include such items as: ' a. Leaks (type, location). b. Repairs made on leaks. ' 6. Certification by Contractor and signed acknowledgment by Engineer. 3.12 INTERIM CLEANING A. Care shall be exercised during fabrication to prevent the accumulation of ' 15001 -Page 26 of 28 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15001.doc ' May 29, 2009 SECTION 15001 DIVISION -15 MECHANICAL PLANT PIPING-GENERAL ' weld rod, weld spatter, pipe cuttings and filings, gravel, cleaning rags, etc. within piping sections. All piping shall be examined to assure removal of ' these and other foreign objects prior to assembly. Shop cleaning may employ any conventional commercial cleaning method if it does not corrode, deform, swell, or otherwise alter the physical properties of the material being ' cleaned. 3.13 FINAL CLEANING A. Following assembly and testing and prior to final acceptance, all pipelines installed under this section, except plant process gas lines, air lines, fuel ' lines, and instrument air lines, shall be flushed with water and all accumulated construction debris and other foreign matter removed. Flushing velocities shall be a minimum of 2.5 feet per second. Cone strainers shall be inserted in the connections to attached equipment and left there until cleaning has been accomplished to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Accumulated debris shall be removed through drains 2-inch and larger or by ' dropping spools and valves. Immediately following drainage of flushed lines, the piping shall be air dried with compressed air. ' B. Plant process gas, air, fuel lines, and instrument air piping shall be blown clean of loose debris with compressed air. ' - C. It must be understood that such flushing removes only the lighter solids and . cannot be relied upon to remove heavy materials allowed to get into the main during installation. If necessary, the Contractor shall also clean pipelines 2 t inches and larger by pigging with an acceptable flexible pig made specifically for this purpose. ' 3.14 WALL PIPES AND PIPE SLEEVES A. Wall pipes and pipe sleeves embedded in concrete walls, floors, and slabs shall be embedded as specified in Section 03300, CONCRETE and as shown. Support all pipes embedded in concrete walls, floors, and slabs with formwork to prevent contact with the reinforcing steel. ' 3.15 FLEXIBLE JOINTS AT CONCRETE STRUCTURES A. A flexible joint shall be provided at the face of all manholes or other structures. The joint may be flush with the face, may be up to one-half pipe diameter away from the face, but shall not be more than 24 inches away from ' the face. B. A second flexible joint shall be provided within 24 inches of the first joint. ' C. Flexible joints may be rubber ring joints, mechanical joints, or flexible couplings, unless shown otherwise on the Drawings. 15001 -Page 27 of 28 ' N:\04171055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15001.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 15001 DIVISION - 15 MECHANICAL PLANT PIPING-GENERAL 3.16 PERMISSIBLE DEFLECTION AT JOINTS A. Wherever it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line, either in the vertical or horizontal plane, do not exceed 75 percent of the amount of deflection recommended by the pipe or coupling manufacturer, or as shown on the Drawings. 3.17 FABRICATION OF FLANGED PIPE A. Flanged pipe shall be fabricated in the shop, not in the field, and delivered to the jobsite with flanges in place and properly faced. Threaded flanges shall be individually fitted and machine tightened on matching threaded pipe by the manufacturer. Flanges shall be faced after fabrication in accordance with ANSI A21.15/AWWA C115. A sufficient number of selected flange-to-pipe threaded joints shall be hydrostatically shop tested to ensure joint integrity. 3.18 SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS A. No water piping shall be installed immediately over or within a 3-foot plan view clearance of any electrical panel, motor starter, or mechanical mounting panel. Where piping must be located within these zones, install piping inside a PVC conduit or shield the electrical device to prevent direct water access to electrical equipment in the event of a pipe leak. 3.19 CONFINED SPACE ENTRY A. The Contractor shall satisfy confined space entry requirements for the Engineer and Owner to enter manholes, vaults, pipe gallerys, and other confined spaces. The requirements shall include furnishing and operating air quality testing equipment, furnishing and operating air movement equipment, and furnishing and operating other equipment and manpower to satisfy confined space entry requirements. END OF SECTION 15001 I~~ n 0 15001 -Page 28 of 28 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15001.doc ' May 29, 2009 SECTION 15001A CEMENT LINED DUCTILE IRON DIVISION -15 DETAIL PIPING SPECIFICATION PIPE AND FITTINGS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED ' A. This section covers the work necessary to furnish and install, complete, the cement lined ductile iron pipe and gray cast iron or ductile iron fittings ' specified herein, and as specified further in Section 15001, PLANT PIPING - GENERAL. 1.02 GENERAL A. See Section 15001, PLANT PIPING - GENERAL, for additional ' requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE A. Centrifugally cast, Grade 60-42-10 iron, ANSI A21.51 and AWWA C151, cement-lined and seal-coated in accordance with ANSI A21.4, minimum Pressure Class 200 for up to 24-inch diameter pipe, except as follows: ' 1. Threaded flanged pipe shall be minimum Class 53 for 3-inch through 12- inch. ' 2.02 JOINTS A. Flanged joint as specified herein, with application as specified in Section 15001, PLANT PIPING -GENERAL, or as shown on the Drawings. ' B. Flanged joint pipe shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C115 and shall use ductile iron flanges. ' 2.03 FITTINGS A. Gray or ductile iron, 250 psi minimum working pressure, cement-lined and ' seal-coated. Where taps are shown on fittings, tapping bosses shall be provided. ANSI B16.1 fittings shall be used only for nonstandard fittings not manufactured under ANSI/AWWA C110. ' 1. Flan ed: ANSI/AWWA C110 and ANSI B16.1, faced and drilled 125- 9 t pound ANSI standard. ' 15001 A -Page 1 of 3 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15001a.doc t May 29, 2009 SECTION 15001A CEMENT LINED DUCTILE IRON DIVISION -15 DETAIL PIPING SPECIFICATION PIPE AND FITTINGS 2.04 PIPE AND FITTINGS LININGS AND COATINGS ' A. All pipe shall be cement lined unless otherwise shown. B. Cement Lining: Cement-mortar lined and seal coated in accordance with ' AWWA C104/ANSI A21.4: 2.05 FLANGES - , A. Ductile iron, ANSI A21.15/AW1NA C115, threaded, 250 psi working pressure, ANSI 125-pound drilling. ' 2.06 BOLTS ' A. For Class 125 FF Flanges: Carbon steel, ASTM A307, Grade A hex head bolts and ASTM A563, Grade A hex head nuts. ' 2.07 GASKETS A. Gaskets for flanged joints shall be 1/8-inch thick, cloth-inserted rubber ' conforming to applicable parts of ANSI B16.21 and AWWA C207. Gasket material shall be free from corrosive alkali or acid ingredients and suitable for ' use in sewage or potable waterlines. Gaskets shall be full-face type for 125- pound FF flanges. 2.08 LUBRICANT ' A. Lubricant for joints shall be in accordance with manufacturer standards. ' PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 HANDLING PIPE ' A. Care shall betaken not to damage the cement lining or exterior coating when handling the pipe. ' 3.02 CUTTING PIPE ' A. Cut pipe with milling type cutter, rolling pipe cutter, or abrasive saw cutter. Do not flame cut. ' 3.03 DRESSING CUT ENDS A. Dress cut ends of pipe in accordance with the type of joint to be made. ' B. Dress cut ends of buried pipe joints to remove sharp edges or projections 15001 A -Page 2 of 3 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15001 a.doc May 29, 2009 ' ' SECTION 15001A CEMENT LINED DUCTILE IRON DIVISION -15 DETAIL PIPING SPECIFICATION PIPE AND FITTINGS which may damage the rubber gasket. ' C. Dress cut ends of push-on joint pipe by beveling, as recommended by the pipe manufacturer. D. Dress cut ends of pipe for flexible couplings, flanged coupling adapters, and grooved end pipe couplings as recommended by the coupling or adapter _ manufacturer. 3.04 FABRICATION OF FLANGED PIPE ' A. Flanged pipe shall be fabricated in the shop, not in the field, and delivered to the jobsite with flanges in place and properly faced. Threaded flanges shall be individually fitted and machine tightened on matching threaded pipe by manufacturer. Flanges shall be faced after fabrication in accordance with ANSI A21.15/A1NWA C115. A sufficient number of selected flange-to-pipe threaded joints shall be hydrostatically shop tested to ensure joint integrity. 3.05 JOINTING PIPE A. Flanged: Prior to connecting flanged pipe, the faces of the flanges shall be thoroughly cleaned of all oil, grease, and foreign material. The rubber ' gaskets shall be checked for proper fit and thoroughly cleaned. Care shall be taken to assure proper seating of the flange gasket. Bolts shall be tightened so that the pressure on the gasket is uniform. Torque-limiting wrenches shall ' be used to ensure uniform bearing insofar as possible. If joints leak when the hydrostatic test is applied, the gaskets shall be removed and reset and bolts retightened. 3.06 TESTING A. All lines shall be hydrostatically tested at the pressures listed in Section 15001, PLANT PIPING -GENERAL. Test procedures shall be as specified in Section 15001, PLANT PIPING -GENERAL. The Contractor shall be ' responsible for proper coordination of all pipe, fittings, and other accessories so that all lines are designed to handle the test pressures specified. 3.07 CORROSION PROTECTION A. As specified in Section 15001, PLANT PIPING -GENERAL. 3.09 SUPPORTS AND HANGERS ' A. As specified in Section 15001, PLANT PIPING -GENERAL. END OF SECTION 15001A 15001 A -Page 3 of 3 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15001a.doc t May 29, 2009 u ii SECTION 15001 Q HIGH- DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) DIVISION -15 DETAIL PIPING SPECIFICATION PIPE AND FITTINGS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: This section covers the work necessary to furnish and install high density polyethylene (HDPE) pipe and fittings for the temporary 16-inch bypass (siphon) line for the City intake, for the subdrain {slotted underdrain and solid collector pipe), and for the 12-inch cleanout line outfall. 1.02 OTHER SPECIFICATIONS: Referto Section 15001, PLANT PIPING-GENERAL for additional requirements. 1.03 REFERENCES A. References made to ASTM, ANSI or AASHTO designation are the latest revision at the time of call for bids. Assure that all pipe is clearly marked with type, class and/or thickness as applicable. Assure lettering is legible and ' permanent under normal conditions of handling and storage. B. The following documents are a part of this section. Where this Specification ' section differs from these documents, the requirements of this section shall apply. 1. ASTM D 1248-84, Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials. ' 2. ASTM D 3350-84, Polyethylene Plastics Pipe and Fittings Materials. 3. ASTM F 714-85, Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) Based On ' Outside Diameter. 1.04 SUBMITTALS ' A. Submittals during construction shall be made in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS. In addition, the following specific information shall be provided: 1. A statement, in writing, from the pipe manufacturer that it is listed with ' the Plastic Pipe Institute as a qualified extruder for the polyethylene resin being used to manufacture the pipe for this project. 2. A manufacturer's certification attesting that the pipe and fittings meet ' the applicable specification. 3. Catalog information confirming that the pipe and fittings conform to ' the requirements of these specifications. i 15001 Q -Page 1 of 8 ' N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15001q.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 15001Q HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) DIVISION -15 DETAIL PIPING SPECIFICATION PIPE AND FITTINGS PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) PIPE -SOLID WALL A. All pipe sizes shown on the Drawings and specified in this Section reference nominal diameter, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings or in this Section. The pipe shall have a nominal Iron Pipe Size (IPS) outside diameter unless otherwise specified. Pipe shall meet the dimensions and tolerances specified in AWWA C906. B. Resin for pipe and fittings shall be extra high molecular weight, high density ethylene/hexene copolymer PE 3408 polyethylene resin, listed by both N.S.F. and P.P.I. and manufactured in accordance with ASTM D-3350 and ASTM F-714. Pipe and fittings shall contain no recycled compound except that. generated in the manufacturer's own plant from resin of the same specification and from the same raw material supplier. The pipe shall be homogeneous throughout and free of visible cracks, holes, voids, foreign inclusions or other deleterious defects. C. Pipe sizing and workmanship shall be in accordance with ASTM F-714 and ' ASTM D-3035, and shall conform to the following minimum requirements: Pro a ASTM Test Method Minimum Re uiremerits Material Classification D-1248 Type III, Class C, Cat. 5, Grade P34 Cell Classification D-3350 Grade PE34 345434C Densit D-1505 0.955 /cm Melt Index D-1238 < 0.14 m/10 min. Flexural Modulus D-790 133,000 si Tensile Stren th field D-638 3,200 si Environmental Stress Crack Resistance, Fo , Cond. C D-1693 >10,000 hrs Environmental Stress Crack Resistance, Com ressed Rin F-1248 >10,000 hrs Hydrostatic Design Basis D-2837 1,600 psi @ 73.4° F UV Stabilizer, Carbon Black D-1603 2% Elastic Modulus D-638 110,000 si Brittleness Tem erature D-746 < -180° F Vicat Softenin Tem erature D-1525 +255° F Hardness, Shore "D" D-2240 64 i ~i u 0 15001 Q -Page 2 of 8 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15001q.doc ' May 29, 2009 ' SECTION 15001Q HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) ' DIVISION -15 DETAIL PIPING SPECIFICATION PIPE AND FITTINGS D. Pipe Markings: Provide pipe with the following information continuously marked on the pipe or spaced at intervals not exceeding 5 feet: 1. Name and/or trademark of the manufacturer ' 2. Nominal pipe size 3. PE3408. 4. Standard Dimension Ratio (SDR) value 5. Production code for date and place of manufacture E. Pressure Class: Pipe shall meet the following pressure classes at a pipe temperature of 73.4°F: 1. SDR-32.5 Pipe: 50 psi ' 2. SDR-21 Pipe: 80 psi 3. SDR-17 Pipe: 100 psi 4. SDR-9 Pipe: 200 psi ' F. The above values indicate working pressures and shall include allowances for occasional positive pressure transients not exceeding two times the ' nominal pressure class and recurring pressure surges not exceeding 11h times the nominal pressure class. ' 2.02 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) PIPE FITTINGS A. Fittings for solid-wall HDPE shall be fusion-weld fittings. Valves shall be ' fusion-welded to the pipe, or connected by bolting to afusion-welded flange with a standard D.I.P. backing ring. B. Fusion-weld fittings shall meet the following requirements: 1. Fittings shall be standard commercial products manufactured by ' injection molding or by extrusion and machining, or shall be fabricated from AWWA C906 pipe conforming to this specification. ' 2. Fittings shall be made from the same approved resin type, grade and cell classification as the pipe used on the project, shall be supplied by the pipe manufacturer, and shall be made from the same raw material ' (resin) used to manufacture the pipe. 3. All fittings shall be pressure tested by the pipe/fitting manufacturer in accordance with AWWA C906. C. Connections To Other Pipe Materials: Use couplers designed for the pipe ' sizes (outside diameters) and materials being joined, with a minimum pressure rating of 4.3 psi. Use Fernco or Engineer-approved equal. 15001 Q -Page 3 of 8 ' N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15001q.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 15001 Q HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) DIVISION -15 DETAIL PIPING SPECIFICATION PIPE AND FITTINGS 2.04 SUBDRAIN COLLECTOR PIPE AND FITTINGS A. SUBDRAIN COLLECTOR PIPE The pipe shall be extruded from an extra high molecular weight, high density polyethylene compound and shall conform to the following requirements: The polyethylene resin shall meet or exceed the requirements of ASTM D 3350 for PE 3408 material with a cell classification of 345434C, or better. ii. The polyethylene compound shall be suitably protected against degradation by ultraviolet light by means of carbon black, well dispersed by precompounding in a concentration of not less than 2 percent. iii. The minimum Hydrostatic Design Basis (HDB) of the pipe product shall be 1600 psi, as determined in accordance with ASTM D2837. iv. The polyethylene pipe manufacturer shall provide certification that stress regression testing has been performed on the specific product. Ths certification shall include a stress life curve per ASTM D2837. The stress regression testing shall have been done in accordance with ASTM D2837. v. The material shall be listed by PPI (the Plastics Pipe Institutes, a division of the Society of the Plastics Industry) in PPI TR-4 with a 73 degrees F hydrostatic design stress rating of 800 psi, and a 140 degrees F hydrostatic design stress rating of 400 psi. The PPI Listing shall be in the name of the pipe manufacturer, and shall be based on ASTM D2837 and PPI TR-3 testing and validation of samples of the pipe manufacturer's production pipe. vi. Manufacturer's certification shall state that the pipe was manufactured from one specific resin in compliance with these specifications. The certificate shall state the specific resin used, its sources, and list it's compliance to these specifications. ~~, i 1 u 0 C C 15001 Q -Page 4 of 8 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15001q.doc ' May 29, 2009 i r n 0 u 0 1 SECTION 15001Q HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) DIVISION -15 DETAIL PIPING SPECIFICATION PIPE AND FITTINGS vii. The pipe shall be extruded using a melt homogenizing/ plasticating extruder and appropriate die. The extruder screw design should be customized for the HDPE being processed. The extruded tubular melt shall be vacuum or pressure sized in downstream cooling tanks to form round pipe to specification diameter and wall thickness with a "matt-finish" surface per AWWA C906. viii. Pipe shall be produced from materials approved for potable water applications, in accordance with ASTM F714. ix. The pipe shall be produced, from approved HDPE pipe grade resin(s), to the dimensions and tolerances specified in AWWA C906, as manufactured by Phillips Driscopipe, or equal. Specifically, the pipe will be extruded from resin meeting specifications of ASTM D3350 with a cell classification of PE:345434C; and ASTM D-1248 pipe grade resin type III, Class C, Category 5, grade P34 polyethylene compound. 2. Smaller diameter pipe (12-inch nominal diameter or smaller) shall have a design working pressure rating of 200 psi minimum and a maximum standard dimension ratio (SDR) of 9. B. SUBDRAIN COLLECTOR PIPE FITTINGS Polyethylene fittings shall be molded for sizes 6-inch and smaller and shall be fabricated from polyethylene pipe for sizes 8-inch to 12-inch by means of thermal butt-fusion. The ends of the fabricated fittings shall not be trimmed to match the pipe section to which they are going to be joined. All polyethylene fittings shall have the same or higher pressure rating as the pipe when installed in accordance with the latest technical specifications. C. SUBDRAIN COLLECTOR PIPE JOINTS Sections of HDPE pipe shall be joined into continuous lengths on the job site above ground. The joining method shall be the heat fusion method and shall be performed in strict accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. Pipe manufacturer shall provide heat fusion training to the Contractor or provide a trained technician to the Contractor. The heat fusion equipment used in the joining procedures should be capable of meeting all conditions recommended by the pipe manufacturer, including, but not limited to, temperature requirements of 400°F, alignment, and 75 PSI interfacial fusion pressure. 15001 Q -Page 5 of 8 ' N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15001q.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 15001 Q HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) DIVISION -15 DETAIL PIPING SPECIFICATION PIPE AND FITTINGS 2. Heat fusion joining shall be 100 percent efficient offering a joint weld strength equal to or greater than the tensile strength of the pipe. Socket fusion shall not be used. Extrusion welding or hot gas welding of HDPE shall not be used. Refer to the manufacturer's recommendations. D. SUBDRAIN SLOTTED UNDERDRAIN PIPE Slotted underdrain pipe shall be heavy-duty, slotted polyethylene tubing of the diameter indicated on the Drawings conforming to ASTM F 405. The pipe shall have a minimum of three rows of slots, with each row 120 degrees apart. Slots will be between 0.05- and 0.10- inch wide and between 1 and 1.5 inches long, arranged circumferentially around the pipe. The pipe will have between 15 and 30 slots per foot. The minimum inlet area shall be 1 square inch per foot of pipe. Slots shall be smooth, clean, and clear of plastic debris. 2. All fittings for the pipe shall be supplied by the manufacturer of the pipe and intended specifically for use with that size pipe and type of pipe. 3. Pipe and fittings shall be manufactured by Advanced Drainage ' Systems Inc. ADS N-12 pipe, or equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. HDPE pipe shall be installed in accordance with ASTM D2321, and as recommended by the pipe manufacturer. Temporary bypass piping may be curved to the minimum radius recommended by the manufacturer. B. Qualifications: Joining, laying, and pulling of polyethylene pipe shall be accomplished by personnel experienced in working with polyethylene pipe. The pipe supplier shall certify, in writing, that the Contractor is qualified to join, lay, and pull the pipe or a representative of the pipe manufacturer shall be onsite to oversee the pipe joining. Expenses for the representative shall be paid for by the Contractor. 3.02 TRANSPORTATION, STORAGE AND HANDLING 0 0 ii 0 A. Transportation: Care shall be taken during transportation of the pipe that it is ' not cut, kinked, or otherwise damaged. 15001 Q -Page 6 of 8 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Divisio~ 15\15001q.doc ' May 29, 2009 u J SECTION 15001 Q HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) DIVISION -15 DETAIL PIPING SPECIFICATION PIPE AND FITTINGS B. Stora e: 1. Pipes shall be stored on level ground, preferably turf or sand, free of sharp objects which could damage the pipe. 2. Stacking of the polyethylene pipe shall be limited to a height that will not cause excessive deformation of the bottom layers of pipes under anticipated temperature conditions. 3. Where necessary due to ground conditions, the pipe shall be stored on wooden sleepers, spaced suitably and of such widths as not to allow deformation of the pipe at the point of contact with the sleeper or between supports. C. Handling: 1. The handling of the joined pipeline shall be in such a manner that the pipe is not damaged by dragging it over sharp and cutting objects. 2. Ropes, fabric, or rubber-protected slings and straps shall be used when handling pipes. Chains, cables, or hooks inserted into the pipe ends shall not be used. 3. Two slings spread apart shall be used for lifting each length of pipe. Pipe or fittings shall not be dropped onto rocky or unprepared ground. Slings for handling the pipeline shall not be positioned at butt-fused joints. 4. Sections of the pipes with cuts and gouges exceeding 10 percent of the pipe wall thickness or kinked sections shall be removed and the ends of the pipeline rejoined. 3.03 SOLID-WALL HDPE PIPE JOINTS A. HDPE pipe shall be joined into continuous lengths on the job site by the heat fusion method. Joining shall be performed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, using equipmentthat meets all conditions recommended by the pipe manufacturer B. Preparation: Any amount of dirt, oil, moisture, airborne dust or debris on the heater plate, pipe ends, facer, or anything else that contacts the fusion surface can cause improper fusion. Ensure that all equipment and pipe ends are clean. C. The installer shall visually inspect pipe joining and make adjustments to the ' heating cycle to account for ambient temperature, wind, humidity and other factors. Uniform heating around the pipe, uniform bead "roll back," acceptable bead thickness, and maintaining adequate contact pressure during cooling are required for each joint. 15001 Q -Page 7 of 8 N:10417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15001q.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 15001 Q HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) DIVISION -15 DETAIL PIPING SPECIFICATION PIPE AND FITTINGS D. Qualifications: Personnel performing heat fusion must have successfully installed a minimum of 5,000 feet of HDPE pipe. Submit documented references. 3.03 SUBDRAIN COLLECTOR PIPE PLACEMENT A. Install as specified in Section 15001, PLANT PIPING-GENERAL and Section 02221, TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR PIPELINES AND APPURTENANT STRUCTURES; and in conformance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. Pipe may be curved to the minimum radius recommended by the manufacturer. END OF SECTION 15001 Q 15001 Q -Page 8 of 8 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15001q.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 15050 DIVISION 15 -MECHANICAL BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Piping Tube and Fittings. 2. Mechanical Sleeve Seals. 3. Sleeves. 4. Escutcheons. 5. Grout. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Steel Pipe Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications." 1. Comply with provisions in ASME B31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping." 2. Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and that certification is current. B. Electrical Characteristics for Mechanical Equipment: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting electrical services, circuit breakers, and conduit sizes are appropriately modified. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies are specified, equipment shall comply with requirements. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS A. Refer to individual Division 15 piping Sections for pipe, tube, and fitting materials and joining methods. B. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1 for factory-threaded pipe and pipe fittings. 15050 -Page 1 of 4 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15050.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 15050 DIVISION 15 -MECHANICAL BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 2.02 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS A. Description: Modular sealing element unit, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between pipe and sleeve. B. Sealing Elements: EPDM or NBR interlocking links shaped to fit surface of ' pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe. C. Pressure Plates: Plastic. Include two for each sealing element. D. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel with corrosion-resistant coating of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element. 2.03 SLEEVES A. Galvanized-Steel Sheet: 0.0239-inch (0.6-mm) minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint. B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized, plain ends. 2.04 ESCUTCHEONS A. Description: Manufactured wall and ceiling escutcheons and floor plates, with an ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping and an OD that completely covers opening. B. Split-Casting, Cast-Brass Type: With concealed hinge and set screw. 1. Finish: Rough brass. 2.05 GROUT A. Description: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, nonshrink and nonmetallic, dry hydraulic-cement grout. 1. Characteristics: Post-hardening, volume-adjusting, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous, and recommended for interior and exterior applications. 2. Design Mix: 5000-psi (34.5-MPa), 28-day compressive strength. 3. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. ~~ 1 15050 -Page 2 of 4 N:\0417\0551DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15050.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 15050 DIVISION 15 -MECHANICAL BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 PIPING SYSTEMS -COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Install piping according to the following requirements and Division 15 Sections specifying piping systems. B. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. C. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. D. Install piping to permit valve servicing. E. Install piping at indicated slopes. F. Install piping free of sags and bends. G. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. H. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure. ' I. Install escutcheons for penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. J. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, gypsum-board partitions, and concrete floor anal roof slabs. K. Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for f - inch (25-mm) annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 1. Install steel pipe for sleeves smaller than 6 inches (150 mm) in diameter. 2. Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves 6 inches (150 mm) and larger in diameter. 3. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against i N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15050.doc May 29, 2009 15050 -Page 3 of 4 SECTION 15050 DIVISION 15 -MECHANICAL BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal L. Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in. M.. Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications :for roughing-in requirements. 3.02 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 15 Sections specifying piping systems. B. _ Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. C. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. D. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. E. Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12, using qualified processes and welding operators according to Part 1 "Quality Assurance" Article. 3.03 GROUTING A. Mix and install grout for mechanical equipment base bearing surfaces, pump and other equipment base plates, and anchors. B. Clean surfaces that will come into contact with grout. C. Provide forms as required for placement of grout. D. Avoid air entrapment during placement of grout. E. Cure placed grout. END OF SECTION 15050 15050 -Page 4 of 4 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15050.doc May 29, 2009 c~~ I' DIVISION 15 -MECHANICAL PART1 GENERAL .1.01 WORK INCLUDED SECTION 15080 VALVES. METERS AND ACCESSORIES A. This section covers the work necessary for furnishing and installing the various ball valves, gate valves, butterfly valves, special valves, valve operators, valve boxes and accessories for buried and exposed piping applications. 1.02 GENERAL A. Like items of equipment specified herein shall be the end products of one manufacturer in order to achieve standardization for operation, maintenance, spare parts, and manufacturer's service. B. See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements that applyto the work specified herein and are mandatory for this project. C. Contractor required to match valve-operating pressures to installation requirements. Valve manufacturer/supplier is responsible for coordinating pipe ends with pipe supplier through the Contractor. 1.03 SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Submittals during construction shall be made as required in Section 01300, SUBMITTALS in Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. 1.04 PAINTING, COATING, AND LININGS A. Manufacturer's standard finishes applied to all manual valves must meetthe minimum requirements as specified in Section 15001 -Piping General. 1.05 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICES A. A manufacturer's representative for the installed equipment shall inspect the installation after completion, and shall recommend all necessary adjustments and certify the proper installation and operation in writing. Also, see 3.04 of this section. B. A qualified manufacturer's representative forthe installed equipment shall be present at the job site and/or class room designated by the Owner for the minimum services listed below: 15080 -Page 1 of 12 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15080.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 15080 DIVISION 15 -MECHANICAL VALVES, METERS AND ACCESSORIES 1. '/~ day inspection functional testing, calibration, and written certification of installation. 2. '/2 day O & M training of the Owner's personnel in hydraulically ' operated control valves operation, mairttenance, and trouble-shooting. C. See Section 01640, MANUFACTURER'S SERVICES. , PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL ' A. All valves shall be complete with all necessary operating handwheels, ' extension stems, valve boxes, worm and gear operators, operating nuts, lever operators, and wrenches which are required for the proper completion of the work included under this section. Operators and other accessories ' shall be sized and furnished by the valve supplier and factory mounted. B. Valves and operators shall be suitable for the exposure they are subject to: ' buried, submerged, interior, exterior, as applicable. They shall have all safety features required by OSHA. Unless otherwise shown, valves shall be the same size as the adjoining pipe. ' C. For the purpose of designating the type and grade of valve desired, manufacturers' name is given in the following specifications. Valves of equal ' quality by other manufacturers will be considered in accordance with the General Conditions. D. The structure and appurtenant facilities have been designed around the first ' named manufacturer's equipment. Equipment furnished by all qualified interested manufacturers will be considered, provided that necessary , structural and mechanical changes required are submitted in conformance with the requirements of CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. The Contractor shall bear all costs for ' necessary changes for a complete and satisfactory installation. 2.02 VALVE TYPES ' A. Valve types are specified by number. The type of valve to be used for each service and application is indicated on the Drawings by valve number call- ' out. Exterior valves are to be sized and rated in accordance with the details. i 15080 - Pa e 2 of 12 ' 9 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15080.doc May 29, 2009 ' II II II SECTION 15080 DIVISION 15 -MECHANICAL VALVES, METERS AND ACCESSORIES 2.03 DESIGN FEATURES A. Brass and bronze components of valves and appurtenances which have surfaces in contact with the water shall be alloys containing less than 16 percent zinc and 2 percent aluminum. B. Approved alloys are of the following ASTM designations: II r i f' C u 1. B 61, B 62, B 98 (Alloy UNS No. C65100, C65500, or C66100), B 139 (Alloy UNS No. C51000), B 584 (Alloy UNS No. C90300 or C94700), B164,B194,andB127. 2. Stainless steel Alloy 18-8 may be substituted for bronze at the option of the manufacturer and with the approval of the Engineer. C. All gland bolts on iron body valves shall be bronze and shall be fitted with brass nuts. D. Valve ends shall be as specified, as shown on the Drawings, and to suit the adjacent piping. 2.04 VALVE OPERATORS A. ~ General: All valves shall be equipped with operators. The valve operator types, as specified herein, describe only the general characteristics of the operator. The operator shall be compatible with the valve with which it will be used and shall be of the same manufacturer, or a product that is recommended by the valve manufacturer. The operator shall be sized to operate the valve for the full range of pressures and velocities imposed by the service. All valve operators shall open by turning counterclockwise. B. Manual Operators: 1. General: a. Manual handwheel operators shall be provided unless otherwise shown or specified. Ferrous handwheels shall be galvanized and painted the same color as the valve and associated pipeline. Lever operators may be supplied on quarter-turn type valves 8 inches and smaller, if recommended by the manufacturer; however, operator force shall not exceed 40 pounds under any operating condition, including initial breakaway. 15080 -Page 3 of 12 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15080.doc ' May 29, 2009 DIVISION 15 -MECHANICAL SECTION 15080 VALVES, METERS AND ACCESSORIES b. When the maximum force required to operate a valve under full operating head exceeds 40 pounds, gear reduction operators shall be provided. Gear operators shall be totally enclosed and lubricated. All valves greater than 10 inches shall be supplied with gear operators. c. On quarter-turn valves, the valve operators shall be of the self- _ locking type to prevent the disc or plug from creeping and shall be provided with position indicators to show the position of the valve disc or plug. Operators of the worm and gear type shall have self-locking worm gears, one-piece design, of gear bronze material, accurately machine cut. The worm shall be hardened alloy steel, with thread ground and polished. d. Operators of the geared traveling nut type shall have threaded steel reach rods with an internally threaded bronze or ductile iron nut. 2. Exposed Operators: a. Exposed operators shall be furnished with chain wheel operators (CWO), geared operators (GO), extension stems, floor stands, and other elements as shown on the Drawings or as required to permit operation from the normal operating level. b. Lever-type operators shall have some means of being fixed in any given position to prevent accidental movement; shall be rugged, noncorrosive construction; and shall be fully compatible with the valve. 3. Unless specified otherwise hereinafter or shown otherwise on the Drawings, operators shall be of the type listed below: EXPOSED OPERATORS T e of Valve Size O erator Gate All Sizes Handwheel Butterfly 6" & Smaller Lockin level with 10- osition late 8" & Lar er Geared handwheel Ball All Sizes Lever 15080 -Page 4 of 12 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15080.doc May 29, 2009 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DIVISION 15 -MECHANICAL 2.05 GATE VALVES SECTION 15080 VALVES. METERS AND ACCESSORIES A. Buried Gate Valves: Shall conform with the 5th Edition of MPWSS Section 02660, WATER DISTRIBUTION and the City of Bozeman Modifications ' thereto and shall be manufactured by Mueller,~or Kennedy. B. Exposed Gate Valves: Shall have flanged ends, be class 125 and meet or exceed ANSI/AWWA C509 Standards. Valves shall have an Iron body with epoxy coated interior and exterior surfaces. The iron wedge shall be symmetrical and fully encapsulated with molded rubberwith no exposed iron. Valves shall be Mueller A-2360 Resilient Wedge or equal. 2.06 BUTTERFLY VALVES A. General 1. Butterfly valves specified as AWWA C504 shall be in full compliance with AWWA C504 and the following requirements: a. Valves shall be suitable for throttling operations and for very infrequent operation after extended periods of inactivity. b. Elastomer seats that are bonded or vulcanized to the body shall have the adhesive integrity of the bond between seat and body assured by sample testing with a minimum 75-pound pull in accordance with ASTM D429, Method B. c. Inside diameter at seat shall not be less than the inside diameter of the connecting pipe by more than 1 inch. d. Valves shall be bubble-tight with rated pressure applied from either side of the valve disc. e. There shall be no travel stops for the disc on the interior of the body. f. Shaft seals shall be self-adjusting split-V type. g. Thrust bearing surfaces of metal-to-metal shall not be exposed in the flowstream of the valve. h. An affidavit shall be furnished from the manufacturer certifying that the valves are in full compliance with AWWA C504. ^ .15080 -Page 5 of 12 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15080.doc ' May 29, 2009 DIVISION 15 -MECHANICAL B. Exposed Butterfly Valves SECTION 15080 VALVES, METERS AND ACCESSORIES 1. 3-inches through 24-inches inclusive, for operating pressures less than 150 psi shall conform to AWWA C504, flanged end, short body .type, AWWA Class 150B equipped with AWWA C504 operating nut for buried applications and totally enclosed geared type manual handwheel operators for exposed applications unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 2. Valves shall have ASTM A126, Class B cast iron valve body with 125- pound full-faced flanges drilled in accordance with ANSI B16.1. 3. Valve discs shall be ASTM A126, Class B cast iron with 316 stainless steel seating edge to mate with the rubber seat on the valve body 4. Valve shaft shall be ASTM Type 304 stainless steel. Shaft seals shall be standard self-adjusting, Chevron V-Type packing. Shaft seals shall be of a design allowing replacement without removing the valve shaft. 5. Valve seat shall be bonded to the valve body as oulined in ASTM D- 429 Method B. Valve seat material shall be Buna N rubber. 6. Valve bearings shall be sleeve type that are corrosion resistant and self-lubricating. Bearing load shall not exceed 1/5t" of compressive load strength of the material 7. Valves shall be Mueller Lineseal III butterfly type valves, or equal. C. Buried Butterfly valves 1. Shall conform with the 5t" Edition of MPWSS Section 02660, WATER DISTRIBUTION and shall be manufactured by Mueller, Kennedy or M&H. Provide valve boxes for buried butterfly valve operators. 2.07 HYDRAULICALLY OPERATED CONTROL VALVES A. General 1. Globe pattern valves shall be hydraulically operated and installed horizontally. The main components of the valve assembly shall consist of a valve body with seat and stem bearing, cover with stem bearing, and diaphragm/disc assembly. The diaphragm/disc assembly shall be the only moving parts and shall form a sealed chamber in the upper portion of the valve, separating operating pressure form line pressure. Valves 15080 -Page 6 of 12 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15080.doc May 29, 2009 0 n 0 ii L C C C~ r C ' DIVISION 15 -MECHANICAL L 0 r r u n 0 1 B SECTION 15080 VALVES, METERS AND ACCESSORIES shall be operated by introducing or exhausting water from the upper chamber. Pilot piping shall be included with the valve, connecting the upper chamber to upstream and downstream ports in the valve body and shall include an upstream pilot piping strainer preventing passage of particles larger than .015". Packing glands and stuffing boxes shall not be part of the valve design. All parts subject to wear shall be serviceable by removing the valve cover and without removing the valve from the pipeline. Closure shall be drip tight. Open/close and modulation functions shall be controlled hydraulically. 2. The controller shall modulate the main valve position and serve as an interface between the valve and a remote computer. The controller shall accept differential pressure and position signals for control of the valve. Maximum working pressure shall be 250 psi. Valves shall be flanged, ANSI Class 150. All wetted components shall be FDA approved for potable water service. The valve body and orifice plate assembly body shall have the manufacturer's standard fusion bonded epoxy coating. The Disc Guide, seat and cover bearing shall be stainless steel. All valves are globe pattern with an adjustment range of 20 to 200 psi. The valve manufacturer shall provide a computer assisted analysis that shows flow rate, differential pressure, percentage open, Cv, system velocity and incidence of cavitation damage for the Engineer's review. 3. The control valve shall comply with the following specifications. Bod Ductile Iron, ASTM A536 Bod Seat T e 316 Stainless Steel Disc Seat Buna-N Rubber Disc Retainer T e 316 Stainless Steel Stem T e 316 Stainless Steel Stem Bushings, U er and Lower Type 316 Stainless Steel Stem Sleeve Derlin Internal and External Fasteners and Hardware Type 316 Stainless Steel S rin T e 302 Stainless Steel Pilot Piping, Fittings, Needle Valve Type 316 Stainless Steel Solenoid Valve NEMA 4X, Brass ASTM B283 V-1090: Pressure Reducing Valve 15080 -Page 7 of 12 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15080.doc ' May 29, 2009 SECTION 15080 DIVISION 15 -MECHANICAL VALVES. METERS AND ACCESSORIES The valve is to .provide a reduction in line pressure feeding into the metering valve. The range of adjustment shall be 0 to 200 psi. Valves shall be manufactured by Cla-Val Co., Model 690-01 reduced internal port with X46 flow clean strainer; no like or "or equal" item or substitution is permitted. C. V-1133: Metering Valve The Metering Valve Control System shall consist of a hydraulic control valve with two positioning solenoids that can be normally open or normally closed or any combination of the two. It shall be further equipped with a valve position transmitter and a pressure differential transmitter with 4-20 mA feedback signals. These signals will be processed in a model 131 VC-3 electronic controller with optional NEMA 4 enclosure that will convert them into a flow rate with an accuracy of plus or minus 3%. If power failure occurs then the valve will hydraulically close. The time to hydraulically close the valve from fully open to fully closed shall not be less than 180 seconds. 2. The 131 VC-3 controller shall be equipped with remote set point and local set-point control. Full manual control of control valve solenoids shall also be provided on the controller panel for local control. Optional digital inputs can be provided for individual specific flow rates. 3. The Electronic Controller shall provide the interface between remote telemetry and the control valve. It is equipped with remote set point and local set point control. When specified, optional digital inputs, actuated by external switches or other similar devices, will place the controller under the command of specific preprogrammed set points. Manual control of control valve solenoids is also provided on the controller panel for local control. 4. The controller shall compare the set point and the process variable flow signal and adjust the valve to achieve the set point by activating the appropriate opening or closing solenoid on the control valve utilizing a duplex algorithm and PID control. One relay energizes when the process variable is below the set point while the other energizes when it is above the set point. These outputs shall be wired direct or through intermediate relays to the opening and closing solenoids on the control valve. Separate solenoid output indicator lights, located in the front display, shall illuminate when either solenoid is activated. 5. The controller shall contain a discretionary adjustable ramp-to-set point function that will limit the rate of change of the set point. When the ramping function is activated, the controller will internally establish a 15080 -Page 8 of 12 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15080.doc May 29, 2009 1 SECTION 15080 ' DIVISION 15 -MECHANICAL VALVES, METERS AND ACCESSORIES series of time-based set points between the original set point and the new target set point. The ramp to set point is activated by one of three conditions: C n u i ~~ a. Upon power up, the set point will ramp from the process variable value to the set point value at the specified rate. b. Upon a transfer from manual to automatic control, the set point will ramp from the process variable value to the set point at the specified rate. c. Upon any set point change, the set point will ramp from the current set point to the new target set point. 6. When time proportional control is selected, the total cycle time between each pulse shall be programmable between 1 and 120 seconds. The duration of each pulse shall be directly proportional to the deviation from set point outside of an adjustable dead band. The time-proportioned outputs shall be independently adjustable when above and below the set point to properly tune valve response. The time proportional output bandwidth shall be independently programmable between 1 and 99.9 percent of full scale. When on/off control is selected, the solenoid will remain on continuously until set point is achieved or is within an adjustable dead band zone. 7. The controller shall also have the capacity of causing the main valve to open, close or maintain position in the event of a loss of the process variable signal 8. A vacuum fluorescent display of process variable and set point status in scalable engineering units shall be provided. The operator interface shall consist of two rows of alphanumeric characters to display numeric values and units. Color-coded alarm, status and mode indicators shall inform the operator of operating conditions. Security key codes shall protect against undesired changes to the controller. All programming shall be menu driven. 9. The controller shall be all solid-state construction with the internal chassis capable of being removed for inspection and adjustment. An internal lithium battery rated for 10-year life shall protect all program memory including set points and tuning parameters. 10. Remote communications shall be accepted through a 4-20 mA DC analog signal. When remote operation is selected, the controller shall monitor the remote set point signal. When local control is selected, the N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15080.doc May 29, 2009 15080 -Page 9 of 12 SECTION 15080 ' DIVISION 15 -MECHANICAL VALVES, METERS AND ACCESSORIES set point shall be changed at the controller keypad. Valves shall be ' .manufactured by Cla-Val Co., Model 633-11 with X46 flow clean strainer and 131VC-3 Electronic Controller; no like or "or equal" item or substitution is permitted. 2.08 COMBINATION AIR VALVE A. Combination Air Valve with single body, double orifice which operates to ' allow large volumes of air to escape out of a large diameter air & vacuum orifice when filling a pipeline and closes tight when the liquid enters the valve. When large orifice valve is closed, a small air release orifice will open ' to allow small pockets of air to escape automatically and independently of the large orifice. ' B. The large air & vacuum orifice shall also allow large volumes of air to enter during pipeline drainage to break the vacuum. The body inlet must be baffled to protect the lower float from direct contact of the rushing air and ' waterto prevent premature valve shut-off. The top large orifice plug must be protected in similar manner for the same purpose. ' C. A Buna-N seat must be fastened to the valve cover, without distortion, for the drop tight shut-off. The float shall be heavy stainless steel to withstand a ' minimum of 300 psi. The top plug shall be center guided thru hex bushings ' for positive shut-off. ' D. Valve exterior to be painted with Universal Metal Primer Paint as accepted by FDA for potable water use and a finish paint coat applied in accordance with Section 15001, PLANT PIPING GENERAL for exposed Ductile Iron Pipe. , E. All materials of construction shal be certified in writing to conform to A.S.T.M. specifications as follows: Body & cover Cast iron ASTM A536, GR B Float Stainless steel ASTM A240 ' Needle & seat Buna-N Plug Bronze ASTM B124 Leverage frame Cast iron ASTM A126, GR B , F. The Valve shall be APCO Model - 145C 2" Combination Air Valve as manufactured by Valve & Primer Corporation Schaumburg, Illinois, U.S.A, or ' approved equal. 15080 -Page 10 of 12 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15080.doc ' May 29, 2009 SECTION 15080 ' DIVISION 15 -MECHANICAL VALVES, METERS AND ACCESSORIES 2.09 VALVE BOXES ' A. Furnish gray cast iron 5'/4", three piece screw-type valve boxes. Valve box shall be East Jordan Iron Works, Model 8560 valve box assembly and Model 6800 Locking Valve Box Drop Lid marked. "Water". PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.01 GENERAL ' A. Before installation, carefully clean valves of all foreign material, adjust stuffing boxes, and inspect valves in open and closed positions. Install valves in accordance with the applicable portions of these Specifications. ' See the Drawings for valves which require special orientation. Unless otherwise indicated, install valves with the stem vertical. Mount horizontal valves in such a manner that adequate clearance is provided for operation. ' Installation practices shall conform to manufacturer's recommendations. B. Valves shall be tested at the same time that the adjacent pipeline is tested. ' Joints shall be watertight at test pressures before acceptance. The Contractor will be held liable for any damage caused by the testing. ' C. Thoroughly clean threads or screwed joints by wire brushing, swabbing, or other approved methods. Apply joirit compound or Teflon tape to threads ' prior to making joints. Joints shall be watertight at test pressures before acceptance . ' D. Bolt holes of flanged valves shall straddle the vertical centerline of the pipe the flange faces shall be thoroughly ed valves flan Prior to installin run , g g . cleaned. After cleaning, insert gasket and bolts, and tighten the nuts progressively and uniformly. If flanges leak under pressure, loosen or ' remove the nuts and bolts, reseat or replace the gasket, retighten and/or reinstall the nuts and bolts, and retest the points. Joints shall be watertight at ' test pressures before acceptance. ~I ' 15080 -Page 11 of 12 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15080.doc May 29, 2009 DIVISION 15 -MECHANICAL 3.02 EXPOSED VALVES SECTION 15080 VALVES, METERS AND ACCESSORIES ' A. Generally, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, all valves installed in horizontal runs of pipe having centerline elevations 4 feet 6 inches or less above the finish floor shalt be installed with their operating stems vertical. Valves installed in horizontal runs of pipe having centerline elevations between 4 feet 6 inches and 6 feet 9 inches above the finish floor shall be installed with their operating stems horizontal. If adjacent piping prohibits this, the stems and operating handwheel shall be installed above the valve horizontal centerline as close to horizontal as possible. Valves installed in vertical runs of pipe shall have their operating stems orientated to facilitate the most practicable operation. B. Teflon tape or joint compound shall be applied to the male end of threaded joints. Tape or compound shall be used only on metal pipe or fittings. Valves shall be installed with the stem plumb and vertical. 3.03 ANCHOR BOLTS A. Anchor bolts .for floor stands, stem guides, etc. shall be epoxy adhesive anchors installed in accordance with the Manufacturer's instructions. Refer to Section 15001 -Piping General. 3.04 CERTIFICATION AND STARTUP A. The manufacturer of the hydraulically operated control valves shall provide on-site services of their authorized service technician to: 1. Certify that the valves have been properly installed. 2. Adjust, startup and certify proper operation of the valves and controls furnished with the valves. 3. See 1.05 of this Section for additional Manufacturer's Services. B. The service technician shall provide a minimum of 8-hours on site for Certification and Startup. ' 3.05 DISINFECTION A. Disinfection of water supply valves and appurtenances is required in accordance with MPWSS, Fifth Edition, March 2003, Section 02260 Water Distribution and AWWA C651 "Disinfecting Water Mains". See Section 15001, PIPING-GENERAL. END OF SECTION 15080 15080 -Page 12 of 12 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15080.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 15194 DIVISION 15 -MECHANICAL FUEL GAS PIPING and STORAGE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes fuel gas piping within the building and in the yard. Products include the following: 1. Pipe, tube, fittings, and joining materials. 2. Piping specialties. 3. Specialty valves. 4. Pressure regulators. 5. Storage containers. 1.02 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Gas System Pressure: One pressure range. 0.5 psig (3.45 kPa) or less. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Field quality-control test report. C. Operation and maintenance data. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. NFPA Standard: Comply with NFPA 54, "National Fuel Gas Code." PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPING MATERIALS A. Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and joining materials. B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M; Type E or S; Grade B; black. Wall thickness of wrought-steel pipe shall comply with ASME B36.10M. 15194 -Page 1 of 9 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15194.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 15194 DIVISION 15 -MECHANICAL FUEL GAS PIPING and STORAGE 1. Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Class 150, standard pattern, with threaded ends according to ASME B1.20.1. 2. Steel Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.11, forged steel with threaded ends , according to ASME B1.20.1. C. PE Pipe: ASTM D 2513, SDR 11. - ' 1. PE Fittings: ASTM D 2683, socket-fusion type or ASTM D 3261, butt- , fusion type with dimensions matching PE pipe. 2. PE Transition Fittings: Factory-fabricated fittings with PE pipe complying ' with ASTM D 2513, SDR 11; and steel pipe complying with ASTM A 53/A 53M, black steel, Schedule 40, Type E or S, Grade B. 3. Anodeless Service-Line Risers: Factory fabricated and leak tested. ' a. Underground Portion: PE pipe complying with ASTM D 2513, SDR ' 11 inlet. b. Casing: Steel pipe complying with ASTM A 53/A 53M, Schedule 40, black steel, Type E or S, Grade B with corrosion-protective coating ' covering. c. Aboveground Portion: PE transition fitting. d. Outlet shall be threaded suitable for welded connection. e. Tracer wire connection. f. Ultraviolet shield. g. Stake supports with factory finish to match steel pipe casing or carrier pipe. 4. Transition Service-Line Risers: Factory fabricated and leak tested. a. Underground Portion: PE pipe complying with ASTM D 2513, SDR 11 inlet connected to steel pipe complying with ASTM A 53/A 53M, Schedule 40, Type E or S, Grade B, with corrosion-protective coating for aboveground outlet. b. Outlet shall be threaded suitable for welded connection. c. Bridging sleeve over mechanical coupling. d. Factory-connected anode. e. Tracer wire connection. 15194-Page2of9 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15115194.doc May 29, 2009 J n SECTION 15194 DIVISION 15 -MECHANICAL FUEL GAS PIPING and STORAGE f. Ultraviolet shield. g. Stake supports with factory finish to match steel pipe casing or carrier pipe. 5. Unions: ASME B16.39, Class 150, malleable iron with brass-to-iron seat, ground joint, and threaded ends according to ASME B1 20.1. 6. Cast-Iron Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.1, Class 125. 7. Joint Compound and Tape: Suitable for propane. 2.02 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Flexible Piping Joints: 1. Approved for LPG service. 2. Stainless-steel bellows with woven, flexible, bronze, wire-reinforcing protective jacket. 3. Minimum working pressure of 250 psig (1723 kPa) and 250 deg F (121 deg C) operating temperature. 4. Threaded-end connections to match equipment connected and shall be capable of minimum 3/4-inch (20-mm) misalignment. 5. Maximum 24-inch (914-mm) length for liquid LPG lines. B. Appliance Flexible Connectors: 1. Indoor, Fixed-Appliance Flexible Connectors: Comply with ANSI 221.24. 2. .Indoor, Movable-Appliance Flexible Connectors: Comply with ANSI 221.69. 3. Outdoor, Appliance Flexible Connectors: Comply with ANSI 221.75. 4. Corrugated stainless-steel tubing with polymer coating. 5. Operating-Pressure Rating: 0.5 psig (3.45 kPa). 6. End Fittings: Zinc-coated steel. 7. Threaded Ends: Comply with ASME B1.20.1. 8. Maximum Length: 36 inches (1830 mm). i~ N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15194.doc May 29, 2009 15194 -Page 3 of 9 SECTION 15194 DIVISION 15 -MECHANICAL FUEL GAS PIPING and STORAGE 2.03 SPECIALTY VALVES A. Valve End Connections: Threaded, according to ASME B1.20.1. B. Appliance Connector Valves: ANSI 221.15 and CSA International listed. C. Gas Stops: Bronze body with AGA stamp, plug type with bronze plug and flat or square head, ball type with chrome-plated brass ball and lever handle, or butterfly valve with stainless-steel disc and fluorocarbon elastomer seal and _ lever handle; 2-psig (13.8-kPa) minimum pressure rating. 2.04 PRESSURE REGULATORS A. General Requirements: 1. Single stage and suitable for LPG. 2. Steel jacket and corrosion-resistant components. 3. Elevation compensator. 4. End Connections: Threaded for regulators NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller. B. Line Pressure Regulators: Comply with ANSI 221.80. C. Appliance Pressure I~gulators: Comply with ANSI 221.18. 2.05 STORAGE CONTAINERS A. Description: Factory fabricated, complying with requirements in NFPA 58 and ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code and bearing the ASME label. Tanks shall be rated for 250-psig (1723-kPa) minimum working pressure. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. American Welding & Tank. b. Hanson, Roy E. Jr. Mfg. c. Trinity Industries, Inc. d. United Industries Group, Inc. 2. Liquid outlet and vapor inlet and outlet connections shall have shutoff valves with excess-flow safety shutoff valves and bypass and back- pressure check valves with smaller than 0.039-inch (1-mm) drill-size hole 15194-Page4of9 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\45194.doc May 29, 2009 1 ~ ~ 1 7 ~i ~i II 7 ~i ~ . SECTION 15194 DIVISION 15 -MECHANICAL FUEL GAS PIPING and STORAGE to equalize pressure. Liquid-fill connection shall have backflow check valve. a. Connections: Color-code and tag valves to indicate type. 1) Liquid fill and outlet, red. 2) Vapor inlet and outlet, yellow. 3. Level gage shall indicate current level of liquid in the container. Gages shall also indicate storage container contents; e.g., "Butane," "50-50 LPG Mix," or "Propane." - 4. Pressure relief valves, type and number as required by NFPA 58, connected to vapor space and having discharge piping same size as relief-valve outlet and long enough to extend at least 24 inches above grade. Identify relief valves as follows: a. Discharge pressure in psig (kPa). b. Rate of discharge for standard air in cfm (L/s). c. Manufacturer's name. d. Catalog or model number. 5. Container pressure gage. 6. For outdoor installation, exposed metal surfaces mechanically cleaned, primed, and painted for resistance to corrosion. Buried tanks: protect from cathodic corrosion. 7. Stainless-Steel Nameplate: Attach to aboveground storage container or to adjacent structure for underground storage container. a. Name and address of supplier or trade name of container. b. Water capacity in gallons and liters. c. Design pressure in psig (kPa). d. Statement, "This container shall not contain a product having a vapor pressure in excess of [container manufacturer shall stipulate maximum pressure in psig (kPa) at 100 deg F (37.8 deg C)]." e. Outside surface area in sq. ft. (sq. m). f. Year of manufacture. g. Shell thickness in inches (mm). i~ N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15194.doc May 29, 2009 15194-Page5of9 SECTION 15194 DIVISION 15 -MECHANICAL FUEL GAS PIPING and STORAGE h. Overall length in feet (m). i. OD in feet (m). j. Manufacturer's serial number. - k. ASME Code label. 8. Straps and anchors for tie-down slab. 9. Asphalt-based coating for corrosion protection. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Close equipment shutoff valves before turning off fuel gas to premises or section of piping. Perform leakage test as specified in "Field Quality Control" Article to determine that all equipment is turned off in affected piping section. 3.02 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. Use flanges, unions, transition, and special fittings in applications below, unless otherwise indicated. B. Fuel Gas Piping, 2 psig (13.8 kPa) or Less: 1. Steel pipe, malleable-iron threaded fittings, and threaded joints. (Building interior piping) 2. PE pipe and fittings joined by heat-fusion; service-line risers with tracer wire terminated in an accessible location. (Yard piping, exterior to building) 3.03 OUTDOOR PIPING INSTALLATION A. Comply with NFPA 58 and [NFPA 54] [the International Fuel Gas Code] requirements for installation and purging of LPG piping. B. Install underground, LPG piping buried at least 36 inches (900 mm) below finished grade. Comply with requirements in Division 2 Section "02221 Earthwork" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling. 1. If LPG piping is installed less than 36 inches (914 mm) below finished grade, install it in containment conduit. C. Install underground, PE, LPG piping according to ASTM D 2774. D. Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Seal penetrations to prevent weather elements and insects/animals from entering the building. 15194-Page6of9 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15194.doc May 29, 2009 . ii i~ r n SECTION 15194 DIVISION 15 -MECHANICAL FUEL GAS PIPING and STORAGE E. Install pressure gage upstream and downstream from each service regulator. 3.04 INDOOR PIPING INSTALLATION A. Comply with [NFPA 54] [the International Fuel Gas Code) for installation and purging of LPG piping. B. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. C. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. D. Locate valves for easy access. ' E. Install piping free of sags and bends. ' F. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. G. Drips and Sediment Traps: Install drips at points where condensate may collect, including service-meter outlets. Locate where readily accessible to permit cleaning and emptying. Do not install where condensate is subject to freezing. 1. Construct drips and sediment traps using tee fitting with bottom outlet plugged or capped, Use nipple a minimum. length of 3 pipe diameters, but ' not less than 3 inches (75 mm) long and same size as connected pipe. Install with space below bottom of drip to remove plug or cap. H. Extend relief vent connections for service regulators, line regulators, and ' overpressure protection devices to outdoors and terminate with weatherproof vent cap. 1 I. Connect branch piping from top or side of horizontal piping. ' J. Install unions in pipes NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, adjacent to each valve, and at final connection to each piece of equipment. K. Do not use LPG piping as grounding electrode. L. Install strainer on inlet of each line-pressure regulator and automatic or ' electrically operated valve. ' 15194-Page7of9 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15194.doc May 29, 2009 II SECTION 15194 DIVISION 15 -MECHANICAL FUEL GAS PIPING and STORAGE 3.05 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION ' A. Install hangers for horizontal steel piping with the following maximum spacing ' and minimum rod sizes: 1. NPS 1 (DN 25) and Smaller: Maximum span, 96 inches (2438 mm); minimum rod size, 3/8 inch (10 mm). 2. NPS 1-1/4 (DN 32): Maximum span, 108 inches (2743 mm); minimum rod size, 3/8 inch (10 mm). 3. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2 (DN 40 and DN 50): Maximum span, 108 inches (2743 mm); minimum rod size, 3/8 inch (10 mm). 3.06 CONNECTIONS A. Install piping adjacent to appliances to allow service and maintenance. Connect piping to appliances using gas with shutoff valves and unions. Install valve upstream from and within 72 inches (.1800 mm) of each appliance. Install union downstream from valve. 3.07 VALVE APPLICATIONS A. Appliance Shutoff Valves for Pressure 0.5 psig (3.45 kPa) or Less: Appliance connector valve or gas stop. B. Piping Line Valves, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Gas valve. C. Valves at Service Meter, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Gas valve. 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test, inspect, and purge LPG according to NFPA 58, the International Fuel Gas Code, and requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest system until satisfactory results are obtained. 3.09 PAINTING: A. Specifications, Painting Work: Use paint only from original containers which bear manufacturer's labels indicating use is compatible with application method and material being painted. B. Paint all LP Gas piping surfaces indicated to receive paint and paint other surfaces of mechanical work which would normally be painted in applications and exposures indicated. Paint following work where accessible for painting; except do not paint over non-ferrous hardware, and similar surfaces intended 15194 -Page 8 of 9 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15194.doc May 29, 2009 i 0 u ii n u ii C C u u SECTION 15194 DIVISION 15 -MECHANICAL FUEL GAS PIPING and STORAGE ' for exposure without painting; and except do not paint over fully factory finished surfaces unless color is unacceptable as judged by Architect/ Engineer. ' B. Colors:. ALL FUEL GAS PIPING SHALL BE PAINTED WITH A PRIMER COAT AND TWO COATS OF RED PAINT AT ALL EXPOSED LOCATIONS. ' 3:010 STORAGE CONTAINER INSTALLATION A. Fill storage container to at least 80 percent capacity with propane. ' f B. or Install piping connections with swing joints or flexible connectors to allow storage container settlement and for thermal expansion and contraction. ' C. Ground containers according to NFPA 780. ' D. Set storage container on concrete ballast base large enough to offset buoyancy of empty storage container immersed in water. ' E. Install tie-down straps over container anchored in ballast base and repair damaged coating. F. Backfill with a minimum coverage for underground or mounded storage ' containers according to NFPA 58. ' G. Backfill with pea gravel as required in Division 2 Section "Earthwork." H. Install cathodic protection for storage container in accordance with local practices and requirements. Consult the propane tank provider and propane ' delivery company for recommendations. END OF SECTION 15194. 15194-Page9of9 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15194.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 15543 DIVISION 15 -MECHANICAL FUEL-FIRED UNIT HEATERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes gas-fired unit heaters. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include rated capacities, furnished specialties, and accessories. B. Field quality-control test reports. C. Operation and maintenance data. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. 1.04 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace heat exchanger of fuel-fired unit heater that fail in materials and workmanship within five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 GAS-FIRED UNIT HEATERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Lennox Industries, Inc. 2. Modine Mfg. Co. 3. Reznor/Thomas & Betts. 4. Sterling Gas-Fired Heating Equipment Div. 5. Trane Company (The). B. Description: Factory assembled, piped, and wired, and complying with AGA 283.8, "Gas Unit Heaters." 1. Unit shall be of the type and capacity as scheduled on the drawings. 15543 -Page 1 of 3 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15543.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 15543 DIVISION 15 -MECHANICAL FUEL-FIRED UNIT HEATERS 2. AGA Approval: Designed and certified by and bearing label of American Gas Association. 3. Type of Gas: Designed and built to burn propane with characteristics same as those of gas available at Project site. C. Venting: Separated combustion. - D. Housing: Steel, with integral draft hood and inserts for suspension mounting rods. E. Heat Exchanger: Aluminized steel. F. Burners: Aluminized steel with stainless-steel inserts. 1. High-Altitude Model: For Project elevation at approx. 5025 ft. above sea level. G. Unit Fan: Propeller fan with aluminum blades dynamically balanced and resiliently mounted. 1. Steel fan-blade guard. 2. Motors: Totally enclosed with internal thermal-overload protection and complying with Division 15 Section "Motors." H. Controls: Regulated redundant 24-V ac gas valve containing pilot solenoid valve, electric gas valve, pilot filter, pressure regulator, pilot shutoff, and manual shutoff all in one body. 1. Gas Control Valve: Single stage. 2. Ignition: Electronically controlled electric spark with flame sensor. 3. Fan Thermal Switch: Operates fan on heat-exchanger temperature. 4. Vent Flow Verification: Differential pressure switch to verify open vent. 5. Control Transformer: 24 V ac. 6. High Limit: Thermal switch or fuse to stop burner. 7. Thermostat: Single-stage, 24-V ac, wall-mounting type with 50 to 90 deg F (10 to 32 deg C) operating range and fan on switch. I. Discharge Louvers: Independently adjustable horizontal blades. J. Accessories: 15543 -Page 2 of 3 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15543.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 15543 DIVISION 15 -MECHANICAL FUEL-FIRED UNIT HEATERS 1. Vertical discharge louvers. 2. Four-point suspension kit. 3. Concentric, Terminal Vent Assembly: Combined combustion-air inlet and power-vent outlet. Include adapter assembly for connection to inlet and outlet pipes; and flashing for wall or roof penetration. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install unit heaters level and plumb. B. Install and connect gas-fired unit heaters and associated fuel and vent features and systems according to NFPA 54, applicable local codes and regulations, and manufacturer's written installation instructions. C. Suspended Units: Suspend from substrate using threaded rods, spring hangers, and building attachments. Secure rods to unit hanger attachments. Adjust hangers so unit is level and plumb. 3.02 CONNECTIONS A. Install piping adjacent to machine to allow service and maintenance. B. Gas Piping: Comply with applicable requirements in Division 15 Section, 15194, FUEL GAS PIPING. Connect gas piping to gas train inlet; provide union with enough clearance for burner removal and service. Provide AGA-approved flexible units. C. Electrical: Comply with applicable requirements in Division 16 Sections. 1. Install electrical devices furnished with heaters but not specified to be factory mounted. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust initial temperature and humidity set points. B. Adjust burner and other unit components for optimum heating performance and efficiency. END OF SECTION 15543 15543 -Page 3 of 3 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15543.doc May 29, 2009 i~ SECTION 15766 DIVISION 15 -MECHANICAL ELECTRIC UNIT HEATERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes cabinet unit heaters with centrifugal fans and electric- resistance heating coils. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include rated capacities, furnished specialties, and accessories. B. Field quality-control test reports. C. Operation and maintenance data. . 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. 1.04 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Standard Warranty. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 ELECTRIC UNIT HEATERS A. Manufacturers: 1. King Electrical Mfg. Co. 2. Trane Company (The). 3. McQuay International. 4. Berko Electric Heating; a division of Marley Engineered Products. 5. Carrier Corporation. B. Description: Afactory-assembled and -tested unit complying with ARI 440. 1. Unit shall be of the type and capacity as scheduled on the drawings. 2. Comply with UL 2021. 15576 -Page 1 of 3 N:\0417\055\DOCS1Specs\Division 15\15766.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 15766 DIVISION 15 -MECHANICAL ELECTRIC UNIT HEATERS C. Housing: 20GA electro galvanized steel with a rust inhibiting baked enamel finish. D. Electrical Connection: Factory wire motors and controls for a single field connection. E. Unit Fan: Propeller fan with aluminum blades dynamically balanced and resiliently mounted. 1. Steel fan-blade guard. 2. Motors: Totally enclosed with internal thermal-overload protection. Epoxy coated motor with enclosed rotor. F. Basic Unit Controls: 1. Line voltage controls. 2. Auto-Reset Thermal Cutout: Power is disconnected from the element if an over-heated condition occurs. The fan shall continue to run to dissipate excess heat from the element. Reenergize element automatically when normal operating conditions resume. 3. Thermostat: 2-pole, unit mounted thermostat. G. Discharge Louvers: Independently adjustable horizontal blades. H. Accessories: 1. Vertical discharge louvers. 2. Factory-supplied mounting brackets, as required. 3. 3-pole disconnect switch. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install unit heaters level and plumb. B. Install and connect electrical unit heaters according to NFPA 90A, applicable local codes and regulations, and manufacturer's written installation instructions. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 15576 -Page 2 of 3 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15766.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 15766 DIVISION 15 -MECHANICAL ELECTRIC UNIT HEATERS 1. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. 2. Operate electric heating elements through each stage to verify proper operation and electrical connections. 3. Test and adjust controls :and safety devices. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. 4. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Adjust initial temperature and humidity set points. END OF SECTION 15576 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15766.doc May 29, 2009 15576 -Page 3 of 3 SECTION 15821 DIVISION 15 -MECHANICAL VENTILATION EQUIPMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. ' Outside Air Louvers. 2. - Low-leakage, Insulating Control Dampers and Actuators. A. Product Data: Include rated capacities, furnished specialties, and accessories for~each type of product indicated and include the following: B. Field quality-control test reports. C. Operation and maintenance data. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems." Louvers shall bear AMCA Certified Ratings Seal. B. Pressure Drop Ratings: Damper pressure drop ratings based on tests and procedures performed in accordance with AMCA 500. PART2-PRODUCTS 1.02 SUBMITTALS 2.01 STATIONARY AIR LOUVERS A. Unit shall be of the size, type, and capacity as scheduled on the drawings. B. Frame: fabricated from extruded aluminum, min. 0.080 inch wall thickness with downspouts and caulking surfaces. C. Finish: Primed, ready for paint. D. Birdscreen: Provide with aluminum, removable, rewireable birdscreen. E. Performance Data: Less than 0.01 oz./sq. ft. water penetration at 200 cfm airflow volume. F. Accessories: 1. Insect screen. i~ N:\04171055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15821.doc May 29, 2009 15821 -Page 1 of 3 SECTION 15821 DIVISION 15 -MECHANICAL VENTILATION EQUIPMENT 2.02 LOW-LEAKAGE, INSULATING CONTROL DAMPERS AND ACTUATORS A. Unit shall be of the size, type, and capacity as scheduled on the drawings. B. Frame: fabricated from extruded aluminum, mounting flanges on both sides of frame, reinforced at corners. C. Finish: factory finished, corrosion resistant. D. Include thermal gasket break to prevent heat transmission through frame. E. Blades: Extruded aluminum, minimum 2 sets with minimum 4 inches (102 mm) dead air space between sets. Parallel action, horizontal orientation. F. Seals: 1. Blade: Extruded vinyl rubber edge type for low leakage, mechanically attached to blade edge. 2. Jamb: Flexible metal compression type. G. Linkage: Concealed in frame. H. Accessories: 1. Electric Actuator, 120 V, 60 Hz, two-position. Connect actuator such that it operates the control damper to the "open" position upon startup of the existing exhaust fan and to the "closed" position when exhaust fan is not running. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 STATIONARY AIR LOUVERS A. Install louvers at locations indicated on the drawings and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install louvers plumb, level, in plane of wall, and in alignment with adjacent work. 3.02 LOW-LEAKAGE, INSULATING CONTROL DAMPERS AND ACTUATORS A. Install dampers at locations indicated on the drawings and in accordance with , manufacturer's installation instructions. B. Install dampers square and free from racking with blades running horizontally. ' C. Do not compress or stretch damper frame into duct or opening. 15821 -Page 2 of 3 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15821.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 15821 DIVISION 15 -MECHANICAL VENTILATION EQUIPMENT D. Handle damper using sleeve or frame. Do not lift damper using blades actuator, orjackshaft. E. Install bracing for multiple section assemblies to support assembly weight and to hold against system pressure. Install bracing as needed. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. Verify that the louvers operate properly when the existing exhuast fan is running (refer to Section 2.02H of this specification for operation sequence.) 2. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. END OF SECTION 15821 i~ N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 15\15821.doc May 29, 2009 15821 -Page 3 of 3 ~I', C L 0 u J SECTION 16045 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PART1-GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. These Electrical Requirements and the specifications bound herewith shall be subject to all the requirements of the General Conditions and the : Supplemental General Conditions bound herewith, except that these Electrical Requirements shall take precedence over and modify any pages or statement of the Supplemental General Conditions and shall be used in - conjunction with them as a part of the "Contract Documents." 1.02 COST BREAKDOWN A. This contractor shall submit an itemized cost breakdown of the various portions of the work, including separation of labor and material for each item, to the Engineer before submission of the first Request for Progress Payment. The breakdown shall be divided so as to facilitate the Engineer's analysis of the various costs for the purpose of approval of the Progress Payment Requests. The submittal shall be on the contractor's letterhead and shall meet the approval of the Engineer before any Progress Payment will be approved. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF MATERIALS A. This contractor-shall submit a complete list of proposed equipment and materials, designating manufacturer's name and model number, catalog number or type, for the Engineer's approval. The contractor shall submit this list for approval within 15 days after the contract award and before ordering any material and equipment. Approval of such list shall in no way relieve the contractor from the responsibility of submitting complete shop drawings nor shall it constitute final approval should the shop drawings be found to be partially or wholly not in full agreement with specification requirements. After approval of shop drawings, no substitutions shall be made. B. If a list of material is not submitted with 15 days after the award of the contract, it will be assumed that the Contractor has waived his option of selecting equipment and materials in favor of the Engineer and Owner, but shall not waive his contract requirements to provide shop drawings. 1.04 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Shop drawings shall be submitted for all major equipment as designated in the "GENERAL" paragraph of each section of these specifications. B. Shop drawings shall be first checked by the contractor for space, dimension, performance characteristics and general conformance to 16045 -Page 1 of 8 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16045.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 16045 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS these plans and specifications, and shall be so stamped. Shop drawings not stamped as specified will be returned to Contractor without action. Contractor's stamp shall include name and address of contractor, the date checked, the initials of the checker and the status of the checking. C. Shop drawing submittals shall be grouped according to specification section or categories and shall be labeled with the proper name of the project and specification section. Partial submittals of a group or category will not be reviewed. (e.g., submit all panels, all lighting fixtures, etc.) D. Shop drawings shall include manufacturer's name and address, equipment or material descriptive names, and catalog number. Shop drawings shall indicate dimensions, voltage and current characteristics, wire sizes, test or conformance data, construction and rough-in data of all material to be used. E. Contractor shall submit a minimum of six (6) sets of each drawing to the Engineer for approval. Distribution of shop drawings shall be as follows: Engineer keeps one (1) for file and returns five (5) to the contractor. The contractor shall keep one (1) at the main office, and one (1) at the job site office, return one (1) to the supplier and keep two (2) for the maintenance and operating instruction manuals. 1.05 ORDINANCES, CODES AND FEES A. All work shall be executed in accordance with the current codes, standards, statutes or recommendations of the following technical societies, trade organizations, and governing agencies, and shall be subject to the inspection of those departments having jurisdiction: 1. City Electric Ordinances 2. State Electrical Laws and Statutes 3. National Electrical Code (NEC) 1999 Edition 4. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) 1997 Edition 5. Institute of Electrical & Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 6. National Board of Fire Underwriters (NBFU) 7. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 8. International Organization for Standardization (ISO) 9. International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) 16045 -Page 2 of 8 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16045.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 16045 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 10. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 11. Electrical Testing Laboratory (ETL) ' 12. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA) ' 13. Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IES) 14.American National Standards Institute (ANSI) ' 15.Occupational Safety & Health Administration (OSHA) ' 16. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 17. Certified Ballast Manufacturers (CBM) ' 18. National Institute for Certification in Engineering 19.Technologies (NICET) 20. International Telecommunications Union (ITU) ' 21. Instrumentation Systems and Automation Society (ISA) B. Where work required by the drawings and specifications is above the ' standards required by these organizations or agencies, it shall be done as showr'r or specified. C. All fees, permits, licenses, etc., necessary in order to complete the work of this section shall be obtained and paid by this contractor. ' D. Where such listing is available, electrical materials used in this work shall be listed by the Underwriters Laboratories (UL), Inc., or other Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation ' 1910.7, and shall bear a "UL" or "NRTL" label. PART 2 -PRODUCTS ' 2.01 PRIOR APPROVAL ' A. Prior to the receipt of bids, interested parties may request approval of substitute equipment and materials for those specified. Such request may be made in writing and delivered to the Engineer no later than ten (10) ' days prior to the receipt of bids. B. Requests for approval shall include complete description of equipment or materials, manufacturer's name, model or catalog number, test, '- 16045 -Page 3 of 8 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16045.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 16045 ' DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS performance or photometric data, and listing of all standard and optional , features or accessories. C. The Engineer will review the complete submission for compliance with the ' Contract Documents. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the product or system is acceptable as an equal as herein described, an addendum will i' be issued to all prime bidders prior to the bid date, noting the specific items which will be accepted as part of the Base Bid. The acceptance will not, in any way, relieve the prime contractor or his supplier from full _' compliance with the Contract Documents. 2.02 SUBSTITUTIONS ' A. Items of equipment and materials originally specified may be replaced by "approved substitutions" until such time that the "Schedule of Materials ' and Equipment" is submitted to the Engineer as previously specified. B. Where items of equipment and materials are specifically identified herein ' by a manufacturer's name, model, or catalog number, and the words, "or approved equal" do not follow the manufacturer's name, only such specific items may be used in'the Base Bid, except as hereinafter provided. ' C. The terms or equal and similar to which do not specifically require "approved" substitutions indicate that material of equal specifications of ' the contractor's choice_ may be substituted without obtaining prior approval. D. Items of equipment of the contractor's choice, which have .not received prior approval, may be offered as alternates to such specified items, in the space provided for in the proposal form or on the contractor's letterhead. ' Alternate proposals must be accompanied by full descriptive and technical data for item proposed, together with statement of amount of cost addition or deduction from the Base Bid if alternate is accepted. Substitutions ' proposed by the Contractor will not be considered in the award of the contract. E. The Contract Drawings and these Specifications establish the "MINIMUM ' STANDARD OF QUALITY" each product and/or system must meet to be considered acceptable. Products of other manufacturers will be considered if the product and/or system meets or exceeds the "Minimum ' Standard of Quality" established by these Contract Documents. F. After the award of the Contract, any request for a substitution must be ' made in writing by the Contractor (not material supplier or subcontractor). Such request shall state the name of the product specified, the name of ' the product proposed for substitution, the reason for requesting the substitution, and any change in Contract Amount resulting from the 16045 -Page 4 of 8 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16045.doc ' May 29, 2009 SECTION 16045 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS substitution. No such substitution shall be made until an appropriate Contract Modification has been issued and approved. G. The system is designed around the first-named manufacturer shown for each piece of equipment. The cost of any changes to this and other trades as a result of use of the substitute material or equipment shall be borne by the Contractor using such material or equipment and included in the bid price. PART 3 -EXECUTION - 3.01 DRAWINGS AND MEASUREMENTS A. The extent of the system of equipment, materials, panels, conduits, wire, fixtures and connections as shown are in general diagrammatic and not for exact locations, except in certain cases, the drawings may include details giving exact location and arrangements. B. The drawings are not intended to be scaled for roughing-in measurements nor to serve as shop drawings. C. The contractor shall consult the architectural, structural, mechanical, or equipment drawings for dimensions, obstructions, and location of equipment of other trades. Any discrepancies between architectural, structural, mechanical, or equipment drawings and the electrical work shown on these drawings shall be reported to the Engineer for adjustment. ~ D. The installation details, instructions, and recommendations of the manufacturer of the product used, or modified to obtain the best end ' result, shall be the basis of attaining. installation of the products for usage on this project except where definite and specific instructions are set forth herein or details are shown on the plans. E. Outlet devices, switches, panels, cabinets, fixtures and special equipment are shown on the drawings only in a schematic manner and not ' necessarily in their specific location. The contractor shall be responsible for exact locations of the outlets to form a functional and aesthetic installation either by careful review of all architectural elevations, the ' patterns, surface finishes, and equipment arrangements or by consultation with the Engineer and other trades involved. ' 3.02 WORKMANSHIP A. The installation work included in this specification shall be performed in a ' neat workmanlike manner by people experienced and skilled in the Electrical trade. Only the best quality workmanship will be accepted. 16045 -Page 5 of 8 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16045.doc ' May 29, 2009 SECTION 16045 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS Installation shall conform to the ANSI National Electrical Installation Standards. B. All exposed parts of the electrical wiring systems such as exposed conduits, flush plates, cabinet trim, fixtures, etc., shall be square and true with the building construction. 3.03 CONSTRUCTION PERIOD TESTS A. All work which is required to be placed within the construction or concealed shall be carefully tested and inspected before being permanently covered up. B. All tests shall be made in the presence of the Engineer or the Owner and shall meet with their approval. 3.04 FINAL TEST AND ADJUSTMENT A. The entire system shall be subject to a test at full operation and under normal usage conditions. This shall include voltage and current checks, resistance measurements and equipment operation. All defects in the work or workmanship which appear during these tests shall be properly remedied and a test again applied, continued to a satisfactory conclusion. B. All electricity or other fuel necessary for use in testing and adjusting and for the operation period will be supplied by the Owners. C. All instruments for making tests shall be furnished by this contractor. D. After testing the apparatus, the entire system shall be operated for one week under normal conditions. E. The contractor shall explain the operation of the system to the Owner or the Owner's representative during this final test and adjustment period. F. The final test shall be performed as soon as possible after the work is entirely completed. G. The contractor has the option of making this test under the normal design conditions or under a set-up of Engineer determined accelerated conditions. 3.05 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Prepare record documents in accordance with the requirements of Division 1, Section 01700, PROJECT CLOSEOUT. In addition to the requirements specified in Division 1, indicate installed conditions for: 16045 -Page 6 of 8 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16045.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 16045 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 1. Size and location of major raceway systems. 2. Locations of control devices, breakers, & fuses. 3. Sizes of breakers and fuses. 4. Equipment locations, referenced to major building lines 5. Actual equipment and materials, where substituted. 3.06 MAINTENANCE AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS n A. The Owner shall be furnished by or through the contractor two (2) complete sets of maintenance and operating instruction manuals covering all the ~ various pieces of electrical equipment, devices, and fixtures furnished and installed under this contract. These shall be made up and bound in an 8~h" x 11" hard cover, indexed, three-ring-type, loose-leaf binder. B. These maintenance and operating instruction sheets may be those furnished by the respective manufacturers for their equipment involved, provided that they can be neatly arranged in a booklet form. C. Maintenance and operating instruction manuals shall be submitted to the Engineer for review of material and completeness, and when approved, shall be turned over to the Owner. ' D. The manual shall include, but not be limited to, the following: Installation instructions; maintenance and overhaul instructions; procedures for start, operation and shut-down of equipment and systems; complete wiring and control diagrams; cleaning of lighting fixture lenses and other equipment; safety precautions; diagrams and illustrations; manufacturers' name and catalog data; test procedures; name and address of authorized service ' organization and parts distributor for all material and equipment installed, and contractor's name, address, and phone number. Manual shall also include a complete table of contents with index tabs and copies of ' approved shop drawings. E. If repair or replacement parts lists are available, these are to be included as part of this manual. F. This contractor shall also supervise the initial operation of all equipment ' and instruct the Owner's designated operator or maintenance representative in such operation as to acquaint him thoroughly with the best practices. ' 16045 - Pa e 7 of 8 9 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16045.doc ' May 29, 2009 SECTION 16045 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 3.07 FINAL INSPECTION A. Upon completion of the work, the contractor shall notify the Engineer and make arrangements for a final inspection. B. After the Engineer's final inspection is made, the contractor will receive a list of items requiring adjustment, correction, replacement or completion. C. Contractor shall comply completely with all the listed requirements within the time limit indicated on the final inspection report. Should the contractor fail to perform within this time limit, the Engineer or Owner reserves the right to have the work completed by others and the cost deducted from the contract price. 3.08 GUARANTEE A. This contractor shall assume responsibility for any defects which may develop in any part of his work caused by faulty workmanship, material or equipment, and agrees to replace, repair, or alter, at his expense, any such faulty workmanship, material, or equipment that has been brought to his attention during a period of one year from the date of the final certificate for payment or acceptance by the Owner, whichever is longer. Acceptance of the work shall not waive this guarantee. END OF SECTION 16045 16045 -Page 8 of 8 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16045.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 16050 BASIC ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Electrical equipment coordination and installation. 2. Sleeves for raceways and cables. 3. Sleeve seals. 4. Common electrical installation requirements. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. ATS: Acceptance Testing Specifications. B. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. C. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Test Equipment Suitability and Calibration: Comply with NETA ATS, "Suitability of Test Equipment" and "Test Instrument Calibration." 1.06 COORDINATION A. Coordinate arrangement, mounting, and support of electrical equipment: 1. To allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights that reduce headroom are indicated. 2. To provide for ease of disconnecting the equipment with minimum interference to other installations. 16050 -Page 1 of 5 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16050.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 16050 , BASIC ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS ' 3. To allow right of way for piping and conduit installed at required slope. ' 4. So connecting raceways, cables, wireways, cable trays, and busways will be clear of obstructions and of the working and access • space of other equipment. B._ Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in , cast-in-place concrete, masonry walls, and other structural components as they are constructed. C. Coordinate location of access panels and doors for electrical items that are behind finished surfaces or otherwise concealed. Access doors and panels are specified in Division 8. ' D. Coordinate electrical testing of electrical, mechanical, and architectural items, so equipment and systems that are functionally interdependent are ' tested to demonstrate successful interoperability. PART 2 -PRODUCTS ' 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following ' requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, ' manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.02 SLEEVES FOR RACEWAYS AND CABLES , A. Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, ' galvanized steel, plain ends. B. Cast-Iron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe," equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated. C. Sleeves for Rectangular Openings: Galvanized sheet steel with minimum 0.052- or 0.138-inch (1.3- or 3.5-mm) thickness as indicated and of length to suit application. C C 16050 -Page 2 of 5 N:\0417\055\DOCS\SpecslDivision 16\16050.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 16050 BASIC ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS D. Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping specified in Division 7. 2.03 SLEEVE SEALS A. Description: Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between sleeve and raceway or cable. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. b. Calpico, Inc. c. Metraflex Co. d. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. 2. Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of cable or conduit. Include type and number required for material and size of raceway or cable. 3. Pressure Plates: Carbon steel. Include two for each sealing element. 4. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon 'steel with corrosion-resistant coating of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1. 6. Measure indicated mounting heights to bottom of unit for suspended items and to center of unit for wall-mounting items. C. Headroom Maintenance: If mounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated, arrange and install components and equipment to provide maximum possible headroom consistent with these requirements. D. Equipment: Install to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components of both electrical equipment and other nearby installations. Connect in such a way as to facilitate future disconnecting with minimum interference with other items in the vicinity. i~ N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16050.doc May 29, 2009 16050 -Page 3 of 5 SECTION 16050 BASIC ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 1 C E. Right of Way: Give to raceways and piping systems installed at a required slope. ' 3:02 SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. Electrical penetrations occur when raceways, cables, wireways, cable ' trays, or busways penetrate concrete slabs, concrete or masonry walls, or _ fire-rated floor and wall assemblies. ' B. Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping specified in Division 7. ' C. Concrete Slabs and Walls: Install sleeves for penetrations unless core- drilled holes or formed openings are used. Install sleeves during erection ' of slabs and walls. D. Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening. ' E. Rectangular Sleeve Minimum Metal Thickness: ' 1. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter less than 50 inches (1270 mm) and no side greater than 16 inches (400 mm), thickness shall be 0.052 inch (1.3 mm). 2. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter equal to, or greater than, 50 inches (1270 mm) and 1 or more sides equal to, or greater than, 16 ' inches (400 mm), thickness shall be 0.138 inch (3.5 mm). F. Fire-Rated Assemblies: Install sleeves for penetrations of fire-rated floor ' and wall assemblies unless openings compatible with firestop system used are fabricated during construction of floor or wall. G. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces of walls. ' H. Extend sleeves installed in floors 2 inches (50 mm) above finished floor ' level. I. Size pipe sleeves to provide 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) annular clear space ' between sleeve and raceway or cable. J. Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and ' masonry. K. Roof-Penetration Sleeves: Seal penetration of individual raceways and ' cables with flexible boot-type flashing units applied in coordination with roofing work. 16050 -Page 4 of 5 ' N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16050.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 16050 BASIC ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS L. Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for f - inch (25-mm) annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. M. Underground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for: sleeves. Size sleeves to allow for 1-inch (25-mm) annular clear space between raceway or cable and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. - 3.03 SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION A. Install to seal underground, exterior wall penetrations. B. Use type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for raceway or cable material and size. Position raceway or cable in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between raceway or cable and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect installed sleeve and sleeve-seal installations and associated firestopping for damage and faulty work. END OF SECTION 16050 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16050.doc May 29, 2009 16050 -Page 5 of 5 i~ SECTION 16060 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL GROUNDING AND BONDING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS ' A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY ' A. This Section includes grounding of electrical systems and equipment. Grounding requirements specified in this Section may be supplemented by special requirements of systems described in other Sections. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Product Data: For the following: 1. Ground rods. C. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article. D. Field Test Reports: Submit written test reports to include the following: 1. Test procedures used. 2. Test results that comply with requirements. 3. Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test results that comply with requirements. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. 1. Comply with UL 467. B. Comply with NFPA 70; for overhead-line construction and medium-voltage underground construction, comply with IEEE C2. C. Comply with NFPA 780 and UL 96 when interconnecting with lightning protection system. N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16060.doc May 29, 2009 16060 -Page 1 of 8 i~ SECTION 16060 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL GROUNDING AND BONDING PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2.02 GROUNDING CONDUCTORS _ A. For insulated conductors, comply with Division 16 Section 16120, CONDUCTORS AND CABLES. B. Material: Copper. _ C. Equipment Grounding Conductors: Insulated with green-colored insulation. D. Isolated Ground Conductors: Insulated with green-colored insulation with yellow stripe. On feeders with isolated ground, use colored tape, alternating bands of green and yellow tape to provide a minimum of three bands of green and two bands of yellow. E. Grounding Electrode Conductors: Stranded cable. F. Underground Conductors: Bare, tinned, stranded, unless otherwise indicated. G. Bare Copper Conductors: Comply with the following: 1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3. 2. Assembly of Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8. 3. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B 33. H. Copper Bonding Conductors: As follows: 1. Bonding Cable: 28 kcmil, 14 strands of No. 17 AWG copper conductor, 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) in diameter. 2. Bonding Conductor: No. 4 or No. 6 AWG, stranded copper conductor. 3. Bonding Jumper: Bare copper tape, braided bare copper conductors, terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches (42 mm) wide and 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) thick. 16060 -Page 2 of 8 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16060.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 16060 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL GROUNDING AND BONDING 4. Tinned Bonding Jumper: Tinned-copper tape, braided copper conductors, terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches (42 mm) wide and 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) thick. I. Grounding Bus: Bare, annealed copper bars of rectangular cross section, with insulators. 2.03 CONNECTOR PRODUCTS A. Comply with IEEE 837 and UL 467; listed for use for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and connected items. B. Welded Connectors: Exothermic-welded type, in kit form, and selected per manufacturer's written instructions. 2.04 GROUNDING ELECTRODES A. Ground Rods: Copper-clad steel. B. Ground Rods: Sectional type; copper-clad steel. 1. Size: 3/4 by 120 inches (19 by 3000 mm) in diameter. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATION A. Use only copper conductors for both insulated and bare grounding conductors in direct contact with earth, concrete, masonry, crushed stone, and similar materials. B. In raceways, use insulated equipment grounding conductors. C. Exothermic-Welded Connections: Use for connections to structural steel and for underground connections, except those at test wells. D. Grounding Bus: Install in electrical and telephone equipment rooms, in rooms housing service equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. 1. Use insulated spacer; space 1 inch (25.4 mm) from wall and support from wall 6 inches (150 mm) above finished floor, unless otherwise indicated. 2. At doors, route the bus up to the top of the door frame, across the top of the doorway, and down to the specified height above the floor. E. Underground Grounding Conductors: Use tinned- copper conductor, No. 2/0 AWG minimum. Bury at least 24 inches (600 mm) below grade or i~ N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16060.doc May 29, 2009 16060 -Page 3 of 8 ,, SECTION 16060 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL GROUNDING AND BONDING bury 12 inches (300 mm) above duct bank when installed as part of the duct bank. 3.02 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS A. Comply with NFPA 70, Article 250 for types, sizes, and quantities of equipment grounding conductors, ~cnless specific types, larger sizes, or more conductors than required by NFPA 70 are indicated. B. Install equipment grounding conductors in all feeders and circuits. C. Install insulated equipment grounding conductor with circuit conductors for the following items, in addition to those required by NEC: 1. Feeders and branch circuits. 2. Lighting circuits. 3. Receptacle circuits. 4. Single-phase motor and. appliance branch circuits. 5. Three-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. 6. Flexible raceway runs. 7. Armored and metal-clad cable runs. D. Busway Supply Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor from the grounding bus in the switchgear, switchboard, or distribution panel to equipment grounding bar terminal on busway. E. Computer Outlet Circuits: .Install insulated equipment grounding conductor in branch-circuit runs from computer-area power panels or power-distribution units. F. Nonmetallic Raceways: Install an equipment grounding conductor in nonmetallic raceways unless they are designated for telephone or data cables. G. Air-Duct Equipment Circuits: Install an equipment grounding conductor to duct-mounted electrical devices operating at 120 V and more, including air cleaners and heaters. Bond conductor to each unit and to air duct. H. Water Heater, Heat-Tracing, and Antifrost Heating Cables: Install a separate equipment grounding conductor to each electric water heater, heat-tracing, and antifrost heating cable. Bond conductor to heater units, piping, connected equipment, and components. 16060 -Page 4 of 8 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16060.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 16060 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL GROUNDING AND BONDING Signal and Communication Systems: For telephone, alarm, voice and data, and other communication systems, provide No. 4 AWG minimum insulated grounding conductor in raceway from grounding electrode system to each service location, terminal cabinet, wiring closet, and central equipment location. 1. Service and Central Equipment Locations and Wiring Closets: Terminate grounding conductor on a 1/4-by-2-by-12-inch (6.4-by-50- by-300-mm) grounding bus. 2. Terminal Cabinets: Terminate grounding conductor on cabinet grounding terminal. .3.03 COUNTERPOISE A. Ground the steel framework of the building with a driven ground rod at the base of every corner column and at intermediate exterior columns at distances not more than 60 feet (18 m) apart. Provide a grounding conductor (counterpoise), electrically connected to each ground rod and to each steel column, extending around the perimeter of the building. Use tinned-copper conductor not less than No. 2/0 AWG for counterpoise and for tap to building steel. Bury counterpoise not less than 18 inches (450 mm) below grade and 24 inches (600 mm) from building foundation. 3.04 INSTALLATION A. Ground Rods: Install at least three rods spaced at least one-rod length from each other and located at least the same distance from other grounding electrodes. 1. Drive ground rods until tops are 2 inches (50 mm) below finished floor or final grade, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductors. Use exothermic welds, except at test wells and as otherwise indicated. Make connections without exposing steel or damaging copper coating. B. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible, unless otherwise indicated. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage. C. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install so vibration by equipment mounted on vibration isolation hangers and supports is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment. Use exothermic-welded connectors for outdoor locations, unless adisconnect-type connection is required; then, use a bolted clamp. Bond straps directly to the basic structure taking care not to 16060 -Page 5 of 8 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16060.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 16060 , DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL GROUNDING AND BONDING penetrate any adjacent parts. Install straps only in locations accessible for ' maintenance. D. Metal Water Service Pipe: Provide insulated copper grounding , conductors, in conduit, from building's main service equipment, or grounding bus, to main . metal water service entrances to building. ' Connect grounding conductors to main metal water service pipes by grounding clamp connectors. Where a dielectric main water fitting is installed, connect grounding conductor to street side of fitting. Bond metal grounding conductor conduit or sleeve to conductor at each end. E. Water Meter Piping: Use braided-type bonding jumpers to electrically ' bypass water meters. Connect to pipe with grounding clamp connectors. F. Bond interior metal. piping systems and metal air ducts to equipment ' grounding conductors of associated pumps, fans, blowers, electric heaters, and air cleaners. Use braided-type bonding straps. G. Bond each aboveground portion of gas piping system upstream from ' equipment shutoff valve. H. Ufer Ground (Concrete-Encased Grounding Electrode): Fabricate according to NFPA 70, Paragraph 250-81(c), using a minimum of 20 feet (6 m) of bare copper conductor not smaller than No. 4 AWG. If concrete foundation is less than 20 feet (6 m) long, coil excess conductor within the base of the foundation. Bond grounding conductor to reinforcing steel in at least four locations and to anchor bolts. Extend grounding conductor below grade and connect to building grounding grid or to a grounding electrode external to concrete. 3.05 CONNECTIONS A. General: Make connections so galvanic action or electrolysis possibility is minimized. Select connectors, connection hardware, conductors, and connection methods so metals in direct contact will be galvanically compatible. 1. Use electroplated or hot-tin-coated materials to ensure high conductivity and to make contact points closer to order of galvanic series. 2. Make connections with clean, bare metal at points of contact. 3. Make aluminum-to-steel connections with stainless-steel separators and mechanical clamps. 4. Make aluminum-to-galvanized steel connections with tin-plated copper jumpers and mechanical clamps. 16060 -Page 6 of 8 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16060.doc May 29, 2009 J 'J ~~ ~I~ 7 D II II I1 I1 II J C] 7 J SECTION 16060 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL GROUNDING AND BONDING 5. Coat and seal connections having dissimilar metals with inert material to prevent future penetration of moisture to contact surfaces. B. Exothermic-Welded Connections: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. -Welds that are puffed up or that show convex surfaces indicating improper cleaning are not acceptable. C. Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: For No. 8 AWG and larger, use pressure-type grounding lugs. No. 10 AWG and smaller grounding conductors may be terminated with winged pressure-type connectors. D. Noncontact Metal Raceway Terminations: If metallic raceways terminate at metal housings without mechanical .and electrical .connection to housing, terminate each conduit with a grounding bushing. Connect grounding bushings with a bare grounding conductor to grounding bus or terminal in housing. Bond electrically noncontinuous conduits at entrances and exits with grounding bushings and bare grounding conductors, unless otherwise indicated.. E. Tighten screws and bolts for grounding and bonding connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in U L 486A. F. Moisture Protection: If insulated grounding conductors are connected to ground rods or grounding buses, insulate entire area of connection and seal against moisture penetration of insulation and cable. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: Perform the following field quality-control testing: 1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuitry has been energized, test for compliance with requirements. 2. Test completed grounding system at each location where a maximum ground-resistance level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal, and at ground test wells. Measure ground resistance not less than two full days after the last trace of precipitation, and without the soil being moistened by any means other than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance. Perform tests, by the fall-of-potential method according to IEEE 81. 3. Provide drawings locating each ground rod and ground rod assembly and other grounding electrodes, identify each by letter in alphabetical ' N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16060.doc May 29, 2009 16060 -Page 7 of 8 n SECTION 16060 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL GROUNDING AND BONDING order, and key to the record of tests and observations. Include the number of rods driven and their depth at each location and include observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect test results. Describe measures taken to improve test results. a. Equipment Rated 500 kVA and Less: 10 ohms. b. Substations and Pad-Mounted Switching Equipment: 5 ohms. c. Manhole Grounds: 10 ohms. 4. Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds specified values, notify Architect promptly and include . recommendations to reduce ground resistance. END OF SECTION 16060 16060 -Page 8 of 8 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16060.doc May 29, 2009 ' SECTION 16120 - DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL CONDUCTORS AND CABLES ' PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS ' A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Condition'; and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. ' 1.02 SUMMARY ' A. This Section includes building wires and cables and associated connectors, splices, and terminations for wiring systems rated 600 V and less. 1 B. Related Sections include the following: ' 1. Division 13 Section 13705, PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS for transmission media used for control and signal circuits. ' 1.03 SUBMITTALS ' A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NFPA 70. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the manufacturers specified. 2.02 POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Available Manufacturers: ' 16120 -Page 1 of 4 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16120.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 16120 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 1. Alcan Aluminum Corporation; Alcan Cable Div. 2. American Insulated Wire Corp.; a Leviton Company. 3. General Cable Corporation. 4. Senator Wire & Cable Company. - 5. Southwire Company. B. Refer to Part 3 "Conductor and Insulation Applications" Article for insulation type, cable construction, and ratings. C. Conductor Material: Copper complying with NEMA WC 5; solid conductor for No. 10 AWG and smaller, stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. D. Conductor Insulation Types: Type THHN-THWN complying with NEMA WC 5. 2.03 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES A. Available Manufacturers: 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 2. AMP IncorporatedlTyco International. . 3. Hubbell/Anderson. 4. O-Z/Gedney; EGS Electrical Group LLC. 5. 3M Company; Electrical Products Division. B. Description: Factory-fabricated connectors and splices of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated. 2.04 CONTROL CABLE A. Low voltage control cable shall be #19 AWG solid annealed copper, with eight separate conductors to each site grouped in twisted pairs, interstitial filling compound, polyethylene inner jacket, 0.005 inch copper-clad corru- gated steel tape shield, applied longitudinally with overlapped edges, cov- ered by an overall polyethylene jacket, UL listed for 350 working volts, suitable for direct burial. Two pairs are for future use. 16120 -Page 2 of 4 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16120.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 16120 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 CONDUCTOR AND INSULATION APPLICATIONS A. Service Entrance: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway. B. Exposed Feeders: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway. C. Feeders Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: Type THHN- THWN, single conductors in raceway. - D. Feeders Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs-on-Grade, and in Crawlspaces: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway. E. Exposed Branch Circuits, including in Crawlspaces: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway. F. Branch Circuits Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: Type THHN- THWN, single conductors in raceway. G. Branch Circuits Concealed in Concrete and below Slabs-on-Grade: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway. H. Cord Drops and Portable Appliance Connections: Type SO, .hard service cord. I. Class 1 Control Circuits: Type THHN-THWN, in raceway. J. Class 2 Control Circuits: Type THHN-THWN, in raceway . 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise indicated. B. Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values. C. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips, that will not damage cables or raceway. D. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members, and follow surface contours where possible. E. Support cables according to Division 16 Section 16050, BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS. i~ N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16120.doc May 29, 2009 16120 -Page 3 of 4 SECTION 16120 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 1. Identify and color-code conductors and cables according to Division 16 Section 16050, BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS. 3.03 CONNECTIONS A. Tighten electrical connectors and. terminals according to manufacturer's. published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 4866. B. Make splices and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors. 1. Use oxide inhibitor in each splice and tap conductor for aluminum. conductors. C. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 12 inches (300 mm) of slack. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: Perform the following field quality-control testing: 1. After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized, test for compliance with requirements. B. Test Reports: Prepare a written report to record the following: 1. Test procedures used. 2. Test results that comply with requirements. 3. Test results that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken to achieve compliance with requirements. END OF SECTION 16120 7 ii L ~~~ 16120 -Page 4 of 4 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16120.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 16130 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS AND BOXES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and ' Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02. SUMMARY A. This Section includes raceways, fittings, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets for electrical wiring. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 16 Section 16050, BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS for supports, anchors, and identification products. 2. Division 16 Section 16140 WIRING DEVICES for devices installed in boxes and for floor-box service fittings. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. EMT: Electrical metallic tubing. B. ENT: Electrical nonmetallic tubing. C. FMC: Flexible metal conduit. D. IMC: Intermediate metal conduit. E. LFMC: Liquidtight flexible metal conduit. F. LFNC: Liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit. G. RNC: Rigid nonmetallic conduit. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For surface raceways, wireways and fittings, floor boxes, hinged-cover enclosures, and cabinets. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details of components for raceways, fittings, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets. 16130 -Page 1 of 10 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16130.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 16130 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS AND BOXES 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Compay with NFPA 70. 1.06 COORDINATION _ A. Coordinate layout and installation of raceways, boxes, enclosures, cabinets, and suspension system with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire-suppression system, and partition assemblies. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the manufacturers specified. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the manufacturers specified. 2.02 METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING A. Available Manufacturers: 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 2. Alflex Inc. 3. Anamet Electrical, Inc.; Anaconda Metal Hose. 4. Electri-Flex Co. 5. Grinnell Co./Tyco International; Allied Tube and Conduit Div. 6. LTV Steel Tubular Products Company. 7. Manhattan/CDT/Cole-Flex. 8. O-Z Gedney; Unit of General Signal. 16130-Page2of10 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16130.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 16130 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS AND BOXES 9. Wheatland Tube Co. B. Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1. C. Aluminum Rigid Conduit: ANSI C80.5. D. IMC: ANSI C80.6. E. Plastic-Coated Steel Conduit and Fittings: NEMA RN 1. F. Plastic-Coated IMC and Fittings: NEMA RN 1. G. FMC: Zinc-coated steel. H. LFMC: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket. I. Fittings: NEMA FB 1; compatible with conduit and tubing materials.. 2.03 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT AND TUBING A. Available Manufacturers: 1. American International. 2. Anamet Electrical, Inc.; Anaconda Metal Hose. 3. Arnco Corp. 4. Cantex Inc. 5. Certainteed Corp.; Pipe & Plastics Group. 6. Condux International. 7. EIecSYS, Inc. 8. Electri-Flex Co. 9. Lamson & Sessions; Carlon Electrical Products. 10. Manhattan/CDT/Cole-Flex. 11. RACO; Division of Hubbell, Inc. 12. Spiralduct, Inc./AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 13. Thomas & Betts Corporation. B. ENT: NEMA TC 13. 16130 -Page 3 of 10 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16130.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 16130 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS AND BOXES C. RNC: NEMA TC 2, Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 PVC. D. ENT and RNC Fittings: NEMA TC 3; match to conduit or tubing type and material. E. LFNC: UL 1660. 2.04 METAL WIREWAYS A. Available Manufacturers: 1. Hoffman. 2. Square D. B. Material and Construction: Sheet metal sized and shaped as indicated, NEMA 1. C. Fittings and Accessories: Include couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold-down straps, end caps, and other fittings to match and mate with wireways as required for complete system. D. Select features, unless otherwise indicated, as required to complete wiring system and to comply with NFPA 70. E. Wireway Covers: As indicated. F. Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish. 2.05 SURFACE RACEWAYS A. Surface Metal Raceways: Galvanized steel with snap-on covers. Finish with manufacturer's standard prime coating. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Airey-Thompson Sentinel Lighting; Wiremold Company (The). b. Thomas & Betts Corporation. c. Walker Systems, Inc.; Wiremold Company (The). d. Wiremold Company (The); Electrical Sales Division. B. Types, sizes, and channels as indicated and required for each application, with fittings that match and mate with raceways. 16130 -Page 4 of 10 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16130.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 16130 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS AND BOXES 2.06 BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS A. Available Manufacturers: 1. Cooper Crouse-Hinds; Div. of Cooper Industries, Inc. 2. Emerson/General Signal; Appleton Electric Company. 3. Erickson Electrical Equipment Co. 4. Hoffman. 5. Hubbell, Inc.; Killark Electric Manufacturing Co. 6. O-Z/Gedney; Unit of General Signal. 7. RACO; Division of Hubbell, Inc. 8. Robroy Industries, Inc.; Enclosure Division. 9. Scott Fetzer Co.; Adalet-PLM Division. 10. Spring City Electrical Manufacturing Co. 11. Thomas & Betts Corporation. 12. Walker Systems, Inc.; Wiremold Company (The). 13. Woodhead, Daniel Company; Woodhead Industries, Inc. Subsidiary. B. Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA OS 1. C. Cast-Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA FB 1, Type FD, with gasketed cover. D. Nonmetallic Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA OS 2. E. Floor Boxes: Cast metal, fully adjustable, rectangular. F. Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA OS 1. G. Cast-Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA FB 1, cast aluminum with gasketed cover. H. Hinged-Cover Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, with continuous hinge cover and flush latch. 1. Metal Enclosures: Steel, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel i~ N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16130.doc May 29, 2009 16130 -Page 5 of 10 ' SECTION 16130 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS AND BOXES ' 2. Nonmetallic Enclosures: Plastic, finished inside with radio-frequency- resistant paint. I. Cabinets: NEMA 250, Type 1, galvanized steel box with removable ' interior panel and removable front, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. Hinged door in front cover with flush latch and concealed hinge. Key latch to match panelboards. Include ' metal barriers to separate wiring of different systems and voltage and include accessory feet where required for freestanding equipment. ' 2.07 FACTORY FINISHES A. Finish: For raceway, enclosure, or cabinet components, provide ' manufacturer's standard prime-coat finish ready for field painting. PART 3 -EXECUTION , 3.01 RACEWAY APPLICATION ' A. Outdoors: 1. Exposed: Rigid steel or IMC. ' 2. Concealed: Rigid steel or IMC. 3. Underground, Single Run: RNC. 4. Underground, Grouped: RNC. ' 5. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): LFMC. 6. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 3R. B. Indoors: 1. Exposed: Rigid steel or IMC. ' 2. Concealed: Rigid steel or IMC. 3. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): , LFMC. 4. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, except as follows: ' a. Damp or Wet Locations: NEMA 250, Type 4, stainless steel. 16130 -Page 6 of 10 ' N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16130.doc May 29, 2009 ' SECTION 16130 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS AND BOXES ' C. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4-inch trade size (DN 21). D. Raceway Fittings: Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and ' location. 1. Intermediate Steel Conduit: Use threaded rigid steel conduit fittings, ' unless otherwise indicated. 2. PVC Externally Coated, Rigid Steel Conduits: Use only fittings ' approved for use with that material. Patch all nicks and scrapes in PVC coating after installing conduits. E. Install nonferrous conduit or tubing for circuits operating above 60 Hz. Where aluminum raceways are installed for such circuits and pass through concrete, install in nonmetallic sleeve. ' F. Do not install aluminum conduits embedded in or in contact with concrete. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Keep raceways at least 6 inches (150 mm) away from parallel runs of ' flues and steam or hot-water pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping. ' B. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation. C. Support raceways as specified in Division 16 Section 16050 BASIC ' ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS. D. Install temporary closures to prevent foreign matter from entering raceways. E. Protect stub-ups from damage where conduits rise through floor slabs. Arrange so curved portions of bends are not visible above the finished ' slab. F. Make bends and offsets so ID is not reduced. Keep legs of bends in the ' same plane and keep straight legs of offsets parallel, unless otherwise indicated. ' G. Conceal conduit within finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise indicated. ' 1. Install concealed raceways with a minimum of bends in the shortest practical distance, considering type of building construction and ' obstructions, unless otherwise indicated. ' N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16130.doc May 29, 2009 16130-Page7of10 I~ SECTION 16130 ' DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS AND BOXES , H. Raceways Embedded in Slabs: Install in middle 1/3 of slab thickness where practical and leave at least 2 inches (50 mm) of concrete cover. ' 1. Secure raceways to reinforcing rods to prevent sagging or shifting during concrete placement. 2. Space raceways laterally to prevent voids in concrete. , _ 3. Run conduit larger than 1-inch trade size (DN 27) parallel or at right angles to main reinforcement. Where at right angles to reinforcement, ' place conduit close to slab support. 4. Change from nonmetallic tubing to Schedule 80 nonmetallic conduit, ' rigid steel conduit, or IMC before rising above the floor. I. Install exposed raceways parallel or at right angles to nearby surfaces or ' structural members and follow surface contours as much as possible. 1. Run parallel or banked raceways together on common supports. , 2. Make parallel bends in parallel or banked runs. Use factory elbows only where elbows can be installed parallel; otherwise, provide field , bends for parallel raceways. J. Join raceways with fittings designed and approved for that purpose and ' make joints tight. - 1. Use insulating bushings to protect conductors. , K. Tighten set screws of threadless fittings with suitable tools. L. Terminations: 1. Where raceways are terminated with locknuts and bushings, align ' raceways to enter squarely and install locknuts with dished part against box. Use two locknuts, one inside and one outside box. 2. Where raceways are terminated with threaded hubs, screw raceways , or fittings tightly into hub so end bears against wire protection shoulder. Where chase nipples are used, align raceways so coupling ' is square to box; tighten chase nipple so no threads are exposed. M. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament ' plastic line with not less than 200-Ib (90-kg) tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches (300 mm) of slack at each end of pull wire. N. Telephone and Signal System Raceways, 2-Inch Trade Size (DN 53) and , Smaller: In addition to above requirements, install raceways in maximum 16130 -Page 8 of 10 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16130.doc May 29, 2009 1 ~~I SECTION 16130 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS AND BOXES lengths of 150 feet (45 m) and with a maximum of two 90-degree bends or equivalent. Separate lengths with pull or junction boxes where necessary to comply with these requirements. O. Install raceway sealing fittings at suitable, approved, and accessible locations and fill them with UL-listed sealing compound. For concealed raceways, install each fitting in a flush steel box with a blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. Install raceway sealing fittings at the following points: 1. Where conduits pass from warm to cold locations, such as boundaries of refrigerated spaces. 2. Where otherwise required by NFPA 70. P. Stub-up Connections: Extend conduits through concrete floor for connection to freestanding equipment. Install with an adjustable top or coupling threaded inside for plugs set flush with finished floor. Extend conductors to equipment with rigid steel conduit; FMC may be used 6 inches (150 mm) above the floor. Install screwdriver-operated, threaded plugs flush with floor for future equipment connections. Q. Flexible Connections: Use maximum of 72 inches (1830 mm) of flexible conduit for recessed and semirecessed lighting fixtures; for equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement; and for all motors. Use LFMC in damp or wet locations. Install separate ground conductor across flexible connections. R. Surface Raceways: Install a separate, green, ground conductor in raceways from junction box supplying raceways to receptacle or fixture ground terminals. S. Set floor boxes level and flush with finished floor surface. T. Set floor boxes level. Trim after installation to fit flush with finished floor surface. U. Install hinged-cover enclosures and cabinets plumb. Support at each corner. 3.03 PROTECTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure coatings, finishes, and cabinets are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. 1. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer. N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16130.doc May 29, 2009 16130 -Page 9 of 10 SECTION 16130 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS AND BOXES , 2. Repair damage to PVC or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer. 04 CLEANING 3 ' . A. After completing installation of exposed, factory-finished raceways and boxes, inspect exposed finishes and repair damaged finishes. ' END OF SECTION 16130 ' 16130 -Page 10 of 10 N:\0417\0551DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16130.doc May 29, 2009 1 SECTION 16140 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL WIRING DEVICES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification; Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Single and duplex receptacles, ground-fault circuit interrupters, integral surge suppression units, and isolated-ground receptacles. 2. Single- and double-pole snap switches and dimmer switches. 3. Device wall plates. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. EMI: Electromagnetic interference. B. GFCI: Ground-fault circuit interrupter. C = PVC: Polyvinyl chloride. D. RFI: Radio-frequency interference. E. TVSS: Transient voltage surge suppressor. F. UTP: Unshielded twisted pair. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. i~ 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of wiring device through one source from a single manufacturer. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. C. Comply with NFPA 70. N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16140.doc May 29, 2009 16140 -Page 1 of 5 SECTION 16140 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL WIRING DEVICES 1.06 COORDINATION A. Receptacles for Owner-Furnished Equipment: Match plug configurations. 1. Cord and Plug Sets: Match equipment requirements. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2.02 RECEPTACLES A. Straight-Blade-Type Receptacles: Comply with NEMA WD 1, ' NEMA WD 6, DSCC W-C-596G, and UL 498. _ B. Straight-Blade and Locking Receptacles: Heavy-Duty grade. C. GFCI Receptacles: Straight blade, feed-through type, Heavy-Duty grade, , with integral NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-20R duplex receptacle; complying with UL 498 and UL 943. Design units for installation in a 2- 3/4-inch- (70-mm-) deep outlet box without an adapter. ' D. TVSS Receptacles: Straight blade, NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-20R, with integral TVSS in line to ground, line to neutral, and neutral to ground. ' 1. TVSS Components: Multiple metal-oxide varistors; with a nominal clamp level rating of 500 volts and minimum single transient pulse , energy dissipation of 140 J line to neutral, and 70 J line to ground and neutral to ground. 2. Active TVSS Indication: Visual only with light visible in face of device to indicate device is "active" or "no longer in service." 3. Receptacle Type: Heavy-Duty grade. 4. Identification: Distinctive marking on face of device to denote TVSS- ' type unit. 2.03 PENDANT CORD/CONNECTOR DEVICES ' A. Description: Matching, locking-type plug and receptacle body connector, NEMA WD 6, Configurations L5-20P and L5-20R, Heavy-Duty grade. , 16140 -Page 2 of 5 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16140.doc May 29, 2009 0 SECTION 16140 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL WIRING DEVICES 1. Body: Nylon with screw-open cable-gripping jaws and provision for attaching external cable grip. 2. External Cable Grip: Woven wire-mesh type made of high-strength galvanized-steel wire strand, matched to cable diameter, and with attachment provision designed for corresponding connector. 2.04 CORD AND PLUG SETS A. Description: Match voltage and current ratings and number of conductors to requirements of equipment being connected. 1. Cord: Rubber-insulated, stranded-copper conductors, with Type SOW- A jacket; with green-insulated grounding conductor and equipment- rating ampacity plus a minimum of 30 percent. 2. Plug: Nylon body and integral cable-clamping jaws. Match cord and receptacle type for connection. 2.05 SWITCHES A. Single- and Double-Pole Switches: Comply with DSCC W-C-896F and UL 20. B. Snap Switches: Heavy-Duty grade, quiet type. 2.06 WALL PLATES A. Single and combination types to match corresponding wiring devices. 1. Plate-Securing Screws: Metal with head color to match plate finish. 2. Material for Finished Spaces: Steel with white baked enamel, suitable for field painting. 3. Material for Unfinished Spaces: Galvanized steel. 4. Material for Wet Locations: Cast aluminum with spring-loaded lift cover, and listed and labeled for use in "wet locations." 2.07 FINISHES A. Color: 1. Wiring Devices Connected to Normal Power System: Gray, unless otherwise indicated or required by NFPA 70. 2. TVSS Devices: Blue. I~ N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16140.doc May 29, 2009 16140 -Page 3 of 5 SECTION 16140 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL WIRING DEVICES 3. Isolated-Ground Receptacles: Orange. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install devices and assemblies level, plumf~, and square with building lines. B. Arrangement of Devices: Unless otherwise indicated, mount flush, with long dimension vertical, and with grounding terminal of receptacles on top. Group adjacent switches under single, multigang wall plates. C. Remove wall plates and protect devices and assemblies during painting. D. Adjust locations of floor service outlets and service poles to suit arrangement of partitions and furnishings. 3.02 IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with Division 16 Section 16050, BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS. , 1. Receptacles: Identify panelboard and circuit number from which served. Use hot, stamped or engraved machine printing with black- . filled lettering on face of plate, and durable wire markers or tags inside outlet boxes. 3.03 CONNECTIONS A. Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section 16060, GROUNDING AND BONDING. B. Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section 16120, CONDUCTORS AND CABLES. C. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. After installing wiring devices and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test for proper polarity, ground continuity, and compliance with requirements. 16140 -Page 4 of 5 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16140.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 16140 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL WIRING DEVICES 2. Test GFCI operation with both local and remote fault simulations according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest as specified above. END OF SECTION 16140 16140-Page5of5 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16140.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 16410 ENCLOSED SWITCHES DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and ` Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following individually mounted, enclosed switches and circuit breakers: 1. Fusible switches. 2. Nonfusible switches. 3. Double pole safety switches 4. Molded-case circuit breakers. 5. Molded-case switches. 6. Enclosures. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. GD: General duty. B. GFCI: Ground-fault circuit interrupter. C. HD: Heavy duty. D. RMS: Root mean square. E. SPDT: Single pole, double throw. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of enclosed switch, circuit breaker, accessory, and component indicated. Include dimensioned elevations, sections, weights, and manufacturers' technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, ratings, and finishes. 1. Enclosure types and details for types other than NEMA 250, Type 1. 2. Current and voltage ratings. 16410 -Page 1 of 7 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16410.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 16410 ENCLOSED SWITCHES DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS , 3. Short-circuit current rating. 4. UL listing for series rating of installed devices. 5. Features, characteristics, .ratings, and factory settings of individual ' ovei-current protective devices and auxiliary components. B. Shop Drawings: Diagram power, signal, and control wiring. ' 1. Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting enclosed switches and circuit breakers. ' 2. Time-current curves, including selectable ranges for each type of circuit breaker. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as ' defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NFPA 70. C. Product Selection for Restricted Space: Drawings indicate maximum 1 dimensions for enclosed switches and circuit breakers, including clearances between enclosures, and adjacent surfaces and other items. Comply with indicated maximum dimensions. ' 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Rate equipment for continuous operation ' under the following conditions, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Ambient Temperature: Not less than minus 22 deg F (minus 30 deg C) and not exceeding 104 deg F (40 deg C). 2. Altitude: Not exceeding 6600 feet (2010 m). 1.07 COORDINATION , A. Coordinate layout and installation of switches, circuit breakers, and components with other construction, including conduit, piping, equipment, ' and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace clearances and required clearances for equipment access doors and panels. 16410-Page2of7 ' N:\0417\055\DOCS1Specs\Division 16\16410.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 16410 ENCLOSED SWITCHES DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 1.08 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Spares: For the following: a. Control-Power Fuses: 2 b. Fuses for Fusible Switches: 3 of each size 2. Spare Indicating Lights: 2 of each type installed. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.02 FUSIBLE AND NONFUSIBLE SWITCHES A. Available Manufacturers: 1 1. Eaton Corporation; Cutler-Hammer Products. 2. General Electric Co., Electrical Distribution & Control Division. ' 3. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. 4. Square D/Group Schneider. ' B. Fusible Switch, 600 A and Smaller: NEMA KS 1, Type HD, with clips or bolt pads to accommodate specified fuses, lockable handle with capability ' to accept two padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position. C. Nonfusible Switch, 600 A and Smaller: NEMA KS 1, Type HD, lockable ' handle with capability to accept two padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position. ' N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16410.doc May 29, 2009 16410 -Page 3 of 7 i~ SECTION 16410 ENCLOSED SWITCHES DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS D. Accessories: 1. Equipment Ground Kit: Internally mounted and labeled for copper and aluminum ground conductors. 2. Neutral Kit: Internally mounted; insulated, capable-of being grounded, and bonded; and labeled for copper and aluminum neutral conductors. 3. Auxiliary Contact Kit: Auxiliary set of contacts arranged to open before switch blades open. 2.03 DOUBLE POLE SAFETY SWITCHES A. ~ Available Manufacturers: 1. Eaton Corporation; Cutler-Hammer Products. 2. General Electric Co.; Electrical Distribution & Control Division. 3. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. 4. Square D/Group Schneider. B. Nonfusible Switch, 600 A and Smaller: NEMA KS 1, Type HD, lockable handle with capability to accept two padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position. C. Accessories: 1. Equipment Ground Kit: Internally mounted and labeled for copper and aluminum ground conductors. 2. Neutral Kit: Internally mounted; insulated, capable of being grounded, and bonded; and labeled for copper and aluminum neutral conductors. 3. Auxiliary Contact Kit: Auxiliary set of contacts arranged to open before switch blades open. 2.04 MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND SWITCHES A. Available Manufacturers: 1. Eaton Corporation; Cutler-Hammer Products. 2. General Electric Co.; Electrical Distribution & Control Division. 3. Moeller Electric Corporation. 16410-Page4of7 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16410.doc May 29, 2009 IJ 'J r~ [] SECTION 16410 ENCLOSED SWITCHES DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 4. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. 5. Square D/Group Schneider. B. Molded-Case Circuit Breaker: NEMA AB 1, with interrupting capacity to meet available fault currents. 1. Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers: Inverse time-current element for low-level overloads and instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits. Adjustable magnetic trip setting for circuit-breaker frame sizes 250 A and larger. 2. Adjustable Instantaneous-Trip Circuit Breakers: Magnetic trip element with front-mounted, field-adjustable trip setting. 3. Current-Limiting Circuit Breakers: Frame sizes 400 A and smaller and let-through ratings less than NEMA FU 1, RK-5. 4. Integrally Fused Circuit Breakers: Thermal-magnetic trip element with integral limiter-style fuse listed for use with circuit breaker and trip activation on fuse opening or on opening of fuse compartment door. 5. GFCI Circuit Breakers: Single- and two-pole configurations with 5-mA trip sensitivity. C. Molded-Case Circuit-Breaker Features and Accessories: 1. Standard frame sizes, trip ratings, and number of poles. 2. Lugs: Mechanical style suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and conductor material. 3. Application Listing: Type SWD for switching fluorescent lighting loads; Type HACR for heating, air-conditioning, and refrigerating equipment. 4. Ground-Fault Protection: Integrally mounted relay and trip unit with adjustable pickup and time-delay settings, push-to-test feature, and ground-fault indicator. 2.05 ENCLOSURES A. NEMA AB 1 and NEMA KS 1 to meet environmental conditions of installed location. 1. Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R. ' 2. Other Wet or Damp Indoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 4. 16410-Page5of7 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16410.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 16410 , ENCLOSED SWITCHES DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS , PART. 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine elements and surfaces to receive enclosed switches and. circuit :' breakers for compliance anrith installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been ' corrected. 3.02 CONCRETE BASES ' A. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Verify structural requirements with structural engineer. ' B. Concrete base is specified in Division 16 Section 16050, BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS, and concrete materials and ' installation requirements are specified in Division 3. 3.03 INSTALLATION ' A. Comply with applicable portions of NECA 1, NEMA PB 1.1, and NEMA PB 2.1 for installation of enclosed switches and circuit breakers. ' B. Mount individual wall-mounting switches and circuit breakers with tops at uniform height, unless otherwise indicated. Anchor floor-mounting 1 switches to concrete base. C. Temporary Lifting Provisions: Remove temporary lifting eyes, channels, ' and brackets and temporary blocking of moving parts from enclosures and components. 3.04 IDENTIFICATION ' A. Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; ' provide warning signs as specified in Division 16 Section 16050, BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS. B. Enclosure Nameplates: Label each enclosure with engraved metal or , laminated-plastic nameplate as specified in Division 16 Section 16050, BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS. ' 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: ' 16410-Page6of7 , N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16410.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 16410 ENCLOSED SWITCHES DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 1. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest. 3.06 ADJUSTING A. Set field-adjustable switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges. 3.07 CLEANING A. On completion of installation, vacuum dirt and debris from interiors; do not use compressed air to assist in cleaning. B. Inspect exposed surfaces and repair damaged finishes. END OF SECTION 16410 16410-Page7of7 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16410.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 16420 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions: and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes, enclosed controllers rated 600 V and less, of the following types: 1. Across-the-line, manual and magnetic controllers. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 16 Section 16289, TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSION for low-voltage power, control, and communication surge suppressors. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of enclosed controller. Include dimensions and manufacturer's technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, ratings, and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: For each enclosed controller. 1. Include dimensioned plans, elevations, sections,. and details, including required clearances and service space around equipment. Show tabulations of installed devices, equipment features, and ratings. Include the following: a. Each installed unit's type and details. b. Nameplate legends. c. Short-circuit current rating of integrated unit. d. UL listing for series rating of overcurrent protective devices in combination controllers. e. Features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent protective devices in combination controllers. 2. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. I~ N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16420.doc May 29, 2009 16420 -Page 1 of 9 SECTION 16420 t DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS ' C. Operation and Maintenance Data: For enclosed controllers to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Division 1 Section 01640, MANUFACTURERS' SERVICES ' and Section 01700, CONTRACT CLOSEOUT, and Section include the following: e , nclosed controllers and all 1. Routine maintenance requirements for installed components. ' ' 2. Manufacturer s written instructions for testing and adjusting overcurrent protective devices. D. Load-Current and Overload-Relay Heater List: Compile after motors have ' been installed and arrange to demonstrate that selection of heaters suits actual motor nameplate full-load currents. ' E. Load-Current and List of Settings of Adjustable Overload Relays: Compile after motors have been installed and arrange to demonstrate that dip switch settings for motor running overload protection suit actual motor to , be protected. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer. Maintain, within 100 miles (160 km) of Project site, a service center capable of providing ' training, parts, and emergency maintenance and repairs. B. Source Limitations: Obtain enclosed controllers of a single type through ' one source from a single manufacturer. C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100; by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. ' D. Comply with NFPA 70. E. Product Selection for Restricted Space: Drawings indicate maximum ' dimensions for enclosed controllers, minimum clearances between enclosed controllers, and for adjacent surfaces and other items. Comply with indicated maximum dimensions and clearances. ' 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store enclosed controllers indoors in clean, dry space with uniform , temperature to prevent condensation. Protect enclosed controllers from exposure to dirt, fumes, water, corrosive substances, and physical ' damage. 16420 -Page 2 of 9 N:\0417\0551DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16420.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 16420 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS ' B. If stored in areas subject to weather, cover enclosed controllers to protect them from weather, dirt, dust, corrosive substances, and physical damage. ' Remove loose packing and flammable materials from inside controllers; install electric heating of sufficient wattage to prevent condensation. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS ' A. ~ Interru tion of Existin Electrical Service: Do not interrupt electrical p g service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under ' - the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary electrical service according to requirements indicated: ' 1. Notify Owner no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of electrical service. ' 2. Indicate method of providing temporary utilities. 3. Do not proceed with interruption of electrical service without Owner's written permission. 1.07 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of enclosed controllers with other construction including conduit, piping, equipment, and adjacent surfaces. ' Maintain required workspace clearances and required clearances for equipment access doors and panels. ' B. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 3 Section 03300, CONCRETE. C. Coordinate features of enclosed controllers and accessory devices with pilot devices and control circuits to which they connect. D. Coordinate features, accessories, and functions of each enclosed controller with ratings and characteristics of supply circuit, motor, required ' control sequence, and duty cycle of motor and load. 1.08 EXTRA MATERIALS ' A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with ' labels describing contents. 1. Spare Fuses: Furnish one spare for every five installed, but no fewer than one set of three of each type and rating. 2. Indicating Lights: Two of each type installed. ' 16420 -Page 3 of 9 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16420.doc May 29, 2009 t SECTION 16420 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS PART 2 -PRODUCTS ' 2.01 MANUFACTURERS ' A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work ' include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide ' products by one of the following: 1. ABB Power Distribution, Inc.; ABB Control, Inc. Subsidiary. 2. Danfoss Inc.;. Danfoss Electronic Drives Div. 3. Eaton Corporation; Cutler-Hammer Products. 4. General Electrical Company; GE Industrial Systems. 5. Rockwell Automation; Allen-Bradley Co.; Industrial Control Group. 6. Siemens/Furnas Controls. 7. Square D. 2.02 ACROSS-THE-LINE ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS A. Manual Controller: NEMA ICS 2, general purpose, Class A, with toggle action and overload element. B. Magnetic Controller: NEMA ICS 2, Class A, full voltage,. nonreversing, across the line, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Control Circuit: 120 V; obtained from integral control power transformer with a control power transformerof sufficient capacity to operate connected pilot, indicating and control devices, plus 100 percent spare capacity. 2. Overload Relay: Ambient-compensated type with inverse-time-current characteristic and NEMA ICS 2, Class 10 tripping characteristic. Provide with heaters or sensors in each phase matched to nameplate full-load current of specific motor to which they connect and with appropriate adjustment for duty cycle. 3. Adjustable Overload Relay: Dip switch selectable for motor running overload protection with NEMA ICS 2, Class 10 tripping characteristic, and selected to protect motor against voltage and current unbalance 16420-Page4of9 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16420.doc May 29, 2009 1 ' SECTION 16420 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS and single phasing. Provide relay with Class II ground-fault protection, with start and run delays to prevent nuisance trip on starting. ' C. Combination Magnetic Controller: Factory-assembled combination controller and disconnect switch. 1. Fusible Disconnecting Means: NEMA KS 1, heavy-duty, fusible switch with rejection-type fuse clips rated for fuses. Select and size fuses to provide Type 2 protection according to IEC 947-4-1, as certified by an ' NRTL. 2. Nonfusible Disconnecting Means: NEMA KS 1, heavy-duty, nonfusible ' switch. 3. Circuit-Breaker Disconnecting Means: NEMA AB 1, motor-circuit ' protector with field-adjustable, short-circuit trip coordinated with motor locked-rotor amperes. 2.03 REDUCED-VOLTAGE ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS A. Solid-State, Reduced-Voltage Controller: NEMA ICS 2, suitable for use ' with NEMA MG 1, Design B, polyphase, medium induction motors. 1. Adjustable acceleration rate control utilizing voltage or current ramp, and adjustable starting torque control with up to 500 percent current limitation for 20 seconds. ' 2. Surge suppressor in solid-state power circuits providing 3-phase protection against damage from supply voltage surges 10 percent or more above nominal line voltage. 3. LED indicators showing motor and control status, including the following conditions: a. Control power available. b. Controller on. c. Overload trip. d. Loss of phase. e. Shorted silicon-controlled rectifier. 4. Automatic voltage-reduction controls to reduce voltage when motor is running at light load. 16420 -Page 5 of 9 N:\0417\0551DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16420.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 16420 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS 5. Motor running contactor operating automatically when full voltage is applied to motor. 2.04 ENCLOSURES A. Description: Flush- or surface-mounting cabinets as indicated. NEMA 250, Type 1, unless otherwise indicated to comply with environmental conditions at installed location. 1. Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R. 2. Other Wet or Damp Indoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 4. 2..05 ACCESSORIES A. Devices shall be factory installed in controller enclosure, unless otherwise indicated. B. Push-Button Stations, Pilot Lights, and Selector Switches: NEMA ICS 2, heavy-duty type. C. Stop and Lockout Push-Button Station: Momentary-break, push-button station with afactory-applied hasp arranged so padlock can be used to lock push button in depressed position with control circuit open. D. Control Relays: Auxiliary and adjustable time-delay relays. - E. Elapsed Time Meters: Heavy duty with digital readout in hours. F. Meters: Panel type, 2-1/2-inch (64-mm) minimum size with 90- or 120- degree scale and plus or minus 2 percent accuracy. Where indicated, provide transfer device with an off position. Meters shall indicate the following: 1. Ammeter: Output current, with current sensors rated to suit application. 2. Voltmeter: Output voltage. 3. Frequency Meter: Output frequency. G. Multifunction Digital-Metering Monitor: UL-listed or -recognized, microprocessor-based unit suitable for three- or four-wire systems and with the following features: 1. Inputs from sensors or 5-A current-transformer secondaries, and potential terminals rated to 600 V. 16420 -Page 6 of 9 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16420.doc May 29, 2009 ' SECTION 16420 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS ' 2. Switch-selectable digital display of the following: _ a. Phase Currents, Each Phase: Plus or minus 1 percent. ~ b. Phase-to-Phase Voltages, Three Phase: Plus or minus 1 percent. ' c. Phase-to=Neutral Voltages, Three Phase: Plus or minus 1 percent. d. Three-Phase Real Power: Plus or minus 2 percent. e. Three-Phase Reactive Power: Plus or minus 2 percent. f. Power Factor: Plus or minus 2 percent. g. Frequency: Plus or minus 0.5 percent. h. Integrated Demand with Demand Interval Selectable from 5 to 60 Minutes: Plus or minus 2 percent. i. Accumulated energy, in megawatt hours (joules), plus or minus 2 percent; stored values unaffected by power outages for up to 72 hours. 3. Mounting: Display and control unit flush or semiflush mounted in instrument compartment door. H. Phase-Failure and Undervoltage Relays: Solid-state sensing circuit with isolated output contacts for hard-wired connection. Provide adjustable undervoltage setting. I. Current-Sensing, Phase-Failure Relays for Bypass Controllers: Solid- , state sensing circuit with isolated output contacts for hard-wired connection; arranged to operate on phase failure, phase reversal, current unbalance of from 30 to 40 percent, or loss of supply voltage; with ' adjustable response delay. 2.06 FACTORY FINISHES A. Finish. Manufacturer's standard paint applied to factory-assembled and - tested enclosed controllers before shipping. ' PART 3 -EXECUTION ' 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and surfaces to receive enclosed controllers for compliance with requirements, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance. ' 16420 -Page 7 of 9 N:\04171055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16420.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 16420 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS 1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 APPLICATIONS A. Select features of each enclosed controller to coordinate with ratings and characteristics of supply circuit and-motor; required control sequence; duty cycle of motor, controller, and load; and configuration of pilot device and control circuit affecting controller functions. B. Select horsepower rating of controllers to suit motor controlled. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. See Division 16 Section 16050, BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS for general installation requirements. B. For control equipment at walls, bolt units to wall or mount on lightweight structural-steel channels bolted to wall. For controllers not at walls, provide freestanding racks complying with Division 16 Section 16050, BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS. C. Install freestanding equipment on concrete bases. D. Enclosed Controller Fuses: Install fuses in each fusible switch. 3.04 CONCRETE BASES A. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Verify structural requirements with structural engineer. B. Concrete base is specified- in Division 16 Section 16050, BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS, and concrete materials and installation requirements are specified in Division 3. 3.05 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify enclosed controller, components, and control wiring according to Division 16 Section 16050, BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS. 3.06 CONTROL WIRING INSTALLATION A. Install wiring between enclosed controllers according to Division 16 Section 16120, CONDUCTORS AND CABLES. B. Bundle, train, and support wiring in enclosures. 1 1 ~i ~i ~i ~i ~i ~i ~i ~i ~i ~i 16420 -Page 8 of 9 ' N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16420.doc May 29, 2009 ' SECTION 16420 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS ' C. Connect hand-off-automatic switch and other automatic-control devices where applicable. ' 1. Connect selector switches to bypass only manual- and automatic- control devices that have no safety functions when switch is in hand position. ' 2. Connect selector switches with enclosed controller circuit in both hand and automatic positions for safety-type control devices such as low- ' and high-pressure cutouts, high-temperature cutouts, and motor overload protectors. 3.07 CONNECTIONS A. Conduit installation requirements are specified in other Division 16 ' Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of conduit, fittings, and specialties. ' B. Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section 16060, GROUNDING AND BONDING. 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Prepare for acceptance tests as follows: 1. Test insulation resistance for each enclosed controller element, bus, component, connecting supply, feeder, and control circuit. 2. Test continuity of each circuit. B. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest. 3.09 ADJUSTING A. Set field-adjustable switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges. END OF SECTION 16420 16420 -Page 9 of 9 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16420.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 16442 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL PANELBOARDS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Distribution panelboards. 2. Lighting and appliance branch-circuit panelboards. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. EMI: Electromagnetic interference. B. GFCI: Ground-fault circuit interrupter. C. RFI: Radio-frequency interference. D. RMS: Root mean square. E. SPDT: Single pole, double throw. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of panelboard, overcurrent protective device, transient voltage suppression device, accessory, and component indicated. Include dimensions and manufacturers' technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, ratings, and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: For each panelboard and related equipment. 1. Dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details. Show tabulations of installed devices, equipment features, and ratings. Include the following: a. Enclosure types and details for types other than NEMA 250, Type 1. b. Bus configuration, current, and voltage ratings. c. Short-circuit current rating of panelboards and overcurrent protective devices. 16442 -Page 1 of 7 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16442.doc May 29, 2009 I~ SECTION 16442 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL PANELBOARDS d. UL listing for series rating of installed devices. e. Features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent protective devices and auxiliary components. 2. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring.. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: For panelboards and components to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Division 1 Section 01640, MANUFACTURERS' SERVICES, and Section 01700, CONTRACT CLOSEOUT, include the following: 1. Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting overcurrent protective devices. 2. Time-current curves, including selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent protective device. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain panelboards, overcurrent protective devices, components, and accessories through one source from a single manufacturer. B: Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. C. Comply with NEMA PB 1. D. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Rate equipment for continuous operation under the following conditions, unless otherwise indicated: ' 1. Ambient Temperature: Not exceeding 104 deg F (40 deg C). 2. Altitude: Not exceeding 6600 feet (2000 m). B. Interruption of Existing Electric Service: Do not interrupt electric service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary electric service according to requirements indicated: 16442 -Page 2 of 7 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16442.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 16442 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL PANELBOARDS 1. Notify Owner no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of electrical service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of electrical service without Owner's written permission. 1.07 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of panelboards and components with other construction that penetrates walls or is supported by them, including electrical and other types of equipment, raceways, piping, and encumbrances to workspace clearance requirements. B. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 3. 1.08 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Keys: Six spares for each type of panelboard cabinet lock. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Panelboards, Overcurrent Protective Devices, Controllers, Contactors, and Accessories: a. Eaton Corporation; Cutler-Hammer Products. b. General Electric Co.; Electrical Distribution & Protection Div. c. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. d. Square D. 2.02 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Enclosures: Surface-mounted cabinets. NEMA PB 1, Type 1. 1. Rated for environmental conditions at installed location. 16442 -Page 3 of 7 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16442.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 16442 ' DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL PANELBOARDS a. Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R. ' b. Other Wet or Damp Indoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 4. ' 2. Front: Secured to box with concealed trim clamps. For surface- mounted fronts, match box dimensions; for flush-mounted fronts, ' overlap box. 3. Hinged Front Cover: Entire front trim hinged to box and with standard ' door within hinged trim cover. 4. Skirt for Surface-Mounted Panelboards: Same gage and finish as panelboard front with flanges for attachment to panelboard, wall, and ' ceiling or floor. 5. Gutter Extension and Barrier: Same gage and finish as panelboard , enclosure; integral with enclosure body. Arrange to isolate individual panel sections. , 6. Column-Type Panelboards: Narrow gutter extension, with cover, to overhead junction box equipped with ground and neutral terminal buses. ' 7. Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish over corrosion-resistant rimer coat treatment or . p 8. Directory Card: With transparent protective cover, mounted in metal inside panelboard door frame , . , B. Phase and Ground Buses: ' 1. Material: Hard-drawn copper, 98 percent conductivity. 2. Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for feeder and branch-circuit ' equipment ground conductors; bonded to box. 3. Isolated Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for branch-circuit ' equipment ground conductors; insulated from box. C. Conductor Connectors: Suitable for use with conductor material. ' 1. Main and Neutral Lugs: Mechanical type. 2. Ground Lugs and Bus Configured Terminators: Compression type. ' D. Service Equipment Label: UL labeled for use as service equipment for panelboards with main service disconnect switches. ' 16442 -Page 4 of 7 ' N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16442.doc May 29, 2009 ' SECTION 16442 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL PANELBOARDS ' 2.03 PANELBOARD SHORT-CIRCUIT RATING ' A. UL label indicating series-connected rating with integral or remote upstream overcurrent protective devices. Include size and type of upstream device allowable, branch devices allowable, and UL series- connected short-circuit rating. ' ~ r interru t s mmetrical short-circuit current available at B. Fully ated to p y terminals. 2.04 DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS ' A. Doors: Secured with vault-type latch with tumbler lock; keyed alike. Omit for fused-switch panelboards. B. Main Overcurrent Protective Devices: Fused switch. C. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: 1. For Circuit-Breaker Frame Sizes 125 A and Smaller: Bolt-on circuit breakers. 2. For Circuit-Breaker Frame Sizes Larger Than 125 A: Bolt-on circuit breakers; plug-in circuit breakers where individual positive-locking device requires mechanical release for removal. 3. Fused switches. 2.05 LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH-CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS A. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Bolt-on circuit breakers, replaceable without disturbing adjacent units. 6. Doors: Concealed hinges; secured with flush latch with tumbler lock; keyed alike. 2.06 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES A. Molded-Case Circuit Breaker: UL 489, with interrupting capacity to meet available fault currents. 1. Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers: Inverse time-current element for low-level overloads, and instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits. Adjustable magnetic trip setting for circuit-breaker frame sizes 250 A and larger. 2. Adjustable Instantaneous-Trip Circuit Breakers: Magnetic trip element with front-mounted, field-adjustable trip setting. 16442 -Page 5 of 7 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16442.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 16442 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL _ PANELBOARDS 2.07 ACCESSORY COMPONENTS AND FEATURES ' A. Furnish accessory set including tools and miscellaneous items required for ' overcurrent protective device test, inspection, maintenance, and operation. B. ~ Furnish portable test set to test functions of solid-state trip devices withou# ' removal from panelboard. PART 3 -EXECUTION ' 3.01 INSTALLATION ' A.. Install panelboards and accessories according to NEMA PB 1.1. B. Mount top of trim 74 inches (1880 mm) above finished floor, unless ' otherwise indicated. C. Mount plumb and rigid without distortion of box. Mount recessed ' panelboards with fronts uniformly flush with wall finish. D. Install overcurrent protective devices and controllers. ' 1. Set field-adjustable switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges. E. Install filler plates in unused spaces. - ' F. Stub four 1-inch (27-GRC) empty conduits from panelboard into ' .accessible ceiling space or space designated to be ceiling space in the future. Stub four 1-inch (27-GRC) empty conduits into raised floor space or below slab not on grade. , G. Arrange conductors in gutters into groups and bundle and wrap with wire ties. ' 3.02 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; ' provide warning signs as specified in Division 16 Section 16050, BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS. ' B. Create a directory to indicate installed circuit loads. Obtain approval before installing. Use a computer or typewriter to create directory; ' handwritten directories are not acceptable. C. Panelboard Nameplates: Label each panelboard with engraved metal or ' laminated-plastic nameplate mounted with corrosion-resistant screws. 16442-Page6of7 N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16442.doc May 29, 2009 SECTION 16442 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL PANELBOARDS 3.03 CONNECTIONS A. Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section 16060, GROUNDING AND BONDING. B. Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section 16120, CONDUCTORS AND CABLES. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Prepare for acceptance tests as follows: 1. Test insulation resistance for each panelboard bus, component, connecting supply, feeder, and control circuit. 2. Test continuity of each circuit. B. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest. 3.05 CLEANING A. On completion of installation, inspect interior and exterior of panelboards. Remove paint splatters and other spots. Vacuum dirt and debris; do not use compressed air to assist in cleaning. 'Repair exposed surfaces to match original finish. END OF SECTION 16442 I~ N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Division 16\16442.doc May 29, 2009 16442 -Page 7 of 7 r L L II Appendix A N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Misc FormsWppendix Divider Sheets.docx 1 r fl ii ii ii 1 ~~ _ O /,a ~ `'T1 O ~ y x z a o a v O ~ Z ~ pp~,,, w < qq Q ~ ~ ~~ `' b ~ O t s _ .{: nL ~I~r . ~ ~~ ~+ .~ `i: ~ . <, _,~; ~ ~. J G `. r ~~ . ~' ,` °'_`, ..: :fib'= o--~. ,=.. ra sa W ~ `°_r <WOZ ..v__.._.Y_ .......f.. ___, _.. ..~..__. .. Z W ~ 3~~~~,. i Z~NW f XN 6.~1- ' w ~ ( W Vl l~ l~ m ~ ~,.v __ \ mow'. ~'.: ~O Z ~ ` ~ O T~ TT~~ \ V1 V1 ~ ~~ r M~ 1~ r'~1 ~ ~ ~ \ ~W °~ ~.i o ~ O ~ \ 00 \ t7k ~j LL Q NH~~ ~ w W~ O ~ ~ ~ z ~ ~ O w ~ N __ k _ /~ ~ \ ~i ~ ~ ~ ~ \~ ~~~~TT//////JJJ~~~ I ~ T~..1..~ YVJJ WOO W J V O K J U' 'H/O T \ ~ ~ UK Zv1 y~j C~~ .I \`/J r ~Z ~~y Vp~ i`~..I' ~~ jH ZUm W I ~a 3 ~~ w ~i.. JF 2 ' o ~ ' ~ r ~ w ~~ .-~ ~~~ . <~< .:.. N ~ J Q ~ m w m ~~ ~ ~ ~ zo i~ z ~ U y ~ 2 o° = 33Q K N K a o Q Z Q FW- 2 ~ ~ ~ W W W W oa ~ m ~ X ll Y W Q W ~ R' Z UZ Q J Q W N O m W W ~ -Si r W = m m m ~ 4~ "' ~L O a' O U m 3 Y a ~ U Q Q ~ .,,..3ti ,,,~, ~ ' , s ~ ~, ;, za o K ~ W r~ y a _ ~ y U ~; _ ~ = ~ ~ z i e _ ! i r 3 ~ ~g ~ m $ g~ g~ ~N c_<, ~m aLL U ~ W~ ~~ o~ ~~~ ~~ ~i~ I ! q m _ _ ~ Q "~ ~ Q,H ~.. ~ U ~ Q a~a - }ac w a _ ~ W rn~a 5 a U w a J W W N '~ ~ p Z ~ ~ L K ITV .. ~ O ( C-' Q ~ w~ o U Ku~'i a Y N~ ~~ m o o V w Z Z ~ 0 O 000 ~ ZpZ O Q ZpZ J~J < < ~ U W Q Q Q ,'! - V O Z r Z , Z O C a N ~ d ~ W W W Z~? ~ ~ ~~ Q ~& m ~aaa ~ z z ~~~ ~~m _ ~ ~W oaa xU J U U J izi W ~ o o ~ f ~m Y~ iiiz~F~F ~ ~a ppp Z~ W~ W S O ~ G D? 2 J J ~~~ O Z W N~~ W O UO J J J J O m m m m~ U O U O O U~ NVN1N ~ j 0 ~m x U2 ZZ ~ 0 ~ ~ W plA< ~j .ri .ri ri riw J J J tr ¢Z 00 ' ~ w J ?~~ O J (n 2 7 ? ?? = U O d N a W NC9 O: d K aaa J ~ w?O ~ W 2 N iNn iN iNnYNfO i jN _Nn iNn Q UC9 (9 UU ~Z~3Z3 3 DD I I I WWW H ti ~Nn w eu~ ~onmw°~ ~ ~~ ~tO~ mrnN _ N F 0 s a O ~ a ¢ ; w ~ p 2 t R C _. C m~~~ ~ 3 ~m~3 ff ? ti~~~ w y~~" ~ F ~ ~~~o a . ~ o `- s ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Z ; o_ da y '~ n ~O ~ m < o ~ n _ n m m A n D 0 !? D ~ o ~ ~ f ~ z2 m z ~m gf ~ ~ m N n D T '" I- ~~Z O n0 Vim.. ~ \ / m m (((JJJ~~~"' O ~ u O ~ _ I ~ ~ D ~ ? z ce i+m mx y D n - 1 I I I Z7 O ~ ~-- D ~ z -Ni ~ ° r n O O ~ N A « N~ Nm D m ~N n Z A O 00 X00 F m~ Z O Z m 00 O C ~ D O F F F y V m A G1 ~ N m O () (~ () ~ m0 ~m O~ Im/1 m ; D O A - D O c O O O O ~ ~ D O ~ o ~ y C ° ~ C C 2 z ~ On N~ ~~ z.. =N= ~Z -N!O y z z O L Ozo F n ~ z m L N r c n y z O o o v T A A O N VZi ~ ; i A D ` ~ N ~ ~ N D m mO CO O ~ o~ ~m p 0 D m A ~f N m A A r ~ N A z g o = ~ ~ F F - i ~ ~ ° Z r m A 2 r 2 A .... A O ZF ~ G7 m to O _ = ° O ti ~ Z Z F W Z m Rt Z D L m Z O Z Z D A F ~ m N O O N 0 p Z Z ° r Z 3 - O ~ c z N c g 3 m ~ ~ N Y II ~ N N=om l '$ m'" ~ A R D ° x ~ °o o °o 0 + ¢ • O d ~ Q ~ "A' ® ~~~ ~~~ °f x D ~ v ~ G m 0 + ® D o I I I O ~ N A •. - c OD~m N ~ 1 SSS -- ~ O a O 4 N • ~~ _ = G7 ~~__ O z ~ o D O K A mmD Z N 2 N2 Nm O X r O ; O Z A m m % X m m X m O O x m X 2 m ~ m m m X C m m +~ x O r Z m ~ ~ X m0 m C N m C mm O O 2 o o m A m O N m m m x O C m D O Z V D~O~ ~ A ~ C A ~F .°9y Z ~ Z D F ~ D y -Ni Z ~ F Z O m -Ni Z x O F y F H ? F 2 C ; y f0+1 < N y 2 m y A~ ~ N n A O m~ S g A ~ ~ p O Z y ~ 'm- H ~ m m Z O A n O m ~ A CDr^O a A O Z t-nm NO m ~ ~ N A Z O O O Z 2 O A 2 Z Z ~_ O Z O ~ ~ Z W ~ p O Z Z O O ~ ; ~ { D c G 1 Z Z A D O D Z ~ Z Z r A O r ° ~ r T m T.N Oxm D ON C ~ D Z ZJC Z~ O O~ °D O E 9 D ~ A D D ~ D N O ~ C NN p A C C A O ~ O O A ~ Z ~ yy C 2 ; K r ~ D m N = O y y D A A O A m O A A Z m ~ A p ~ x Z m Z i T v i - m O \ Omr ~ O c Y m m '1 r ~ m Fj Z O 9 m m Z I G~ ~ ~ O OC~= m N O Ox O T. m ~ D O O O ~ ~ < O ti ~ _ .E N ~ 00 N 00 y Z y AO Z a A O `~ ~ \ I T 2 p_ O O N y I •; • Z _ r n • Z < < 9 ; C m O A O A - i ~ ~ m .°m (-1 ~ \ A D ~ C ~ y Z ~ m ° D O Olr~l ~ (7 ~ X m O A A Q m mCD n 00 2~ ~ A m .. O ~ 2 ° m n • H p m y O o ti ~ ~ m 2 ~ ° g~ T N O A 2 A ° g O D ? Z O Z C O D Z JC C ~ ZO 00 O ~ z y m Z r m y- N A ~ ~ ~ • m ~ ° ° m ~ o ~ ~ Z Q O < c2 m ~ A O yl O g V y .U ~ ~ Z I A K I 1 O D ~ m O ~ ~ ~ n ~ O .1 m O m 9 ~ ; m m ~ ; N m A y ° ~ . ~~ ~ a z m o O F F m O i ~ A A x ~ ly J C ~ A m A g O z y c i m A Z m .., Y... ~I 1cy ~ ~ (~ i = o m 1-~I U n ~ o -my D~ mczi ° ° N ND (~ zPO my ~ m ~m < ~ Z c D O -1 '~ ~S Z .> ~ ZN ~ ~ °c~~4_A ~^~ - -10 ~-1ti ODm~ o-~ii~mm gv~ 0 ccAm ,o m C NrA >DZO~ < A ~ r .~ ZOV D Ni°6F~ C S rn cn mD~NN Omy x~ ~~~F ~Crm T p u 1., - Dm WiS20 O"IN Sm ~ O° ~ o- 05 AA Nt~D y nDm ~ ~~ ~ (TI n S N O ~ O Z O m DMZ r m O < O ~ ~ p0_ ~g NO Z ~ ~A00 mp%A nDOY - m m mOCJm D m 000Ay Omm. NO Om0 AAp Dmr D S N N ~ - ~DOO O mr i~ f~D'~ ~ O ~A Am D y1 ~ '-~ 7 /v -~"y r ~ A ~ D~ D m ~ (- Z A D ~ OC Z~m Am ~ .... ~ ~ D ~V < m l-^ D O_ ~ ZN Z ~ Nm ~ G D G N G G D D r ~ G m Z ~ Om T ~m m I C l I G~ AA~1~-1 DON OOC 0 Otip ; rr, <~ g- (.~ D A ~ ~tiZSI~ yLy ~ti°OD DZ ODZO A~O mN~~ Ov0 pp ~ A~ TOO~ O OZ m ` O N O~~A A Zm ~~8 O m0~ ° O Z ~=~AOrm OT~ Dr20<VN ~m ~l- ~N~°= OD N X m mm ~r mOm Kmpfrn ZOFI NDrm m° F~Z N~-1Z ° O-~1~ Op N m yl2 D ~900D °mm Zy ~!~ TAm22 N Zy ~° ZN t•tA ° N~N° CC ~~ ~`~ _"' D ADC ~N ;Z °O ~ Z C7 O D r- Z b~ ~ ~i F~1 Z p ~ ^ m Lf 7' ~ D N 0 ~ ~ w m A2y ~ O'1 O~ Z ~ m °SDDO D5~ -1 -1 m2 S ~2mOA C C p A D 2 m °F ~ NOS Z N m ~y°m2 O ~y Z --11 Ati Z ~ VZ Z ~~ ~ DZ OA D° m G> < A ~ °OA Oy0 m; N r r m f ~ ~ C~ -I `- I < O << T m F I l (n G~ m m A mF H~ ~y N O~ ~ xx20 o ° ~ ~ytD pA D ~ T i ° m9N ~ ~.p000 ° ~ 2 Z ~C 1ymA0 - ICirA Om O _ t il +vm+1i1° ~-Zy~~ ~ti ~ =A ~ ZZg ~ Z I D i O° O N C O 2VIC p CNO~ m I~() A~O ~pA O m 31 O rm Hmm ~°~ D ~ ~ Z N ~ O x O nDG D < Z; O ~~ ~ ~ m ~ O pOZ~~ D?N ZOy ° < n~~0 °mN ' ~g~mD v N ~ nN D ti X m Zmz2 ~ ms rl O~Z -IZnI N O ] n n ~R ° ~ O Z II O ON A F OX~m m ~ p2S N2m-1 NON~VI Z~~ D °~ ~ ~DmO ym9 j mD Z1Am/I~ ~m° 00 ~ g~m A°Z ~ ° ~ O ~ ~ XZNm O 102 COiD °CA ~~ZN '- N Z ° N m O 0 H N ~ ~ O (n NDO I.2rm ~ OOC m° 0 ?timA ~ D G ZNOm f)N p S '" ~g Z D o _ Z py~~ ^ O ~F ~N$ ~2 A~ 2 n 00 ADC) ~AC ~' O ~ DDr2 O ~ ~ ~r ;gip ~m~ C- SD ~ ZD m2 V Z yANr Z o S Z 00 D SAAZ 00 ~AAZ AO O mN ~j2 D mph 0 ~ N l mmN< ~ °~ v oyFcig -(p °y D D _ Z. CA=m N~D~g ~ zr ~Z~ ~g m n Aim N-, m~ A~Op NO OF D ~ ~ TT 2l -_i DOO O lA~1~ A G~ ~ D D DOO /A~1 $~ A ZED D n D Ng<y p z F1 n ~Z DmCm pOF ~ ~m y~ SOD C° ~ NC Z~+1 D2 A ~ - O~D N m FN Opym~~ Zmo ~' m~N ~~D O ~ n Ov SA mm Z°Cm Z2Am °m O c7mAVr OD N 1ym (n ~ Z r Z s ? O ? Z A~~ O ~o A f D mm ZOO nN DATA ~> m A m m 2 D O N m~ ZAO gN~ ~~~ DZ/-r zC <iC F~~ j -m y ~ Vmm Z ~2 2 N ~N IT Z~ F C N ~~ F D~ C7 ~ OZO 2 D ~ m y1 D ~Z A f~mN m 0 p ° r z '~ D AO p~ y D N v m r N Z m z g -~ r N ~ ~ N (~ N O ~~ N z° z .,,,,~. ~ G7 <, w m Nm ~, c~oN ~ ~ z z ~;mg ~~""" sz ° ~~~ z% m %D ~ r'vm, -G ~ 'z fTl ° NA zoo o ~mG o p »~n ~ I I I D ~ D N a: ,r ~^ .I~2 ~ o mz~ 2= (n D ~ Ao z ~DZm O N° 2 'z" o ~ gg~m _ o z ~ IC '~EE~` ``o Z om D N ` ~ - O NO > °- ~s ~~ = m m~z ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ N ~ ~ ~ ~ I -?, i~ om ~ O D z ~ D ~ o ~A ~~o I I m I ~ ~,~> m< m m N N D A ~ zx_ N 0-N ° ~ ~~ mDr ~m gzoz 1yN r m ° ~ O a v m c 2 D !' Z n V C Z ~ n D D t~ g m m mm mN y +~ m ~-2 x Hm D m m '~+ A A m m m m ~ X X X O O Z In vl F N S m N < A A m m 2 2 m O ~ Zi O ~ ppp Z~m D A A m 2 ~ p ~ ~ O O m = O ° F A Z ~ ~ ~ O Z ~ ~ O O O ~ DN Dm N ti N~ ~ - Z F m m m m m m ~ A 0 $ y O ~~ G1 ~ m O O° G7 O ~ ° E ~ ITl x ~ ° s zm °Am = °oi r N ~ z ~ ~ ~ v ° C o v ~ m gz gF ~ N N c> n o ~ cam m ~ m o v v ~ ~ D x ~ ~~ zvi ~~ ~ SA m o m ~ zF ~~ ~ v ~ x° ~ ? o o ~ m m m (~ ° V r ~ ~ _ A A C ~O ti - ti0 ~ ~ 0 0 n W ~ (Tl Z ~Z l;+l D O NnD m pNm ~ m m ~ ~ N ~ O D C.Zj D y -Zi -a m ~ A Z I I ON c~ a °z ~m ° m ~rAi~ y U = 2 A g A Dm A ~ D ~ D ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ " z~°g "o - o S D ~ m ~~ m ° Z O NN Z ma Ao o~ ~° ~_ 0 a m Z r- ~ 4 ~ ~ O ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ (n D ~ ~ N ~ ~ Z ' 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ C I 1 I I I I ~ 1 ~ n r ~ l~ Z tiH m ' O ~i ~! -t ~ ~ '~OOm - D D m ti XD m~ xA m OA L1 mN-N1 CO ~ A In ~ ° m C o Om <p~DC 2~AF~ A~Am N O D N OZ II(2 p IIg m~O~Z m G7 2 - << °lm~lm CDnDm~Om~ti Im r m~ m m 2° F G ~-I Z cn ~ m ~ 1 L D. ~D2Z m O A~ p $ mj Iim X D ~ ~ m Z ° y~~-~ m 0\ m Zm m Om ~ Z Om ~ 2 mO S p - 1 CDAi m~ AOA A D A j O r D ymDD .Z7 m Cn o ~ tar ~~ O ~ ~ A ~ ~ ~ `" A ~ ~ D~~ 0 ~ n°~ zm im ~ x 1^ n ~ ; co~y~ -~ ~ r~ r 2! AAA } z OZ .p N D y D S l 0 O _ N 1 V N JC ~ FOr Z T O C) _ ~ m D m N r _ ~ SOmm Z f O O 'i ~~ C '9 m pZ p O O y~ C~ c~ O ~ > t~ .I ~ D t. O~ y< ~ CC ~~ t ~ NrNi D V°im ~j ~ x t ~ m ~ ~ ° ~~~~ ~ = A A m m ~ ~ N ` ~ g C A N ~. -~ DZ ~ m~ ~ ~ ~ ~ A g m o0 ~ o22D r*~ ~° A m ~ ~ ° " m m m W N =yR° m ~ ~ - ° c~ o ~~ ~ -~ m o ~ A z m m mom ~ y ~ g ~ ~°< ~ O ~~ Z V Z A m AS D m O Z O N <~ AA< m Z ~ m y I Z/I m A x O '""I jAZ ' g 9¢N Z ~ m ~ Z! IN a ~ - ° ~ o m m (n mm r N ~`a~~~~~~~<s2~~ N 2 omz ~ ~ D o ~ N O Z ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ITl < C F f F N N N N ~ x; A Z D 2ADD D~ ~ 2 ~ <-1 C D A ®° O O m = o O O ® ~ r O 3 lN~t m m N m D ; 2 m m Z Z DS ~~Sm x$ y 2AZ ON 0 A m z r X ~ ° x < X° ~~ K O ~ N ~ D ~ m ~ ZO ~~ m m~ m ~ ~ r A ~ ~ ~ c ~ c n D o i c A N K c = y m ~ y Z ° S l Z O O N Z p C TI °o z z o F -i = i °_ r " \ y ° D C ~ D $ T. m C m g p yl O r $ -, ~ D ° m ~l ZD <x xA ~ x0 <Xm <X S x _ X I N 2 ~ ~ C (n C 2< m m ~ O (-J ° Z z ~ O \ \ ~ O y Z y ZO N X Z o ANO I N~ IIO O < II ~ I III 1 % c m II x II ~ ~ o m m N N -~ ~ ~ D ° Z 'n ° '^ g ~ Z o ~ - ~ 2 z L7 N C D Z '9Z 2 ~m f°° °~ ~ ' 2~ V2A AZ °p g°O fp ~ O °~ «°" z I I Z ° N bm m x ITl CO n _ ; z m A °O N g -~ A ~ o x m D zz Om iz =z zo iz 1 I = o N ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ °" my v v~ °~ ~~ "``~~~ v ~ ~ f cn Z ~ ~ ~ ~ m m m z " v ~ Z i ~ FN ~c iN iN u pi ~ xA n z m x C7 D (n O ~ N ~ In I ~ N3 m m A ~ m A N~ m m A z 1 N O Z; a ;P, 3 _p>om < y~ ~am^' A D ~ ~N~P < m Om2N N p g ~~m$ ~' o i~=om m / ~ Em O z 0 0 ~~ -~ M Y~-~ O b ~ MM n N :~ a r zn o my t Z C" ~yv~m i H ~ ~ m a ~ ~ o0 o x~ ~ -, m 3 p T A ~ 7 m $ ~~ L o b ~ m m~ $'~e oz ~o~ ~~,~ sz~ ~mm ,.~.'~~ m o z ,~ D m •. ~ ~ v v ~y ~ ~-'~-' x ~~ \ v~ v A v ~ V ~ ~ ~ ~ A ~ ~~ ~ v,:\.~ ~_ , \ \ , _ .` ~ ~ ~ \ \ \ \ \ ~ \ \ ~ A V ~ ~ V A ~~ v .~ Av ~ ~ ' ~ - z _ i ~ `V ~ \ V A V `. ~ `V ~ V v A ~ ~ ~ \~ \ ,~~~~ ` -.~,~~~ ~~~ ~ ~ - - . ~.- m ., ~. ~, . \ D~ ~ ~ v ~ ~c ! ` v ~ ., A ~ ~ V~ ~ ~ N ~ ~ _o '. \ D ~ --v ~ ~ ~~. I A\ v `V A v ~ \ i i ~ ~ \ i I ... \ \ ~ fit . ~ \ \ \~\\ \ \ \ ~~ X ' ~ `~ ~ \ \ ~ . ~ \ ..... _. ....._. \ \ ~ ~. •. ': CSC , ~\ i~; ~ \ \ '~ ~ .. ,,. b A ,, m ~ _ \\ \ \ _ , _. ~ ~ O I _- ,. __... .... D .. ~ rii : i : \ ~\ ,. ~ ~~~~ `` Quo ~i / --_ x ~ ~ 'I I \ `. ~ _ ~ ..... - ~~ :v a i \ ~~ _ _ i ~ _, ~v>, .. ~ , ~~ ~ ~ -. \ ~ _. _ ~ I _. _. ~ - , r ___. .' -. , -__ ~ ~ r..C _ ~ .A ,. ~/ ~. 1' , . '~r _.._.._. m ~ O o ~ _ m< p o A d ~,~y m m m ~ ~ ~ o z z m ~ ~ N m D Z D Z n m ~ m ~ ~ D _ Z n - D A -~ ~ ~O W -Zi D ~ z rnm ~ A D m {z ~ ~ m ~ ~ m G ~ O_ T1 _~ -i m O Z D Z D ~ = o ~\ ~ m op `m l 1 z ~' ~~ p ~ z z ~,. N c m m ~ m m ~ A A \ G7 \ '1 ~ ~ ~ ~ i r `..~ ,,y~. ~,_ ,~ ~ ~,_ a~~~. ~zm OTC ', ~ ` x .... ~ ,,, ~ r`r ~ x rir - °o~ ~ ~. _.__ tn~~-m. ~ r4 V ~ 'Vi" l A ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ p - ~ -- ~ ~"f, ,., _ ~ ~- z~ II ,v(.~ E A ~. i ~ --i ~ ,\~ ~~ ~ -i J-r~~~ / ~ ., m rrr I ~\ _, __, I __ O-z ~`i.z ~,. ~ rpm / ,~ __ ~ I _.. A~ ~ of /t..._ 'ii~,=~ ~ \ \ NN ,°r II \\°. r _, _.... ~ ._. ~ ~ 3' r ~ O z r . ~ ~ ~ - v r ri I °o O , -_ -._ - ._ --~ - fry ty `.r ~ ~ -~~ ri 1, ~ m ~b 0 rte. ~.~ ~ Z c ,~ z, ~`~ A p II - ~ ~mj rn rn _ ~~ - ~~ X07 A ~p}r' r ~~„ ~ ~ ~ . j z~i'C ~ {~/i~ I ~ Xn ~O rp1 ~ ~ ~D ~/f*1r~r OA ~ I - -~ ~` ..' z ~-4~ - f ~ \ ~ m o ~ ~ Z r r~ % 1" r ,\ rrr \ \ ~. i m O ~ r~ ~ . ... ~ _. mZ, _ ~,~~~` \ '~\~~~.mi r0 ~/ r~i / ~ ~ it{Y_\~Drr*~ - rir rr ~ -- ~. Iy1 _ r \ - pp - \ / \ 5 ~ 1 ,- - r / ~ ~ / r 6 ~ ~~ O'er r ~ - _~ .~ e -i ~~~e O' r/ f I ~ i W z _- n~ ~ ~~ rrr r \\ \ OI "\ i --E ci ~ ~ ~' rr r "ll _ ~. r' ~ o ~' o ~ / ,r ~\ rr / t Ir' zl \ o i ~~ r I ,iN~-lit_.. ~ I ~ 4Z ~ .. i- D~~ ~ ~ "~ \ Z ~ G r. 4 r \\ ~\\\~ \ \• \ \ \ \ ~ \ \ '!. \ ~.;`~ \ \ r \\ \ ~` \ ~ \\ \ Am o ~ ~\. ~-~ cn-+m Z C7 .ZJ m (n ~ ~=z m G7 m OZ ~ m n _a .~ T= s op n a o~ .o-~ ~ o ~ ` `~ ~ \ rOm\r ~...;.,~ \~~ Gi \~ ` r O ~ .. \ ..,\ \ \ ~\ \~ Z; c z a ., O Vi=i G) \.\ ~~ ~~ fn D rn (7 \ \~~ ZOO r A HV ~~~ ~cnAZ mz \ \\ \\ i+l Z O N r , ~ \.. ~ ~ Azrn ~c ~\ ~`o ~v y ~ ~ \ +,\ ~° ~\ 1 ~.., D C °-\ n . \\yf\ ~\ \ m ~ \ ~ t ~ r~ / ~ D \ h 1, / ~ Z \ A \ \ `r' ~~0~ \ ~~ ~ m~ m~D rr D ~ DZZ z D ~ ~ ~= / DO . ` Z Z~ m~0 A "r ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ . ~ r^ cn Z ~ n? ~ \ N ~ z ~ ~ \ vDN o D~„ ~ 1 1 N \ N~ , Z A \ gg i x \ iv ' ~' ~ D ~ ~ U C S ~ ~ ~ ~ Ti Z ' I ~ i A .'~ A 0 ~ A Z m~]~ ~ ~; uI 0 i m \\A°- \~ ~ Sao iz o m ~~ ~\ ~\ o , \ z ~ ~\ ~' r -- r __- -_i~ v m rn A r*i ~.../ \ \ cAmx ~ ~ o ~ ~ o~m~ A_ ~zo~ ~~, rn~ OHO Z ~ - ~ D oz r A-o-~zmw ~rnc~mN mnm~ z mm~r-c ~~)Ox" xOx o OwZm;U- =(rn/I?NIZ ~-Zi~Z ~ C? -I '[Z ;~-N N m0o0C)~~i ?~OZD ZOZ OOmD O O OD mvcz-o~ mmWNr mW ~rr- O -i -7 -~ - ZrU7~7=, rnC -A ?C -r ~-~-0 - Ox~O= ArO~ N ~TI~r m - O(n0 0 ~0 0 O~O~p mid oZ~ ~ O D~~ r rrnCmO CG) A Z ~ A -a Dm rrnA ~ DO ~ AD~~7 ~mm~zrz*i ~On~ ~OOVZi' O LEA 00 2 >A0 0 ONWCOD ~~ZO L7 ~p~~ ~ N r- Z D~ ~ r G C7 Rl (Tl C f'l i~OpZ~ Dr~~ D ~]-1 TJ vZmrnrn O m ~< c„ZG~A A rnOWm ~OCDD ON O ~ :L7 ~ A .~ < ~ = W ~NOOrn O.Zim~ Z mm ~oo~g Aoz? iAZ~ = m~ Or Z rnm ~ rW*iA~= Nco~D c~rn~z ~ m~~ O D ~~ z O m~ D Z Vl N Z CO Z C ~omz3 m~ ~ =m o? vi ''' o A z °An ~D~r A r N ~ ~~bD cfo~o w \~ ~ O ~ \~ C.7~ m ~ in Q"\~r urn ~ J\ \ U ~ ~ T 1~ ~, O m ~ ~C X~\ ~ ~ z ~ ~ ~ m ~ z \ ~ ~ m ~ / r rr r i~ i i~ r r,i .-< ~r A 7 ~ w C.+ N ~~ ~ vcnZ A O N O o -i Dzn`~ ~ r0 m D Z .~ Z m ~ o ~~~ \ ~ ~~ ~~~ ~~ .., \ \ \ ..,~ ~ \ r ~~'VA ~~ ~ ~/-~ A ~ ~ ~ ~ ~.\ \ \\O \ •\\ ..,\,. ~..~~ O ~„ ~.. \X m m~ Doo ~ rA~ On xD D ~ o ~ r ~m fTl .D O D ~ r~, I N ~ m z D Z ~ r ~ ~ r c Z rn ~ r r/r /r r N ~ ~ ~ ~y~ o o D o0O rrr /% r rn ozr / / r r r l < r rr r r cn ~ /r D m /~ / ~ ~ / rr Z `+ A ~ CD m ~ r r \ O `` - A ~ rj / rrr / / cr. ~ \ r / / r r Z r; ~ zDO N r ~ p CO Z rl / rnr m T N D -~ m -I ~ D O Q ~ r z rj f ~ rr o w o~ r r r y n z r rr O r frl O ' ' z o O ~ D D m z fTl T` 2 ; O ~ AN~m ~ ~C N T N n Z31O~ .~ D yD IpZn ~ D ~j ~gm~ (1 y o ~go~ m ~ ~ gFm o- v 5 y 8 ,Y 3 :< D m ~~ O ~~ ~~ O n Z o~ e ~`. ~ .-. ~ y Qp ~ m ' f N U 1~ LC ~ m N m a o° - m v ~ ,,,,, _ 'ny ,. n a 5' ^ ~4 m =~~~ o~ ~~ Q N O ~ Z ~ ~ O Cp°~DrnC7m opZ~o_oN C p .7r r+ O '-. p ~ p cn~ X D ~n ~ r. o_ W O fi m o_ S N rt O y • < S Gp O (D O D < ~ D C fD '+ ~ ~ '~ ~ O O °3o~n`- ~a vi ~~ ~a ~~ fi p ~ ~" o cn ~' CD R- ~ ~~~ 0 ~ o ~ ~ ,+ o O O Q ~ m a d n .p-r ~ 0 °`~~ m a-~ ~ ~ ~~o ~ m 0 0 5' < N ~~ apo ~- .~ 0 o ~ m o rt N C ~ D_~ p ~ ~ ~ m rN Z ~ ~ D Z ~N ~ D ^Z^ ~ ~ V/ m='z r W m ~ ~ - ~ ~ N N O ~ ~ Z --.-- . _ ___ _ ._ _ .- _ SOURDOUGH ROAD , i --- - _ . _ ~ `-- _3$~' TRANSMISSION MA - ~__ __ _ _ . __ _ _ .~ -- - - ~_ - _ __ ~_ - _- - ~~ r - - - - -, _ _ - - ~. _ -- = i -- ~ -~~A~.-_~_ - -f ~-_ ~ - ~ ~; _-_ -~~ Ali ii: i - ~-'~ .- -- II ,~_ ~i. iii __~\ - ~ _ /ii _ J ~ ~- ~~_ ~ - - ~ _. _ - - - ,. _-. ,- _~~ ~- i -- - - i~ r~ ~ ~ 1)' ~ 1' b~ -- '-~jC~ ~y~ arc, \ , ~ / _ ~ ' ~ ~ b ~ ~ ~~- / / ` ^„ ~ ~, _~, % ` ~ I _ ~ ~ ''~! i - ~ o ; ~ ~ ~ >> ~ __ ~, I ~_ ~3 ~ ~ I 1 ~~ ~ /~ - ~ ~ '., ~~(,~ ~~~~Av ,mac-~a_, . ~~ ; _ ~ ~~V ~ ~~h O~ ~ >~~~ \=-- \ ~ ,~z m ~ ~ ~ ~ --~ ~___ __- -~:~ -~~ p ~ _. _~ 3~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~,~ l ~ I'T1 ~ ~, ~-~ ~- \\\ \\ M~ `\ M ~S" ~N~O-L_USED M M ~ ~ O ~ - --1 \ \ \ ` ~ ~ ~ ~ ~_ V s ~d u ~.4 ~ ~N m ~ ~` 11 ~h~;NEER. tt~` A u o ~: I ~ t c _ _ _ -Dim v x ~ - .. .~ oM 4~ ~ C ~ d`~` ~ ~ ~ j, ti. ::l' -! _ _. ^- --. ___i __ \ t n ~=m ~ i i c a.~:.. - A' ~ oa ~ -~ a r~'~ a~ pA ~ ~. ~ ,l~~a t is d pp N N A ~ _f_._ ~ ~ _ z L: I ~'A t .:-*P.~ ".::r" o I I J~ ~ ,' ! . r s ~ ~ :} s a ~~ I ', I ~I I ~~ ~~ ~ Z ~ ~ O ## `~• m~ Z ~~ ~ I I N i V ,'{ {L~I1.. N I ` '~T I I n I ' ~ r aro ~ I I~ m B ~~ o~u `11 ~~ ~ I .~. - x -- < to p e a' ~ e _ I I i~ . ~ ~ ' 0 ~ T k '~ t y I. I I i. ~ ~ O 3 Z~ ' ~ .r I ~ I I ~ - < w m ~ I C OCD ~Q ~'a way oR ~tD ~ ~ * a m ~ Z o ~ q~ ~~ &~ n~ i I ~~ ~ 1L ~ ~ e D ~ ~ a• ~ ~ ~ = Dy iR=o` m ~ ~ "C- ~ ~ , ~ f 3 umi I i9=e` ' 0 O N -I :I7 D~~ Dm~ nx m ~ <Tig G7~J G~1g G~~7 ~f=T1f~TI Cf~TI ~ rGrl~z m~ r; ~ z ~ <z\mO <z\ri~ ~~~ ~O ~ 0~ Dm ~ ~ m !~mm << r~mm <~ o~rrl ~rTi ~ rm Oo~x p~Dm p~Dm ~rrl D DOOm~ Zn~~ DNmX DNmX W~\<tn N ~D-i W-~Z I~ ~ I .~ N ~ ZD~ rn~az z~m~ w~ZZ c^',,~ZZ ~~~m~ ^ ~ m o ~fr-~~ O~X I r.Z7 I r.Z7 ~ONZ~ l 1 z ~ >>° n fT1 ~ 00 ~ ~ ~ ~ rn r rTl ~ ~ r fTl ~ G W ~ p ~ ~ N; °~ D:O~ W_NZ07 G7~"D _ G7.Zm7~ D N m ~ `^ m m m ~ G7 ~ ~ -i ~ --I C7 fTl ~ z ~ D _ m m rTl m 0 p n o n G ~ N A A n ao~~ pzz~ m ~ ~ NI O Z o mn ~r~ n m D r ~ o < ~ _ m - zFm w W - C ~ z ~ J Z i o Cf~ I m m A O Z - I m N ., o 0 D T ~r~,~~ /~ n /~ ^ ~ O n ~~n~ m _.z c m _ ~ 3 ~o _ ~ m m sOn ~ :2H rnm 1 O :- %r * u o ~ ~'~ F'"a m z / a: ~ • ~?c~NEER _~ _ o o m m ~ ~ x O A C D Z u. p ~> ~ ` ~ v o ~ T = ti `z ~ z m m ~ ~, o° z W Z ~~ N Z D (.~ W ~ - ~I ~C Y Z m D D O-' O cn00 00 0~-- ~ ~ D -a<~1 ODD O D ' ~ -i '00" Z ~mv OX D « ZD`-' 0--1 a'7 W OC m" 07JN m~ m-' n ~ m - N ~ ~O r O O <~'J m C ~ T7 rrm~ ~ p«7 -ZI~ Om Z mOp ~ ~ O ~ S~~ Z7 In DN `Lm~ '~~~ ~ DCZ N ZU7~ ON Dcn ~mD O r z ~m0 OO o0 m ~ ~ZO ~ mp00 mD0< O UI~ m~ O cn~Z Oo O p Z? Z Z Z m ~ m m c_ m D Z m cz Z~ Z c~ i p m H O r Z 0 = m Z my Z o~mcm-> m~ zni m^? mN~w D~~ z~i ~~= cDiv'~ Zm ~ 3mro~ m Om X ~~ m Dm Z D~ ~~ rr-~''' X Ono z=~ O m~D D ?~ D Z mD~ Z Z 0 DN 0 ~ Z7 o Z O 0 . m N CSC On ~ D Or h i Z- O Z O i~-UCn c m r =1 i m Z m =: 0 ~ ~ m *t m~mr U I m- I N ~ ~ Z mOm ~ Z zr - Z o m O m ~ D m C Z r ~~G) NO ~Z O_(Oi7 ~~~ ~ Nm O BOO Oi OZC mm0 ~a ~ mo ~ ~ mz ~ o C ~ c~-i ~~ Z~0 OD Om _~ ~~~Z m o Own p0~~ mD~ Om O ~0 mm<~ mm~ Z = D tnz ~ ZZ ~m ~m ION zm ~ O DO pm N. On ~7mD Z mr~ Dm ~~g - ~- Z' m ~ p O ZEN rz7 -+O ~lOm ~ ~.Z~7N O Z.Z7 Zr ~ C < -DI m AOC7 N N S In ~ ~ 0 r D Z D m3 ~ ~~ yco ~<O m D ~ m ~y Z-~ OZ 00 OrD Z Z~ m~ Zi- Z mZ 0 < G7 DO mO ~ N m Om cnm Oto C7m D~ c/1 S ZDO Z ~~ j OC ~I mD mD = 7 Dm,Z Z ~ mo ~ y n~ rZr < ~ ~ p2 D ~~ I m r. 0 0 ~z7 m\ <ZC D o -{ pr m m O Tim r O W r --i~ ~ D m O O ~02 N~ m< -0iD <O O y~ m~ Z W ~T.~ Z ~~~ Z D A O C ~= m ~ m O m 0 (~ O m ~~ m ~ m00 m r r C ~ "!lmr T1 m O (nom -I mO~ Opp _ cn D ~ O T1 N D ZI ~ < N ~ O D r Z 0 Z7 ~ n on D D m ~ (n m< O Z DO 0j m0 D D m =m D r A OD m N mn m m mZ O m~ ~Z T. ~ O ` r ~ D O ~ m j D Z m .Z 7 Z m 0 < D D m Z r C 0 ~ m L Z D Z C ~ O m m 3 < \~ ~ ~7 m p m m~ N O Z C r m Z m m m L m ?~ ~+Zj C f*1 C~ ~~ D VI- i -imZ = O~ p~O G7 0 ' O Z C~ o ro ~D ~ - m - i ~ `_' - m z ~z=~C ~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ J ~J f I . _ .. .. - `~. I \~\ __ m A ` r\ ~~ - ~ ~ Vim `~` ~ O . ~i \ __ ~ ' ~ A .- ~ ~ - „~- , .I i ~ I ~O~D ~ ~,~ i . Z O m O ti ~° m m ~ ~ ~. ~. \.I ti Z ~ N , ... \ _. L ~, \ 1, i y \ ..... ~ ~ ~~. _ m ~J O m I O S ~ C7 mcn0 mm ~_ O m N m ZO r~ X I O m 0 o- m ~m ~ ~ "oc~c> Z r ~ C - r ~ Z C7 D v O N cm O X CX O Z~ A ~ m m \ yy Z m Z ~ z N D O o h m 0 0 m ~ S ~ r ~ z ~ ~ D o ~ = ~-L ----- -- r- - ~ \ _ __ - _. i~ ~ ~ _ ., __ ~w`~ -,l: {` / I/// ~) m i ~ D O m m Z X O Z7 I11~ O D r vt ~ O -~ Acnm "~r0-i D-iz 'n ~ m J. _ ---- ------ am----- ----- --- - m -~ - A O O - ~ ~ In Z m T. C ~ z G 7 \' v O ~ W A"'Z m~ ZmZ m D ~ ~ G7 r 0 0 p m m r r *1 D rn -i ~ z7 r -i O ~ .T7 ~ D -< 2 OOm O o ?~ z z cn m ~ . o m ~~. m Z ~ - i m ~ Z = X ~ ~ rn 0=1 G7 r r Obi Om ! mX O m i mOm r x z ~ mO~=Z~ p~~ r0 m~ O~ mph rm r r0 m m z~ x_ j ~O ~7Z ~mZ N0 O~ _p0 O m Z ~- z~ p -Oi0 Z S D< A0 m~O AZ r ~~ Dm vim= OX m T1X Z NZm p~ ~ ~ O m m D O A-~ m ~ A Z mpZ Tlm ~ O=O ~ " -,m ~ C cn c~ m z~~ ~ N X ~ N O ~ ~ ~n ,Z 7 ~ m ~o ~O m OS O~ .._._. ~' z m~ ~ Z ~ O O O m ~ T' m Z m m < D p ~ D o v D S O ~ m n H O ~ C ~ ~ s C ~J ~ ~ N ~ ~ m T A A A ~ rm ~ m j O ~ oo m D m - ~ m Z X m ~ O r Z70 -iO N Z N < m ~ ~ Om~' mm Z m ~ ~, m O \ I m ~ ... _ ._. O -_... _... >"~ -a c~ o c~ N m o m _ ~j ~ mm~~D~ ~~ z~ z rn~~ ~~~!!_ _ ~ =~ ~ r" O z _.__. m Z -~ x m r., - 1 ZON D O ~X O A O r Z~ z"'c ~ T,z ~ ~ -{ m O A mD ~ ~c n ~o -~ ~ O _ ~ <'> D _X Z N m ~ r Z .0 <m ~ px O m -rl ~ ~ m cD-> z ~ m C) A ~ ,~~i r m Z m mN mm cn z N -1 O z m m o~~-' N Z W .-. ~ O .~vON Z7 O -~ m ~~ r x O~ O~ m Z 0 0 _D Z ~ ~ ~ ~ O ~ O X z ~~o ~ (n ,~., mA_+ mo Z ~ c~~ C D - w oc i v D ~ r 0 ~ Z ~ ~ 0 m N :~ ohm, 4 a ~~o~ r ' ' ~g`~ > Q ~im~ m ~ gym _ O A ,i I, 0 a m m I~ y i~ 10~ l O n i ~ T 9 O O "e ~~ ~~ $ ~ ~° ~ ~ ~ ~~ ~s ~~ em a "s~ 1 ~s ,,. ~ .,,, , , N --a oz =Z- ax ~a .D ~ u ~ ~A lti ~ m ~ J a2c ENE... ':} - O m O a V D .U 0 = ~ U u ;y m m m m ~ ~ Z z m f ~I v~ ri m~ n Z ~ D C i m 111 W C m II S l7 D ? C H .Z1 ~ pyX A mON v ~Oz o~~ czi `~ °; = X ~O~ ~Az zn .= Pi ~ I y~ vm ~~ g~ A r Z c~ 5" W z 00!! O -~ mo 00 C ~r ~, N W (m y C X =0N Z Z a00 r m D o 0 ~~ ~ ~~ Q~~ ~~~~~~0~® ~ ~~~~ ~ Z z ~ N N I O m O p ~ W N W N N ~ ~ _' N ~ ~ ~ N N N ~ r ~ - Z ~ TI ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ O -D{ N m m = r r '+~ N N (7 m O ~ !n Qe ~ ~ -~ in z o x~ i ~~ A m ° t0 T ? w N ~ j m O :Ll ~ ~ ~ ~ rn o w oa A o m~ my ra n~ ~ c r.~ I m Z G7 ~~ f Z < ~ , z m o D Z~ m~ p o~ c ii n m ~ A -~ m C v; n '~ c m c i~ ~ m Z ~ C m n ~ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ~ n N _ ~ Z m to ~ r c ° ~ ~ ~ z D m m z <n m ~ r *i r v ° c> x rn A -i ~ czi ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Z z m v z v ~ O ~ n ~ o o ~ _ . r m i z ~ ~ ~ o ~`° ~ z ,o C ; c~ ~ ~ ~ p < N 7 ~ C N m ~ _ ~ _ ~ ~ N N N N N N O m A ~ O N z ( f Tl ~ ~ c ~ 1 0 r Z~ 0 0 B O O m m O ~ ~ N ~ Z D O Z c r ~~ v o v U v vi ~ ~ v ~ I ~ m ci p r~ D~ f f v n O -y v .. f c~ x D D D S D D v~ N N r 2 ~ A D O r ? ~ n m D O O~ 47 p p N N ~; m r Z N< m ~ '9 ~~ 'V ~ ~ n~ ~~ ~ z p ~ ~ 0 0~ - 1 v z n O p fr1 0 O~ -p ~ O O c O O O O O O O O O O O O O S x A r< m rn ~ ; A Z~ ~ m m 0 G] z ~7 --~ m ~ O r r r r r r O l n~ ~ m < r A ~ ~ O A ~ r? X~ n~ N~~ ~i < ~ ~I ~ r r r r r~ D Or O Z p Z r m< ~ ~~ x n m x x x x x x r '~ D O m =' < r m < Z O\ A 0 m p N Z -i f v ~ 'Tt ~~~ ~n x a m D m r m Rt r r .D < X m f7 r (7 < Tl ~ O m ~ O ~ { m N ~ O ~ ~ f~1 r \ ~ O ~ < \ \ \ '7 T l 'f7 ~ I m N ~ N = r N ( Tl ; ~ ~ .I < r rr r ~ D D Z ~ D m ~ Z u O r ~ m m D '~ *1 ~~ O G1 f Z m N \ N f Tl f~ri ~ 10 x O O W -1 ~ D N m D O D Z D D D D y O p 0 y ~ - ~t D D r p Z ~ Z ~ b ~ ~ v v O v v v -1 v f m om ~ ~ A ~ z ~ J n ~ A D ~ 1 c N a ~ m c ~ m ~ p A A D .Z J N n x _~_ Dm m~ ~g~ ~A ~~~ ~~~ 1 N A D m Z in O ~~xm r N ti ~F~O v p m N \ N ti .Z7 .ZI u ~Nm m J A ~ O ~~C ~ m N < 1 ~_~ az -m J ~ o~ ~~~ N C 1 om Z Z m m S ~~_ (YEN ~ N A a m ~ v ~~ Z N ~ A Sn m gz x~ m~ z _ _. _. _ _ _._ __ . f~.~_.. _, _. _ _ ._ y_ _ _ _ ~.a__ O 1 ; m r~~~ 0 ~Om~ ~zo°: gZ z~ 1 < VIiZ rhr mz~ ~ i~F m IT ~ ;g~ _ ~ 0 0 W ~ d J aoN paY =~Z J W J O. ~vz a o ~ 3 W z~ °o J J ^ v of U ~U Y I Oz ZU~ O=Fa-~ ~J UI~ o O a ~ ~ cI O Q N ~ ~ Z N ~ ~ ~ U ~ ~ Q S Z H Z OJ ~ O ~ J ~ J ON U O = O o~a~ o =o r~ a v2 0 Z O ,' I' ~ U IA ~W ~ j N O J a~ ~~? S G O <UE ~~ ~w ?a= C O Z U ~_ J U a ~`f~ ~ ~ ~ z x ,. ~ ' _~.1 V w? ~~ O ~ ~mw U `ao> n w w a v~ a~w ~o~ ?¢3 0 Y a °o I N m ~ Q m Y ~~O ?~~ Nay< OF-N I O ~ ¢,n Q~O~ in J W vii ~- C'~ ~ J J ~za ..0-.Z a~Ga, a z=o I I I O a° <Z j ¢wz ' -: _", N w ~ zz 3 ~ = w m~ UOU Z I ~~~ za wa J O ' ~ ~~ m a w U ~ Z X Z ~ N wp O ~~ ZU OZ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ O O m M p m ~ .. w ~~ - -- --- J z ~ _ -- ----- --- Z _ __. _ . a ~ u J ~3 7 J `i Q U3 Z N w J30 ~~}a} J f- Ywv J 03 W F- Z W J a U N w ~ w m m ~o~ zM z Z m ~-+ `U" ~ w 3 K N ~ a o a Z F Z O Z w O ~ ~ ~ U Z ~' W Q ~ (~ W ~ Z ~ a a_ 00 ~i 0. LL Y Ow z ~ O C' U- J Q m d ~ W C7 J J ? a Z ~ ~ ~ ~ O a ~~ a w a o J < o 0 0 Y o o w ° Q ° N p ,~ ~ a a a a M O j \ H W a. x W O ( M U W W W W O O I a' W 3 J ~ Z O ii ° tO Z z z z Z ~ "' > 3 g v a J a w •- ~ g~ g Vl J ate. ~~ ~ a > ',' $ ~ x ~ >~~ 3 3 3 3 o a z N x ~ m ~ ~ Q i g N~ v '~ ~ i z o~ o a a ~ w w g c d U W o w 3 ~ Z ° ~ J W X > J ~J W W J U W w a a W a a N z 0 d' \ C7 ° > J W j - W p J M ~ a ~ x x x x x J x x o °~ a W J~ J ° o O J J > d a ° J W J J J J J W W W W J W J o X Q J w W a N d U d W d Z_ J ~. p d m ~ > J ~> J W J d' ~ W H\ 4. W Z m (7 O N W W U I O J J 3 Z K J J J J W W O x ~° o 0 0 0 0 > J J 0 O a~ a C7 W O O O 0 0 ~ a °z w ~ Q~~ r° a o 0 0 0 0 a N o d ~ U o a~~ z a N U ul a a J O Y W ~ f-- a ~ I ° W tJi [n ~ Q. tL tL a > N Z IJi m p ~ J Q N N N N N N a U (.~ N \\ p~ N Q~ Z ~ ~ O w m K K rv> o - x z J ~ uwi ° o g d d d d a Q o 3; j vai n- v o n ~ o U ~ > i> w ~~~ x JQ ~ W Q O N O ~ ~ O ~ Q Q J O ~ w 3 O O a 0 W ~ W m m Q <YUi O Z W ~ W ~ W' W U ~ N ~ (J N ~ ~ 0 0 ~ Z 0 a a X N ~ J ~~ Q a ~ z m Q 3 = d o O Z W Z W ~~ ~ d ~ U N O S O W Q O Z ~ ° U Q O ~ m ~ "' Z w a z ci c~ c~ c~ c~ o z x c~ z Z W W ~ I a t- c~ ~ ~ 33Nj"~ t' V ~ p N W Z o p z z z z ~ x J w~ 0 0 0 0 0 J J J J J U 0 J o°~ o~~ o x_ J W r y F-- Z W w N N~ O\ Z a w U ~ W , ~ ~2,, ~~,~ " J U N w W ~ W ~ - } W ~ Z O W W O O W N Z ~ > , 4 a ~"' :Q ~~ J ' W ~ ~ ~ a' N ~ ~ d' J ~ O a a0 M O M N M~~ ' iD ~ ~ ~ K ~ d' X O Z W d '~ N O W U N N~ W J J + n y ~ NZ : Y Q ~ O W lL ~ d , ~ m < ~ o N N ~ : P h z z e y`_' • ' ~ O R ~:~~ ' AAA11 •^•^•^ h (/~ ~ 00 N N ~ •- ^- N N N .- ~ r- N .- !- N N M N M ~ H g ~~ R ~~• YYY J ~ 3m Y N ~ w c ~~~~ ~ ~ m ~0~~~~~~~~ ~~ ~ 0 ~ ~ ° °^ ~~- $~ ~~ a - ~ ~~ ~ S __.~ ,._. ...__ .- ,_ ._.. E ~ I~ V °wm aLL ~ a ~ c~ z a~~m ~ ma ~a O c an m W'y'a z~ in ? X~ w= U om ~ r ' O 11 a a ~ ~ a Z c ~ J -~ w O Q ~? _ .. ... ... . z N O ... J._ .... .......... . .. o w O w''3 ~7 ~ / ~ I a=a J~73 vs S ~ ~ dZU ~ a ? ,,, ~ ,_.. ~ ~ri0 ~.. ._... .._... NW2~ Z d ~ U F~1 c ~ ~O Iii p' ~ ~W ,.o-,Z L~~ c~ ~,n ~o~ z O . J..... .... : X w j I ~ J .._ ...... > m 1 O 1 a a i ~ ~. ~~9--~~~ z _ .... ..-~ w a4~ ~ l ~ J~~3 S _ _..:: . .. =V Zz tea? a w i I I' ~~~-.Z ~ yL~, O ..__. __. ...._ ..__.. ~ ~ za ~ ~ z as a~ r z o =M m J Zz ro ~ x ' ...... ~ .. . W ~" ¢ ~ ~ ~ <Ow \Z aJ. ~ a w ~' ~ ~ N w o a' E . Q~~ ~Q ~ Wm I ~'. ~a + .~ .. _ JAN} N '' ~ 0- Z ~~ ' w Z~ ! ~~ Z ' ~Z03 .~~Z ?vaiwa ~ ~ r v , Oo .. . . _"~.. _ p . N j <0 I E ~... ~ - ' ~ ~ z .:: a ~ ~ o z a ~ : - ._ .._... ~ ~ ~' ZZ ~ ~ O - O O N ~ O ' r^ VJ ~ ~ ~~ I ' ~ Y f a N wm i m ~ O ._.. _.. _ ^ G ~ II z N a w z O W o ' .. ... ____...___ _. ..._.__. j ~ . .._. .. M O ~ ,^ ~ . : :~ ~ ~ .. - ~ J Z ~ Y i ~ ___ .. _ _.. __._......_ ._.___ _._.. _._. ._. _._ r _ N ~ y w?p i L mO0 [) o _ J w a z; ~ ~ ~ ,.9-. l i ._... w U ~ ~~o~ w g - ~ ~ < < LL nOw2 U U ? _ N ~ QQO "K~ Q O ~" E Z 0 0 ~ 0 ~ r N F N ~ VI ~ Z Q ~h Y m m N W p S U OV U ~ ~ ~ o N~ N N w O ~ a a U ¢ w w e ~ .- i I ~ ~ it\] e ~ O N Z Z O U \ • \ I I Q K O K ~ ~ 3 O ~ Z v v I ~ O _ ~ U Y a In a N I I - W m o a a n a o `~ ~ 3 Z ~ ~ O ~ I m Y ~ W Q ~ Z Z K Z ~ i Y ~' ~ a 0 w a 0 ~ ~ a ~ a J w J m m m J a ~ ~ a 3 ~ 3 ~n n H =' 2 O a m ~ m ~ Y U z ~ a o n c ° z W o~ W ~ 'J a ~ay~ ~w Oo ~N 0 oz N N Ua Q ZO a ~U Jm W Q o ~ z Ow j ~ ¢ US U O L r M Z ~ 3 I 2 > I S > I 2 > a U ~ Z O ~ Q z F U U N K a Y ~ Q ~ ¢ 3 N w a ~ ~ o S ? 3 z a N ~ ~ Z ~ ~ a a z j ~ N 3 I U U ~ O a m ~ N ~ ,~ x z ^ °a ~ I W O p W U 3 a w a ~ Z Z Y Y LL 7 ~ i W U W~ oc~ o < a r ti H U ? ? Z 4 ~ a Q Q W J ~ a Q }a ~ o W O J 2 Z U 3 3 ~ m W w N U __ > m m W N~ a YY Y Q ~ z O m Zo U v o ~ a' m ~ ~m w x N ~ ~ ~ ~ Z 3 a K W W Q L ~ ~ W W a Z ~ o O w~ z Q ~ ~ ~ a ~ N h ~ W Jain _w a W O ~ °o a J poCi ~ _ U d ~ ^ ~ D ~ Z o O~Ow aVN J m L ~ ~ Y = L a V m W J ~ Z ~ O a W ~ a~ p ~ ~ ~ W J ./ ~ C = O W ~ Q O = h ~- W U N O ~ J ~ N o ~ m Zo WQ a O W N - VI I - Q _ I ~ ~ ~ w .... .. _. .._ .. _.. ...... L J W LLL Q S j ~ N ~ ~ I , Z w .~.. 7V1 ~ . ` IIII Z p O ~ ~~ W W ~ Y a ,, w Z p ~ ,,- ,~ ~ c~ ~ ~ Q Z _ ~ ~ ~ o m ~ ~ J w otSa ~ Y ~ w m ~ OU 3 i wN ~ N / p / r w~0 Q Z L J U , 2 J I cc G V1 Z 2 ~ = O U Z ~.. ` Z ~ m ~ Q ~ Ufa ~ ~ ~~ (n U W Q / ~ ~ O ~ ONE p ~ ~~ O // I/ j W a Q Z W ~ ~. W.. ~.'. 7 1- N Z ...... .- W W= a N ~ Z ~ ~: ~ > Y a . Z -a Z ,~, ~ _ p J u °° w n O a .. m M m f O U W J y Q D Z ~~ rn 3 ~ ~ S ..w, - . ~ / 3 m z o w ° w ' ~ ~~~ m m m ~ iaa~ ~a ~ ~ ~ o ri o om~ a U ~ jZO ~ a ~ U < O W z V ~ O a (~ W ~ o~~ w o , .,,, b3 O U ZZ~ Z W Zj0 Za _ 3 h _ ~ Jy ~', ~ ~ xJO W QQ I 9 11 ~ ~~Qw In Q~Q Z N W W ,~ w0.. . ~- Z~ u7 '. Z >Fw0 ~ m O ,Z 'm ~..~ ~, i 3 V Q= M F Z ~i',i a Pt~y'~ ~wi3 ~ z Q U N w U_ ~ ~ 0 U W ~ ~ ~' ~ J W W _. ~ _ __ '. Z = F N H X Z w~ ~ Z /~ 0 o I/ Icy a g \~ ~ J ~ ~ ~ J -~ J ~ a ~ Z Q U ~ r ~ z w •'r= o ~ 3 Z ¢ r g ~~ ~ oo ° w F ~ w '. _._. K _..__..._ ._ z ~O a Q o Z u ._ _ _ I // w O a ¢ < Z p JO ~Jo °azd NpaV QU N a K Z U 2~5~ Z a a ~y l i YQ~jm S~ZN W uN z0 w¢~a ~V3~ C7 Q ww wW~~~ O prmJaU NO~w~ (n J ! zz aZ a~~oao ~ Q U -- - "', ---~- w ~-~JOU C o J a ~ W V ~~ _ U 3 ~O 4 V i .. ! CJ Q ......... , ~Q W b Q ~ m I ~~~ J ° m3N O < o v. xr o , Q' _ ~ , o (~- ~__. ~__.. ° ~- J~ ~~< Z O ~ zwm U F o~ W w ~ .......................... ................ .. a~ ~ w a I W a U ...... ............. W FFQ ZWS r N O O m ~ _....._. Z ., r Q O a < ao a w ° '~ J o o W Za I a 3N '~ x~ ~ <w \ \ ~ - ai a°~' Jaw ~-ON J, W O ~ U U ~ ~ U w N 1 ~ N U p Q ~ O Z ~ w ~ W p~ Z ~ ¢ m ~ . ~ a ~ j o= ¢ w ~ 3 ~ z ~ ~ ~ w ~ a ~ a O K ~ ~ ~ ~ ~` F ¢ a= a o~ a ~ p. a Q a o a ¢ w o Q ~ z ~ z "' U 0 ~ a I ~ - /5 _ ~ J~ W J N Z p O ~ <~ ~ ~ C7 >o O W a=~= Q\o a~ 3UJ N~ x3~_^ c~= voce Z O _ ~ Q r w / W ~Q ~ '1 \ F I I 1 ~ ~ z~~l Z ~- Y U Z Y a Y U (n ui w Q 2~¢ ~ O ~ Q N VN ~~N ~ N Z > m~ o a oa Qz ~ ~ ~ U a U W 5~ ~ s; J o ~ N o m~ ~ 00 Z < ~ O N ~) J QS Z O Z J W Z O ~S 3 J1- Ow0 a>O N aJ U J w N U 0 7 Q w H N O Z YS NOH OO ~'- W Q UW < F- ~ pSVI ~WU N paZ Z m U3 J~zO Wr-o. Jf- ~a~ O S a V Vl Vl (/l 6 f- O p ~ a . jz ~3 __ po v=i \ \/ /// /\/ / / J w°w w J a> woa W WpW a a CJw ~oJw ~ =Z (U/l U ~N ~~~ w y 3a a' W ~Z= > u1 m ~ ~ moo`" O a ~ ~ N O O F='S. J a< ~NO3 0 a N I ~p N ~ ~ m~ ~ m N o S o~ ~~ d ~ ~ N ro m a LL w ~ y w` w ~i a Z c /-O w Fil V--~-1 `7 ~~P ~~~ w O fn Z O z a U D E a Z I~ J mr~oz ~ i a ~m~3 ° ~ N Boa a ~ ,'~ ~ j [) vcli w ~ F > s aQ ~ ~ ~ ¢E o w ~ m m :m ~~ =o ~ ~ Z_ p U ~ W Z W Zi w Z J W Z a~ U ~ U ~ Z Y Z ~ Z ~ W M ~ Z ~ w ~ N ~ U rn3w Q K W W 2 aN O 0 J ~ U W In xU^ W - d ma Y Z J ~ O J ~ ~ t`Qv X ~ V w77 wz a ~ wv~ia Sao 0 ln~~ a ~ a U W f d d / M V1 ~~a z z ajZ 3 ~ ' ~ U - V j ~ Y O Z 7 M .- _" ~ a~ -O H - - o w ~ °~ ~j °ocn ma ~ oZ ~z YQ~ ow Zia ~ N\ ~~~ii ~ ~nJ a~W w J >m W U= o N~ ~~ Nom po ~ Zr 7 ~ N W-~ W a0 O (n QU .. O ~m a Kn OWU mZ ~ZO W ~ Z~ U f a J 4 j~ Z r- ~ Z w ~ O Z ~ S Y Q~ m 0 a m N O Z J_ a~ Z Z O m a _ ~ ~~ U m f J O O Z 7 J W > U ? } Q ~ N J° d W ~ Z O U Q = H J ~ Z U ~Y _ a a 1 aaw aW o a W ~oN za ~ = Jln w ~ Na za a o i m zz coo rn aaa o w UJ a xN m o 00 0`" ~ z ~ o ~ °O o » ami °° YJ ~ =~N ma z _ F- O Q j j m m W p m ¢ r N Z a d O~ N ~ 2 K m m a W ~ ° GJ'~ » aam w~ UW ~ x~ oo ~° Wo - ~ ~ ?? oo in~a o3 ~~ m v,a ao ~o ao J_ - ~, Y a~ U ~ ~ Z O U m? ° °o ZO oNa Q ,.\j2 J W ~~ ~ ~ z ~n ~ w ~ w ~„ _~ ; ~ ° z a U ~ ~ ~~ n. =o m W NN ¢= or qa ~ x JJa} w z a'^o N Z JZ~ O Q Z U U m N 00 w a'mW ~O QQ U~ ZN a Z N ~ ~rF- W tn d J~U m O.-? ~ 4 ON O ~ ~~ K z H a _ J ~ I ° W ~ h Wa ~ zs~ w¢ W > w °~ F aw 7 aY R~c~ a a ¢ a o ~ c~ ~ U vi Waa 00 U~z 00 ~'~? Sar - 3w a a ~ o ~ ~ aam ~o a x w ~ r ~ C~ ~~ w ~c~w o ~ ~ z z om ° o oW vl ~ ~ az . iU Z? K O c Z? S O O O a K O Z Q K ~ U ~ Vlm } > J a W a 1- S N ~ W J W - ~m3 J W `rm3 J a ~m~ n ~ J a~ U J > aoa w~= Y Q ~Z Z_ J W N W ao wc~~n o3 az 0 N < U M N Q ~ ^ K Z~ F- °Ov U~Z ~._ ._.. .. ,! - zo¢ w ~ w z N m 3 » a o ^ zt-g a<~ Zoz ~~ < O¢ag z OOm MJ O `~ w r i ~ z z J i w a y Z~E Z ?ZO m W ~ d ~ Z N •- 3 w O ~ z a ? ~ r-- M p J ? W a f7 J ~~z ~.~ \ w zzw ~'~ M w-~ ~ a ° m z o ~~ ~ W U, Z tjZ Z J Z ZO~ m~ U N W r W W a z 3 ~~ Oak ~ ~0 N 7G w a o=a ox a ~aa ~a a "~ i = U z m ~ O ~ W W in ~ m N n n 6 n N N O n N ~ J o~~iMnr D.K~NMamU1 O ~ m a I O O Z n o E n w X M m O M m~ W lWi ~00~-~ J m N m Q O r ~ ~ m ^ N M < < w ~ ~ a~ 2 w O ~ LL ~a ~aoooooc o _ ~.-~ z a~f aqa m ~ ~a z o oooo°ou p Z NOmOin~ U ~F NNC a ° -?_ _ a N l o Q Z Q H Z ~c G J ~ W H ~ ~ ~ W ~ ~ ~ W W } N ~ ~ m ~ ~ ~ Y ~ ~ w U F ~ W ~U Z ~ U J W 2 U 0 w W ' N~~N.-MAO N~-mmm~~ i aaOrnOMOmON0~0 tD d~ O m m m M< n N N O M N ~ j N ~ M N O N t a i z 0 W _ n N N N N M O a n 0 0 IWi ~nNain~mm~mMN< ~,p~NnmNNm~N 1 a nMVin ~vooanmoN ~ ~~ NN<Mif)Mman 1 _ a i ~ O ~ ~ Qpa. ~n min O~inmNmNmNm U 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 J ~ a K ~ 3 _ ~a p o0000ooooomm ~ z o0000ooooov~~n ~nmoov~u~o o~n ~nmm ~ N N N N N N ~ N ~ O 1 N W r a mMnN~O ~O JImOrn C Z N rnmrn~OV<rnN<OU?< i d p O N ~ rn N N M N O< n ~d'm ~~-N~MN<Min Min Q J ~ Q U-_ n ~ N z o ~ M m o ~ ~ 'I w oMOnoooMO.-om w ^mae-loco ~~n acorn NM~n ~nmm ~m v~o a momo<oc~iN O~n loco ~ .-M MAO ~nrnn~rn~rn~ i a O j Q a N O N O N O N O N O N 0 U ~N~N~N.-N.-N~N ~ J ~ a K j 3 o~ a j OOOOOOOOOOmm ~ OOOOOOOOOO~n in Z min OO~n inOOUl inmm N N N N N N ~ a a v~ rn = ~ w a m J N~~ Z W UJ w mJW =p~~nnN Z O = W Z W •- °a as > XOJ NO¢ZO r w ~m J oa v~ wU m o ~m0 f= o :a~ m~ o o~ \a o za i ~~I~o Ja Wa Mm m c i j V1 ~ n ~ zr! j~rna - I m 0\ ~~z w a ~ ~ w I U M ~ J~ g a wz.,. rn<a ~ ~w ~~a > ~ wai\= ~ ^~< 3 ~ ~ xwml Umw~3 0 M ~poN OQ~ Z O a m W Z J 3 m~ Z w W ~ o W J w ~ O~ O J C T I..a~ 1 1 1 L+ + U ~ N Z 1 W _O N W O H a z N ~ p rQ- 7 0 d W w Z~ ~Q a \ \ p~ m H~ wZ = } } > v ` / VI w ~ O r\i N I aW~U F oo~ ~<a ~~ I \awoa Mao-3 LL o U O ~ w ~ ~~~ ~O F- w J W Vl 2 p a~ Z ~ J W _ Y J j ~ JZ m '~ ? O ~O W OO V m Z ~ mW J> V10 JN L~aH 2 J`^ ~Qv I WH _ ma a Z FO-d Kf~/I ~ V ~ O Z w > Y U Z O a m O_ \ d W ~ U 7 Z F- W in M ~ ~ a a , - o N H 0 1-- \ N O -V Z ~ Z M ~ N ~tt ^ J m J N 1 O O ~ ~ Q W J ~ O ~ a I- w ~ Q C17 U In Z W ~ J W U ~ ? J x W J Z Z ~ , w O ~ N ' ~ O > 7 ~ m 0 3 w ~ ~ N ttz°o -~ ' C7 N m m m F Q~ h a O 3 ~ d ° m r = a o U a 0 ,' a33iy'~~~, • 2l Boa °+~~~' r ~¢ ~n M w J'. Ww~ -<: N ~ <_~ ~~ o- h ~ 5~ ,` ~,~ ~`> ~1 8 m m ~ _ o ~ a r ~ °o m° ~ a " u N o m c w m' N a rU~ y ?~ O W l~ ^'~ F-L1\1 u ~ r • _ ` O __ ~~ 1 m a 0 u> Z O W ~ o ~ E a O a N z a ~ U z w 41 O K ~ J Z t /1 Q Z Uv ° / u C7 J m~~z ° ~ u ~n E m ~ 3 ~ y ~, w ~ ~ _~O~ Q K w ~~ W - _/i > a o - aE o E Z w ~° m w m ~ Zo ~~ Zw Z J ~~_~,~ V p Z W ~~ J ~ f 3 ~ w p ~ ~ K J ~ ~ a o om z~ N U r Z Z a=oaf Q 1-j3~ v ~ Z ° O_ E azNO S ~ Z > O Q F- w O ~NFON Z O wawa ¢ ~ UW~WaiW W VOZr Q°wU ~ w m Ww IJ a 2Ci~aoa ice ~~3in t a c j~rza ~N JNa OO~aN~ N > J=OJ ~Ww Y ~ mJQQ OO r ~ a N^ 1-UW~~ r ~ N OWNLYW O ~ J d0 C9m O a~ rn ~ 0(). OZ 03 U j X w W wwo V1- la Om~O J m ozs w wwa N >~~~ aZ wV >>a LL?LLO ~~~ <~ T pri N°zaalail J vwi Cn v~°o3oxw ~ N W N< a 3 dz~o ozn ,^no UI \ J w a > = ~ m~ J Y W m ¢ Z J a~ZZ 6 ~ ~ N O a a' O NO \aw MK OUQ x~ N a0... Q Q ~wc~oi _~ z O~ 0 3N my o vOWi~w = \ ~ 1` o Q W w"' U d ~ o as ~~3ox N ~~ "z m W' ~ N x g a ~z a~ ~ ~ J a~~z z x Jpaz a O~¢ dam o ~wxzz zz~°°s r ~ z I- (/~ Q oow~"in m?_ ° ow <? zo3a~ of ~E I ~ } Z Z w Nowos m ° ~ x ~ a x''o Nzw ~c~mo~o o^zpo JJw ~ ma Q Z N ~!Y O N s c i 0 ~oo~ i oo Q > F- Q O Q l__- _~ ^ W 1-i~JOw Nw maw w \V ~~~ o \ N C9 > [~ > Z m zxa°a o ~ o m a> 03~ x w ~ ~ ti Y ~ 0 vlx~ oEJ ~ m Wavv i p mo ?- ~ C W '~ ~ ~ ~ o ~ wxzoa W w i „~ Ja WJO< m _ __.. H U-V o oa_wa ~ ..- -- ____.-._ . z- ,"-~ __.._.___ _~- _. m -. _. Z J O _ __ J NO ~~ ^~ a Q ~ ~ Z r o z '` F' ~ Z Q W ° ~ O ~ ~ a z Q p a o J W H 3 a d x o = r w ~ U J~ W W U Y a3goa zm K M N O U N ~- m ~ wl- f O a~ i ~ z s ~ z ° - a z o o <~~o~ av' z Inv' UO ~ .~ a W~~ o > 2 W w .J m W a~~ox azxa ~ N z¢ rn a O In E ~ ~°-' ~.," a ~z ~w: ~ ~a mr ~ ' ~ mom ~ Q~ Wa ~ ~ a J ~z ~z InW zz ~ x Vl '"F= Od ZJ z Jj a w o ~ Oa ~ 4 a'do z 03a ~ Q W ~N J N J a mj ~"~~ ~~z a a o ~ °ZO a~~~o o J N Nv' a w ~ > xw a ~°Z~ x OJ ° OO J N V tjU ~ m ?xL~iU Q a NKO W J° m m ~ ~ ~_ ~ U ~ ~ ao~z ~Z ~ o ~ ~ ~ ~p~ ~oJOW O l- i U > a J 7 NOOJ p IZ.l lx-=2~ a 3? a pJa zap mc>om wiz a ~a I1. a3N~W os W m z z N < ic~a vg 3x ¢ v v ~ ~cxjao~ w zi ~ a w ¢ ¢ ~ ~~~°, , ~ w °?ZZ N i ~ a v m rm m ~ a~ ~_ OU Q a O p m r ~ N 2 Z W W Z ~ a U Q O V ~ W Z~ Q O Z J m ~ .. 331V'i~ o a ~ - Z __ y ,, Q a3 ° _ ~ YO ~ZS N p U ax V J ~w w or z a3 U ~ ~ ° ~riU N U Z U ~ Qy ~~ zZ ~~j>' I ~w ~ ~ J~n~~ r w 14y (~`` $ 1, V, V' a~~O~ fN N <wZmCi LL! Q Z a k ~o ZZn a ~ ua~ = ~ ~~°~ rJ'z oXa~N 3 a- o ~ _ mow: ~ za vl~ ' a ~Y W m aZ~a>w NC9 K~ 1 1 ~ n '° mumi Z ~ mj o ~~ J m~ c~ o ~ > NJ .._~ =a Z a ~ 'L'E s Na Wj maw H a ~ ik \ a x 1- U r0 W Y K J tnU m > ~ ~ n O ZO O °mm a~i ~ m m N x W Z w a N U ~ O ~ a W W O N N ¢ O a ~ Z J > I" o 2 3j Za j0\ -a on w ppd O o w o a N Q N- moJ a 4 N _ ~ c rn ~ _~ '; ~ m a "~ z 0 wlnha '~ '--' Z ~ f--~ z ° hi~ O ~ ' o J ~ ~ o w y W o ILI . zm w 0 V Za = ~ 1..--1 c O ~ E U Z ~ W N ~ ~ W ~ O NZ X H W In JO U •Z O x a Q a ~ d \ d U z~ N O a V U u w U~ ~ O O / ~o J~ o 0 UJ 3 a a aJ w N X» •wom r -ramz Na zz~~vi ~a - o > _ _~_ o \ v z~ W 1 'o s ~ r m ' ~o ~ 1= i cn3wo mo ? w ~ r Q w ~ > o L ~~a~z a ° o f e ~ w w In ?Zl - .. jLLO O~ z~ Wp ... ~w a ° aim z_ a? -KZ'. 0 ~ e aq ~ ?wmo / O ~3 O J tt a3Z N O o zm _ ~ / u~ w~ - ~ X wtl U~¢ W ~O ' NO Jim Z F F ~ W WW . ? w U W O - -~ ~ ~ H J r U ~ ~ w¢p Zoo? ~..~ ~ OoW ?OZ ~ ~J H~OO w v_loaw U-~Z ~IJi OV zx ~ a W~= lw.. ~_-1 F- O O N rv W 2 4 c 2 S O i. _. ~ ~ S ~ r N a Z w~ ~ ~ QZ __.. F E ~ J ~ W ~ ~? ~ Z ° 05 U m ?~ N w (~ Z Z I a m mCi mwJO J r wa ' ~ ~~ - II JAI ~ a Z Z ~> Z . a m~ .. ~ J O m~ v N~ QJO° V M 7>~ w~ ~M ~ ~ ~ ''' p w 3 ~~~ w U W¢ Z .. W J ~ ¢~~ K, _ --o-s r- .. m w ~° C1w N O ~ Q a v' U a in~ x m `.' w ?U ', F wwo c~ ~zo U N _ Z K O i Xmv. _ I. -oJ a s vUl ~ w z o O ~ Q J W ~ o U - a~ ~ Z ~ Cip z ~ J o ~ Om o za ' ~ N N 1 x 0 z z o a z Q . __ O w O m a N xaz W _ .. ~,. ZJ U ~ ZJ ~ ~m Z O V ~ N mO N IyXj~ wJ Z O NJ~ ~ X T- ~ w0 J ~c) o N »~z Q ~m~Q ~ O OV w Z 1 U UVi r W p a U U ~' ~~o N K w ~~ w ~ y- > x <o _ ~ ~ o 0 ~ ~ Z ~ - I ~ ~.1 I ~I ~ I I ~ hN o a' I I I I ~\~~ I I ~ ~ I N ~o I q i~ ~ ~$~,1 ~ ~ ~ ~1 x ~ 5 ~I li ' ° W _ ~ ~ ~ II II ~I \ 6W[CY.j '.. ~ I H ~ N J y'~ ~ ~y ~! ~\\\ I it i t wLL / ~~t I/QWilll I Z~4~ I ~ i ~"~'~J ~~~ \~~ o II I ~ I4~ °/v>~I c~ ~ /' ~ZU° I ~ O \%( /I I k\I~ \ ~ ~ g v v uwi I \ ~ ~ II I ~` \ I I / ~ I ~I \II ~ I \ / n ~ II 1 I \ r' ,~ /w lI •~ ~ ~ i ~I\~ 0'B / / • £ - d li I ~Z pQWqQ NN~ II l also I WIO W III W~mz o I I I r W~N3 I ~tinI~WQ° o III °J >rn I -_~ °~~~~m° =osab m ~ z ....0 I oplaa ~~w II m<ma0. ri ~--11\ U IUUON W ~ N U i!f° z~ w I III.N ~ I ~°~ II V II II W II ;avl~~~3y 'I II ~WO WO Li i.i Li Li .. 9 I ° ~'ooN.oea I orr~.-~N ~r I I i\ _I I ~'~ I / ~~~~~~ ~ ~ ~ f r 'l L I ~ ° \i -~ ' _ /~I ~ /~ ( ~ I I \ II XIS I ~ `\ ~/~ I o~ N~~ I I ~ I I'~s~ <~ ~a ~~X O I I lol I ~ 2 Ij I~al ~ >W z ~ I I ~U / II XO °~ W ° W _I I \/ I ~I I \ W O ~ °' v o I l~l ° w °~ m ~I \ \ O\ N I~ x~ I~ I O W / 1 I 1 I I - U \ ~ N~ 4 ~ I I =~; ~ ~ I 3N~~ VI 11 ~ _ ~~ a~'= Ih I I ~ ~ I cwio~ - I ~ N\ ~o> °<~W I II , i,~l ~ I I I I I I I SJ_~` I I I \ ~~ ~ ~~ I I\~~ I I a ~~ ~ ~ I Z W ~~ W U ON J W J O ;O U ° N W W W N a W ~ F O ~ No O~ a0 pV~ n J ~ n a O t W~ nNi.2- v i °~~ ° a~a~ r ~W II irN3 u w n~ w Q N N ~ ~ 1 J W O W 3wW~ Z _ _ J U J r 0 a zwY wnw ~JJa W w~;m 2 U ° l a W ~ J I ~ NNW Z ~ S r O U m M a N Z Z Z ' X~ggr ~ K wIJiQ G ZO W a ZR'N iJ~ Yj ~ a U 0 W W ~~ W a Z J x O O fwjH~ z o ia za NZd w~ Za ° x ~ / J r a mo Z Z Z ~~ 5 W W N °d J 0 N r 2 ~ d' ~WC w 7 m C 0 K W U F-~Z O N J H V i m UrUW K O~~UU Z w 0 ~ W Q OS wSw ~Ur o a.~O ~ ~ ~ m~< W W WW (/I li W ~ $ZO ' ouzo W ~~ = w° Z U W N O d N O}r}S N WFW-Ua a¢, m K w ~ N N a sa <OZ O ZOO< Z W O aG Q W U S W m^ Z W m~ rz onoz w°r ai glna~ 1 ~ oa ° 30 ° JO = J = J w U< a W O Z W~ r.1 U W N x~ W~ ¢NO _'~\ ~ U? SO ~/'Z~ ~ ~I On K Z r w ~ N m>w ° a w X O K ~ W Or ~ ~ a a i t ~aN .~F3 ~ ~ rU ,~o~° W~W I Oi0 NHO a m n "~ n~a o ~/// W l .S'S£ ='0'0 d00H K N ° p ¢W, j wm w 3 IN- W ~; W O Z a s ~ a J - _-:E~.._ - - 'N°iFSO N ~i° O oZyy h ~ 4 W N 1 4~m WR'O U ~ wz~ I_vOa zrN--~ o_o Zzr J _ > w O 9mO 3 ~m2 y~ aJ U~ ~WFwWF~ w awNNo I~N'O YN OrU Jw O Nwo Fp ~S~md J ~Z ~ 3 ~N X" r ~ N N O N ~ N ~ N ~ n N ~ n N b ~ N ~ ~ N ~ N N O I ~ z a ~ W ~i $ L * Z'69SS-03 , ~ \ ° ~ ~ ~ J c°~ W ~n 1 ~ ~ ~ L S I Z9'6LSS-9~ ~ 0 M 93 ,+~ Z9'6LSS ~ ~ ~ s ~ ~ro s = o ~ Is 1 - ~ L' 0 £ V ° I ~ f9'SLSS-0~ $ Wa £9'SLSS-03 n x W $ I ~ a a U ' = r n N \ "~ £4'4LSS-0~ ,~~, r a s ~ N £4'iLSS-03 ~ II r ° ( S ~ ~ ¢ .-- W W Z W ~ it O - _ ~ O ~ w e 0£'ZLSS-Oj ~ ' U 0£'ZLSS-03 ~ O --- - K O O ~ i ~ N ~ N .n iA N _ o i!1 N N LLY _ N - ° N N ~ N _____ __. ~ ~ _- n N ^ N b N b N N N N N ~ N C 0£'ZLSS-Od i / _ 0£'ZLSS-J3 ~ -- _ i £9'SLSS-Od; i i a - - . - aw a p £9'SLSS-03 ; - - - - - J a 2 < w N ° ~ _ N N p ~ ~ rn 44'ILSS-9dl W 44'LLSS-03 Z L' S S 1 ,9 1S X \ B S I I Z _ _-_ 0 'L S = I ~ l d N W b ~ Z4'L9S5-Oj p + Zi'L95S-03 y~ N j N N N ~ ~ W w ~ m m ~ ~ Zo ~~ Z L z w g w 3 a w Q Z Z W W ~ a zN a ~W o N ~ ~ Q U m ~ J W Y ~ ~ ili U Q Q W m ~ Q K ~ > Sy m m m F <. ~ a ° ° Y Q m~ K Q ~ ° 3HL'1j~1%'',, ~ ~~~ n u <~ .n ~+ Z% O ~r v m g ~~ ~~ g g~ g °c - - pHo oeo v o m m L LL a N CU r~ ~W~ f 0 ~~~ ', i m FW- O R O ~ O N ~ W i ~ R i a ~ n n O F- U N O O 2 j m~~~ 6 i ~W-3 ~ ! U ZZ~ < ~ ~ rL ~yO~a~ w IL p W ¢ ? N ~ N ~ > iS~~ ~i ~~1 80 f N m = mr ~ w ylU O ~ Z ~3r J ~~ O Z Z U n'N U Z VrIN<~ U W Z d / ~~i~~~\ / ~ > i ~ i ~ ~~ I / +~ / i / joJ , ~ ~ i 0 / J i °z ~ / ? W ~ N X \ W - 0 I~ ~~ ~ , awo ~ y ~WWab + n , +NUJ aZ u ~ "'NV ,a ~N~ J N p W 7-~ °O J J ~3 X I w N x i° ~~ w r I ~a ~ _~ m3 m ~ 3n'n Nw O O OJnN UJ JJa Z w ~ N II z a wNN ~ Z ZZZO ~ p II ~ ~ U w W I ~iW KK I W~7o °'~ I J ~ ~ II O a W ~ ~N I N N J ~ r ~ r O ~1 I ~ I sl 2 ~ 'U1 w ~ l l vwi °~ w ~ w m m m ~ ~ Zo ~~, Z i r_ Z w8 r z w 3 O i \ ~ ~ a `" o x ~ d ~ ~ J Z ~ Q W 3 W~~~ pO~ Z W a~\ mVwrlw ~ QJ ywC<.t ~ad Z d ~ oN~ °w "Z yW° wm ytr 0OC Wl~y ~J y ~ m mQ Z7W w (Yy w W G > Y I \ J Z J D W J < U d Z d J Z ~ H QUQ ~ O a W Z ~ W S W NNW d O O X Z U \~ Zm~ Ny3W 1 NXjO-N ~ 2 O W Ur • JW ~ \\\~ ~ ~ ~ a t W J d. W S° `jam W ~ W 0 ~ '~ v~ W ~ O r \\ m ~ U O Wtj~ Oy I° VJ m YUN Y° ~~ ~~ Z O~ U 1 Ny- W F- pLL Q ~ ~ J O d0 dZK 7d.W=W ~ m Z UZ ~Iy ~^I oa `~ w p~' Zp zz ~co.~3 c~~w y> '~ ~z ~ ~s r ~ ~ ~ d ao~ ~ i ~~ -' W U I ~7j 9 I iN ~ ~ Z tO W M M Z m U J < g 0 ' y ~ (A 3 I J n~ O W ~ .I W Q U ; F- o ~ N + o IN~I- + ~ s^I ~ 1 ~ W N Y // O G ~ ~Q W Z • ~~ Z w / m l ~... o Z Q ~~ ` N~ ~ I\\/ / / .N > ~ N m ~ V / / / Z< °Y LL W J / ~3 00 V t O w O / r ~ ~ d' U --- __.-. - -- - / i~ ¢_ - -- - - Z Z a ~zwa, ~m ~~~ y y ~I~~ U ~ ~ y }Zw~ U ~ W Z r O 4 I ~ X - I ~tl ~ W S O I ° ° K < I ~~~N ~3 ° Jao~ U°w Z I Y°D o~z}~ $O Q r ~ Ij Z Op yV J J ~70 U U O y N ~ v J°_ < K~~ d' ~ N >.~ O O ~ Omd mO~yW r~_C O 2 adOU n W 72 xU \~_ ' WO ~ J~ Wd p(Z-J Z O m b U~ U O 0~ In r Q O Z N ~ Q U 7 y H 3 U W W y I y? S d II Z >y U N I ~ I >Q Z~ Z O ~ C~ w O a Ja J't.W J~ JZUN y W fi Z O rd ~ I X~ < ~UZ Z~ 3 W ~ 3 NN to~GvZ Ow °~ ~ ~ ~ Wry yrL-O Zy O W ° m ~y ~y ~ ~~ ~ I wm~UO O Y a ~ ~ wxgq~ S O: X ay (aQJ Oqv, ("v O Wes. W FIFO .9-.9 w W Fd \~ I Y~ V yU V YY m' m Q <`~ i7i r'.~N ~~ II 0 .4 3~ ~ ~ d ° ~ loy~ aye ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ y 5°o t5~w o d m~ IIZZ yWw .,. ~_ -.. '.... _ ... w~ZZ ~~ I I ~ o UyKUO acgi~ ~ < ~ ~o cad xow- ° z r 3wH n<~ z~a ~ ~ ~ ~ ~v ~ _ ,..3~~~yt 1 ~N< a W O> I I :t rW Q ~ WQ~ {V OIIO r ° UOJw ~ ~Z ~ I B ~ uni 2 Z ] O o ~ 1^ ~ ~< _ yJ Q gOU I ~g VI U ~~ W aN 1 ~~ o -e >1..~ c3;1 m W I t Y W; ~ ttlllll It\t4~ r~i >.. ryzy L >O`WO ~~ WU to in WW "` , N ~<J ~0~Q0 SZd,2 I ~ °~ wtn KO >Jtj d W Ur<U O ~ UWr W IN 00 ° J yW 1 ~ R ^~ W W O ~d0 O •. O ~Km~ ~Oi-iv I ~ tY= JZ ~~ m r~ J 01 fCW ~ 1 w? I (A a W ~ 3F. Y~~ atV-e a;;twit ~`" *~•. O Fc)ot _ _. __.. __._ 1 1. X^"3 NIii3r h"Q i?= %o Y, 04x q ~1 < z~ 3 y ~ E ~a O y W W W y O ~ w , r d g LL X W W= Z ~ ~ I ~ ~ O ~ ~$ 6 tOUO ZU';O 3 I V I' rW r N n< r < W K< O N N ` ~ 0 0 W O Z ° Zj Z , , KwWQfU Z p2d J ~ II 4 I w "'W y crn J r W ~ // I U y~ wU; N ~. pJ~y W 7 I ~ ~KvU; (aj --- - W K --- - ~a3 II aW3W Q i I ~ ~ I. W °~Z~ a ~ ~ 1 c~3 Z - -- `OpW w ~ I o ZOpon vrioa a ~ ~ cs.~~O~//1~ ~\ I -~{ O d F~ r ~ WNW r r 3 V i 1..x.•1 U U t/Q~ ] K y ~ O I S F~ 1/r1iT,/ cV ti wON II Wj a LL~O OO ~ I Up /F,i/'1 !'~ w ay^a OII JW da U ~OmN WN d0~ I a Z dat Nv Oa> O b F'N ~' I ~ ~'-d O J Zw 3 U M G ~ I ~ I~r~d~-+ ~a Ws ~ t~l~ i~OU ~i~i ° ° 3 w I ,` ~ °~a~ N o 1 add"' ~ r I Iwl 1,11 `I z d tr U I .N-Z xN ~~ U UrZr~ > .0-.S Q N (wj ~ dJ 3X(~ ~ _ ~ 3 f w W IWi, y ~ V O ~ ~ ~ < z r y ~J y J ~ y y K O< m na m 'y '~ ~ vyi a } ~ J O ~~ - Z aZ° ~ I O O Z J W J N /~ ~ n I tV ~ O m NQ OV3 O~tw -V _ (NI) I - - T w J dzg wo_ Q+ 7 d'I~0 ,9l - (1f10) ~ - N ~ w ®w N ~ U 3 g m d' 2$ ~. _ - I dld.9L ~ j Oo xa~i~o tiW W~~ _ -___ - -/ ~ yvl wrz`n of m o r J J 2 ~O x 0 x W ~ J W° ~ O ~ ? y.-• 1181 m0 i2{rWr m m Nr p, I d 2 m p°=~~ wo w ~7d'z z '~ N r~ ~~ r ~~t! r wO~'' y>JJ ~ ~ y O Z~ NJKOy yQy ~ y ;2 ~ ~ ~ - - - _o ~ s ~ ~o Y cwi .~ (3lJNV 1331S) " W ~ z ~ ((d77 Z ~ r \Z `\N~ ~ I IW-~_~I l ~ O Z W= W.-. <U W ~ i B a J I <JFrz < N II 3 .. w II oxo~. =N ~ I IU3 ° a ~y S U 3~ '~' >:~ .Z I ~&W 7 VUi `~ _ I w -h ~ 0 VI o> iv~ rQm mat -1 i ~a3 l I aF irr I p7aJ N 1 a ui .1 ~ _ wz d g '~Z N ~ --- ° . ~3 of - - -~' d°~ cai M<J ,/ W I yW N dZ W~ iG ~~ 07 <~ + ~ NV~ O O N° ~ d N~ I f WW ~~m ~ W >y U~ ~ g3U UWO 2 ~ J O _ _ _ + d Z J J= N ~ by W~j(tW ~WUZ 0 I o ° l't twit y N Q U trif I Jdw aat yx I ~M~ ~ WOti m~~y~ 6 ~FJ- ~U= ~ ('dxl) ~= Jwz U ~,~iZZy3q; fi °a > o .~-.Z d o " ~' K ww~~ m ~ w 31Y1d 13315 " t '~ > " o' a ~ F y Q I .£-.4 v ~ s~° o S s z Z J O s a ~° N WO m~ O Q ,nz ~a a ~ < ~ a~ - O ~i w a In w J J ~ V7 O I \ O a ~ o ~ /{ / ~ I I Q ~ w~' Q N ~ ~ 0 F'---t-~ i 3 I z N 3 ma --.mss o _ 8 F a ~~o O O w p r = O ~ N U O o ~ j ~ `ff` ~ J ~_~ °a ~ ~O Q r IIVM C ~ z ~ ~n N o U ~ N ~ r^ J J „4-,Z ~ Q .t 9 z IJ_I o ~ m U _~ a o ~" ~i ~ W n ~ W '~ 0 VI O ~ ~a ~ ~ 2 ~ z z o a x U F ..l a. cn ~1JWp V a N W o uz o U JWa' zwa 3pW~ K 0 ~y 6 ~ s oa 1- J N O z r. `ai. ? •'v ~; .. ~. 3 N ZO Z < N ~~3a o ~a afro ~ ~ K W~NU W C7r 3 w ~~Ow Z N U aaaJ CL4 W ~ 0 r- z ~ =a~ W~ N ~w ~ U 3 N°W,o ~ a ~p i ~ Z bN W J ~ ^ /~ I..L. ~, a 0 .~ z ~ ~ Q ~N (~ z W ~p Li 1~ .£ .. ~N ~ O- C M W 'a V J O q W G7 N7< __? ~ ~ o m ~ ~ zz o z ~~`~` z a p~v, w n nw a_ w np j'a w aJ >¢~'^ a a oN,N„ a z ~wao ~ N ~~aa U X" ~p~a a w0 ~C a o c~+ W I W K U Z c z V zr~ w O m ¢Op~OZ_J O~ Y¢ ZWK O W Q W N~ N V ~ O Vl w U N g z ¢a'ma~w~?w w O~ ~ W m O N x ~ m W a ~ W w03J4.V~3v1 ~ZWW 00 J yy m(?RIx ~W W Zw D o~o 2~UN \Omo~ W Q U Z N W T} ~~ W~ WWJaw ~~-- OOO a' ~ N < ~ m WOO O xx ipY ~ ~ Z ~ ~ ~ U m Quv,i~ Zw~ 3pa?o moo a ° w ~m~~°gaw~~w . U wxv~wi0 ~'IZ~z ° ~ ° J xa V VI Zio>~z -' z Ji0 Vl 1-ONI-.U W Z Q V ® ~ ¢ ~ 4 a w ~~'j ~ z a m 3 N ~ Y D i ~, W ~, m ~ , c .~ ~ W Z i ~ ~ ~m xl W ~ r H ~ N U ~ li FF • J' .~ . U Z ~ O ~ Mxwpm O U1 Z ~a ~X~~o ~ w U~ J~UZZ w J Q O~i OOOwO Q N Z J 00 Q•~NjU ~f~~t, ~~ f ~ N J V 1 J a~~zz ~ U o KZO~ wo o z O Q J 7 W V ? m ~ n Q O z 0 Z w U O m J Z J w Z W~ O V O O Z? ~ N 2pQp~ W S V N Z ~ ~ ~ p w Vl ~ pa N ~ w m 0 LL ~ w m m ~ N ~~ V c w Z f 1 w o F"'~1 w ~i ~ N ~ a O z w U ¢~ iV W ~~ ~ Q o Z 00~ aWU O ~ KQ O >JQ rj W ~N® V UF-F ~ O mOU~ O F-- ~o U Z .moo ~ N^~o wwN~ QO?. / 3zz'C I ~N~o =N- V N J W r ~~ z~~a 0 ~ ~ Op i~Ja O Og ~JZ?: N cG v w Ja ww IL w a W ~ N O O ~ O Q ~ J >~; g~ a z ~ Q ~ CD ~ Q ~ W ~ w w ~ ~ w Q J w F- ~ w°o ~ ~ N U ~- ~~_ ~ uavN_i U W O ~ O Q ~ W ~ Q O } Q m Z J g ~ w Q m z z ,°,~ w _ ~ ~ '. C1 N m m m ~ ¢ ~ ~, Z ~ ~! a ° ¢ ~ ° m ¢ 0 ~ x a o 0 ~ ° U U ~ z ~33iy'",~,,,,, ....-^-..1.~. , N a o Z N o = p ws o c~ ~ m ~ Q rf a °' p o ~ ~ v o a ¢ a x r _~ a _ w ~a ,.i "' a vii 3 ~ ; ~x ~ a ~ a ~ ZW '" Z ¢ J p O= aO 1- Q r Ja N ¢ F C~ p p a a Vl W~ X W ~ U U O N N M Q W O W W ~ _~ w °O v ~ a_ a w ~ Nz ~ ° g ~ N ~ g ~ W ~ Q ~ ~ wp ~O > \ F- w w ~ J r' Q. = w ~ a FW- N N Q O ~ a N N N W Z 3 a g ~ O O q fi + O"- W ~ ~¢ '= rF ~ Ql~l >~ Z ~ NJ N Vlp to av K m a Q W g ,nw ¢ p ~ ~ a va ° w <> ~z~ i , ~ J Z H W W =~ N a N a wo ~ O w~ s w O D w O N= N W > W~ 7 O O w W a J ~ ~m w Wa 03V/ a Ja ~ O N ~w Z ~ N ri < z°'o Q ~ 7_ Q W a. W N Q x N Q N w az~ wNo U U g~< W ~W W ; awe a ~ v ~ Z ¢~o ~ Z V W O NOS r~ J_ Q W 0 Q f-' W n. 0 W V Q U W ~N LL V1 H ~ z Z w J Z W o~ Z 3° N ~ ~ r- o o N~ Z j I a p ¢ ~ ¢ au E o `` w r' - o~g _ Q N 7 Zr r / ? ~ In LL a~° ~ a3Z d a Ufa ~ O N a O N ~~~ (n r O oWw g z ~=3 W v JN ~ N W Z a zai F ON ~ Z o 0 U U W ~ ~ K O Z ~ O~aU zaa~ Z O U ~ mO~lj ' N W Y ~_ p0 ¢ im=3 0 ¢ V w N _ y ~~O° U 6 K w jU i W NK ~ QO _ K~ O r ~ Z a NKO a a Wray a M ~ ¢ N Q U W ~ J Q ~ >aa y~ a N `~ r N ~ w Z as a ~T _' ~ ~ _ ~ _- - .:. __ y _ ~ _ - Y ? r J~ Paz. yLL _5'~ SF• _. _ a, '_.r _. _. ~-{j ~s~ .. sR. - ~9.i ~~~ .._ ' K ~ S ~ r 5' 3-` u 3~ ,~~' ~ ~ ,6 7 ~ ~ ~aa ~~ ~ _~ ~ ASK ~~ ~ ~~~~~ff~i~ ~~$w ~o~b ~ ' a ~~ K r~ __ _ __ __ _- _ __-_ _ ---- -- - _ -- - -----t- i T -- i , 7 r-* , - +-- - r ~ -1 -~~ i ' I IWiyiI ' ~ ~ ~~I 4. ~j~ ~ '~ ~. I . ' ~XI ~3~ i. I ~ I ~,' ~ -1--'-- ~ ~-- fi ~ -'-'i' T K' I i i ~ ~ ~ I^ ' ~~ ~ ~~I. '~ I ~ IWi ~~~ 1 ~~I~ ~~~i ---~ ~i ,I~~~~ i ~~~~ ~~1 ~~i ~ ~~~ 'fi'g ~ ~~ ~ '~~ I~~~~ ~ ~~ I I~ ffyy 7 r ~ '~I I I ~,,gl ' IT If I~ '. ~Z G3 L~ ~ i I I ~~~ 3 I 1 a ~I ~ ~I ~ IrcY ~~ ~ I I I~~ ~ ~ -~ I t~l "I ~ I~g~~~ ~~ W ' -,^~~ rilJ ~ I~ z{ i ~ ~I~~ I I~~~ i ~~~~~i GI3 io I I~ ~ P~~I~,I~ ~ z'I~I~~~ ~i~,~~fs~~l~f ~~~~ ~I~I_'~I~ ;x _ s~ ~ ~ ~ ,Yc ~ '~ °d `~ ~a a° ~~~ 2 ~ ~ a~ - ~ ~ °~ ~ a ~ ~~ s ~ _ - .- ~z ~i _~ ~ s~ _ 3 _ ~=<~-- y\~ ! ~ _ ~'s - -- ~ `3 ' ~ ~hu ~'` Y 3~ 3 Z -~ ` ~~ Y K .. ~ »~ `fir - ... ~` ~ -~ ~3 -.. d ~ S a }nY '\ i ~ _ 1 I ' aQ ;. _ ~ `~ ~~ ~~ _ r ~~ ~N`1 t ~ s \ -~ ~ _ _ ~~ -~ ~ __ ` 5< ' '+_ ,. 1 1 I ' r `} ` __ __ 1 ~i h'~ ~ s i ,. ~° ~~ =~ _" to ~ K i _,. s _. Y ~Y. _.._ _.__. i I , ~- Y 22 Y .__..._ _.~- --~- 4~€~ 'gip? 'YJ~ 3~ - ~ i"' '.i ~ _ ~ ! ~ ~ ~ ' - - ~ ~^ ~ ~ x ~~ ~ ~ ~ l "~ y L 8 Y ?5 ~L z 4 ~ + ~ ° ~ y ~ ? Y 1 i ~ ~ ~ ° y _ I :2 . Y ~~ ~ i ~I~ ~ ~ ~ Q ~ ~ ~ r ~ ^ ` J ~ ~ ~ ~ _ _ y,, I tic :J ~ > ~ ` a .:f I ~ _\~ ~ I .~.~ `. ~ 7 ~ .- ~~ ~. 1 } i f Q Z H Z a~ W W N ~ Q m ~ CL Y Y W N ~ v ``~ a } J n z a u.; Z z Q Z z 0 z Q U Z OW_ U1 ,..~ w O~ ~~~ a ~' ~~ y _ 1 .: ~' 5 ° _ ~ r :- - c ;~ .=i~_ -.. _ -:.- _ ,.. - - - -- ~ -. _ - - _._ .. t. _ r _, _.._. x x . v ~ __ r ~cooc no,~,-. ~.-,~. mcc ~_ :'~ n f y L r i,, c c vi o o c. - ~ x ~ T DD nnDnnD '- V -_ T ~ n c~ U ', - S ~ ~ ~ r D ~ ~~ .. ~ ? ~~„; x ~ .., r .~_ !' - .-. ' - - -' S '-.O'^- D ~ _- _ ~'- A T~ C r" O V CvC ^("'>(' (` ('!),'~ P W -r AOUCn J) DOU JO ,u xU ;A D ` J ' DD> D> D D D D C CsQ' '~ - C - ~ ~ ~ __ ! ~. _ .. _. ' _ c~ - TZ1 t ~ C _ ._ T. ~ 7 C'1C ~ ~ f t C.Z D~Z2 ` _.7:) D~F C D ;L ~ ZA ZmmAV Z rn C' ~~ UD 'm L D _ UZ ~, z ~~: /~ t ~ ~ - i ~ '" '~ J C S ~ l - - ~ T I C~ ~ : ~ l ~.. m Z ~ A Zn A w n _r C I- - .~ y ~ Z D 2 ~. W O r n D ~. ' '. .. _ S _ D vcn . r ~ D .^ ~ D '~ :C x ~$~ m L - D .n _ _ , _ - _ -. i _ = < - - ^ i Z L._ ~ ~ O`- _ Z __ _ iin ~7 p - - _ - ~, - - _ - -~ ~ m 7 r m - _ - -- - _ t ~ A ~ ~ r zZ ~` D r i - _ - _~ - _ _ _ ~ ~ = a 7 r_-_,~ C z m _ _ .. - ~ .. ~_ _ ?. - ~ ~ s p r. z ~' G _ - I ` ' D,; D `~ ! D ~~ r~ ; ~ z v' .. ~ - _ _ - ~ FS T D C 'i ~<-~Z1A7~ ..- J= ~O- SC` TZI ~ D _~ -I _ _ _ $ ,z. ~ _ _. n ~- ~~ _ ` ... =one' _ -. .. ~ mss t a _ - x ~ Z - _ ~ _- _ ~- - - - - .- ~ C .' - _ - _ ' D s ' .. .+ ~ S ~ ~ ~ " _ .. V ^ ~JyJ~ L __ ` ~ _, 4 _ ~_ r S - D_..o^ ~ ~ ~ - - ~ F "'' J ~ _:^ D ~ ~ D r, J TT -. Cii ~ L B - - - z ~C ° , ~ Z ~ O "~n m zZ nz ~ I D I q _ -_ A xl: O~ ~~ Z' F ~-'z - ~y_ ~' i n) ~~ ~ ~ry '~ c 4~;° ~' ° . ~ Q ~ ` ~ ~ - x i .. ~ _ ;rte hJ p ~. `_ _' s ; 7 ~ ~ ~ 4. I .. _, y O x i C ~ _ _ ~ O (~ C. b _'J ~" ' ~ I ~ - +. O 7 C A ~ ~ - S y l J i p _ O i -. /W ` ~`.. `s- V _~_-___..-_-..-._ -_. -_.____-___ __... __ _ ~-- _'. ~ ~~O ~C r ~ a.! ~ ~ y, ~ ) T N ~ O S ~ ~ - ~ i Y ~ ~ ~^ A T ~ ? ~ ~ ~ o rA-i Z - - i 1 < c z - ~ > ~ rn r I _ ' < -~ ~l T ~ ... .- - ~ T ~ ~ ~ A LT% , v ~ Z - ". ~ ~ ~ v n ~ i 1 ~ 1 s G~ 'n ~ '_ _D D ~ ~, s b ~ _ ~ L ~: I I C7 - ^ r ~ .n ~ ~ ~ C T' u Z_ ~ ~ J T /v m Z r - ~ (A .~ ., CJ .. J ~ - ~ ~ ° N" -yn c Z Can D " N m N 2Zm <- fZ ZZ~ 5, ~ r .O- Z ~ O V O- I ~ ~x i i i ~f v i FOrV O II r. ~~ c> - `~ ,~ ~~ ~ Cod o '-n c>UZ ~ m ~ y T _ _ .G - Z ~ /1 N U~ N - O N ~ I ~ - - _ ~; ~~ _ _ _ T ; ~ _~T - ~ I ~ ~~ z - n ~;__~ ~ - 5 . . O V y O .. i Z S - Z L O,~Q Z D ~y i I Z i ~ ti r D n \ © T Z - T z F - rn ~ ' c f i z ~ >~ . ~ ~. s s z ~ ~ ----- ----- --- -- _ -- - --- -;- ~...-_-_ - ~ _ ---- - -- - - - - y D ~ _I ? ~' ~ ' ~ -------- --- --- ---- ---------- --~- ---. ..-. ~. ~i ~ i z~ ~ -;~~ ~~ •I^ ~ ~~ ~ a ; r I .1 ~ ~ s ,~ ~ , ~ _ _, ._ `' _ ~ i ' - ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ z - z - - ,_ s <~ -__ ~ ~ ~ o ,~ ~ _ ~ N ~ o ~~ z ~ ~ ---1 ? e A 1 A i ~. _. O A Z 2 A ... O A_ 2 . ~J ' -' - O Z C> Y' I S ~ _. ? ~ C _ ~ 2 A ~ - b - - ~ Z .. - _ 3l > ~ C. S r.1 . D __ t ~ y = i 2 ~ ... .. C C~ ~ ~ - ~~ ~ - . - - - J ~. - P ... cx ., --_-_- ~ 1 rn a a ~ - a r. o c o ~ ~ i ~ ~~ 1 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ L L. L.~ i r ~~ ~~ ~o `~ m ~ ~~ X7 ~ ~ - ~"y ~ ~-- II~, O ~ ~1 I t~ ~"~~ ~ ~ ,~Q~,;.~ 9_`t~ ~~~ r Qt v h T Z Z r !Tt -~ a` A C Z _ _- ,. C ~ ~ ~ C i ~ T i ` ~ ~ D N \! T .~ { Z i- V~ m n I ; L T ~ _ I ('J i -- _. - r _: ,, .. . - Zn _ ,, -~,- D?D ~ :7 m ~T ~+ _ $' - __ X = ~, _ C :c _. ~. I, z m ~ m: _ . ~_ T --- - m vT _~ - ~N '~ ~~ ~D 1 7 A , s C c a y ~ ~` .- + .._ .. .. _ ti- .__ _ ~- T .__. __ ~. -.~____~_..__.. _ ... _. /C ` - ~ --.-__._..____. _~ ___. ~.._.__. _.__ ~_ ~~~ ~~ I~\ : ~ C' u I /% ..J_ypC._~__-L OCO~ _. VACS-+--_ - _ _ aj _ -.._-_., ~ , ... A ~ _.. .. - :. • ~ _~ ~~~ - - _O _ ~ ~ V ~ ~~ ~~~ ~ ~" _. _ b _ T j - ~ ! ~ (~ y ~ Q_ ~ r ~" ~. ~ ~. :.m A 1 ^,7 1 I C3 r.'.. ~ _ `~- 7 I cZi COO C _ - N O v _... __. _ __.. ~ " __ .. _, ' J , ~ -.~ ~ ~ ~ ~ O v ~i Vl z ^' ~ n ~~~ " ~ ~~1C"' ~~z _ - ~ ;J = z - ~` I IT D - 1 -`- "-. .. v -~ ~ ~J ~~ ' i ~ ~J '~/ `... -+OUI-i0 D m I fTl I O x0 00 00 DO r m 'f't C21 ~ •~ ? O ~ 'Z _ ~ 1 -I -1 m -1 m ? = H n -~ °n-~s~ n p C O .Z 1 no y 'm ,,~ "' D z~ O x~ N D' xz ~ ~ O ~ i r -i ~ !D '~ c y s - i C y n n a O mci;AO Nf Z If A~ I AO ~ Zp O ZO G'1 Dp r - -~ m N C -1 m xl N n c~ i . A u .Z1 c .ZI A --1 .V n N A2 m m ~^ -I ~ ~O = m; Z I~ -~ -+O -~ ~O D ~ -y -~O c ~ -a -IO c A m -i ZO O Z O AritCAO Vlm N x0 m0 DO n0 00 ~ DO~"t< O N< '~ < m< ~< ;< ~ ~{ Z n O p D D Z O O r 0 r 0 ~ m O - m Z ~nmA~ om 2 m G7 m m 9 D V _ .-. ~ _ Z ~ S O D - O? N ~ --I in ~ ^t H m ~ m :9 ~ C N ~ O+ ~ O~ ~ Of O~ ~ 1 ~ L ° ~Xmm~ ~{N ~ ~ N N N N r ~ N < i! r ~ T ~ ~ ~ - i~m-~ D a ; OLZ7 rl'i0 r Z -~ ~~ _ ~ ._ ._ s Z mZ~ O N Z O (") ~ m C On~~ n D D ~ ~ C1 ... n ..~ n ~. n .~ ~ _ ,. Z O C ~ O . . + .. m O Z In O 2 +~ 0 ,~ 0 ~ 0 ~ 0 "' °c~~n n~OZZ ~n O X .~ 3 3 ~ ~ ~ r Z m ~~ r r m r m n N iFcs-+ p O '' `~ ~ -' V1 Z o 0 0 ~ ~ ~ ? O ti m n N OiG < o I I -' o m ~ _ i - .~ ~L~ -~~ ~o ~~ -~~ ~~ o n {S ~~J~~ G r` m A C m --1 Z G I .-, I c 7_ ~ 1 y ~ ~ V T = T. T m ~ C D N '~ m m x { G' ~J V ~ T S (') t I rJ D S Z r Z •I• r~ _~ _ - zx _ -~ . _ a s_, z z p D ~ ~ ~5 ..1 m \ \ D % ~ 1 .. \ ... __. ~._.. __._. .._ ._ . _. -{ __ __. / ___ Y O ~ F - ~ ~- r I• f'1 __.. C L. c ~ I -r i c. ~' j __ Z ~ o / S - _....- _ ~ _ ____. _.___ _ -_ , ~ -.~. I i - -.ers~ _ .. ._._.____. _.-. _. a ~ i ~ __ < ~ - I ~ ~; .~1 / / Tc~ J '~ - ~ S _C D I ^ G Tp T - :._ '' _ -_ ~ T ~ 1 ~~T =D Ox ~ vY \`\ 1_ 7A~ O r~ `z ~~ z ~ Z Ci ~ ~T __, ~ Z ~~ ~C. _ ~ ~i O 2~- TA - ~ ~~ T N - n o~ i~ N r ~ l7 l\ ~ / / / ~ Z - ____.. ..-.. .. .. -_- __. __. _.. __ _ _ \ : n V+ ., y .~ 1 /~ J ..~ - - - __. __ -~--. ~J .. .- ti _ < f - _ .. p Z , ° ---~ - :> ~ i ; - _i^ nG~,, i ---- mxr~ ~ - A _ ~ ~ -Cx ~ ~ -~ ~ ~ m ~ ' '-~--r-' c - y ° ~ ~ J ~ ; - - ~zi _ ~ / _ . z .s. =r'x t ' r ~ _ _ _. ... _.... _ _. . ,y ~~ C "I r;W _ _ \ .. '"J <' - ~~ Ts z /~ /-~ 1 1 C A p 00~ n OS r- C n ~ C ~ r 0 rNi nA Z C ~ m ` m myZ mmA ~ ~ £N ~„_, ,, < m ~ Om N D ~~ r^ Z ~ m O 2 D 2 pAn DDy L--~ DO Z ~D A D ~ Z -1 n1 _N Op ; Z Apr ^ A'A --I A : ~ ~O O y OZ 00 (n Z p D-' A_ ~ Z n m C ~ A Z p O Zf~ r O O-N.A m T O N = -IC m ti OA C(7 OZ ~r C1D n -D+~ D X ~ m r O ~ A A p"' N R' O O Z n ? ~ ~ C I ' O A N , Z A V ~ b ~ +I -~~ ~ Op O D Z ~ D m m OD A ~^ Z~ p X z c- OO Cp (~ z~in x x ~ O -aZ2 ~ tND , inae m ~ x -i A 2 DO r., ~ Z m ~~ N ~ Z O r r2. ~~ ~ h N ~ 0 0 n y; Z rn O 2 Gp C7 D 2 D I Sn A O~ in A ~ v. A Appendix B N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Misc Forms\Appendix Divider Sheets.docx MORRISON C O ~~ .~~..rM A/14TTi T?T Ti ,.... --------- - ~ INC. 2880 TECHNOLOGY BOULEVARD WEST • PO BOX 1113 • BOZEMAN, MT 59771 An Employee-Owned Company OFFICE: 406-587-0721 • FAX 406-922-6702 • WwW.m-m.net May 19, 2009 U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Shannon Johnson, Regulatory Program Manager P.O. Box 2256 Billings, Montana 59103 RE: City of Bozeman Lyman Creek Spring Improvements -Transmittal of Section 404 Joint Application USACE File #: NWO-2008-02818-MTB M M I#: 0417.055 Dear Shannon, Please find enclosed one copy of the Joint Application for Proposed Work in Montana's Streams, Wetlands, F/oodplains, and other Water Bodies (Joint Application) in support of the proposed development of a municipal water supply source for the City of Bozeman at Lyman Creek. The proposed project area is located north of Bozeman, in the northeast quarter of the southeast quarter of Section 21, Township 1 South, Range 6 East, P.M.M., Gallatin County, Montana. Lyman Creek and its associated wetland fringe (W-1-08) were determined to be jurisdictional waters of the U.S. as described in your letter dated December 1, 2008. The applicant proposes to construct spring water collection and conveyance infrastructure to accommodate the increasing municipal water demand by the population of the City of Bozeman. It is anticipated that the construction of the proposed water collection infrastructure (spring collector) and the water conveyance infrastructure will result in minor impacts to Lyman Creek and its associated wetland fringe within the project area. Proposed project activities will result in approximately 76 linear feet of streambank impact and 548 square feet of impact to the wetland fringe of Lyman Creek. Please review the enclosed Joint Application at your earliest convenience. If you have any questions regarding the information provided, please call me at (406) 922-6845. Sincerely, ~ MORRISON-MAIERLE, urc. eve M. Lau en Senior Environm I Scientist SML/JGM Enclosure cc: Rick Moroney, City of Bozeman James Nickelson, P.E., MMI ENGINEERS SURVEYORS PLANNERS SCIENTISTS 1/1 1/1 Providing resources in partnership with clients to achieve their goals. Revised: 7/2/2008 (310 form 270) AGENCY USE ONLY: Application # Date Received Form may be downloaded from: Date Accepted /Initials Date Forwarded to DFWP www.dm-c.mt.gov/pemrits/default.asp JOINT APPLICATION FOR PROPOSED WORK IN MONTANA'S STREAMS, WETLANDS, FLOODPLAINS, AND OTHER WATER BODIES Use this form to apply for one or all local, state, or federal permits listed below. "Information for Applicant" includes agency contacts and instructions for completing this application. To avoid delays, submit all required information, including a project site map and drawings. Incomplete applications will result in the delay of the application process. Other laws may apply. It is the applicant's responsibility to obtain all permits and landowner permission, when applicable, before beginning work. PERMIT AGENCY FEE 310 Permit Local Conservation District No Fee SPA 124 Permit Department of Fish, Wildlife and Parks No Fee Floodplain Permit Local Floodplain Administrator Varies by city/county $25 - $500+ Section 404 Permit, Section 10 Permit U. S. Army Corps of Engineers Varies ($0 - $100) 318 Authorization 401 Certification Department of Environmental Quality $150 (318); $300 - $10,000 (401) Navigable Rivers Land Use License or Easement Department of Natural Resources and Conservation, Trust Lands Mana ement Division License $25; Easement $50, plus annual fee A. APPLICANT INFORMATION NAME OF APPLICANT: City of Bozeman (Rick Moroney, Water Treatment Plant Superintendent) Has the landowner consented to this project? Q Yes ^ No Mailing Address: P.O. Box 1230 Day Phone: (406) 586-7158 Physical Address: 121 N. Rouse St. Evening phone: City/State/Zip: Bozeman, MT 59771 E-Mail: NAME OF LANDOWNER (if different from applicant): Same as above Mailing Address: Same as above Day Phone: Same as above Physical Address: Same as above Evening Phone: City/State/Zip: Same as above E-Mail: Same as above NAME OF CONTRACTOR/AGENT (if one is used): Morrison-Maierle, Inc., Steve Laufenberg Mailing Address: P.O. Box 1113 Phone: (406) 922-6845 Physical Address: 2880 Technology Boulevard West Evening Phone: City/State/Zip: Bozeman, Montana 59771 E-Mail: slaufenberg~a,m-m.net B. PROJECT SITE INFORMATION NAME OF STREAM or WATER BODY at project location: The ordinary high water mark of Lyman Creek and its associated wetland fringe were delineated as W-1-08 within the project area. The approximate center point of W-1-08 is identified as 45°43'58.9" North, 110°59'0.7: West (NAD 83 datum). Nearest Town: Bozeman, Montana Geocode: 06090521401010000 Address/Location: The proposed project area is an approximately 2-acre portion of land located on City of Bozeman property north of Bozeman, Montana in the Bridger Mountain Range (Figure 1). The legal description for the project site is the northeast quarter of the southeast quarter of Section 21, Township South, Range 6 East, Gallatin County, Montana. This space is for all Department of Transportation and SPA 124 permits (governmentprojects). Project Name Control Number Contract letting date MEPA/NEPA Compliance ^ Yes ^ No If yes, #13 of this application does not apply. The state owns the beds of certain state navigable waterways. Is this a state navigable waterway? No. If yes, send copy of this application to appropriate DNRC land office -see Information for Applicant. ATTACH A PROJECT SITE MAP OR A SKETCH that includes: 1) the water body where the project will take place, roads, tributaries, landmarks; 2) a circled "X" representing the exact project location. IF NOT CLEARLY STATED ON THE MAP OR SKETCH, PROVIDE WRITTEN DIRECTIONS TO THE SITE: Immediately following the Joint Application form, please find the following Figures for the proposed City of Bozeman Lyman Creek Spring Improvements project: Figure 1 City of Bozeman Lyman Creek Spring Improvements -Vicinity and Topographic Map Figure 2 City of Bozeman Lyman Creek Spring Improvements -Aerial Map Figure 3 City of Bozeman Lyman Creek Spring Improvements -Wetland Delineation Map C. PROJECT INFORMATION 1. TYPE OF PROJECT (check all that apply) ^ Bridge/Culvert/Ford Construction ^ Fish Habitat ^ Mining ^ Bridge/Culvert/Ford Removal ^ Recreation (docks, marinas, etc.) ^ Dredging ^ Road Construction/Maintenance ^ New Residential Structure ^ Core Drill ^ Bank Stabilization/Alteration ^ Manufactured Home D Placement of Fill ^ Flood Protection ^ Improvement to Existing Structure ^ Diversion Dam D Channel Alteration ^ Commercial Structure Q Utilities ^ Irrigation Structure ^ Wetland Alteration ^ Pond Q Water Well/Cistern ^ Temporary Construction Access ^ Debris Removal ^ Excavation/Pit D Other: Development of spring source for municipal water supply, 2. PLAN OR DRAWING of the proposed project MUST be attached. This plan or drawing must include: • a plan view (looking at the project from above) • a cross section or profile view • dimensions of the project (height, width, depth in feet) • an elevation view • location of storage or stockpile materials • dimensions and location of fill or excavation sites • drainage facilities • location of existing or proposed structures, such as • an arrow indicating north buildings, utilities, roads, or bridges See the attached drawing depicting plan and profile project design details: Figure 4 City of Bozeman Lyman Creek Spring Improvements -Wetland & Waterway Impact Exhibit 3. IS THIS APPLICATION FOR an annual maintenance permit? ^ Yes Q No (If yes, an annual plan of operation must be attached to this application -see "Information for Applicant") 4. PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION DATE. Include a project timeline. Start date: 8/01/2009 Finish date: 10/30/2009 Is any portion of the work already completed? ^ Yes D No (If yes, describe the completed work.) 5. WHAT IS THE PURPOSE of the proposed project? The purpose of the proposed project is to develop an additional municipal water supply source for the City of Bozeman. 6. WHAT IS THE CURRENT CONDITION of the proposed project site? Include a description of the existing vegetation, bank condition, bank slope, and height. What other structures are nearby? Lyman Creek is an existing municipal water source for the City of Bozeman and is characterized as having natural and altered stream reaches, impoundments, and storage/diversion structures within and in the immediate vicinity of the project area. Within the project area, water enters the upstream (northern) portion of the delineated Lyman Creek channel via apreviously-installed pipe located within the drainage. Lyman Creek hydrology is also supplemented within the project area by a seep originating west of the Lyman Creek channel and an existing culvert conveying groundwater into the stream channel (Figure 3). An existing water collection/storage structure is located within the existing Lyman Creek stream channel immediately south of the project area. Lyman Creek is diverted underground at the water collection/storage structure and reemerges approximately 50 feet downstream. Two impoundments with an additional four associated water control structures are located on Lyrnan Creek downstream (south) of the water collection/storage structure. Existing diversions, impoundments, storage structures, and steep gradients within the Lyman Creek stream channel prohibit fish from migrating upstream to the project area. Wetland vegetation observed within the project area included red-osier dogwood (Corpus stolonifera), tufted hairgrass (Deschampsia cespitosa), leafy aster (Aster foliaceus), meadow foxtail (Alopecurus pratensis), and hairy willow-herb (Epilobium ciliatum). The upland vegetation within the project area included orchard grass (Dactylis glomerata), Canada goldenrod (Solidago canadensis), thimbleberry (Rubus parviflorus), heart-leaf arnica (Arnica cordifolia), and Canada thistle (Cirsium arvense). 7. PROVIDE A BRIEF DESCRIPTION of the proposed project. Project activities proposed within and in the vicinity of Lyman Creek will include the construction of water collection (spring collector) and water conveyance infrastructure. General work activities will entail: • Excavation of a trench within and adjacent to the Lyman Creek stream channel and its associated wetland fringe; • Construction of a spring collector that will include the placement of rounded washed rock and a stainless steel well screen within the excavated trench, capping the layer of rounded washed rock with a layer of clay, constructing a clay cutoff wall at the downstream end of the spring collector, and backfilling the trench; ' • Installation of a 12-inch-diameter water conveyance pipe extending from the spring collector beneath a portion of the delineated wetland/waterway; and • Reclamation of disturbed ground surfaces. 8. PROJECT DIMENSIONS. How many linear feet of bank will be impacted? How far will the proposed project encroach into and extend away from the water body? Project activities associated with the construction of the spring collector and the installation of the water conveyance pipe will result in unavoidable wetland/waterway impacts to Lyman Creek and its associated wetland fringe (W-1-08). Project activities are anticipated to result in 761inear feet of permanent streambank impact and 548 square feet (approximately 0.013 acre) of permanent wetland impact within the project area. A brief description of project activities that will be completed within W-1-08 is provided below. Specific wetland and streambank impacts resulting from project activities are depicted in the attached City of Bozeman Lyman Creek Spring Improvements -Wetland and Waterway Impact Exhibit (Figure 4). A 20-foot-long, 8-inch-diameter stainless steel well screen will be installed within an approximately 7-foot- wide, 44-foot-long open-cut trench, excavated to the depth of the underlying bedrock or to a maximum depth of 8 feet. The stainless steel well screen will be installed on top of a 4-inch-thick layer of 1.5-inch rounded washed rock and buried in the washed rock to a depth of 3 feet from the bottom of the trench. Non-woven filter fabric will be installed over the rock bedding which will be overlain by a 12-inch-thick clay cap seal. The clay cap seal will tie into a 4-foot-thick clay cut off wall that will be constructed at the downstream (southern) end of the spring collector. The cut off wall will be keyed into underlying bedrock or to a depth of 8 feet below existing grade (if bedrock is not encountered). The clay cap seal and clay cut off wall will be covered with native Type "C" trench backfill, graded, covered with topsoil, and seeded with asite-appropriate grass seed mix or revegetated with salvaged grass sod material. Project activities within W-1-08 will also include the installation of a proposed 12-inch-diameter high density polyethylene (HDPE) or polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe. The pipe will extend from the spring collector (through the clay cut off wall) to a proposed overflow measurement vault structure (to be constructed in an adjacent upland area). Installation of the pipe will require the excavation of an approximately 8-foot-deep, 7- foot-wide open-cut trench for the installation of the HDPE or PVC pipe. Following excavation of the trench, the proposed HDPE or PVC pipe will be installed on top of a 4-inch-thick layer of Type 1 pipe bedding and buried with Type lpipe bedding to a depth of approximately 2 feet from the bottom of the trench. The trench will be backfilled with native Type "C" trench backfill (salvaged on site), graded to pre-construction contours, covered with topsoil, and seeded with asite-appropriate grass seed mix or revegetated with salvaged grass or wetland sod materials. u 9. VEGETATION. What type and how much vegetation will be removed or covered with fill material? The total area of anticipated ground disturbance associated with proposed construction activities is approximately 0.28 acre. However, the majority of impacts to vegetation are expected to be temporary. Temporary impacts to vegetation within the project area (vegetative community described in ITEM 6. CURRENT CONDITION) are anticipated from heavy machinery disturbance, construction of the spring collector, and installation of the water conveyance pipe extending from the spring collector. Vegetative species incidentally impacted by construction activities will have the ability to rejuvenate from subsurface rooting structures and/or seeds, or will be reseeded following completion of construction activities. Construction of the overflow measurement vault structure will result in the permanent loss of upland vegetation within the project area. 10. MATERIALS. Describe the materials to be used and how much. The materials used (only in the impacted wetland/waterway area) for the construction of the spring collector and the installation of the 12-inch-diameter HDPE or PVC pipe will include approximately 101 cubic yards of native Type "C" trench backfill, 15 cubic yards of clay cap seal (compacted soil and sodium bentonite mixture), 30 cubic yards of 1.5-inch rounded washed rock, 27 cubic yards of Type 1 pipe bedding, 240 square feet of non- woven filter fabric, 201inear feet of 8-inch-diameter stainless steel well screen, 471inear feet of 12-inch- diameter HDPE or PVC pipe (to be determined by construction contractor), and a 12-inch-by 8-inch (pipe diameter) reducer. Approximately 124 cubic yards of earth material will be excavated for construction activities and most of the excavated material will be used for trench backfill and the clay cap seal. 11. EQUIPMENT. What equipment is proposed to be used for the work? Where and how will the equipment be used on the streambank and/or the waterbody? Standard construction equipment will be utilized, including excavators, loaders, dump trucks, and other heavy equipment to be determined by the contractor. 12. CONSIDER THE IMPACTS OF THE PROPOSED PROJECT, EVEN IF TEMPORARY. Describe planned efforts during and after construction to: • Minimize erosion, sedimentation, or turbidity? The area of land disturbance and the duration of construction activities associated with construction of the proposed project will be minimized to the greatest extent practicable in order to decrease the potential for erosion, sedimentation, and turbidity. Earth materials generated during site excavation will be stockpiled and stored in upland areas to prevent sediment-laden material from entering Lyman Creek during high water events or stormwater runoff. The construction contractor will utilize erosion and sediment control best management practices (BMPs) to prevent erosion and sediment from entering Lyman Creek. Following the completion of construction activities, the construction area will be reseeded with an appropriate upland seed mixture to achieve permanent site stabilization. Coverage under a Montana Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (MPDES) General Permit for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction Activities will not be required from the Montana Department of Environmental Quality (MDEQ) because the area of ground disturbance associated with proposed project activities is less than 1 acre (approximately 0.28 acres). ~~ • Minimize stream channel alterations? Minor stream channel alterations to Lyman Creek will result from the proposed project activities, as described in ITEM 8. PROJECT DIMENSIONS. It is anticipated that approximately 761inear feet of the Lyman Creek stream channel will be impacted by construction of the spring collector and installation of a water conveyance pipe. Areas within and adjacent to the Lyman Creek stream channel located downstream (south) of the proposed spring collector that are impacted during the installation of the water conveyance pipe will be restored to replicate existing surface topography following the completion of project construction activities. Appropriate BMPs will be installed prior to construction commencement to control erosion and sedimentation from proposed construction activities along the stream channel. • Minimize effects to stream flow or water quality caused by materials used or removal of ground cover? There may be ashort-term exceedence of turbidity and sedimentation standards as a result of project- related activities. BMPs will be in place throughout construction activities. Areas of ground disturbance will be immediately stabilized following completion of construction activities by revegetating disturbed areas. Long-term monitoring will be implemented to ensure that disturbed/reclaimed areas have been stabilized following project completion. • Minimize effects on fish and aquatic habitat? Project-related effects on fish populations and aquatic habitat are not anticipated due to the existing diversions, impoundments, storage structures, and steep gradients that are located downstream of the project area that severely restrict/prohibit upstream fish passage. In addition, it is unlikely that the stream reach associated with the project area supports a resident fish population due to the minimal flow and isolated nature of the reach. BMPs will be installed to minimize short-term increases in turbidity and sedimentation levels that could occur in and downstream of Lyman Creek as a result of project activities. Hazardous materials will not be stored and construction equipment will not be refueled within 50 feet of Lyman Creek. All fluids will be properly stored to prevent spills from entering Lyman Creek. Areas adjacent to Lyman Creek that are incidentally disturbed during construction activities will be reconstructed and revegetated with site-specific species following construction. • Minimize risks of flooding or erosion problems upstream and downstream? BMPs will be in place both during and after construction to provide bank stabilization of Lyman Creek. Exposed soil surfaces will be protected from erosion by mulching and utilization of existing vegetation, where practicable. Wetland and streambank areas disturbed during proposed construction activities will be revegetated with site-appropriate perennial grass species that will stabilize soils. No significant erosion or flooding problems are anticipated as a result of the proposed construction activities. • Revegetate/protect existing vegetation and control weeds? All areas that are devoid of vegetation as a result of project construction activities will be reseeded with an appropropriate seed mix or will be revegetated using material that is salvaged on-site. Topsoil that is stockpiled during site stripping will be spread to a minimum thickness of 6 inches in locations where it was removed for excavation, or as necessary in areas impacted by incidental construction disturbances. Topsoil will be scarified and raked to remove rocks prior to reseeding. Site reseeding will be completed by drill- or broadcast-seeding and the seeded area will be fertilized to stimulate establishment of desirable vegetation. The City of Bozeman currently controls weed infestations within the project area and will continue to do so following project completion. 13. WHAT ARE THE NATURAL RESOURCE BENEFITS of the proposed project? Project activities will result in an increase in available potable water for City of Bozeman residents. 14. LIST ALTERNATIVES to the proposed project. Why was the proposed alternative selected? No alternatives to the proposed project were analyzed. The City of Bozeman Lyman Creek Spring Improvements project was designed to meet project objectives while minimizing impacts to Lyman Creek and its wetland fringe to the greatest extent practicable. D. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR SECTION 404, SECTION 10, AND FLOODPLAIN PERMITS. If applying for a Section 404 or Section 10 permit, fill out questions 1-3. If applying for a floodplain permit, fill out questions 3-6. (Additional information is required for floodplain permits -See "Information for Applicant.") Will the project involve placement of fill material in a wetland? If yes, describe. How much wetland area will be filled? Calculate the area impacted by fill activity or other disturbance. Note: A delineation of the wetland maybe required. Yes, approximately 173 cubic yards of fill material will be placed within delineated wetland and waterway areas (W-1-08). Anticipated impacts to W-1-08 are: Total Wetland Impacts: 548 square feet (0.013 acre) Total Streambank Impacts: 761inear feet 2. If there is a plan for compensatory mitigation, describe the location, type, and amount of proposed mitigation. Attach additional sheet if necessary. The proposed City of Bozeman Lyman Creek Spring Improvements project was designed to minimize cumulative adverse impacts to the greatest extent practicable. The proposed project will impact a total of 0.013 acre of jurisdictional wetland and 761inear feet of stream channel. Anticipated wetland and streambank impacts are less than the Section 404 impact threshold (0.10 acre) for triggering compensatory mitigation requirements established by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USAGE). Therefore, it is not anticipated that compensatory mitigation will be required by USAGE for project-related impacts. 3. List the names and address of landowners adjacent to the project site. This includes properties adjacent to and across from the project site. (Some floodplain communities require certified adjoining landowner lists). USDA Forest Service P.O. Box 130 Bozeman, MT 59771-0130 Larry B and Rita Merkel 3148 Deer Creek Dr. Bozeman, MT 59715-7725 Robert F Schweitzer Revocable Living Trust 2485 Whitetail Rd. Bozeman, MT 59715-7701 Charles and Patricia Petrie 3365 Deer Creek Dr. Bozeman, MT 59715-5700 Jason Leib Cashman 218 Quanah Pass Del Rio, TX 78840-3517 4. List all applicable local, state, and federal permits and indicate whether they were issued, waived, denied, or pending. Note: All required local, state, and federal permits, or proof of a waiver, must be issued prior to the issuance of a floodplain permit. This Joint Application is being submitted concurrently to obtain a Clean Water Act Section 404 Permit, Montana Natural Streambed and Land Preservation Act 310 Permit, and Short-term Water Quality Standard for Turbidity 318 Authorization. Project development will also require a construction dewatering permit from the Montana Department of Environmental Quality. The construction contractor will be responsible for obtaining a construction dewatering permit and additional construction-related permits (as needed). 5. Floodplain Map Number: 300027 0340 B 6. Does this project comply with local planning or zoning regulations? D Yes ^ No City of Bozeman Lyman Creek Spring Improvements T1 S, R6E, Sec 21 Bozeman, Gallatin County, Montana 1 7 ' I USGS TOPOGRAPHIC QUADRANGLE -BOZEMAN QUAD•PUBLICATION DATE-1987 KELLY CREEK QUAD-PUBLICATION DATE-1987 0 3500' ( IN FEET ) MORRISON ~"""` 2880 Technology Blvd. W. ORAWN BV: KSS VICINITY /TOPOGRAPHIC MAP PROJECT NO. SuMyps ..~ S„y„y.~, Bozeman MT 59718 CHK'D SY: ESN BOZEMAN MONTANA 0417.055 EXHIBITS ~~ MAIERLE INC. P/enneq PFaze(408) 922-6702' APPR BY: SML CITY OF BOZEMAN FIGURE NUMBER ' ``"~'ojo-OrvnedCo°'p'°y coavwc~ n o zwawsowaieuE, iwc..:oos DATE: 9-10-OB LYMAN CREEK SPRING IMPROVEMENTS FIG 1 N:\0 4 1 710 5 51ACAD\EXHIBITSIENVIR_VIC.dwg Ploried by joel moore on May/712000 . NAIP ORTHOGRAPHIC AERIAL-2005 0 300' ( IN FEET ) Mo7"~71TryOTT K 1 ly K ` ~,,,, 2860 Technology Blvd. W. Bozeman MT 59718 DRAWN BY: KSS ' AERIAL MAP PROJECT NO. 0417 055 ~1 ~1 J ll i A Surryors ~"'~" CHK D. BY: ESN BOZEMAN MONTANA . EXHIBITS MAIERLE INC Phone: (406)587-0721 ~°""Bf8 F 408 922 6702 APPR.BV: SML FIGURE NUMBER . An ~Ployae-Orvaed ~Y ax: ( ) - ~opra,~„rcrao„wsowxwcmE,mc..zme DATE' 9-10.06 CITY OF BOZEMAN LYMAN CREEK SPRING IMPROVEMENTS FIG '~ N:\0417\0551ACAD\EXHIBITSIENVIR VIC.dwg Plotted by joel moore on May/7/2009 . w >~, ,~,~ ~ ~ ~. '°' .~ . . '~' ~' '! ,. Iii ''~~' y f ib W-1-08 e LYMAN CRE ~. t >} 1 MORRISON 28HOTechnologyBlW W DRAWN BY KSS Bozeman MT 59718 Suney[we CHK'D. BV: EN .~~ MAIERLE INC. ~ M Phone: (408) 5B7-0721 APPR BY: pMcGEN BOZEMi Faz: (400)922-6702 An tt~p7ol~~~Y DATE: 09-23-00 COPYRIGHT O NIORW SON-M4IERLE, INC., ]000 N:\041710551ACAD\EXHIBITS1Lyman Joint App Fig 3.dwg Plotted by joel moore on Mey/7/2009 LEGEND -~~ ~ INVESTIGATION AREA BOUNDARY PRELIMINARY OBSERVED JURISDICTIONAL WETLAND ORDINARY HIGH WATER W tae WETLANDI WATERWAY - DESIGNATION ~ WETLAND CONTINUATION ` CONTINUATION d~ nes ~IaTw parts nar xrn.NO mtlwr anon aLiiarro rNe vAnuecr en[s~a4rronr Aloe R~ !qr M~MarE d/EECrp/ Q~ fL01Y. 1!i EXISTING CULVERT S-r r SAMPLE POINT ~ OTE: FINAL JUR ISDICTIONAL DETERMINATIONS ILL BE PROVIDE D BY THE U.S. ARMY CORPS OF IGINEERS. 0 100' ( IN FEET ) WETLAND DELINEATION MAP PROJECT NO. N:\0417.005 MONTANA EXHIBITS CITY OF BOZEMAN FIGURE NUMBER LYMAN CREEK SPRING IMPROVEMENTS FIG. 3 311 LF. EXISTING WATER COLLECTION/STORAGE ENT LINEAR WATERWAY IMPACTl78 LF. ENT WETLAND IMPACT~548 S.F. DISTURBED AREA W-1-OS: `~ EXGIVATIONs124 C.Y. ~ NATNE TYPE 'C' TRENCH BACKFlLL~101 C.Y. CLAY CAP SEAIe 15 C.Y. 1~' ROUNDED WASHED ROCK BEDDING=30 C.Y. ~ TYPE i PIPE BEDDING=27 C.Y. NON-WOVEN FILTER FABRIC=240 S.F. 8' 5TAINLESS STEEL WELL SCREEN=20 LF. 12'IPS DR-17 HDPE OR 12' SDR-35 PVC=47 ~ ' ' 12 X8 REDUCER=1 \ 's NON-WOVEN FLTER FABRK: OVER WASHED ROCK EXISTING GROUND 12' IPS DR-17 HOPE OR 12' SDR-35 PVC TYPE I PIPE BEDDING IMPACTED WERAND --t ~ UNDISTURBED WETLAND SECTION A-A SCALE: 1'~f0' UNDISTURBED WATERWAY NATNE TYPE 'C' TRENCH BACKFlLL PER MPW-SECT. 02221 (MIN.; RWNDED ',SHED ROCK EXCAVATE 40 LF TRENCH TO BEDROCK OR MAXIMUM DEPTH OF 8'. F 8' S STEEL NOTE: CLAY GIP SEI1L SHALL BE A SOIL x1S SLAT, AND SODIUM BENTONffE MIXTURE UNO WELL COMPACTED TO REACH A MINIMUM w THREADED PERMEABILITY OF 1210"-7 CM/SEC. 10N ~0• CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH A MIX DESIGN TO THE ENGINEER. IM\ C~ TO SCALE ;ITY OF BOZEMAN EK SPRING IMPROVEMENTS & WETLAND IMPACT EXHIBIT Appendix C N:\0417\055\DOCS\Specs\Misc FormsWppendix Divider Sheets.docx ' MO O ~ ~ ~ \1 SURVIEYORS 1~1~11J lY PLANNERS MAIERLE INC SCIENTISTS MT 59771 1 1 • BOZEMAN ~ . , 1 3 2880 TECHNOLOGY BOULEVARD WEST • PO BOX An Employee-Owned Company OFFICE: 406-587-0721 • FAX: 406-922-6702 • wWW.m-m.net ' May 19, 2009 Montana Fish, Wildlife and Parks ' Mike Vaughn, Fisheries Biologist 1400 South 19th Avenue Bozeman, Montana 59718 RE: City of Bozeman Lyman Creek Spring Improvements -Transmittal of SPA 124 Permit Application MMI#: 0417.055 ' Dear Mike, Please find enclosed one copy of the Joint Application for Proposed Work in Montana's Streams, Wetlands, Floodplains, and other Water Bodies (Joint Application) in support of the proposed development of a municipal water supply source for the City of Bozeman at Lyman Creek. The proposed project area is located north of Bozeman, in the northeast quarter of the ' southeast quarter of Section 21, Township 1 South, Range 6 East, P.M.M., Gallatin County, Montana. The applicant proposes to construct spring water collection and conveyance infrastructure to accommodate the increasing municipal water demand by the population of the City of Bozeman. It is anticipated that the construction of the proposed water collection infrastructure (spring collector) and the water conveyance infrastructure will result in minor impacts to Lyman Creek and its associated wetland fringe within the project area. Proposed project activities will result in approximately 76 linear feet of streambank impact and 548 square feet of impact to the wetland fringe of Lyman Creek. Please review the enclosed Joint Application at your earliest convenience. If you have any questions regarding the information provided, please call me at (406) 922-6845. Sincerely, ~ MORRISON-MAIERLE, wc. Steve M. Laufenb rg Senior Environmental Scientist SML/JGM Enclosure cc: Rick Moroney, City of Bozeman James Nickelson, P.E., MMI 1/1 1/1 ' Providing resources in partnership with clients to achieve their goals. revised: 7/2/2008 (310 form 2701 AGENCY USE ONLY: Application # Date Received Form may be downloaded from: Date Accepted /Initials Date Forwarded to DFWP www.dnrc.mt.gov/peanits/defaul[.asp JOINT APPLICATION FOR PROPOSED WORK IN MONTANA'S STREAMS, WETLANDS, FLOODPLAINS, AND OTHER WATER BODIES I~~ n i~ i~ i~ i~ Use this form to apply for one or all local, state, or federal permits listed below. "Information for Applicant" includes agency contacts and instructions for completing this application. To avoid delays, submit all required information, including a project site map and drawings. Incomplete applications will result in the delay of the application process. Other laws may apply. It is the applicant's responsibility to obtain all permits and landowner permission, when applicable, before beginning work. PERMIT AGENCY FEE 310 Permit Local Conservation District No Fee SPA 124 Permit Department of Fish, Wildlife and Parks No Fee Floodplain Permit Local Floodplain Administrator Varies by city/county $25 - $500+ Section 404 Permit, Section 10 Permit U. S. Army Corps of Engineers Varies ($0 - $100) 318 Authorization 401 Certification Department of Environmental Quality $150 (318); $300 - $10,000 (401) Navigable Rivers Land Use License or Easement Department of Natural Resources and Conservation, Trust Lands Mana ement Division License $25; Easement $50, plus annual fee A. APPLICANT INFORMATION NAME OF APPLICANT: City of Bozeman (Rick Moroney Water Treatment Plant Superintendent) Has the landowner consented to this project? Q Yes ^ No Mailing Address: P.O. Box 1230 Day Phone: (406) 586-7158 Physical Address: 121 N. Rouse St. Evening phone: City/State/Zip: Bozeman, MT 59771 E-Mail: NAME OF LANDOWNER (if different from applicant): Same as above Mailing Address: Same as above Day Phone: Same as above Physical Address: Same as above Evening Phone: City/State/Zip: Same as above E-Mail: Same as above NAME OF CONTRACTOR/AGENT (if one is used): Morrison-Maierle, Inc., Steve Laufenberg Mailing Address: P.O. Box 1113 Phone: (406) 922-6845 Physical Address: 2880 Technology Boulevard West Evening Phone: City/State/Zip: Bozeman, Montana 59771 E-Mail: slaufenberg~a,m-m.net B. PROJECT SITE INFORMATION i~ i~ i~ ii n ii NAME OF STREAM or WATER BODY at project location: The ordinary high water mark of Lyman Creek and its associated wetland fringe were delineated as W-1-08 within the project area. The approximate center point of W-1-08 is identified as 45°43'58.9" North, 110°59'0.7: West (NAD 83 datum). Nearest Town: Bozeman, Montana Geocode: 06090521401010000 Address/Location: The proposed project area is an approximately 2-acre portion of land located on City of Bozeman property north of Bozeman, Montana in the Bridger Mountain Range (Figure 1). The legal description for the project site is the northeast quarter of the southeast quarter of Section 21, Township South, Range 6 East, Gallatin County, Montana. This space is for all Department of Transportation and SPA 124 permits (government projects). Project Name Control Number Contract letting date MEPA/NEPA Compliance ^ Yes ^ No If yes, #13 of this application does not apply. The state owns the beds of certain state navigable waterways. Is this a state navigable waterway? No. If yes, send copy of this application to appropriate DNRC land office -see information for Applicant. ATTACH A PROJECT SITE MAP OR A SKETCH that includes: 1) the water body where the project will take place, roads, tributaries, landmarks; 2) a circled "X" representing the exact project location. IF NOT CLEARLY STATED ON THE MAP OR SKETCH, PROVIDE WRITTEN DIRECTIONS TO THE SITE: Immediately following the Joint Application form, please find the following Figures for the proposed City of Bozeman Lyman Creek Spring Improvements project: Figure 1 City of Bozeman Lyman Creek Spring Improvements -Vicinity and Topographic Map Figure 2 City of Bozeman Lyman Creek Spring Improvements -Aerial Map Figure 3 City of Bozeman Lyman Creek Spring Improvements -Wetland Delineation Map C. PROJECT INFORMATION 1 1. TYPE OF PROJECT (check all that apply) ^ Bridge/Culvert/Ford Construction ^ Fish Habitat ^ Bridge/Culvert/Ford Removal ^ Recreation (docks, marinas, etc.) ^ Road Construction/Maintenance ^ New Residential Structure ^ Bank Stabilization/Alteration ^ Flood Protection D Channel Alteration ^ Irrigation Structure Q Water Well/Cistern ^ Excavation/Pit ^ Manufactured Home ^ Improvement to Existing Structure ^ Commercial Structure ^ Wetland Alteration ^ Mining ^ Dredging ^ Core Drill Q Placement of Fill ^ Diversion Dam D Utilities ^ Pond ^ Temporary Construction Access ^ Debris Removal Q Other: Development of spring source for municipal water supply. 2. PLAN OR DRAWING of the proposed project MUST be attached. This plan or drawing must include: • a plan view (looking at the project from above) • a cross section or profile view • dimensions of the project (height, width, depth in feet) • an elevation view • location of storage or stockpile materials • dimensions and location of fill or excavation sites • drainage facilities • location of existing or proposed structures, such as • an arrow indicating north buildings, utilities, roads, or bridges See the attached drawing depicting plan and profile project design details: Figure 4 City of Bozeman Lyman Creek Spring Improvements -Wetland & Waterway Impact Exhibit 3. IS THIS APPLICATION FOR an annual maintenance permit? ^ Yes Q No (If yes, an annual plan of operation must be attached to this application -see "Information for Applicant") 4. PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION DATE. Include a project timeline. Start date: 8/01/2009 Finish date: 10/30/2009 Is any portion of the work already completed? ^ Yes D No (If yes, describe the completed work.) 5. WHAT IS THE PURPOSE of the proposed project? The purpose of the proposed project is to develop an additional municipal water supply source for the City of Bozeman. 6. WHAT IS THE CURRENT CONDITION of the proposed project site? Include a description of the existing vegetation, bank condition, bank slope, and height. What other structures are nearby? Lyman Creek is an existing municipal water source for the City of Bozeman and is characterized as having natural and altered stream reaches, impoundments, and storage/diversion structures within and in the immediate vicinity of the project area. Within the project area, water enters the upstream (northern) portion of the delineated Lyman Creek channel via apreviously-installed pipe located within the drainage. Lyman Creek hydrology is also supplemented within the project area by a seep originating west of the Lyman Creek channel and an existing culvert conveying groundwater into the stream channel (Figure 3). An existing water collection storage structure is located within the existing Lyman Creek stream channel immediately south of the project area. Lyman Creek is diverted underground at the water collection storage structure and reemerges approximately 50 feet downstream. Two impoundments with an additional four associated water control structures are located on Lyman Creek downstream (south) of the water collection/storage structure. Existing diversions, impoundments, storage structures, and steep gradients within the Lyman Creek stream channel prohibit fish from migrating upstream to the project area. Wetland vegetation observed within the project area included red-osier dogwood (Corpus stolonifera), tufted hairgrass (Deschampsia cespitosa), leafy aster (Aster foliaceus), meadow foxtail (Alopecurus pratensis), and hairy willow-herb (Epilobium ciliatum). The upland vegetation within the project area included orchard grass (Dactylis glomerata), Canada goldenrod (Solidago canadensis), thimbleberry (Rubus parviflorus), heart-leaf arnica (Arnica cordifolia), and Canada thistle (Cirsium arvense). 7. PROVIDE A BRIEF DESCRIPTION of the proposed project. Project activities proposed within and in the vicinity of Lyman Creek will include the construction of water collection (spring collector) and water conveyance infrastructure. General work activities will entail: • Excavation of a trench within and adjacent to the Lyman Creek stream channel and its associated wetland fringe; • Construction of a spring collector that will include the placement of rounded washed rock and a stainless steel well screen within the excavated trench, capping the layer of rounded washed rock with a layer of clay, constructing a clay cutoff wall at the downstream end of the spring collector, and backfilling the trench; • Installation of a 12-inch-diameter water conveyance pipe extending from the spring collector beneath a portion of the delineated wetlandlwaterway; and • Reclamation of disturbed ground surfaces. 8. PROJECT DIMENSIONS. How many linear feet of bank will be impacted? How far will the proposed project encroach into and extend away from the water body? Project activities associated with the construction of the spring collector and the installation of the water conveyance pipe will result in unavoidable wetland/waterway impacts to Lyman Creek and its associated wetland fringe (W-1-08). Project activities are anticipated to result in 76 linear feet of permanent streambank impact and 548 square feet (approximately 0.013 acre) of permanent wetland impact within the project area. A brief description of project activities that will be completed within W-1-08 is provided below. Specific wetland and streambank impacts resulting from project activities are depicted in the attached City of Bozeman Lyman Creek Spring Improvements -Wetland and Waterway Impact Exhibit (Figure 4). A 20-foot-long, 8-inch-diameter stainless steel well screen will be installed within an approximately 7-foot- wide, 44-foot-long open-cut trench, excavated to the depth of the underlying bedrock or to a maximum depth of 8 feet. The stainless steel well screen will be installed on top of a 4-inch-thick layer of 1.5-inch rounded washed rock and buried in the washed rock to a depth of 3 feet from the bottom of the trench. Non-woven filter fabric will be installed over the rock bedding which will be overlain by a 12-inch-thick clay cap seal. The clay cap seal will tie into a 4-foot-thick clay cut off wall that will be constructed at the downstream (southern) end of the spring collector. The cut off wall will be keyed into underlying bedrock or to a depth of 8 feet below existing grade (if bedrock is not encountered). The clay cap seal and clay cut off wall will be covered with native Type "C" trench backfill, graded, covered with topsoil, and seeded with asite-appropriate grass seed mix or revegetated with salvaged grass sod material. Project activities within W-1-08 will also include the installation of a proposed 12-inch-diameter high density polyethylene (HDPE) or polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe. The pipe will extend from the spring collector ' (through the clay cut off wall) to a proposed overflow measurement vault structure (to be constructed in an adjacent upland area). Installation of the pipe will require the excavation of an approximately 8-foot-deep, 7- foot-wide open-cut trench for the installation of the HDPE or PVC pipe. Following excavation of the trench, the proposed HDPE or PVC pipe will be installed on top of a 4-inch-thick layer of Type 1 pipe bedding and buried with Type lpipe bedding to a depth of approximately 2 feet from the bottom of the trench. The trench will be backfilled with native Type "C" trench backfill (salvaged on site), graded to pre-construction contours, covered with topsoil, and seeded with asite-appropriate grass seed mix or revegetated with salvaged grass or wetland sod materials. 9. VEGETATION. What type and how much vegetation will be removed or covered with fill material? The total area of anticipated ground disturbance associated with proposed construction activities is approximately 0.28 acre. However, the majority of impacts to vegetation are expected to be temporary. Temporary impacts to vegetation within the project area (vegetative community described in ITEM 6. ' CURRENT CONDITION) are anticipated from heavy machinery disturbance, construction of the spring collector, and installation of the water conveyance pipe extending from the spring collector. Vegetative species incidentally impacted by construction activities will have the ability to rejuvenate from subsurface rooting structures and/or seeds, or will be reseeded following completion of construction activities. Construction of the overflow measurement vault structure will result in the permanent loss of upland vegetation within the project area. 10. MATERIALS. Describe the materials to be used and how much. ' The materials used (only in the impacted wetland/waterway area) for the construction of the spring collector and the installation of the 12-inch-diameter HDPE or PVC pipe will include approximately 101 cubic yards of native Type "C" trench backfill, 15 cubic yards of clay cap seal (compacted soil and sodium bentonite mixture), 30 cubic yards of 1.5-inch rounded washed rock, 27 cubic yards of Type 1 pipe bedding, 240 square feet of non- woven filter fabric, 201inear feet of 8-inch-diameter stainless steel well screen, 471inear feet of 12-inch- diameter HDPE or PVC pipe (to be determined by construction contractor), and a 12-inch-by 8-inch (pipe diameter) reducer. Approximately 124 cubic yards of earth material will be excavated for construction activities and most of the excavated material will be used for trench backfill and the clay cap seal. ' 11. EQUIPMENT. What equipment is proposed to be used for the work? Where and how will the equipment be used on the streambank and/or the waterbody? Standard construction equipment will be utilized, including excavators, loaders, dump trucks, and other heavy equipment to be determined by the contractor. ' 12. CONSIDER THE IMPACTS OF THE PROPOSED PROJECT, EVEN IF TEMPORARY. Describe planned efforts during and after construction to: ' • Minimize erosion, sedimentation, or turbidity? The area of land disturbance and the duration of construction activities associated with construction of ' the proposed project will be minimized to the greatest extent practicable in order to decrease the potential for erosion, sedimentation, and turbidity. Earth materials generated during site excavation will be stockpiled and stored in upland areas to prevent sediment-laden material from entering Lyman Creek ' during high water events or stormwater runoff. The construction contractor will utilize erosion and sediment control best management practices (BMPs) to prevent erosion and sediment from entering Lyman Creek. Following the completion of construction activities, the construction area will be reseeded with an appropriate upland seed mixture to achieve permanent site stabilization. Coverage under a Montana Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (MPDES) General Permit for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction Activities will not be required from the Montana Department of Environmental Quality (MDEQ) because the area of ground disturbance associated with proposed project activities is less than 1 acre (approximately 0.28 acres). • Minimize stream channel alterations? Minor stream channel alterations to Lyman Creek will result from the proposed project activities, as described in ITEM 8. PROJECT DIMENSIONS. It is anticipated that approximately 761inear feet of the Lyman Creek stream channel will be impacted by construction of the spring collector and installation of a water conveyance pipe. Areas within and adjacent to the Lyman Creek stream channel located downstream (south) of the proposed spring collector that are impacted during the installation of the water conveyance pipe will be restored to replicate existing surface topography following the completion of project construction activities. Appropriate BMPs will be installed prior to construction commencement to control erosion and sedimentation from proposed construction activities along the stream channel. • Minimize effects to stream flow or water quality caused by materials used or removal of ground cover? There may be ashort-term exceedence of turbidity and sedimentation standards as a result of project- related activities. BMPs will be in place throughout construction activities. Areas of ground disturbance will be immediately stabilized following completion of construction activities by revegetating disturbed areas. Long-term monitoring will be implemented to ensure that disturbed/reclaimed areas have been stabilized following project completion. • Minimize effects on fish and aquatic habitat? Project-related effects on fish populations and aquatic habitat are not anticipated due to the existing diversions, impoundments, storage structures, and steep gradients that are located downstream of the project area that severely restrict/prohibit upstream fish passage. In addition, it is unlikely that the stream reach associated with the project area supports a resident fish population due to the minimal flow and isolated nature of the reach. BMPs will be installed to minimize short-term increases in turbidity and sedimentation levels that could occur in and downstream of Lyman Creek as a result of project activities. Hazardous materials will not be stored and construction equipment will not be refueled within 50 feet of Lyman Creek. All fluids will be properly stored to prevent spills from entering Lyman Creek. Areas adjacent to Lyman Creek that are incidentally disturbed during construction activities will be reconstructed and revegetated with site-specific species following construction. • Minimize risks of flooding or erosion problems upstream and downstream? BMPs will be in place both during and after construction to provide bank stabilization of Lyman Creek. Exposed soil surfaces will be protected from erosion by mulching and utilization of existing vegetation, where practicable. Wetland and streambank areas disturbed during proposed construction activities will be revegetated with site-appropriate perennial grass species that will stabilize soils. No significant erosion or flooding problems are anticipated as a result of the proposed construction activities. • Revegetate/protect existing vegetation and control weeds? All areas that are devoid of vegetation as a result of project construction activities will be reseeded with an appropropriate seed mix or will be revegetated using material that is salvaged on-site. Topsoil that is stockpiled during site stripping will be spread to a minimum thickness of 6 inches in locations where it was removed for excavation, or as necessary in areas impacted by incidental construction disturbances. Topsoil will be scarified and raked to remove rocks prior to reseeding. Site reseeding will be completed by drill- orbroadcast-seeding and the seeded area will be fertilized to stimulate establishment of ' desirable vegetation. The City of Bozeman currently controls weed infestations within the project area and will continue to do so following project completion. 13. WHAT ARE THE NATURAL RESOURCE BENEFITS of the proposed project? ' Project activities will result in an increase in available potable water for City of Bozeman residents. 14. LIST ALTERNATIVES to the proposed project. Why was the proposed alternative selected? ' No alternatives to the proposed project were analyzed. The City of Bozeman Lyman Creek Spring Improvements project was designed to meet project objectives while minimizing impacts to Lyman Creek and ' its wetland fringe to the greatest extent practicable. D. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR SECTION 404, SECTION 10, AND FLOODPLAIN PERMITS. If applying for a Section 404 or Section 10 permit, fill out questions 1-3. If applying for a floodplain permit, fill out questions 3-6. (Additional information is required for floodplainpermits -See "Information for Applicant.") 1. Will the project involve placement of fill material in a wetland? If yes, describe. How much wetland area will be filled? Calculate the area impacted by fill activity or other disturbance. Note: A delineation of the wetland maybe required. Yes, approximately 173 cubic yards of fill material will be placed within delineated wetland and waterway ' areas (W-1-08). Anticipated impacts to W-1-08 are: Total Wetland Impacts: 548 square feet (0.013 acre) Total Streambank Impacts: 761inear feet 2. If there is a plan for compensatory mitigation, describe the location, type, and amount of proposed mitigation. Attach additional sheet if necessary. The proposed City of Bozeman Lyman Creek Spring Improvements project was designed to minimize cumulative adverse impacts to the greatest extent practicable. The proposed project will impact a total of 0.013 acre of jurisdictional wetland and 761inear feet of stream channel. Anticipated wetland and streambank impacts are less than the Section 404 impact threshold (0.10 acre) for triggering compensatory mitigation requirements established by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USAGE). Therefore, it is not ' anticipated that compensatory mitigation will be required by USAGE for project-related impacts. 3. List the names and address of landowners adjacent to the project site. This includes properties adjacent to and across from the project site. (Some floodplain communities require certified adjoining landowner lists). USDA Forest Service Larry B and Rita Merkel Robert F Schweitzer Revocable Living Trust ' P.O. Box 130 3148 Deer Creek Dr. 2485 Whitetail Rd. Bozeman, MT 59771-0130 Bozeman, MT 59715-7725 Bozeman, MT 59715-7701 Charles and Patricia Petrie Jason Leib Cashman 3365 Deer Creek Dr. 218 Quanah Pass Bozeman, MT 59715-5700 Del Rio, TX 78840-3517 4. List all applicable local, state, and federal permits and indicate whether they were issued, waived, denied, or pending. Note: All required local, state, and federal permits, or proof of a waiver, must be issued prior to the issuance of a floodplain permit. This Joint Application is being submitted concurrently to obtain a Clean Water Act Section 404 Permit, ' Montana Natural Streambed and Land Preservation Act 310 Permit, and Short-term Water Quality Standard for Turbidity 318 Authorization. Project development will also require a construction dewatering permit from the Montana Department of Environmental Quality. The construction contractor will be responsible for obtaining a construction dewatering permit and additional construction-related permits (as needed). 5. Floodplain Map Number: 300027 0340 B ' 6. Does this project comply with local planning or zoning regulations? ~ Yes ^ No i~ i~ E. SIGNATURES/AUTHORIZATIONS Each agency must have original signatures signed in blue ink. After completing the form, make the required number of copies and then sign each copy. Send the copies with original signatures and additional information required directly to each applicable agency. The statements contained m this application are true and correct. I possess the authority to undertake the work described herein or I am acting as the duly authorized agent of the landowner. I authorize inspection of the project site after notice ' by inspection authorities. APPLICANT: ~ LANDOWNER: ~, ~ Print Name: 12 ~ G6 ~ ~ li i~ ~ ~~ ~~ ~L Print Name: G ~ ~~/ F T r ~ y ~~ --E~ ~ -~ Sign` ture of Ap scant Date Signa re of Land ner Date * CONTRACTOR/AGENT: Print Name: STE~(E ~A~~E~ffE1C(f'. ~te~l~[isad-Njg/E~ /n/C. ,~ / P' 0 ~ Signature of actor/Agent Da e *Contact agency to determine if contractor signature is required. I~~ ~~ City of Bozeman Lyman Creek Spring Improvements T1S, R6E, Sec 21 Bozeman, Gallatin County, Montana USGS TOPOGRAPHIC QUADRANGLE •BOZEMAN QUAD-PUBLICATION DATE-1987 0 3500' KELLY CREEK QUAD•PUBLICATION DATE-1987 ( IN FEET ) 1 MORRISON • 2880 Technology BlW W DRAWN BV KSS VICINITY /TOPOGRAPHIC MAP PROJECT NO. Bozeman MT 50718 0417.055 surhyas CHK'D. BV: ESN gOZEMAN MONTANA EXHIBITS ~°~ Phone: (406) SB7A721 APPR. BY: SML ~~i' MAIERLE INC. ~^^°n Fax: (408) 922-8702 FIGURE NUMBER DATE: a1o-o6 CITY OF BOZEMAN '~°~'°~'ea°`°ded~p°°y LYMAN CREEK SPRING IMPROVEMENTS FIG. 1 COPtt11GNT O MOHW5011lMIERLE.INC.. 300Y N:\04171OSSIACAD\EXHIBITS\ENVIR_VIC.dwg Ploried by joel moore on May/712009 ~ . ~ ,~ !~ ` ~ ~ _ _ s ~ ~ ~,, , ~~ ,(, , «;~, , . ~ ~; ,. • "'~~ #F 4M ~ ~ ~.e 'e r ~# w '" ~' ti• ~~ ~"'4 i,M !r ~F ~~ = ~ s ~ >~ ~ ~ ~ ,,.~ aT.~ ~ ,, x ~~ ~ :! 'N ., _ ~ • ~ ,+A ' ~r ~ L` ~ ~ _ r ~ - i ~ ~ r I ~ ~- ~`-a ~~~ P "~ ~. k~ ~ , .. 'R •* 1 w ~ ~ ~ . • ~ 91F 4 ~y~, .~ t~ t~ 0 300' NAIP ORTHOGRAPHIC AERIAL-2005 ( IN FEET ) 2880 Technology Blvd *~ W TTT('4 *T DRAWN BV: KSS AERIAL MAP PROJECT NO. O . . ~,,,,a o lvl iK~iK~il A`J ilv Bozeman MT 59718 Surveyors CHK'D. BY: ESN 0417.055 s~naa ~ BOZEMAN MONTANA EXHIBITS ~ ~/' ~T~~T ~ T*T(^1. ~~B Phone: (40' 922~0~~1 jvl 1 L it\li Fax: (408 F APPR. BY: SM~ DATE: 9-10.08 CITY OF BOZEMAN FIGURE NUMBER ~~rPbYCo 'ba9 ~~,~n,a~ow~:ow~.,EaIE.,~..za~ LYMAN CREEK SPRING IMPROVEMENTS FIG 2 N:104 1 710 5 51ACADIEXHIBITS\ENVIR VIC.dvg Plotted by Joel maore on May/7/2009 . ~,*~ ,~* • ,~ ~`' .~ k `„ ~~+ ,- LEGEND ~~~ INVESTIGATION AREA BOUNDARY PRELIMINARY OBSERVED JURISDICTIONAL WETLAND J! ORDINARY HIGH WATER W t~ WETLAND/ WATERWAY . DESIGNATION WETLAND CONTINUATION ~" CONTINUATION j~jE I11TS ARIt01T MpCA16 1/Mi NEitA/0 1ERMi1Y Ea7D D 6EYgYD ~I B01ltl1RY. MOLLEIER OOfS AIOT Np(:ITE DIEf>;BON Of fLpY. r ~X' EXISTING CULVERT g-1 i SAMPLE POINT e )TE: FINAL JUR ISDICTIONAL DETERMINATIONS .L BE PROVIDE D BY THE U.S. ARMY CORPS OF 31NEERS. ~. 0 100' ' (IN FEET ) MO~ryo*T a lv ' ~"'"~ SCantl>'te ` 2880 Technology Blvd. W. Bozeman MT 59718 DRAWN BY: KSS CHK'D. BY: EN WETLAND DELINEATION MAP BOZEMAN ONTANA PROJECT NO. N:\0417.055 EXHIBITS T7~~/~ MAIERLE, 11\li. ~~°re ~~ ''°~/°+°'Oivaed~y COPVRIO Phone: (408) 587-0721 Faz (406)922-8702 m O MORW SOKI.NIEICE, INC., ]WB APPR. BV: pMcG:EN PATE: 09-23.08 CITY OF BOZEMAN LYMAN CREEK SPRING IMPROVEMENTS FrIGURENUMBER 1i IG 3 I N:104171055\ACAD\EXHIBITS\Lyman Joint App Fig 3.dwg Ploded by joel moore on May/7/20D8 . ~,. ~ ~` ~ '~ ~ I ~- s D ~ O X y ~~O Z ~ 0 5 ~~ v ~ 0 ~ z 9I n ~I ~~ d~~N ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ m m &-., ~~ ;~ N~ ~$ °fb ~m_ m s, ms ~ ~ ~~ D=$ °x~ °s ~ a ~<mm I~ I~ ~ I O m ~~ ~z D ~ ~ ~ m ~p Z ~O ~ m v ~ oz ,,,I m m x ~ = m z W ~ --I O Z D Z D T 9 A $ O o ~ z m ~ A a ~i~ ~~~~~ o y\~\/ /~\ \~ ~. N /~k~j ~i om o ~ c 2 ~~ z ~m O e= 0 ~'~ A~ `%~ ~ ~ ~~: V1 Z ~ ~ m~ Sa ~ ~ DmiN °O_m ~o N ~N I m _~ N ~ 2 ~ 2 R1l ~ zA m I ~ ~j m m wv x . z ~o F~' ~ m N = C ZZ '~ Z N ~~oo ~~~ ~Zf) ~p ~^i~v ~~ Z A s m X 0 ~ ~m ~a m~ czi O c z 0 ~~ ` ~ C 1 Z Z Z ~~ ° Z= ~_~~ qo m m ~ ~ fi r F ' z ~~ N V 8~ IN N A ~ os ~~ _~ ~NaiZ ~~~DX o~N ~oymz ~o~ ~mf'1 ~+D A o~~g=v,~c~~ r m m ~~~jAZ~ ~ ANA~S J Knox ~ I tn~~{m ~ I z~N o F I 1 i~ Z N ~ O A o r ~ ~ ~ A ~ A { V 0 z m 0 I t ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ o m d ~ A ~ ~ ~ 2 ~ m m r j D O Z O m ~~~~/I ~ ~~ ~ ~~ / /~~ ~,~\ ~/~ III l~ )~, .l l~ ~ I I II I ~ -- .~~~ ~ i ~, ~ ( ~ IIII 11 ~1 ~ ~~ I ~I \r ~~ ~~ i I ~ ~~~ ~I ~I \\\r ~ ~ ~ ~ rl~~~ ~~r~~I~I I ~I ~~~1~ ~ I~ ~~ ~ ~ I I I ~ ~~~ ~ ~ \ ~I I , ,~,~ X11 ~ ~.. i,ii ~, ~ I 1 ~ ~ ~~ ( I 1 I ~~ i~~1 ~ 1 ~ (~ ~ ~r ), ,~ i i~ ~ ~~~ // ~ ~ I I I / / 1 1 ~~~/~ ~~/ ~~ , ~ /~l l ~~ ir~r I ~~ ~~~ jai rl~ _~~ m r~ i~r^~Z~ m~ z NCH p~ m.~ i " pp~s~ 8O N h ~F: ~~ x z °~;os ;~ Z ~~~~ J,~y~ ;N mtnooao~ ~~x~~~ z ,m~ZOD~m yv;;m D~;~O ~m~mP X (") ~~~ oo~ ~8~ ~~ ~x • o ~$ ~ I ~~ S g ~~ ~~ ;~ ~~ m~ ~_ N N 1 1 ~_ ' Z I ~~ ~~ s ~~ ~w~ 2 V Vl .. ~ o~ b W ; a ~ ~ ;n 1 V Oi r